Santander
SAN
#96
Rank
A$268.20 B
Marketcap
A$18.11
Share price
3.92%
Change (1 day)
100.62%
Change (1 year)

Santander - 20-F annual report


Text size:
Table of Contents

 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 20-F
 
(Mark One)
   
o
 REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b)
 
 OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
 OR
þ
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
 
 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
 
 OR
o
 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
 
 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
 for the transition period from                     to
 
 Commission file number 001-12518
o
 SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
 
 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
 Date of event requiring this shell company report
BANCO SANTANDER CENTRAL HISPANO, S.A.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Kingdom of Spain
(Jurisdiction of incorporation)
Ciudad Grupo Santander
28660 Boadilla del Monte (Madrid), Spain
(address of principal executive offices)
 
Securities registered or to be registered, pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act
   
  Name of each exchange
Title of each class on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing the right to receive one Share of Capital Stock of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., par value Euro 0.50 each
 New York Stock Exchange
Shares of Capital Stock of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., par value Euro 0.50 each
 New York Stock Exchange
Non-cumulative Guaranteed Preferred Stock of Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal, Series 1
 New York Stock Exchange
Guarantee of Non-cumulative Guaranteed Preferred Stock of Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal
  
 
* 
Banco Santander Central Hispano Shares are not listed for trading, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares, pursuant to requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
None.
(Title of Class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act
None.
(Title of Class)
The number of outstanding shares of each class of Stock of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. at December 31, 2006 was:
Shares par value Euro 0.50 each: 6,254,296,579
The number of outstanding shares of each class of stock of Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. Unipersonal benefiting from a guarantee of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. at December 31, 2006 was:
Non-cumulative Preferred Securities, Series 1  7,600,000  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yeso       No þ
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yeso       No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ       No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ       Accelerated filer o       Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 o       Item 18 þ
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes o       No þ
 
 

 

 


Table of Contents

BANCO SANTANDER CENTRAL HISPANO, S.A.
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
       
    Page 
Presentation of Financial and Other Information  3 
  
 
    
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements  4 
  
 
    
PART I 
 
    
  
 
    
ITEM 1.   6 
  
 
    
ITEM 2.   6 
  
 
    
ITEM 3.   6 
  
 
    
    6 
    12 
    12 
    12 
  
 
    
ITEM 4.   16 
  
 
    
    16 
    23 
    76 
    76 
  
 
    
ITEM 4A.   76 
  
 
    
ITEM 5.   77 
  
 
    
    83 
    106 
    107 
    107 
    108 
    109 
  
 
    
ITEM 6.   110 
  
 
    
    110 
    116 
    128 
    138 
    140 
  
 
    
ITEM 7.   141 
  
 
    
    141 
    141 
    142 
  
 
    
ITEM 8.   143 
  
 
    
    143 
    145 

 

1


Table of Contents

       
    Page 
ITEM 9.   146 
  
 
    
    146 
    147 
    147 
    151 
    151 
    152 
  
 
    
ITEM 10.   152 
  
 
    
    152 
    152 
    158 
    159 
    159 
    163 
    163 
    163 
    163 
  
 
    
ITEM 11.   164 
  
 
    
    164 
    165 
    168 
    169 
    190 
    197 
    198 
    199 
  
 
    
ITEM 12.   216 
  
 
    
    216 
    216 
    216 
    216 
  
 
    
PART II 
 
    
  
 
    
ITEM 13.   217 
  
 
    
ITEM 14.   217 
  
 
    
    217 
  
 
    
ITEM 15.   217 
  
 
    
ITEM 16.     
  
 
    
    219 
    219 
    220 
    220 
    221 
  
 
    
PART III 
 
    
  
 
    
ITEM 17.   222 
  
 
    
ITEM 18.   222 
  
 
    
ITEM 19.   222 
 Exhibit 1.1
 Exhibit 1.2
 Exhibit 4.1
 Exhibit 12.1
 Exhibit 12.2
 Exhibit 12.3
 Exhibit 13.1
 Exhibit 15.1

 

2


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION
Accounting Principles
Under Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards previously adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”). Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004 of December 22, 2004 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats (“Circular 4/2004”) requires Spanish credit institutions to adapt their accounting systems to the principles derived from the adoption by the European Union of International Financial Reporting Standards. Therefore, the Group is required to prepare its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
Except where noted otherwise, the financial information contained in this report has been prepared according to the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Our financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2005 were the first to be prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and the financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2004 were restated using the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 standards. Financial information for fiscal years ending on or prior to December 31, 2003, was prepared according to Bank of Spain Circular 4/91 (“previous Spanish GAAP”) and is not comparable with that prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Note 57 to our consolidated financial statements contains a description of the significant differences between these accounting standards, and Note 58 contains a description of significant differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).
We have formatted our financial information according to the classification format for banks used in Spain. We have not reclassified the line items to comply with Article 9 of Regulation S-X. Article 9 is a regulation of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that contains formatting requirements for bank holding company financial statements. We have, however, included summary financial information that reflects the required reclassifications in Note 58 to our consolidated financial statements.
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 data for 2004 differ from those contained in the statutory consolidated financial statements for that year, as approved at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005, which were prepared in accordance with previous Spanish GAAP.
Additionally, the consolidated income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 differ from the consolidated income statement data for such periods included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 due to the reclassification of amounts relating to operations that were discontinued in 2006, such as the life insurance business of Abbey and our holding in Inmobiliaria Urbis, S.L. (See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations”). Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, revenues and expenses of discontinued businesses must be reclassified from each income statement line item to the “Profit from discontinued operations” line item. This presentation requirement came into effect in fiscal year 2006. Prior year financial statements are required to be reclassified for comparison purposes to present the same business as discontinued operations. This change in presentation does not affect “Profit attributed to the Group” (see Note 37 to our consolidated financial statements).
Our auditors, Deloitte, S.L., have audited our consolidated financial statements in respect of the three years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. See page F-1 to our consolidated financial statements for the 2006, 2005 and 2004 report prepared by our independent registered public accounting firm.
Acquisition of Abbey National plc
In November 2004, we acquired 100% of the capital of Abbey National plc (“Abbey”). Our acquisition of Abbey was reflected on our financial statements as if the acquisition had occurred on December 31, 2004. Accordingly, Abbey’s assets and liabilities were consolidated into our balance sheet as of December 31, 2004, but Abbey’s results of operations had no impact on our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2004. Therefore, the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2005 is the first to reflect the acquisition of Abbey.
General Information
Our consolidated financial statements are in Euros, which are denoted “euro”, “euros”, EUR or “€” throughout this annual report. Also, throughout this annual report, when we refer to:
“dollars”, US$ or “$”, we mean United States dollars;
“pounds” or “£”, we mean United Kingdom pounds; and
“one billion”, we mean 1,000 million.
When we refer to average balances for a particular period, we mean the average of the month-end balances for that period, unless otherwise noted. We do not believe that monthly averages present trends that are materially different from trends that daily averages would show. We included in interest income any interest payments we received on non-accruing loans if they were received in the period when due. We have not reflected consolidation adjustments in any financial information about our subsidiaries or other units.
When we refer to loans, we mean loans, leases, discounted bills and accounts receivable, unless otherwise noted.

 

3


Table of Contents

When we refer to impaired assets, we mean impaired loans, securities and other assets to collect.
When we refer to the allowances for credit losses, we mean the specific allowances for credit losses, and unless otherwise noted, the general allowance for credit losses including any allowances for country-risk. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Financial Management and Equity Stakes—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk Requirements”.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include information regarding:
  
exposure to various types of market risks;
 
  
management strategy;
 
  
capital expenditures;
 
  
earnings and other targets; and
 
  
asset portfolios.
Forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “expect,” “project,” “anticipate,” “should,” “intend,” “probability,” “risk,” “VaR,” “DCaR,” “ACaR,” “RORAC,” “target,” “goal,” “objective,” “estimate,” “future” and similar expressions. We include forward-looking statements in the “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Information on the Company” and “Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk” sections. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements.
You should understand that adverse changes in the following important factors, in addition to those discussed in “Key Information—Risk Factors”, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Information on the Company” and elsewhere in this annual report, could affect our future results and could cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those anticipated in any forward-looking statement:
Economic and Industry Conditions
  
exposure to various types of market risks, principally including interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and equity price risk;
 
  
general economic or industry conditions in Spain, the United Kingdom, other European countries, Latin America and the other areas in which we have significant business activities or investments;
 
  
the effects of a decline in real estate prices, particularly in Spain and the UK;
 
  
monetary and interest rate policies of the European Central Bank and various central banks;
 
  
inflation or deflation;
 
  
the effects of non-linear market behavior that cannot be captured by linear statistical models, such as the VaR/DCaR/ACaR model we use;
 
  
changes in competition and pricing environments;
 
  
the inability to hedge some risks economically;
 
  
the adequacy of loss reserves;
 
  
acquisitions, including our proposed acquisition of certain assets of ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (see Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispostions, Reorganizations—Recent Events—ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”)), or restructurings;
 
  
changes in demographics, consumer spending or saving habits; and
 
  
changes in competition and pricing environments as a result of the progressive adoption of the internet for conducting financial services and/or other factors.

 

4


Table of Contents

Political and Governmental Factors
  
political stability in Spain, the United Kingdom, other European countries and Latin America; and
 
  
changes in Spanish, UK, EU or foreign laws, regulations or taxes.
Transaction and Commercial Factors
  
our ability to integrate successfully our acquisitions and the challenges inherent in diverting management’s focus and resources from other strategic opportunities and from operational matters while we integrate these acquisitions; and
 
  
the outcome of our negotiations with business partners and governments.
Operating Factors
  
technical difficulties and the development and use of new technologies by us and our competitors;
 
  
the impact of changes in the composition of our balance sheet on future net interest income; and
 
  
potential losses associated with an increase in the level of substandard loans or non-performance by counterparties to other types of financial instruments.
The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report speak only as of the date of this annual report. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after that date or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

5


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
A. Directors and Senior Management.
Not applicable.
B. Advisers.
Not applicable.
C. Auditors.
Not applicable.
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
A. Offer Statistics.
Not applicable.
B. Method and Expected Timetable.
Not applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
A. Selected financial data.
Selected Consolidated Financial Information
We have selected the following financial information from our consolidated financial statements. You should read this information in connection with, and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our consolidated financial statements.
Except where noted otherwise, the financial information contained in this report has been prepared according to the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Our financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2005 were the first to be prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and the financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2004 were restated using the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Financial information for fiscal years ending on or prior to December 31, 2003 was prepared according to Bank of Spain Circular 4/91 (“previous Spanish GAAP”) and is not comparable with that prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Note 57 to our consolidated financial statements contains a description of the significant differences between these accounting standards, and Note 58 contains a description of significant differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP. In addition, our financial information is presented according to the classification format for banks used in Spain.
In the F-pages of this Form 20-F, audited financial statements for the years 2006, 2005 and 2004 are presented. Audited financial statements for the years 2003 and 2002 are not included in this document, but they can be found in our previous annual reports on Form 20-F.
In November 2004, we acquired 100% of the capital of Abbey. Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, our acquisition of Abbey was reflected on our financial statements as if the acquisition had occurred on December 31, 2004. Accordingly, Abbey’s assets and liabilities were consolidated into our balance sheet as of December 31, 2004, but Abbey’s results of operations had no impact on our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2004. Therefore, the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2005 is the first to reflect the acquisition of Abbey.

 

6


Table of Contents

The consolidated income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 differ from the consolidated income statement data for such periods included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 due to the reclassification of amounts relating to operations that were discontinued in 2006, such as the sale of the life insurance business of Abbey and the sale of our holding in Inmobiliaria Urbis, S.L. (See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principle Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations”). Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, revenues and expenses of discontinued businesses must be reclassified from each income statement line item to the “Profit from discontinued operations” line item. This presentation requirement came into effect in fiscal year 2006. Prior year financial statements are required to be reclassified for comparison purposes to present the same business as discontinued operations. This change in presentation does not affect “Profit attributed to the Group” (see Note 37 to our consolidated financial statements).

 

7


Table of Contents

             
Consolidated Income Statement Data Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages and per share data) 
 
            
Interest and similar income
  17,444,350   33,098,866   36,840,896 
Interest expense and similar charges
  (10,271,884)  (22,764,963)  (24,757,133)
Income from equity instruments
  389,038   335,576   404,038 
 
         
Net interest income
  7,561,504   10,669,479   12,487,801 
Share of results from entities accounted for by the equity method
  449,036   619,157   426,921 
Net fees and commissions (1)
  4,727,232   6,256,312   7,223,264 
Insurance activity income
  161,374   226,677   297,851 
Gains on financial transactions (2)
  1,099,795   1,561,510   2,179,537 
 
         
Gross income
  13,998,941   19,333,135   22,615,374 
Net income from non-financial activities (3)
  118,308   156,178   118,913 
Other operating expenses (4)
  (61,974)  (89,540)  (119,352)
General administrative expenses
  (6,790,485)  (9,473,116)  (10,095,417)
Personnel
  (4,296,171)  (5,675,740)  (6,045,447)
Other general and administrative expenses
  (2,494,314)  (3,797,376)  (4,049,970)
Depreciation and amortization
  (834,112)  (1,017,335)  (1,150,770)
 
         
Net operating income
  6,430,678   8,909,322   11,368,748 
Impairment losses (net)
  (1,847,294)  (1,801,964)  (2,550,459)
Net gains on disposal of investments in associates (5)
  30,891   1,298,935   271,961 
Net results on other disposals, provisions, and other income (6)
  (227,002)  (606,618)  59,767 
 
         
Profit before tax
  4,387,273   7,799,675   9,150,017 
Income tax
  (525,824)  (1,274,738)  (2,293,638)
 
         
Profit from continuing operations
  3,861,449   6,524,937   6,856,379 
Profit from discontinued operations
  134,785   224,833   1,389,374 
 
         
Consolidated profit for the year
  3,996,234   6,749,770   8,245,753 
Profit attributed to minority interests
  390,364   529,666   649,806 
 
         
Profit attributed to the Group
  3,605,870   6,220,104   7,595,947 
 
            
Per Share Information:
            
Average number of shares (thousands) (7)
  4,950,498   6,240,611   6,248,376 
Basic earnings per share (in euros)
  0.7284   0.9967   1.2157 
Basic earnings per share — continued operations (in euros)
  0.7122   0.9735   1.0271 
Diluted earnings per share (in euros)
  0.7271   0.9930   1.2091 
Dividends paid (in euros)
  0.33   0.42   0.52 
Dividends paid (in US$)
  0.39   0.49   0.65 

 

8


Table of Contents

             
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages and per share data) 
Total assets
  664,486,300   809,106,914   833,872,715 
Loans and advances to credit institutions (8)
  58,379,774   59,773,022   60,174,538 
Loans and advances to customers (net) (8)
  369,350,064   435,828,795   523,345,864 
Investment Securities (9)
  138,753,764   203,938,360   136,760,433 
Investments: Associates
  3,747,564   3,031,482   5,006,109 
 
            
Liabilities
            
Deposits from central banks and credit institutions (10)
  83,750,339   148,622,407   113,035,937 
Customer deposits (10)
  283,211,616   305,765,280   331,222,601 
Debt securities (10)
  113,838,603   148,840,346   204,069,390 
 
            
Capitalization
            
Guaranteed Subordinated debt excluding preferred securities (11)
  9,369,939   8,973,699   11,186,480 
Secured Subordinated debt
  508,039       
Other Subordinated debt
  12,300,179   13,016,989   12,399,771 
Preferred securities (11)
  5,292,016   6,772,768   6,836,570 
Preferred shares (11)
  2,124,222   1,308,847   668,328 
Minority interest (including net income of the period)
  2,085,316   2,848,223   2,220,743 
Stockholders’ equity (12)
  34,414,942   39,778,476   44,851,559 
Total capitalization
  66,094,652   72,699,002   78,163,451 
Stockholders’ Equity per Share (12)
  6.95   6.37   7.18 
 
            
Other managed funds
            
Mutual funds
  97,837,724   109,480,095   119,838,418 
Pension funds
  21,678,522   28,619,183   29,450,103 
Managed portfolio
  8,998,388   14,746,329   17,835,031 
Total other managed funds
  128,514,634   152,845,607   167,123,552 
 
            
Consolidated Ratios
            
Profitability Ratios:
            
Net Yield (13)
  2.21%  1.68%  1.67%
Efficiency ratio (14)
  52.76%  52.82%  48.53%
Return on average total assets (ROA)
  1.01%  0.91%  1.00%
Return on average stockholders’ equity (ROE)
  19.74%  19.86%  21.39%
Capital Ratio:
            
Average stockholders’ equity to average total assets
  4.62%  4.24%  4.36%
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (15)
            
Excluding interest on deposits
  1.90%  1.82%  1.77%
Including interest on deposits
  1.39%  1.31%  1.35%
 
            
Credit Quality Data
            
Allowances for impaired assets (excluding country risk)
  6,813,354   7,902,225   8,626,937 
Allowances for impaired assets as a percentage of total loans
  1.81%  1.78%  1.62%
Impaired assets (16)
  4,114,691   4,341,500   4,607,547 
Impaired assets as a percentage of total loans
  1.09%  0.98%  0.87%
Allowances for impaired assets as a percentage of impaired assets
  165.59%  182.02%  187.23%
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of total loans
  0.16%  0.23%  0.34%
(1) 
Equals “Fee and commission income” less “Fee and commission expense” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(2) 
Equals the sum of “Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net)” and “Exchange differences (net)” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(3) 
Equals the sum of “Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services” and “Cost of sales” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.

 

9


Table of Contents

(4) 
Equals the sum of “Other operating income” and “Other operating expenses” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(5) 
Equals the sum of “Other gains: Gains on disposal of investments in associates” and “Other losses: Losses on disposal of investments in associates” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(6) 
Includes “Provisions (net)”, “Finance income from non-financial activities”, “Finance expense from non-financial activities”, “Other gains: Gains on disposal of tangible assets”, “Other gains: Other”, “Other losses: Losses on disposal of tangible assets” and “Other losses: Other” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(7) 
Average number of shares have been calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of shares outstanding in the relevant year, net of treasury stock.
 
(8) 
Equals the sum of the amounts included under the headings “Financial assets held for trading”, “Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss” and “Loans and receivables” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(9) 
Equals the amounts included as “Debt instruments” and “Other equity instruments” under the headings “Financial assets held for trading”, “Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”, “Available-for-sale financial assets” and “Loans and receivables” as stated in our consolidated financial statements.
 
(10) 
Equals the sum of the amounts included under the headings “Financial liabilities held for trading”, “Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss” and “Financial liabilities at amortized cost” included in Notes 20, 21 and 22 to our consolidated financial statements.
 
(11) 
In our consolidated financial statements preferred securities are included under “Subordinated liabilities” and preferred shares are stated as “Equity having the substance of a financial liability”.
 
(12) 
Equals the sum of the amounts included at the end of each year as “Own funds” and “Valuation adjustments” as stated in our consolidated financial statements. We have deducted the book value of treasury stock from stockholders’ equity.
 
(13) 
Net yield is the total of net interest income (including dividends on equity securities) divided by average earning assets. See “Item 4 Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Financial Management and Equity Stakes—Assets—Earning Assets—Yield Spread”.
 
(14) 
Efficiency ratio equals the sum of “General administrative expenses from financial activities”, “Depreciation and amortization costs” less “Offsetting fees” (see Note 48 to our consolidated financial statements), divided by the sum of “Gross income” and “Net income from non-financial activities” less “General administrative expenses from non-financial activities”.
 
(15) 
For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and minority interests plus fixed charges and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of companies accounted for by the equity method. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits as appropriate, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor. Fixed charges include dividends and interest paid on preferred shares.
 
(16) 
Impaired assets reflect Bank of Spain classifications. Such classifications differ from the classifications applied by U.S. banks in reporting loans as non-accrual, past due, restructured and potential problem loans. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Financial Management and Equity Stakes—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”.

 

10


Table of Contents

  
The following table shows net income, stockholders’ equity, total assets and certain ratios on a U.S. GAAP basis.
                     
  Year Ended December 31,
U.S. GAAP 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006
  (in thousands of euros, except ratios and per share data)
 
                    
Net income (1)
  2,286,959   2,264,332   3,940,866   6,318,460   7,414,571 
Of which:
                    
Continuing operations
  2,286,959   2,264,332   3,860,818   6,173,425   6,395,747 
Discontinued operations
        80,048   145,035   1,018,824 
Stockholders’ equity (1)(2)
  23,114,475   25,093,234   38,671,623   43,784,335   48,703,540 
Total assets
  321,804,691   350,662,064   604,084,270   845,345,463   841,939,558 
Basic earnings per share (3)
  0.48   0.47   0.80   1.01   1.19 
Basic earnings per share — continued operations
  0.48   0.47   0.78   0.99   1.02 
Stockholders’ equity per share (2)(3)
  4.89   5.26   7.78   7.02   7.79 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (4)
Excluding interest on deposits
  1.61   1.79   1.92   1.85   1.78 
Including interest on deposits
  1.22   1.30   1.38   1.32   1.35 
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed
charges and preferred stock dividends: (5)
Excluding interest on deposits
  1.49   1.64   1.92   1.83   1.76 
Including interest on deposits
  1.18   1.26   1.38   1.32   1.35 
 
(1) 
For information concerning reconciliation between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP and a discussion of the significant U.S. GAAP adjustments to net income and stockholders’ equity, see Note 58 to our consolidated financial statements.
 
(2) 
As of the end of each period. The book value of our treasury stock has been deducted from stockholders’ equity.
 
(3) 
Per share data have been calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of our shares outstanding in the relevant year, including treasury stock.
 
(4) 
For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and minority interests, plus fixed charges and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of companies accounted for by the equity method. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits as appropriate, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor.
 
(5) 
For the  purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxation and minority interest, plus fixed charges and after deduction of the unremitted pre-tax income of companies accounted for by the equity method. Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits as appropriate, preferred stock dividend requirements (corresponding to minority interest participation and, accordingly, not eliminated in consolidation), and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor. Preferred stock dividends for any year represent the amount of pre-tax earnings required to pay dividends on preferred stock outstanding during such year. Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 all payments from preferred securities are accounted for as interest expenses and consequently this ratio is not necessary. (For details of the different accounting treatment given to preferred securities under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S.GAAP see Notes 58.2, 58.5 and 58.6 to our consolidated financial statements).
Exchange Rates
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between euros and dollars have affected the dollar equivalent of the share prices on Spanish Stock Exchanges and, as a result, are likely to affect the dollar market price of our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, in the United States. In addition, dividends paid to the depositary of the ADSs are denominated in euros and fluctuations in the exchange rate affect the dollar conversion by the depositary of cash dividends paid on the shares to the holders of the ADSs. Fluctuations in the exchange rate of euros against other currencies may also affect the euro value of our non-euro denominated assets, liabilities, earnings and expenses.

 

11


Table of Contents

The following tables set forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the exchange rate for euros and dollars (expressed in dollars per euro), based on the Noon Buying Rate as announced by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the dates and periods indicated.
         
  Rate During Period
  Period End Average Rate(1)
Calendar Period ($) ($)
2002
  1.0485   0.9495 
2003
  1.2597   1.411 
2004
  1.3538   1.2478 
2005
  1.1842   1.2449 
2006
  1.3197   1.2661 
 
(1) 
The average of the Noon Buying Rates for euros on the last day of each month during the period.
         
  Rate During Period
Last six months High $ Low $
2006
        
December
  1.3327   1.3073 
2007
        
January
  1.3286   1.2904 
February
  1.3246   1.2933 
March
  1.3374   1.3094 
April
  1.3660   1.3363 
May
  1.3616   1.3419 
June (through June 28, 2007)
  1.3526   1.3295 
On June 28, 2007, the exchange rate for euros and dollars (expressed in dollars per euro), based on the Noon Buying Rate, was $1.3466.
For a discussion of the accounting principles used in translation of foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities to euros, see Note 2(a) of our consolidated financial statements.
B. Capitalization and indebtedness.
Not Applicable.
C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds.
Not Applicable.
D. Risk factors.
Risks Relating to Our Operations
Since our loan portfolio is concentrated in Continental Europe, the United Kingdom and Latin America, adverse changes affecting the Continental European, the United Kingdom or certain Latin American economies could adversely affect our financial condition.
Our loan portfolio is mainly concentrated in Continental Europe (in particular, Spain), the United Kingdom and Latin America. At December 31, 2006, Continental Europe accounted for approximately 52% of our total loan portfolio (Spain accounted for 39% of our total loan portfolio), while the United Kingdom and Latin America accounted for 36% and 12%, respectively. Therefore, adverse changes affecting the economies of Continental Europe (in particular Spain), the United Kingdom or the Latin American countries where we operate would likely have a significant adverse impact on our loan portfolio and, as a result, on our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview.”
Some of our business is cyclical and our income may decrease when demand for certain products or services is in a down cycle.
The level of income we derive from certain of our products and services depends on the strength of the economies in the regions where we operate and certain market trends prevailing in those areas. Therefore, negative cycles may adversely affect our income in the future.

 

12


Table of Contents

Since our principal source of funds is short term deposits, a sudden shortage of these funds could increase our cost of funding.
Historically, our principal source of funds has been customer deposits (demand, time and notice deposits). At December 31, 2006, 17.6% of these customer deposits are time deposits in amounts greater than $100,000. Time deposits have represented 46.9%, 43.5% and 44.2% of total customer deposits at the end of 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Large-denomination time deposits may be a less stable source of deposits than other type of deposits. In addition, since we rely heavily on short-term deposits for our funding, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain our levels of funding without incurring higher funding costs or liquidating certain assets.
Risks concerning borrower credit quality and general economic conditions are inherent in our business.
Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from counterparties are inherent in a wide range of our businesses. Adverse changes in the credit quality of our borrowers and counterparties or a general deterioration in Spanish, United Kingdom, Latin American or global economic conditions, or arising from systemic risks in the financial systems, could reduce the recoverability and value of our assets and require an increase in our level of provisions for credit losses. Deterioration in the economies in which we operate could reduce the profit margins for our banking and financial services businesses.
Increased exposure to real estate makes us more vulnerable to developments in this market.
The decrease in interest rates globally has caused an increase in the demand of mortgage loans in the last few years. This has had repercussions in housing prices, which have also risen significantly. As real estate mortgages are one of our main assets, comprising 51% of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2006, we are currently highly exposed to developments in real estate markets. Further interest rate increases could have a significant negative impact on these payment delinquency rates. An increase in such delinquency rates could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Group may generate lower revenues from brokerage and other commission- and fee-based businesses.
Market downturns are likely to lead to declines in the volume of transactions that the Group executes for its customers and, therefore, to declines in the Group’s non-interest revenues. In addition, because the fees that the Group charges for managing its clients’ portfolios are in many cases based on the value or performance of those portfolios, a market downturn that reduces the value of the Group’s clients’ portfolios or increases the amount of withdrawals would reduce the revenues the Group receives from its asset management and private banking and custody businesses.
Even in the absence of a market downturn, below-market performance by the Group’s mutual funds may result in increased withdrawals and reduced inflows, which would reduce the revenue the Group receives from its asset management business.
Market risks associated with fluctuations in bond and equity prices and other market factors are inherent in the Group’s business. Protracted market declines can reduce liquidity in the markets, making it harder to sell assets and leading to material losses.
The performance of financial markets may cause changes in the value of the Group’s investment and trading portfolios. In some of the Group’s business, protracted adverse market movements, particularly asset price decline, can reduce the level of activity in the market or reduce market liquidity. These developments can lead to material losses if the Group cannot close out deteriorating positions in a timely way. This may especially be the case for assets of the Group for which there are not very liquid markets to begin with. Assets that are not traded on stock exchanges or other public trading markets, such as derivative contracts between banks, may have values that the Group calculates using models other than publicly quoted prices. Monitoring the deterioration of prices of assets like these is difficult and could lead to losses that the Group did not anticipate.
Despite the Group’s risk management policies, procedures and methods, the Group may nonetheless be exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risks.
The Group’s risk management techniques and strategies may not be fully effective in mitigating the Group’s risk exposure in all economic market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that the Group fails to identify or anticipate. Some of the Group’s qualitative tools and metrics for managing risk are based upon the Group’s use of observed historical market behavior. The Group applies statistical and other tools to these observations to arrive at quantifications of its risk exposures. These tools and metrics may fail to predict future risk exposures. These risk exposures could, for example, arise from factors the Group did not anticipate or correctly evaluate in its statistical models. This would limit the Group’s ability to manage its risks. The Group’s losses thus could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. In addition, the Group’s quantified modeling does not take all risks into account. The Group’s more qualitative approach to managing those risks could prove insufficient, exposing it to material unanticipated losses. If existing or potential customers believe the Group’s risk management is inadequate, they could take their business elsewhere. This could harm the Group’s reputation as well as its revenues and profits.

 

13


Table of Contents

Our recent and future acquisitions may not be successful and may be disruptive to our business.
We have historically acquired controlling interests in various companies, and have engaged in other strategic partnerships. Additionally, we may consider other strategic acquisitions and partnerships from time to time. There can be no assurances that we will be successful in our plans regarding the operation of future acquisitions and strategic partnerships.
We can give you no assurance that our acquisition and partnership activities will perform in accordance with our expectations. We base our assessment of potential acquisitions and partnerships on limited and potentially inexact information and on assumptions with respect to operations, profitability and other matters that may prove to be incorrect. We can give no assurance that our expectations with regards to integration and synergies will materialize.
Increased competition in the countries where we operate may adversely affect our growth prospects and operations.
Most of the financial systems in which we operate are highly competitive. Recent financial sector reforms in the markets in which we operate have increased competition among both local and foreign financial institutions, and we believe that this trend will continue. In particular, price competition in Europe and Latin America has increased recently. Our success in the European and Latin American markets will depend on our ability to remain competitive with other financial institutions. In addition, there has been a trend towards consolidation in the banking industry, which has created larger and stronger banks with which we must now compete. There can be no assurance that this increased competition will not adversely affect our growth prospects, and therefore our operations. We also face competition from non-bank competitors, such as brokerage companies, department stores (for some credit products), leasing companies and factoring companies, mutual fund and pension fund management companies and insurance companies.
Volatility in interest rates may negatively affect our net interest income and increase our non-performing loan portfolio.
Changes in market interest rates could affect the interest rates charged on interest-earning assets differently than the interest rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. This difference could result in an increase in interest expense relative to interest income leading to a reduction in our net interest income. Income from treasury operations is particularly vulnerable to interest rate volatility. Since the majority of our loan portfolio reprices in less than one year, rising interest rates may also bring about an increasing non-performing loan portfolio. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including deregulation of the financial sector, monetary policies, domestic and international economic and political conditions and other factors.
Foreign exchange rate fluctuations may negatively affect our earnings and the value of our assets and shares.
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of the price of our securities on the stock exchanges in which our shares and ADRs are traded. These fluctuations will also affect the conversion to U.S. dollars of cash dividends paid in euros on our ADSs.
In the ordinary course of our business, we have a percentage of our assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the euro. Fluctuations in the value of the euro against other currencies may adversely affect our profitability. For example, the appreciation of the euro against some Latin American currencies and the U.S. dollar will depress earnings from our Latin American operations, and the appreciation of the euro against the sterling will depress earnings from our UK operations. Additionally, while most of the governments of the countries in which we operate have not imposed prohibitions on the repatriation of dividends, capital investment or other distributions, no assurance can be given that these governments will not institute restrictive exchange control policies in the future. Moreover, fluctuations among the currencies in which our shares and ADRs trade could reduce the value of your investment.

 

14


Table of Contents

Changes in the regulatory framework in the jurisdictions where we operate could adversely affect our business.
A number of banking regulations designed to maintain the safety and soundness of banks and limit their exposure to risk apply in the different jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries operate. Changes in regulations, which are beyond our control, may have a material effect on our business and operations. As some of the banking laws and regulations have been recently adopted, the manner in which those laws and related regulations are applied to the operations of financial institutions is still evolving. Moreover, no assurance can be given generally that laws or regulations will be adopted, enforced or interpreted in a manner that will not have an adverse affect on our business.
Operational risks are inherent in our business.
Our businesses depend on the ability to process a large number of transactions efficiently and accurately. Losses can result from inadequate personnel, inadequate or failed internal control processes and systems, or from external events that interrupt normal business operations. We also face the risk that the design of our controls and procedures prove to be inadequate or are circumvented. We have suffered losses from operational risk in the past and there can be no assurance that we will not suffer material losses from operational risk in the future.
Different disclosure and accounting principles between Spain and the U.S. may provide you with different or less information about us than you expect.
There may be less publicly available information about us than is regularly published about companies in the United States. While we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the disclosure required from foreign private issuers under the Exchange Act is more limited than the disclosure required from U.S. issuers. Additionally, we present our financial statements under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 which differs from U.S. GAAP. See Note 58 to our consolidated financial statements.
We are exposed to risk of loss from legal and regulatory proceedings.
The Group and its subsidiaries are the subject of a number of legal proceedings and regulatory actions. An adverse result in one or more of these proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our operating results for any particular period. For information relating to the legal proceedings involving our businesses, see “Item 8. Financial Information – A. Consolidated statements and other financial information – Legal proceedings”.
Credit, market and liquidity risks, may have an adverse effect on our credit ratings and our cost of funds.
Any downgrade in our ratings could increase our borrowing costs, limit our access to capital markets and adversely affect the ability of our business to sell or market their products, engage in business transactions – particularly longer-term and derivatives transactions- and retain our customers. This, in turn, could reduce our liquidity and have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
Our Latin American subsidiaries’ growth, asset quality and profitability may be adversely affected by volatile macroeconomic conditions.
The economies of the 8 Latin American countries where we operate have experienced significant volatility in recent decades, characterized, in some cases, by slow or regressive growth, declining investment and hyperinflation. This volatility has resulted in fluctuations in the levels of deposits and in the relative economic strength of various segments of the economies to which we lend. Latin American banking activities (including Retail Banking, Global Wholesale Banking, Asset Management and Private Banking) accounted for 2,287 million of our profit attributed to the Group for the year ended December 31, 2006 (an increase of 29% from 1,779 million for the year ended December 31, 2005). Negative and fluctuating economic conditions, such as a changing interest rate environment, impact our profitability by causing lending margins to decrease and leading to decreased demand for higher margin products and services.
No assurance can be given that our Latin American subsidiaries’ growth, asset quality and profitability will not be affected by volatile macroeconomic conditions in the Latin American countries in which we operate.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our Venezuelan subsidiary is exposed to the risk of potential nationalization.
Several recent political developments in Venezuela present an increased risk that the Venezuelan government could nationalize or otherwise seek to intervene in the operations of our Venezuelan subsidiary, which could negatively affect our operations in Venezuela.
Significant competition in some Latin American countries could intensify price competition and limit our ability to increase our market share in those markets.
Because some of the Latin American countries in which we operate (i) only raise limited regulatory barriers to market entry, (ii) generally do not make any differentiation between locally or foreign-owned banks, (iii) have permitted consolidation of their banks, and (iv) do not restrict capital movements, we face significant competition in Latin America from both domestic and foreign commercial and investment banks.
Latin American economies can be directly and negatively affected by adverse developments in other countries.
Financial and securities markets in Latin American countries where we operate are, to varying degrees, influenced by economic and market conditions in other countries in Latin America and beyond. Negative developments in the economy or securities markets in one country, particularly in an emerging market, may have a negative impact on other emerging market economies. These developments may adversely affect the business, financial condition and operating results of our subsidiaries in Latin America.
Item 4. Information on the Company
A. History and development of the company
Introduction
Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. (“Santander” or “the Bank”) is the parent bank of Grupo Santander. It was established on March 21, 1857 and incorporated in its present form by a public deed executed in Santander, Spain, on January 14, 1875.
On January 15, 1999, the boards of directors of Banco Santander, S.A. and Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. agreed to merge Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. into Banco Santander, S.A., and to change Banco Santander’s name to Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. The shareholders of Banco Santander, S.A. and Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. approved the merger on March 6, 1999, at their respective general meetings. The merger and the name change were registered with the Mercantile Registry of Santander, Spain, by the filing of a merger deed. Effective April 17, 1999, Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. shares were extinguished by operation of law and Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. shareholders received new Banco Santander shares at a ratio of three shares of Banco Santander, S.A. for every five shares of Banco Central Hispanoamericano, S.A. formerly held. On the same day, Banco Santander, S.A. changed its legal name to Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.
The General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 23, 2007 approved the proposal to amend the first paragraph of Article 1 of our By-laws in order to change the current name of the Bank to Banco Santander, S.A.
The amendments to our By-laws approved by the June 23, 2007 General Shareholders’ Meeting are still pending registration in the office of the Mercantile Registry of Santander.
We are incorporated under, and governed by the laws of the Kingdom of Spain. We conduct business under the commercial name “Grupo Santander”. Our corporate offices are located in Ciudad Grupo Santander, Avda. de Cantabria s/n, 28660 Boadilla del Monte (Madrid), Spain. Telephone: (011) 34-91-259-6520.
Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures
Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations
The principal holdings acquired by us in 2004, 2005 and 2006 and other significant corporate transactions were as follows:
Drive Consumer USA Inc. (formerly, Drive Financial Services LP) (“Drive”). On September 25, 2006, we reached an agreement to acquire 90% of Drive in the U.S.A. for $637 million in cash, representing a multiple of 6.8 times the estimated earnings for 2006. The operation was closed during 2006 and generated goodwill of $544 million.

 

16


Table of Contents

Under the agreement, the total purchase price paid by Santander could increase by a maximum of $175 million, if Drive meets certain earning targets in 2007 and 2008.
Drive is one of the leading auto financing companies in the “subprime” customer segment in the United States. Based in Dallas, Texas, it is present in 35 states, with approximately 50% of its activity concentrated in Texas, California, Florida and Georgia. Drive has around 600 employees and its products are distributed through more than 10,000 auto dealer partnerships.
Until our acquisition, 64.5% of Drive was owned by HBOS plc and 35.5% by its management team. Following the acquisition by Santander, the previous Chairman and COO of Drive was designated as Chief Executive Officer, maintaining ownership of 10% of Drive, a percentage on which the parties have signed a series of options which could enable Grupo Santander to buy this 10% between 2009 and 2013 at prices linked to the Drive’s earnings performance.
Abbey Life Insurance Business. On September 1, 2006, Abbey sold its entire life insurance business to Resolution plc (“Resolution”) for a fixed cash consideration of 5.3 billion (£3.6 billion). This represents 97% of the embedded value of the businesses sold as reported by Abbey as of December 31, 2005, and did not generate capital gains for Grupo Santander.
The life insurance businesses sold were Scottish Mutual Assurance plc, Scottish Provident Limited and Abbey National Life plc, as well as the two offshore life insurance companies, Scottish Mutual International plc and Scottish Provident International Life Assurance Limited. Abbey retained its entire branch based investment and asset management business and James Hay, its self-invested personal pension company, and its wrap business.
Separately, in order to provide continuity of product supply and service to its customers, Abbey entered into two distribution agreements with Resolution under which (i) Abbey would distribute through its retail network Abbey-branded life and pensions products created by Resolution; and (ii) Abbey would continue to be the exclusive distributor of Scottish Provident protection products to intermediaries.
In addition, Abbey secured exclusive access to provide retail banking products to Resolution’s five million policyholders.
Approximately 2,000 Abbey employees were transferred to Resolution as part of the transaction. Resolution continues to operate the life operations from the Abbey premises in Glasgow and also maintains the operations in Dublin, the Isle of Man and Hong Kong.
Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (“Sovereign”). On May 31, 2006, Santander acquired shares of common stock of Sovereign equal to 19.8% of Sovereign’s outstanding shares after giving effect to such purchase. The purchase price was $27 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $2.4 billion and generated goodwill of $760 million. The proceeds of the sale were used by Sovereign to finance a portion of the $3.6 billion cash purchase price that Sovereign paid to acquire Independence Community Bank Corp. (‘‘Independence’’). Sovereign and Independence together constitute the 18th largest bank in the United States as measured by assets and deposits with a significant presence in the Northeastern United States.
Sovereign’s board of directors elected three Santander designees to its Board of Directors.
Under the Investment Agreement dated October 24, 2005 between Santander and Sovereign, as amended (the ‘‘Investment Agreement’’), Santander had the right to increase its stake to 24.99% of Sovereign’s outstanding shares at market prices but, unless otherwise approved by Sovereign’s shareholders, any such shares purchased had to be placed in a voting trust and voted in proportion to the votes of Sovereign’s shareholders other than Santander and its affiliates. On May 3, 2007, Sovereign’s shareholders approved an amendment to Sovereign’s articles of incorporation that, among other effects, authorizes Santander to vote the shares currently held in the voting trust and any additional Sovereign shares that Santander might acquire in the future. As of May 16, 2007, the voting trust held 23,593,724 Sovereign shares, representing 4.9% of the Sovereign voting shares. Santander and Sovereign took all the necessary steps to terminate the voting trust and transfer the shares held by the trust to Santander and since June 6, 2007, Santander has the right to vote 24.7% of the Sovereign shares. Except with the consent of Sovereign’s board of directors or pursuant to the procedures described below, Santander may not increase its ownership stake in Sovereign to more than 24.99% until the end of the standstill period under the Investment Agreement.

 

17


Table of Contents

Beginning on June 1, 2008 and until May 31, 2011, Santander will have the option to make an offer to acquire 100% of Sovereign, subject to certain conditions and limitations agreed between the parties. If such an offer is made by Santander and the offer is either the highest or equal to the highest offer resulting from an auction of Sovereign or at least equal to a full and fair price for Sovereign as determined pursuant to a competitive valuation procedure agreed by the parties, the Sovereign board must accept the offer, provided that, during the period from June 1, 2008 through May 31, 2009, any offer made by Santander must be at a price of greater than $38 per share (adjusted from the amount of greater than $40 per share as set forth in the Investment Agreement as a result of a dilution adjustment resulting from a stock dividend paid by Sovereign). Even if the Sovereign board accepts the offer, Santander will not be permitted to complete an acquisition of Sovereign unless a majority of the non-Santander shareholders who vote at the relevant Sovereign shareholder meeting approve the acquisition. In addition, until May 31, 2011, Santander will have a right of first negotiation and a matching right with respect to third party offers to acquire Sovereign. Finally, with certain exceptions, Santander has agreed that, until May 31, 2011, it will not sell or otherwise dispose of its Sovereign shares.
Santander has several options with respect to its investment in Sovereign. Santander can hold its investment in Sovereign indefinitely, after May 31, 2008 seek to acquire 100% of Sovereign or, subject to the terms of the Investment Agreement, sell or otherwise dispose of its investment.
As of December 31, 2006, we had acquired a 24.8% of Sovereign at a cost of $3,029 million. Subject to market conditions and other relevant factors, we expect to increase our ownership stake to 24.99% through open market purchases.
San Paolo – IMI. On December 29, 2006, Grupo Santander announced that it had sold shares representing 4.8% of the share capital of San Paolo-IMI, for a total consideration of 1,585 million. This transaction generated for Santander a capital gain of 705 million. After the transaction, and as of December 31, 2006, Santander held a 3.6% stake in San Paolo – IMI.
Banco Santander Chile. On November 27, 2006 Grupo Santander announced its intention to offer up to 7.23% of Banco Santander Chile’s common stock through a public offering registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission in the United States of America.
Banco Santander Chile is Chile’s largest bank, in terms of total loans and total deposits, and is a key element in Grupo Santander’s strategy in Latin America. Grupo Santander’s current policy is to maintain ownership of at least 75% of Banco Santander Chile’s common stock as part of its long term investment strategy in Latin America.
The public offering was completed in December 2006 and generated gross capital gains for the Group of 270 million.
Fumagalli Soldan. On November 8, 2006, Santander reached an agreement with KBL Group to acquire via its specialized subsidiary, Banif, the Italian private bank, KBL Fumagalli Soldan, a subsidiary of the KBL Group. The deal is valued at 44 million. Fumagalli Soldan has offices in Rome and Milan and has assets under management of 400 million. Santander plans to develop its new acquisition on the Banif model and offer its Italian customers a wider range of banking products and services. Santander already has a consumer credit activity in Italy via Santander Consumer.
Antena 3 de Televisión, S.A. (“Antena 3TV”). On October 25, 2006 Antena 3TV announced a transaction by which it would repurchase a 10% interest in itself held directly or indirectly by Grupo Santander. The transaction, approved at a shareholders general meeting held in November 2006 by Antena 3TV, resulted in the acquisition by Antena 3TV of shares representing 5% of its share capital and its capital reduction through amortization of another 5%, in both cases at a price of18 per share.
The acquisition was completed before the year end and generated a capital gain of approximately 294 million for Santander.
Merger of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. and Riyal, S.L.(“Riyal”), Lodares Inversiones, S.L. Sociedad Unipersonal (“Lodares”), Somaen-Dos, S.L. Sociedad Unipersonal (“Somaen”), Gessinest Consulting, S.A. Sociedad Unipersonal (“Gessinest”) and Carvasa Inversiones, S.L. Sociedad Unipersonal (“Carvasa”). On October 23, 2006, the Bank held an Extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting that approved the merger by absorption of Riyal, Lodares, Somaen, Gessinest and Carvasa, into Banco Santander. As a result, Banco Santander absorbed all of the other five companies mentioned above, which were wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by Banco Santander. The absorbed companies have been terminated and all of their net corporate assets have been transferred to Banco Santander which has acquired, as universal successor, all of the rights and obligations making up the net assets of the absorbed companies.

 

18


Table of Contents

Compañía Española de Petróleos, S.A. (“CEPSA”).
In 2003 the Bank launched a takeover bid for up to 42,811,991 Cepsa shares, and the offer was accepted for 32,461,948 shares, representing an investment of 909 million.
Total, S.A. considered that the takeover bid breached historical side agreements between it (or its subsidiary, Elf Aquitaine, S.A.- Elf) and the Bank in relation to Cepsa and, accordingly, filed a request for arbitration at the Netherlands Court of Arbitration.
On April 3, 2006, the partial award rendered by the Arbitral Tribunal which, in the framework of the Netherlands Arbitration Institute, resolved the request for arbitration filed by Total, S.A. against the Bank was notified to the parties. The Tribunal considered that the side agreements contained in the agreements relating to Cepsa between the Bank and Total, S.A. (or its subsidiary, Elf) were rendered invalid by application of Transitional Provision Three of Law 26/2003, of July 17. However, the fact that the Bank launched the aforementioned takeover bid without prior consultation with Total, S.A. caused, in the opinion of the Tribunal, an insurmountable disagreement between the two parties which, in application of the part of the agreements that was not rendered invalid, entitled Total, S.A. to repurchase from the Bank a 4.35% ownership interest in Cepsa at the price established in the agreements.
Also, the aforementioned partial award ordered the dissolution of Somaen-Dos, S.L. (Sole-Shareholder Company), the sole company object of which was the holding of ownership interests in Cepsa, with a view to each shareholder recovering direct ownership of their respective Cepsa shares, in accordance with the agreements entered into between the Bank and Total, S.A. (or its subsidiary, Elf). To this end, on August 2, 2006, Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. and Riyal, S.L. entered into two agreements with Elf Aquitaine, S.A. and Odival, S.A., on the one hand, and with Unión Fenosa, S.A., on the other, to enforce the partial award and separate the ownership interests that they each held through Somaen-Dos, S.L.
On October 13, 2006, Elf received notification from the European Commission communicating the authorisation of the share ownership concentration resulting from the acquisition by Elf of shares representing 4.35% of the share capital of Cepsa. Consequently, the Group sold 11,650,893 Cepsa shares to Elf for 53 million. This disposal gave rise to a loss of 158 million which was covered by a provision recognized for this purpose.
Following this transaction, Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.’s holding in Cepsa was 29.99% at December 31, 2006.
AFP Unión Vida. On July 25, 2006, Grupo Santander reached an agreement with Banco de Crédito Perú to sell to the latter the Peruvian pension company AFP Unión Vida for an amount, subject to adjustment, of $142 million. The transaction was completed on August 25, 2006 and generated for Santander capital gains of approximately $100 million.
Inmobiliaria Urbis, S.A (“Urbis”). In July 2006, the Group and Construcciones Reyal, S.A.U. (“Reyal”) entered into an agreement whereby Reyal undertook to launch a takeover bid for all the share capital of Urbis, at a price of 26 per share, provided that at least 50.267% of the share capital of Urbis was accepted. The Group undertook to transfer to Reyal all its ownership interest in Urbis and not to accept any competing offers. Upon completion of the terms stipulated by current legislation, on December 15, 2006, the CNMV announced that the takeover bid was valid, since it had been accepted by 96.40% of the shares of Urbis. The transaction was definitively settled on December 21, 2006 and gave rise to pre-tax gains of 1,218 million.
Both Reyal and URBIS are among the largest real estate companies in Spain.
Unifin S.p.A. (“Unifin”). In May 2006 the Group acquired 70% of the Italian consumer finance entity Unifin for 44 million, giving rise to goodwill of 37 million.
Banco Santa Cruz S.A. (“Banco Santa Cruz”). On April 18, 2006 we sold our entire stake in the capital stock of our subsidiary in Bolivia, Banco Santa Cruz.

 

19


Table of Contents

Island Finance. On January 23, 2006, our subsidiary in Puerto Rico, Santander BanCorp, and Wells Fargo & Company reached an agreement through which we would acquire the assets and business operations in Puerto Rico of Island Finance, a consumer finance company, from Wells Fargo for $742 million. The transaction was closed in the first quarter of 2006 and generated goodwill of $114 million. Island Finance is the second largest consumer finance company in Puerto Rico and provides consumer financing and mortgages to 205,000 customers through its 70 branches.
Interbanco S.A. (“Interbanco”). On September 14, 2005 we reached an agreement with SAG (Soluções Automóvel Globlais) of Portugal to form an alliance that will conduct consumer and vehicle financing operations in Portugal, as well as operational car leasing in Spain and Portugal. In January 2006, we paid 118 million to acquire 50.001% of Interbanco’s capital stock. As of the closing of this transaction, we combined our consumer and vehicle finance businesses in Portugal with those of SAG through the merger of Interbanco and Hispamer Portugal. We own 60% of the capital stock of the combined company and SAG owns the remaining 40%.
Abbey National plc (“Abbey”). On July 25, 2004, our Board of Directors and the board of directors of Abbey announced that they had reached an agreement on the terms of a recommended acquisition by us of the total ordinary shares of Abbey by means of a scheme of arrangement under the United Kingdom Companies Act.
After the approval of shareholders at the respective shareholders’ meetings of both companies, held in October 2004, and once all conditions of the transaction were met, on November 12, 2004, the acquisition was completed through the delivery of one new share of Santander for every Abbey share. The capital increase amounted to 12,540.9 million, representing 1,485,893,636 new shares of 0.50 par value each and a share premium of 7.94 each.
ELCON Finans A.S. (“Elcon”) and Bankia Bank A.S.A. (“Bankia”). In September 2004, we acquired 100% of the capital stock of Elcon, a leading Norwegian vehicle finance company, for 3.44 billion Norwegian Kroners (approximately400 million). Subsequently, we agreed to sell Elcon’s equipment leasing and factoring businesses for approximately 160 million. This transaction generated goodwill of 120 million.
In March 2005, we launched a tender offer for Bankia (a Norwegian bank). In May 2005, we acquired 100% of Bankia’s capital stock for a total price of 54 million. This transaction generated goodwill of 45 million.
In December 2005, Elcon and Bankia were merged to form Santander Consumer Bank A.S.
Polskie Towarzystwo Finansowe, S.A. (“PTF”). In February 2004, we acquired 100% of the capital stock of PTF, a Polish consumer finance company (including its credit portfolio) for 524 million, of which 460 million represented the nominal value of the credit portfolio. This transaction generated goodwill of 59 million.
Abfin B.V. (“Abfin”). In September 2004, we acquired Abfin, a Dutch vehicle finance company, for 22 million. This transaction generated goodwill of 1.6 million.
Finconsumo Banca S.p.A. (“Finconsumo”). In 2003, we resolved to acquire the remaining 50% of the capital stock of Finconsumo that we did not own and acquired 20% of such capital stock for 60 million. In January 2004, we acquired the remaining 30% for 80 million, generating goodwill of55 million.
In May 2006, Finconsumo changed its name to Santander Consumer Bank S.p.A.
Santander Central Hispano Previsión, S.A., de Seguros y Reaseguros (“Previsión”). In 2003, we reached an agreement for the sale of our entire investment in the capital stock of Previsión. Once all regulatory approvals were obtained, we completed the transaction in June 2004 for 162 million.
Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin, S.A. de C.V. (“Serfin”) and Banco Santander Mexicano, S.A.
In December 2002 the Group reached an agreement with Bank of America Corporation whereby the latter acquired 24.9% of Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin, S.A. for $1,600 million (1,457 million) for which we recognized in 2003 capital gains of 681 million. After this sale, the Group’s ownership interest in the share capital of Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin, S.A. stood at 73.98%.

 

20


Table of Contents

In June 2004 Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin, S.A. increased capital by 163.4 million, of which we subscribed 122.5 million.
On November 29, 2004, the Annual General Meetings of Banco Santander Mexicano, S.A., Banca Serfin, S.A., Factoring Santander Serfin, S.A. de C.V. and Fonlyser, S.A. de C.V. resolved to merge the three last-mentioned entities into Banco Santander Mexicano, S.A. This merger was effective for accounting purposes from December 31, 2004. In January 2005 the post-merger entity changed its name to Banco Santander Serfin, S.A.
The Royal Bank of Scotland Group, plc. (“RBS”). In 2002 we made a net divestment of 3% of our holding in RBS, giving rise to gains of approximately 806 million. As of December 31, 2002, our ownership interest was 5.04% in RBS.
As of December 31, 2003, following several purchases and sales made during the year, our holding in RBS was 5.05%. The sales gave rise to gains of 217 million.
In May 2004, we subscribed to a capital increase for sterling 150 million, in order to prevent dilution of our holding.
In September 2004, we sold 79 million of our RBS shares, representing 2.51% of our holding, at a capital gain of approximately 472 million. As of December 31, 2004, our ownership interest in RBS was 2.54%.
In January 2005, we sold our entire holding in RBS for 2,007 million at a capital gain of717 million.
Unión Eléctrica Fenosa, S.A. (“Unión Fenosa”). In 2002, we acquired several holdings in the capital stock of Unión Fenosa for a total amount of 465 million. In 2004, we sold 1% of our holding that as of December 31, 2004, was 22.02%.
In September 2005, we agreed to sell our entire stake in Unión Fenosa, equivalent to 22.07% of its capital stock, to ACS Actividades de Construcción y Servicios, S.A. (ACS) for a price of2,219 million. As a result of this sale, we realized capital gains of 1,157 million.
Grupo Sacyr-Vallehermoso, S.A. (“Sacyr-Vallehermoso”). In 2002, we divested 24.5% of our holding in Sacyr-Vallehermoso at a capital gain of approximately 301 million.
In 2004, we sold our entire holding in Sacyr-Vallehermoso for 92 million at a capital gain of 47 million.
Vodafone Airtouch plc (“Vodafone”). During 2002, we reduced our stake in Vodafone from 1.53% to 0.97%, realizing capital gains of 274 million. In 2003, we sold 0.67% of our holding, realizing capital gains of 369 million. In 2004, we sold the remainder of our holding in Vodafone, realizing capital gains of 242 million.
Auna Operadores de Telecomunicaciones, S.A. (“Auna”). In 2002, we acquired a 12.62% stake in Auna for 939 million, thus increasing to 23.49% our total holding in this company. This stake was increased by an additional 2.5% in 2004, for approximately 217 million. Furthermore, during 2004, we made purchases for an additional 1.5% stake in Auna for approximately 120 million. As of December 31, 2004, we had a 27.34% holding in the capital stock of Auna, with an investment of2,031 million.
In January 2005, we acquired an additional 4.74% stake in Auna for 422 million, thus increasing to 32.08% our total holding in this company.
In November 2005, we sold 27.07% of our holding in Auna to France Télécom at a capital gain of 355 million. As of December 31, 2005, we had a 5.01% holding in the capital stock of Auna.
Shinsei Bank, Ltd (“Shinsei”). In 2003, we increased our holding in the capital stock of the Japanese bank Shinsei from 6.5% as of December 31, 2002, to 11.4% as of December 31, 2003. The total cost of the investment at that date was approximately 144 million. During 2004, we sold 4.0% of our holding at a capital gain of approximately 118 million. After this transaction, we held 7.4% of the capital stock of Shinsei. In the first quarter of 2005, we sold 2.7% of our holding at a capital gain of 49 million. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, we held 4.82% of the capital stock of Shinsei.

 

21


Table of Contents

Commerzbank AG (“Commerzbank”). During 2005 we sold our 3.38% holding in Commerzbank at a capital gain of 24 million.
In addition to expanding our existing operations, we continually review possible acquisitions of, and investments in, businesses in markets in which we believe we have particular advantages.
Capital Increases
As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, our capital stock consisted of 4,768,402,943 fully subscribed and paid shares of 0.5 par value each.
As of December 31, 2004, our capital had increased by 1,485,893,636 shares, or 31.16% of our total capital as of December 31, 2003, to 6,254,296,579 shares through the following transaction:
Abbey Acquisition
  
Capital increase of 1,485,893,636 new shares of 0.5 par value each and share premium of 7.94 each for an effective amount of 12,540.9 million, which were paid in full through the contribution of shares representing all the capital stock of Abbey, in accordance with the resolutions adopted at our Extraordinary Shareholders’ Meeting held on October 21, 2004. These shares were issued on November 12, 2004.
As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, our capital stock consisted of 6,254,296,579 fully subscribed and paid shares of 0.5 par value each.
Recent Events
ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”).
On May 29, 2007, Santander, together with RBS and Fortis N.V. and Fortis S.A./N.V. (collectively, the “Banks”), announced a proposed offer to purchase all of the ABN AMRO ordinary shares (including shares underlying ABN AMRO ADSs).
The Banks proposed to offer 30.40 in cash plus 0.844 new RBS shares for each ABN AMRO ordinary share, equal to a total of 38.40 per ABN AMRO ordinary share. The total consideration payable to shareholders of ABN AMRO under the proposed offer would therefore be 71.1 billion. All data in this section have been calculated using prices and exchange rates as of May 25, 2007. The total consideration payable for on the entire issued ordinary share capital of ABN AMRO by the Banks’ proposed offer is based on 1,852,448,094 ABN AMRO ordinary shares being issued and outstanding.
The Banks and RFS Holdings B.V., a company newly incorporated for the purpose of making the proposed offer, have entered into an agreement, dated as of May 28, 2007 (the “Consortium Agreement”), relating to the proposed offer. The Consortium Agreement sets forth the terms on which the proposed offer is to be made and provides for the management of ABN AMRO after completion of the proposed offer. This includes the division of the ABN AMRO businesses between the Banks and the sale of non-core assets of ABN AMRO.
The proposed offer is subject to certain pre-offer conditions and offer conditions. The pre-offer conditions and the offer conditions may, to the extent permitted, be waived by the Banks (either in whole or in part) at any time prior to the commencement of the offer and the expiration of the offer, respectively.
If the proposed offer is completed, Santander will acquire the following core businesses from ABN AMRO (together the “ABN AMRO Businesses”):
  
Business Unit Latin America (excluding wholesale clients outside Brazil) including, notably, the Banco Real franchise in Brazil;
 
  
Banca Antonveneta in Italy; and
 
  
Interbank and DMC Consumer Finance, a specialized consumer finance business in the Netherlands.
If the proposed offer is completed, and accepted by all ABN AMRO ordinary shareholders, Santander will pay approximately 19.9 billion or 27.9% of the total consideration payable under the proposed offer.
Santander intends to raise approximately 9 billion of new financing via a rights issue and mandatorily convertible instruments, amounting to approximately half of Santander’s share of the total consideration, and to finance the remainder through balance sheet optimization, including leverage, incremental securitization and asset disposals.
This information is only current as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and may not be complete subsequent to such date. Investors are urged to read the documents regarding the proposed offer if and when they become available, because they will contain important information. Investors will be able to obtain a copy of such documents through EDGAR on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov) once such documents are filed by Santander with the SEC. However, none of those documents or any other information contained on the SEC website is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

 

22


Table of Contents

Banco BPI, S.A. (“BPI”). Grupo Santander announced in January 2007 that it had entered into a firm agreement with Banco Comercial Portugués (BCP) for the sale to this bank of 44.6 million shares of the Portuguese bank BPI, representing 5.87% of its share capital, at a price of5.70 per share, equal to that offered by BCP in the tender offer launched by it on BPI, or at the higher price should BCP revise its public offer bid upwards. The agreement was subject to regulatory approvals.
In May 2007, the tender offer failed since it did not obtain the minimum required support by BPI’s shareholders to which the bid was conditioned. The Bank of Portugal had set out a maximum level of ownership by BCP in BPI in case that the tender offer did not succeed. Finally, Grupo Santander sold to BCP 34.5 million shares of BPI with capital gains of approximately €107 million.
SKBergé (“SKB”). Santander Consumer Finance and the Bergé Group, through its Chilean subsidiary SKBergé, a company formed by Sigdo Koppers and Bergé (SKB), reached a strategic agreement to set up a finance company in Chile. SKB will have an ownership interest of up to 49%, with the remaining 51% to be held by Santander Consumer Finance. The new company, which will operate under the name of Santander Consumer Chile, will engage in consumer finance, focussing on both car and other durable consumer goods and credit cards.
Sale of real estate assets. On June 13, 2007 we announced that, as part of the plan for the optimization of our balance sheet, we contemplated the sale of real estate assets currently used by Santander, with an estimated market value of4 billion and a potential net capital gain of around1.4 billion. The transaction would be implemented by means of a sale and leaseback procedure.
Financiera Alcanza S.A. de C.V. SOFOL (“Alcanza”). On June 13, 2007 Santander Consumer Finance signed an agreement with the main shareholders of Alcanza to acquire and increase the capital of the company. After the transaction, Santander Consumer will control 85% of the company. As in its other markets, Santander Consumer’s business in Mexico will focus on consumer finance and auto financing as part of its growth strategy.
Alcanza has 160 employees in 15 branches in Mexico. The total value of the acquisition together with the capital increase is an estimated US$39.5 million. The deal is pending regulatory approvals in each country.
Intesa Sanpaolo. On June 19, 2007 we announced that we had sold the final stake of 1.79% that we held in the share capital of the Italian bank Intesa Sanpaolo, for a total consideration of1,206 million. The transaction generates for Santander a capital gain of approximately 566 million.
B. Business overview.
We are a financial group operating principally in Spain, the United Kingdom, other European countries and Latin America, offering a wide range of financial products. At December 31, 2006, we were one of the twelve largest banking groups in the world by market capitalization and the largest banking group in the euro zone with a stock market capitalization of 88.4 billion, stockholders’ equity of 44.9 billion and total assets of 833.9 billion. We had an additional167.1 billion in mutual funds, pension funds and other assets under management at that date. As of December 31, 2006, we had 46,010 employees and 5,772 branch offices in Continental Europe, 16,942 employees and 712 branches in the United Kingdom, 65,967 employees and 4,368 branches in Latin America and 830 employees in other geographic areas (For a full breakdown of employees by country, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — D. Employees”).
Our principal operations are in Spain, the United Kingdom, Portugal, Germany, Italy and Latin America. We also have significant operations in New York as well as financial investments in Sovereign and Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme (formerly, Banque Commerciale du Maroc)(Attijariwafa Bank”). In Latin America, we have majority shareholdings in banks in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Puerto Rico, Uruguay and Venezuela.
In accordance with the criteria established by the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the structure of the operating business areas has been segmented into two levels:
Principal level (or geographic). The activity of our operating units is segmented by geographical areas. This coincides with our first level of management and reflects our positioning in the world’s three main currency areas. The reported segments are:
  
Continental Europe. This covers all retail banking business (including Banco Banif, S.A. (“Banif”), our specialized private bank), wholesale banking and asset management and insurance conducted in Europe, with the exception of Abbey. This segment includes the following units: Santander Network, Banco Español de Crédito, S.A. (“Banesto”), Santander Consumer Finance and Portugal.

 

23


Table of Contents

  
United Kingdom (Abbey). This covers only Abbey’s business, mainly focused on retail banking in the UK.
 
  
Latin America. This embraces all the financial activities conducted via our subsidiary banks and other subsidiaries. It also includes the specialized units in International Private Banking, as an independent globally managed unit. Our business in New York is also managed in this area.
Secondary level (or business). This segments the activity of our operating units by type of business. The reported segments are:
  
Retail Banking. This covers all customer banking businesses (except those of Corporate Banking, which are managed globally throughout the world).
 
  
Global Wholesale Banking. This business reflects the returns from Global Corporate Banking, Investment Banking and Markets worldwide, including all treasuries with global management, as well as our equities business.
 
  
Asset Management and Insurance. This includes our units that design and manage mutual and pension funds and insurance.
In addition to these operating units, which cover everything by geographic area and business, we continue to maintain a separate Financial Management and Equity Stakes area. This area incorporates the centralized activities relating to equity stakes in industrial and financial companies, financial management of the structural exchange rate position and of the parent Bank’s structural interest rate risk, as well as management of liquidity and of shareholders’ equity through issues and securitizations. As the Group’s holding entity, it manages all capital and reserves and allocations of capital and liquidity.
In 2006, Grupo Santander maintained the same primary and secondary operating segments as it had in 2005.
In addition, and in line with the criteria established in the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the results of businesses discontinued in 2006 and which were consolidated by global integration (Abbey’s insurance, Urbis, Peru and Bolivia) were eliminated from various lines of the income statement and included in “net profit from discontinued operations.”
The figures for 2005 have been restated and include the changes, at both the Group level as well as the affected areas.
Principal level (or geographic):
Continental Europe
This area covers the banking activities of the different networks and specialized units in Europe, principally with individual clients and small and medium sized companies (“SMEs”), as well as private and public institutions. During 2006 there were four main units within this area: Santander Network, Banesto, Santander Consumer Finance and Portugal including retail banking, global wholesale banking and asset management and insurance.
Continental Europe is the largest business area of Grupo Santander. At the end of 2006, it accounted for 46.5% of total customer funds under management, 52.0% of total loans and credits and 55.7% of profit attributed to the Group of the Group’s main business areas.
The area had 5,772 branches and 44,216 employees (direct and assigned) at the end of 2006.
In 2006, the Continental Europe segment’s efficiency ratio improved by 2.7% to 40.8% (from 43.5% in 2005). Profit attributed to the Group from this segment increased 39.1% to 4,144 million. Return on equity, “ROE”, in 2006 was 20.4%, a 1.9% decrease from 2005.

 

24


Table of Contents

Santander Network
The retail banking activity is carried out through the branch network of Santander, with support from an increasing number of automated cash dispensers, savings books updaters, telephone banking services, electronic and internet banking.
At the end of 2006, we had 2,832 branches and a total of 19,027 employees (direct and assigned), of which 745 employees were temporary, dedicated to retail banking in Spain. Compared to 2005, there was a net increase of 163 branches and a net reduction of 65 employees.
In 2006, the Santander Network grew by approximately 19.0% in lending, 15.6% in net operating income and 17.2% in profit attributed to the Group. It also improved its efficiency ratio from 44.0% in 2005 to 40.9% in 2006.
Gross income from the Santander Network was 4,182 million in 2006, a 9.3% increase from 2005.
In 2006, profit attributed to the Group from the Santander Network was 1,505 million, 17.2% higher than profit attributed to the Group in 2005, while the ROE reached 21.3% (as compared to 22.8% in 2005).
The 19.0% growth in lending in 2006 versus 2005 came from mortgages (16% increase, mainly for individual customers) as well as personal loans (17% increase), leasing and renting (20% increase) and other loans and credits (28% increase).
Customer deposits increased by 16.9%, while mutual and pension funds decreased by 0.7% and increased by 15.6%, respectively.
Banesto
At the end of 2006, Banesto had 1,844 branches and 10,545 employees (direct and assigned), of which 336 employees were temporary (an increase of 141 branches and a reduction of 32 employees as compared to the end of 2005).
For purposes of our financial statements and this annual report on Form 20-F, we have calculated Banesto’s results of operations using the criteria described on page 23 of this annual report on Form 20-F. As a result, the data set forth herein may not coincide with the data published independently by Banesto.
In 2006, Banesto grew by approximately 27.6% in lending, 27.0% in customer deposits and 3.6% in off-balance sheet customer funds.
In 2006, gross income from Banesto was 1,987 million, an 11.0% increase from 2005. Profit attributed to the Group from Banesto was 1,259 million, a 152.6% increase from 2005, while the ROE reached 20.6% (as compared to 19.4% in 2005) and the efficiency ratio improved to 45.3% (as compared to 48.2% in 2005).
Santander Consumer Finance
Our consumer financing activities are conducted through our subsidiary Santander Consumer Finance S.A. and its group of companies. Most of the activity is in the business of auto financing, personal loans, credit cards, insurance and customer deposits. These consumer financing activities are mainly focused on Spain, Portugal, Germany and Italy (through Santander Consumer Bank S.p.A.). We also conduct this business in the UK, Hungary, the Czech Republic, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland and Sweden.
At the end of 2006, this unit had 282 branches (as compared to 267 at the end of 2005) and 5,401 employees (direct and assigned) (as compared to 5,118 employees at the end of 2004), of which 221 employees were temporary.
In 2006, this unit generated gross income of 1,825 million, a 15.2% increase from 2005. Profit attributed to the Group was 565 million, a 20.9% increase from 2005, while the ROE reached 35.6% (as compared to 44.2% in 2005) and the efficiency ratio improved to 34.6% (as compared to 34.3% in 2005).
At the end of 2006, total lending for this subsidiary amounted to more than 39 billion (a 22% increase as compared to 2005) (including securitizations). Two-thirds of the lending is in auto finance, with a greater share of new vehicles (40% vs. 25% for used vehicles), and the combined share of consumer loans via dealers, cards and direct credit represent 18% of the total portfolio. Three countries account for 85% of the portfolio: Germany (42%), Spain (30%) and Italy (13%).

 

25


Table of Contents

Portugal
Our main Portuguese operations are conducted by Banco Santander Totta, S.A., and our Portuguese investment banking operations are conducted by Banco Santander de Negocios Portugal, S.A.
At the end of 2006, Portugal operated 727 branches (as compared to 693 branches at the end of 2005) and had 6,114 employees (direct and assigned) (as compared to 6,308 employees at the end of 2005), of which 206 employees were temporary.
In 2006, gross income from our activities in Portugal was 1,103 million, a 10.8% increase from 2005. Profit attributed to the Group was 423 million, 22.4% higher than in 2005, while the ROE reached 24.1% (20.8% in 2005) and the efficiency ratio improved to 47.3% (from 49.4% in 2005).
Others
The rest of our businesses in the Continental Europe segment (Banif, Asset Management, Insurance and Global Wholesale Banking) generated profit attributed to the Group of 392 million, 2.2% more than in 2005.
United Kingdom (Abbey)
Abbey became part of Grupo Santander on November 12, 2004 and only its balance sheet was consolidated with the Group as of December 31, 2004. Its results were consolidated with the Group’s for the first time in 2005.
Abbey is a significant financial services provider in the United Kingdom, being the second largest residential mortgage lender measured by outstanding balances. Abbey also provides a wide range of retail savings accounts, and operates across the full range of personal financial services.
At the end of 2006, Abbey had 712 branches and a total of 17,146 employees (direct and assigned) of which 210 employees were temporary. Compared to 2005, there was no variation in Abbey’s number of branches and a net reduction of 1,938 employees.
For purposes of our financial statements and this annual report on Form 20-F, we have calculated Abbey’s results of operations using the criteria described on page 23 of this annual report on Form 20-F. As a result, the data set forth herein may not coincide with the data published independently by Abbey.
In 2006, Abbey contributed gross income of 3,560 million (a 5.4% increase from 2005), net operating income of 1,620 million (a 25.5% increase from 2005) and 1,003 million of profit attributed to the Group (a 23.7% increase from 2005) which represents a 13.5% of the Group’s total operating areas. Loans and advances experienced growth of approximately 10.9% and customer funds under management decreased by 9.4% during the same period. ROE was 32.8% (as compared to 35.7% in 2005) and the efficiency ratio was 55.1% (as compared to 62.2% in 2005).
Operating expenses were 6.7% lower, with cost savings of £300 million since we acquired Abbey.
The non-performing loans ratio was 0.60% at the end of 2006, 0.07% less than in 2005 and coverage rose from 78% to 86%.
Latin America
At December 31, 2006, we had 4,368 offices and 66,889 employees (direct and assigned) in Latin America (as compared to 4,100 offices and 61,209 employees, respectively, at December 31, 2005), of which 985 were temporary employees.
Profit attributed to the Group from Latin America was 2,287 million, a 28.6% increase from 2005, while the ROE reached 26.6% (as compared to 22.6% in 2005) and the efficiency ratio improved to 47.0% (as compared to 52.8% in 2005). At the end of 2006, Latin America accounted for 30.8% of total profit attributed to the Group of the Group’s operating areas.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our Latin American banking business is principally conducted by the following banking subsidiaries:
           
  Percentage Held   Percentage Held
  at December 31, 2006   at December 31, 2006
Banco Río de la Plata, S.A. (Argentina)
  99.30  Banco Santander, S.A. (Mexico)  74.91 
Banco Santander Banespa, S.A. (Brazil)
  97.97  Banco Santander Puerto Rico  90.77 
Banco Santander Chile
  76.73  Banco Santander, S.A. (Uruguay)  100.00 
Banco Santander Colombia, S.A.
  97.64  Banco de Venezuela, S.A. Banco Universal  98.42 
We engage in a full range of retail banking activities in Latin America, although the range of our activities varies from country to country. We seek to take advantage of whatever particular business opportunities local conditions present.
Our significant position in Latin America is attributable to our financial strength, high degree of diversification (by countries, businesses, products, etc.), breadth and depth of our franchise.
Detailed below are the performance highlights of the main Latin American countries in which we operate:
Brazil. Santander Banespa is one of the main financial franchises in Brazil. We have 2,026 branches and 7.5 million individual customers.
The Group continued to focus during 2006 on expanding retail businesses. During the year, 665,000 individuals and 5,000 SMEs became clients.
Santander Banespa’s lending rose 34% in local currency. Particularly noteworthy was the 30% rise in lending to individual customers (62% increase via credit cards, 83% increase in loans linked to payroll deposit and 37% increase in auto finance) and the 38% growth in lending to SMEs and companies.
Bank savings increased 18% and mutual funds grew 29%.
Profit attributed to the Group from Brazil in 2006 was 751 million, a 27.2% increase as compared with 2005 (15.3% increase in local currency). At the end of 2006 the efficiency ratio was 46.4%, ROE was 28.4%, the ratio of non-performing loans (“NPL”) was 2.4% and the NPL coverage was 103%.
Mexico. Banco Santander Serfin, S.A. is one of the leading financial services companies in Mexico. It heads the third largest banking group in Mexico in terms of business volume. The Group has a network of 1,039 branches and 8.1 million banking customers in Mexico.
Profit attributed to the Group from Mexico increased 40.3% to 528 million (an increase of 41.5% after eliminating the exchange rate impact). The efficiency ratio was 44.5%, ROE was 23.1%, the ratio of non-performing loans was 0.64% at the end of 2006 and the NPL coverage was 279%.
Chile. Banco Santander Chile heads the largest financial group in the country with substantial business in loans, deposits and mutual funds and pension funds. The Group has 397 branches and 2.4 million banking customers.
In 2006, in local currency, lending increased 17% (including a 24% increase to individuals), while deposits and mutual funds grew 22%.
Profit attributed to the Group from Chile increased 44.8% to 489 million (a 38.7% increase after eliminating the exchange rate impact). The efficiency ratio stood at 41.5%, ROE was 32.2%, the ratio of non-performing loans was 1.6% and the NPL coverage was 153%.
Puerto Rico. Banco Santander Puerto Rico is one of the largest financial institutions in Puerto Rico. The Group has 140 branches and 0.3 million customers.
In 2006, Santander Puerto Rico focused on developing business with individual customers (consumer loans and mortgages) and companies, in an environment of low economic growth and, consequently, a moderate slowdown in the pace of business growth in the financial system. Lending increased 14% in local currency and deposits (excluding REPOs) and mutual funds rose 7%.
Profit attributed to the Group from Puerto Rico was 26 million, 46.2% lower than in 2005 (a 45.7% decrease in local currency). The efficiency ratio was 68.1%, ROE was 6.1%, the ratio of non-performing loans stood at 1.7% and the NPL coverage was 162%.

 

27


Table of Contents

Venezuela. Banco de Venezuela, S.A. Banco Universal is one of the country’s largest banks with 282 branches and 2.6 million banking customers.
The main focus of management in 2006 was to maximize the profitability of business and boost recurrent revenues, through growth in lending, especially to individuals, transactional deposits and fee-generating services. Lending, after eliminating the exchange rate impact, increased 53% (including a 159% increase to individual customers) and the aggregate of deposits (excluding REPOs) and mutual funds rose 78%.
Profit attributed to the Group from Venezuela grew to 146 million (a 13.0% increase in local currency). The efficiency ratio was 43.2%, ROE stood at 37.8%, the ratio of non-performing loans was 1.0% and the NPL coverage was 436%.
Colombia. In a favourable environment of economic and financial stability, the Group focused in 2006 on developing its franchise and on selective business growth, particularly in the retail segments. Lending to individual customers and SMEs rose 65% and deposits and mutual funds increased 25%.
Profit attributed to the Group from Colombia was 24 million, 37.7% lower than in 2005 in local currency.
Argentina. This country consolidated its economic recovery during 2006 and Banco Río de la Plata made a positive contribution to Group earnings (profit attributed to the Group was 148 million in 2006, a 101.6% increase in local currency). Lending rose 33% and was very focused on SMEs and individuals, while deposits (excluding REPOs) and mutual funds increased 34%.
Others
In 2006 Uruguay generated profit attributed to the Group of 28 million, while during this year we sold our pension funds business in Peru and our subsidiary in Bolivia, Banco Santa Cruz.
Santander Private Banking performed well with profit attributed to the Group up 20.5% during 2006 to 139 million.
Secondary level (or business)
Retail Banking
The Group’s Retail Banking generated 85% of the operating areas’ total gross income in 2006 and 78% of profit before tax. In 2006, Retail Banking generated gross income of 19,375 million, 15.5% higher than in 2005. Profit before taxes was 7,180 million, 19.9% higher than in 2005. This segment had 119,346 employees at the end of 2006.
Retail Banking in Continental Europe continued the growth trends in volume and earnings seen since the beginning of 2005. Net interest income rose 13.8%, net operating income rose 15.8% and profit before tax rose 18.3%, excluding the capital gain from the sale of Urbis.
There were three main drivers: business growth (+24% in lending and +15% in deposits), good management of prices in an environment of rising interest rates and selective growth in expenses.
Profit before tax generated by Abbey’s Retail Banking was 17.1% higher, spurred by growth of 25.7% in net operating income. There were two elements behind the latter’s increase: the rise of 5.0% in gross operating income, because of the good performance of net interest income and net fees, and the 7.4% reduction in operating expenses.
The good earnings performance of Retail Banking in Latin America was based on strong growth in customer business, the good performance in net interest income and net fees, and control of expenses which was compatible with business development. Commercial revenue increased 29.0%, net operating income 51.6% and profit before tax 43.9%. The respective increases, in local currency, were 24.3%, 45.8% and 39.5%.

 

28


Table of Contents

Global Wholesale Banking
This area covers our corporate banking, treasury and investment banking activities throughout the world.
This segment contributed 11% of total gross income and 14% of profit before tax. Profit before taxes amounted to 1,353 million, a 17.0% increase from 2005. This segment had 1,774 employees at the end of 2006.
This increase in profit before tax was largely due to the investment banking and markets areas. The growth registered was driven by the 39.7% rise in revenues from clients and a further gain in the efficiency ratio to below 30% (29.9%, 3.8% better than in 2005).
The business model is structured in a double (customer-product) vector in the countries where it operates. In the customer vector, the Global Customer Relationship Model, which manages the main corporate and institutional customers, increased its perimeter in 2006 with the addition of 66 clients, mostly from Latin America and previously managed by the retail banking area. Gross operating income generated by this model, was 39% higher at 777 million.
The product vector consists of three large areas:
1) Global transactional services: Gross income generated by corporate products increased 18%, and progress was made in implementing the single management model in the countries where the Group has a significant presence.
Cash management performed well, with 26% growth in gross income. The area covers the range of transactional products (management of payment collection, payments to suppliers, payrolls, etc), commercial financing (discounting, advances, factoring, confirming, etc.) and funds.
Trade finance, which covers foreign trade and trade finance operations, registered sustained growth in gross income (+9%) and business.
Global Securities (custody) maintained significant growth in gross income (+16%) and volumes. It had more than 500 billion of assets in deposit.
2) Investment Banking: The three areas (corporate finance, structured finance and capital structuring) were grouped together in 2006 under a single, integrated and global organization specialized by sectors. This helped to raise the profile of operations, focus on products with the greatest value-added and maximize cross-selling. All of this was important for generating new business opportunities. Gross income increased 77%.
3) Markets: This covers global treasury activities, both for customers as well as trading, and distribution of equities. Gross income was 31% higher.
Global treasury’s gross operating income increased 30%, driven by the solid recurrence of client revenues (+49%) as a result of the good performance of strategic projects (Santander Global Markets for corporate and institutional clients, and Santander Global Connect for retail clients). Proprietary trading in Latin America also yielded good results, although growth was lower in 2006 because of the sale of portfolios and stakes in 2005.
In Spain and Portugal, gross income from treasury rose 87%. Of note was the take-off of the Santander Global Markets project, both in the corporate and institutional segments, thanks to the strong rise in business, the greater share of value-added solutions and successful management of the associated flows and books.
Gross income of Latin American treasuries was 24% higher, spurred by an excellent performance in clients (+55%) and in proprietary activity which took advantage of the opportunities arising in the markets.
Lastly, treasury in New York is consolidating itself as a key element in the operations of Latin American markets. The range of products continued to increase in 2006 in order to provide clients with value-added solutions.
In equities gross income was 39% higher thanks to participation in major deals and maintaining our leadership position in brokerage activities in Spain.
Asset Management and Insurance
This segment comprises all of our companies whose activity is the management of mutual and pension funds and insurance.
In 2006, Asset Management and Insurance generated gross income of 1,066 million, 16.5% higher than in 2005. Profit before taxes was 645 million, 18.1% higher than in 2005. The efficiency ratio was 1.3% better at 39.3%.This segment had 7,132 employees at the end of 2006.
This segment accounted for 5% of our gross income and 7% of our profit before tax.
Total revenues generated for the Group by mutual and pension funds and insurance, including those recorded by the distribution networks, increased 15% to 3,511 million and accounted for around one-sixth of the operating areas’ overall total.

 

29


Table of Contents

Asset Management. Santander Asset Management’s global business of mutual and pension funds generated 2,028 million of fees for the Group, 6.3% more than in 2005. Profit before tax amounted to 410 million (+9.0%), after deducting operating costs and fees paid to the networks. Total managed assets were close to 150 billion, making us one of the largest institutions focused on the retail segment at the international level.
Santander Asset Management’s strategy in 2006 focused on developing platforms for transnational investment and sharing successful experiences in the launch of new products. All of this helped to consolidate our leadership position in mutual funds in Spain (24% market share according to Inverco) and in Latin America among the largest international banks.
As regards private pension fund management institutions (AFPs) in Latin America, the Group restructured its presence in the region and concentrated on countries where Santander does banking business. As a result, AFP Unión Vida in Peru was sold.
The funds of Santander Asset Management Spain performed well, outperforming their benchmark indices by 0.6% on average. The average return on the funds was around 6% (25% in equity funds).
In Portugal, mutual and pension fund management focused on improving the product mix, with a greater share of equity and guaranteed funds. This produced combined growth of 9% in mutual and pension funds to 7,500 million, as well as an improvement in the average commission of 0.04%.
In the UK, 2006 was a key year for restructuring and relaunching asset management activity. A new unit, Santander Asset Management UK, was created which reorganized the activities already developed by Abbey and strengthened the investment capacities in this activity, as well as operating with systems integrated with those of two of the Spanish fund management institutions.
In Latin America, the Group’s global experience combined with a developing banking market resulted in an increase of 24% in managed funds to 28 billion (+34% in local currency). Market shares continued to increase in three of the large countries.
Insurance. Global insurance business generated total gross income (revenues plus commissions) of 1,483 million (+28.8%). Its total contribution to the Group, the sum of profit before tax (236 million) and fees paid to the network, was 1,420 million (+29.8%).
Santander continued to focus its insurance activity on the distribution of value-added products to individuals via its networks.
Continental Europe, which accounts for 54% of the Group’s total contribution, registered strong growth in all its units. Spain contributed 370 million (+64% year-on-year), due to its expanded and improved range of products combined with intensive marketing.
The risk insurance business in Portugal linked to loans grew strongly. The total contribution to the Group was 31% higher at 77 million.
Santander Consumer Finance kept up a strong pace of growth in credit-linked insurance. Its contribution via fees increased 24% to 316 million (22% of the Group’s total).
Abbey’s total contribution was 294 million, 14% more than in 2005 excluding the life assurance business sold in 2006. The product mix was better and the greater contribution via distribution offset the similar level of revenues from general insurance and somewhat less in life protection. The distribution agreements with Resolution are enabling Abbey to begin to rebuild sales capacity for life assurance.
Latin America generated 26% of the total contribution (363 million; +24%). The drive in marketing products via the branch networks and the development of streamlined and transparent life-risk products raised the contribution from all countries. Argentina doubled its contribution to become the region’s third largest and Brazil, our largest market, contributed 22% more than in 2005.

 

30


Table of Contents

Financial Management and Equity Stakes
At the end of 2006, this area had 1,498 employees (direct and assigned) (1,462 employees at the end of 2005), of which 402 were temporary.
This area is responsible for a series of centralized activities and acts as our holding entity, managing all capital and reserves and assigning capital and liquidity to the other businesses. It also incorporates centrally managed business, which can be divided into the following sub areas:
Equity Stakes: this sub segment centralizes the management of equity stakes in financial and industrial companies. The main developments were: the acquisition of 24.8% of Sovereign Bancorp for US$2,921 million and the sale of 4.8% of Sanpaolo IMI for 1,585 million (gross capital gain of705 million).
Financial Investments
We have financial investments in a number of banking companies, principally in Europe. The following summarizes our most important financial investments:
Sovereign Bancorp. As of December 31, 2006, we had a 24.8% stake in Sovereign.
Attijariwafa Bank. As of December 31, 2006, we had a 14.5% interest in Attijariwafa Bank, which engages mainly in trade finance and foreign investment activities. Together with Attijariwafa Bank we have a 50% joint venture in Attijari International Bank Société Anonyme, which specializes in trade finance in Tangier’s free trade zone.
Intesa Sanpaolo (formerly San Paolo IMI). As of December 31, 2006, we held a 3.6% stake in San Paolo – IMI, equivalent to a 1.8% in the entity resulting from the merger with Intesa. Intesa San Paolo is one of the largest banking groups in Italy in terms of assets and controls Intereuropa Bank, a Hungarian bank in which we owned a 9.99% stake until April 2007, when such stake was sold as a result of the public offer launched by San Paolo IMI Internazionale S.p.A., the controlling shareholder of Inter-Europa Bank. On June 19, 2007 we announced that we had sold our 1.8% stake in the share capital of Intesa Sanpaolo.
Industrial Portfolio
The majority of our industrial holdings portfolio consists of investments in strategic sectors related to the growth of the Spanish economy. Through our investments in these areas, we aim to contribute to the Group’s consolidated results.
The following table summarizes our main industrial holdings at December 31, 2006:
     
    Percentage Held
Company Business At December 31, 2006
France Telecom España, S.A.
 Telecommunications 5.01
CEPSA
 Oil and Petrochemicals 29.99
Grupo Corporativo ONO, S.A.
 Telecommunications 4.47
During 2006 we realized capital gains of more than 1,500 million with divestments in Inmobiliaria Urbis, S.A., Antena 3TV, CEPSA and Grupo Corporativo ONO, among others.
At the end of 2006, the unrealized capital gains from stakes in listed financial and industrial companies maintained in the portfolio amounted to around 4 billion.
Financial Management: this area carries out the global functions of managing the structural exchange rate position, the structural interest rate risk of the parent bank and the liquidity risk. The latter is conducted through issues and securitizations. It also manages shareholders’ equity.
The cost of hedging the capital of the Group’s non-euro denominated investments is another activity of this sub segment. The current hedging policy is aimed at protecting the capital invested and the year’s results through various instruments that are deemed to be the most appropriate for their management. The main units with exchange risk, except for Brazil, continued to be hedged in 2005 and 2006.

 

31


Table of Contents

This sub segment also manages shareholders’ equity, the allocation of capital to each business unit, and the cost of financing investments.
Gross income from Financial Management and Equity Stakes was-296 million in 2006, 77 million lower than in 2005. This decrease was due to the negative impact of higher interest rates on the cost of financing and on the spread of portfolios, as well as lower income from CEPSA and the sale of the stake in 2005 in Unión Fenosa (both accounted for by the equity method). Profit attributed to the Group was 162 million including 340 million net from the difference between capital gains and extraordinary allowances (excluding the capital gain from the sale of Urbis and Banesto’s allocation for an early retirement fund, which were recorded in Banesto). Excluding this, the ordinary loss was 178 million.
Total Revenues by Activity and Geographic Location
For a breakdown of our total revenues by category of activity and geographic market please see Note 54 to our consolidated financial statements.
Selected Statistical Information
The following tables show our selected statistical information.
Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates
The following tables show, by domicile of customer, our average balances and interest rates for each of the past three years.
You should read the following tables and the tables included under “—Changes in Net Interest Income—Volume and Rate Analysis” and “—Assets—Earning Assets—Yield Spread” in light of the following observations:
 
We have included interest received on non-accruing assets in interest income only if we received such interest during the period in which it was due;
 
We have included loan fees in interest income;
 
We have not recalculated tax-exempt income on a tax-equivalent basis because the effect of doing so would not be significant;
 
We have included income and expenses from interest-rate hedging transactions as a separate line item under interest income and expenses if these transactions qualify for hedge accounting under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. If these transactions did not qualify for such treatment, we included income and expenses on these transactions elsewhere in our income statement;
 
We have stated average balance on a gross basis, before netting our allowances for credit losses, except for the total average asset figures, which reflect such netting. See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our accounting policies for hedging activities; and
 
All average data have been calculated using month-end balances, which is not significantly different than having used daily averages.
As stated above under “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganization”, on November 12, 2004, we completed the acquisition of Abbey. For consolidation purposes, Abbey’s assets and liabilities were consolidated into our balance sheet as of December 31, 2004, but Abbey’s results of operations had no impact on our income statement for 2004. Therefore, 2005 is the first year to reflect the full impact of the acquisition of Abbey.
As stated above under “Presentation of Financial Information”, we have prepared our financial statements for 2004, 2005 and 2006 under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Data for earlier years has been prepared under previous Spanish GAAP, which is not comparable to data prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.

 

32


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheet – Assets and Interest Income
                                     
  2004  2005  2006 
  Average Balance  Interest  Average Rate  Average Balance  Interest  Average Rate  Average Balance  Interest  Average Rate 
  (in thousand of euros, except percentages) 
ASSETS
                                    
Cash and due from central banks
                                    
Domestic
  2,699,587   35,957   1.33%  3,133,279   44,121   1.41%  1,974,832   68,969   3.49%
International
  5,317,681   200,573   3.77%  8,487,908   227,184   2.68%  12,445,028   405,884   3.26%
 
                           
 
  8,017,268   236,530   2.95%  11,621,187   271,305   2.33%  14,419,860   474,853   3.29%
 
                                    
Due from credit entities
                                    
Domestic
  11,775,968   282,136   2.40%  13,674,911   340,950   2.49%  11,519,832   460,640   4.00%
International
  28,961,103   808,519   2.79%  51,599,988   2,032,721   3.94%  48,964,815   2,044,429   4.18%
 
                           
 
  40,737,071   1,090,655   2.68%  65,274,899   2,373,671   3.64%  60,484,647   2,505,069   4.14%
 
                                    
Loans and credits
                                    
Domestic
  120,221,648   4,504,867   3.75%  141,048,015   5,291,967   3.75%  177,426,121   7,678,628   4.33%
International
  75,559,409   5,934,723   7.85%  249,372,121   16,127,608   6.47%  297,802,148   18,822,654   6.32%
 
                           
 
  195,781,057   10,439,590   5.33%  390,420,136   21,419,575   5.49%  475,228,269   26,501,282   5.58%
 
                                    
Debt securities
                                    
Domestic
  29,007,098   933,402   3.22%  23,461,682   778,971   3.32%  20,025,278   762,274   3.81%
International
  40,352,722   2,692,624   6.67%  91,154,696   3,699,253   4.06%  105,873,943   3,810,785   3.60%
 
                           
 
  69,359,820   3,626,026   5.23%  114,616,378   4,478,224   3.91%  125,899,221   4,573,059   3.63%
 
                                    
Income from hedging operations
                                    
Domestic
      280,562           2,404,944           225,696     
International
      1,425,634           1,709,334           2,017,358     
 
                                 
 
      1,706,196           4,114,278           2,243,054     
 
                                    
Other interest earning assets
                                    
Domestic
  10,651,193   345,353   3.24%  37,424,900   441,813   1.18%  43,270,683   543,579   1.26%
International
                           
 
                           
 
  10,651,193   345,353   3.24%  37,424,900   441,813   1.18%  43,270,683   543,579   1.26%
 
                                    
Total interest-earning assets
                                    
Domestic
  174,355,494   6,382,277   3.66%  218,742,787   9,302,766   4.25%  254,216,746   9,739,786   3.83%
International
  150,190,915   11,062,073   7.37%  400,614,713   23,796,100   5.94%  465,085,934   27,101,110   5.83%
 
                           
 
  324,546,409   17,444,350   5.37%  619,357,500   33,098,866   5.34%  719,302,680   36,840,896   5.12%
 
                                    
Investments in equity securities
                                    
Domestic
  4,024,823   261,357   6.49%  5,823,044   196,263   3.37%  6,778,956   233,975   3.45%
International
  10,418,333   127,681   1.23%  5,444,896   139,313   2.56%  16,570,221   170,063   1.03%
 
                           
 
  14,443,156   389,038   2.69%  11,267,940   335,576   2.98%  23,349,177   404,038   1.73%
 
                                    
Investments in affiliated companies
                                    
Domestic
  3,168,233         3,581,100         3,125,583       
International
  388,774         391,543         1,561,780       
 
                           
 
  3,557,007         3,972,643         4,687,363       
 
                                    
Total earning assets
                                    
Domestic
  181,548,550   6,643,634   3.66%  228,146,931   9,499,029   4.16%  264,121,285   9,973,761   3.78%
International
  160,998,022   11,189,754   6.95%  406,451,152   23,935,413   5.89%  483,217,935   27,271,173   5.64%
 
                           
 
  342,546,572   17,833,388   5.21%  634,598,083   33,434,442   5.27%  747,339,220   37,244,934   4.98%
 
                                    
Other assets
  27,889,415         45,206,313         43,550,697       
 
                                    
Assets from discontinued operations
  3,878,431         41,094,869         23,342,540       
 
                                    
 
                              
Total average assets
  374,324,418   17,833,388       720,899,265   33,434,442       814,232,457   37,244,934     

 

33


Table of Contents

Average Balance Sheet – Liabilities and Interest Expense
                                     
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
  Average Balance  Interest  Average Rate  Average Balance  Interest  Average Rate  Average Balance  Interest  Average Rate 
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages) 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
                                    
 
Due to credit entities
                                    
Domestic
  18,946,115   436,035   2.30%  15,781,853   410,174   2.60%  15,450,460   452,377   2.93%
International
  44,885,403   1,703,731   3.80%  100,192,483   3,182,489   3.18%  108,302,740   3,145,329   2.90%
 
                           
 
  63,831,518   2,139,766   3.35%  115,974,336   3,592,663   3.10%  123,753,200   3,597,706   2.91%
 
                                    
Customers deposits
                                    
Domestic
  92,462,553   1,357,707   1.47%  98,165,752   1,653,302   1.68%  104,310,458   2,479,998   2.38%
International
  74,000,626   2,370,509   3.20%  187,806,635   7,742,070   4.12%  211,168,237   8,603,441   4.07%
 
                           
 
  166,463,179   3,728,216   2.24%  285,972,387   9,395,372   3.29%  315,478,695   11,083,439   3.51%
 
                                    
Marketable debt securities
                                    
Domestic
  30,654,245   967,251   3.16%  56,259,922   1,507,745   2.68%  87,819,976   2,862,427   3.26%
International
  23,338,251   870,168   3.73%  67,925,712   2,718,923   4.00%  86,557,319   2,966,498   3.43%
 
                           
 
  53,992,496   1,837,419   3.40%  124,185,634   4,226,668   3.40%  174,377,295   5,828,925   3.34%
 
                                    
Subordinated debt
                                    
Domestic
  4,377,978   168,965   3.86%  7,457,156   329,883   4.42%  10,264,689   466,520   4.54%
International
  10,091,110   571,906   5.67%  19,829,925   1,261,618   6.36%  19,289,808   1,227,217   6.36%
 
                           
 
  14,469,088   740,871   5.12%  27,287,081   1,591,501   5.83%  29,554,497   1,693,737   5.73%
 
                                    
Equity having the substance of a financial liability
                                    
Domestic
                           
International
  2,201,122   151,952   6.90%  1,614,121   118,389   7.33%  1,161,537   85,229   7.34%
 
                           
 
  2,201,122   151,952   6.90%  1,614,121   118,389   7.33%  1,161,537   85,229   7.34%
 
                                    
Other interest bearing liabilities
                                    
Domestic
  18,110,398   802,069   4.43%  56,732,523   876,092   1.54%  65,381,500   530,095   0.81%
International
                       530,671    
 
                           
 
  18,110,398   802,069   4.43%  56,732,523   876,092   1.54%  65,381,500   1,060,766   1.62%
 
                                    
Expenses from hedging operations
                                    
Domestic
     (314,413)        1,638,632         (298,065)   
International
     1,186,004         1,325,646         1,705,396    
 
                           
 
     871,591         2,964,278         1,407,331    
 
                                    
Total interest-bearing liabilities
                                    
Domestic
  164,551,289   3,417,614   2.08%  234,397,206   6,415,828   2.74%  283,227,083   6,493,352   2.29%
International
  154,516,512   6,854,270   4.44%  377,368,876   16,349,135   4.33%  426,479,641   18,263,781   4.28%
 
                           
 
  319,067,801   10,271,884   3.22%  611,766,082   22,764,963   3.72%  709,706,724   24,757,133   3.49%
 
                                    
Other liabilities
  26,589,380         34,135,939         39,386,637       
 
                                    
Minority interest
  2,027,972         2,056,087         2,264,300       
 
                                    
Stockholders’ Equity
  22,760,834         31,846,288         39,532,256       
 
                                    
Liabilities from discontinued operations
  3,878,431         41,094,869         23,342,540       
 
                                    
 
                           
Total average Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  374,324,418   10,271,884       720,899,265   22,764,963       814,232,457   24,757,133     

 

34


Table of Contents

Changes in Net Interest Income—Volume and Rate Analysis
The following tables allocate, by domicile of customer, changes in our net interest income between changes in average volume and changes in average rate for 2006 compared to 2005 and 2005 compared to 2004. We have calculated volume variances based on movements in average balances over the period and rate variance based on changes in interest rates on average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. We have allocated variances caused by changes in both volume and rate to volume. You should read the following tables and the footnotes thereto in light of our observations noted in the preceding sub-section entitled “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates”, and the footnotes thereto.
Volume and rate analysis
             
  EU-IFRS(*) 
  2006/2005 
  Increase (Decrease) due to changes in 
  Volume  Rate  Net change 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Interest and similar revenues
            
Cash and due from central banks
            
Domestic
  (40,324)  65,172   24,848 
International
  129,470   49,230   178,700 
 
         
 
  89,146   114,402   203,548 
 
            
Due from credit entities
            
Domestic
  (86,801)  206,491   119,690 
International
  (112,132)  123,840   11,708 
 
         
 
  (198,933)  330,331   131,398 
 
            
Loans and credits
            
Domestic
  1,568,583   818,078   2,386,661 
International
  3,069,104   (374,058)  2,695,046 
 
         
 
  4,637,687   444,020   5,081,707 
 
            
Debt securities
            
Domestic
  (131,659)  114,962   (16,697)
International
  530,844   (419,312)  111,532 
 
         
 
  399,185   (304,350)  94,835 
 
            
Other interest earning assets
            
Domestic
  71,826   29,940   101,766 
International
         
 
         
 
  71,826   29,940   101,766 
 
            
Total interest-earning assets
            
Domestic
  1,381,625   1,234,643   2,616,268 
International
  3,617,286   (620,300)  2,996,986 
 
         
 
  4,998,911   614,343   5,613,254 
 
            
Investments in equity securities
            
Domestic
  33,054   4,658   37,712 
International
  114,057   (83,307)  30,750 
 
         
 
  147,111   (78,649)  68,462 
 
            
Total earning assets without hedging operations
            
Domestic
  1,414,679   1,239,301   2,653,980 
International
  3,731,343   (703,607)  3,027,736 
 
         
 
  5,146,022   535,694   5,681,716 
 
            
Income from hedging operations
            
Domestic
  (2,179,248)     (2,179,248)
International
  308,024      308,024 
 
         
 
  (1,871,224)     (1,871,224)
 
            
Total earning assets
            
Domestic
  (764,569)  1,239,301   474,732 
International
  4,039,367   (703,607)  3,335,760 
 
         
 
  3,274,798   535,694   3,810,492 
 
         
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

35


Table of Contents

Volume and rate analysis
             
  EU-IFRS(*) 
  2005/2004 
  Increase (Decrease) due to changes in 
  Volume  Rate  Net change 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Interest and similar revenues
            
Cash and due from central banks
            
Domestic
  6,004   2,160   8,164 
International
  84,574   (57,963)  26,611 
 
         
 
  90,578   (55,803)  34,775 
 
            
Due from credit entities
            
Domestic
  48,216   10,598   58,814 
International
  891,149   333,053   1,224,202 
 
         
 
  939,365   343,651   1,283,016 
 
            
Loans and credits
            
Domestic
  787,100      787,100 
International
  11,235,605   (1,042,720)  10,192,885 
 
         
 
  12,022,705   (1,042,720)  10,979,985 
 
            
Debt securities
            
Domestic
  (183,438)  29,007   (154,431)
International
  2,059,835   (1,053,206)  1,006,629 
 
         
 
  1,876,397   (1,024,199)  852,198 
 
            
Other interest earning assets
            
Domestic
  315,875   (219,415)  96,460 
International
         
 
         
 
  315,875   (219,415)  96,460 
 
            
Total interest-earning assets
            
Domestic
  973,757   (177,650)  796,107 
International
  14,271,163   (1,820,836)  12,450,327 
 
         
 
  15,244,920   (1,998,486)  13,246,434 
 
            
Investments in equity securities
            
Domestic
  60,480   (125,574)  (65,094)
International
  (126,932)  138,564   11,632 
 
         
 
  (66,452)  12,990   (53,462)
 
            
Total earning assets without hedging operations
            
Domestic
  1,034,237   (303,224)  731,013 
International
  14,144,231   (1,682,272)  12,461,959 
 
         
 
  15,178,468   (1,985,496)  13,192,972 
 
            
Income from hedging operations
            
Domestic
  2,124,382      2,124,382 
International
  283,700      283,700 
 
         
 
  2,408,082      2,408,082 
 
            
Total earning assets
            
Domestic
  3,158,619   (303,224)  2,855,395 
International
  14,427,931   (1,682,272)  12,745,659 
 
         
 
  17,586,550   (1,985,496)  15,601,054 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

36


Table of Contents

Volume and rate analysis
             
  EU-IFRS(*) 
  2006/2005 
  Increase (Decrease) due to changes in 
  Volume  Rate  Net change 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Interest and similar expenses
            
Due to credit entities
            
Domestic
  (9,877)  52,080   42,203 
International
  243,379   (280,539)  (37,160)
 
         
 
  233,502   (228,459)  5,043 
 
            
Customers deposits
            
Domestic
  139,536   687,160   826,696 
International
  955,274   (93,903)  861,371 
 
         
 
  1,094,810   593,257   1,688,067 
 
            
Marketable debt securities
            
Domestic
  1,028,374   326,308   1,354,682 
International
  634,752   (387,177)  247,575 
 
         
 
  1,663,126   (60,869)  1,602,257 
 
            
Subordinated debt
            
Domestic
  127,688   8,949   136,637 
International
  (34,401)     (34,401)
 
         
 
  93,287   8,949   102,236 
 
            
Equity having the substance of a financial liability
            
Domestic
         
International
  (33,321)  161   (33,160)
 
         
 
  (33,321)  161   (33,160)
 
            
Other interest bearing liabilities
            
Domestic
  68,150   (414,147)  (345,997)
International
  530,671      530,671 
 
         
 
  598,821   (414,147)  184,674 
 
            
Total interest-bearing liabilities without hedging operations
            
Domestic
  1,353,871   660,350   2,014,221 
International
  2,296,354   (761,458)  1,534,896 
 
         
 
  3,650,225   (101,108)  3,549,117 
 
            
Expenses from hedging operations
            
Domestic
  (1,936,697)     (1,936,697)
International
  379,750      379,750 
 
         
 
  (1,556,947)     (1,556,947)
 
            
Total interest-bearing liabilities
            
Domestic
  (582,826)  660,350   77,524 
International
  2,676,104   (761,458)  1,914,646 
 
         
 
  2,093,278   (101,108)  1,992,170 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

37


Table of Contents

Volume and rate analysis
             
  EU-IFRS(*) 
  2005/2004 
  Increase (Decrease) due to changes in 
  Volume  Rate  Net change 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Interest and similar expenses
            
 
            
Due to credit entities
            
Domestic
  (82,699)  56,838   (25,861)
International
  1,757,047   (278,289)  1,478,758 
 
         
 
  1,674,348   (221,451)  1,452,897 
 
            
Customers deposits
            
Domestic
  101,424   194,171   295,595 
International
  4,690,755   680,806   5,371,561 
 
         
 
  4,792,179   874,977   5,667,156 
 
            
Marketable debt securities
            
Domestic
  687,634   (147,140)  540,494 
International
  1,785,742   63,013   1,848,755 
 
         
 
  2,473,376   (84,127)  2,389,249 
 
            
Subordinated debt
            
Domestic
  136,401   24,517   160,918 
International
  620,083   69,629   689,712 
 
         
 
  756,484   94,146   850,630 
 
            
Equity having the substance of a financial liability
            
Domestic
         
International
  (43,028)  9,465   (33,563)
 
         
 
  (43,028)  9,465   (33,563)
 
            
Other interest bearing liabilities
            
Domestic
  597,414   (523,391)  74,023 
International
         
 
         
 
  597,414   (523,391)  74,023 
 
            
Total interest-bearing liabilities without hedging operations
            
Domestic
  1,440,174   (395,005)  1,045,169 
International
  8,810,599   544,624   9,355,223 
 
         
 
  10,250,773   149,619   10,400,392 
 
            
Expenses from hedging operations
            
Domestic
  1,953,045      1,953,045 
International
  139,642      139,642 
 
         
 
  2,092,687      2,092,687 
 
            
Total interest-bearing liabilities
            
Domestic
  3,393,219   (395,005)  2,998,214 
International
  8,950,241   544,624   9,494,865 
 
         
 
  12,343,460   149,619   12,493,079 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

38


Table of Contents

Assets
Earning Assets—Yield Spread
The following table analyzes, by domicile of customer, our average earning assets, interest income and dividends on equity securities and net interest income and shows gross yields, net yields and yield spread for each of the years indicated. You should read this table and the footnotes thereto in light of our observations noted in the preceding sub-section entitled “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates”, and the footnotes thereto.
Earning Assets — Yield Spread
             
  EU-IFRS(*) 
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages) 
Average earning assets
            
Domestic
  181,548,550   228,146,931   264,121,285 
International
  160,998,022   406,451,152   483,217,935 
 
         
 
  342,546,572   634,598,083   747,339,220 
 
            
Interest and dividends on equity securities (1)
            
Domestic
  6,643,634   9,499,029   9,973,761 
International
  11,189,754   23,935,413   27,271,173 
 
         
 
  17,833,388   33,434,442   37,244,934 
 
            
Net interest income
            
Domestic
  3,226,020   3,083,201   3,480,409 
International
  4,335,484   7,586,278   9,007,392 
 
         
 
  7,561,504   10,669,479   12,487,801 
 
            
Gross yield (2)
            
Domestic
  3.66%  4.16%  3.78%
International
  6.95%  5.89%  5.64%
 
         
 
  5.21%  5.27%  4.98%
 
            
Net yield (3)
            
Domestic
  1.78%  1.35%  1.32%
International
  2.69%  1.87%  1.86%
 
         
 
  2.21%  1.68%  1.67%
 
            
Yield spread (4)
            
Domestic
  1.58%  1.42%  1.49%
International
  2.51%  1.56%  1.36%
 
         
 
  1.99%  1.55%  1.49%
 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
(1) 
Dividends on equity securities include dividends from companies accounted for by the equity method.
 
(2) 
Gross yield is the quotient of interest and dividends on equity securities divided by average earning assets.
 
(3) 
Net yield is the quotient of net interest income (that includes dividends on equity securities) divided by average earning assets.
 
(4) 
Yield spread is the difference between gross yield on earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. For a discussion of the changes in yield spread over the periods presented, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – A. Operating Results – Results of Operations for Santander Group – Net Interest Income”.

 

39


Table of Contents

Return on Equity and Assets
The following table presents our selected financial ratios for the years indicated.
             
  EU-IFRS(*) 
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
ROA: Return on average total assets
  1.01%  0.91%  1.00%
ROE: Return on average stockholders’ equity
  19.74%  19.86%  21.39%
PAY-OUT: Dividends per average share as a percentage of net attributable income per average share
  50.95%  41.88%  42.87%
Average stockholders’ equity as a percentage of average total assets
  4.62%  4.24%  4.36%
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Interest-Earning Assets
The following table shows, by domicile of customer, the percentage mix of our average interest-earning assets for the years indicated. You should read this table in light of our observations noted in the preceding sub-section entitled “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates”, and the footnotes thereto.
Interest earning assets
             
  EU-IFRS(*) 
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
Cash and due from Central Banks
            
Domestic
  0.84%  0.51%  0.27%
International
  1.64%  1.37%  1.73%
 
         
 
  2.48%  1.88%  2.00%
 
            
Due from credit entities
            
Domestic
  3.63%  2.21%  1.60%
International
  8.92%  8.33%  6.81%
 
         
 
  12.55%  10.54%  8.41%
 
            
Loans and credits
            
Domestic
  37.04%  22.77%  24.67%
International
  23.28%  40.26%  41.40%
 
         
 
  60.32%  63.03%  66.07%
 
            
Debt securities
            
Domestic
  8.94%  3.79%  2.78%
International
  12.43%  14.72%  14.72%
 
         
 
  21.37%  18.51%  17.50%
 
            
Other interest earning assets
            
Domestic
  3.28%  6.04%  6.02%
International
         
 
         
 
  3.28%  6.04%  6.02%
 
            
Total interest-earning assets
            
Domestic
  53.73%  35.32%  35.34%
International
  46.27%  64.68%  64.66%
 
         
 
  100.00%  100.00%  100.00%
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

40


Table of Contents

Loans and Advances to Credit Institutions
The following tables show our short-term funds deposited with other banks at each of the dates indicated.
             
  EU-IFRS(*) 
  At December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Reciprocal accounts
  118,536   345,104   503,299 
Time deposits
  23,204,031   21,962,472   16,842,601 
Reverse repurchase agreements
  31,495,786   33,634,326   37,010,008 
Other accounts
  3,561,421   3,831,120   5,818,630 
 
         
 
  58,379,774   59,773,022   60,174,538 
 
            
Less- Impairment allowances
  (53,879)  (36,046)  (12,727)
 
         
 
  58,325,895   59,736,976   60,161,811 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP, which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. For a description of the differences between these accounting standards, see Note 57 to our consolidated financial statements.
         
  Previous Spanish GAAP 
  At December 31, 
  2002  2003 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Demand deposits-
        
Current accounts
  105,816   103,734 
Clearing House
      
Other accounts
  3,043,095   1,599,804 
 
      
 
  3,148,911   1,703,538 
 
        
Other deposits-
        
Deposits in credit entities
  15,865,145   14,635,787 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
  21,332,856   21,390,247 
 
      
 
  37,198,001   36,026,034 
Less- Allowance for credit losses(1)
  (90,522)  (111,735)
 
      
 
 
  40,256,390   37,617,837 
(1) 
The purpose of this allowance for credit losses was to recognize the loss related to the collectibility of these balances due to transfer risk and credit risk. This allowance was determined, in accordance with Bank of Spain requirements, based on debt servicing, on debtor credit rating, and on the outstanding settlement and transfer risks of the country in which the debtor is located.
  
 
  
The allowance for credit losses reduces the fair value of the balances included in Due from Credit Institutions after evaluating their collectibility. All estimated losses considered in the calculation of this allowance are related to claims due from non-OECD financial institutions.
Investment Securities
At December 31, 2006, the book value of our investment securities was 136.8 billion (representing 16.4% of our total assets). These investment securities had a yield of 3.33% in 2006, compared with a yield of 2.98% in 2005, and a yield of 4.72% earned during 2004. 12.6 billion, or 9.2%, of our investment securities consisted of Spanish Government and government agency securities. For a discussion of how we value our investment securities, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

41


Table of Contents

The following tables show the book values of our investment securities by type and domicile of counterparty at each of the dates indicated.
             
  EU-IFRS(*) 
  At December 31, 
  2004  2005  2006 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Debt securities
            
Domestic-
            
Spanish Government
  17,252,328   19,595,333   12,596,984 
Other domestic issuer:
            
Public authorities
  217,457   121,328   179,317 
Other domestic issuer
  5,652,988   6,569,398   5,900,637 
 
         
Total domestic
  23,122,773   26,286,059   18,676,938 
International-
            
United States:
            
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
  1,397,595   874,569   1,073,246 
States and political subdivisions
  691,401   95,167   50,218 
Other securities
  6,153,787   5,331,903   5,707,115 
 
         
Total United States
  8,242,783   6,301,639   6,830,579 
Other:
            
Governments
  13,995,188   70,913,815   21,127,122 
Other securities
  67,063,965   56,244,892   68,042,118 
Total Other
  81,059,153   127,158,707   89,169,240 
 
         
Total International
  89,301,936   133,460,346   95,999,820 
 
            
Less- Allowance for credit losses
  (212,423)  (80,000)  (90,322)
Less- Price fluctuation allowance
  (7,212)      
 
            
 
         
Total Debt Securities
  112,205,074   159,666,405   114,586,436 
 
            
Equity securities
            
Domestic
  4,231,724   7,556,389   7,312,113 
International-
            
United States
  291,239   247,711   604,922 
Other
  22,056,652   36,485,513   14,270,821 
 
         
Total international
  22,347,891   36,733,224   14,875,743 
 
            
Less- Price fluctuation allowance
  (30,925)  (17,658)  (13,859)
 
            
 
         
Total Equity Securities
  26,548,690   44,271,955   22,173,997 
 
            
 
         
Total Investment Securities
  138,753,764   203,938,360   136,760,433 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

42


Table of Contents

The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. See main differences between both accounting standards in Note 57 to our consolidated financial statements.
         
  Previous Spanish GAAP 
  At December 31,  At December 31, 
  2002  2003 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Debt securities
        
Domestic-
        
Spanish Goverment
  24,988,526   31,118,523 
Other domestic issuer:
        
Public authorities
  216,012   275,146 
Other domestic issuer
  2,802,959   5,327,211 
 
      
Total domestic
  28,007,497   36,720,880 
International-
        
United States:
        
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
  596,589   1,140,134 
States and political subdivisions
  2,145,256   98,306 
Other securities
  781,884   696,328 
 
      
Total United States
  3,523,729   1,934,768 
Other:
        
Governments
  19,896,934   26,542,838 
Other securities
  5,980,499   10,434,092 
Total Other
  25,877,433   36,976,930 
 
      
Total International
  29,401,162   38,911,698 
 
        
Less- Allowance for credit losses
  (135,552)  (185,978)
Less- Price fluctuation allowance
  (198,453)  (61,682)
 
        
 
      
Total Debt Securities
  57,074,654   75,384,918 
 
        
Equity securities
        
Domestic
  3,849,006   4,766,673 
International-
        
United States
  57,359   346,003 
Other
  4,530,102   5,900,207 
 
      
Total international
  4,587,461   6,246,210 
 
        
Less- Price fluctuation allowance
  (569,715)  (948,761)
 
        
 
      
Total Equity Securities
  7,866,752   10,064,122 
 
        
 
      
Total Investment Securities
  64,941,406   85,449,040 

 

43


Table of Contents

The following table analyzes the aggregate book value and aggregate market value of the securities of single issuers, other than the Government of the United States, that exceeded 10% of our stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2006 (and other debt securities with aggregate values near to 10% of our stockhoders’ equity).
         
  Aggregate as of December 31, 2006 
  Book value  Market value 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Debt securities:
        
Exceed 10% of stockholders’ equity:
        
Mexican Government
  16,983,417   16,983,417 
Brazilian Government
  13,157,126   13,157,126 
Spanish Government
  12,776,301   12,776,301 
Near 10% of sotckholders’ equity:
        
Lloyds TSB Group plc
  3,389,743   3,389,743 
HBOS plc
  3,051,027   3,051,027 
The following table analyzes the maturities and weighted average yields of our debt investment securities (before impairment allowances) at December 31, 2006. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have not been calculated on a tax-equivalent basis because we do not believe the effect of such a calculation would be material.
                     
  At December 31, 2006 
      Maturing  Maturing       
  Maturing  Between  Between  Maturing    
  Within  1 and  5 and  After    
  1 Year  5 Years  10 Years  10 Years  Total 
  (in thousands of euros) 
DEBT SECURITIES
                    
Domestic:
                    
Spanish Government
  4,649,274   3,356,227   3,807,182   784,302   12,596,984 
Other domestic issuer:
                    
Public authorities
  27,734   8,451   134,374   8,758   179,317 
Other domestic issuer
  481,848   1,495,657   1,327,062   2,596,070   5,900,637 
 
               
Total domestic
  5,158,856   4,860,335   5,268,618   3,389,129   18,676,938 
 
               
International:
                    
United States:
                    
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
  417,116   462,481   24,558   169,090   1,073,246 
States and political subdivisions
  1,174   13,670   19,477   15,897   50,218 
Other securities
  1,203,079   1,662,495   2,190,771   650,770   5,707,115 
 
               
Total United States
  1,621,369   2,138,646   2,234,807   835,757   6,830,579 
 
               
Other:
                    
Governments
  7,933,468   6,043,845   3,523,930   3,625,880   21,127,122 
Other securities
  26,192,304   27,787,898   7,814,286   6,247,631   68,042,118 
 
               
 
                   
Total Other
  34,125,772   33,831,743   11,338,216   9,873,510   89,169,240 
 
               
Total International
  35,747,141   35,970,389   13,573,022   10,709,268   95,999,820 
 
               
 
                    
 
               
Total debt investment securities
  40,905,997   40,830,724   18,841,640   14,098,397   114,676,758 
 
               
Loan Portfolio
At December 31, 2006, our total loans and advances to customers equaled 531.5 billion (63.7% of our total assets). Net of allowances for credit losses, loans and advances to customers equaled 523.3 billion (62.8% of our total assets). In addition to loans, we had outstanding at December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006, 49.1 billion, 48.6 billion, 63.1 billion,77.7 billion and 91.7 billion, respectively, of undrawn balances available to third parties (2002 and 2003 calculated under previous Spanish GAAP).

 

44


Table of Contents

Loans by Geographic Area and Type of Customer
The following tables analyze our loans and advances to customers (including securities purchased under agreement to resell), by domicile and type of customer, at each of the dates indicated (as prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004).
             
  EU-IFRS(*)
  At December 31,
  2004 2005 2006
  (in thousands of euros)
Borrowers in Spain:
            
Spanish Government
  5,741,016   5,242,938   5,328,526 
Commercial, financial, agricultural and industrial
  48,110,367   54,799,113   71,412,545 
Real estate-construction
  5,417,473   7,834,447   12,391,306 
Real estate-mortgage
  53,456,477   65,940,697   81,718,186 
Installment loans to individuals
  11,295,350   14,343,281   20,058,666 
Lease financing
  6,097,620   7,276,200   8,668,599 
Other
  2,764,974   3,345,467   5,668,234 
 
            
Total
  132,883,277   158,782,143   205,246,062 
Borrowers outside Spain:
            
Governments
  5,713,770   6,608,103   4,969,713 
Banks and other financial institutions
  17,681,264   2,109,420   767,765 
Commercial and industrial
  55,500,956   108,145,797   128,438,265 
Mortgage loans
  144,827,500   161,147,496   177,631,731 
Other
  19,588,512   6,645,761   14,455,772 
 
            
Total
  243,312,002   284,656,577   326,263,246 
 
            
Total loans and leases, gross
  376,195,279   443,438,720   531,509,308 
 
            
Allowance for possible loan losses
  (6,845,215)  (7,609,925)  (8,163,444)
 
            
 
            
Loans and leases, net of allowances
  369,350,064   435,828,795   523,345,864 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

45


Table of Contents

The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP, which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. See main differences between both accounting standards in Note 57 to our consolidated financial statements.
         
  Previous Spanish GAAP
  At December 31,
  2002 2003
  (in thousands of euros)
Borrowers in Spain:
        
Spanish Government
  4,897,118   5,487,358 
Commercial, financial, agricultural and industrial
  37,407,850   40,082,919 
Real estate-construction
  3,537,343   4,048,386 
Real estate-mortgage
  30,940,525   41,091,269 
Installment loans to individuals
  10,579,255   8,894,956 
Lease financing
  4,441,411   5,198,113 
Other
  1,969,754   4,199,954 
 
        
Total
  93,773,256   109,002,955 
Borrowers outside Spain:
        
Governments
  10,303,475   5,824,432 
Banks and other financial institutions
  726,373   1,398,685 
Commercial and industrial
  28,371,091   37,915,142 
Mortgage loans
      
Other (1)
  34,736,966   23,479,482 
 
        
Total
  74,137,905   68,617,741 
 
        
Total loans and leases, gross
  167,911,161   177,620,696 
 
        
Allowance for possible loan losses
  (4,938,204)  (5,116,683)
 
        
 
        
Loans and leases, net of allowances
  162,972,957   172,504,013 
(1) 
Of which €14.9 billion and €11.9 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2002 and 2003, are real-estate mortgages. The remaining amount corresponds to other types of customers, with no “loan concentration” as defined by Item III-C of Industry Guide 3.
At December 31, 2006, our loans and advances to associated companies and jointly controlled entities amounted to €246 million (see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions —B. Related party transactions”). Excluding government-related loans and advances, the largest outstanding exposure at December 31, 2006 was €5.1 billion (1.0% of total loans and advances, including government-related loans), and the five next largest exposures totaled €9.1 billion (1.7% of total loans, including government-related loans).

 

46


Table of Contents

Maturity
The following table sets forth an analysis by maturity of our loans and advances to customers by domicile and type of customer at December 31, 2006.
                                 
  Maturity
  Less than One to five Over five  
  one year years years Total
      % of     % of     % of     % of
  Balance Total Balance Total Balance Total Balance Total
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
Loans to borrowers in Spain:
                                
Spanish Government
  1,971,727   1.30%  808,118   0.69%  2,548,681   0.97%  5,328,526   1.00%
Commercial, financial, agriculture and industrial
  33,934,204   22.35%  20,879,651   17.91%  16,598,690   6.31%  71,412,545   13.44%
Real estate:
                                
Construction
  898,773   0.59%  2,099,890   1.80%  9,392,643   3.57%  12,391,306   2.33%
Mortgage
  3,353,484   2.21%  5,761,156   4.94%  72,603,546   27.59%  81,718,186   15.37%
Installment loans to individuals
  5,391,501   3.55%  8,054,818   6.91%  6,612,347   2.51%  20,058,666   3.77%
Lease financing
  3,123,383   2.06%  4,438,895   3.81%  1,106,321   0.42%  8,668,599   1.63%
Other
  3,471,108   2.29%  1,858,656   1.59%  338,470   0.13%  5,668,234   1.07%
 
                                
Total borrowers in Spain
  52,144,180   34.35%  43,901,184   37.66%  109,200,698   41.50%  205,246,062   38.62%
 
                                
Loans to borrowers outside Spain:
                                
Other Governments
  2,916,081   1.92%  1,305,444   1.12%  748,188   0.28%  4,969,713   0.94%
Financial
  673,488   0.44%  71,049   0.06%  23,228   0.01%  767,765   0.14%
Commercial and Industrial
  77,860,212   51.29%  38,058,181   32.65%  12,519,872   4.76%  128,438,265   24.16%
Mortgage loans
  10,662,373   7.02%  27,238,508   23.37%  139,730,850   53.10%  177,631,731   33.42%
Other
  7,540,726   4.97%  5,997,627   5.14%  917,419   0.35%  14,455,772   2.72%
 
                                
Total loans to borrowers outside Spain
  99,652,880   65.65%  72,670,809   62.34%  153,939,557   58.50%  326,263,246   61.38%
 
                                
 
                                
Total loans and leases, gross
  151,797,060   100.00%  116,571,993   100.00%  263,140,255   100.00%  531,509,308   100.00%
Fixed and Variable Rate Loans
The following table sets forth a breakdown of our fixed and variable rate loans having a maturity of more than one year at December 31, 2006.
             
  Fixed and variable rate loans
  having a maturity of more than one year
  Domestic International Total
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
 
            
Fixed rate
  26,988,115   84,943,844   111,931,959 
Variable rate
  126,189,857   141,590,432   267,780,289 
 
            
 
            
Total
  153,177,972   226,534,276   379,712,248 

 

47


Table of Contents

Cross-Border Outstandings
The following table sets forth, as of the end of the years indicated, the aggregate amount of our cross-border outstandings (which consist of loans, interest-bearing deposits with other banks, acceptances and other monetary assets denominated in a currency other than the home-country currency of the office where the item is booked) where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 0.75% of our total assets. Cross-border outstandings do not include local currency loans made by subsidiary banks in other countries to the extent that such loans are funded in the local currency or hedged. As a result, they do not include the vast majority of the loans by Abbey or our Latin American subsidiaries.
                         
  EU-IFRS(*)
  2004 2005 2006
      % of     % of     % of
      total     total     total
      assets     assets     assets
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
OECD Countries: (1)
                        
United Kingdom
  5,411,129   0.94%  15,492,849   1.91%  15,221,206   1.83%
United States
  12,021,223   2.09%  11,797,617   1.46%  8,182,442   0.98%
France
  1,982,782   0.34%  22,992,147   2.84%  7,614,250   0.91%
Germany
  2,449,377   0.43%  19,405,650   2.40%  3,470,054   0.42%
Italy
  1,171,670   0.20%  2,539,602   0.31%  1,835,052   0.22%
Ireland
  7,989,843   1.39%  841,519   0.10%  587,834   0.07%
Other OECD Countries (2)
  3,279,864   0.57%  7,610,573   0.94%  16,947,351   2.03%
 
                        
Total OECD
  34,305,888   5.96%  80,679,957   9.97%  53,858,189   6.46%
 
                        
Non-OECD Countries:
                        
Latin American Countries (2) (3)
  4,310,301   0.75%  8,937,626   1.10%  7,585,080   0.91%
Other (2)
  3,982,155   0.69%  4,670,386   0.58%  9,896,129   1.19%
 
                        
Total Non-OECD
  8,292,456   1.44%  13,608,012   1.68%  17,481,209   2.10%
 
                        
 
                        
Total
  42,598,344   7.40%  94,287,969   11.65%  71,339,398   8.56%
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
(1) 
The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
 
(2) 
Aggregate outstandings in any single country in this category do not exceed 0.75% of our total assets.
 
(3) 
With regards to these cross-border outstandings, at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, we had allowances for country-risk equal to €83.3, €281.4 million, €140.6 million, respectively. Such allowances for country-risk exceeded the Bank of Spain’s minimum requirements at such dates.

 

48


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the amounts of our cross-border outstandings as of December 31 of each year by type of borrower where outstandings in the borrower’s country exceeded 0.75% of total assets.
                 
      Banks and other    
      Financial Commercial and  
  Government Institutions Industrial Total
  (in thousands of euros)
2004
                
United States
  26,902   11,481,187   513,134   12,021,223 
Ireland
     30,915   7,958,928   7,989,843 
United Kingdom
  12,558   4,990,900   407,671   5,411,129 
 
                
Total
  39,460   16,503,002   8,879,733   25,422,195 
 
                
2005
                
France
  15,000,031   6,695,742   1,296,374   22,992,147 
Germany
  15,020,893   4,053,190   331,567   19,405,650 
United Kingdom
  144   13,113,700   2,379,005   15,492,849 
United States
  152,942   9,131,079   2,513,596   11,797,617 
 
                
Total
  30,174,010   32,993,711   6,520,542   69,688,263 
 
                
2006
                
United Kingdom
  5,005   10,070,366   5,145,835   15,221,206 
United States
  397,945   4,276,080   3,508,417   8,182,442 
France
  149,656   5,867,658   1,596,936   7,614,250 
 
                
Total
  552,606   20,214,104   10,251,188   31,017,898 
Classified Assets
In the following pages, we describe Bank of Spain requirements for classification of non-performing assets and credit loss recognition. Unlike under U.S. GAAP, Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 establishes a credit loss recognition process that is independent of the process for balance sheet classification and removal of impaired loans from the balance sheet. In Notes 58.2 and 58.3 to our consolidated financial statements, we include a summary of significant valuation and income recognition differences under theEU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP and a net income and stockholders’ equity reconciliation.
The description below sets forth the minimum requirements that are followed and applied by all of our subsidiaries. Nevertheless, if the regulatory authority of the country where a particular subsidiary is located imposes stricter or more conservative requirements, the more strict or conservative requirements are followed.
The classification described below applies to all debt instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss, and to contingent liabilities.

 

49


Table of Contents

Bank of Spain Classification Requirements
a) Standard Assets
Standard assets include loans, fixed-income securities, guarantees and certain other extensions of credit that are not classified in any other category. Under this category, assets that require special watch should be identified, including restructured loans and standard assets with clients that have other outstanding risks classified as Non-performing Past Due. Standard assets are subdivided as follows:
      
 (i) Negligible risk  All types of credits made to, or guaranteed by, any European Union country or certain other specified public entities of the countries classified in category 1 of the country-risk categories;
    Advance payments for pensions or payrolls for the following month, when paid by any public entity and deposited at Santander;
    Those credits guaranteed by public entities of the countries classified in category 1 of the country-risk categories whose principal activity is to provide guarantees;
   Credits made to banks;
    Credits personally, jointly and unconditionally guaranteed by banks or mutual guaranty companies payable on first demand;
    Credits guaranteed under the name of the “Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos” if their credit risk quality is comparable with that of the European Union; or
    All credits collateralized by cash or by money market and treasury funds or securities issued by the central administrations or credit entities of countries listed in category 1 for country-risk purposes when the outstanding exposure is 90% or less than the redemption value of the money market and treasury funds and of the market value of the securities given as collateral.
 (ii) Low risk Assets in this category include:
 
 
  assets qualified as collateral for monetary policy transactions in the European System of Central Banks, except those included in (i) above;
 
 
  fully-secured mortgages and financial leases on finished residential properties when outstanding risk is less than 80% of the appraised value of such property;
 
 
  ordinary mortgage backed securities;
 
 
  assets from entities whose long term debt is rated “A” or better by a qualified rating agency; and
 
 
  securities denominated in local currency and issued by government entities in countries other than those classified in category 1 of the country-risk categories, when such securities are registered in the books of the bank’s branch located in the issuer country.
 (iii) Medium-low risk     Assets in this category include financial leases and mortgages and pledges on tangible assets that are not included in other categories, provided that the estimated value of the financial leases and the collateral totally covers the outstanding risk.
 (iv) Medium risk     Assets in this category include those with Spanish residents or residents of countries classified in categories 1 or 2, provided that such assets are not included in other categories.

 

50


Table of Contents

      
 (v) Medium-high risk     Assets in this category include (unless these assets qualify as “high risk” assets) loans to individuals for the acquisition of durable consumption goods, other goods or current services not for professional use, except those registered in the Registry of Sales of Movable Assets (“Registro de Ventas de Bienes Muebles”); and risks with residents of countries classified in categories 3 to 6, to the extent not covered by country-risk allowances.
 (vi) High risk     Assets in this category include credit card balances; current account overdrafts and excesses in credit accounts (except those included in categories (i) and (ii)).
b) Sub-standard Assets
This category includes all types of credits and off-balance sheet risks that cannot be classified as non performing or charged-off assets but that have certain weaknesses that may result in losses for the bank higher than those described in the previous category. Credits and off-balance sheet risks with insufficient documentation must also be classified under this category.
c) Non-Performing Past-Due Assets
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to classify as non-performing the entire outstanding principal amount and accrued interest on any loan, fixed-income security, guarantee and certain other extensions of credit on which any payment of principal or interest or agreed cost is 90 days or more past due (“non-performing past-due assets”).
In relation to the aggregate risk exposure (including off-balance sheet risks) to a single obligor, if the amount of non-performing balances exceeds 25% of the total outstanding risks (excluding non-accrued interest on loans to such borrower), then the bank must classify all outstanding risks to such borrower as non-performing.
Once any portion of a loan is classified as non-performing, the entire loan is placed on a non-accrual status. Accordingly, even the portion of any such loan which may still be identified as performing will be recorded on non-accrual status.
d) Other Non-Performing Assets
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to classify any loan, fixed-income security, guarantee and certain other extensions of credit as non-performing if they have a reasonable doubt that these extensions of credit will be collected (“other non-performing assets”), even if any past due payments have been outstanding for less than 90 days or the asset is otherwise performing. When a bank classifies an asset as non-performing on this basis, it must classify the entire principal amount of the asset as non-performing.
Once any of such assets is classified as non-performing, it is placed on a non-accrual status.
e) Charged off assets
Credit losses are generally recognized through provisions to allowances for credit losses, well before the removal from the balance sheet. Under certain unusual circumstances (such as bankruptcy, insolvency, etc.), the loss could be directly recognized through write-offs.
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to charge-off immediately those non-performing assets that management believes will never be repaid. Otherwise, the Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to charge-off non-performing assets four years after they were classified as non-performing. Accordingly, even if allowances have been established equal to 100% of a non-performing asset (in accordance with the Bank of Spain criteria discussed below), the Spanish bank may maintain that non-performing asset, fully provisioned, on its balance sheet for the full four-year period if management believes based on objective factors that there is some possibility of recoverability of that asset.
These classification criteria differ from U.S. GAAP requirements, but do not generate balance sheet presentation differences, since loans are always presented net of their allowances.
Because the Bank of Spain does not permit partial write-offs of impaired loans, when a loan is deemed partially uncollectible, the credit loss is charged against earnings through provisions to credit allowances instead of through partial write-offs of the loan. If a loan becomes entirely uncollectible, its allowance is increased until it reaches 100% of the loan balance. Generally, credit loss recognition under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 is similar in amounts and in time to credit loss recognition under U.S. GAAP.

 

51


Table of Contents

The credit loss recognition process is independent of the process for the removal of impaired loans from the balance sheet. The entire loan balance is kept on the balance sheet until any portion of it has been classified as non-performing for 4 years, or up to 6 years for some secured mortgage loans (maximum period established in the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004), depending on our management’s view as to the recoverability of the loan. After that period the loan balance and its 100% specific allowance are removed from the balance sheet and recorded in off-balance sheet accounts, with no resulting impact on net income at that time. Under U.S. GAAP, this loan would be removed from the balance sheet earlier.
f) Country-Risk Outstandings
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to classify as country-risk outstandings all loans, fixed-income securities and other outstandings to any countries, or residents of countries, that the Bank of Spain has identified as being subject to transfer risk or sovereign risk and the remaining risks derived from the international financial activity.
All outstandings should be assigned to the country of residence of the client except in the following cases:
  
Outstandings guaranteed by residents in other countries in a better category should be classified in the category of the guarantor.
 
  
Fully secured loans, when the security covers sufficiently the outstanding risk and can be enforced in Spain or in any other “category 1” country, should be classified as category 1.
 
  
Outstanding risks with foreign branches of a bank should be classified according to the residence of the headquarters of those branches.
The Bank of Spain has established six categories to classify such countries, as shown in the following table:
   
Country-Risk Categories Description
 
 
  
1
 European Union, Norway, Switzerland, Iceland, USA, Canada, Japan, Australia and New Zealand
2
 Low risk countries not included in 1
3
 Countries with transitory difficulties
4
 Countries with serious difficulties
5
 Doubtful countries
6
 Bankrupt countries
The Bank of Spain allows each bank to decide how to classify the listed countries within this classification scheme, subject to the Bank of Spain’s oversight. The classification is made based on criteria such as the payment record (in particular, compliance with renegotiation agreements), the level of the outstanding debt and of the charges for debt services, the debt quotations in the international secondary markets and other indicators and factors of each country as well as all the criteria indicated by the Bank of Spain. All credit extensions and off-balance sheet risks included in country-risk categories 3 to 6, except the excluded cases described below, will be classified as follows:
  
Sub-standard assets: All outstandings in categories 3 and 4 except when they should be classified as non-performing or charged-off assets due to credit risk attributable to the client.
 
  
Non-performing assets: All outstandings in category 5 and off-balance sheet risks classified in category 6, except when they should be classified as non-performing or charged-off assets due to credit risk attributable to the client.
 
  
Charged-off assets: All other outstandings in category 6 except when they should be classified as charged-off assets due to credit risk attributable to the client.
Among others, the Bank of Spain excludes from country-risk outstandings:
regardless of the currency of denomination of the asset, risks with residents in a country registered in subsidiary companies or multigroup companies in the country of residence of the holder;
any trade credits established by letter of credit or documentary credit with a due date of one year or less after the drawdown date;

 

52


Table of Contents

any interbank obligations of branches of foreign banks in the European Economic Space and of the Spanish branches of foreign banks;
private sector risks in countries included in the monetary zone of a currency issued by a country classified in category 1; and
any negotiable financial assets purchased at market prices for placement with third parties within the framework of a portfolio separately managed for that purpose, held for less than six months by the company.
Non-Accrual of Interest Requirements
According to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, we stop accruing interest on the entire principal amount of any asset that is classified as an impaired asset and on category 3 (transitory difficulties), category 4 (serious difficulties), category 5 (doubtful) and category 6 (bankrupt) country-risk outstandings, whether or not they are classified as impaired. The banks must account for such collected interest on a cash basis, recording interest payments as interest income when collected.
The following table shows the amount of interest owed on non-accruing assets and the amount of such interest that was received:
             
  EU-IFRS(*)
  At December 31,
  2004 2005 2006
  (in thousands of euros)
Interest owed on non-accruing assets
            
Domestic
  36,273   38,751   49,537 
International
  184,083   273,834   218,216 
Total
  220,363   312,585   267,754 
Interest received on non-accruing assets
            
Domestic
  83,535   79,183   86,370 
International
  105,273   77,602   70,435 
Total
  188,808   156,785   156,805 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Guarantees
The Bank of Spain requires some guarantees to be classified as non-performing in the following amounts:
in cases involving past-due guaranteed debt: (i) for non-financial guarantees, the amount demanded by the beneficiary and outstanding under the guarantee; and (ii) for financial guarantees, at least the amount classified as non-performing of the guaranteed risk; and
in all other cases, the entire amount of the guaranteed debt when the debtor has declared bankruptcy or has demonstrated serious solvency problems, even if the guaranteed beneficiary has not reclaimed payment.
Bank of Spain Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk Requirements
The Bank of Spain requires that we calculate simultaneously the allowances required due to credit risk attributable to the client and to country-risk and apply the ones that are more demanding.
The Bank of Spain requires that we develop internal models to calculate the allowances for both credit risk and country-risk based on historical experience. While these models are not yet approved by the Bank of Spain, we are required to calculate the allowances according to the instructions described below.
The global allowances will be the sum of those corresponding to losses in specific transactions (Specific Allowances) and those not specifically assigned (General Allowance) due to credit risk, plus the Allowances for Country-Risk.

 

53


Table of Contents

Specific Allowances for Credit Losses
The specific allowance is calculated based on the loan recovery expectations and, at a minimum, by application of the coefficients stipulated in the following tables.
Non-Performing Past-Due Assets. Except for fully secured past-due mortgage assets and financial leases on certain types of properties, the Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to set aside specific allowances for non-performing past-due assets. The minimum required allowance is the product of the amount of the asset treated as non-performing (see “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Non-Performing Past-Due Assets” above) times the percentages set forth in the following table. The allowance must be maintained for so long as the non-performing portion of the asset is carried as an asset on the banks’ balance sheets.
         
  Allowance
Period Overdue CompaniesOther clients
3-6 months
  5.3%  4.5%
6-12 months
  27.8%  27.4%
12-18 months
  65.1%  60.5%
18-24 months
  95.8%  93.3%
More than 24 months
  100%  100%
Fully-Secured Non-Performing Past-Due Mortgage Assets and financial leases on certain types of properties. If a non-performing asset is a fully secured non-performing past-due mortgage or a financial lease and certain conditions are met, the amount of the required allowance is the product of the amount of such asset times the percentages set forth in the following table. Such asset must satisfy three conditions: first, the asset is secured by a mortgage or a right of ownership (in case of a financial lease) on a finished residential property; second, such mortgage or right of ownership was placed on the property at the time the extension of credit was made; and third, the outstanding risk does not exceed 80% of the appraisal value of such mortgaged or leased property.
     
Period Overdue Allowance
3 months-3 years
  2%
3-4 years
  25%
4-5 years
  50%
5-6 years
  75%
More than 6 years
  100%
The only exception to these requirements is that when a bank treats otherwise performing assets to a single borrower as non-performing because non-performing assets exceed 25% of the bank’s total exposure to the borrower as set forth in “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Non-Performing Past-Due Assets” above, the Bank of Spain requires the bank to carry an allowance of 1% against any asset that has no overdue principal or interest payments.
Other Fully-Secured Non-Performing Past-Due Assets. For Non-Performing Past-Due Assets fully secured with properties other than those described in the previous paragraphs, the amount of the required allowance is the product of the amount of such asset times the percentages set forth in the following table:
         
  Allowance
Period Overdue CompaniesOther clients
3-6 months
  4.5%  3.8%
6-12 months
  23.6%  23.3%
12-18 months
  55.3%  47.2%
18-24 months
  81.4%  79.3%
More than 24 months
  100%  100%
Other Non-Performing Assets. If a non-performing asset is an “other non-performing asset”, see “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Other Non-Performing Assets”, the amount of the required allowance will be the difference between the amount outstanding and the current value of the expected collectable cash flows. The minimum allowance will be 25% and up to 100% of the amounts treated as non-performing, depending on management’s opinion of the loan recovery expectations. When the treatment of such asset as a non-performing asset is due to, in management’s opinion, an inadequate financial or economical condition of the borrower, and the amount estimated as non-collectible is less than 25% of the outstanding debt, the amount of the required allowance will be at least 10% of the outstanding debt.

 

54


Table of Contents

Sub-standard Assets. The necessary allowance for assets classified in this category is determined as the difference between its outstanding balance and the current value of the expected collectable cash flows. In every case, the amount of the required allowance must be higher than the general allowance that would correspond in case of being classified as standard asset and lower than would correspond if classified as non-performing asset. When assets are classified as sub-standard due to insufficient documentation and being the outstanding balance higher than €25,000, the applicable allowance is 10%.
General Allowance
In addition to the Bank of Spain specific allowance requirements, the Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to set aside a general allowance for the coverage of all types of credits and off-balance sheet risks classified as standard, calculated with statistical methods based on the experience of deterioration of the portfolio.
Allowances for Country-Risk
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to set aside an allowance for country-risk on all country-risk outstandings. See the above sub-section entitled “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Country-Risk Outstandings”. The amount of the required provision is the product of the amount of the outstanding loans and credits and off-balance sheet risks times the percentages set forth in the following table.
         
Categories: Minimum percentage of coverage
Category 3
      10.1%
Category 4
      22.8%
Category 5
      83.5%
Category 6
      100%
Guarantees
Allowances for non-performing guarantees will be equal to the amount that, with a prudent criterion, is considered irrecoverable.
Bank of Spain Foreclosed Assets Requirements
If a Spanish bank eventually acquires the properties (residential or not) that are securing loans or credits, the Bank of Spain requires that the credit risk allowances previously established be reversed, provided that the acquisition cost less the estimated selling costs (which shall be at least 30% of such value) exceeds the amount of the debt disregarding allowances, unless the acquisition cost is greater than the mortgage value, in which case the latter shall be taken as reference value.
Bank of Spain Charge-off Requirements
The Bank of Spain does not permit non-performing assets to be partially charged-off.
The Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to charge-off immediately those non-performing assets that management believes will never be repaid or that were made to category 6 (“bankrupt”) countries or residents of such category 6 countries. See the above sub-section entitled “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Country-Risk Outstandings”. Otherwise, the Bank of Spain requires Spanish banks to charge-off non-performing assets four years after they were classified as non-performing. Spanish banks may carry fully secured past-due mortgage loans beyond this four-year deadline for up to six years if there are objective factors that indicate an improved likelihood of recovery. Accordingly, even if allowances have been established equal to 100% of a non-performing asset (in accordance with the Bank of Spain criteria discussed above), the Spanish bank may maintain that non-performing asset, fully provisioned, on its balance sheet for the full four or six-year period if management believes based on objective factors that there is some possibility of recoverability of that asset.

 

55


Table of Contents

Movements in Allowances for Credit Losses
The following table analyzes movements in our allowances for credit losses and movements, by domicile of customer, for the years indicated. See “Presentation of Financial and Other Information”. For further discussion of movements in the allowances for credit losses, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—A. Operating results—Impairment Losses (net)”.
             
  EU-IFRS(*)
  Year Ended December 31,
  2004 2005 2006
  (in thousands of euros)
Allowance for credit losses at beginning of year
            
Borrowers in Spain
  1,849,001   2,836,564   3,664,349 
Borrowers outside Spain
  3,172,452   4,160,864   4,092,326 
 
            
Total
  5,021,453   6,997,428   7,756,675 
 
            
Inclusion of acquired companies’ credit loss allowances
            
Borrowers in Spain
  1,972       
Borrowers outside Spain
  1,044,042   4,006   164,530 
 
            
Total
  1,046,014   4,006   164,530 
 
            
Recoveries of loans previously charged off (1)
            
Borrowers in Spain
  145,591   105,800   123,566 
Borrowers outside Spain
  259,777   381,217   428,040 
 
            
Total
  405,368   487,017   551,606 
 
            
Net provisions for credit losses (1)
            
Borrowers in Spain
  868,520   746,519   793,898 
Borrowers outside Spain
  713,220   1,009,527   1,689,730 
 
            
Total
  1,581,740   1,756,046   2,483,628 
 
            
Charge offs against credit loss allowance
            
Borrowers in Spain
  (344,392)  (226,036)  (269,559)
Borrowers outside Spain
  (681,036)  (1,293,458)  (2,100,306)
 
            
Total
  (1,025,428)  (1,519,494)  (2,369,865)
 
            
Other movements (2)
  (31,719)  31,672   (298,446)
 
            
Allowance for credit losses at end of year
            
Borrowers in Spain
  2,836,564   3,664,349   4,318,320 
Borrowers outside Spain
  4,160,864   4,092,326   3,969,808 
 
            
Total
  6,997,428   7,756,675   8,288,128 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
(1) 
We have not included separate line items for charge-offs of loans not previously provided for (loans charged-off against income) and recoveries of loans previously charged-off as these are not permitted under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
 
(2) 
The shift in “Other Movements” from 2004 to 2005, and to 2006 principally reflects foreign exchange differences.

 

56


Table of Contents

The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
Movements in Allowances for Credit Losses
         
  Previous Spanish GAAP
  Year Ended December 31,
  2002 2003
  (in thousands of euros)
Allowance for credit losses at beginning of year
        
Borrowers in Spain
  1,771,321   1,725,606 
Borrowers outside Spain
  3,811,553   3,438,672 
 
        
Total
  5,582,874   5,164,278 
 
        
Inclusion of acquired companies’ credit loss allowances
        
Borrowers in Spain
      
Borrowers outside Spain
  9,034    
 
        
Total
  9,034    
 
        
Loans charged off against income (1)
        
Borrowers in Spain
  (14,921)  (12,729)
Borrowers outside Spain
  (117,474)  (91,110)
 
        
Total
  (132,395)  (103,839)
 
        
Recoveries of loans previously charged off (1)
        
Borrowers in Spain
  141,850   108,722 
Borrowers outside Spain
  251,804   248,765 
 
        
Total
  393,654   357,487 
 
        
Net provisions for credit losses (1)
        
Borrowers in Spain
  318,656   681,234 
Borrowers outside Spain
  1,329,536   814,453 
 
        
Total
  1,648,192   1,495,687 
 
        
Charge-offs against credit loss allowance
        
Borrowers in Spain
  (249,757)  (259,366)
Borrowers outside Spain
  (1,223,617)  (811,719)
 
        
Total
  (1,473,374)  (1,071,085)
 
        
Other movements (2)
  (863,707)  (428,132)
 
        
Allowance for credit losses at end of year
        
Borrowers in Spain
  1,725,606   1,681,017 
Borrowers outside Spain
  3,438,672   3,733,379 
 
        
Total
  5,164,278   5,414,396 
(1) 
We have included separate line items for charge-offs of loans not previously provided for (loans charged-off against income) and recoveries of loans previously charged-off in order to satisfy the SEC’s requirement to show all charge-offs and recoveries in this table. We have increased provisions for credit losses for purposes of this table by the amount of charge-offs of loans not previously provided for and decreased it by the amount of recoveries of loans previously provided for to produce the line item “net provisions for credit losses” in this table. This has also allowed the figures for net provisions for credit losses in this table to match the amounts recorded under “Write-offs and credit loss provisions (net)” in our Consolidated Income Statement.
 
(2) 
The shift in “Other Movements” from 2002, to 2003 principally reflects foreign exchange differences.

 

57


Table of Contents

The table below shows a breakdown of recoveries, net provisions and charge-offs against credit loss allowance by type and domicile of borrower for the years indicated.
             
  EU-IFRS(*)
  Year Ended December 31,
  2004 2005 2006
  (in thousands of euros)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off-
            
Domestic:
            
Commercial, financial, agricultural, Industrial
  60,113   51,649   37,879 
Real estate-construction
  2,488   140   5,646 
Real estate-mortgage
  24,799   5,226   11,249 
Installment loans to individuals
  44,340   32,303   59,726 
Lease finance
  4,050   2,903   5,023 
Other
  9,800   13,579   4,043 
Total Borrowers in Spain
  145,591   105,800   123,566 
Borrowers outside Spain
            
Government and official institutions
  1,958   1   1,126 
Bank and other financial institutions
  10,373   1,691   21 
Commercial and industrial
  141,324   292,279   299,302 
Mortgage loans
  8,288   3,468   7,751 
Other
  97,834   83,778   119,840 
Borrowers outside Spain
  259,777   381,217   428,040 
Total
  405,368   487,017   551,606 
Net provisions for credit losses-
            
Domestic:
            
Commercial, financial, agricultural, Industrial
  333,801   296,879   405,914 
Real estate-construction
  (621)  49,925   20,430 
Real estate-mortgage
  46,016   62,526   96,209 
Installment loans to individuals
  121,574   161,027   278,223 
Lease finance
  22,977   19,838   55,894 
Other
  344,774   156,324   (62,772)
Total Borrowers in Spain
  868,520   746,519   793,898 
Borrowers outside Spain
            
Government and official institutions
  (5,085)  16,836   2,035 
Bank and other financial institutions
  46,117   1,698   72,479 
Commercial and industrial
  472,200   829,058   1,128,005 
Mortgage loans
  64,375   88,812   11,378 
Other
  135,613   73,123   475,833 
Borrowers outside Spain
  713,220   1,009,527   1,689,730 
Total
  1,581,740   1,756,046   2,483,628 
Charge offs against credit loss allowance
            
Domestic:
            
Commercial, financial, agricultural, Industrial
  (158,248)  (113,357)  (55,982)
Real estate-construction
  (667)  (8)  (18,911)
Real estate-mortgage
  (36,253)  (14,674)  (7,284)
Installment loans to individuals
  (113,652)  (67,554)  (184,218)
Lease finance
  (2,249)  (8,007)  (1,775)
Other
  (33,323)  (22,436)  (1,389)
Total Borrowers in Spain
  (344,392)  (226,036)  (269,559)
Borrowers outside Spain
            
Government and official institutions
  (1,706)     (174)
Bank and other financial institutions
  (85,339)  (86)  (12,189)
Commercial and industrial
  (551,804)  (1,120,180)  (1,333,617)
Mortgage loans
  (4,923)  (30,562)  (46,603)
Other
  (37,265)  (142,630)  (707,723)
Borrowers outside Spain
  (681,036)  (1,293,458)  (2,100,306)
 
            
Total
  (1,025,428)  (1,519,494)  (2,369,865)
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

58


Table of Contents

The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
         
  Previous Spanish GAAP
  Year Ended December 31,
  2002 2003
  (in thousands of euros)
Loans charged off against income-
        
Borrowers in Spain:
        
Commercial, financial, agricultural, Industrial
  (685)  (2,917)
Real estate-construction
  (4)  (3)
Real estate-mortgage
  (465)  (1,042)
Installment loans to individuals
  (10,927)  (7,763)
Lease finance
  (2,491)  (992)
Other
  (349)  (12)
Total Borrowers in Spain
  (14,921)  (12,729)
Borrowers outside Spain
        
Government and official institutions
      
Bank and other financial institutions
     (2,762)
Commercial and industrial
  (71,433)  (15,384)
Other
  (46,041)  (72,964)
Total borrowers outside Spain
  (117,474)  (91,110)
 
        
Total
  (132,395)  (103,839)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off-
        
Domestic:
        
Commercial, financial, agricultural, Industrial
  58,131   47,069 
Real estate-construction
  478   425 
Real estate-mortgage
  24,847   15,164 
Installment loans to individuals
  38,117   35,389 
Lease finance
  3,981   1,644 
Other
  16,296   9,031 
Total Borrowers in Spain
  141,850   108,722 
Borrowers outside Spain
        
Government and official institutions
     1,766 
Bank and other financial institutions
  3,097   13,485 
Commercial and industrial
  121,316   109,577 
Other
  127,391   123,937 
Borrowers outside Spain
  251,804   248,765 
 
        
Total
  393,654   357,487 
Provisions for credit losses-
        
Domestic:
        
Commercial, financial, agricultural, Industrial
  119,155   318,538 
Real estate-construction
  1,139   759 
Real estate-mortgage
  17,632   18,973 
Installment loans to individuals
  93,545   91,799 
Lease finance
  19,007   36,267 
Other
  68,178   214,898 
Total Borrowers in Spain
  318,656   681,234 
Borrowers outside Spain
        
Government and official institutions
  (1,966)  (3,350)
Bank and other financial institutions
  69,459   (19,983)
Commercial and industrial
  892,446   434,725 
Other
  369,597   403,061 
Borrowers outside Spain
  1,329,536   814,453 
 
        
Total
  1,648,192   1,495,687 
Charge offs against credit loss allowance
        
Domestic:
        
Commercial, financial, agricultural, Industrial
  (112,943)  (154,360)
Real estate-construction
  (197)  (811)
Real estate-mortgage
  (11,506)  (19,109)
Installment loans to individuals
  (61,131)  (59,334)
Lease finance
  (1,085)  (1,885)
Other
  (62,895)  (23,867)
Total Borrowers in Spain
  (249,757)  (259,366)
Borrowers outside Spain
        
Government and official institutions
     (451)
Bank and other financial institutions
  (665)  (196,662)
Commercial and industrial
  (384,373)  (288,151)
Other
  (838,579)  (326,455)
Borrowers outside Spain
  (1,223,617)  (811,719)
 
        
Total
  (1,473,374)  (1,071,085)

 

59


Table of Contents

Allowances for Credit Losses
                         
  EU-IFRS(*)
  December 31,
  2004 % 2005 % 2006 %
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
Borrowers in Spain:
                        
Commercial, financial, agricultural, industrial
  1,494,605   21.36   2,056,003   26.51   2,302,546   27.78 
Real estate-construction
  7,929   0.11   270,369   3.49   267,771   3.23 
Real estate-mortgage
  206,461   2.95   243,335   3.14   457,132   5.52 
Installment loans to individuals
  491,698   7.03   612,564   7.90   889,283   10.73 
Lease finance
  105,101   1.50   98,830   1.27   166,542   2.01 
Other
  530,771   7.59   383,248   4.94   235,046   2.84 
 
                        
Total Borrowers in Spain
  2,836,564   40.54   3,664,349   47.24   4,318,320   52.10 
Borrowers outside Spain
                        
Government and official institutions
  53,966   0.77   41,302   0.53   30,054   0.36 
Bank and other financial institutions
  176,115   2.52   68,122   0.88   149,729   1.81 
Commercial and industrial
  3,551,929   50.76   3,413,736   44.01   2,670,075   32.22 
Mortgage loans
  199,022   2.84   363,980   4.69   831,972   10.04 
Other
  179,832   2.57   205,186   2.65   287,978   3.47 
 
                        
Total borrowers outside Spain
  4,160,864   59.46   4,092,326   52.76   3,969,808   47.90 
 
                        
Total
  6,997,428   100.00   7,756,675   100.00   8,288,128   100.00 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Impaired Assets
The following tables show our impaired assets, excluding country-risk. We do not keep records classifying assets as non-accrual, past due, restructured or potential problem loans, as those terms are defined by the SEC. However, we have estimated the amount of our assets that would have been so classified, to the extent possible, below.
             
  EU-IFRS(*)
  At December 31,
Non-performing assets 2004 2005 2006
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
Past-due and other non-performing assets (1) (2) (3):
            
Domestic
  1,018,088   1,110,784   1,288,857 
International
  3,096,603   3,230,716   3,318,690 
 
            
Total
  4,114,691   4,341,500   4,607,547 
 
            
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans
  1.09%  0.98%  0.87%
 
            
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of total loans
  0.16%  0.23%  0.34%
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
(1) 
We estimate that the total amount of our non-performing assets fully provisioned under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and which under U.S. GAAP would have been charged-off from the balance sheet was €1,567.0 million, €1,302.6 million and €1,206.5 million at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 respectively.
 
(2) 
Non-performing assets due to country risk were €117.1 million, €40.3 and €23.7 million at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
 
(3) 
We estimate that at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, (i) the total amount of our non-performing past-due assets was €3,501.0 million, €3,367.1 million and €3,841.2 million, respectively, and (ii) the total amount of our other non-performing assets was €613.7 million, €974.4 million and €766.3 million, respectively.

 

60


Table of Contents

The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
         
  Previous Spanish GAAP
  At December 31,
  2002 2003
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
Past-due and other non-performing assets (1) (2) (3):
        
Domestic
  1,003,851   931,583 
International
  2,672,616   2,290,921 
 
        
Total
  3,676,467   3,222,504 
 
        
Non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans
  2.19%  1.81%
 
        
Net loan charge-offs as a percentage of total loans
  0.72%  0.46%
(1) 
The figures in this table do not reflect the entire principal amount of loans having payments 90 days or more past due unless the entire principal amount of the loan is classified as non-performing under Bank of Spain regulations as described above under “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”. We estimate that the entire principal amount of such loans would have been €4,486.0 million, €3,823.4 million at December 31, 2002 and 2003.
 
(2) 
We estimate that at December 31, 2002 and 2003, (i) the total amount of our non-performing past-due assets was €2,208.8 million and €2,327.3 million, respectively, and (ii) the total amount of our other non-performing assets was €1,467.6 million and €895.2 million, respectively.
 
(3) 
We estimate that the total amount of our non-performing assets fully provisioned under Spanish GAAP and which under U.S. GAAP would have been charged-off from the balance sheet was €341.8 million at December 31, 2003.
We do not believe that there is a material amount of assets not included in the foregoing table where known information about credit risk at December 31, 2006 (not related to transfer risk inherent in cross-border lending activities) gave rise to serious doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms at such date.
Evolution of Impaired Assets
The following tables show the movement in our impaired assets (excluding country-risk, see “—Country-Risk Outstandings”).
                         
  EU-IFRS(*)
  Year ended Year ended  
  December 31, December 31, Quarter ended
(in thousands of euros) 2004 2005 Mar. 31, 2006 Jun. 30, 2006 Sep. 30, 2006 Dec. 31, 2006
Opening balance
  3,512,727   4,114,691   4,341,500   4,369,871   4,488,817   4,646,619 
Net additions
  1,627,392   1,737,692   508,640   568,536   717,611   841,125 
Writeoffs
  (1,025,428)  (1,510,833)  (480,269)  (449,590)  (559,809)  (880,197)
 
                        
Closing balance (1)
  4,114,691   4,341,500   4,369,871   4,488,817   4,646,619   4,607,547 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
(1) 
Non-performing assets due to country-risk were €117.1 million, €40.3 million and €23.7 million at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

61


Table of Contents

The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
         
  Previous Spanish GAAP
  Year ended December 31,
  2002 2003
  (in thousands of euros)
Opening balance
  3,895,514   3,676,467 
Net additions
  1,356,366   720,500 
Writeoffs
  (1,575,413)  (1,174,463)
 
        
Closing balance
  3,676,467   3,222,504 
Impaired Asset Ratios
The following tables show the ratio of our impaired assets to total computable credit risk and our coverage ratio at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006.
             
  EU-IFRS(*)
  At December 31,
  2004 2005 2006
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
Computable credit risk (1)
  411,482,598   489,662,040   588,372,837 
 
            
Non-performing assets
            
Mortgage loans
  1,352,564   1,209,137   1,364,317 
Other
  2,762,127   3,132,363   3,243,230 
 
            
Total non-performing assets
  4,114,691   4,341,500   4,607,547 
 
            
Allowances for non-performing assets
  6,813,354   7,902,225   8,626,937 
 
            
Ratios
            
Non-performing assets to computable credit risk
  1.00%  0.89%  0.78%
Coverage ratio (2)
  165.59%  182.02%  187.23%
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
(1) 
Computable credit risk is the sum of the face amounts of loans and leases (including non-performing assets but excluding country risk loans), guarantees and documentary credits.
 
(2) 
Allowances for non-performing assets as a percentage of non-performing assets.

 

62


Table of Contents

The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
         
  Previous Spanish GAAP
  At December 31,
  2002 2003
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
Computable credit risk (1)
  194,917,391   207,979,474 
 
        
Non-performing assets
        
Mortgage loans
  361,076   510,265 
Other
  3,315,391   2,712,239 
 
        
Total non performing assets
  3,676,467   3,222,504 
 
        
Allowances for non-performing assets
  5,144,855   5,323,127 
 
        
Ratios
        
Non-performing assets to computable credit risk
  1.89%  1.55%
Coverage ratio (2)
  139.94%  165.19%
(1) 
Computable credit risk is the sum of the face amounts of loans and leases (including non-performing assets but excluding country risk loans), guarantees and documentary credits.
 
(2) 
Allowances for non-performing assets as a percentage of non-performing assets.
Country-Risk Outstandings
The following tables set forth our country-risk outstandings with third parties belonging to countries classified in groups 3, 4, 5 and 6 for the years shown (See “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements—Country-Risk Outstandings).
             
  EU-IFRS(*)
  Year ended December 31,
  2004 2005 2006
  (in millions of euros)
Risk (gross)
  1,063.7   668.1   899.1 
Provisions
  275.0   313.0   233.5 
 
            
Risk (net)
  788.8   355.1   665.6 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
         
  Previous Spanish GAAP
  Year ended December 31,
  2002 2003
  (in millions of euros)
Risk (gross)
  409.5   497.0 
Provisions
  337.5   406.0 
 
        
Risk (net)
  72.0   91.0 

 

63


Table of Contents

Other Non-Accruing Assets
As described above under “—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”, we do not classify our loans to borrowers in countries with transitory difficulties (category 3) and countries in serious difficulties (category 4) as impaired assets. However, as described above under “—Bank of Spain Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk Requirements—Allowances for Country-Risk” and “—Non-Accrual of Interest Requirements”, the Bank of Spain requires us to account for such loans on a cash basis (non-accruing) and to set aside certain allowances for such loans. We treat category 5 (doubtful countries) country-risk outstandings as both non-accruing and impaired asset. Total other non-accruing assets at December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006 were €259.5 million, €249.7 million, €717.5 million, €626.5 million and €874.5 million, respectively (2002 and 2003 calculated under previous Spanish GAAP).
             
  EU-IFRS(*)
  Year Ended December 31,
Summary of non-accrual assets 2004 2005 2006
  (in millions of euros)
Assets classified as Non Performing Assets
  4,114.7   4,341.5   4,607.5 
Non Performing Assets due to country risk
  117.1   40.3   23.7 
Other assets on non-accrual status due to country risk
  717.5   626.5   874.5 
 
            
Total non-accruing assets
  4,949.3   5,008.3   5,505.7 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The table below contains information prepared under previous Spanish GAAP which is not comparable to information prepared under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. As described in our 2004 Form 20-F under “Financial Management and Equity Stakes—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”, under previous Spanish GAAP loans could be partially classified as performing and non-performing. As a result, this table includes an additional line for the performing portion of loans that are partially classified as non-performing.
         
  Previous Spanish GAAP
  Year Ended December 31,
Summary of non-accrual assets 2002 2003
  (in millions of euros)
Assets classified as Non Performing Assets
  3,676.5   3,222.5 
Outstanding balances of loans partially classified as non-performing
  809.5   600.9 
Other assets on non-accrual status due to country risk
  259.5   249.7 
 
        
Total non-accruing assets
  4,745.5   4,073.1 
Both under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 or previous Spanish GAAP we do not have any loans past-due 90 days or more that are accruing interest, in accordance with the Bank of Spain’s requirements.
As of December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the amounts of “restructured loans”, none of which were classified as non-performing, were €193.2 million, 322.4 million and €403.0 million.
Foreclosed Assets
The tables below set forth the movements in our foreclosed assets for the periods shown.
                             
  EU-IFRS(*)
  Year ended Year ended Quarterly movements Total Year
  December 31, December 31, Mar. 31, Jun. 30, Sep. 30, Dec. 31, Dec. 31,
  2004 2005 2006 2006 2006 2006 2006
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
Opening balance
  242,155   372,519   408,042   409,853   378,495   380,817   408,042 
Foreclosures
  455,024   442,458   126,246   122,122   121,778   269,662   639,808 
Sales
  (324,660)  (406,935)  (124,435)  (153,480)  (119,456)  (242,029)  (639,400)
Gross foreclosed assets
  372,519   408,042   409,853   378,495   380,817   408,450   408,450 
Allowances established
  (89,773)  (115,683)  (119,723)  (99,700)  (116,508)  (129,611)  (129,611)
Allowance as a percentage of foreclosed assets
  24.10%  28.35%  29.21%  26.34%  30.59%  31.73%  31.73%
Closing balance (net)
  282,746   292,359   290,130   278,795   264,309   278,839   278,839 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

64


Table of Contents

Liabilities
Deposits
The principal components of our deposits are customer demand, time and notice deposits, and international and domestic interbank deposits. Our retail customers are the principal source of our demand, time and notice deposits. For an analysis, by domicile of customer, of average domestic and international deposits by type for 2004, 2005 and 2006, see “—Average Balance Sheets and Interest Rates—Liabilities and Interest Expense”.
We compete actively with other commercial banks and with savings banks for domestic deposits. Our share of customer deposits in the Spanish banking system (including Cajas de Ahorros) was 16.2% at December 31, 2006, according to figures published by the Spanish Banking Association (AEB) and the Confederación Española de Cajas de Ahorros (“CECA”). See “—Competition”.
The following tables analyze our year-end deposits.
Deposits (from central banks and credit institutions and Customers) by type of deposit
             
  EU-IFRS(*)
Deposits from central banks and credit At December 31,
institutions- 2004 2005 2006
  (in thousands of euros)
Reciprocal accounts
  39,162   190,885   411,314 
Time deposits
  42,459,721   47,224,471   63,589,635 
Other demand accounts
  4,191,073   7,383,695   2,225,037 
Repurchase agreements
  33,920,297   91,399,196   45,417,839 
Central bank credit account drawdowns
  3,107,895   2,369,406   1,348,815 
Other financial liabilities associated with transferred financial assets
     7,170   8,445 
Hybrid financial liabilities
  32,191   47,584   34,852 
 
            
Total
  83,750,339   148,622,407   113,035,937 
 
            
Customer deposits-
            
Demand deposits-
            
Current accounts
  67,714,687   80,631,188   89,151,030 
Savings accounts
  78,849,072   90,471,827   93,717,633 
Other demand deposits
  3,720,956   1,747,720   2,025,095 
Time deposits-
            
Fixed-term deposits
  80,052,445   77,166,817   86,345,788 
Home-purchase savings accounts
  289,779   269,706   324,262 
Discount deposits
  10,163,257   16,128,577   7,132,341 
Funds received under financial asset transfers
     1    
Hybrid financial liabilities
  1,873,863   4,141,071   4,994,535 
Other financial liabilities associated with transferred financial assets
     20,346    
Other time deposits
  498,961   351,620   470,140 
Notice deposits
  24,911   33,713   45,849 
Repurchase agreements
  40,023,685   34,802,694   47,015,928 
 
            
Total
  283,211,616   305,765,280   331,222,601 
 
            
 
            
Total deposits
  366,961,955   454,387,687   444,258,538 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

65


Table of Contents

Deposits (from central banks and credit institutions and Customers) by location of office
             
  EU-IFRS(*)
Deposits from central banks and At December 31,
credit institutions- 2004 2005 2006
  (in thousands of euros)
Due to credit institutions
            
Offices in Spain
  29,594,503   76,504,500   45,786,284 
Offices outside Spain:
            
Other EU countries
  9,559,941   9,647,389   47,733,849 
United States
  2,536,104   1,439,643   300,336 
Other OECD countries (1)
  26,844,609   36,905,723   24,509 
Central and South America (1)
  14,974,332   23,926,745   19,146,367 
Other
  240,850   198,407   44,592 
Total offices outside Spain
  54,155,836   72,117,907   67,249,653 
 
            
Total
  83,750,339   148,622,407   113,035,937 
 
            
Customer deposits
            
Offices in Spain
  102,249,913   107,117,818   120,485,991 
Offices outside Spain:
            
Other EU countries
  135,209,492   133,274,597   136,730,342 
United States
  6,037,483   7,578,598   7,512,963 
Other OECD countries (1)
  74,859   106,151   79,117 
Central and South America (1)
  38,499,807   56,395,157   64,984,913 
Other
  1,140,062   1,292,959   1,429,275 
Total offices outside Spain
  180,961,703   198,647,462   210,736,610 
 
            
Total
  283,211,616   305,765,280   331,222,601 
 
            
Total deposits
  366,961,955   454,387,687   444,258,538 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
(1) 
In this schedule Mexico is classified under “Central and South America.”
The following table shows the maturity of time deposits (excluding inter-bank deposits) in denominations of $100,000 or more for the year ended December 31, 2006. Large denomination customer deposits may be a less stable source of funds than demand and savings deposits.
             
  December 31, 2006
  Domestic International Total
  (in thousands of euros)
Under 3 months
  13,672,757   16,994,282   30,667,039 
3 to 6 months
  1,871,785   3,416,972   5,288,757 
6 to 12 months
  2,705,830   3,902,752   6,608,582 
Over 12 months
  2,907,384   12,721,918   15,629,302 
 
            
Total
  21,157,756   37,035,924   58,193,680 
The aggregate amount of deposits held by non-resident depositors (banks and customers) in our domestic branch network was €18.7 million, €64.4 million and €37.9 million at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006.

 

66


Table of Contents

Short-term Borrowings
                         
  EU-IFRS(*)
  At December 31,
  2004 2005 2006
      Average     Average     Average
Short-Term Borrowings Amount Rate Amount Rate Amount Rate
  (in thousands of euros, except percentages)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (principally Spanish Treasury notes and bills):
                        
At December 31
  67,856,642   1.55%  126,201,890   3.55%  92,433,767   4.39%
Average during year
  62,726,813   3.24%  91,458,502   3.65%  101,682,243   3.74%
Maximun month-end balance
  69,575,864       129,563,533       129,816,503     
Other short-term borrowings:
                        
At December 31
  18,727,698   2.66%  25,157,976   2.34%  35,385,525   2.50%
Average during year
  14,975,003   2.26%  21,249,880   4.23%  25,501,630   2.66%
Maximun month-end balance
  18,752,237       26,688,044       35,385,525     
 
                        
 
                        
Total short-term borrowings at year-end
  86,584,340   1.79%  151,359,866   3.35%  127,819,292   3.87%
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Competition
We face strong competition in all of our principal areas of operation from other banks, savings banks, credit co-operatives, brokerage houses, insurance companies and other financial services firms.
Banks
Two Spanish banking groups dominate the retail banking sector in Spain. These two groups are headed by Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. and Santander.
At the end of December 2006, these two Spanish banking groups accounted for approximately 60.7% of loans and 63.5% of deposits of all Spanish banks, which in turn represented 29.1% of loans and 29.0% of deposits of the financial system, according to figures published by the Spanish Banking Association (AEB) and the Confederación Española de Cajas de Ahorro (“CECA”). These banking groups also hold significant investments in Spanish industry.
Foreign banks also have a presence in the Spanish banking system as a result of liberalization measures adopted by the Bank of Spain since 1978. At December 31, 2006, there were 69 foreign banks (of which 62 were from European Union countries) with branches in Spain. In addition, there were 19 Spanish subsidiary banks of foreign banks (of which 14 were from European Union countries).
Spanish law provides that any financial institution organized and licensed in another Member State of the European Union may conduct business in Spain from an office outside Spain. They do not need prior authorization from Spanish authorities to do so. Once the Bank of Spain receives notice from the institution’s home country supervisory authority about the institution’s proposed activities in Spain, the institution is automatically registered and the proposed activities are automatically authorized.
The opening of a branch of any financial institution authorized in another Member State of the European Union does not need prior authorization or specific allocation of resources. The opening is subject to the reception by the Bank of Spain of a notice from the institution’s home country supervisory authority containing, at least, the following information:
  
Program of activities detailing the transactions to be made and the corporate structure of the branch.
 
  
Address in Spain of the branch.

 

67


Table of Contents

  
Name and curriculum vitae of the branch’s managers.
 
  
Stockholders’ equity and solvency ratio of the financial institution and its consolidated group.
 
  
Detailed information about any deposit guarantee scheme that assures the protection of the branch’s depositors.
Once the Bank of Spain receives the notice, it notifies the financial institution, thereby permitting the branch to be registered in the Mercantile Register and, then, in the Special Register of the Bank of Spain.
Spanish law requires prior approval by the Bank of Spain for a Spanish bank to acquire a significant interest in a bank organized outside the European Union, create a new bank outside the European Union or open a branch outside the European Union. Spanish banks must provide prior notice to the Bank of Spain to conduct any other business outside of Spain.
When a new bank is created by a Spanish bank outside of Spain, the following information has to be provided to the Bank of Spain:
  
amount of the investment,
 
  
percentage of the share capital and of the total voting rights,
 
  
name of the companies through which the investment will be made,
 
  
draft of the by-laws,
 
  
program of activities, setting out the types of business envisaged, the administrative and accounting organization and the internal control procedures, including those established to prevent money laundering transactions,
 
  
list of the persons who will be members of the first board of directors and of the senior management,
 
  
list of partners with significant holdings; and
 
  
detailed description of the banking, tax and anti-money laundering regulations of the country where it will be located.
The opening of branches outside Spain requires prior application to the Bank of Spain, including information about the country where the branch will be located, the address, program of activities and names and CVs of the branch’s managers. The opening of representative offices requires prior notice to the Bank of Spain detailing the activities to perform.
In addition, we face strong competition outside Spain, particularly in Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Mexico, Portugal and the United Kingdom.
Abbey’s main competitors are established UK banks, building societies and insurance companies and other financial services providers (such as supermarket chains and large retailers). In recent years, customer access, choice and mobility have increased.
Savings Banks
Spanish savings banks (“Cajas de Ahorros”) are mutual organizations which engage in the same activities as banks, but primarily take deposits and make loans, principally to individual customers and small to medium-sized companies. The Spanish savings banks provide strong competition for the demand and savings deposits which form an important part of our deposit base. Spanish savings banks, which traditionally were regional institutions, are permitted to open branches and offices throughout Spain. In the last few years, mergers among savings banks increased. The Spanish savings banks’ share of domestic deposits and loans were 61.6% and 52.0%, at December 31, 2006.
Credit Co-operatives
Credit co-operatives are active principally in rural areas. They provide savings and loan services including financing of agricultural machinery and supplies.

 

68


Table of Contents

Brokerage Services
We face competition in our brokerage activities in Spain from brokerage houses of other financial institutions.
Spanish law provides that any investment services company authorized to operate in another Member State of the European Union may conduct business in Spain from an office outside Spain, once the National Securities Market Commission (Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores — “CNMV”)receives notice from the institution’s home country supervisory authority about the institution’s proposed activities in Spain.
Spanish law provides that credit entities have access, as members, to the Spanish stock exchanges, in accordance with the provisions established by the Investment Services Directive.
We also face strong competition in our mutual funds, pension funds and insurance activities from other banks, savings banks, insurance companies and other financial services firms.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
Bank of Spain and the European Central Bank
The Bank of Spain, which operates as Spain’s autonomous central bank, supervises all Spanish financial institutions, including us. Until January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain was also the entity responsible for implementing Spanish monetary policy. As of that date, the start of Stage III of the European Monetary Union, the European System of Central Banks and the European Central Bank became jointly responsible for Spain’s monetary policy. The European System of Central Banks consists of the national central banks of the twenty seven Member States belonging to the European Union, whether they have adopted the euro or not, and the European Central Bank. The “Eurosystem” is the term used to refer to the European Central Bank and the national central banks of the Member States which have adopted the euro. The European Central Bank is responsible for the monetary policy of the European Union. The Bank of Spain, as a member of the European System of Central Banks, takes part in the development of the European System of Central Banks’ powers including the design of the European Union’s monetary policy.
The European System of Central Banks is made up of three decision-making bodies:
the Governing Council, comprised of the members of the Executive Board of the European Central Bank and the governors of the national central banks of the 13 Member States which have adopted the euro;
the Executive Board, comprised of the President, Vice-President and four other members; and
the General Council of the European Central Bank, comprised of the President and Vice-President of the European Central Bank and the governors of the national central banks of the 27 European Union Member States.
The Governing Council is the body in charge of formulating monetary policy for the euro area and adopting the guidelines and decisions necessary to perform the Euro system’s tasks. The Executive Board is the body in charge of implementing the monetary policy for the euro area laid out by the Governing Council and providing the instructions necessary to carry out monetary policy to the euro area national central banks.
The European Central Bank has delegated the authority to issue the euro to the central banks of each country participating in Stage III. These central banks will also be in charge of executing the European Union’s monetary policy in their respective countries. The countries that have not adopted the euro will have a seat in the European System of Central Banks, but will not have a say in the monetary policy or instructions laid out by the governing council to the national central banks.
Since January 1, 1999, the Bank of Spain has performed the following basic functions attributed to the European System of Central Banks:
executing the European Union monetary policy;
conducting currency exchange operations consistent with the provisions of Article 109 of the Treaty on European Union, and holding and managing the States’ official currency reserves;
promoting the sound working of payment systems in the euro area; and
issuing legal tender bank notes.

 

69


Table of Contents

Notwithstanding the European Monetary Union, the Bank of Spain continues to be responsible for:
maintaining, administering and managing the foreign exchange and precious metal reserves;
promoting the sound working and stability of the financial system and, without prejudice to the functions of the European System of Central Banks, of national payment systems;
placing coins in circulation and the performance, on behalf of the State, of all such other functions entrusted to it in this connection;
preparing and publishing statistics relating to its functions, and assisting the European Central Bank in the compilation of the necessary statistical information;
rendering treasury services to the Spanish Treasury and to the regional governments, although the granting of loans or overdrafts in favor of the State, the regional governments or other bodies referred to in Article 104 of the European Union Treaty, is generally prohibited;
rendering services related to public debt to the State and regional governments; and
advising the Spanish Government and preparing the appropriate reports and studies.
The Bank of Spain has the following supervisory powers over Spanish banks, subject to applicable laws, rules and regulations issued by the Spanish Government and its Ministry of Economy and Finance:
to conduct periodic inspections of Spanish banks to test compliance with current regulations concerning, among other matters, preparation of financial statements, account structure, credit policies and provisions and capital adequacy;
to advise a bank’s board of directors and management when its dividend policy is deemed inconsistent with the bank’s financial results;
to undertake extraordinary inspections of banks concerning any matters relating to their banking activities;
to participate with, as the case may be, other authorities in appropriate cases in the imposition of penalties to banks for infringement or violation of applicable regulations; and
to take control of credit entities and to replace directors of credit entities when a Spanish credit entity faces an exceptional situation that poses a risk to the financial status of the relevant entity.
Liquidity Ratio
European Central Bank regulations require credit institutions in each Member State that participates in the European Monetary Union, like us, to place a specific percentage of their “Qualifying Liabilities” with their respective central banks in the form of interest bearing deposits as specified below (the “Liquidity Ratio”).
The European Central Bank requires the maintenance of a minimum liquidity ratio by all credit institutions established in the Member States of the European Monetary Union. Branches located in the euro zone of institutions not registered in this area are also subject to this ratio, while the branches located outside the euro zone of institutions registered in the euro zone are not subject to this ratio.
“Qualifying Liabilities” are broadly defined as deposits and debt securities issued. The Liquidity Ratio is 2% over Qualifying Liabilities except in relation to deposits with stated maturity greater than two years, deposits redeemable at notice after two years, repos and debt securities with a stated maturity greater than two years, for which the ratio is 0%.
Liabilities of institutions subject to the Liquidity Ratio and liabilities of the European Central Bank and national central banks of a participating Member State of the European Monetary Union are not included in the base of “Qualifying Liabilities”.

 

70


Table of Contents

Investment Ratio
The Spanish Government has the power to require credit institutions to invest a portion of certain “Qualifying Liabilities” in certain kinds of public sector debt or public-interest financing (the “investment ratio”), and has exercised this power in the past. Although the investment ratio has been 0% since December 31, 1992, the law which authorizes it has not been abolished, and the Spanish Government could reimpose the ratio, subject to EU requirements.
Capital Adequacy Requirements
The Bank and its Spanish bank subsidiaries are subject to Bank of Spain’s Circular 5/1993 on capital adequacy requirements. Additionally, Spain forms part of the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices since February 2001 and we calculate our capital requirements under this committee’s criteria (the Basel 1 Accord). Finally, in June 2006 the European Union adopted a new regulatory framework (Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC) that will be implemented during 2007 or in January 2008 if advanced risk models are adopted and promotes more risk sensitive approaches to the determination of minimum regulatory capital requirements.
The Spanish capital adequacy requirements distinguish between “basic” and “complementary” capital and require certain ratios of basic and total capital to risk-weighted assets. Basic capital generally includes ordinary shares, non-cumulative preferred securities and most reserves, less interim dividends, goodwill and intangible assets, treasury stock and financing for the acquisition (by persons other than the issuer’s employees) of the issuer’s shares. Complementary capital generally includes cumulative preferred securities, revaluation and similar reserves, dated and perpetual subordinated debt, generic credit allowances and capital gains.
The Bank’s total capital is reduced by certain deductions that need to be made with respect to its investments in other financial institutions.
The computation of both basic and complementary capital is subject to provisions limiting the type of stockholding and the level of control which these stockholdings grant to a banking group. The level of dated subordinated debt taken into account for the calculation of complementary capital may not exceed 50% of basic capital, the level of non-cumulative preferred securities may not exceed 30% of basic capital, the level of step-up preferred securities may not exceed 15% of basic capital and the total amount of complementary capital admissible for computing total capital may not exceed the total amount of basic capital.
The consolidated total capital of a banking group calculated in the manner described above may not be less than 8% of the group’s risk-weighted assets net of specified provisions and amortizations. The calculation of total risk-weighted assets applies minimum multipliers of 0%, 10%, 20%, 50% and 100% to the group’s assets.
Spanish regulations provide that, if certain requirements are met, Spanish banks may include the net credit exposure arising from certain interest rate -and foreign exchange- related derivative contracts (rather than the entire notional amount of such contracts) in their total risk-adjusted assets for purposes of calculating their capital adequacy ratios.
Spanish banks are permitted to include the net credit exposure arising from interest rate and foreign exchange transactions related to derivative products provided that (i) all derivative related transactions between the parties form a single agreement; (ii) the incumbent bank has submitted to the Bank of Spain legal opinions with regard to the validity of the netting provisions; and (iii) the incumbent bank has implemented the appropriate procedures to revise the treatment of netting if there is an amendment of the regulations in force.
At December 31, 2006, our eligible capital exceeded the minimum required by the Bank of Spain by approximately €11.2 billion. Our Spanish subsidiary banks were, at December 31, 2006, each in compliance with these capital adequacy requirements, and all our foreign subsidiary banks were in compliance with their local regulation.
Banks or consolidated banking groups should communicate immediately to the Bank of Spain if they fail to satisfy minimum capital requirements, and within the next month should present a plan to recover the solvency. This plan could be modified by the Bank of Spain. While the deficit persists, the payment of dividends by any of the entities of the banking group must be approved by Bank of Spain, and will be limited to a maximum of 50% of net attributable income. Payment of dividends is forbidden (other than by subsidiaries in which the entity holds at least 90% of the voting rights and capital) if the deficit of capital is greater than 20% of the minimum capital requirements. See “—Restrictions on Dividends”.

 

71


Table of Contents

The Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices, which includes the supervisory authorities of thirteen major industrial countries, adopted on 1988 an international framework (the “Basel Accord”) for capital measurement and capital standards of banking institutions. Spain joined the Accord on February 1, 2001. The capital requirements imposed by the Basel Accord are in many respects similar to those imposed by European Union directives, Spanish law and the Bank of Spain.
Based purely on the Basel Accord capital framework itself, and making assumptions that we consider appropriate, we estimate that, at December 31, 2006, we had (1) a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 12.49%, and (2) a Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 7.42%.
After continuing consultation, the Basel Committee has developed a new framework to replace the 1988 Capital Accord, which the European Union has adopted and issued as Capital Adequacy Directive Three. The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on June 26, 2004 published the Basel 2 Accord which amends the Basel 1 1988 Accord. Basel 2 promotes more risk sensitive approaches to the determination of minimum regulatory capital requirements which would further strengthen the soundness and stability of the international banking system. To ensure that the most appropriate approaches are being used, banks are encouraged to move to the more sophisticated methods by a reduction in the regulatory capital charge.
As a result of the new Basel capital accord issued by the Basel Committee, a new regulatory framework (Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC) was adopted in June 2006 by the European Union. European Union countries intend to implement the new regulations during 2007 or in January 2008 if advanced risk models are adopted. This new framework will be applicable to all Spanish banks.
The New Accord introduces more emphasis on risk sensitivity, supervisory review and market discipline (through more extensive disclosures). Banks will have minimum capital requirements in order to support credit risk, market risk and operational risk. The impact of the new regulation is not expected to increase the capital requirements, but will increase its volatility.
Currently, the Bank of Spain is working on a new solvency regulation and the Group is working in order to obtain validation of the advanced models in accordance with the timetable established in the European Union. This timetable consists on a 3 year period of parallel calculations, starting in 2007, through 2008 and 2009, in which capital requirements calculated under Basel 2 cannot be less than 95%, 90% and 80% respectively of the capital requirements calculated under Basel 1.
Concentration of Risk
Spanish banks may not have exposure to a single person or group in excess of 25% (20% in the case of an affiliate) of the bank’s or group’s consolidated equity. Any exposure to a person or group exceeding 10% of a bank’s or group’s consolidated capital is deemed a concentration and the total amount of exposure represented by all of such concentrations must not exceed 800% of such capital (excluding exposures to OECD governments and certain other exceptions).
Legal Reserve and Other Reserves
Spanish banks are subject to legal and other restricted reserves requirements. In addition, we must allocate profits to certain other reserves as described under Note 33 to our consolidated financial statements.
Allowances for Credit Losses and Country-Risk
For a discussion of Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 relating to allowances for credit losses and country-risk, see “—Selected Statistical Information—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”.
Employee Pension Plans
At December 31, 2006, our pension plans were all funded according to Bank of Spain requirements. See Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements.
Restrictions on Dividends
We may only pay dividends (including interim dividends) if such payment is in compliance with the Bank of Spain’s minimum capital requirement (described under “—Capital Adequacy Requirements”) and other requirements or, as described below, under certain circumstances when we have capital that is 20% or less below the Bank of Spain’s minimum capital requirements.

 

72


Table of Contents

If a banking group meets this capital requirement, it may dedicate all of its net profits to the payment of dividends, although in practice Spanish banks normally consult with the Bank of Spain before declaring a dividend. Even if a banking group meets the capital requirement as a group, any consolidated Spanish credit entity that is a subsidiary that does not meet the capital requirement on its own will be subject to the limitations on dividends described below. If a banking group or any Spanish credit entity subsidiary of the group has capital that is 20% or less below the Bank of Spain’s minimum capital requirement, it must devote an amount of net profits (at least 50%) determined by the Bank of Spain to reserves, and dividends may be paid out of the remainder only with the prior approval of the Bank of Spain. If the capital is 20% or more below the minimum requirement, it may not pay any dividends and must allocate all profits to reserves. In the case of a banking group failing to meet the capital requirement, however, consolidated subsidiaries in the group may pay dividends without restriction, so long as they are at least 90% owned by group companies and, if they are credit entities, independently comply with the capital requirement.
If a bank has no net profits, its board of directors may propose at the general meeting of shareholders that a dividend be declared out of retained earnings. However, once the board of directors has proposed the dividend to be paid, it must submit the proposal to the Minister of Economy and Finance who, in consultation with the Bank of Spain, may in his discretion authorize or reject the proposal of the board.
Compliance with such requirements notwithstanding, the Bank of Spain is empowered to advise a bank against the payment of dividends on security and soundness grounds. If such advice is not followed, the Bank of Spain may require that notice of such advice be included in the bank’s annual report registered before the Mercantile Register. In no event may dividends be paid from certain legal reserves.
Interim dividends of any given year may not exceed the net profits for the period from the closing of the previous fiscal year to the date on which interim dividends are declared. In addition, the Bank of Spain recommends that interim dividends not exceed an amount equal to one-half of all net income from the beginning of the corresponding fiscal year. Although banks are not legally required to seek prior approval from the Bank of Spain before declaring interim dividends, the Bank of Spain has asked that banks consult with it on a voluntary basis before declaring interim dividends.
Limitations On Types Of Business
Spanish banks generally are not subject to any prohibitions on the types of businesses that they may conduct, although they are subject to certain limitations on the types of businesses they may conduct directly.
The activities that credit institutions authorized in another Member State of the European Union may conduct and which benefit from the mutual recognition within the European Union are detailed in article 52 of Law 26/1988 (July 29, 1988).
Deposit Guarantee Fund
The Deposit Guarantee Fund on Credit Institutions (“Fondo de Garantía de Depósitos”, or the “FGD”), which operates under the guidance of the Bank of Spain, guarantees in the case of the Bank and our Spanish banking subsidiaries: (i) bank deposits up to €20,000 per depositor; and (ii) securities and financial instruments which have been relied to a credit institution for its deposit, register or for such other service, up to €20,000 per investor. Pursuant to regulations affecting the FGD, the FGD may purchase non-performing loans or may acquire, recapitalize and sell banks which experience difficulties.
The FGD is funded by annual contributions from member banks. The amount of such bank’s contributions is currently 0.6 per thousand (0.4 per thousand for savings banks and 0.8 per thousand for credit cooperatives) of the year-end amount of deposits to which the guarantee extends. For that purpose, the calculation basis will take into consideration the bank deposits, plus 5% of the market quotation (or nominal value or redemption value in case the securities are not traded in any secondary market) of the guaranteed securities at the end of the financial year. Nevertheless, the Minister of Economy and Finance may reduce the member bank contributions once the capital of the FGD resources exceeds its requirements, and suspend further contributions when the FGD’s funds exceed the requirement by 1% or more of the calculation basis.
As of December 31, 2006, the Bank and its domestic bank subsidiaries were members of the FGD and thus were obligated to make annual contributions to it.

 

73


Table of Contents

Data Protection
Law 15/1999, dated December 13, 1999, establishes the requirements relating to the treatment of customers’ personal data by credit entities. This law requires credit entities to notify the Spanish Data Protection Agency prior to creating files with a customer’s personal information. Furthermore, this law requires the credit entity to identify the persons who will be responsible for the files and the measures that will be taken to preserve the security of those files. The files must then be recorded in the Data Protection General Registry, once compliance with the relevant requirements has been confirmed. Credit entities that breach this law may be subject to claims by the interested parties before the Data Protection Agency. The Agency, which has investigatory and sanctioning capabilities, is the Spanish Authority responsible for the control and supervision of the enforcement of this law.
Recent Legislation
Royal Decree 54/2005 modifies the regulations on prevention of money laundering, to adapt to Law 19/2003 and other standards to regulate the banking, finance and insurance systems.
Royal Decree Law 5/2005 (i) amends the Securities Market Law 24/1988 in order to implement the Directive 2003/71/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading; and (ii) implements the Directive 2002/47/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on financial collateral arrangements. See “Item 9. The Offer and Listing — C. Markets — Spanish Securities Market - Securities Market Legislation”.
Law 6/2005 (April 22) relates to solvency and liquidation of credit entities.
Law 5/2005 (April 22) on supervision of financial conglomerates, amends other laws applicable to the financial sector. This law partially implements the Directive 2002/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the supplementary supervision of credit institutions, insurance undertakings and investment firms in a financial conglomerate. The two objectives of this law are (i) to establish a specific regime of prudential supervision for financial conglomerates that provide services and products in different sectors of the financial markets and (ii) to harmonize the existing sectorial rules between the different groups with homogeneous financial activities, such as credit institutions, insurance undertakings and investment firms with the rules of the financial conglomerates.
Royal Decree 1309/2005 (November 4) approves the regulations of Law 35/2003 referred for undertakings of collective investments, and adapts the tax regime of such undertakings.
Royal Decree 1310/2005 (November 4) partially develops title III and IV of the Securities Market Law, in relation to the admission to trading of securities in Spanish official secondary markets, the public offerings of securities and the prospectus required to those effects. This Royal Decree completes the implementation into Spanish law of the EU Prospectus Directive (2003/71/EC), relating to the prospectus that must be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading.
Law 19/2005 (November 14), on the European public limited-liability companies domiciled in Spain, encourages the establishment of this new corporate form in the Spanish legal system. It makes the relevant amendments to the Spanish “Ley de Sociedades Anónimas” (“Companies Law”) and to the Securities Market Law, to implement the Council Regulation number 2157/2001/EC on the Statute for the European public limited-liability company.
Law 25/2005 (November 24) regulates capital risk entities and their management companies and introduces a more flexible legal framework for such entities.
Royal Decree 1332/2005 (November 11) develops Law 5/2005 and amends other laws relating to supervision of financial conglomerates. This Royal Decree implements the Directive 2002/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the supplementary supervision of credit institutions, insurance undertakings and investment firms in a financial conglomerate, which was initially implemented by Law 5/2005.
Royal Decree 1333/2005 (November 11) develops the Securities Market Law and completes the implementation of the European community regulation relating to market abuse. This Royal Decree on market abuse refers to the definition and public disclosure of insider dealing and the definition of market manipulation, the notification of managers’ transactions, and the fair presentation of investment recommendations and the disclosure of conflicts of interest.

 

74


Table of Contents

Law 12/2006 (May 16), among others, amends the Securities Market Law 24/1988 by (i) implementing Article 6(9) of Directive 2003/6/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on insider dealing and market manipulation (market abuse) and articles 7 to 11 of the Commission Directive 2004/72/EC, by introducing a new article to the Securities Market Law requiring that any person professionally arranging transactions in financial instruments who reasonably suspects that a transaction might constitute insider dealing or market manipulation shall notify the CNMV; (ii) completing the regulation of Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, or of any other entity which in the future could be in the same position, to provide it with more flexibility in its operation; and (iii) finally, it clarifies and homogenizes the regulation of significant participations on the entities which manage the accounting records and the clearing and settlement of securities and the Spanish secondary markets.
Law 35/2006 of November 28, 2006, which approved a new personal income tax law and abolished existing law on the subject, including Royal Decree 3/2004 which was the primary source of regulation. Additionally it partially modified the corporate income tax, the non resident individuals and coporate income tax and the net worth tax.
Law 36/2006 (November 29), relating to measures to prevent tax fraud, among others, amends article 108 of the Securities Market Law.
Law 6/2007 (April 12) amending the Securities Market Law, in order to modify the rules for takeover bids and for issuers transparency (see “Item 9. The Offer and Listing – C. Markets – Spanish Securities Market – Securities Market Legislation” and “Item 10. Additional Information – B. Memorandum and Articles of Association – Tender Offers”).
Also, please see our discussion above of the New Basel Capital Accord under “Capital Adequacy Requirements”.
United Kingdom Regulation
FSA
Both Abbey and our branch in the United Kingdom are regulated by the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”). The FSA is the single statutory regulator responsible for regulating deposit taking, mortgages, insurance and investment business pursuant to the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”). It is a criminal offense for any person to carry on any of the activities regulated under this Act in the United Kingdom by way of business unless that person is authorized by the FSA or falls under an exemption.
The FSA has authorized Abbey, as well as some of its subsidiaries, to carry on certain regulated activities. The regulated activities they are authorized to engage in depend upon permissions granted by the FSA. The main permitted activities of Abbey and its subsidiaries are described below.
Mortgages
Lending secured on land at least 40% of which is used as a dwelling by an individual borrower or relative has been regulated by the FSA since October 31, 2004. Abbey is authorized to enter into, advise and arrange regulated mortgage contracts.
Banking
Deposit taking is a regulated activity that requires a firm to be authorized and supervised by the FSA. Abbey has permission to carry on deposit taking as do several of its subsidiaries, including Abbey National Treasury Services plc and Cater Allen Limited.
Insurance
United Kingdom banking groups may provide insurance services through other group companies. Insurance business in the United Kingdom is divided between two main categories: Long-term Assurance (whole of life, endowments, life insurance investment bonds) and General Insurance (building and contents cover and motor insurance). Under the FSMA, effecting or carrying out any contract of insurance, whether general or long-term, is a regulated activity requiring authorization. Life insurance mediation has been subject to regulation for many years. Brokering of long-term insurance (for example, critical illness cover) became regulated on October 31, 2004. General insurance mediation has been subject to regulation by the FSA since January 14, 2005.
Abbey is authorized by the FSA to sell both Long-term Assurance and General Insurance, and receives commissions for the policies arranged.

 

75


Table of Contents

Investment business
Investment business such as dealing in, arranging deals in, managing and giving investment advice in respect of most types of securities and other investments, including options, futures and contracts for differences (which would include interest rate and currency swaps) and long-term assurance contracts are all regulated activities under the FSMA and require authorization by the FSA.
Abbey and a number of its subsidiaries have permission to engage in a wide range of wholesale and retail investment businesses including selling certain life assurance and pension products, unit trust products and Individual Savings Accounts (tax exempt saving products) and providing certain retail equity products and services.
United States Regulation
By virtue of the operation of our branch in New York City, our agency in Miami and Banesto’s branch in New York City, as well as our ownership of a bank in Puerto Rico, we are subject to the U.S. Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and the U.S. International Banking Act of 1978, as amended. These statutes impose limitations on the types of business conducted by us in the United States and on the location and expansion of our banking business in the United States. We are subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In addition, our branch and agency offices are subject to supervision and regulation by state banking departments in the states in which they operate, and Sovereign is subject to supervision and regulation as a savings-and-loan holding company by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
Monetary Policy and Exchange Controls
The decisions of the European System of Central Banks influence conditions in the money and credit markets, thereby affecting interest rates, the growth in lending, the distribution of lending among various industry sectors and the growth of deposits. Monetary policy has had a significant effect on the operations and profitability of Spanish banks in the past and this effect is expected to continue in the future. Similarly, the monetary policies of governments in other countries in which we have operations, particularly in Latin America and, following the acquisition of Abbey, in the United Kingdom, affect our operations and profitability in those countries. We cannot predict the effect which any changes in such policies may have upon our operations in the future, but we do not expect it to be material.
The European Monetary Union has had a significant effect upon foreign exchange and bond markets and has involved modification of the internal operations and systems of banks and of inter-bank payments systems. Since January 1, 1999, the start of Stage III, see “—Supervision and Regulation—Bank of Spain and the European Central Bank,” Spanish monetary policy has been affected in several ways. The euro has become the national currency of the twelve participating countries and the exchange rates between the currencies of these countries were fixed to the euro. Additionally, the European System of Central Banks became the entity in charge of the European Union’s monetary policy.
C. Organizational structure.
Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. is the parent company of the Group which was comprised at December 31, 2006 of 654 companies that consolidate by the global integration method. In addition, there are 138 companies that are accounted for by the equity method.
See Exhibits I, II and III to our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 20-F, for details on our consolidated and non-consolidated companies.
D. Property, plant and equipment.
During 2006, the Bank and its bank subsidiaries either leased or owned premises in Spain and abroad, which at December 31, 2006 included 4,848 branch offices in Spain and 6,004 abroad. See Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements.
Item 4A. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.

 

76


Table of Contents

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
Critical Accounting Policies
Our primary financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 were prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. A broader and more detailed description of the accounting policies we employ is shown in Notes 1 and 2 to our consolidated financial statements.
The application of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 accounting principles requires a significant amount of judgment based upon estimates and assumptions that could involve significant uncertainty at the time they are made (see Note 1-c to our consolidated financial statements). Also changes in assumptions may have a significant impact on the financial statements in the periods where assumptions are changed. Following our accounting procedures, these judgments or changes in assumptions are submitted to our Audit and Compliance Committee and/or to our regulatory authorities and are disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
Management bases its estimates and judgment on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under these circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions.
We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following may involve a high degree of judgment:
Fair value of financial instruments
Trading assets or liabilities, financial instruments that are classified at fair value through profit or loss, available for sale securities, and all derivatives, are recorded at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of financial instruments is the value at which the financial instrument could be bought or sold in a current transaction between willing parties. If a quoted market price is available for an instrument, the fair value is calculated based on the market price.
If there is no market price for a given financial asset, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments and, in the absence thereof, on the basis of valuation techniques sufficiently used by the international financial community, taking into account the specific features of the instrument to be measured and, particularly, the various types of risk associated with it.
We use derivative financial instruments for both trading and non-trading activities. The principal types of derivatives used are interest rate swaps, future rate agreements, interest rate options and futures, foreign exchange forwards, foreign exchange futures, foreign exchange options, foreign exchange swaps, cross currency swaps, equity index futures and equity options. The fair value of standard derivatives is calculated based on market price.

 

77


Table of Contents

The fair value of over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives is taken to be the sum of the future cash flows arising from the instrument, discounted to present value at the date of measurement (“present value” or “theoretical close”) using valuation techniques commonly used by the financial markets: “net present value” (NPV), option pricing models and other methods. Financial derivatives whose underlyings are equity instruments the fair value of which cannot be reliably measured and which are settled through delivery thereof are measured at cost. The determination of fair value requires us to make estimates and certain assumptions. If quoted market prices are not available, we have to calculate the fair value from commonly used pricing models that consider contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments, yield curves and other relevant factors. Our use of different estimates or assumptions in these pricing models could lead to different amounts being recorded in our consolidated financial statements.
Equity instruments whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and financial derivatives that have those instruments as their underlying and are settled by delivery of those instruments are measured at acquisition cost adjusted, where appropriate, by any related impairment loss.
In Note 2. d) iii. to our consolidated financial statements we detail the various valuation techniques used by the Group to measure the financial instruments recognized at fair value.
Allowances for credit losses
Financial assets accounted for at amortized cost and contingent liabilities are assessed for objective evidence of impairment and required allowances and provisions are estimated in accordance with IAS 39. Impairment exists if the book value of a claim or a portfolio of claims exceeds the present value of the cash flows actually expected in future periods.
Impairment losses on these impaired assets and contingent liabilities are assessed as follows:
  
Individually, for all significant debt instruments and for instruments which, although not material, are not susceptible to being classified in homogeneous groups of instruments with similar risk characteristics: instrument type, debtor’s industry and geographical location, type of guarantee or collateral, and age of past-due amounts, taking into account: (i) the present value of future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate discount rate; (ii) the debtor’s financial situation; and (iii) any guarantees in place.
  
Collectively, in all other cases: we classify transactions on the basis of the nature of the obligors, the conditions of the countries in which they reside, transaction status and type of collateral or guarantee, and age of past-due amounts. For each risk group, we establish the appropriate impairment losses (“identified losses”) that must be recognized.
  
Additional allowance for credit losses: additionally, we recognize an impairment allowance for credit losses taking into account the historical loss experience and other circumstances known at the time of assessment. For these purposes, credit losses are losses incurred at the reporting date calculated using statistical methods that have not yet been allocated to specific transactions.
The Group has implemented a methodology which complies with EU-IFRS and is consistent with the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 requirements related to the determination of the level of provisions required to cover inherent losses. The aforementioned methodology takes as the first step the classification of portfolios considered as normal risk (debt instruments not valued at their fair value with changes in the income statement, as with contingent risks and contingent commitments) in the following groups, according to the associated level of risk:
 (i) 
No appreciable risk.
 
 (ii) 
Low risk.
 
 (iii) 
Medium-low risk.
 
 (iv) 
Medium risk.
 
 (v) 
Medium-high risk.
 
 (vi) 
High risk.

 

78


Table of Contents

Once the portfolios have been classified in the aforementioned groups, the Bank of Spain, based on its experience and the information available to it with respect to the Spanish banking sector, has determined the method and amount of the parameters that entities should apply in the calculation of the provisions for inherent losses in debt instruments and contingent risks classified as normal risk.
The methodology of the calculation establishes that the charge for inherent losses to be made in each period will be equal to: (i) the sum of multiplying the value, positive or negative, of the variation in the period of the balance of each class of risk by the constant a corresponding to that class, plus (ii) the sum of multiplying the total amount of the operations included in each class at the end of the period by the relevantb, minus (iii) the amount of the net charge for the specific provision made in the period.
The parameters a andb as determined by Bank of Spain’s guidance take into account historic inherent losses and adjustments to reflect the current economic circumstances.
The allowance for credit losses recorded by the Santander Group as at December 31, 2006, taking into account this methodology as outlined above, was 8,865 million.
Additionally, and with the objective of ensuring that the provisions resulting from the application of the statutory criteria are reasonable, our Group estimates the provisions to be made to create these allowances using models based on our own credit loss experience and management’s estimates of future credit losses. The Group has developed internal risk models, based on historical information available for each country and type of risk (homogenous portfolios); a full disclosure of our credit risk management system is included in Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk Part 3. Credit Risk. Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 requires that the internal valuation allowance methodology described above shall be tested and validated by the Bank of Spain. The Bank of Spain has not yet verified such internal models (although it is in the process of reviewing them). The Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 requires that until our internal models are so validated, the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to insolvencies incurred but not specifically identified for our Spanish operations must not be lower than would result under the application of the methodology established by the Bank of Spain, which is based on historical statistical data relating to the Spanish financial sector as a whole, as opposed to our specific historical loss experience (see Note 2-g). These internal models may be applied in future periods but are subject to local regulatory review (the Bank of Spain). In order for each internal model to be considered valid by the local regulator, the calculation should be methodologically correct, and be supported by historical information which covers at least one complete economic cycle and stored in databases which are consistent with information that has been audited by both the Group Internal Audit function and external Auditors.
With respect to this matter, since 1993 the Group has employed its own models for assigning solvency and internal ratings, which aim to measure the degree of risk of a client or transaction. Each rating corresponds to a certain probability of default or non-payment, based on the Group’s past experience. The development of the internal model has led to the introduction of databases that can be used to estimate the risk parameters required in the calculation of regulatory capital and inherent loss, following best practices on the market and the guidelines of the New Capital Accord (Basel II).
Although there should be no substantial difference in the calculation of loan allowances between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP the Bank has included in the reconciliation of stockholders equity and net income a difference between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP related to the determination of allowance losses not allocated to specific loans.
According to U.S. GAAP, the loan loss allowance should represent the best estimate of probable losses in possible scenarios. Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the Bank has additionally applied the statistical percentages obtained from historical trends as determined by the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. As a result, the loan allowances not allocated to specific loans, as determined by the Circular, are higher than those meeting the requirements of U.S. GAAP.
The estimates of the portfolio’s inherent risks and overall recovery vary with changes in the economy, individual industries, countries and individual borrowers’ or counterparties’ ability and willingness to repay their obligations. The degree to which any particular assumption affects the allowance for credit losses depends on the severity of the change and its relationship to the other assumptions.
Key judgments used in determining the allowance for loan losses include: (i) risk ratings for pools of commercial loans and leases, (ii) market and collateral values and discount rates for individually evaluated loans, (iii) product type classifications for consumer and commercial loans and leases, (iv) loss rates used for consumer and commercial loans and leases, (v) adjustments made to assess current events and conditions, (vi) considerations regarding domestic, global and individual countries economic uncertainty, and (vii) overall credit conditions.

 

79


Table of Contents

CLASSIFICATION OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE EU-IFRS REQUIRED TO BE APPLIED UNDER BANK OF SPAIN’S CIRCULAR 4/2004 AND U.S. GAAP
Credit losses are generally recognized through provisions to allowances for credit losses. Under certain unusual circumstances (for example: bankruptcy, insolvency, etc.), the loss could be directly recognized through write-offs.
Provisions to specific allowances come from the impairment process. Loans are identified as impaired and placed on a non-accrual basis when it is determined that collection of the payment of interest or principal is doubtful or when the interest or principal has been past due for 90 days or more, except when the loan is well secured and in the process of collection.
Globally managed clients, corporate, sovereign and other large balance loans are evaluated on an individual basis based on the borrower’s overall financial condition, resources, guarantees and payment record. Impairment is determined when there are doubts about collection, or when interest or principal is past due for 90 days or more.
Consumer mortgage, installment, revolving credit and other consumer loans are evaluated collectively, and their impairment is established when interest or principal is past due for 90 days or more.
According to Bank of Spain requirements non-performing loans must be 100% provisioned (hence all the credit loss recognized) when they are more than 24 months overdue (more than 6 years in secured mortgage loans).
When a loan is deemed partially uncollectible, the credit loss is charged against earnings through provisions to credit allowances instead of through partial write-offs of the loan, since Bank of Spain does not permit partial write-offs of impaired loans. If a loan becomes entirely uncollectible, its allowance is increased until it reaches 100% of the loan balance. Generally speaking, credit loss recognition under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP are similar.
The credit loss recognition process is independent of the process for the removal of impaired loans from the balance sheet. The entire loan balance is kept on the balance sheet until any portion of it has been classified as non-performing for 4 years, or up to 6 years for some secured mortgage loans (maximum period established in the Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004), depending on our management’s view as to the recoverability of the loan. After that period the loan balance and its 100% specific allowance are removed from the balance sheet and recorded in off-balance sheet accounts, with no resulting impact on net income attributable to the Group at that time. Under U.S. GAAP, this loan would be removed from the balance sheet earlier.
An additional allowance for credit losses attributed to the remaining portfolio is established via a process that considers the potential loss inherent in the portfolio. Also, an allowance is recorded for those exposures where the transfer risk adds some doubts as to the collection of debts (the Country-risk Allowance).
Given that loans are presented on the balance sheet net of their credit allowances, there are no significant differences of presentation in the amounts disclosed on the balance sheet under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 or U.S. GAAP. However, our non-performing loans under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 include balances that would have been removed from the balance sheet under U.S. GAAP. This classification difference is precisely the specific allowance for credit losses, which does not exist under U.S. GAAP.
Impairment of goodwill
Management, as explained in Notes 2 and 17 to our consolidated financial statements, have to consider at least annually (or whenever there is any indication of impairment), whether the current carrying value of goodwill is impaired (i.e. a potential reduction in its recoverable value to below its carrying amount). An impairment loss recognized for goodwill may not be reversed in a subsequent period.
The first step of the impairment review process requires the identification of the cash-generating units (a CGU is the smallest identifiable group of assets that, as a result of continuing operations, generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets). The goodwill is then allocated to these cash-generating units; this allocation is reviewed following business reorganization. The carrying value of the cash-generating unit, including the allocated goodwill, is compared to its fair value to determine whether any impairment exists. To calculate these fair values, management may use quoted prices, if available, appraisals made by independent external experts or internal estimations.
Assumptions about expected future cash flows require management to make estimations and judgments. For this purpose, management analyzes the following: (i) certain macroeconomic variables that might affect its investments (including population data, political situation, economic situation as well as the banking system’s penetration level); (ii) various microeconomic variables comparing our investments with the financial industry of the country in which we carry on most of our business activities (breakdown of the balance sheet, total funds under management, results, efficiency ratio, capital ratio, return on equity, among others); and (iii) the price earnings (P/E) ratio of the investments as compared with the P/E ratio of the stock market in the country in which the investments are located and that of comparable local financial institutions.

 

80


Table of Contents

In 2006 we recorded a goodwill impairment testing of 13 million. In 2005 none of the goodwill was impaired; and in 2004 we recorded goodwill impairment losses of138.2 million under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 (mainly related to our investments in Venezuela and Colombia, which were adjusted in prior years for U.S. GAAP reconciliation purposes).
Retirement Benefit Obligations
We provide pension plans in most parts of the world. For defined contributions plans, the pension cost registered in the consolidated income statement represents the contribution payable to the scheme. For defined benefit plans, the pension cost is assessed in accordance with the advice of a qualified external actuary using the projected unit credit method. This cost is annually charged to the consolidated income statement.
The actuarial valuation is dependent upon a series of assumptions, the key ones being as follows:
  
assumed interest rates;
  
mortality tables;
  
annual social security pension revision rate;
  
price inflation;
  
annual salary growth rate, and
  
the method used to calculate vested commitments to current employees.
The difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date, adjusted for any historic unrecognized actuarial gains or losses and past service cost, is recognized as a liability in the balance sheet.
Further information on retirement benefit obligations is set out in Notes 2 and 25 to our consolidated financial statements.
Significant accounting policies with respect to our reconciliation from the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 to U.S. GAAP
We include a reconciliation of net income and stockholders’ equity between our primary financial statements under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP within Note 58 to our consolidated financial statements. The preparation of this reconciliation requires management to consider accounting policies under U.S. GAAP to determine whether or not a difference in GAAP exists, and to quantify the amount of that difference where appropriate. These policies may also be based on difficult or subjective judgments, estimates based on past experience and assumptions determined to be reasonable and realistic based on the related circumstances.
Unless indicated otherwise, all of the significant accounting policies identified above, are equally critical to the preparation of the U.S. GAAP reconciliation, and involve similar judgment and assumptions by management.
Business combinations and goodwill
Goodwill and intangible assets include the cost of acquired subsidiaries in excess of the fair value of the tangible net assets recorded in connection with acquisitions. Acquired intangible assets include core deposits, customer lists, brands and assets under management. Accounting for goodwill and acquired intangible assets requires management’s estimate regarding: (1) the fair value of the acquired intangible assets and the initial amount of goodwill to be recorded, (2) the amortization period (for identified intangible assets other than goodwill) and (3) the recoverability of the carrying value of acquired intangible assets.
To determine the initial amount of goodwill to be recorded upon an acquisition, we have to determine the consideration and the fair value of the net assets acquired. We use independent appraisers and our internal analysis, generally based on discounted cash flow techniques, to determine the fair value of the net assets acquired and non-cash components of the consideration paid. The actual fair value of net assets acquired could differ from the fair value determined, resulting in an under- or over-statement of goodwill.

 

81


Table of Contents

We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. We determine our reporting units one level below our business segment, based on our management structure. We keep those reporting units unchanged unless business segment reorganization occurs.
The useful lives of acquired intangible assets are estimated based on the period over which the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the future cash flows of the acquired entity.
The amortization period under U.S. GAAP is reviewed annually in light of the above factors for acquired intangible assets. In making these assumptions, we consider historical results, adjusted to reflect current and anticipated operating conditions. Because a change in these assumptions can result in a significant change in the recorded amount of acquired intangible assets, we believe the accounting for business combinations is one of our critical accounting estimates.
In 2004, we acquired Abbey. As a result of this transaction a significant amount of goodwill was recorded (see Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements). As the business combination was performed close to the end of the year and because of the complexity of the process, the determination of goodwill for U.S. GAAP purposes as well as the identification and recognition of intangible assets was not yet concluded. Management required an independent appraisal for the intangible assets identification and valuation. In 2005, as a result of these appraisals, we revised our allocation of the goodwill resulting from the Abbey acquisition. See details of the revision in Note 59 to our consolidated financial statements.
Investment Securities
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 when there is evidence that a reduction in the fair value of a debt security is due to impairment, the unrealized loss is charged to net income but, if afterwards it recovers its value, the impairment losses are subsequently reversed. The process is similar in the case of equity securities except that any recovery in the value of the equity security is registered as a positive valuation adjustment with no profit being recognized.
Under U.S. GAAP, impairment losses cannot be reversed, and the criterion to determine if other-than-temporary impairment exists is different.
We conduct reviews to assess whether other-than-temporary impairment exists. These reviews consist (i) on the identification of the securities that maintain impairments during the last six months, and (ii) on the determination of the value of the impairment that is not expected to be easily recovered. Changing global and regional conditions and conditions related to specific issuers or industries, could adversely affect these values. Changes in the fair values of trading securities are recognized in earnings.
Variable Interest Entities
FIN 46-R defines and identifies “Variable Interest Entity” (VIE) if it has (1) equity that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, (2) equity investors that cannot make significant decisions about the entity’s operations, or that do not absorb the expected losses or receive the expected returns of the entity or (3) equity investors that have voting rights that are not proportionate to their economic interests and substantially all the activities of the entity involved, or are conducted on behalf of, an investor with a disproportionately small voting interest. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the party involved with the VIE that has a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns or both. FIN 46-R requires evaluating many Special Purposed Vehicles and in some cases making some judgments.
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, these companies are consolidated by using the global integration method or the proportional consolidation method. The use of one method instead of the other has no impact on the consolidated stockholders’ equity or on the consolidated net income attributable to shareholders. The adoption of FIN 46-R had no effect on stockholders’ equity or net income, but changed the consolidation perimeter under U.S. GAAP, requiring the consolidation of some entities that previously were not consolidated (such as some securitization vehicles) and excluding others that previously were consolidated. Most of these changes in the consolidation perimeter were the same as those arising in the first adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.

 

82


Table of Contents

A. Operating results
We have based the following discussion on our consolidated financial statements. You should read it along with these financial statements, and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to them. On January 1, 2005, the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 came into effect in Spain. As a result, our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, have been prepared according to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004, have been restated according to the same criteria. We have identified the significant differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP in Note 58 to our consolidated financial statements included in this annual report on Form 20-F. Note 58.3 also includes reconciliations to U.S. GAAP of net income and stockholders’ equity as reported in our consolidated financial statements. Note 54 to our consolidated financial statements includes financial information for our main business segments.
In November 2004, we acquired 100% of the ordinary capital of Abbey. Our acquisition of Abbey was reflected on our financial statements as if the acquisition had occurred on December 31, 2004. Accordingly, Abbey’s assets and liabilities were consolidated into our balance sheet as of December 31, 2004, but Abbey’s results of operations had no impact on our income statement for the year ended December 31, 2004. Beginning January 1, 2005, Abbey’s results of operations were consolidated with the Group’s on our income statement.
The consolidated income statement data for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 differ from the consolidated income statement data for such periods included in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005 due to the reclassification of amounts relating to operations that were discontinued in 2006, such as the sale of the life insurance business of Abbey and the sale of our holding in Inmobiliaria Urbis, S.L. (See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations”). Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, revenues and expenses of discontinued businesses must be reclassified from each income statement line item to the “Profit from discontinued operations” line item. This presentation requirement came into effect in fiscal year 2006. Prior year financial statements are required to be reclassified for comparison purposes to present the same business as discontinued operations. This change in presentation does not affect “Profit attributed to the Group” (see Note 37 to our consolidated financial statements).
In a number of places in this report, in order to analyze changes in our business from period to period, we have isolated the effects of foreign exchange rates on our results of operations and financial condition. In particular, we have isolated the effects of depreciation of local currencies against the euro because we believe that doing so is useful to understand the evolution of our business. For these purposes, we calculate the effect of movements in the exchange rates by multiplying the previous period balances in local currencies by the difference between the exchange rate to the euro of the current and the previous period.
General
We are a financial group whose main business focus is retail banking, complemented by global wholesale banking and asset management, insurance businesses.
Our main source of income is the interest that we earn from our lending activities, by borrowing funds from customers and money markets at certain rate and lending them to other customers at different rates. We also derive income from the interest and dividends that we receive from our investments in fixed/variable income and equity securities and from our trading activities with such securities and derivatives, by buying and selling them to take advantage of current and/or expected differences between purchase and sale prices.
Another source of income is the commissions that we earn from the different banking and other financial services that we provide (credit and debit cards, insurance, account management, bill discounting, guarantees and other contingent liabilities, advisory and custody services, etc.) and from our mutual and pension funds management services.
In addition, an occasional source of income comes from the capital gains we can make from the selling of our holdings in Group companies.
2006 Overview
We believe that the following factors had a significant impact on our results of operations and financial condition as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

83


Table of Contents

We conducted our business against a background of growth in the global economy of more than 5%. The United States and emerging Asia, led by China, were once again the engines of growth. Latin America also expanded strongly in 2006, the fourth consecutive year of sustained growth, as well as Eastern Europe, Japan and, lastly, the Euro Zone.
The U.S. economy grew 3.4%, despite the slowdown in the housing market. The U.S. Federal Reserve continued to increase its rates in the first half of 2006 to 5.25% in June, and since then, the key rate has remained unchanged.
Latin America, as a whole, expanded 4.8% and growth was fairly evenly spread among the countries. Brazil’s growth slowed down, but the decreases in its Selic rate, sparked by lower inflation, propelled growth in the last part of the year to just under 3%. Mexico experienced a high pace of growth (+4.5%), fuelled by domestic demand and controlled inflation which produced cuts in the Bank of Mexico’s interest rates in the first half of the year. Chile’s strong expansion in 2005 softened in 2006 but was still 4.4%, although lower than expected. The country’s inflation remained within target, enabling the central bank to maintain and then lower its interest rates which had risen in the first part of 2006.
Unlike in the past, the elections held in Latin America during 2006 did not affect the region’s capital markets. Exchange rates were in line with economic fundamentals and country-risk, measured by the spread of sovereign bonds, remained at all time lows.
The strength of the euro area’s recovery was high with 2.7% growth, thanks to the external sector and the increase in domestic demand. Inflation remained at more than 2% for most of the year because of higher energy prices, but by the end of the year it had come down to 1.9%. The European Central Bank gradually raised its repo rate from 2.25% to 3.5% (up to 3.75% in March 2007), and we expect these rate increases to continue. The euro appreciated by 12% against the dollar, ending 2006 at US$1.32 per euro.
The Spanish economy grew 3.8%, due to buoyant domestic demand offsetting the external sector’s negative contribution. Inflation surpassed 4% year-on-year because of the rise in energy prices, but in the second half of the year it declined to 2.7%. The current account deficit remains high, but is being fluidly financed.
The UK economy grew 2.8% and accelerated in the fourth quarter. The improvement was due to the better performance of industry and services, driven by the external sector and consumer demand (which, in turn, benefited from stronger job creation and the better tone in the housing market). Inflation was 3%. The Bank of England raised its base rate from 4.50% to 5.0% and then to 5.25% in January 2007. Despite these increases, sterling depreciated 2% against the euro and ended 2006 at £0.67, with a more intensified trend in the second half of the year.
This evolution, together with that of the rest of the currencies with which we operate, had a slightly positive impact of 1-1.5% on our earnings. The impact on the balance sheet and customer activity was negative but to a small extent (around 1%).
In prevailing economic conditions and with interest rates starting to rise from historically low levels in Spain, UK and the rest of Europe, it is anticipated that the growth in demand for further borrowing by customers may slow down and in the medium term, our dependence on the wholesale market for funding may be reduced as a result of a probable increase of our customer deposits.
Results of Operations for Santander Group
Summary
Profit attributed to the Group as reported in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 was 7,595.9 million, a 22.1% or 1,375.8 million increase from6,220.1 million in 2005, which was a 72.5% or 2,614.2 million from 3,605.9 million in 2004. The 2006 increase was mainly due to net capital gains, increases in net interest income, net fees and commissions and gains on financial transactions all of which were partially offset by increases in operating expenses, impairment losses, depreciation and amortization and corporate taxes.
Capital gains from the sale of our stakes in Urbis, Antena 3 TV, San Paolo IMI and Banco Santander Chile amounted to 2,487 million.

 

84


Table of Contents

Net Interest Income
Net interest income was 12,487.8 million in 2006, a 17.0% or 1,818.3 million increase from 10,669.5 million in 2005, which was a 41.1% or 3,108.0 million increase from 7,561.5 million in 2004. Not considering dividends, this figure would have been 12,083.8 million in 2006, a 16.9% or 1,749.9 million increase from 10,333.9 million in 2005, which was a 44.1% or 3,161.4 million increase from 7,172.5 million in 2004.
2006 compared to 2005
The 1,818.3 million increase in net interest income was due both to continued expansion of business volumes (1,181.5 million) and the improvement in customer spreads (636.8 million). Domestic net interest income grew 397.2 million and international net interest income 1,421.1 million. Most of the international increase is due to volume increase in Latin America (mainly Brazil, Mexico and Chile). In Spain, the impact of the strategic plan “We want to be your Bank” has increased the number of new customers by 50% over 2005. Nevertheless, the net interest income increase was mainly due to improvement in customer spreads.
Average total earning assets were 747,339.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, a 17.8% or 112,741.1 million increase from 634,598.1 million for the same period in 2005. This increase was due to an increase of 35,974.4 million in the average balances of our domestic total earning assets (mainly due to an increase of 36,378.1 million in the average balances of our domestic loans and credits portfolio and an increase of 5,845.8 million in the average balances of other interest earning assets (mainly derivatives) partially offset by a decrease of 3,436.4 million in the average balances of our debt securities portfolio) and an increase of 76,766.8 million in the average balance of our international total earning assets (mainly due to an increase of 48,430.0 million in the average balances of our international loan and credit portfolio and an increase of 14,719.2 million in the average balances of our debt securities portfolio). Our loans and credits balance grew in Spain mainly because of increased secured loans (mainly mortgage lending), loans to companies and the impact of certain large corporate operations. Our loans and credits abroad grew in all areas, most significantly in Brazil and Mexico.
Our overall net yield spread decreased from 1.55% in 2005 to 1.49% in 2006. Domestic net yield spread increased from 1.42% in 2005 to 1.49% in 2006. This change reflects the continued pressure on margins in Spain due to the continued effects of competition which was offset by increasing interest rates. International net yield spreads decreased from 1.56% in 2005 to 1.36% in 2006 because of the pressure on margins in Abbey and the decrease in interest rates in some Latin American countries (Brazil and Mexico).
2005 compared to 2004
The 3,108.0 million increase in net interest income is due to a 5,243.1 million increase in business volumes partially offset by a 2,135.1 million decrease in customer spreads. This strong increase in volumes is mainly due to the incorporation of Abbey and, to a lesser extent, to increased business volumes in Latin America. Customer spreads experienced a significant decrease due to lower interest rates. Only in Spain the steps taken by our business units to defend customer spreads offset the decrease in interest rates.
Average total earning assets were 634,598.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, a 85.3% or 292,051.5 million increase from 342,546.6 million for the same period in 2004. This increase was due to an increase of 46,598.4 million in the average balances of our domestic total earning assets (mainly due to an increase of 20,826.4 million in the average balances of our domestic loans and credits portfolio and an increase of 26,773.7 million in the average balances of other interest earning assets (mainly derivatives) partially offset by a decrease of 5,545.4 million in the average balances of our debt securities portfolio) and an increase of 245,453.1 million in the average balance of our international total earning assets (mainly due to an increase of 173,812.7 million in the average balances of our international loan and credit portfolio and an increase of 50,802.0 million in the average balances of our debt securities portfolio, increases which are mainly due to the incorporation of Abbey). Our loans and credits balance grew in Spain because of increased secured loans (mainly mortgage lending) and loans to companies resulting in part from continued low interest rates during 2005.
Our overall net yield spread decreased from 1.99% in 2004 to 1.55% in 2005. Domestic net yield spread decreased from 1.58% in 2004 to 1.42% in 2005. This change reflected continued pressure on margins in Spain which was offset by adjustments to our domestic asset mix. The margin pressure in Spain was due to continued low domestic interest rates as well as the continued effects of competition. Expanded volumes in our domestic loans and credits portfolio, which yielded relatively higher returns, improved our domestic asset mix. International net yield spreads decreased from 2.51% in 2004 to 1.56% in 2005 due primarily to the incorporation of Abbey, whose portfolios are affected by lower interest rates and lower margins than our operations in certain Latin American countries.

 

85


Table of Contents

Share of Results of Entities Accounted for using the Equity Method
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method was 426.9 million in 2006, a 31.0% or 192.2 million decrease from 619.2 million in 2005, which was a 37.9% or 170.2 million increase from 449.0 million in 2004.
2006 compared to 2005
The 192.2 million decrease in 2006 is mainly due to the lower contribution of CEPSA and the sale of Unión Fenosa.
The entities providing the largest portions of the contributions in 2006 include the following:
         
  Percent Owned  Contributions to Net Income (1) 
  Dec. 31, 2006  2006 
Investment (in millions of euros, except percentages) 
CEPSA
  30.0%  370.2 
Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme
  14.5%  24.2 
Sovereign Bancorp
  24.8%  9.2 
(1) 
Contributions to income from companies accounted for by the equity method include dividends.
2005 compared to 2004
The 170.2 million increase in 2005 is mainly due to the higher contribution of CEPSA.
The entities providing the largest portions of the contributions in 2005 include the following:
         
  Percent Owned    
  Dec. 31,  Contributions to Net Income (1) 
  2005  2005 
Investment (in millions of euros, except percentages) 
CEPSA
  32.3%  476.2 
Unión Fenosa
  0.0%(2)  78.6 
UCI
  50.0%  19.8 
Attijariwafa Bank
  14.5%  16.7 
(1) 
Contributions to income from companies accounted for by the equity method include dividends.
 
(2) 
During 2005, we sold our 22.07% stake in Unión Fenosa.
Net Fees and Commissions
Net fees and commissions were 7,223.3 million in 2006, a 15.5% or 967.0 million increase from 6,256.3 million in 2005, which was a 32.3% or 1,529.1 million increase from 4,727.2 million in 2004.
2006 compared to 2005
Net fees and commissions for 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
                 
          Amount  % 
  2006  2005  Change  Change 
  (in millions of euros, except percentages) 
Commissions for services
  4,417.6   3,710.9   706.7   19.0 
Credit and debit cards
  663.7   619.9   43.8   7.1 
Insurance
  1,184.7   924.1   260.6   28.2 
Account management
  554.9   544.6   10.3   1.9 
Bill discounting
  231.6   218.5   13.1   6.0 
Contingent liabilities
  302.0   252.9   49.2   19.4 
Other operations
  1,480.6   1,150.9   329.7   28.6 
Mutual and pension funds
  2,028.0   1,908.4   119.6   6.3 
Securities services
  777.7   637.0   140.7   22.1 
 
            
Total net fees and commissions
  7,223.3   6,256.3   967.0   15.5 

 

86


Table of Contents

The 967.0 million increase in 2006 resulted mainly from a 260.6 million or 28.2% increase in fees from insurance due to increased activity (mainly in the Santander Network and in Abbey), a 329.7 million or 28.6% increase in fees from other operations (principally checks) also due to increased activity and a 119.6 million or 6.3% increase in fees from mutual and pension funds and securities services due to higher volumes.
Average balances of mutual funds under management in Spain rose 2.3% from 69.5 billion in 2005 to 71.1 billion in 2006. Average balances of mutual funds abroad increased by 33.3% from33.0 billion in 2005 to 44.0 billion in 2006, mainly due to increased activity in United Kingdom, Mexico, Brazil and Switzerland.
Average balances of pension funds in Spain increased by 15.2% from 7.9 billion in 2005 to9.1 billion in 2006, mainly due to increased activity in individual pension funds. Average balances of pension funds abroad decreased by 29.6% from 27.4 billion in 2005 to 19.3 billion mainly due to the sale of the life insurance business of Abbey.
2005 compared to 2004
Net fees and commissions for 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
                 
          Amount  % 
  2005  2004  Change  Change 
  (in millions of euros, except percentages) 
Commissions for services
  3,710.9   2,671.0   1,039.9   38.9%
Credit and debit cards
  619.9   558.5   61.4   11.0%
Insurance
  924.1   524.0   400.1   76.4%
Account management
  544.6   446.1   98.5   22.1%
Bill discounting
  218.5   268.7   -50.2   -18.7%
Contingent liabilities
  252.9   226.5   26.4   11.7%
Other operations
  1,150.9   647.2   503.7   77.8%
Mutual and pension funds
  1,908.4   1,546.7   361.7   23.4%
Securities services
  637.0   509.6   127.4   25.0%
 
            
Total net fees and commissions
  6,256.3   4,727.2   1,529.1   32.3%
The 1,529.1 million increase in 2005 resulted mainly from a 400.1 million or 76.4% increase in fees from insurance due to increased activity, a 503.7 million or 77.8% increase in fees from other operations (principally checks) also due to increased activity and a 361.7 million or 23.4% increase in fees from mutual and pension funds and securities services due to higher volumes, partially offset by a 50.2 million or 18.7% decrease in fees from bill discounting.
Average balances of mutual funds under management in Spain rose 5.0% from 66.2 billion in 2004 to 69.5 billion in 2005. Average balances of mutual funds abroad increased by 48.6% from22.2 billion in 2004 to 33.0 billion in 2005, mainly due to the incorporation of Abbey and increased activity in Mexico, Brazil and Switzerland.
Average balances of pension funds in Spain increased by 16.2% from 6.8 billion in 2004 to7.9 billion in 2005, mainly due to increased activity in individual pension funds. Average balances of pension funds abroad increased by 82.7% from 15.0 billion in 2004 to 27.4 billion in 2005 mainly due to the incorporation of Abbey and increased activity in Chile.
Insurance activity income
Net income from the insurance business was 297.9 million in 2006, a 31.4% or 71.2 million increase from 226.7 million in 2005, which was a 40.5% or 65.3 million increase from 161.4 million in 2004.

 

87


Table of Contents

2006 compared to 2005
The 31.4% increase in 2006 was due to a 2,430.5 million or 102.2% increase in insurance and reinsurance premium income and a 142.5 million increase in finance income, partially offset by a1,742.8 million or 135.4% increase in net provisions for insurance contract liabilities, a 649.6 million increase on benefits paid and other insurance-related expenses and a 87.9 million increase in finance expense.
2005 compared to 2004
The 40.5% increase was due to a 299.5 million or 60.5% increase in finance income, a 210.4 million or 14.1% decrease in net provisions for insurance contract liabilities, partially offset by a 514.2 million or 51.2% increase on benefits paid and other insurance-related expenses.
Gains (Losses) on Financial Transactions
Net gains on financial transactions were 2,082.8 million in 2006, a 40.3% or 597.8 million increase from 1,485.0 million in 2005, which was a 101.1% or 746.4 million increase from 738.6 million in 2004. Gains (losses) on financial transactions include gains and losses arising from the following: marking to market our trading portfolio and derivative instruments, including spot market foreign exchange transactions, sales of investment securities and liquidation of our corresponding hedge or other derivative positions, and exchange differences. See Notes 45 and 46 to our consolidated financial statements.
2006 compared to 2005
In local currency, net gains on financial transactions in 2006 includes net gains of 81.0 million on fixed-income securities (net gains of 798.3 million in 2005); net gains of 1,929.4 million on equity securities (net gains of 683.9 million in 2005) and net gains of 72.5 million in financial derivatives (net gains of 2.8 million in 2005). These increases are largely due to the positive trend in revenues from the distribution of treasury products to customers and also to the performance of the securities market. Net exchange differences in 2006 produced gains of 96.7 million in 2006 as compared to 76.5 million in 2005.
2005 compared to 2004
In local currency, Abbey’s gains on financial transactions represents 74.6%, or 346.8 million, of the increase in 2005 versus 2004.
In local currency, net gains on financial transactions in 2005 includes net gains of 798.3 million on fixed-income securities (net gains of 437.4 million in 2004); net gains of 683.9 million on equity securities (net gains of 484.0 million in 2004) and net gains of 2.8 million in financial derivatives (net losses of 182.9 million in 2004). In the case of hedging transactions entered into to reduce market risk exposure, any gains and losses on exchange differences and derivatives are generally symmetrical to the gains (losses) recorded on fixed-income securities and equity securities. Net exchange differences in 2005 produced gains of 76.5 million in 2005 as compared to 361.2 million in 2004.
Net Income from Non-financial Activities
Net income from non-financial services generated gains of 118.9 million in 2006, a 23.9% or37.3 million decrease from 156.2 million in 2005, which was a 32.0% or 37.9 million increase from 118.3 million in 2004. Net income from non-financial services consists mainly of sales of goods and income from services rendered by non-financial companies that consolidate in the Group.
2006 compared to 2005
The amount of the sales of assets and income from the provision of services and the related costs of sales for 2005 and 2004 were as follows:

 

88


Table of Contents

                 
  2006  2005 
  Sales/  Cost of  Sales/  Cost of 
  Income  Sales  Income  Sales 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Property
  45,875   (17,531)  80,464   (55,789)
Rail transport (*)
  240,411   (190,236)  285,207   (233,085)
Other
  448,316   (407,922)  199,854   (120,473)
 
  734,602   (615,689)  565,525   (409,347)
(*) 
Porterbrook (Group Abbey) leases rail transport stock to UK railway operators.
2005 compared to 2004
The amount of the sales of assets and income from the provision of services and the related costs of sales for 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
                 
  2005  2004 
  Sales/  Cost of  Sales/  Cost of 
  Income  Sales  Income  Sales 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Property
  80,464   (55,789)  15,184   (641)
Rail transport (*)
  285,207   (233,085)      
Other
  199,854   (120,473)  283,583   (179,818)
 
  565,525   (409,347)  298,767   (180,459)
(*) 
Porterbrook (Group Abbey) leases rail transport stock to UK railway operators.
General Administrative Expenses
General administrative expenses were 10,095.4 million in 2006, a 6.6% or 622.3 million increase from 9,473.1 million in 2005, which was a 28.3% or 2,682.6 million increase from6,790.5 million in 2004.
2006 compared to 2005
General administrative expenses for 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
                 
          Amount  % 
  2006  2005  Change  Change 
  (in millions of euros, except percentages) 
Personnel expenses
  6,045,447   5,675,740   369,707   6.5%
Other administrative expenses
  4,049,970   3,797,376   252,594   6.7%
Building and premises
  980,836   887,103   93,733   10.6%
Other expenses
  847,117   832,787   14,330   1.7%
Information technology
  421,901   422,613   (712)  (0.2%)
Advertising
  482,165   397,153   85,012   21.4%
Communications
  351,784   394,869   (43,085)  (10.9%)
Technical reports
  263,918   275,303   (11,385)  (4.1%)
Per diems and travel expenses
  243,990   216,127   27,863   12.9%
Taxes (other than income tax)
  231,498   183,320   48,178   26.3%
Guard and cash courier services
  190,864   159,490   31,374   19.7%
Insurance premiums
  35,897   28,611   7,286   25.5%
 
            
Total general administrative expenses
  10,095,417   9,473,116   622,301   6.6%
The 6.6% increase in general administrative expenses in 2006 reflected a 6.5% increase in personnel expenses and a 6.7% increase in other administrative expenses.
The growth in costs in Continental Europe’s retail networks was very contained; the savings achieved and the gains in productivity financed the opening of a large number of branches during the year. Santander Branch Network, Banesto and Portugal added 319 branches in net terms, with almost flat growth in costs in real terms. Santander Consumer Finance’s costs grew because of its investment in expansion projects.

 

89


Table of Contents

Abbey, meanwhile, continued to cut its costs. Streamlining and discipline measures produced a 6.7% decline in costs.
The growth in Latin America’s operating costs was 11.9% and 7.8% in local currency. Brazil’s costs were flat and Mexico’s and Chile’s rose in line with their business expansion plans.
The rise in the costs of Financial Management and Equity Stakes was due to the spending on corporate projects and the higher impairment of intangibles (partly Abbey’s) and information technology investments.
The management of revenues and costs produced a further significant gain in the Group’s efficiency ratio. The ratio (with depreciation and amortizations) was 48.5%, 4.3% better than in 2005. All areas improved: 2.7% in Continental Europe; 7.1% at Abbey and 5.8% in Latin America.
2005 compared to 2004
General administrative expenses for 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
                 
          Amount  % 
  2005  2004  Change  Change 
  (in millions of euros, except percentages) 
Personnel expenses
  5,675,740   4,296,171   1,379,569   32.1%
Other administrative expenses
  3,797,376   2,494,314   1,303,062   52.2%
Building and premises
  887,103   539,645   347,458   64.4%
Other expenses
  832,787   456,591   376,196   82.4%
Information technology
  422,613   326,362   96,251   29.5%
Advertising
  397,153   292,964   104,189   35.6%
Communications
  394,869   231,372   163,497   70.7%
Technical reports
  275,303   200,768   74,535   37.1%
Per diems and travel expenses
  216,127   155,172   60,955   39.3%
Taxes (other than income tax)
  183,320   124,773   58,547   46.9%
Guard and cash courier services
  159,490   138,271   21,219   15.3%
Insurance premiums
  28,611   28,396   215   0.8%
 
            
Total general administrative expenses
  9,473,116   6,790,485   2,682,631   39.5%
The 39.5% increase in general administrative expenses in 2005 reflected a 32.1% increase in personnel expenses and a 52.2% increase in other administrative expenses. The incorporation of Abbey explains most of the increase in general administrative expenses.
The growth of our operating expenses can be divided into three groups. In Europe, the increases were very contained (even the Santander Network declined moderately), except in Santander Consumer Finance, which continued to grow during 2005.
The growth in costs in Latin America was concentrated in two countries: Mexico, because of greater activity and infrastructure, and Brazil, which was affected by exchange rates; the rise in local currency terms was 4% (below the inflation rate), and on a downward trend (around 10% at the beginning of the year). The pace of growth in the other countries was moderate.
The rise in costs in Financial Management and Equity Stakes was mainly due to corporate projects (for example, technology).
In short, the rise in expenses in the most mature markets was in line with inflation or below it. The businesses whose costs rose were those whose revenues increased the most, which enabled us to improve the level of efficiency for the Group (without Abbey) and in all the main units.
The performance of revenues and cost control measured by the efficiency ratio was 52.8% in 2005 as compared to 52% in 2004.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization was 1,150.8 million in 2006, a 13.1% or 133.4 million increase from 1,017.3 million in 2005, which was a 22.0% or 183.2 million increase from 834.1 million in 2004.

 

90


Table of Contents

Impairment Losses (net)
Impairment losses (net) were 2,550.5 million in 2006, a 41.5% or 748.5 million increase from1,802.0 million in 2005, which was a 2.5% or 45.3 million decrease from 1,847.3 million in 2004.
2006 compared to 2005
Impairment losses (net) in 2006 includes principally a net loss of 2,483.6 million on loans (loss of 1,747.9 million in 2005).
Our net provisions for credit losses (including loans and advances, debt securities and other financial assets) were 2,483.6 million in 2006, a 42.1% or 735.7 million increase from 1,747.9 million in 2005. This increase was concentrated in the Santander Network and in Brazil.
The 735.7 million increase in net provisions for credit losses reflected a 1,063.9 million increase in gross provisions for credit losses (gross provisions for credit losses were 3,139.9 million in 2006 compared to 2,076.0 million in 2005), a 261.3 million decrease in provisions for country-risk (provisions for country-risk were -104.6 million in 2006 compared to 156.7 million in 2005), and a 66.9 million increase in recoveries of loans previously charged-off (recoveries totaled 551.6 million in 2006 compared to 484.7 million in 2005).
The 1,063.9 million increase in gross provisions for credit losses is due to an increase of786.3 million in specific provisions and an increase of 277.6 million in general provisions (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”). The change of business mix into more profitable activities but with a higher risk premium was a factor behind the growth in specific provisions.
Our total allowances for credit losses (excluding country-risk) increased by 724.7 million to8,626.9 million at December 31, 2006, from 7,902.2 million at December 31, 2005.
Non-performing loans (excluding country-risk) increased by 266.0 million to 4,607.5 million at December 31, 2006, compared to 4,341.5 million at December 31, 2005. Our coverage ratio was 187.2% at December 31, 2006, and 182.0% at December 31, 2005. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Selected Statistical Information—Impaired Asset Ratios”.
2005 compared to 2004
Impairment losses (net) in 2005 includes principally net gains of 111.0 million on available-for-sale financial assets (loss of 19.4 million in 2004), net loss of 1,747.9 million on loans (loss of 1,595.1 million in 2004) and net loss of 131.0 million in other intangible assets (0 in 2004).
Our net provisions for credit losses (including loans and advances, debt securities and other financial assets) were 1,747.9 million in 2005, a 9.6% or 152.8 million increase from 1,595.1 million in 2004.
The 152.8 million increase in net provisions for credit losses reflected a 161.9 million increase in gross provisions for credit losses (gross provisions for credit losses were 2,076.0 million in 2005 compared to 1,914.1 million in 2004), a 71.6 million increase in provisions for country-risk (provisions for country-risk were 156.6 million in 2005 compared to 85.0 million in 2004), and a 80.7 million decrease in recoveries of loans previously charged-off (recoveries totaled 484.7 million in 2005 compared to 404.0 million in 2004).
The 161.9 million increase in gross provisions for credit losses is due to an increase of511.1 million in specific provisions partially offset by a decrease of 349.2 million in general provisions (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Classified Assets—Bank of Spain Classification Requirements”).
Our total allowances for credit losses (excluding country-risk) increased by 1,088.8 million to 7,902.2 million at December 31, 2005, from 6,813.4 million at December 31, 2004. Excluding Abbey, our total allowances for credit losses increased by 1,164.0 million to 6,956.7 million at December 31, 2005, from 5,792.7 million at December 31, 2004.
Non-performing loans (excluding country-risk) increased by 226.8 million to 4,341.5 million at December 31, 2005, compared to 4,114.7 million at December 31, 2004. Our coverage ratio was 182.0% at December 31, 2005, and 165.6% at December 31, 2004. Excluding Abbey, non-performing loans increased by 127.0 million to 3,125.0 million at December 31, 2005, compared to 2,998.0 million at December 31, 2004. Without Abbey, our coverage ratio was 222.6% at December 31, 2005, and 193.2% at December 31, 2004. See “Selected Statistical Information—Non-Performing Asset Ratios”.

 

91


Table of Contents

Net gains on disposal of investments in associates
Net gains on disposal of investments in associates were 272.0 million in 2006, a 79.1% or1,027.0 million decrease from 1,298.9 million in 2005, which was a 4,104.9% or 1,268.0 million increase from 30.9 million in 2004.
2006 compared to 2005
                 
          Amount  % 
  2006  2005  Change  Change 
  (in millions of euros, except percentages) 
On disposal of investments
  272.0   1,299.0   1,027.0   (79.1%)
Of which: Unión Fenosa
     1,156.6       
ADRs (Banco Santander Chile)
  269.8          
2005 compared to 2004
This increase is mainly due to the sale of our 22.07% stake in Unión Fenosa.
                 
          Amount  % 
  2005  2004  Change  Change 
  (in millions of euros, except percentages) 
On disposal of investments
  1,299.0   30.9   1,268.1   4,103.9%
Of which: Unión Fenosa
  1,156.6      1,156.6    
Net results on other disposals, provisions and other income
Net loss on other disposals, provisions and other income was 59.8 million in 2006, a 666.4 million increase from -606.6 million in 2005, which was a 379.6 million decrease from -227.0 million in 2004.
2006 compared to 2005
Results on other disposals include gains and losses, not included in other items, obtained from non-ordinary activities.
                 
          Amount  % 
  2006  2005  Change  Change 
Results on other disposals (in millions of euros, except percentages) 
On disposal of tangible assets
  89.0   80.6   8.4   10.4%
 
                
Other
  1,047.7   1,135.6   (88.0)  (7.7%)
Of which, obtained on the disposal of:
                
Antena 3 TV
  294.3      294.3     
San Paolo IMI
  704.9      704.9     
RBS
     717.4   (717.4)    
Auna
     354.8   (354.8)    
 
                
 
            
Net gains
  1,136.7   1,216.2   (79.5)  (6.5%)
 
            
Net provisions were 1,078.8 million in 2006, a 40.6% or 736.2 million decrease from1,815.0 million in 2005. This item includes additions charged to the income statement in relation with provisions for pensions and similar obligations, provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments and other provisions (mainly provisions for restructuring costs and tax and legal litigation). See Note 25 to our consolidated financial statements.
Under other income, we include net income from non-financial activities. In 2006, we had net gains of 1.8 million as compared to net losses of 7.9 million in 2005.

 

92


Table of Contents

2005 compared to 2004
                 
          Amount  % 
  2005  2004  Change  Change 
Results on other disposals (in millions of euros, except percentages) 
On disposal of tangible assets
  80.6   169.7   (89.1)  (52.5%)
 
                
Other
  1,135.6   714.0   421.7   59.1%
Of which, obtained on the disposal of:
                
RBS
  717.4   472.2   245.2     
Auna
  354.8      354.8     
Vodafone
     241.8   (241.8)    
Shinsei
     117.6   (117.6)    
 
                
 
            
Net gains
  1,216.2   883.7   332.5   37.6%
 
            
Net provisions were 1,815.0 million in 2005, a 63.9% or 707.9 million increase from1,107.1 million in 2004.
Under other income, we include net income from non-financial activities. In 2005, we had net losses of 7.9 million as compared to net losses of 3.6 million in 2004.
Income Tax
The provision for corporate income tax was 2,293.6 million in 2006, a 79.9% or 1,018.9 million increase from 1,274.7 million in 2005, which was a 142.4% or 748.9 million increase from525.8 million in 2004. The effective tax rate was 23.9% in 2006, 17.1% in 2005 and 13.0% in 2004. For information about factors affecting effective tax rates, see Note 27 to our consolidated financial statements.
Profit from discontinued operations
Profit from discontinued operations were 1,389.4 million in 2006, a 518.0% or 1,164.5 million increase from 224.8 million in 2005, which was a 66.8% or 90.0 million increase from134.8 million in 2004.
Most of this is related to the sale of Abbey’s insurance business and of the stake in Urbis, and, to a lesser extent, the sales of Banco de Santa Cruz in Bolivia and AFP Unión Vida in Peru. See Note 37 to our consolidated financial statements.
Profit attributed to minority interests
Profit attributed to minority interests were 649.8 million in 2006, a 22.7% or 120.1 million increase from 529.7 million in 2005, which was a 35.7% or 139.3 million increase from 390.4 million in 2004.
2006 compared to 2005
The 120.1 million increase in 2006 in profit attributed to minority shareholders is principally the result of important increases in the net income of the consolidated companies Banesto and our subsidiaries in Mexico and Chile partially offset by a decrease in the net income of Somaen-Dos S.L.
2005 compared to 2004
The 139.3 million increase in 2005 in profit attributed to minority shareholders is principally the result of important increases in the net income of the consolidated companies Somaen-Dos S.L., Banesto and our subsidiaries in Mexico and Chile.
Net Income Information on U.S. GAAP Basis
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. For a summary of the most significant adjustments required to arrive at net income on U.S. GAAP basis, see Note 58 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

93


Table of Contents

             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2006  2005  2004 
  (in thousands of euros, except per share data) 
As Reported
            
Profit attributed to the Group
  7,595,947   6,220,104   3,605,870 
Profit attributed to the Group per average share (1)
  1.22   1.00   0.73 
U.S. GAAP
            
Net income
  7,414,571   6,318,460   3,940,866 
Net income per average share (1)
  1.19   1.01   0.80 
 
(1) 
Based on the average number of shares outstanding in the relevant year.
Results of Operations by Business Areas
Our results of operations by business areas can be summarized as follows (see “Item 4. Information on the Company– B. Business Overview — Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations”):
Principal level (geographic):
Continental Europe
                     
  Continental Europe  Variations 
  2006  2005  2004  06/05(%)  05/04(%) 
  (in millions of euros) 
Net interest income
  6,206   5,366   4,770   15.65   12.49 
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
  6   26   33   (76.92)  (21.21)
Net fee and commission income
  3,653   3,291   3,143   11.00   4.71 
Insurance activity income
  137   115   87   19.13   32.18 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
  708   505   404   40.20   25.00 
Gross income
  10,710   9,303   8,437   15.12   10.26 
Sales and income from the provision of non- financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
  39   55   1   (29.09)  n/a 
General administrative expenses:
                    
Personnel expenses
  (2,685)  (2,510)  (2,502)  6.97   0.32 
Other administrative expenses
  (1,272)  (1,154)  (1,097)  10.23   5.20 
Depreciation and amortization
  (522)  (490)  (512)  6.53   (4.30)
Net operating income
  6,270   5,204   4,327   20.48   20.27 
Net impairment losses
  (1,355)  (977)  (1,265)  38.69   (22.77)
Other gains/losses
  (244)  (18)  (7)  1,255.56   157.14 
Profit before tax
  4,671   4,209   3,055   10.98   37.77 
Profit from continuing operations
  3,268   3,020   2,170   8.21   39.17 
Profit from discontinued operations
  1,147   110   102   942.73   7.84 
Consolidated profit for the year
  4,416   3,130   2,272   41.09   37.76 
Profit attributed to the Group
  4,144   2,980   2,159   39.06   38.03 
2006 compared to 2005
In 2006, Continental Europe contributed 56% of the profit attributed to the Group’s operating areas.
Net interest income was 6,206 million in 2006, a 15.7% or 840 million increase from 5,366 million in 2005. This was due to increased business volumes in all units and the improvement in the customer spreads of the Santander Branch Network and Banesto.
Net fee and commission income was 3,653 million in 2006, an 11.0% or 362 million increase from 3,291 million in 2005. Of note were the increases at Santander Consumer Finance, Portugal and Banif and, in contrast, the initial impact of the elimination in 2006 of fees and commissions linked to the strategic plan of the Santander Branch Network “We Want to be your Bank”. This plan affected commissions for services and therefore, most of the growth came from business commissions (mutual and pension funds, insurance, securities and guarantees).

 

94


Table of Contents

Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities were 708 million in 2006, a 40.2% or 203 million increase from 505 million in 2005. The higher gains on financial transactions reflect the stronger demand by customers for treasury products and the better performance of gains from markets.
Gross income was 10,710 million in 2006, a 15.1% or 1,407 million increase from 9,303 million in 2005.
General administrative expenses were 3,957 million in 2006, an 8% or 293 million increase from 3,664 million in 2005. This increase is partially explained by an increase in the perimeter of consolidation, projects to develop new products and the opening of 383 new branches during 2006.
As a result of the revenue and expenses performance, net operating income increased by 20.5% or 1,066 million to 6,270 million. The four larger units in this area (Santander Branch Network, Banesto, Santander Consumer Finance and Portugal) registered growth in net operating income of around 15% or more.
The efficiency ratio improved by 2.7 percentage points to 40.8%. All units improved significantly, except for Santander Consumer Finance which, although the area’s best at 34.7% was 0.4% higher because of the incorporation of less efficient businesses (consumer lending unit in the UK and Interbanco in Portugal).
Net impairment losses were 1,355 million in 2006, a 38.7% or 378 million increase from 977 million in 2005. This increase was due to generic provisions emanating from the growth in lending, as credit risk quality continued to be excellent (NPL ratio of 0.73%). After deducting tax on profit (+19.1%), discontinued operations (+29.2%) and minority interests (+21.5%), ordinary attributable profit rose 16.5%.
Profit attributed to the Group was 4,144 million, a 39.1% or 1,164 million increase from2,980 million in 2005. These results include the capital gains from the sale of Urbis. Excluding them, profit attributed to the Group would have been 3,471 million (16.5% more than in 2005). The main drivers behind these results (excluding the capital gains) were the rise in commercial revenues, control of costs with selective growth and a diversified increase in business.
2005 compared to 2004
Net interest income for the Continental Europe segment was 5,366 million in 2005, a 12.5% increase from 4,770 million in 2004. This increase was due to both increased business volumes and more stable spreads.
This performance reflected the greater activity, mainly lending, which continued to grow strongly, better efficiency ratios and higher productivity.
Net fees and commissions and insurance activity income for the Continental Europe segment were in 2005 3,291 million and 115 million, respectively, 4.7% and 32.2% higher than in 2004. Of note was the growth in Portugal and Banif, and more moderately in the Santander Branch Network and Banesto. Santander Consumer Finance’s net fees and insurance activity declined because of reduced securitization business.
Gross income was 9,303 million in 2005, an 10.3% or 866 million increase from 8,437 million in 2004.
General administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization were in 2005 3,664 million (a 1.8% increase from 2004) and 490 million (a 4.3% decrease from 2004) respectively.
Stronger gross income and costs that increased by less than 3% produced an improvement in all business units in Continental Europe.
Net operating income rose 20.3% to 5,204 million. This growth is consistent and diversified, as the four main retail banking units (Santander Network, Banesto, Santander Consumer Finance and Portugal), which generate 88% of total net operating income for the segment, increased their net operating income by more than 15%.
Net impairment losses in 2005 were 977 million, a 288 million or 22.8% decrease from 1,265 million in 2004. This reduction is due to the fact that the level of general allowance of provisions for credit losses reached was considered sufficient, and so, in 2005, additional provisions only need to be added for any increases in lending.
Profit attributed to the Group for the year ended December 31, 2005, was 2,980 million, an increase of 38.0% from 2,159 million in 2004. There were two main drivers: first, the 20.3% rise in net operating income, as a result of an increase in gross income and a lower increase in costs in nominal terms (flat in real terms); and second, lower loan-loss provisions, given the already high coverage ratios in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.

 

95


Table of Contents

United Kingdom (Abbey)
                 
  Abbey  Variation 
  2006  2005  2004  06/05(%) 
  (in millions of euros) 
Net interest income
  2,108   2,083      1.20 
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
  3   2      50.00 
Net fee and commission income
  1,025   947      8.24 
Insurance activity income
            
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
  423   345      22.61 
Gross income
  3,559   3,377      5.39 
Sales and income from the provision of non- financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
  42   36      16.67 
General administrative expenses:
                
Personnel expenses
  (1,062)  (1,119)     (5.09)
Other administrative expenses
  (815)  (888)     (8.22)
Depreciation and amortization
  (105)  (117)     (10.26)
Net operating income
  1,619   1,289      25.60 
Net impairment losses
  (387)  (318)     21.70 
Other gains/losses
     76      n/a 
Profit before tax
  1,232   1,047      17.67 
Profit from continuing operations
  889   725      22.62 
Profit from discontinued operations
  114   86      32.56 
Consolidated profit for the year
  1,003   811      23.67 
Profit attributed to the Group
  1,003   811      23.67 
2006 compared to 2005
In 2006, Abbey’s contributed 13% of the profit attributed to the Group’s total operating areas.
Net interest income was 2,108 million in 2006, a 1.2% or 25 million increase from 2,083 million in 2005. The increase relates in part to earnings on the proceeds from the sale of the life businesses in 2006. The remaining movement was largely due to higher Retail Banking income driven by growth in retail lending assets and stable retail spreads being offset by the reduction in income from asset financing operations and other businesses, which are being run-down.
Net fee and commission income and Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences were 1,025 million and 423 million respectively in 2006, a 8.2% and 22.6% growth from 2005 respectively. The increase relates primarily to the increase in revenues within Financial Markets due to the benefits of favourable market conditions and increased external business.
Gross income was 3,559 million in 2006, a 5.4% or 182 million increase from 3,377 million in 2005. This represented a change of trend after several years of declining revenues and almost flat growth in 2005. All business units made positive contributions in this item.
General administrative expenses were 1,877 million in 2006, a 6.5% or 130 million decrease from 2,007 million in 2005. The reduction largely reflects the benefits of the cost reduction program employed by Abbey with the majority of the savings relating to employment costs driven by a headcount reduction of approximately 2,000 in 2006 (excluding the reduction reflecting the impact of the sale of the life insurance businesses).
Lower costs and higher revenues produced a further gain in the efficiency ratio to 55.1% from 62.2% in 2005.
Depreciation and amortization of 105 million compared to 117 million in 2005 decreased by 10.3%.
Net operating income was 1,619 million in 2006, a 25.6% or 330 million increase from 1,289 million in 2005.

 

96


Table of Contents

Net impairment losses were 387 million in 2006, a 21.7% or 69 million increase from 318 million in 2005. The growth was partly driven by strengthening of the coverage ratio and in part by the maturing nature of the unsecured personal loan portfolio, including portfolios that are no longer open to new business, with some deterioration in quality. The remaining increase was mainly due to mortgage-related charges increasing modestly from a very low base relative to the overall book.
The NPL ratio dropped 7 basis points to 0.60% at the end of 2006 and coverage rose from 78% to 86%.
Profit from discontinued operations of 114 million (2005: 86 million) comprises the profit of the life insurance business that were sold in the third quarter of 2006.
2005 compared to 2004
The income statement for the year ended December 31, 2005, is the first to reflect the acquisition of Abbey. Therefore, we do not compare Abbey’s results with those of the year ended December 31, 2004.
Net interest income for the United Kingdom (Abbey) segment in 2005 was 2,083 million and gross income amounted to 3,377 million for the whole year, after increasing during three straight quarters and reaching in the fourth quarter around 1,000 million (15% more than the first quarter). Both net interest income and fees were significantly higher than in the first quarter, due to the strong performance of banking business and spreads.
General administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization in 2005 were 2,007 million and 117 million, respectively. General administrative expenses do not include restructuring costs relating to the Abbey acquisition (£150 million) because the whole amount scheduled for 2005-07 (£450 million gross) was charged against the income statement of Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment.
For the full year, Abbey contributed net operating income of 1,289 million.
Net impairment losses were in 2005 318 million, with a high degree of stability in specific provisions throughout 2005. The nonperforming loans ratio was 0.67% at the end of 2005 and coverage was 78%, respectively 17 basis points less and 6 percentage points more against March 2005.
Profit before tax in 2005 was 1,047 million and was mainly generated by Abbey’s retail banking operations.
In its first full year as part of Grupo Santander, Abbey generated profit attributed to the Group in 2005 of 811 million, after achieving the three basic objectives set for the year, which were to stabilize recurrent revenues, increase sales and cut costs.

 

97


Table of Contents

Latin America
                     
  Latin America  Variations 
  2006  2005  2004  06/05(%)  05/04(%) 
  (in millions of euros) 
Net interest income
  5,280   3,960   3,314   33.33   19.49 
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
  7   7   4   0.00   75.00 
Net fee and commission income
  2,556   2,037   1,597   25.48   27.55 
Insurance activity income
  165   109   78   51.38   39.74 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
  634   759   457   (16.47)  66.08 
Gross income
  8,642   6,872   5,450   25.76   26.09 
Sales and income from the provision of non- financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
  (120)  (90)  (48)  33.33   87.50 
General administrative expenses:
                    
Personnel expenses
  (2,052)  (1,807)  (1,526)  13.56   18.41 
Other administrative expenses
  (1,774)  (1,551)  (1,246)  14.38   24.48 
Depreciation and amortization
  (309)  (336)  (284)  (8.04)  18.31 
Net operating income
  4,387   3,088   2,346   42.07   31.63 
Net impairment losses
  (886)  (433)  (401)  104.62   7.98 
Other gains/losses
  (226)  (219)  (111)  3.20   97.30 
Profit before tax
  3,275   2,436   1,834   34.44   32.82 
Profit from continuing operations
  2,566   1,982   1,629   29.47   21.67 
Profit from discontinued operations
  9   28   32   (67.86)  (12.50)
Consolidated profit for the year
  2,575   2,010   1,661   28.11   21.01 
Profit attributed to the Group
  2,287   1,779   1,470   28.56   21.02 
2006 compared to 2005
In 2006, Latin America contributed 31% of the profit attributed to Group’s total operating areas.
Net interest income was 5,280 million in 2006, a 33.3% (28.6% in local currency) or 1,320 million increase from 3,960 million in 2005. The main positive exchange-rate impact is due to the Brazilian real (167 million). Depending on the interest rate performance of countries, spreads remained virtually flat as a whole. In general, the decrease in short-term interest rates tended to reduce spreads in Mexico (offset by the improved mix) and, to a lesser extent, Brazil. The spreads of portfolios of securities, however, tended to improve because of the lower cost of financing.
Net fee and commission income was 2,556 million in 2006, a 25.5% increase that results from the strategy of strengthening the most recurrent revenues and, specifically, developing products and services that generate fees (credit cards, cash management, foreign trade, mutual funds and insurance). Fees from credit cards grew by 41.2%, fuelled by both the region’s sharp rise in consumption as well as the Group’s strategy of developing and defending its customer base through this anchor product.
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences were 634 million, 16.5% lower due to the impact of the capital gains in 2005 from the sale of the stake of AES Tietê in Brazil.
Gross income grew 25.8% to 8,642 million in 2006 (21.0% in local currency).
General administrative expenses were 3,826 million in 2006, a 13.9% or 468 million increase from 3,358 million in 2005. In local currency, operating expenses increased 7.8% (average inflation of 5.1%) and include the investments and costs (mainly technology and promotion) of our subsidiaries’ specific business expansion programmes.
The efficiency ratio improved by 5.8 percentage points to 47.0% and net operating income was 36.4% higher.
Net impairment losses were 886 million in 2006, a 104.6% or 453 million increase from 433 million in 2005. This increase was due to the strong rise in lending and the change of business mix (focused more on products and segments with a higher return, but also with a greater risk premium). The ratio of non-performing loans was 1.38% at the end of 2006, 44 basis points lower than in 2005, and NPL coverage was 167% (187% in 2005).

 

98


Table of Contents

Profit attributed to the Group was 2,287 million in 2006, a 28.6% (+24.2% in local currency) or 508 million increase from 1,779 million in 2005. Retail Banking continued to be the driving force of the Group’s growth in the region, reflecting the strategic focus of increasing business and earnings from customers, particularly individuals, SMEs and companies. As a result, profit before tax from retail banking rose 43.9% (+39.5% in local currency).
The earnings performance in euros was positively affected by exchange rates, although the impact diminished as the year advanced. The dollar, the currency used to manage the area, depreciated 0.8% against the euro, on average exchange rates. In addition, all Latin American currencies strengthened against the dollar, notably the Brazilian real and the Chilean peso while the Mexican peso hardly changed. The average exchange rate of the Brazilian real appreciated from 3.01 to 2.73 per euro; the Chilean peso from 694 to 665 and the Mexican peso depreciated from 13.5 to 13.7.
2005 compared to 2004
Net interest income in 2005 for the Latin America segment was 3,960 million, 19.5% or 646 million higher as compared with 3,314 million in 2004.
Gross income in 2005 was 6,872 million, a 26.1% or 1,422 million increase from 5,450 million in 2004. A positive factor was the strong growth in business with customers. However, while the rise in short-term nominal interest rates (24% for the whole region) positively benefited the spreads on retail businesses, the spreads on financial businesses were negatively affected by the profile adopted by the interest rate curve.
The Group’s strong drive to develop banking/business services that generate fees (credit cards, cash management, foreign trade, mutual funds and insurance) produced growth of 27.6% in net fee and commission income.
General administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization in 2005 were 3,358 million (a 21.1% increase from 2004) and 336 million (a 18.3% increase from 2004), respectively.
The efficiency and recurrence ratios were also better than in 2004.
Net operating income in 2005 was 3,088 million, a 31.6% or 742 million increase from 2,346 million in 2004.
Net impairment losses were 433 million, 8.0% higher than in 2004. Net impairment losses on loans were lower, despite the growth in lending and the change of mix of portfolios that point to higher provisions in the future. This was because of the reduced need for country-risk provisions and the large volume of recoveries. The non-performing loans ratio was 1.82% at the end of 2005 (approximately 1.9% in 2004) and coverage 186.5% (approximately 183% in 2004).
The impairment loss on other assets was particularly affected by the special charge of US$ 150 million for the early amortization of IT equipment and computers in Brazil.
Profit before tax in 2005 was 2,436 million, a 32.8% increase as compared to 2004. Retail Banking continued to be the engine of growth, reflecting the rise in customer business.
Profit attributed to the Group in Latin America was 1,779 million, 21.0% more than in 2004.

 

99


Table of Contents

Financial Management and Equity Stakes
                     
  Financial Management and    
  Equity Stakes  Variations 
  2006  2005  2004  06/05(%)  05/04(%) 
  (in millions of euros) 
Net interest income
  (1,106)  (740)  (522)  49.46   41.76 
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
  411   584   412   (29.62)  41.75 
Net fee and commission income
  (11)  (19)  (13)  (42.11)  46.15 
Insurance activity income
  (4)  2   (4)  n/a   n/a 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
  414   (47)  239   n/a   n/a 
Gross income
  (296)  (219)  112   35.16   n/a 
Sales and income from the provision of non- financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
  (31)  (25)  (18)  24.00   38.89 
General administrative expenses:
                    
Personnel expenses
  (205)  (183)  (193)  12.02   (5.18)
Other administrative expenses
  (160)  (171)  (105)  (6.43)  62.86 
Depreciation and amortization
  (215)  (74)  (38)  190.54   94.74 
Net operating income
  (907)  (672)  (242)  34.97   177.69 
Net impairment losses
  78   (74)  (181)  n/a   (59.12)
Other gains/losses
  801   853   (79)  (6.10)  n/a 
Profit before tax
  (28)  107   (502)  n/a   n/a 
Profit from continuing operations
  133   798   62   (83.33)  1,187.10 
Profit from discontinued operations
  119      1   n/a   n/a 
Consolidated profit for the year
  252   798   63   (68.42)  1,166.67 
Profit attributed to the Group
  162   650   (23)  (75.08)  n/a 
2006 compared to 2005
Net interest income for the Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment was-1,106 million in 2006, a 49.5% or 366 million decrease from -740 million in 2005.
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method was 411 million in 2006, a 29.6% or 173 million decrease from 584 million in 2005. This decrease is explained by lower income from CEPSA and the sale of the stake in 2005 in Unión Fenosa (both accounted for by the equity method).
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences were 414 million, a461 million increase from -47 million in 2005. This variation reflects a rise in revenues from the positive impact of the exchange-rate position and from results obtained in capital-risk operations. The gains on financial transactions include the positive impact of the position for hedging earnings in dollars and the cleaning up in the first quarter of 2006 of the structural interest rate risk hedging portfolios. The impact of the exchange rate position in 2005 was negative.
Gross income was -296 million, 77 million lower than in 2005. This decrease was due to the negative impact of higher interest rates on the cost of financing and on the spread of portfolios.
General administrative expenses were 365 million in 2006, a 3.1% increase from 2005 because of greater expenses incurred in corporate projects.
Depreciation and amortization costs were 215 million in 2006, a 190.5% increase from 2005 due to greater amortization of intangibles, mostly from Abbey and investments in IT development.
Net impairment losses were 78 million positive in 2006 because of the release of country-risk provisions (52 million allocation in 2005).

 

100


Table of Contents

Other gains/losses were positive because of the release of funds established for possible contingencies that were resolved in the Bank’s favor.
Profit attributed to the Group was 162 million, and included 340 million net from the difference between capital gains and extraordinary allowances (excluding the capital gain from the sale of Urbis and Banesto’s allocation for an early retirement fund, which were recorded in Banesto).
The main movements in equity stakes in 2006 were: the acquisition of 24.8% of Sovereign Bancorp for US$2,921 million and the sales of 4.8% of San Paolo IMI for 1,585 million (gross capital gain of 705 million) and of the 10% stake in Antena 3TV (gross capital gain of 294 million). At the end of 2006, the capital gains from stakes in listed financial and industrial companies maintained in the portfolio equaled 4,000 million approximately.
2005 compared to 2004
Financial Management and Equity Stakes, the non-operating area of the Group, generated 650 million of profit attributed to the Group (as compared to a loss of 23 million in 2004).
The higher figure was mainly due to the larger capital gains from the sale of equity stakes and the greater contribution from companies accounted for by the equity method, primarily CEPSA.
The main development in 2005 was the sale (in the first quarter) of 2.57% of RBS, which produced a capital gain of 717 million. Of note among the sale of equity stakes were those in Unión Fenosa and Auna (gross capital gains of 1,157 million and 355 million, respectively). The main sales in 2004 were 0.46% of Vodafone, 1% of Unión Fenosa and 3.1% of Sacyr-Vallehermoso.
The results of this segment were offset by extraordinary charges taken during 2005 for the amortization of Abbey’s restructuring costs (658 million) and early retirements (608 million).
Secondary level (business):
Retail Banking
                     
  Retail Banking  Variations 
  2006  2005  2004  06/05(%)  05/04(%) 
  (in millions of euros) 
Net interest income
  12,372   10,639   7,391   16.29   43.95 
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
  16   35   42   (54.29)  (16.67)
Net fee and commission income
  5,936   5,169   3,932   14.84   31.46 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
  1,051   928   323   13.25   187.31 
Gross income
  19,375   16,771   11,688   15.53   43.49 
Sales and income from the provision of non- financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
  (10)  24   (24)  n/a   n/a 
General administrative expenses:
                    
Personnel expenses
  (5,145)  (4,896)  (3,587)  5.09   36.49 
Other administrative expenses
  (3,445)  (3,208)  (2,062)  7.39   55.58 
Depreciation and amortization
  (848)  (867)  (731)  (2.19)  18.60 
Net operating income
  9,927   7,824   5,284   26.88   48.07 
Net impairment losses
  (2,330)  (1,659)  (1,506)  40.45   10.16 
Other gains/losses
  (417)  (176)  (115)  136.93   53.04 
Profit before tax
  7,180   5,989   3,663   19.89   63.50 
2006 compared to 2005
The Group’s Retail Banking generated 85% of the operating areas’ total gross operating income in 2006 and 78% of profit before tax. The results of Urbis, which consolidated by global integration, were eliminated from the lines of the income statement and its net profit included in the line for discontinued operations. The income statements for 2005 and 2004 were drawn up again using the same criterion.

 

101


Table of Contents

Net interest income was 12,372 million in 2006, a 16.3% or 1,733 million increase from10,639 million in 2005 spurred by greater business and better customer spreads.
Net fee and commission income was 5,936 million in 2006, a 14.8% or 767 million increase from 5,169 million in 2005 reflecting the Group’s strategy of boosting the most recurrent revenues.
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and exchange differences were 1,051 million in 2006, a 13.3% or 123 million increase from 928 million in 2005.
Gross income was 15.5% higher at 19,375 million.
General administrative expenses were 8,590 million in 2006, a 6% or 486 million increase from 8,104 million in 2005. The 3.7% growth of operating expenses in local currency together with the faster pace in gross income enabled net operating income to rise 26.9% to 9,927 million.
The efficiency ratio for all of Retail Banking improved by 4.6% to 47.7% (52.3% in 2005).
Net impairment losses grew 40.5% due to increase in lending in more profitable segments and products, but with a greater risk premium.
Profit before tax increased 24.1% to 7,436 million, with a good performance in Continental Europe as well as in Abbey and Latin America.
In Continental Europe the three main drivers were business growth (+24% in lending and +15% in deposits), good management of prices in an environment of rising interest rates and selective growth in expenses. The efficiency ratio was only 42.0% (44.0% in 2005).
In Abbey, the two elements behind the profit before tax increase were good performance of net interest income and net fees, and the 7.4% reduction in operating expenses. The combined effect was an improvement in the efficiency ratio of 7.4% (from 62.4% in 2005 to 55.0% in 2006).
The good earnings performance of Retail Banking in Latin America was based on strong growth in customer business, the good performance in net interest income and net fees, and control of expenses which was compatible with business development. The growing proportion of customer business in all countries, due to the strong development of activity, was generally reflected in these increases. The performance of the three main countries (Brazil, Mexico and Chile) was very good. Their commercial revenue (in euros) grew 33.6%, a pace which reached 46.5% in net operating income and 40.7% in profit before tax. In local currency, the growth rates were 26.8%, 38.3% and 33.3% respectively.
2005 compared to 2004
Net interest income in 2005 for the Retail Banking segment was 10,639 million, a 43.9% increase or 3,248 million from 7,391 million in 2004.
Net fees and commission income grew 31.5% to 5,169 million. The main drivers were business growth, stronger in lending but also in customer funds, and better management of prices in a more stable environment of interest rates, which is stabilizing spreads.
As a result, gross income was in 2005 16,771 million, a 43.5% or 5,083 million higher than in 2004.
General administrative expenses in 2005 were 8,104 million, a 43.5% increase from 2004. The cost control policy implemented has been particularly successful at the Santander Network and Portugal.
Net operating income for the Retail Banking segment was 7,824 million in 2005, a 48.1% or2,540 million increase from 5,284 million in 2004.
Net impairment losses for the Retail Banking segment, 1,659 million in 2005, grew only 10.1% due to the decreased needs for loan-loss provisions, because of the high credit risk quality and the coverage levels already reached.
Profit before tax was 63.5% higher at 5,989 million.

 

102


Table of Contents

The increasing proportion of customer activity in all countries, due to the strong development of business in the last two years, was generally reflected in rises in net operating income and profit before tax.
Global Wholesale Banking
                     
  Global Wholesale Banking  Variations 
  2006  2005  2004  06/05(%)  05/04(%) 
  (in millions of euros) 
Net interest income
  1,167   724   677   61.19   6.94 
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
               
Net fee and commission income
  618   488   392   26.64   24.49 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
  685   654   528   4.74   23.86 
Gross income
  2,470   1,866   1,597   32.37   16.84 
Sales and income from the provision of non- financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
  (31)  (24)  (24)  29.17    
General administrative expenses:
                    
Personnel expenses
  (432)  (351)  (299)  23.08   17.39 
Other administrative expenses
  (243)  (219)  (187)  10.96   17.11 
Depreciation and amortization
  (65)  (58)  (50)  12.07   16.00 
Net operating income
  1,699   1,214   1,037   39.95   17.07 
Net impairment losses
  (298)  (69)  (162)  331.88   (57.41)
Other gains/losses
  (49)  12   3   n/a   300.00 
Profit before tax
  1,353   1,157   878   16.94   31.78 
2006 compared to 2005
Global Wholesale Banking generated 11% of the operating areas’ total gross income in 2006 and 15% of profit before tax.
Gross income was 32.4% higher, spurred by net interest income (+61.2%) which reflects the sharp rise in lending (+49%) and a slight improvement in spreads. Another factor was the 26.6% rise in net fees and commissions, underscoring advisory activity.
Gains on financial transactions only grew by 4.7% because of the sale of stakes and portfolios in 2005.
General administrative expenses were 675 million in 2006, a 18.4% increase from 570 million in 2005, well below the rise in revenues and in line with the development of new capacities and the year’s good performance.
Net operating income was 40.0% higher at 1,699 million.
Net impairment losses were 298 million in 2006, four times more than in 2005. All of these provisions were generic and due to the strong rise in lending which increased the area’s portfolio, including guarantees, to 66 billion (+40% year-on-year). A large part of the provisions were generated in operations that had not reached their definitive structure at the end of 2006.
Profit before tax was 16.9% higher at 1,353 million, largely due to the investment banking and markets areas. The growth registered was of quality, driven by the 39.7% rise in revenues from clients and a further gain in the efficiency ratio to below 30% (29.9%, 3.8% better than in 2005).
2005 compared to 2004
Net interest income in 2005 was 724 million, a 6.9% increase from 677 million in 2004.
Net fee and commission income was 488 million, a 24.5% increase from 392 million in 2004.

 

103


Table of Contents

Gross income in 2005 was 1,866 million, a 16.8% or 269 million increase from 1,597 million in 2004. Value-added businesses (transactional banking, trade finance, custody, investment banking, equities and treasury for customers) and capital gains offset the lower contribution from basic financing and own account treasury operations.
General administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization grew 17.3% and 16.0%, respectively while net impairment losses decreased by 57.4%. Operating costs grew due to business expansion and the launch of projects, such as Santander Global Connect and Santander Global Markets, in Europe (+19 million). Appropriate risk management and lower use of credit lines with a more efficient consumption of capital reduced the need for loan loss provisions.
Profit before tax amounted to 1,157 million, 31.8% more than in 2004. This was largely due to the growing contribution of value-added business with clients, the development of new projects and lower needs for loan-loss provisions.
Asset Management and Insurance
                     
  Asset Management and Insurance  Variations 
  2006  2005  2004  05/06(%)  05/04(%) 
  (in millions of euros) 
Net interest income
  55   46   16   19.57   187.50 
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
        (5)     n/a 
Net fee and commission income
  680   618   416   10.03   48.56 
Insurance activity income
  302   224   165   34.82   35.76 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
  29   27   10   7.41   170.00 
Gross income
  1,066   915   602   16.50   51.99 
Sales and income from the provision of non- financial services (net) and Other operating income/expense
  2      1   n/a   n/a 
General administrative expenses:
                    
Personnel expenses
  (222)  (189)  (142)  17.46   33.10 
Other administrative expenses
  (173)  (165)  (94)  4.85   75.53 
Depreciation and amortization
  (23)  (18)  (15)  27.78   20.00 
Net operating income
  650   543   352   19.71   54.26 
Net impairment losses
        2      n/a 
Other gains/losses
  (5)  3   (6)  n/a   n/a 
Profit before tax
  645   546   348   18.13   56.90 
2006 compared to 2005
This segment accounted for 5% of gross income and 7% of profit before tax.
The growth in profit before tax was backed by a 16.5% rise in gross income, with solid contributions from all components particularly net fees and commissions income (+10.0%) and, above all, insurance activity income (+34.8%). General administrative expenses, in line with the Group’s overall trend, increased at a lower pace than gross income (+11.6%) and pushed up net operating income by 19.6%.
The efficiency ratio was 1.3% better at 39.3%.
The revenues generated for the Group by mutual and pension funds and insurance, including those recorded by the distribution networks, increased 15% to 3,511 million and accounted for around one-sixth of the operating areas’ overall total.
Asset Management
Santander Asset Management’s global business of mutual and pension funds generated2,028 million of fees for the Group, 6.3% more than in 2005. Profit before tax amounted to410 million (+9.0%), after deducting operating costs and fees paid to the networks. Total managed assets were close to 150 billion, making us one of the largest institutions focused on the retail segment at the international level.

 

104


Table of Contents

Insurance
Global insurance business (Santander Insurance is the commercial name) generated total gross income of 1,483 million (+28.8%). Its total contribution to the Group, the sum of profit before tax (236 million) and fees paid to the network, was 1,420 million (+29.8%).
2005 compared to 2004
Gross income for this segment in 2005 was 915 million, a 52.0% or 313 million increase from602 million in 2004. This strong growth (48.6% in net fee and commission income and 35.8% ininsurance activity income) is mainly due to the incorporation of Abbey to the Group.
Profit before tax was 56.9% higher at 546 million.
Asset Management. The global business of mutual and pension funds integrated in Santander Asset Management generated total fees for the Group of 1,956 million (including those reclassified to discontinued operations), 23.5% higher than in 2004 (+15.9% without Abbey). After deducting the fees paid to the distribution networks, net fees and commission income for Asset Management were618 million (+48.6%).
Insurance. Total revenues generated by the Group’s insurance companies, including fees paid to branch networks, amounted to 1,740 million (including those reclassified to discontinued operations) (+153.8% and +30.4% excluding Abbey). After deducting the fees paid to the distribution networks, insurance activity income was 224 million (+35.8%).
Financial Condition
Assets and Liabilities
Our total assets were 833,872.7 million at December 31, 2006, a 3.1% or 24,765.8 million increase from total assets of 809,106.9 million at December 31, 2005. Our gross loans and advances to corporate clients, individual clients and government and public entities which include the trading portfolio, other financial assets at fair value and loans, increased by 19.9% to531,509.3 million at December 31, 2006 from 443,438.7 million at December 31, 2005, due to increased business in most areas, mainly in Spain and Latin America (principally Brazil and Mexico). Customer deposits, which are basically deposits from clients and securities sold to clients under agreements to repurchase, increased by 8.3% from 305,765.3 million at December 31, 2005, to 331,222.6 million at December 31, 2006, mainly due to increased volumes in Latin America (principally in Brazil) and Spain. Other managed funds, including mutual funds, pension funds and managed portfolios, increased by 9.3% from 152,845.6 million at December 31, 2005, to 167,123.6 million at December 31, 2006, mainly due to increased volumes in Abbey and Latin America.
In addition, and as part of the global financing strategy during 2006, the Group issued26,102 million of mortgage and other covered bonds (including securitizations), as well as 50,854 million of senior debt (including Abbey’s medium term program) and 5,501 million of subordinated debt (excluding transactions with related parties). A total of 380 million of preferred securities was also issued.
During 2006 20,755 million of senior debt (including Abbey’s medium term program) and 9,755 million of mortgage bonds matured and 473 million of preferred shares and 2,265 million of subordinated debt were amortized.
Goodwill remained at 14,512.7 million at the end of 2006, of which 8,920 million corresponded to Abbey. The increase in goodwill during 2006 equaled to 495 million (mainly due to the acquisition of Drive; see Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements).
Capital
Stockholders’ equity, net of treasury stock, at December 31, 2006, was 44,851.6 million, an increase of 5,073.1 million or 12.8% from 39,778.5 million at December 31, 2005, mainly due to the increase on reserves and on net attributable income.

 

105


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2006, our eligible capital exceeded the minimum required by the Bank of Spain by approximately 11.2 billion. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Adequacy Requirements”.
We estimate that our Tier 1 capital ratios, calculated in accordance with Basel Committee guidelines, and our total capital ratios, which include Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital, at December 31, 2006 and 2005 were as set forth:
         
  December 31, 
  2006  2005 
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
  7.42%  7.88%
Total Capital Ratio — Tier 1 and Tier 2
  12.49%  12.94%
B. Liquidity and capital resources
Management of liquidity
For information about our liquidity risk management process, see “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk — Part. 7 Market Risk — Statistical Tools for Measuring and Managing Market Risk — Non Trading activity — Liquidity Risk” and “—Quantitative analysis — B. Non Trading Activity — Asset and Liability Management — Management of structural liquidity”.
Sources of funding
As a financial group, our main source of liquidity is our customer deposits which consist primarily of demand, time and notice deposits. In addition, we complement our customer deposits through the access to the interbank market (overnight and time deposits) and to the domestic and international capital markets. For this purpose, we have in place a series of domestic and international programs for the issuance of commercial paper and medium and long term debt. We also maintain a diversified portfolio of liquid assets and securitized assets throughout the year. In addition, another source of liquidity is the generation of cash flow.
Latin American banks are autonomous in terms of liquidity. Centrally, we raised47 billion in 2006 through medium- and long-term issues in the wholesale markets and25.7 billion of assets were securitized.
At December 31, 2006, we had outstanding 204.1 billion of senior debt, of which 42.4 billion were mortgage bonds and 35.4 billion promissory notes. Additionally, we had 30.4 billion in subordinated debt (which includes 6.8 billion preferred securities) and 0.7 billion in preferred shares.
The following table shows the average balances during the years 2006, 2005 and 2004 of our principal sources of funds:
             
  2006  2005  2004 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Due to credit entities
  123,753,200   115,974,336   63,831,518 
Customer deposits
  315,478,695   285,972,387   166,463,179 
Marketable debt securities
  174,377,295   124,185,634   53,992,496 
Subordinated debt
  29,554,497   27,287,081   14,469,088 
 
         
Total
  643,163,687   553,419,438   298,756,281 
The average maturity of our outstanding debt as of December 31, 2006 is the following:
     
 Senior debt  5.3 years
 Mortgage debt 14.1 years
 Dated subordinated debt 8.4 years
Exhibits VI and VII to our consolidated financial statements included herein show a detail of our senior and subordinated long-term debt, including their maturities.

 

106


Table of Contents

The cost and availability of debt financing are influenced by our credit ratings. A reduction in these ratings could increase the cost of, and reduce our market access to debt financing. Our credit ratings are as follows:
             
  Long-Term  Short-Term  Financial Strength 
Moody’s
 Aa1   P1   B 
Standard & Poor’s
 AA  A1+     
Fitch
 AA  F1+   A/B 
Our total customer deposits, excluding assets sold under repurchase agreements, totaled 284.2 billion at December 31, 2006. Loans and advances to customers (gross) totaled 531.5 billion at the same date.
We remain well placed to access various wholesale funding sources from a wide range of counterparties and markets, and the changing mix between customer deposits and repos, deposits by banks and debt securities in issue primarily reflects comparative pricing, maturity considerations and investor counterparty demand rather than any material perceived trend.
We use our liquidity to funding our lending and investment securities activities, for the payment of interest expense, for dividends paid to shareholders and the repayment of debt.
In connection with the proposed offer to purchase all of the ABN AMRO ordinary shares, we intend to raise approximately 9 billion of new financing via a rights issue and mandatorily convertible instruments and an additional 10.9 billion through balance sheet optimization, including leverage, incremental securitization and asset disposals. For information about the proposed offer to purchase all of the ABN AMRO ordinary shares, see “Item 4. Information on the Company — A History and development of the Company — Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures — Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations — Recent Events — ABN AMRO Holdings NV (“ABN AMRO”)”.
We, Grupo Santander, are a European, Latin American and North American financial group. Although, at this moment, except for Argentina and Venezuela, we are not aware of any legal or economic restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Bank (the parent company) in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances, capital repatriation and other forms, there is no assurance that in the future such restrictions will not be adopted or how they would affect our business. Nevertheless, the geographic diversification of our businesses limits the effect of any restrictions that could be adopted in any given country.
In prevailing economic conditions and with interest rates starting to rise from historically low levels in Spain, UK and the rest of Europe, it is anticipated that the growth in demand for further borrowing by customers may slow down and in the medium term, our dependence on the wholesale market for funding may be reduced as a result of a probable increase of our customer deposits.
We believe that our working capital is sufficient for our present requirements and to pursue our planned business strategies.
As of December 31, 2006 and to the present date, we did not, and presently do not, have any material commitments for capital expenditures, except as disclosed in Item 4. “Information on the Company — A. History and development of the company — Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (“Sovereign”)” and in Item 4. “Information on the Company — A. History and development of the company — Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures — Acquisitions, Dispositions and Reorganizations — Recent events — ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”).”
C. Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.
We do not currently conduct any significant research and development activities.
D. Trend information
The European financial services sector is likely to remain competitive with an increasing number of financial service providers and alternative distribution channels. Further, consolidation in the sector (through mergers, acquisitions or alliances) is likely to occur as the other major banks look to increase their market share or combine with complementary businesses. It is foreseeable that regulatory changes will take place in the future that will diminish barriers in the markets.
The following are the most important trends, uncertainties and events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Bank or that would cause the disclosed financial information not to be indicative of our future operating results or our financial condition:
  
a downturn in real estate markets, and a corresponding increase in mortgage defaults;
 
  
the recent interest rate hikes in the United States and other countries;

 

107


Table of Contents

  
uncertainties relating to economic growth expectations and interest rates cycles, especially in the United States, Spain, the United Kingdom, other European countries and Latin America, and the impact they may have over the yield curve and exchange rates;
 
  
the effect that an economic slowdown may have over Latin America and fluctuations in local interest and exchange rates;
 
  
the chance that changes in the macroeconomic environment will deteriorate the quality of our customers` credit;
 
  
a possible downturn in capital markets;
 
  
a drop in the value of the euro relative to the US dollar, the Sterling pound or Latin American currencies;
 
  
inflationary pressures, because of the effect they may have in relation to increases of interest rates and decreases of growth;
 
  
increased consolidation of the European financial services sector;
 
  
although it is foreseeable that entry barriers to domestic markets in Europe will be lowered, our possible plans of expansion into other markets could be affected by regulatory requirements of the national authorities of these countries; and
 
  
acquisitions or restructurings of businesses, including our proposed acquisition of certain assets of ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (see Item 4. Information on the Company — A. History and development of the company — Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures — Acquisitions, Dispositions and Reorganizations — Recent Events — ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”), that do not perform in accordance with our expectations.
E. Off-balance sheet arrangements
As of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, we had outstanding the following contingent liabilities and commitments:
             
  2006  2005  2004 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Contingent liabilities:
            
Guarantees and other sureties
  58,205,412   48,199,671   31,511,567 
Bank guarantees and other indemnities provided
  52,697,242   44,251,411   28,533,973 
Credit derivatives sold
  478,250   180,000    
Irrevocable documentary credits
  5,029,484   3,767,022   2,977,594 
Other financial guarantees
  436   1,238    
Assets assigned to sundry obligations
  4   24   24 
Other contingent liabilities
  563,893   253,880   302,291 
 
         
 
  58,769,309   48,453,575   31,813,882 
 
         
Commitments:
            
Balances drawable by third parties
  91,690,396   77,678,333   63,110,699 
Other commitments
  11,559,034   18,584,929   11,749,833 
 
         
 
  103,249,430   96,263,262   74,860,532 
 
         
 
  162,018,739   144,716,837   106,674,414 
 
         
For more information see Note 59.6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
In addition to the contingent liabilities and commitments described above, the following table provides information regarding off-balance sheet funds managed by us as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004:
             
  2006  2005  2004 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Contingent liabilities:
            
Mutual funds
  119,838,418   109,480,095   97,837,724 
Pension funds
  29,450,103   28,619,183   21,678,522 
Other managed funds
  17,835,031   14,746,000   8,998,388 
 
         
 
  167,123,552   152,845,278   128,514,634 

 

108


Table of Contents

Relationship with unconsolidated companies
We have holdings in companies over which we are in a position to exercise significant influence, but that we do not control or jointly control. According to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, these investments in associated companies are accounted for using the equity method (see a detail of these companies in Exhibit II to our consolidated financial statements).
Transactions with these companies are made at market conditions and are closely monitored by our regulatory authorities. See Note 55 to our consolidated financial statements for further information.
Also, we use special purpose vehicles (“fondos de titulización”) in our securitization activity. According to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, only those vehicles that meet certain requirements are consolidated in the Group’s financial statements. We are not required to repurchase assets from or contribute additional assets to any of these special purpose vehicles. We do, however, provide in the ordinary course of business certain loans (amounting to 259.2 million to “fondos de titulización” in Spain) to some of these special purpose vehicles, which are provisioned in accordance with the risks involved. In 2006, the Group securitized25.7 billion of medium and long-term assets.
In the ordinary course of business, Abbey enters into securitization transactions using special purpose securitization companies which are consolidated and included in Abbey’s financial statements. Abbey is under no obligation to support any losses that may be incurred by the securitization companies or the holders of the securities, and has no right or obligation to repurchase any securitized loan. Abbey has made some interest bearing subordinated loans to these securitization companies.
We do not have transactions with un-consolidated entities other than the aforementioned ones.
We have no other off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
F. Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations by remaining maturity at December 31, 2006:
                 
      More than       
Contractual obligations     1 year but       
  Less than  less than  More than    
(in millions of euros) 1 year  5 years  5 years  Total 
Deposits fron credit institutions
  49,752   5,446   1,618   56,816 
Customer deposits
  300,112   12,594   1,671   314,377 
Marketable debt securities
  47,557   37,170   89,682   174,409 
Subordinated debt
  595   5,577   24,250   30,422 
Operating lease obligations
  170   579   1,105   1,854 
Purchase obligations
  107   310   156   573 
Other long-term liabilities
        14,014   14,014 
 
            
Total
  398,293   61,676   132,496   592,465 
Contractual obligations maturing in “more than 1 year but less than 3” and in “more than 3 years but less than 5” have been grouped according to the disclosure given in Note 53 to our consolidated financial statements.
For a description of our trading and hedging derivatives, which are not reflected in the above table, see Note 36 to our consolidated financial statements.

 

109


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
A. Directors and senior management
We are managed by our Board of Directors which currently consists of 19 members. In accordance with our By-laws (Estatutos), the Board shall consist of at least 14 and not more than 22 members. Each member of the Board is elected to a five-year term by our stockholders at a general meeting, with approximately one-fifth of the members being elected each year, but they can be re-elected.
Our Board of Directors meets approximately nine times per year. In 2006, it met 11 times. Our Board of Directors elects our Chairman and Vice Chairmen from among its members, as well as the Chief Executive Officer. Between board meetings, lending and other board powers reside with the Executive Committee (Comisión Ejecutiva) and with the Risk Committee (Comisión Delegada de Riesgos). The Chairman is the Bank’s most senior officer and, as a result, has delegated to him all such powers as may be delegated under Spanish Law, our By-laws and the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors. The Chairman leads the Bank’s management team, in accordance with the decisions made and the criteria set by our shareholders at the General Shareholders’ Meeting and by the Board.
The Chief Executive Officer by delegation and under the direction of the Board and of the Chairman (as the Bank’s most senior officer) leads the business and assumes the Bank’s highest executive functions.
Our Board holds ultimate lending authority and it delegates such authority to the Risk Committee, which generally meets twice a week. Members of our senior management are appointed and removed by the Board.
The current members of our Board of Directors are:
     
    Director
Name Position with Santander Since
Emilio Botín (1)
 Chairman 1960
Fernando de Asúa
 First Vice Chairman 1999
Alfredo Sáenz
 Second Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 1994
Matías R. Inciarte
 Third Vice Chairman 1988
Manuel Soto
 Fourth Vice Chairman 1999
Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A.
 Director 1999
Antonio Basagoiti
 Director 1999
Ana P. Botín (1)
 Director 1989
Javier Botín (1)
 Director 2004
Lord Burns
 Director 2004
Guillermo de la Dehesa
 Director 2002
Rodrigo Echenique
 Director 1988
Antonio Escámez
 Director 1999
Francisco Luzón
 Director 1997
Abel Matutes
 Director 2002
Mutua Madrileña Automovilista
 Director 2004
Luis Ángel Rojo
 Director 2005
Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson
 Director 1999
Isabel Tocino
 Director 2007
(1) 
Ana P. Botín and Javier Botín are daughter and son, respectively, of Emilio Botín.

 

110


Table of Contents

Our current Executive Officers are:
   
Name Position with Banco Santander Central Hispano
Emilio Botín
 Chairman of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee
Alfredo Sáenz
 Second Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
Matías R. Inciarte (1)
 Third Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Risk Committee
Ana P. Botín
 Chairwoman, Banesto
Francisco Luzón
 Director, Executive Vice President, America
José A. Alvarez
 Executive Vice President, Financial Management
Nuno Amado
 Executive Vice President, Santander Totta
David Arce
 Executive Vice President, Internal Auditing
Ignacio Benjumea
 Executive Vice President, General Secretariat
Juan Manuel Cendoya
 Executive Vice President, Communications, Corporate Marketing and Research
Fermín Colomés
 Executive Vice President, Operations
José María Espí
 Executive Vice President, Risk
Enrique G. Candelas
 Executive Vice President, Santander Branch Network - Spain
Joan-David Grimà
 Executive Vice President, Asset Management
Juan Guitard
 Executive Vice President, General Secretariat
Gonzalo de las Heras
 Executive Vice President, Global Wholesale Banking
Antonio H. Osorio
 Chief Executive Officer, Abbey
Adolfo Lagos
 Executive Vice President, Global Wholesale Banking
Jorge Maortua
 Executive Vice President, Global Wholesale Banking
Serafín Méndez
 Executive Vice President, Premises and Security
Jorge Morán
 Executive Vice President, Insurance
César Ortega
 Executive Vice President, General Secretariat
Javier Peralta
 Executive Vice President, Risk
Marcial Portela
 Executive Vice President, America
Juan R. Inciarte (1)
 Executive Vice President, Consumer Finance
José Manuel Tejón
 Executive Vice President, Financial Accounting and Control
Jesús Ma Zabalza
 Executive Vice President, America
(1) 
Matías and Juan R. Inciarte are brothers.
In addition, José María Fuster, Executive Vice-President of Banesto, is the Group’s Chief Information Officer and responsible for the Division of Technology and Operations and José Luis G. Alciturri, Adjoint Executive Vice-President of the Bank, is the Head of the Group’s Human Resources.
Following is a summary description of the relevant business experience and principal business activities of our current Directors and Executive Officers performed both within and outside Santander:
Emilio Botín (Chairman of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee)
Born in 1934. He joined Banco Santander in 1958 and in 1986 he was appointed Chairman of the Board. He is also a non-executive Director of Shinsei Bank, Limited.
Fernando de Asúa (First Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee)
Born in 1932. Former Vice Chairman of Banco Central Hispanoamericano from 1991 to 1999. He was appointed Director in April 1999 and First Vice Chairman in July 2004. He is a former Chairman of IBM España, S.A., and he is currently the Honorary Chairman. In addition, he is a Director of CEPSA, Técnicas Reunidas, S.A., Air Liquide España, S.A. and Constructora Inmobiliaria Urbanizadora Vasco-Aragonesa, S.A.
Alfredo Sáenz (Second Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer)
Born in 1942. Former Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of Banco Bilbao Vizcaya and Chairman of Banca Catalana until 1993. In 1994, he was appointed Chairman of Banesto and in February 2002, Second Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Santander. He is also non-executive Vice Chairman of CEPSA and a non-executive Director of France Telecom España, S.A.

 

111


Table of Contents

Matías R. Inciarte (Third Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Risk Committee)
Born in 1948. He joined Banco Santander in 1984 and was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 1986. In 1988 he was appointed Director and in 1994 Second Vice Chairman. He is also Chairman of UCI, S.A., Second Vice Chairman of Grupo Corporativo Ono, S.A. and Director of Banesto, Financiera Ponferrada, S.A. and Operador del Mercado Ibérico de Energía Polo Español, S.A. He was Minister of the Presidency of the Spanish Government (1981-1982).
Manuel Soto (Fourth Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors)
Born in 1940. He was appointed Director in April 1999. He is non-executive Vice Chairman of Indra Sistemas, S.A. and a Director of Inversiones Inmobiliarias Lar, S.A. and Corporación Financiera Alba, S.A. He is also Chairman of the Advisory Board of Mercapital, S.L. and member of the Consultive Committee of Occidental Hoteles Management, S.A. In addition, he was formerly Chairman of Arthur Andersen’s Global Board and manager for EMEA (Europe Middle East and Africa) and India.
Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A. (“Assicurazioni”)
An Italian insurance company represented on our Board by its Chairman, Antoine Bernheim. Assicurazioni is a former Director of Banco Central Hispanoamericano from 1994 to 1999. Assicurazioni was appointed Director in April 1999.
Antoine Bernheim (Representative of the Company Director Assicurazioni)
Born in 1924. He joined the board of directors of Assicurazioni Generali in 1973 becoming the company’s Vice-Chairman in 1990 and Chairman from 1995 to 1999. He was re-elected Chairman in 2002. He is a former Vice-Chairman of Mediobanca and currently a board member of that bank. In addition, he is a former senior partner at Lazard Frérers & Cie (1967 to 2000) and at present he is Deputy Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Intesa Sanpaolo.
Antonio Basagoiti
Born in 1942. Former Executive Vice President of Banco Central Hispanoamericano. He was appointed Director in July 1999. He is non-executive Vice Chairman of Faes Farma, S.A. and a non-executive Director of Pescanova, S.A. He is a former Chairman of Unión Fenosa, S.A.
Ana P. Botín
Born in 1960. Former Executive Vice President of Banco Santander, S.A. and former Chief Executive Officer of Banco Santander de Negocios from 1994 to 1999. In February 2002, she was appointed Chairwoman of Banesto. She is also a non-executive Director of Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A.
Javier Botín
Born in 1973. He was appointed Director in July 2004. He is also an executive Director and Partner of M&B Capital Advisers, Sociedad de Valores, S.A.
Lord Burns
Born in 1944. He was appointed Director in December 2004. He is also a non-executive Chairman of Abbey and Marks and Spencer Group plc. In addition, he is a non-executive Chairman of Glas Cymru (Welsh Water) and a non-executive Director of Pearson Group plc. He was Permanent Secretary to the UK Treasury and chaired the UK Parliamentary Financial Services and Markets Bill Joint Committee and was a non-executive Director of British Land plc and Legal & General Group plc.
Guillermo de la Dehesa
Born in 1941. Former Secretary of State of Economy and Secretary General of Commerce of the Spanish Government and Chief Executive Officer of Banco Pastor. He is a State Economist and Bank of Spain’s Office Manager (on leave). He was appointed Director in June 2002. He is an international advisor of Goldman Sachs, Chairman of AVIVA Vida y Pensiones, S.A. and a Director of Campofrío Alimentación, S.A., Goldman Sachs Europe Ltd. and AVIVA plc. He is also Chairman of the Centre for Economic Policy Research (CEPR) in London, member of the Group of Thirty of Washington, and Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Instituto de Empresa.

 

112


Table of Contents

Rodrigo Echenique
Born in 1946. Former Director and Chief Executive Officer of Banco Santander, S.A. from 1988 to 1994. He is Chairman of the Social Economic Council of the Carlos III University (Madrid) and a non-executive Director of Inversiones Inmobiliarias Lar, S.A.
Antonio Escámez
Born in 1951. Former Director and Executive Vice President of Banco Central Hispanoamericano from 1988 to 1999. He was appointed Director in April 1999. He is also a non-executive Chairman of Santander Consumer Finance, S.A., Open Bank Santander Consumer, S.A. and Arena Communications España, S.A., and a non-executive Vice Chairman of Attijariwafa Bank.
Francisco Luzón
Born in 1948. He joined Banco Santander in 1996 as Executive Vice President, Adjoint to the Chairman. Former Chairman of Banco Exterior de España (from 1988 to 1996), Caja Postal (from 1991 to 1996), Corporación Bancaria de España (from 1991 to 1996) and of Argentaria (1996). He is also a non-executive Director of Industria de Diseño Textil, S.A. and Chairman of the Social Council of the University of Castilla-La Mancha.
Abel Matutes
Born in 1941. Former Foreign Minister of the Spanish Government and EU Commissioner for the portfolios of Loans and Investment, Financial Engineering and Policy for Small and Medium-sized Companies (1989); North-South Relations, Mediterranean Policy and Relations with Latin America and Asia (1989) and of the Transport and Energy and Supply Agency of Euroatom (1993). He is also a Chairman of Fiesta Hotels & Resorts, S.L. and a Director of Eurizon Financial Group, FCC Construcción, S.A. and TUI AG.
Mutua Madrileña Automovilista
Spanish car insurance company represented on our Board by Luis Rodríguez. Mutua Madrileña Automovilista was appointed Director in April 2004.
Luis Rodríguez (Representative of the Company Director Mutua Madrileña Automovilista)
Born in 1941. In 2002 he joined the board of directors of Mutua Madrileña Automovilista and is currently First Vice Chairman of that board. He is also Joint Administrator of Ibérica de Maderas y Aglomerados, S.A., Chairman of Mutuactivos, the mutual fund institution of Mutua Madrileña, and Vice-Chairman of Aresa Seguros Generales, S.A.
Luis Ángel Rojo (Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee)
Born in 1934. Former Head of Economics, Statistics and Research Department, Deputy Governor and Governor of the Bank of Spain. He has been a member of the Governing Council of the European Central Bank, Vice-Chairman of the European Monetary Institute, member of United Nations’ Development Planning Committee and Treasurer of the International Association of Economy. He is Professor emeritus of the Complutense University of Madrid, member of the Group of Wise Men appointed by the ECOFIN Council for the study of integration of the European financial markets, member of the Royal Academy of Moral and Political Sciences and of the Royal Academy of the Spanish Language. He is also a non-executive Director of Corporación Financiera Alba, S.A.
Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson
Born in 1940. He is Chairman of France Telecom España and Constructora Inmobiliaria Urbanizadora Vasco-Aragonesa, S.A. and a non-executive Director of Mutua Madrileña Automovilista and Saint Gobain Cristalería, S.A.
Isabel Tocino
Born in 1949. Former Minister for Environment of the Spanish Government, former Chairwoman of the European Affairs and of the Foreign Affairs Committees of Spanish Congress and former Chairwoman for Spain and Portugal and former Vice-Chairwoman for Europe of Siebel Systems. She was appointed Director by co-option by the Board at its meeting held on March 26, 2007 and ratified by the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 23, 2007. She is a professor of the Complutense University of Madrid, non-executive Director of Climate Change Capital, Vice-Chairwoman of the International Association of Women Lawyers and the Federal Congress of the European Movement and member of the Royal Academy of Doctors.

 

113


Table of Contents

José A. Alvarez
Born in 1960. He joined the Bank in 2002. In 2004, he was appointed Executive Vice President, Financial Management.
Nuno Amado
Born in 1959. In 1997 he joined the Bank as a member of the Executive Committee of BCI/Banco Santander Portugal. In December 2004 he was appointed Director and Vice Chairman of Santander Totta’s Executive Committee. He was appointed Executive Vice President in July 2006. Also in 2006 he was appointed Santander Totta’s Chief Executive Officer.
David Arce
Born in 1943. He joined Banco Santander in 1964. In 1994, he was appointed Executive Vice President, Internal Auditing of Banco Santander and Banesto. He is also a Director of Banesto.
Ignacio Benjumea
Born in 1952. He joined Banco Santander in 1987 as General Secretary of Banco Santander de Negocios. In 1994 he was appointed Executive Vice President and General Secretary and Secretary of the Board of Banco Santander. He is also a Director of Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, Sociedad Holding de Mercados y Sistemas Financieros, S.A., Sociedad Rectora de la Bolsa de Madrid, S.A. and La Unión Resinera Española, S.A.
Juan Manuel Cendoya
Born in 1967. Former Manager of the Legal and Tax Departament of Bankinter, S.A. from 1999 to 2001. He joined the Bank on July 23, 2001 as Executive Vice President, Communications, Corporate Marketing and Research.
Fermín Colomés
Born in 1949. He was appointed Senior Vice President of Banesto in 1999. In 2002, he joined the Bank and in December 2006 was appointed Executive Vice President, Operations. At present, he is a Director of Open Bank Santander Consumer, S.A. and Santander de Titulización, S.G.F.T., S.A. and Chairman of Geobán, S.A. and Sercobán, Administración de Empresas, S.L.
José María Espí
Born in 1944. He joined the Bank in 1985 and, in 1988, was appointed Executive Vice President, Human Resources. In 1999 he was appointed Executive Vice President, Risk. He is also Chairman of Unión de Crédito Inmobiliario, S.A., E.F.C. and Director of UCI, S.A.
Enrique G. Candelas
Born in 1953. He joined Banco Santander in 1975 and was appointed Senior Vice President in 1993. He was appointed Executive Vice President, Santander Branch Network Spain in January 1999.
Joan-David Grimà
Born in 1953. He joined Banco Central Hispanoamericano in 1993. In June 2001 he was appointed Executive Vice President, Industrial Portfolio and in December 2005 he was appointed Executive Vice President, Asset Management and Insurance. He was formerly Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Auna Operadores de Telecomunicaciones, S.A. from January 2002 to November 2005. He is also a Director of Teka Industrial, S.A. and ACS Actividades de Construcción y Servicios, S.A.
Juan Guitard
Born in 1960. Former General Secretary of the Board of Banco Santander de Negocios (from 1994 to 1999) and Manager of the Investment Banking Department of the Bank (from 1999 to 2000). He rejoined the Bank in 2002, being appointed Executive Vice President, Vice-Secretary General of the Board.

 

114


Table of Contents

Gonzalo de las Heras
Born in 1940. He joined the Bank in 1990. He was appointed Executive Vice President in 1991 and supervises the North American business of the Group. He is also a Director of Sovereign Bancorp, Inc.
Antonio H. Osorio
Born in 1964. He joined Banco Santander in 1993 and was appointed Executive Vice President, Portugal, in January 2000. He was Chairman of the Executive Committee of Banco Santander Totta, S.A., Chairman of the Executive Committee of Banco Santander de Negocios Portugal, S.A. and non-executive Director of Abbey. In 2006 he was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Abbey.
Adolfo Lagos
Born in 1948. Former Chief Executive Officer of Grupo Financiero Serfin since 1996. He was appointed Executive Vice President, America, in October 2002 and Executive Vice President, Global Wholesale Banking, in April 2003.
Jorge Maortua
Born in 1961. Former Executive Vice President of Banesto since 2001, he joined the Bank in 2003 as Head of Global Treasury and was appointed Executive Vice President, Global Wholesale Banking, in 2004.
Serafín Méndez
Born in 1947. He joined the Bank in 1964. He was appointed Executive Vice President, Premises and Security in 2004.
Jorge Morán
Born in 1964. He joined the Bank in 2002. He was appointed Executive Vice President, Asset Management and Insurance in 2004. In December 2005, he was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Abbey and in 2006 Executive Vice President in charge of the Global Insurance Division.
César Ortega
Born in 1954. He joined the Bank in 2000 and was appointed Executive Vice President in 2006.
Javier Peralta
Born in 1950. He joined the Bank in 1989 and in 1993 was appointed Executive Vice President. In 2002, he was appointed Executive Vice President, Risk.
Marcial Portela
Born in 1945. He joined the Bank in 1998 as Executive Vice President. In 1999, he was appointed Executive Vice President, America. He is also a Director of Best Global, S.A.
Juan R. Inciarte
Born in 1952. He joined Banco Santander in 1985 as Director and Executive Vice President of Banco Santander de Negocios. In 1989 he was appointed Executive Vice President and from 1991 to 1999 he was a Director of Banco Santander. He is also a non-executive Vice Chairman of Santander Consumer Finance, Deputy Chairman of Abbey National plc and a Director of Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. He is also a Director of CEPSA and NIBC Bank N.V.
José Tejón
Born in 1951. He joined the Bank in 1989. In 2002 he was appointed Executive Vice President, Financial Accounting and Control.
Jesús Ma Zabalza
Born in 1958. Former Executive Vice President of La Caixa (from 1996 to 2002). He joined the Bank in 2002, being appointed Executive Vice President, America.

 

115


Table of Contents

The following is a description of arrangements or understandings with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others pursuant to which any person referred to above was appointed.
There are two Directors that are international financial institutions that have a holding in the Bank: Assicurazioni Generali S.p.A. (represented by Antoine Bernheim) and Mutua Madrileña Automovilista (represented by Luis Rodríguez).
B. Compensation
Directors’ compensation
By-law stipulated fees
Article 38 of the Bank’s By-laws provides that the share in the Bank’s profit for each year to be received by the members of the Board of Directors for discharging their duties will be up to 1% of the Bank’s net profit for the year.
The Board of Directors, making use of the powers conferred on it, set the related amount at 0.143% of the Bank’s net profit for 2006 (as compared to 0.152% in 2005 and 0.169% in 2004).
The Board of Directors, also under the powers conferred on it, resolved to allocate this amount as follows (assigning the respective proportional amounts to any Directors who did not sit on the Board for the whole year): each Board member received a gross payment of 107.4 thousand (2005: 89.5 thousand; 2004: 71.4 thousand) and, additionally, each member of the following Board Committees received the following gross payments: Executive Committee, 215.4 thousand (2005: 179.5 thousand; 2004: 155.1 thousand); Audit and Compliance Committee, 50 thousand (2005: 50 thousand; 2004: 35.7 thousand); Appointments and Remuneration Committee,30 thousand (2005: 30 thousand; 2004: no amount allocated). Also, the First Vice Chairman and the Fourth Vice Chairman received a gross payment amount of 36 thousand each (2005: 36 thousand; 2004: no amount allocated).
Furthermore and also as provided for in article 38 of our By-laws, in 2006 the Directors received the following gross fees, set by the Board on 15 December 2004, for attending Board and Committee meetings (excluding Executive Committee meetings):
-Board meetings: 2,310 for resident Directors and 1,870 for non-resident Directors (2005: 2,310 thousand and 1,870 thousand, respectively).
-Committee meetings: 1,155 for resident Directors and 935 for non-resident Directors (2005: 1,155 thousand and 935 thousand, respectively).
Salary compensation
As provided by our By-laws, the members of the Board and of the Executive Committee are entitled to be remunerated for discharging duties within the Bank other than those duties performed in their capacity as a Director.
Consequently, the Bank’s executive Directors (who as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are Emilio Botín, Alfredo Sáenz, Matías R. Inciarte, Ana P. Botín, and Francisco Luzón) received the following salary compensation:
             
  2006  2005  2004 
  (in thousands of euros) 
Total salaries
  20,970   18,494   16,179 
Of which: variable compensation
  13,666   11,412   9,395 

 

116


Table of Contents

The remuneration and other compensation granted to the directors in 2006 is as follows:
                                                     
  In thousands of euros 
  2006       
  Bylaw-Stipulated Compensation                    
              Appointments                    
          Audit and  and                    
      Executive  Compliance  Remuneration  Attendance Fees  Salary of Executive Directors (1)  Other      2005  2004 
Directors Board  Committee  Committee  Committee  Board  Other Fees  Fixed  Variable (a)  Total  Remuneration  Total  Total  Total 
Emilio Botín
  107   215         23   2   1,079   2,032   3,111   1   3,459   3,035   2,749 
Fernando de Asúa
  143   215   50   30   23   129               590   519   407 
Alfredo Sáenz
  107   215         23   2   2,718   4,652   7,370   382   8,099   7,161   6,252 
Matías R. Inciarte
  107   215         23   113   1,372   2,517   3,889   154   4,501   3,970   3,545 
Manuel Soto Serrano
  143      50   30   23   25               271   246   150 
Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A.
  125            11                  136   110   76 
Antonio Basagoiti
  107   215         23   111            3,021   3,477   414   279 
Ana P. Botín
  107   215         23      1,030   1,696   2,726   13   3,084   2,733   2,252 
Javier Botín
  107            21                  128   106   42 
Lord Terence Burns (***)
  107            15                  122   105   4 
Guillermo de la Dehesa
  107   215      30   21   8               381   326   258 
Rodrigo Echenique
  107   215      30   21   85            930   1,388   1,329   1,113 
Antonio Escámez
  107   215         23   110            874   1,329   1,337   1,088 
Francisco Luzón
  107   215         23      1,105   2,769   3,874   382   4,601   4,003   3,538 
Luís Ángel Rojo (****)
  107      50   30   23   22               232   113    
Abel Matutes
  107      50      23   9               189   172   144 
Mutua Madrileña Automovilista
  125            23                  148   122   62 
Luís Alberto Salazar-Simpson
  107      50      21   14               192   173   143 
Jay S. Sidhu (b)
  58                              58       
Emilio Botín O. (**)
                                   98   94 
Elías Masaveu (**)
                                   47   81 
Jaime Botín (*)
                                      48 
Juan Abelló (*)
                                      121 
José Manuel Arburúa (*)
                                      120 
Sir George Ross Mathewson (*)
                                      69 
Antonio de Sommer (*)
                                      25 
 
                                       
Total 2006
  2,092   2,150   250   150   386   630   7,304   13,666   20,970   5,757   32,385       
 
                                       
Total 2005
  1,795   1,800   256   148   315   607   7,082   11,412   18,494   2,704      26,119    
 
                                       
Total 2004
  1,435   1,463   214      387   697   6,784   9,395   16,179   2,285         22,660 
 
                                       
(*) 
Directors who were Board members for some months in 2004 but ceased to be directors prior to December 31, 2004.
 
(**) 
Directors who were Board members for some months in 2005 but ceased to be directors prior to December 31, 2005.
 
(***) 
Appointed as member of the Bank’s Board of Directors on December 20, 2004 and subsequently ratified by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005.
 
(****) 
Appointed as member of the Bank’s Board of Directors on April 25, 2005 and subsequently ratified by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005.
 
(a) 
Accrued in 2006.
 
(b) 
Appointed by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006 and ceased to discharge his duties on December 31, 2006.
 
(1) 
Recognized under “Personnel expenses” in the income statement of the Bank, except for the salary of Ana P. Botín, which is recognized at Banco Español de Crédito, S.A.

 

117


Table of Contents

The amounts recorded under “Other remuneration” in the foregoing table include, inter alia, the life and medical insurance costs borne by the Group. They also include the remuneration paid to Antonio Escámez and Rodrigo Echenique under contracts for the provision of services other than the supervisory and decision-making functions as Board members.
Also Antonio Basagoiti received €3 million for his duties during the time he sat on the Board of Unión Fenosa at the Bank’s proposal; this remuneration, proposed by the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, was approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors on February 6, 2006.
Compensation to the Board Members as representatives of the Bank and to Senior Management
Representation on other boards
By resolution of the Executive Committee, all the compensation received by the Bank’s Directors who represent the Bank on the boards of directors of listed companies in which the Bank has a stake (at the expense of those companies) relating to appointments made after March 18, 2002, will accrue to the Group. The compensation received in 2006 in connection with representation duties of this kind, relating to appointments made after March 18, 2002, was as follows:
       
    Thousands 
  Company of Euros 
Emilio Botín
 Shinsei  59.9 
Fernando de Asúa
 CEPSA  95.6 
Antonio Escámez
 Attijariwafa Bank  5.0 
 
     
 
    160.5 
 
     
In 2006 Emilio Botín also received options to acquire 25,000 shares of Shinsei at a price of JPY825 each. Previously, in 2005, Emilio Botín had received options to acquire 25,000 Shinsei shares at a price of JPY601 each. At December 29, 2006, the market price of the Shinsei share was JPY700 and, therefore, regardless of the stipulated exercise periods, the options granted in 2006 could not have been exercised, whereas the exercise of the options granted in 2005 would have given rise to a theoretical gain of 15,800.
Furthermore, other Directors of the Bank earned a total of 732 thousand in 2006 as members of the Boards of Directors of Group companies (2005: 739,000; 2004: 84,000), the detail being as follows: Lord Burns received 686,000 from Abbey, Rodrigo Echenique received 23,000 from Banco Banif, S.A. and Matías R. Inciarte received 23,000 from UCI, S.A.
Senior management
Below are the details of the aggregate compensation paid to the Bank’s Executive Officers (*) in 2006, 2005 and 2004:
                         
  Number  In thousands of euros 
  of  Salary Compensation  Other    
Year People (1)  Fixed  Variable  Total  Compensation  Total 
2004
  23   15,156   24,399   39,555   1,727   41,282 
2005
  24   16,450   27,010   43,460   2,708   46,168 
2006
  26   19,119   34,594   53,713   11,054   64,767 
(*) 
Excluding Executive Directors’ compensation, which is detailed above.
 
(1) 
At some point in the year they occupied the position of Executive Vice President.
Pension commitments, other insurance and other items
The total balance of supplementary pension obligations assumed by the Group over the years for its current and retired employees, which amounted to 14,014 million (covered mostly by in-house allowances) as of December 31, 2006, includes the obligations to those who have been Directors of the Bank during the year and who discharge (or have discharged) executive functions during the year. The total pension commitments for these Directors, together with the total sum insured under life insurance policies at that date and other items, amounted to 234 million as of December 31, 2006 (182 million as of December 31, 2005 and 178 million as of December 31, 2004).

 

118


Table of Contents

The following table provides information on the obligations undertaken and covered by the Group relating to pension commitments and other insurance for the Bank’s executive Directors:
                         
  In thousands of euros 
  2006  2005    
  Total Accrued      Total Accrued      2004 
  Pension  Other  Pension  Other  Total Accrued  Other 
  Obligations  Insurance  Obligations  Insurance  Pension Obligations  Insurance 
Emilio Botín
  21,068      11,785      10,700    
Alfredo Sáenz
  55,537   8,155   45,444   7,917   46,061   7,724 
Matías R. Inciarte
  39,390   4,117   28,953   3,997   27,752   3,900 
Ana P. Botín
  15,045   1,402   12,232   1,373   9,742   1,258 
Francisco Luzón
  39,187   6,571   39,188   6,380   35,703   6,224 
 
                  
Total
  170,227   20,245   137,602   19,667   129,958   19,106 
 
                  
The amounts in the “Total Accrued Pension Obligations” column in the foregoing table relate to the present actuarial value of the accrued future annual payments to be made by us which the beneficiaries are not entitled to receive in a single payment. These amounts were obtained from actuarial calculations and cover the commitments to pay the Directors’ respective pension supplements, which were calculated as follows:
In the case of Emilio Botín, Alfredo Sáenz, Matías R. Inciarte and Ana P. Botín, these supplements were calculated as 100% of the sum of the fixed annual salary received at the date of effective retirement plus 30% of the arithmetical mean of the last three variable salary payments received.
In addition, in the case of Francisco Luzón, to the amount thus calculated will be added the amounts received by him in the year before retirement or early retirement in his capacity as a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank or of other consolidable Group companies.
Pension charges recognized and reversed in 2006 amounted to 44,819 thousand and 629 thousand.
Additionally, other Directors benefit from life insurance policies at the Group’s expense, the related insured sum being 3 million as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
Finally, the total pension commitments, together with the total sum insured under life insurance policies for the Bank’s Executive Officers (excluding executive Directors), amounted to238 million as of December 31, 2006.
Stock option plan
Our By-laws provide that Directors may also receive compensation in the form of shares of the Bank or options over the shares, or other remuneration linked to the share value following a resolution adopted by the shareholders at the General Shareholders’ Meeting (conducted in accordance with our By-laws and applicable Spanish legislation).
Article 28.3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors states that only executive Directors can benefit from remuneration systems involving delivery of shares or options on them.

 

119


Table of Contents

The detail of the Bank’s share options granted to directors is as follows (See Notes 5 and 49 to our Consolidated Financial Statements):
                                                                                 
                              Exercised Options                              
                                      Granted              Exercised Options               
          Options Granted                      Market                      Market          Date of  Date of 
  Options at  Exercise      Exercise  Exercised  Options at  Options      Exercise  Price  Options at  Exercise  Options      Exercise  Price  Options at  Exercise  Commencement  Expiration of 
  January 1,  Price      Price  Options  January 1,  Granted      Price  Applied  December 31,  Price  Granted      Price  Applied  December 31,  Price  of Exercise  Exercise 
  2004  (Euros)  Number  (Euros)  Number  2005  Number  Number  (Euros)  (Euros)  2005  (Euros)  Number  Number  (Euros)  (Euros)  2006  (Euros)  Period  Period 
Managers Plan 2000:
                                                                                
 
                                                                                
Emilio Botín
  150,000   10.545            150,000      (150,000)  10.545   11.12                           12/30/03   12/29/05 
Alfredo Sáenz
  100,000   10.545            100,000      (100,000)  10.545   11.14                           12/30/03   12/29/05 
Matías R. Inciarte
  125,000   10.545            125,000      (125,000)  10.545   11.14                           12/30/03   12/29/05 
Antonio Escámez
  100,000   10.545            100,000      (100,000)  10.545   11.07                           12/30/03   12/29/05 
Francisco Luzón
  100,000   10.545            100,000      (100,000)  10.545   11.14                            12/30/03   12/29/05 
 
                                                              
 
  575,000   10.545            575,000      (575,000)  10.545   11.12                                 
 
                                                              
Long-Term Incentive Plan (I06)
                                                                                
 
                                                                                
Emilio Botín
        541,400   9.09      541,400               541,400   9.09               541,400   9.09   01/15/08   01/15/09 
Alfredo Sáenz
        1,209,100   9.09      1,209,100               1,209,100   9.09               1,209,100   9.09   01/15/08   01/15/09 
Matías R. Inciarte
        665,200   9.09      665,200               665,200   9.09               665,200   9.09   01/15/08   01/15/09 
Ana P. Botín (*)
        293,692   9.09      293,692               293,692   9.09               293,692   9.09   01/15/08   01/15/09 
Francisco Luzón
        639,400   9.09      639,400               639,400   9.09               639,400   9.09   01/15/08   01/15/09 
 
                                                               
 
        3,348,792   9.09      3,348,792               3,348,792   9.09               3,348,792   9.09         
 
                                                            
(*) 
Approved by Banesto’s shareholders at its Annual General Meeting on February 28, 2006.

 

120


Table of Contents

Description of Stock Option and Compensation Plans
In recent years, the Bank has put in place compensation systems for its managers and employees linked to the market performance of the Bank’s shares based on the achievement of certain objectives.
Additionally, on June 23, 2007 the General Shareholders’ Meeting approved 100 free shares of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. to each active employee of Santander Group, to celebrate the 150th Anniversary of Banco Santander.
After a report from the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, and within the framework of approval by the Bank’s Board of Directors of a long-term incentive policy and of the plans making up such policy, the following resolutions were adopted by the General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 23, 2007 in connection with the matters requiring a decision of the shareholders acting at the General Shareholders’ Meeting:
Approval of the first and second cycle of the Performance Shares Plan.
The first and second share delivery cycle linked to the attainment of certain objectives, which are subject to the following rules, was approved:
(i) Beneficiaries: The executive Directors and other members of the Senior Management as well as such other managers of the Santander Group (excluding Banesto) as the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, acting under powers delegated to it by the Board, may determine. The overall number of participants is expected to be approximately 5,000, although the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, acting under powers delegated to it by the Board, may decide to include (by promotion or addition to the Group) or exclude other participants, without changing the maximum overall number of shares to be delivered that are authorized at any time.
(ii) Objectives: The objectives (the “Objectives”) whose achievement will determine the number of shares to be delivered are linked to two indicators:
a) Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”); and
b) Growth in Earnings per Share (“EPS”).
For the purposes hereof, TSR shall mean the difference (stated as a percentage ratio) between the value of an investment in common shares in each of the compared institutions at the end of the period and the value of the same investment at the beginning of the period, bearing in mind that, for purposes of the calculation of such value at the end of the period, the dividends or similar items received by the shareholders for such investment during the respective period of time will be considered as if they had been invested in additional shares of the same type on the first date on which the dividend is due to the shareholders and at the average weighted listing price on such date. The listing prices set forth in paragraph (iii) below shall be used to determine such values at the beginning and at the end of the period.
For the same purposes, EPS growth shall mean the percentage ratio between the earnings per common share as disclosed in the annual consolidated financial statements at the beginning and at the end of the comparison period, as determined in paragraph (iii) below.
At the end of the respective cycle, the TSR and EPS growth of Santander and of each of the entities of the group defined below (“Reference Group”) will be calculated and will be ranked in descending order. Each of the two indicators (TSR and EPS growth) shall separately have a 50% weight in the determination of the percentage of shares to be delivered, on the basis of the following scale and according to Santander’s relative position within the Reference Group:
           
  Percentage of Santander's Percentage of
Santander's shares to be position in the shares to be
position in the delivered EPS growth delivered
TSR ranking over maximum ranking over maximum
1st to 6th
  50% 1st to 6th  50%
7th
  43% 7th  43%
8th
  36% 8th  36%
9th
  29% 9th  29%
10th
  22% 10th  22%
11th
  15% 11th  15%
12th or more
  0% 12th or more  0%

 

121


Table of Contents

The Reference Group will initially be composed of the following 21 entities:
   
Bank Country
 
  
ABN AMRO Holding
 The Netherlands
Banco Itau
 Brazil
Bank of America
 United States
Barclays
 United Kingdom
BBVA
 Spain
BNP Paribas
 France
Citigroup
 United States
Credit Agricole
 France
HBOS
 United Kingdom
HSBC Holdings
 United Kingdom
Intesa Sanpaolo
 Italy
JP Morgan Chase & Co.
 United States
Lloyds TSB Group
 United Kingdom
Mitsubishi
 Japan
Nordea Bank
 Sweden
Royal Bank of Canada
 Canada
Royal Bank of Scotland Group
 United Kingdom
Société Générale
 France
UBS
 Switzerland
Unicredito Italiano
 Italy
Wells Fargo & Co.
 United States
If any of the entities of the Reference Group is acquired by another company, is delisted or disappears, it will be removed from the Reference Group. In such case and in any other similar case, the comparison to the Reference Group will be made in such a way that, for each of the indicators considered (TSR and EPS growth), the maximum percentage of shares will be earned if Santander is included in the first quartile (including the twenty-fifth percentile) of the Reference Group; no shares will be earned if Santander is below the mean (fiftieth percentile) of the Reference Group; 30% of the maximum number of shares will be earned in the mean (fiftieth percentile) and, for intermediate positions between (but not including) the median and the first quartile (not including the twenty-fifth quartile), it will be calculated by linear interpolation.
(iii) Duration: The first cycle will comprise 2007 and 2008. Accordingly, for the purposes of the objective linked to TSR, the average weighted by daily volume of the daily weighted average trading prices of the fifteen trading sessions immediately preceding (but not including) April 1, 2007 will be taken into account (to calculate the value at the beginning of the period) and that of the fifteen trading sessions immediately preceding (but not including) April 1, 2009 (to calculate the value at the end of the period); and for purposes of the objective linked to EPS growth, the consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2006 and the consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2008 will be taken into account. To receive the shares, the beneficiary in question will be required to have been in active service with the Group, except in the event of death or disability, through June 30, 2009. Delivery of the shares, if appropriate, will be made not later than July 31, 2009, on the date determined by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee acting under powers delegated to it by the Board.
The second cycle will comprise 2007, 2008 and 2009. Accordingly, for purposes of the objective related to TSR, the average weighted by daily volume of the daily weighted average trading prices of the fifteen trading sessions immediately preceding (but not including) April 1, 2007 will be taken into account (to calculate the value at the beginning of the period) and that of the fifteen trading sessions immediately preceding (but not including) April 1, 2010 (to calculate the value at the end of the period); and, for purposes of the objective linked to EPS growth, the consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2006 and the consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2009 will be taken into account. To receive the shares, the beneficiary in question will be required to have been in active service with the Group, except in the event of death or disability, through June 30, 2010.

 

122


Table of Contents

Delivery of the shares, if appropriate, will be made not later than July 31, 2010, on the date determined by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee acting under powers delegated to it by the Board.
The shares shall be delivered by the Bank or by another company of the Group, as the case may be.
(iv) Maximum number of shares to be delivered: Subject to the other limits set forth in this resolution, the maximum number of shares to be delivered to each beneficiary shall be the result of dividing a percentage of the beneficiary’s fixed annual compensation on the date of adoption of this resolution by the average weighted by daily volume of the daily weighted average trading prices of the Bank’s shares during the fifteen trading sessions immediately preceding May 7, 2007, rounded to two decimal places, which was 13.46 per share.
In the case of executive Directors, such percentage of their fixed annual compensation shall be of 47.4% for the first cycle and 71% for the second cycle, except for Ana P. Botín, for whom 70% of such percentages shall be applied for each cycle. Accordingly, the number of shares to be delivered to each executive Director shall not exceed the following:
         
Executive Directors First Cycle  Second Cycle 
 
        
Emilio Botín
  41,785   62,589 
Alfredo Sáenz
  110,084   164,894 
Matías R. Inciarte
  53,160   79,627 
Francisco Luzón
  44,749   67,029 
Ana P. Botín
  27,929   41,835 
Without prejudice to the Banesto shares that might correspond to Ana P. Botín under the plans that might be approved at Banesto’s General Shareholders’ Meeting, the maximum number of shares referred to in the preceding table corresponding to such executive Director must be submitted for approval at such meeting.
Approval of the first cycle (2008-2010) of the Matched Deferred Bonus Plan.
The first cycle of delivery of shares related to mandatory investment of variable compensation (“Matched Deferred Bonus Plan”), which is subject to the following rules, was approved:
(i) Beneficiaries: The executive Directors and other members of the Senior Management of the Bank, as well as the other principal managers of the Santander Group (excluding Banesto), as determined by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, acting under powers delegated to it by the Board (36 beneficiaries). Without prejudice to the foregoing, such new participants may be added to the Plan as are appropriate as a result of promotion, joining the group or other reasons, in the opinion of the Board of Directors or of the Executive Committee, acting under powers delegated to it by the Board, without modifying the other terms and conditions thereof.
(ii) Operation: The beneficiaries shall mandatorily use 10% of their 2007 gross variable annual compensation (or bonus) to purchase Bank shares in the market (the “Mandatory Investment”). The Mandatory Investment shall be made not later than February 29, 2008. The Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, acting under powers delegated to it by the Board, may reduce such period.
The holding of the shares acquired in the Mandatory Investment and permanence of the participant at the Santander Group for a period of three years as from the date of the Mandatory Investment shall entitle the participant to receive from the Bank or from another company of the Group, as the case may be, the same number of Santander shares as that initially purchased on a mandatory basis, i.e., at the rate of one share for each share acquired in the Mandatory Investment.
In the event that the sum of 10% of the annual variable compensation (bonus) for 2007 of plan beneficiaries, when invested in Bank shares, results in the Mandatory Investment of all beneficiaries exceeding the aggregate maximum number of shares set by the Board of Directors, or by the Executive Committee, acting under powers delegated to it by the Board, with the Total Limit, as defined below, the amount to be invested by each beneficiary shall be reduced proportionately so as not to exceed such Total Limit.

 

123


Table of Contents

(iii) Term: This first cycle comprises 2008-2010. The delivery of shares by the Bank will be made, if appropriate, between January 1, and April 1, 2011, on the specific date to be determined by the Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee, acting under powers delegated to it by the Board, within one month of the third anniversary of the date on which the Mandatory Investment was made.
The Mandatory Investment of each executive Director shall be the result of applying sub-paragraph (ii) above, with the following maximum limits:
     
Executive Directors Maximum No. of shares 
Emilio Botín
  16,306 
Alfredo Sáenz
  37,324 
Matías R. Inciarte
  20,195 
Francisco Luzón
  22,214 
Ana P. Botín
  13,610 
The maximum number of shares for Ana P. Botín will also be submitted to the shareholders at the Banesto General Shareholders’ Meeting for approval.
Approval of the maximum limit of shares of the Selective Share Delivery Plan.
The delivery of Bank shares up to a maximum of 2,189,004 (representing 0.035% of the current share capital) to be used selectively as an instrument to retain or hire managers or employees of the Bank or of other companies of the Group, with the exception of the executive Directors, was authorized. The Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, acting under powers delegated to it by the Board, shall make all decisions regarding the use of this instrument. The overall limit established in this resolution shall also be observed.
A minimum period of permanence with the Group of 3 to 4 years will be required of each participant. At the end of the minimum period established in each case, the participant will be entitled to delivery of the shares.
The authorization granted herein may be used to make commitments to deliver shares for 12 months following the date on which such authorization is granted.
Other rules.
The aggregate maximum number of shares to be delivered pursuant to this resolution shall be 28,144,334, representing 0.45% of the share capital as of the date hereof (the Total Limit).
In the event of a change in the number of shares due to decrease or increase in the par value of the shares or a transaction with an equivalent effect, the number of shares to be delivered shall be modified so as to maintain the percentage of the total share capital represented by them and the corresponding adjustments shall be made in order for the calculation of TSR and EPS growth to be correct.
Information from the stock exchange with the largest trading volume or, in case of doubt, from the stock exchange of the place where the registered office is located shall be used to determine the listing price of each share.
If necessary or appropriate for legal, regulatory or similar reasons, the delivery mechanisms provided for herein may be adapted in specific cases without altering the maximum number of shares linked to the plan or the basic conditions to which the delivery thereof is made contingent. Such adaptations may include the substitution of delivery of equivalent amounts in cash for the delivery of shares.
The shares to be delivered may be owned by the Bank or by any of its subsidiaries, be newly-issued shares, or be obtained from third parties that have signed agreements to ensure that the commitments made will be met.
For more information on the resolutions adopted by the Shareholder’s Meeting held on June 23, 2007, see our Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2007.

 

124


Table of Contents

Below is a summary of the different stock option and compensation plans in effect as of January 1, 2006:
I 06 Plan
On December 20, 2004, the Board of Directors decided to implement, subject to the approval of our General Shareholders’ Meeting held on June 18, 2005, a new long-term incentive plan (I-06) in the form of stock options tied to the achievement of two objectives: a revaluation of the Bank’s share price and growth in earnings per share, in both cases above a sample of comparable banks. Both objectives have already been achieved. 2,557 officers are covered by this plan with a total of 96,251,390 options of Bank shares already granted at an exercise price of 9.09. The exercise period is from January 15, 2008 to January 15, 2009. This plan was approved by our shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005.
The above table indicates the number of Santander share options held by our Directors under this plan.
Additionally, the following plans were cancelled during 2005:
Plan Four
Five of our officers participated in an option plan known as “Plan Four”. Each option received under this plan granted its holder the right to receive one share of Santander ordinary common stock, par value 0.50. The exercise price of the shares subject to this plan was7.84, and plan participants could exercise these options until December 30, 2005. Plan participants must hold the shares acquired through this plan for a period of twelve months following the date of exercise of the options. During 2005, 228,000 options were exercised and the plan expired.
Investment Bank Plan
56 of our officers from the Global Wholesale Banking Division participated in an equity incentive plan known as the “Investment Bank Plan”. The number of options received by plan participants under this plan was based on the extent to which certain business objectives were achieved. Each option received under this plan granted its holder the right to receive one share of Santander ordinary common stock, par value 0.50. The exercise price of the shares subject to this plan was 10.25, and plan participants could exercise the first 50% of the options granted from June 16, 2003, and the remaining 50% from June 16, 2004. The exercise period ended in both cases on June 15, 2005. During 2005, no options were exercised and the plan expired.
Young Executives Plan
111 of our officers participated in an option plan known as the “Young Executives Plan”. Each option received under this plan granted its holder the right to receive one share of Santander ordinary common stock, par value 0.50. The exercise price of the shares subject to this plan was 2.29, and plan participants could have exercised the first 50% of the options granted from July 1, 2003 until June 30, 2005 and the remaining 50% from July 1, 2004 until June 30, 2005. Plan participants must hold the shares acquired through this plan for a period of twelve months following the date of exercise of the options. During 2005, 329,000 options were exercised and the plan expired.
Managers Plan 2000
970 of our officers participated in an option plan known as the “Managers Plan 2000”. Each option received under this plan granted its holder the right to receive one share of Santander ordinary common stock, par value 0.50. The exercise price of the options subject to this plan is 10.55, and plan participants could exercise these options from December 30, 2003 until December 29, 2005. Plan participants must hold the shares acquired through this plan for a period of twelve months following the date of exercise of the options. During 2005, 12,389,000 options were exercised and the plan expired.

 

125


Table of Contents

European Branches Plan
27 of our officers participated in an incentive plan known as the “European Branches Plan”. Subject to the achievement of certain objectives, the beneficiaries of this plan received a payment in cash or in shares of Santander. For purposes of the calculation of the number of shares to be delivered, the share price was calculated at the average quoted price of the month previous to the incorporation to the branch and plan participants could exercise 1,615,000 of the options granted from July 1, 2004 until July 15, 2004, and could exercise the remaining options granted from July 1, 2005 until July 15, 2005. During 2005, 2,660,000 options were exercised and the plan expired.
Additionally, the following plans were cancelled during 2004:
Managers Plan 1999
As of January 1, 2004, 243 of our officers participated in an option plan known as the “Managers Plan 1999”. Each option received under this plan granted its holder the right to receive one share of Santander ordinary common stock, par value 0.50. The exercise price of the shares subject to this plan was 2.29, and plan participants could exercise these options from December 31, 2001 until December 30, 2004. Plan participants must hold the shares acquired through this plan for a period of twelve months following the date of exercise of the options. During 2004, 1,139,488 options were exercised.
Additional Managers Plan 1999
As of January 1, 2004, 14 of our officers participated in an option plan known as the “Additional Managers Plan 1999”. Each option received under this plan granted its holder the right to receive one share of Santander ordinary common stock, par value 0.50. The exercise price of the shares subject to this plan was 2.41, and plan participants could exercise these options from April 1, 2002 until December 30, 2004. Plan participants must hold the shares acquired through this plan for a period of nine months following the date of exercise of the options. During 2004, 55,668 options were exercised.

 

126


Table of Contents

Stock Option and Compensation Plans
                             
      Euros              Date of  Date of 
  Number of  Exercise  Year  Employee  Number of  Commencement  Expiry of 
  Shares  Price  Granted  Group  Persons  of Exercise Period  Exercise Period 
Plans outstanding at January 1, 2004
  25,739,966   9.38                     
 
                          
 
                            
Options exercised
  (1,934,406)  (2.83)                    
Of which:
                            
Plan Four
  (36,000)  7.84                     
Managers Plan 99
  (1,139,488)  2.29                     
Additional Managers Plan 99
  (55,668)  2.41                     
Young Executives Plan
  (563,250)  2.29                     
European Branches Plan
  (140,000)  8.23                     
 
                            
Options cancelled or not exercised
  (2,678,810)                       
 
                            
 
                          
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2004
  21,126,750   9.94                     
 
                          
Of which:
                            
Plan Four
  228,000   7.84   1998  Managers  5   01/09/03   12/30/05 
Investment Bank Plan
  4,503,750   10.25   2000  Managers  56   06/16/03   06/15/05 
Young Executives Plan
  364,000   2.29   2000  Managers  111   07/01/03   06/30/05 
Managers Plan 2000
  13,341,000   10.545   2000  Managers  970   12/30/03   12/29/05 
European Branches Plan
  2,690,000   7.60 (*) 2002 and 2003 Managers  27   07/01/05   07/15/05 
 
                            
 
                     
Plans outstanding at January 1, 2005
  21,126,750   9.94                     
 
                     
 
                            
Options granted (Plan I06)
  99,900,000   9.09 (**)     Managers  2,601   01/15/08   01/15/09 
 
                            
Options exercised
  (15,606,000)  (9.83)                    
Of which:
                            
Plan Four
  (228,000)  7.84                     
Investment Bank Plan
                          
Young Executives Plan
  (329,000)  2.29                     
Managers Plan 2000
  (12,389,000)  10.545                     
European Branches Plan
  (2,660,000)  7.60 (*)                    
 
                            
Options cancelled or not exercised
  (5,520,750)                       
 
                            
 
                     
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2005
  99,900,000   9.09      Managers  2,601   01/15/08   01/15/09 
 
                     
 
                            
Options exercised
                          
 
                            
Options cancelled, net (Plan I06)
  (3,648,610)  9.09      Managers  (44)  01/15/08   01/15/09 
 
                            
 
                     
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2006
  96,251,390   9.09      Managers  2,557   01/15/08   01/15/09 
 
                     
(*) 
The average exercise price ranges from 5.65 to 10.15 per share.
 
(**) 
The exercise price of the options under Plan I06 is 9.09 per share, which is the weighted average of the daily average market price of the Bank shares on the continuous market in the first 15 trading days of January 2005. This was the criterion established in the resolution approving Plan I06 adopted at the Annual General Meeting held on June 18, 2005. The documentation on the aforementioned resolution stated correctly the method to be used to set the exercise price but, by mistake, an amount of 9.07 per share was mentioned rather than the correct amount of 9.09 per share.

 

127


Table of Contents

The option plans on shares of the Bank originally granted by management of Abbey to its employees (on Abbey shares) are as follows:
                             
      Pounds              Date of  Date of 
  Number of  Sterling (*)  Year  Employee  Number of  Commencement  Expiry of 
  Shares  Exercise Price  Granted  Group  Persons  of Exercise Period  Exercise Period 
Plans outstanding at December 31,2004
  17,675,567   3.58                     
 
                          
Of which:
                            
Executive Options
  358,844   4.16                     
Employee Options
  56,550   5.90                     
Sharesave
  17,260,173   3.56                     
 
                            
 
                          
Plans outstanding at January 1, 2005
  17,675,567   3.58                     
 
                          
 
                            
Options exercised
  (1,769,216)  4.45                     
Of which:
                            
Executive Options
  (89,305)  4.43                     
Employee Options
  (2,550)  5.90                     
Sharesave
  (1,677,361)  4.45                     
 
                            
Options cancelled or not exercised
  (1,783,670)                       
 
                            
Plans outstanding at December 31,2005
  14,122,681   3.41                     
Of which:
                            
Executive Options
  269,539   4.07                     
Employee Options
  54,000   5.90                     
Sharesave
  13,799,142   3.38                     
 
                            
 
                          
Plans outstanding at January 1, 2006
  14,122,681   3.41                     
 
                          
 
                            
Options granted (MTIP)
  2,825,123   7.50  2005 and 2006 Managers  174  First half of 2008 First half of 2008
Options exercised
  (5,214,171)  3.41                     
Of which:
                            
Executive Options
  (87,659)  4.07                     
Employee Options
  (33,000)  5.90                     
Sharesave
  (5,093,512)  3.38                     
 
                            
Options cancelled (net) or not exercised
  (1,379,401)                       
 
                            
Plans outstanding at December 31,2006
  10,354,232   4.32                     
Of which:
                            
Executive Options
  178,026   4.11   2003-2004  Managers  13   03/26/06   03/24/13 
Employee Options
                     
Sharesave
  7,638,791   3.32   1998-2004  Employees  4,512 (**)  04/01/06   09/01/11 
MTIP
  2,537,415   7.39  2005 and 2006 Managers  170  First half of 2008 First half of 2008
(*) 
At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the euro/pound sterling exchange rate was 1.4892/GBP 1, 1.4592/GBP 1 and 1.4183/GBP 1, respectively.
 
(**) 
Number of accounts/contracts. A single employee may have more than one account/contract.
In 2005 the Group designed a Medium-Term Incentive Plan (MTIP) involving the delivery of Bank shares to Abbey executives. Under the plan, effective allocation of the shares in 2008 is tied to the achievement of business targets by Abbey (in terms of net profit and income). This Plan was approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006. Subsequently, it was considered necessary to amend the conditions of the Plan in order to reflect the impact of the sale of Abbey’s life insurance business to Resolution on the income targets of Abbey for 2007. The Board of Directors, after obtaining a favorable report from the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, submitted this amendment for ratification by the shareholders. The amendment was ratified at the Annual General Meeting held on June 23, 2007. The plan has 174 beneficiaries and involves the delivery of up to a maximum of 2,825,123 shares of Santander. Effective delivery of the shares is scheduled for 2008, provided the related targets are met.
C. Board practices
Date of expiration of the current term of office of the directors and the period during which the directors have served in that office:
The period during which the Directors have served in their office is shown in the table under Section A of this Item 6.

 

128


Table of Contents

The date of expiration of the current term of office is shown in the table below:
     
Name Date of expiration
Emilio Botín
 1st half 2010
Fernando de Asúa
 1st half 2011
Alfredo Sáenz
 1st half 2011
Matías R. Inciarte
 1st half 2010
Manuel Soto
 1st half 2010
Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A.
 1sthalf 2012
Antonio Basagoiti
 1sthalf 2012
Ana P. Botín
 1st half 2011
Javier Botín
 1st half 2010
Lord Burns
 1st half 2011
Guillermo de la Dehesa
 1st half 2010
Rodrigo Echenique
 1st half 2011
Antonio Escámez
 1sthalf 2012
Francisco Luzón
 1sthalf 2012
Abel Matutes
 1st half 2010
Mutua Madrileña Automovilista.
 1st half 2009
Luis Ángel Rojo
 1st half 2010
Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson
 1st half 2009
Isabel Tocino
 1st half 2011
The essential terms and conditions of the contracts subscribed by the Bank with its executive Directors are as follows:
The Appointments and Remuneration Committee, at its meeting on December 13, 2006, reported favorably on the contract for providing services as executive Chairman of Emilio Botín and made the related proposal for its approval by the Board, which took place on December 18, 2006.
The essential terms and conditions of the contracts of the executive Directors are as follows:
(i) Exclusivity and non-competition
Executive Directors may not enter into other service contracts with other companies or institutions, unless prior authorization is obtained from the Board of Directors, an obligation of non-competition being established with respect to companies and activities of a nature similar to that of the Bank or its consolidated Group.
(ii) Code of Conduct
Mention is made of the obligation to strictly observe the provisions of Grupo Santander’s General Code of Conduct and the Code of Conduct in the Securities Market, specifically with respect to rules of confidentiality, professional ethics and conflict of interests.
(iii) Remuneration
The remuneration for undertaking their executive responsibilities is compatible with the joint participation in the year’s profits and attendance fees to which Directors are entitled, as it is expressly stated by the By-laws and the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors.
The remuneration packages for executive tasks incorporate the following basic elements:
a. Fixed remuneration
The amount should be in line with comparable amounts in the market. Also considered is the leadership position to which Santander aims to occupy. The fixed remuneration should not represent, in ordinary circumstances, more than 50% of the whole annual fixed and variable (bonus) remuneration package.
In 2004, 2005 and 2006, the respective percentages were, on average, 41.9%, 38.3% and 34.8%.

 

129


Table of Contents

b. Annual variable remuneration (or bonus)
The annual variable remuneration (or bonus) of executive Directors is largely linked to meeting targets for profit before tax (PBT). In the case of executive Directors with general management functions within the Group, fulfilling the targets of PBT for the entire Group is the main requirement, while in the case of executive Directors with management functions more focused on a specific business division, the main requirement is meeting the division’s PBT targets. On the basis of these criteria, at the beginning of the year a range of variable remuneration is estimated for executive Directors.
c. Pension rights
In addition, executive Directors are entitled to receive a pension supplement in the event of early retirement or retirement, which may be externalized by the Bank. The Bank may request executive Directors to take early retirement, provided they have reached the age of 50 and have served more than 10 years in the Bank and/or other Group companies, although the Bank may order an extension of their professional duties for six months in order to arrange for a replacement. Likewise, executive Directors may take early retirement at their own request if they are over 55 and have served the Bank and/or other Group companies for 10 years. In any event, any decision with respect to retirement or early retirement should be presented with a 60 days’ notice.
Pension rights are also recognized in favor of the spouse (widow) and children (orphans) in cases of death and permanent disability of the executive Director.
Generally, the amount of such pension supplement consists of the amount necessary to reach an annual gross amount equivalent to 100% of the fixed salary received by the Director in question at the time when he or she actually ceased working, plus 30% of the average of the last three variable remuneration amounts received. In certain cases, if the early retirement occurs at the request of the Director, the amount resulting after applying the above criterion would be reduced by percentages ranging from 20% to 4% in terms of the Director’s age on early retirement.
Receipt of pension supplements is incompatible with rendering of services to competitors of the Bank or its Group, unless the Bank’s express authorization is received.
(iv) Termination
The contracts are of indefinite duration. However, the termination of the relationship because of an executive Director’s non-fulfilment of obligations or voluntarily stepping down will not give rise to the right to any economic compensation. If termination occurs for reasons attributable to the Bank or for objective circumstances, such as those which affect the functional and organic statute of the executive Director, the Director will have, at the termination of the relationship with the Bank, the right to:
1. In the case of Emilio Botín, retirement, with pension supplement. At December 31, 2006 this supplement would have been 1,529,000 a year.
2. In the cases of Matías R. Inciarte and Francisco Luzón, early retirement, with pension supplement. At December 31, 2006, this would be 1,916,000 a year for Matías R. Inciarte and1,972,000 a year for Francisco Luzón (1,801,000 and 1,938,000, respectively, in 2005).
3. In the case of Ana P. Botín, compensation of up to five times the annual fixed salary, as set in the contract on the basis of the date of termination. At December 31, 2006, the amount would be 4,120,000 (4,000,000 at December 31, 2005). This compensation is incompatible with receiving a pension supplement.
4. In the case of Alfredo Sáenz, retirement or receive compensation equivalent to 40% of the annual fixed salary multiplied by the number of years with the Bank (maximum of 10 times the annual fixed salary). At December 31, 2006 the amount corresponding to the first option would be3,657,000 a year and for the second option 27.2 million. Both options are mutually exclusive, so that if Alfredo Sáenz opts to receive the compensation he will not receive any pension supplement (3,421,000 a year and 26.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2005).

 

130


Table of Contents

(v) Insurance
The Bank provides to its executive Directors life insurance –included in the column “Other Insurance” in the table of page 119 above– and accident insurance, whose coverage varies in each cases on the basis of the policy set by the Bank for its senior executives; and a reimbursement healthcare insurance.
(vi) Confidentiality and return of documents
There is a rigorous duty of confidentiality during the employment relationship and also after it ends. Upon such ending, all documents and objects related to Bank activity and in the hands of an executive Director must be returned to the Bank.
(vii) Other conditions
             
          By decision 
  Date of current  By decision of  of the 
  contract  the Bank  Director 
Advance notice period (month/day/year)  (months)  (months) 
Emilio Botín
  01/02/2007   (*)  (*)
Alfredo Sáenz
 12/09/1997 and 02/13/2002  4   4 
Matías R. Inciarte
  10/07/2002   4   4 
Ana P. Botín
  02/13/2002   4   4 
Francisco Luzón
  01/12/2004   6   4 
(*) 
It is not contractually established.
Compliance with NYSE Listing Standards on Corporate Governance
On November 4, 2003, the SEC approved new rules proposed by the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) intended to strengthen corporate governance standards for listed companies. In compliance therewith, the following is a summary of the significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those applicable to domestic issuers under the NYSE listing standards.
Independence of the Directors on the Board of Directors
Under the NYSE corporate governance rules, a majority of the Board of Directors must be composed of independent directors, the independence of whom is determined in accordance with highly detailed rules promulgated by the NYSE. Spanish law does not contain any such requirements although there is a non-binding recommendation for listed companies in Spain that the number of independent Directors be at least one third of the total size of the Board. Article 5.1 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directores establishes that the Board shall endeavor that the number of independent Directors represent at least one-third of all Directors. The Board of Directors of Santander has nine independent Directors (out of nineteen Directors total), as defined in Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors. We have not determined whether or not the Directors on the Santander Board would be considered independent under the NYSE rules except in the case of the members of our Audit and Compliance Committee where we have determined that all of them meet the NYSE independence criteria for foreign private issuers. Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors defines the concept of an independent director as follows:
“External or non-executive Directors who have been appointed based on their personal or professional status and who perform duties not conditioned by relationships with the company, or with the significant shareholders or management thereof shall be considered independent Directors.
In no event may there be a classification as independent Directors of those who:
a) Have been employees or executive directors of the Group’s companies, except after the passage of 3 or 5 years, respectively, since the cessation of such relationship.
b) Receive from the Company, or from another Group company, any amount or benefit for something other than Director compensation, unless it is immaterial.

 

131


Table of Contents

For purposes of the provisions of this paragraph, neither dividends nor pension supplements that a Director receives by reason of the Director’s prior professional or employment relationship shall be taken into account, provided that such supplements are unconditional and therefore, the Company paying them may not suspend, modify or revoke the accrual thereof without breaching its obligations.
c) Are, or have been during the preceding 3 years, a partner of the external auditor or the party responsible for auditing the Company or any other Group company during such period.
d) Are executive directors or senior managers of another company in which an executive Director or senior manager of the Company is an external director.
e) Maintain, or have maintained during the last year, a significant business relationship with the Company or with any Group company, whether in their own name or as a significant shareholder, director or senior manager of an entity that maintains or has maintained such relationship.
Business relationships shall be considered the relationships of a provider of goods or services, including financial, advisory or consulting services.
f) Are significant shareholders, executive directors or senior managers of an entity that receives, or has received during the preceding 3 years, significant donations from the Company or the Group.
Those who are merely members of the board of a foundation that receives donations shall not be considered included in this letter.
g) Are spouses, persons connected by a similar relationship of affection, or relatives to the second degree of an executive Director or senior manager of the Company.
h) Have not been proposed, whether for appointment or for renewal, by the Appointments and Remuneration Committee.
i) Are, as regards a significant shareholder or shareholder represented on the Board, in one of the circumstances set forth in letters a), e), f) or g) of this paragraph 4. In the event of a kinship relationship set forth in letter g), the limitation shall apply not only with respect to the shareholder, but also with respect to the related proprietary Directors thereof in the affiliate company”.
Independence of the Directors on the Audit and Compliance Committee
Under the NYSE corporate governance rules, all members of the audit committee must be independent. Independence is determined in accordance with highly detailed rules promulgated by the NYSE. Such independence criteria are met by all members of our Audit and Compliance Committee.
The Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board of Directors of Santander is composed of five Directors. All members are non-executive independent Directors and its Chairman is independent in accordance with the standards set forth in the previously mentioned Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors. These independence standards may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the director independence standards established by the NYSE. Under Spanish law, a majority of the members and the chairman of the audit committee must be non-executive. The composition of the Audit and Compliance Committee is described under “— Audit and Compliance Committee and Appointments and Remuneration Committee”.
Independence of the Directors on the Appointments and Remuneration Committee
In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance rules, all U.S. companies listed on the NYSE must have a compensation committee and a nominations committee and all members of such committees must be independent in accordance with highly detailed rules promulgated by the NYSE. Under Spanish law, these committees are not required, though there is a non-binding recommendation for listed companies in Spain to have these committees and for them to be composed of non-executive directors and chaired by a non-executive independent director. Santander satisfies this non-binding recommendation. The composition of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee is described under “— Audit and Compliance Committee and Appointments and Remuneration Committee”.

 

132


Table of Contents

Separate Meetings for Non-Management Directors
In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance rules, non-management directors must meet periodically outside of the presence of management. Under Spanish law, this practice is not contemplated and as such, the non-management Directors on the Board of Directors of Santander do not meet outside of the presence of the Directors who also serve in a management capacity.
Code of Ethics
Under the NYSE corporate governance rules, all U.S. companies listed on the NYSE must adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which contains certain required topics. In March 2000, Santander adopted a “General Code of Conduct”, which applies to all members of the boards of the companies of the Group, to all employees subject to the Code of Conduct in the Securities Market, including the Bank’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, and to all those employees designated by the Human Resources Division that have been specifically informed of their subjection to this General Code of Conduct. On July 28, 2003, the Board approved amendments to the General Code of Conduct to conform it to the requirements of Law 44/2002 (November 2, 2002) on reform measures of the financial system. The new Code entered into force on August 1, 2003 and replaced the previous one. The General Code of Conduct establishes the principles that guide the actions of officers and Directors including ethical conduct, professional standards and confidentiality. It also establishes the limitations and defines the conflicts of interests arising from their status as senior executives or Directors.
As of December 31, 2006, no waivers with respect to the General Code of Conduct had been applied for or granted.
In addition, the Group abides by a Code of Conduct in the Securities Market, which was also updated on July 28, 2003. This code establishes standards and obligations in relation to securities trading, conflicts of interest and the treatment of price sensitive information.
Both Codes are available to the public on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors — Corporate Governance — Internal Code of Conduct”.
Audit and Compliance Committee and Appointments and Remuneration Committee
An Audit and Compliance Committee and an Appointments and Remuneration Committee operate as part of the Board of Directors. The Audit and Compliance Committee consists exclusively of 5 external Directors (all of whom are independent in accordance with the principles set forth in Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board). The Appointments and Remuneration Committee consists of 5 external Directors (4 of whom are independent in accordance with the principles set forth in Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board). These independence standards may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the director independence standards established by the NYSE.
The Audit and Compliance Committee:
The Audit and Compliance Committee was created to provide support and specialization in the tasks of controlling and reviewing the accounts and compliance. Its mission, which has been defined and approved by the Board, is established in the By-laws and in the Rules and Regulations of the Board. Only non-executive Directors can be members of this Committee with independent Directors (as defined in the Rules and Regulations of the Board) having a majority representation. Its Chairman must always be an independent Director (as defined in the Rules and Regulations of the Board) and someone who has the necessary knowledge and experience in matters of accounting, auditing or risk management. Currently, the Chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee is Luis Ángel Rojo.
The members of the Audit and Compliance Committee are appointed by the Board of Directors, taking into account the Directors’ knowledge, aptitude and experience in the areas of accounting, auditing or risk management.
Functions of the Audit and Compliance Committee:
a) Have its Chairman and/or Secretary report to the General Shareholders’ Meeting with respect to matters raised therein by shareholders regarding its powers.

 

133


Table of Contents

b) Propose the appointment of the Auditor, as well as the conditions in which such Auditor will be hired, the scope of its professional duties and, if applicable, the revocation or non-renewal of its appointment. The Committee shall favor the Group’s Auditor also assuming responsibility for auditing the companies making up the Group.
c) Review the accounts of the Company and the Group, monitor compliance with legal requirements and the proper application of generally accepted accounting principles, and report on the proposals for alterations to the accounting principles and standards suggested by management.
d) Supervise the internal audit services, and particularly:
(i) Proposing the selection, appointment and withdrawal of the party responsible for internal audit;
(ii) Reviewing the annual working plan for internal audit and the annual activities report;
(iii) Ensuring the independence and effectiveness of the internal audit function;
(iv) Proposing the budget for this service;
(v) Receiving periodic information regarding the activities thereof; and
(vi) Verifying that Senior Management takes into account the conclusions and recommendations of its reports.
e) Know the process for gathering financial information and the internal control systems. In particular, the Audit and Compliance Committee shall:
(i) Supervise the process of preparing and the integrity of the financial information relating to the Company and the Group, reviewing compliance with regulatory requirements, the proper demarcation of group consolidation and the correct application of accounting standards.
(ii) Periodically review the systems for the internal monitoring and management of risks, so that the principal risks are identified, managed and properly disclosed.
f) Report on, review and supervise the risk control policy established in accordance with the provisions of these Rules of Procedure.
g) Serve as a channel of communication between the Board and the Auditor, assess the results of each audit and the response of the management team to its recommendations, and act as a mediator in the event of disagreement between the Board and the Auditor regarding the principles and standards to be applied in the preparation of the financial statements. Specifically, it shall endeavor to ensure that the statements ultimately drawn up by the Board are submitted to the General Shareholders’ Meeting without any qualifications or reservations in the Auditor’s report.
h) Supervise the fulfillment of the audit contract, endeavoring to ensure that the opinion on the annual financial statements and the main contents of the Auditor’s report are set forth in a clear and accurate fashion.
i) Ensure the independence of the Auditor, by taking notice of those circumstances or issues that might risk such independence and any others related to the development of the auditing procedure, as well as receive information and maintain such communication with the Auditor as is provided for in legislation regarding the auditing of financial statements and in technical auditing regulations. And, specifically, verify the percentage represented by the fees paid for any and all reasons of the total income of the audit firm, and the length of service of the partner who leads the audit team in the provision of such services to the Company. The annual Report shall set forth the fees paid to the audit firm, including information relating to fees paid for professional services other than audit work. Furthermore, the Committee shall ensure that the Company publicly communicates a change of Auditor and accompanies such communication with a declaration regarding possible existence of disagreements with the outgoing Auditor and, if any, regarding the content thereof and, in the event of the resignation of the Auditor, the Committee shall examine the circumstances causing it.

 

134


Table of Contents

j) Report to the Board, in advance of its adoption of the corresponding decisions, regarding:
(i) The financial information that the Company must periodically make public, ensuring that such information is prepared in accordance with the same principles and practices applicable to the annual financial statements.
(ii) The creation or acquisition of equity interests in special purpose entities or entities domiciled in countries or territories that are considered to be tax havens.
k) Supervise the observance of the Code of Conduct of the Group in the Securities Markets, the Manuals and procedures for the prevention of money laundering and, in general, the rules of governance and compliance in effect in the Company, and make such proposals as are deemed necessary for the improvement thereof. In particular, the Committee shall have the duty to receive information and, if applicable, issue a report on disciplinary penalties to be imposed upon members of the Senior Management.
l) Review compliance with such courses of action and measures as result from the reports issued or the inspection proceedings carried out by the administrative authorities having functions of supervision and control.
m) Know and, if applicable, respond to the initiatives, suggestions or complaints put forward or raised by the shareholders regarding the area of authority of this Committee and which are submitted to it by the Office of the General Secretary of the Company. The Committee shall also:
(i) receive, deal with and keep a record of the claims received by the Bank on matters related to the process for gathering financial information, auditing and internal controls.
(ii) receive on a confidential and anonymous basis possible communications from Group employees who express their concern on possible questionable practices in the areas of accounting or auditing.
n) Report on any proposed amendments to the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors prior to the approval thereof by the Board of Directors.
o) Evaluate, at least one a year, its operation and the quality of its work.
p) And the others specifically provided for in the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors.
The Audit and Compliance Committee has issued a report which was distributed together with the Group’s 2006 annual report and which comprised a detailed account of the following points:
  
The Committee’s composition, functions and operating regime.
 
  
Activity in 2006, grouped on the basis of the Committee’s various functions:
- Financial information
- The Auditor
- The Group’s internal control systems
- Internal Auditing
- Compliance and Anti-Money Laundering
- Corporate Governance. Report on the amendments of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors
- Measures proposed by supervisors
- Information for the Board and for the Shareholders’ Meeting and evaluation of the efficiency and compliance with the Company’s governance rules and procedures
  
Evaluation by the Committee of its performance during 2006.
The Group’s 2006 Audit and Compliance Committee report is available on the Group’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, atwww.santander.com under the heading “Information for Shareholders and Investors – Corporate Governance – Committees Report”.

 

135


Table of Contents

The following are the current members of the Audit and Compliance Committee:
   
Name Position
Luis Ángel Rojo
 Chairman
Fernando de Asúa
 Member
Manuel Soto
 Member
Abel Matutes
 Member
Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson
 Member
Ignacio Benjumea also acts as Secretary to the Audit and Compliance Committee but is classified as a non-member.
The Appointments and Remuneration Committee
The Rules and Regulations of the Board state that the members of this Committee must all be non-executive Directors with independent Directors (as defined in the Rules and Regulations of the Board) having a majority representation and an independent Director as Chairman (as defined in the Rules and Regulations of the Board).
Currently, the Chairman of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee is Fernando de Asúa, the First Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors.
The members of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee are appointed by the Board of Directors, taking into account the Directors’ knowledge, aptitudes and experience and the goals of the Committee.
Functions of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee
a) Establish and review the standards to be followed in order to determine the composition of the Board and select those persons who will be proposed to serve as Directors. In particular, the Appointments and Remuneration Committee:
(i) Shall evaluate the competencies, knowledge and experience required of the Director;
(ii) Shall specify the duties and the aptitudes needed of the candidates to fill each vacancy, evaluating the time and dedication needed for them to properly carry out their commitments; and
(iii) Shall receive for consideration the proposals of potential candidates to fill vacancies that might be made by the Directors.
b) Prepare, by following standards of objectiveness and conformance to the corporate interests, the proposals for appointment, re-election and ratification of Directors provided for in Article 20, section 2 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board, as well as the proposals for appointment of the members of each of the Committees of the Board of Directors. Likewise, it shall prepare, by following the same aforementioned standards, the proposals for the appointment of positions on the Board of Directors and its Committees.
c) Annually verify the classification of each director (as executive, proprietary, independent or other) for the purpose of their confirmation or review at the Annual General Meeting and in the Annual Corporate Governance Report.
d) Report on proposals for appointment or withdrawal of the Secretary of the Board, prior to submission thereof to the Board.
e) Report on appointments and withdrawals of the members of Senior Management.
f) Propose to the Board:
(i) The policy for compensation of Directors and the corresponding report, upon the terms of Article 27 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
(ii) The policy for compensation of the members of Senior Management.
(iii) The individual compensation of the Directors.
(iv) The individual compensation of the executive Directors and, if applicable, external Directors, for the performance of duties other than those of a mere Director, and other terms of their contracts.
(v) The basic terms of the contracts and compensation of the members of Senior Management.

 

136


Table of Contents

g) Ensure compliance with the policy established by the Company for compensation of the Directors and the members of Senior Management.
h) Periodically review the compensation programs, assessing the appropriateness and yield thereof and endeavoring to ensure that the compensation of Directors shall conform to standards of moderation and correspondence to the earnings of the Company.
i) Ensure the transparency of such compensation and the inclusion in the Annual Report and in the annual corporate governance report of information regarding the compensation of Directors and, for such purposes, submit to the Board any and all information that may be appropriate.
j) Ensure compliance by the Directors with the duties prescribed in Article 30 of the the Rules and Regulations of the Board, prepare the reports provided for therein and receive information, and, if applicable, prepare a report on the measures to be adopted with respect to the Directors in the event of non-compliance with the above mentioned duties or with the Code of Conduct of the Group in the Securities Markets.
k) Examine the information sent by the Directors regarding their other professional obligations and assess whether such obligations might interfere with the dedication required of Directors for the effective performance of their work.
l) Evaluate, at least once a year, its operation and the quality of its work.
m) Report on the process of evaluation of the Committee and of the members thereof.
n) And others specifically provided for in the Rules and Regulations of the Board.
The Appointments and Remuneration Committee issued a report which was distributed together with the Group’s 2006 annual report and which comprised a detailed account of the following points:
  
Composition, functions and operating regime of the Committee.
 
  
Report on Directors’ Remuneration Policy.
 
  
Activity in 2006:
- Changes in the composition of the Board and of its Committee
- Annual verification of the condition of the Directors
- Participation in the Board’s self-assessment process
- Adapting to the Unified Code. Amendments to internal regulations
- Appointment, remuneration and dismissal of members of Senior Management who are not Directors
- Evaluation of the dedication required to Directors
- Training
- D&O insurance
- Related party transactions
- Institutional documentation
- Self-assessment
  
Evaluation by the Committee of its performance during 2006.

 

137


Table of Contents

The Group’s 2006 Appointments and Remuneration Committee report is available on the Group’s website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for Shareholders and Investors – Corporate Governance – Committees Report”.
The following are the members of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee:
   
Name Position
Fernando de Asúa
 Chairman
Manuel Soto
 Member
Guillermo de la Dehesa
 Member
Rodrigo Echenique
 Member
Luis Ángel Rojo
 Member
Ignacio Benjumea also acts as Secretary to the Appointments and Remuneration Committee but is classified as a non-member.
D. Employees
At December 31, 2006, we had 129,749 employees (as compared to 129,196 employees in 2005 and 132,001 in 2004) of which 35,781 were employed in Spain (as compared to 34,813 in 2005 and 35,048 in 2004) and 93,968 were employed outside Spain (as compared to 94,383 in 2005 and 96,953 in 2004), of which 16,942 in the United Kingdom (as compared to 21,080 in 2005 and 25,393 in 2004). The terms and conditions of employment in the private sector banks in Spain are negotiated on an industry-wide basis with the trade unions. This process has historically produced collective agreements binding upon all the private banks and their employees. A new agreement was signed on June 21, 2007 which will expire on December 31, 2010.

 

138


Table of Contents

The table below shows our employees by geographic area:
             
  Number of employees 
  2006  2005 (*)  2004 (*) 
SPAIN
  35,781   34,813   35,048 
 
            
LATIN AMERICA
  65,967   62,161   59,905 
Argentina
  6,566   5,975   5,907 
Bolivia
     328   323 
Brazil
  21,599   20,489   21,097 
Chile
  12,533   11,408   11,408 
Colombia
  1,893   1,730   1,737 
Mexico
  15,820   14,562   12,596 
Peru
  29   1,492   536 
Puerto Rico
  2,249   1,611   1,630 
Uruguay
  304   251   253 
Venezuela
  4,974   4,315   4,418 
 
            
EUROPE
  27,171   31,474   36,310 
Czech Republic
  179   192   275 
Germany
  1,845   1,875   1,824 
Belgium
  11   27   58 
France
  18   17   28 
Hungary
  77   76   72 
Ireland
  5   5   8 
Italy
  780   720   622 
Norway
  285   269   496 
Poland
  588   646   801 
Portugal
  6,190   6,317   6,503 
Switzerland
  194   188   173 
The Netherlands
  57   62   57 
United Kingdom
  16,942   21,080   25,393 
 
            
USA
  734   649   636 
 
            
ASIA
  11   11   10 
Hong Kong
  7   7   6 
Japan
  4   4   4 
 
            
OTHERS
  85   88   92 
Bahamas
  57   65   70 
Others
  28   23   22 
 
         
Total
  129,749   129,196   132,001 
 
         
(*) 
Figures for 2005 and 2004 differ from those presented in our Annual Report. In the Annual Report, for comparison purposes, we do not include employees working for the companies that were discontinued during 2006, such as the life insurance business of Abbey. In this Annual Report on Form 20-F we include the total number of employees at those dates.
In those cases where an employee is working from one country but is technically employed by a Group company located in a different country, we designate that employee as working from his/her country of residence.

 

139


Table of Contents

The table below shows our employees by type of business:
             
  Number of employees 
  2006  2005  2004 
Retail Banking
  119,346   117,655   122,262 
Asset Management and Insurance
  7,132   7,902   6,108 
Global Wholesale Banking
  1,774   2,177   2,198 
Financial Management and Equity Stakes
  1,498   1,462   1,433 
 
         
Total
  129,749   129,196   132,001 
 
         
As of December 31, 2006, we had 3,159 temporary employees (as compared to 3,795 as of December 31, 2005 and 2,832 as of December 31, 2004). In 2006, the average number of temporary employees working for the Group was 5,420 employees.
E. Share ownership
As of June 28, 2007, the direct, indirect and represented holdings of our current Directors were as follows:
                 
  Direct  Indirect stake      % of 
Directors Stake  and represented  Total shares  Capital stock 
Emilio Botín (1)
  1,638,712   134,992,890   136,631,602   2.506%
Fernando de Asúa
  25,616   34,400   60,016   0.001%
Alfredo Sáenz
  365,063   1,243,532   1,608,595   0.026%
Matías R. Inciarte
  555,517   126,744   682,261   0.011%
Manuel Soto
     240,000   240,000   0.004%
Assicurazioni Generali S.p.A
  13,883,922   67,847,477   81,731,399   1.307%
Antonio Basagoiti
  530,000      530,000   0.008%
Ana P. Botín (1)
  4,977,323   4,024,306   9,001,629   0.000%
Javier Botín (2)
  4,793,481   6,300,000   11,093,481   0.000%
Lord Burns (Terence)
  100   27,001   27,101   0.000%
Guillermo de la Dehesa
  100      100   0.000%
Rodrigo Echenique
  651,598   7,344   658,942   0.011%
Antonio Escámez
  559,508      559,508   0.009%
Francisco Luzón
  44,095   1,298,544   1,342,639   0.021%
Abel Matutes
  52,788   86,150   138,938   0.002%
Mutua Madrileña Automovilista
  73,100,000   150,000   73,250,000   1.171%
Luis Ángel Rojo
  1      1   0.000%
Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson
  108,412   4,464   112,876   0.002%
Isabel Tocino
  343      343   0.000%
 
            
 
  101,286,579   216,382,852   317,669,431   5.079%
 
(1) 
Emilio Botín has attributed the right of vote in a General Shareholders’ Meeting of 90,715,628 shares (1.45% of the capital stock) held by the Marcelino Botín Foundation, of 8,096,742 shares held by Jaime Botín, of 96,047 shares held by Paloma O’Shea, of 9,041,480 shares held by Emilio Botín O., of 9,001,459 shares held by Ana P. Botín and of 11,093,481 shares held by Javier Botín. This table shows the direct and indirect shareholding of the two latter who are Directors, but in the column showing the percentage of the capital these shareholdings are calculated together with those that belong or are also represented by Emilio Botín.
 
(2) 
Javier Botín is a proprietary Director as he represents in the Board of Directors a 2.506% of the Bank’s capital stock which corresponds to the holdings of the Marcelino Botín Foundation, Emilio Botín, Ana P. Botín, Emilio Botín O., Jaime Botín, Paloma O’Shea and his own.
The options granted to the Bank’s Directors, managers and employees are described in the table under “— B. Compensation” above.
Santander’s capital is comprised of only one class of shares, all of which are ordinary and have the same rights.

 

140


Table of Contents

As of May 31, 2007 our current Executive Officers (not Directors) referred to above under Section A of this Item 6 as a group beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, 2,632,430 ordinary shares, or 0.04% of our issued and outstanding share capital as of that date. Together with the options granted, no individual executive officer beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, one percent or more of the outstanding share capital as of that date.
Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
A. Major shareholders
As of December 31, 2006, to our knowledge no person beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, 5% or more of our shares.
At December 31, 2006 a total of 610,140,769 shares, or 9.76% of our share capital, were held by 787 registered holders with registered addresses in the United States and Puerto Rico, including JPMorgan Chase, as depositary of our American Depositary Share Program. These shares were held by 591 record holders. Since certain of such shares and ADRs are held by nominees, the foregoing figures are not representative of the number of beneficial holders. Our Directors and Executive Officers did not own any ADRs as of December 31, 2006.
To our knowledge, we are not controlled directly or indirectly, by any other corporation, government or any other natural or legal person. We do not know of any arrangements which would result in a change of our control.
Shareholders’ agreements
The Bank was informed in February 2006 of an agreement among certain shareholders. The agreement was also communicated to the CNMV, following the filing of the relevant document both with the mentioned supervisory body and in the Mercantile Registry of Cantabria.
The agreement was entered into by Emilio Botín, Ana P. Botín, Emilio Botín O., Javier Botín, Simancas, S.A., Puente San Miguel, S.A., Puentepumar, S.L., Latimer Inversiones, S.L. and Cronje, S.L. Unipersonal and relates to the shares of the Bank held by them or those over which they have voting rights.
Under this agreement and through the establishment of restrictions on the free transferability of their shares and the regulation of the exercising of the voting rights inherent in them, these shareholders have agreed to act in a coordinated manner, in order to develop a common, lasting and stable policy and an effective and unified presence and representation in the Bank’s governing bodies.
The agreement comprises a total of 44,396,513 shares of the Bank (0.710% of its share capital). In addition, and in accordance with the first clause of the shareholders’ agreement, the agreement will be extended only in terms of the exercising of voting rights to other shares of the Bank that are subsequently held, directly or indirectly, by the signatories or those over which they have voting rights. As a result, as of the date of filing of this annual report on Form 20-F, another 19,875,120 shares (0.318% of the Bank’s share capital) are also included in the syndicate of shareholders.
The chairman of the syndicate of shareholders is the person who is at any time the chairman of the Marcelino Botín Foundation, which is currently Emilio Botín.
Members of the syndicate are obliged to group together the voting rights and other political rights inherent in the syndicated shares, so that the exercising of such rights and, in general, the conduct of the members of the syndicate before the Bank, is done in a coordinated and unified fashion. For such purpose, the representation of such shares is attributed to the chairman of the syndicate as the common representative of the members of the syndicate.
Except for the transfers made in favor of other members of the syndicate or the Marcelino Botín Foundation, the prior authorization of the syndicate is required and it can freely authorize or deny any proposed transfer.
B. Related party transactions
Loans made to members of our Board of Directors and to our Executive Officers
Our direct risk exposure to the Bank’s Directors as of December 31, 2006, equaled to 1.5 million (1.6 million as of December 31, 2005) of loans and credits to such Directors and0.1 million (0.1 as of December 31, 2005) of guarantees provided to them.

 

141


Table of Contents

The detail by Director as of December 31, 2006, is as follows:
             
  In thousands of euros 
  Loans and       
  Credits  Guarantees  Total 
Alfredo Sáenz
  21      21 
Manuel Soto
  4      4 
Antonio Basagoiti
  125   1   126 
Ana P. Botín
  2      2 
Rodrigo Echenique
  33      33 
Antonio Escámez
  289      289 
Francisco Luzón
  875      875 
Mutua Madrileña Automovilista
  140   63   203 
 
         
 
  1,489   64   1,553 
 
         
Additionally, the total amount of loans and credits made by us to our Executive Officers who are not Directors, as of December 31, 2006, amounted to 10 million (see Note 55 to our consolidated financial statements).
Loans extended to related parties were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons, and did not involve more than normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
Loans made to other Related Parties
The companies of the Group engage, on a regular and routine basis, in a number of customary transactions among Group members, including:
  
overnight call deposits;
 
  
foreign exchange purchases and sales;
 
  
derivative transactions, such as forward purchases and sales;
 
  
money market fund transfers;
 
  
letters of credit for imports and exports;
and others within the scope of the ordinary course of the banking business, such as loans and other banking services to our shareholders, to employees of all levels, and the associates and the members of the families of all the above-mentioned, as well as those other businesses conducted by the companies of the Group. All these transactions are made:
  
in the ordinary course of business;
 
  
on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing for comparable transactions with other persons; and
 
  
did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.
As of December 31, 2006 our loans and credits to associated and jointly controlled entities, amounted to 246 million. Those loans and credits represented 0.05% of our total net loans and credits and 0.5% of our total stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2006.
For more information, see Notes 3 and 55 to our consolidated financial statements.
C. Interests of experts and counsel
Not Applicable.

 

142


Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Information
A. Consolidated statements and other financial information
Financial Statements
See Item 18 for our consolidated financial statements.
(a) Index to consolidated financial statements of Santander
     
  Page
Report of Deloitte, S.L.
  F-1 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
  F-2 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
  F-4 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
  F-8 
Legal Proceedings
i. Tax disputes
At present, and during the past 12 months, the main tax disputes concerning the Group are as follows:
- The “Mandado de Segurança” filed by Banespa claiming its right to pay Brazilian income tax at a rate of 8%. On June 15, 2005, an unfavorable judgment was handed down against Banespa at first instance, which was appealed against at the Federal Regional Court, together with the application for the preliminary effects to remain in force. A decision has not yet been handed down by the Court.
- The “Mandado de Segurança” filed by Banespa claiming its right to consider deductible the Brazilian income tax in the calculation of the related corporation tax. This action was declared unwarranted and an appeal was filed at the Federal Regional Court, requesting to have the claimability of the tax debt stayed and obtaining permission to deposit with the courts the amounts in question. A decision has not yet been handed down by the Court.
- A claim was filed against Abbey National Treasury Services plc by tax authorities abroad in relation to the refund of certain tax credits and other associated amounts. The legal advisers of Abbey National Treasury Services plc considered that the grounds to contest this claim were well-founded, proof of which is that a favourable judgment was handed down at first instance in September 2006, although the judgment was appealed against by the tax authorities in January 2007. However, in December 2006 an unfavorable judgment for another taxpayer was handed down on another proceeding which might affect this case.
ii. Legal litigation
At present, and during the past 12 months, the main legal litigation concerning the Group are as follows:
- Casa de Bolsa Santander Serfin, S.A. de C.V. (Casa de Bolsa): In 1997 Casa de Bolsa Santander Serfin, S.A. de C.V. was sued for an alleged breach of various stock brokerage contracts. On July 6, 1999, Civil Court number thirty-one of the Federal District handed down a judgment ordering Casa de Bolsa to return to the plaintiff 2,401,588 shares of México 1 and 11,219,730 shares of México 4 at their market value and to pay 15 million Mexican Pesos, plus interest calculated at the average percentage borrowing cost (C.P.P.) multiplied by four.
After numerous appeals were filed concerning the method used for calculating this interest, a final judgment was handed down ruling that the interest should not be capitalized. The estimated total indemnity payable, including the principal amount of the deposit, the uncapitalized interest and the value of the shares that must be returned, amounts to $28 million approximately.
- Misselling: claims associated with the sale by Abbey of certain financial products to its customers.
The provisions recorded by Abbey in this connection were calculated on the basis of the best estimate of the number of claims that would be received, of the percentage of claims that would be upheld and of the related amounts.
- LANETRO, S.A.: claim (ordinary lawsuit no. 558/2002) filed by LANETRO, S.A. against Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. at Madrid Court of First Instance no. 34, requesting that the Bank comply with the obligation to subscribe to 30.05 million of a capital increase at the plaintiff.
On December 16, 2003, a judgment was handed down dismissing the plaintiff’s request. The subsequent appeal filed by LANETRO was upheld by a decision of the Madrid Provincial Appellate Court on October 27, 2006.

 

143


Table of Contents

The Bank has filed a cassation appeal against this decision.
- Galesa de Promociones, S.A.: small claims proceeding at Elche Court of First Instance no. 4 (case no. 419/1994), in connection with the claim filed by Galesa de Promociones, S.A. (Galesa) requesting the Court to annul a previous legal foreclosure proceeding brought by the Bank against the plaintiff in 1992, which culminated in the foreclosure of certain properties that were subsequently sold by auction.
The judgments handed down at first and second instance were in the Bank’s favor. The cassation appeal filed by Galesa at the Supreme Court was upheld by virtue of a decision on November 24, 2004 which ordered the reversal of the legal foreclosure proceeding to before the date on which the auctions were held. On June 8, 2006, Galesa filed a claim for the enforcement of the decision handed down by the Supreme Court, requesting that the Bank be ordered to pay 56 million, the estimated value of the properties, plus a further 33 million for loss of profit. The Bank challenged this claim on the grounds that the Supreme Court decision could not be enforced – since no order had been pronounced against the Bank, but rather a proceeding had merely been annulled – and it also argued that the damages requested would have to be ruled upon by an express court decision, which had not been pronounced.
The Elche Court of First Instance, by virtue of an order dated September 18, 2006, found in favor of the Bank, and referred the plaintiff to the appropriate ordinary proceeding for the valuation of the aforementioned damages. Galesa filed an appeal for reconsideration, which was dismissed by a resolution on November 11, 2006. Galesa has filed an appeal against this resolution at the Alicante Provincial Appellate Court, which has been contested by the Bank.
- Declaratory large claims action brought at Madrid Court of First Instance no. 19 (case no. 87/2001) in connection with a claim filed by Inversión Hogar, S.A. against the Bank. This claim sought the termination of a settlement agreement entered into between the Bank and the plaintiff on December 11, 1992. On May 19, 2006, a judgment was handed down at first instance, whereby the agreement was declared to be terminated and the Bank was ordered to pay 1.8 million, plus the related legal interest since February 1997, to return a property that was given in payment under the aforementioned agreement, to pay an additional 72.9 million relating to the replacement value of the assets foreclosed, and subsequently sold, by the Bank, and to pay all the related court costs. The Bank and Inversión Hogar, S.A. filed appeals against the judgment. Inversión Hogar, S.A. sought provisional enforcement of the judgment, which was contested by the Bank. On March 2, 2007, a decision was handed down upholding the Bank’s objection to the enforcement of the judgment. Inversión Hogar, S.A. has appealed against this decision.
- BTOB Factory Ventures S.A. (BTOB): the dispute between Consalvi International Inc. (Consalvi) and the Bank arising from the “Framework Agreement” entered into between BTOB and Consalvi International Inc. on October 2, 2000. On that same date, the Bank subscribed to this agreement in its capacity as shareholder of BTOB, and assumed certain of the commitments stipulated therein.
Consalvi requested that the Bank honour its obligation to acquire from it 16,811 shares of BTOB at a price of approximately $67 million. Since the negotiations held to seek a solution to this matter proved unsuccessful, a request for arbitration was filed against the Bank in New York, as provided for in the agreement.
The arbitration conducted in 2005 at the International Centre for Dispute Resolution of the American Arbitration Association culminated in an arbitral award on 1 September 2005, which ruled that the Bank had not fulfilled its contractual obligations and ordered it to pay $68 million (57 million), plus interest.
On November 4, 2005 the Bank filed a claim at the New York Supreme Court requesting that the arbitral award be declared null and void. Consalvi challenged the jurisdiction of the state courts to hear this case and requested that the federal courts should decide whether or not the arbitral award should be declared null and void. The parties submitted written pleadings on both the merits of the case and the jurisdiction of the courts.
On June 22, 2006 the parties reached an out-of-court settlement whereby the litigation was definitively finalized and the related provisions were used and released.

See the discussion of certain litigation in Note 1.d.i and ii to our consolidated financial statements.

Other Litigation

In addition to the above described matters, the Bank and its subsidiaries are from time to time subject to certain claims and parties to certain legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business, including in connection with the Group’s lending activities, relationships with the Group’s employees and other commercial or tax matters. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal matters, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or where the cases present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in early stages of discovery, the Bank cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of these pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties related to each pending matter may be. The Bank believes that it has made adequate reserves related to the costs anticipated to be incurred in connection with these various claims and legal proceedings and believes that liabilities related to such claims and proceedings should not have, in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, or results of operations. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such claims and proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves currently accrued by the Bank; as a result, the outcome of a particular matter may be material to the Bank’s operating results for a particular period, depending upon, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and the level of the Bank’s income for that period.

 

144


Table of Contents

Dividend Policy
We have normally paid an annual dividend in quarterly installments. The table below sets forth the historical per share and per ADS (each of which represents the right to receive one of our shares) amounts of interim and total dividends in respect of each fiscal year indicated.
                                         
  Euro per Share Interim  Dollars per ADS Interim 
  First  Second  Third  Fourth  Total  First  Second  Third  Fourth  Total 
2002
  0.0775   0.07513   0.07513   0.06073   0.2885   0.0754   0.0612   0.0804   0.0680   0.2850 
2003
  0.0775   0.0775   0.0775   0.0704   0.3029   0.08602   0.0899   0.0842   0.08801   0.36235 
2004
  0.0830   0.0830   0.0830   0.0842   0.3332   0.08484   0.08971   0.09175   0.09191   0.35821 
2005
  0.09296   0.09296   0.09296   0.13762   0.4165   0.09591   0.09466   0.09523   0.147016   0.432816 
2006
  0.106904   0.106904   0.106904   0.199913   0.5206   0.11582   0.11593   0.11400   0.222418   0.568168 
On August 1, 2007, we will pay the first dividend on account of the earnings for the 2007 financial year for a gross amount of 0.12294 per share.
For a discussion of regulatory and legal restrictions on our payments of dividends, see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Restrictions on Dividends”.
For a discussion of Spanish taxation of dividends, see “Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Spanish tax consideration—Taxation of dividends”.
The dividends paid on the guaranteed non-cumulative preference stock of certain of our subsidiaries are limited by our Distributable Profits in the fiscal year preceding a dividend payment. “Distributable Profits” with respect to any year means our reported net profits after tax and extraordinary items for such year as derived from the parent Bank’s non-consolidated audited profit and loss account prepared in accordance with Bank of Spain requirements and guidelines in effect at the time of such preparation. Such requirements and guidelines may be expected to reflect the Bank of Spain regulatory policies applicable to us, including without limitation those relating to the maintenance of minimum levels of capital. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Adequacy Requirements” and “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Restrictions on Dividends”. According to our interpretation of the relevant Bank of Spain requirements and guidelines, Distributable Profits during the preceding five years were:
                     
Year Ended December 31, 
Previous Spanish GAAP  EU-IFRS(*) 
2002 2003  2004 (**)  2004  2005  2006 
(in thousands of euros) 
1,376,178  1,445,033   1,837,424   1,935,992   2,605,009   3,256,190 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
(**) 
Statutory Distributable Profits
The portion of our net income attributable to our subsidiaries has increased steadily in recent years as our subsidiaries have grown and we have acquired new subsidiaries. Such profits are available to us only in the form of dividends from our subsidiaries and we are dependent to a certain extent upon such dividends in order to have Distributable Profits sufficient to allow payment of dividends on our guaranteed preference stock of our subsidiaries as well as dividends on our shares (although the payment of dividends on the shares is limited in the event of the non-payment of preference share dividends). We generally control a sufficient proportion of our consolidated subsidiaries’ voting capital to enable us to require such subsidiaries to pay dividends to the extent permitted under the applicable law. As a result of our growth, the Bank, as the holding entity of the shares of our various companies, has added investments in our subsidiaries, the financial costs of which are borne by us.
B. Significant Changes
For significant changes that have occurred since December 31, 2006, see our Form 6-K relating to our first quarter 2007 results filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 27, 2007.

 

145


Table of Contents

Item 9. The Offer and Listing.
A. Offer and listing details
Market Price and Volume Information
Santander’s Shares
During the last year, our shares were the shares with the highest trading volume on the Spanish stock exchanges. At December 31, 2006, our shares represented 17.30% of the IBEX 35 Stock Exchange Index, the highest percentage among all Spanish issuers represented in this index. Our market capitalization of 88,436 million at 2006 year-end was the largest of any Spanish company, according to information published by the Sociedad de Bolsas, S.A. (“Sociedad de Bolsas”).
At December 31, 2006, we had 2,310,846 registered holders of our shares and, as of such date, a total of 610,140,769 of our shares or 9.76% were held by 787 registered holders with registered addresses in the United States and Puerto Rico, including JP Morgan Chase, as depositary of our American Depositary Share program.
Our shares are traded on Spain’s automated “continuous market”, the national, centralized market which integrates by computer quotations originating in the four Spanish stock exchanges (Madrid, Barcelona, Valencia and Bilbao) (the “Automated Quotation Systems”). Our shares also are listed on the New York (in the form of American Depositary Shares), London, Milan, Lisbon, Buenos Aires and Mexico Stock Exchanges. In 2001, we delisted our shares from the Tokyo Stock Exchange and in 2003 we delisted our shares from the London, Paris, Frankfurt and Swiss Exchanges. At December 31, 2006, 61.0% of our shares were held of record by non-residents of Spain.
The table below sets forth the high, low and last daily sales prices in euros for our shares on the continuous market for the periods indicated.
             
  Euros per Share 
  High  Low  Last 
2002 Annual
  10.47   4.99   6.54 
 
            
2003 Annual
  9.44   5.01   9.39 
 
            
2004 Annual
  9.77   7.70   9.13 
 
            
2005 Annual
  11.18   8.92   11.15 
First Quarter
  9.83   8.94   9.39 
Second Quarter
  9.65   8.92   9.59 
Third Quarter
  10.99   9.21   10.93 
Fourth Quarter
  11.18   10.25   11.15 
 
            
2006 Annual
  14.37   10.54   14.14 
First Quarter
  12.40   11.00   12.05 
Second Quarter
  12.29   10.54   11.42 
Third Quarter
  12.49   11.00   12.47 
Fourth Quarter
  14.37   12.38   14.14 
 
            
Last six months
            
2006
            
December
  14.22   13.51   14.14 
2007
            
January
  14.59   14.07   14.59 
February
  14.65   14.01   14.01 
March
  13.87   12.83   13.36 
April
  13.92   13.19   13.19 
May
  14.28   13.06   14.28 
June (through June 28, 2007)
  14.50   13.59   13.69 
On June 28, 2007, the reported last sale price of our shares on the continuous market was13.69.

 

146


Table of Contents

American Depositary Shares (ADSs)
Our ADSs have been listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange since July 30, 1987. Each ADS represents one of our shares and is evidenced by an American Depositary Receipt, or ADR. The deposit agreement, pursuant to which ADRs have been issued, is among us, JP Morgan Chase, as depositary, and the holders from time to time of ADRs. At December 31, 2006, a total of 122,618,033 of our ADSs were held by 591 registered holders. Since certain of such of our shares and our ADSs are held by nominees, the number of record holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners.
The table below sets forth the reported high, low and last sale prices for our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods indicated.
             
  Dollars Per ADS 
  High  Low  Last 
2002 Annual
  9.49   4.75   7.05 
2003 Annual
  12.01   5.68   12.01 
2004 Annual
  12.47   9.43   12.37 
 
            
2005
            
Annual
  13.27   11.37   13.19 
First Quarter
  12.80   11.68   12.16 
Second Quarter
  12.30   11.37   11.58 
Third Quarter
  13.27   11.50   13.17 
Fourth Quarter
  13.20   12.41   13.19 
 
            
2006
            
Annual
  18.73   13.16   18.66 
First Quarter
  14.79   13.30   14.61 
Second Quarter
  15.62   13.16   14.62 
Third Quarter
  15.88   13.81   15.79 
Fourth Quarter
  18.73   15.83   18.66 
 
            
Last six months
            
2006
            
December
  18.73   18.07   18.66 
2007
            
January
  19.10   18.22   18.87 
February
  19.34   18.20   18.54 
March
  18.30   17.29   17.83 
April
  18.91   17.69   17.69 
May
  19.20   17.67   19.20 
June (through June 28, 2007)
  19.46   18.14   18.42 
On June 28, 2007, the reported last sale price of our ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange was $18.42.
B. Plan of distribution
Not Applicable
C. Markets
General
Spanish Securities Market
The Spanish securities market for equity securities (the “Spanish Stock Exchanges”) consists of four stock exchanges located in each of Madrid, Barcelona, Bilbao and Valencia (the “local exchanges”). The majority of the transactions conducted on them are done through the Automated Quotation System (Sistema Interbancario Bursátil Español or “S.I.B.E.”). During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Automated Quotation System accounted for the majority of the total trading volume of equity securities on the Spanish Stock Exchanges.

 

147


Table of Contents

Automated Quotation System
The Automated Quotation System was introduced in 1989 and links the four local exchanges, providing those securities listed on it with a uniform continuous market that eliminates most of the differences among the local exchanges. The principal feature of the system is the computerized matching of buy and sell orders at the time of entry of the order. Each order is executed as soon as a matching order is entered, but can be modified or canceled until executed. The activity of the market can be continuously monitored by investors and brokers. The Automated Quotation System is operated and regulated by the Sociedad de Bolsas, a corporation owned by the companies that manage the local exchanges. All trades on the Automated Quotation System must be placed through a bank, brokerage firm, an official stock broker or a dealer firm member of a Spanish stock exchange directly.
There is a pre-opening session held from 8:30 a.m. to 9:00 a.m. each trading day on which orders are placed at that time. The computerized trading hours are from 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Each session will end with a 5 minute auction, between 5:30 and 5:35 p.m., with a random closedown of 30 seconds. The price resulting from each auction will be the closing price of the session.
From May 14, 2001, new rules came into effect regarding the maximum price fluctuations in the price of stocks. Under the new rules, each stock in the continuous market is assigned a static and a dynamic range within which the price of stocks can fluctuate. The price of a stock may rise or fall by its static range (which is published once a month and is calculated according to the stock’s average historic price volatility) above or below its opening price (which shall be the closing price of the previous session). When the stock trades outside of this range, the trading of the stock is suspended for 5 minutes, during which an auction takes place. After this auction, the price of the stock can once again rise or fall by its static range above or below its last auction price (which will be considered as the new static price before triggering another auction). Furthermore, the price of a stock cannot rise or fall by more than its dynamic price range (which is fixed and published once a month and is calculated according to the stock’s average intra-day volatility), from the last price at which it has traded. If the price variation exceeds the stock’s dynamic range a five minutes auction is triggered.
Moreover, there is a block market (“el mercado de bloques”) allowing for block trades between buyers and sellers from 9:00 to 17:30 during the trading session. Under certain conditions, this market allows cross-transactions of trades at prices different from prevailing market prices. Trading in the block market is subject to certain limits with regard to price deviations and volumes.
Between 5:30 p.m. and 8:00 p.m., trades may occur outside the computerized matching system without prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas, at a price within the range of 5% above the higher of the average price and closing price for the day and 5% below the lower of the average price and closing price for the day, if there are no outstanding bids or offers, as the case may be, on the system matching or bettering the terms of the proposed off-system transaction, and if the trade involves more than 300,000 and more than 20% of the average daily trading volume of the stock during the preceding quarter. At any time before 8:00 p.m., trades may take place (with the prior authorization of the Sociedad de Bolsas) at any price if:
  
the trade involves more than 1.5 million and more than 40% of average daily trading volume of the stock during the preceding quarter;
 
  
relates to a merger or spin-off of a listed company;
 
  
relates to the reorganization of a business group;
 
  
the transaction is executed for the purposes of settling litigation;
 
  
involves certain types of contracts or complex transactions; or
 
  
the Sociedad de Bolsas finds other justifiable cause.
Information with respect to computerized trades between 9:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. is made public immediately, and information with respect to trades outside the computerized matching system is reported to the Sociedad de Bolsas and published in the Boletín de Cotización and in the computer system by the next trading day.

 

148


Table of Contents

Clearance and Settlement System
Until April 1, 2003, transactions carried out on the regional Spanish stock exchanges and the continuous market were cleared and settled through the Servicio de Compensación y Liquidación de Valores, S.A. (the “SCL”). Since April 1, 2003, the settlement and clearance of all trades on the Spanish stock exchanges, the Public Debt Market (Mercado de Deuda Pública), the AIAF Fixed Income Market (“Mercado AIAF de Renta Fija”) and Latibex — the Latin American stock — exchange denominated in euros, are made through the Sociedad de Gestión de los Sistemas de Registro, Compensación y Liquidación de Valores, S.A. (“Iberclear”), which was formed as a result of a merger between SCL and Central de Anotaciones del Mercado de Deuda Pública (CADE), which was managed by the Bank of Spain.
Book-Entry System
Ownership of shares listed on any Spanish stock exchange is required to be represented by entries in a register maintained by Iberclear, and transfers or changes in ownership are effected by entries in such register. The securities register system is structured in two levels: the central registry managed by Iberclear which keeps the securities balances of the participants, and a detailed registry managed by the participants where securities are listed by holder’s name.
Securities Market Legislation
The Spanish Securities Markets Act, which came into effect in 1989, among other things:
  
established an independent regulatory authority, the CNMV, to supervise the securities markets;
 
  
established a framework for the regulation of trading practices, tender offers and insider trading;
 
  
required stock exchange members to be corporate entities;
 
  
required companies listed on a Spanish stock exchange to file annual audited financial statements and to make public quarterly financial information;
 
  
established a framework for integrating quotations on the four Spanish stock exchanges by computer;
 
  
exempted the sale of securities from transfer and value added taxes;
 
  
deregulated brokerage commissions as of 1992; and
 
  
provided for transfer of shares by book-entry or by delivery of evidence of title.
The Securities Markets Act was amended by Law 37/1998, which implemented two European Union directives into Spanish law. The first is Directive 93/22/CE, relating to investment services within securities, later amended by Directive 95/26/CE of European Parliament and Council. The second is Directive 97/9/CE of European Parliament and Council, relating to indemnity systems.
Law 37/1998 introduced some innovations to the Securities Markets Act. The first was the recognition that both Spanish and other European Union Member State companies authorized to provide investment services have full access to the official secondary markets, with full capacity to operate, thereby enabling the direct admission of banking entities into the stock exchange area. The second innovation was that the scope of the Securities Markets Act was enlarged to include a list of financial instruments, such as financial exchange contracts, or installment financial contracts, which expanded the category of securities.
The Securities Markets Act has been further amended by Law 44/2002 (November 22, 2002) on reform measures of the financial system, which introduced certain modifications to the laws governing financial markets and corporations, generally, including:
  
provisions regarding market transparency such as: requiring listed companies to establish an audit committee, redefining the reporting requirements for relevant events, rules relating to the treatment of confidential and insider information and related party transactions, and prevention of manipulative and fraudulent practices with respect to market prices;
 
  
the establishment of Iberclear; and
 
  
the authorization to the Minister of Economy to regulate the financial services electronic contracts.

 

149


Table of Contents

On July 17, 2003, the Securities Market law was amended by Law 26/2003 in order to reinforce the transparency of listed companies. It introduced:
  
information and transparency obligations including detailed requirements of the contents of the corporate website of listed companies and the obligation to file with the CNMV an annual corporate governance report; and
 
  
the obligation to implement a series of corporate governance rules including, among others, regulations regarding the boards of directors and the general shareholders’ meeting.
On March 11, 2005 Royal Decree Law 5/2005 was approved, modifying the Securities Market Law in order to implement the Directive 2003/71/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading. The Directive: (i) harmonizes the requirements for the process of approval of the prospectuses in order to grant to the issuer a single passport for such document, valid throughout the European Union; (ii) it incorporates the application of the country of origin principle.
On April 22, 2005, the Securities Market Law was amended by Law 5/2005 on supervision of financial conglomerates in order to make the sectoral rules applicable to investment firms more consistent with other sectoral rules applicable to other groups with similar financial activities, such as credit institutions and insurance undertakings.
On November 14, 2005 the Securities Market Law was further amended by Law 19/2005, which refers to the European public limited-liability companies with registered offices in Spain and, on November 24, 2005, by Law 25/2005, of November 24, 2005, which regulates the capital risk entities (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Recent Legislation).
Royal Decree 1310/2005 (November 4) partially developed the Securities Market Law 24/1988, in relation to the admission to trading of securities in the official secondary markets, the sale or subscription public offers and the prospectus required to those effects (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Recent Legislation).
Royal Decree 1333/2005 (November 11), which developed the Securities Market Law 24/1988, in relation to market abuse (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Recent Legislation).
Law 12/2006 (May 16) amended the Securities Market Law by (i) introducing a new article relating to notifications to the CNMV of transactions that might constitute insider dealing or market manipulation, (ii) completing the regulation of Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, and (iii) clarifying the regulation of significant participations on the entities which manage the clearing and settlement of securities and the Spanish secondary markets. (see “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Recent Legislation”).
Law 36/2006 (November 30), relating to measures to prevent the tax fraude, among others, amends article 108 of the Securities Market Law.
Law 6/2007 (April 12) amends the Securities Market Law, in order to modify the rules for takeover bids and for issuers transparency. This Law will enter into effect on August 13, 2007, is intended to partially transpose into the Spanish legal system Directive 2004/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 on takeover bids and Directive 2004/109/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 15 December 2004 on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and amending Directive 2001/34/EC. With regard to a brief description of the provisions of Law 6/2007 as regards the rules applicable to takeover bids see “Item 10. Additional Information —B. Memorandum and Articles of Association — Tender Offers”.
Law 6/2007 (i) introduces several changes to the periodical financial information, annual, biannual, quarterly, to be published by issuers of listed securities; and (ii) introduces new developments to the system which establishes the duty to notify significant stakes, such as:

 

150


Table of Contents

  
anyone with a right to acquire, transfer or exercise voting rights granted by the shares, regardless of the actual ownership of the shares; and anyone owing, acquiring or transferring other securities or financial instruments which grant a right to acquire shares with voting rights, will also have to notify the holding of a significant stake in accordance with the developing regulations;
 
  
Directors of listed companies, in addition to notifying any transaction concerning the shares or other securities or financial instruments of the issuer which are linked to these shares, will have to inform the CNMV of their stake upon appointment or resignation; and
 
  
Listed companies will be required to notify transactions concerning their treasury shares in certain cases, which will be established in the developing regulations.
Trading by Santander’s Subsidiaries in the Shares
Some of our subsidiaries, in accordance with customary practice in Spain, and as permitted under Spanish law, have regularly purchased and sold our shares both for their own account and for the accounts of customers. Our subsidiaries have intervened in the market for our shares primarily in connection with customer transactions and, occasionally, in connection with transactions by non-customers that are undertaken for commercial purposes or to supply liquidity to the market when it is reasonable to do so. Such trading activity also has provided a mechanism for accumulating shares that were used to meet conversions into our shares of bonds issued by us and other affiliated companies and to make offerings of shares. We expect that our subsidiaries may continue to purchase and sell our shares from time to time.
Our trading activities in our shares are limited to those set forth above. No affiliated company acts as a “market maker” as that term is understood in the United States securities markets. The continuous market is driven by orders, which are matched by the market’s computer system according to price and time entered. Santander and Banesto’s broker subsidiaries, Santander Investment Bolsa, S.V., S.A., and Banesto Bolsa, S.A., S.V.B., and the other brokers authorized to trade on the continuous market (“Member Firms”) are not required to and do not serve as market makers maintaining independently established bid and ask prices. Rather, Member Firms place orders for their customers, or for their own account, into the market’s computer system. If an adequate counterparty order is not available on the continuous market at that time, the Member Firm may solicit counterparty orders from among its own clients and/or may accommodate the client by filling the client’s order as principal.
Under the Companies Law of Spain, a company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from purchasing shares of the company in the primary market. However, purchase of the shares is permitted in the secondary market provided that: (1) the aggregate of such purchases (referred to as “treasury stock” or “autocartera”) and the shares previously held by the company and its subsidiaries does not exceed 5% of the total capital stock of the company, (2) the purchases are authorized at a meeting of the shareholders of the acquiring company and, if the acquisition relates to shares in the parent company, the acquiring company’s parent, and (3) the acquiring company and its parent, if any, may create reserves equal to the book value of the treasury stock included in its assets.
The law requires that the CNMV be notified each time the acquisitions of treasury stock made since the last notification reaches 1% of the outstanding capital stock, regardless of any other preceding sales. The Companies Law establishes, in relation to the treasury stock shares (held by us and our affiliates), that the exercise of the right to vote and other non-financial rights attached to them shall be suspended. Financial rights arising from treasury stock held directly by us, with the exception of the right to allotment of new bonus shares, shall be attributed proportionately to the rest of the shares.
The portion of trading volume in the shares represented by purchases by our subsidiaries has varied widely from day to day and from month to month and may be expected to do so in the future. In 2006, 17.1% of the volume traded of the shares was effected not as a principal by Santander Investment Bolsa, S.V., S.A. and 3.9% was effected not as a principal by Banesto Bolsa, S.A., S.V.B. The portion of trading volume in the shares allocable to purchases and sales as principal by our companies was approximately 5.9% in the same period. The monthly average percentage of outstanding shares held by our subsidiaries ranged from 0.05% to 0.36% in 2006. Our subsidiaries held 7,478,837 of our shares (0.120% of our total capital stock) at December 31, 2006.
D. Selling shareholders
Not Applicable.
E. Dilution
Not Applicable.

 

151


Table of Contents

F. Expense of the issue
Not Applicable.
Item 10. Additional Information
A. Share capital
Not Applicable.
B. Memorandum and articles of association
The following summary of the material terms of our By-laws is not meant to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our By-laws. Because this is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read our By-laws carefully before you decide to invest. Copies of our By-laws are incorporated by reference.
At our last Shareholders’ Meeting, which was held on June 23, 2007, our shareholders approved a number of proposals, including amendments to articles 1, 28, 36, 37 and 40 of our By-laws. As of the date of this report, such amendments are pending registration in the office of the Mercantile Registry of Santander.
For more information on the resolutions adopted by the Shareholder’s Meeting held on June 23, 2007, see our Form 6-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 26, 2007.
General
As of December 31, 2006, the Bank’s share capital was 3,127,148,289.50, represented by a single class of 6,254,296,579 book-entry Santander shares with a nominal value of 0.50 each. Since that date, our share capital has not changed. All of our shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Spanish law requires that bank-listed equity securities be issued in book-entry form only.
Register
Santander is registered with the Commercial Registry of Santander (Finance Section). The Bank is also recorded in the Special Registry of Banks and Bankers with registration number 0049, and its fiscal identification number is A-39000013.
Corporate Object and Purpose
Article 12 of our By-laws states that the corporate objective and purpose of Santander consist of carrying-out all types of activities, operations and services specific to the banking business in general and which are permitted under current legislation and the acquisition, holding and disposal of all types of securities.
Certain Provisions Regarding Shareholder Rights
As of the date of the filing of this report, Santander’s capital is comprised of only one class of shares, all of which are ordinary shares and have the same rights.
Our By-laws do not contain any provisions relating to sinking funds.
Our By-laws do not specify what actions or quorums are required to change the rights of holders of our stock. Under Spanish law, the rights of holders of stock may only be changed by an amendment to the by-laws of the company that complies with the requirements explained below under “—Meetings and Voting Rights.”

 

152


Table of Contents

Meetings and Voting Rights
We hold our annual general shareholders’ meeting during the first six months of each fiscal year on a date fixed by the Board of Directors. Extraordinary meetings may be called from time to time by the Board of Directors whenever the Board considers it advisable in corporate interests, and whenever so requested by stockholders representing at least 5% of the outstanding share capital of Santander. Notices of all meetings are published, at least one month prior to the date set for the meeting, in the Official Gazette of the Mercantile Register and in one of the local newspapers having the largest circulation in the province where the registered office of Santander is located. In addition, under Spanish law, the agenda of the meeting must be sent to the CNMV and the Spanish Stock Exchanges and published on the company’s website. Our last ordinary general meeting of shareholders was held on June 23, 2007 and our last extraordinary general meeting of shareholders was held on October 23, 2006. A new extraordinary general meeting of shareholders has been convened to be held on July 26 and 27, 2007, on first and second call, respectively.
Each Santander share entitles the holder to one vote. Registered holders of any number of shares who are current in the payment of capital calls will be entitled to attend shareholders’ meetings. Our By-laws do not contain provisions regarding cumulative voting.
Any Santander share may be voted by proxy. Subject to the limitations imposed by Spanish law, proxies may be given to any individual or legal person, must be in writing or by remote means of communication and are valid only for a single meeting.
In accordance with the Rules and Regulations for the General Shareholders’ Meeting and in the manner established by such Rules and Regulations, the Group’s website includes from the date when the call of the General Shareholders’ Meeting is published, the text of all resolutions proposed by the Board of Directors with respect the agenda items and the details regarding the manner and procedures for shareholders to follow to confer representation on any individual or legal entity. The manner and procedures for electronic delegation and voting via the Internet are also indicated.
At both General Shareholders’ Meetings held in 2004 (the Annual General Meeting of June 19, 2004 and the Extraordinary General Meeting of October 21, 2004) our shareholders could exercise their voting and representation rights prior to the meetings by electronic means (via the Internet). In addition, at the Extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting of October 21, 2004, our shareholders could vote by mail and in the Annual General Meetings held on June 18, 2005, June 17, 2006 and June  23, 2007, and in the Extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting of October 23, 2006 our shareholders, besides exercising their voting and representation rights prior to the meeting by mail or via the Internet, were able to attend (besides attending and voting in person) via the Internet and were also able to vote in real time on the Internet on the resolutions considered at the meeting.
Only registered holders of Santander shares of record at least five days prior to the day on which a meeting is scheduled to be held may attend and vote at such meeting. As a registered shareholder, the depositary will be entitled to vote the Santander shares underlying the Santander ADSs. The deposit agreement requires the depositary to accept voting instructions from holders of Santander ADSs and to execute such instructions to the extent permitted by law.
In general, resolutions passed by a general meeting are binding upon all shareholders. In certain circumstances, Spanish law gives dissenting or absent shareholders the right to have their Santander shares redeemed by us at prices determined in accordance with established formulae or criteria. Santander shares held by the Bank or its affiliates are counted for purposes of determining quorums but may not be voted by the Bank or by its affiliates.
Resolutions at general meetings are passed provided that, regarding the voting capital present or represented at the meeting, the number of votes in favor is higher than the number of votes against or in blank and abstentions.
In accordance with Spanish law, a quorum on first call for a duly constituted ordinary or extraordinary general meeting of shareholders requires the presence in person or by proxy of shareholders representing 25% of our subscribed voting capital. On second call there is no quorum requirement. Notwithstanding the above, a quorum of 50% of our subscribed voting capital is required on the first call to approve any of the following actions:
 (i) 
issuance of bonds;
 
 (ii) 
increase or reduction of share capital;
 
 (iii) 
transformation of Santander (change in corporate nature);
 
 (iv) 
merger, split or spin-off;
 
 (v) 
any other amendment of our By-laws; and
 
 (vi) 
dissolution.

 

153


Table of Contents

A quorum of 25% of the subscribed voting capital is required to vote on such actions on the second call. A two-third majority of our present or represented voting capital is required to approve all of the above listed actions when the shareholders’ meeting is held on second call and less than 50% of our subscribed voting capital is present.
For purposes of determining the quorum, those shareholders who vote by mail or through the Internet are counted as being present at the meeting, as provided by the Rules and Regulations of the Bank’s General Shareholders’ Meetings.
Changes in Capital
Any increase or reduction in share capital must be approved at the general meeting in accordance with the procedures explained above in the section entitled “Meetings and Voting Rights”.
Dividends
We normally pay a yearly dividend in advance in quarterly installments in August, November, February (of the following year) and generally in May (of the following year). We and our domestic banking subsidiaries are subject to certain restrictions on dividend payments, as prescribed by the Ministry of Economy and the Bank of Spain. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview—Supervision and Regulation—Restrictions on Dividends”.
Our By-laws establish that any available profits shall be distributed in the following order: first, the legally required amounts are placed into the compulsory reserves. Next, our Board of Directors will assign such amounts it considers appropriate to voluntary reserves and “fondos de previsión” (general allowances). After separating the amount which should be carried forward, if the Board deems it advisable, the remaining amount will be divided equally amongst our shareholders under the limitations imposed by Spanish law.
Our By-laws also dictate that non-voting shares shall receive a minimum annual dividend of 5% of the capital paid out in respect of each such share in accordance with the Company’s law.
The amount, time and form of payment of the dividends, to be distributed amongst the shareholders in proportion to their paid-in capital will be established by resolutions adopted at the general meeting. The Board of Directors is entitled to distribute sums on account of future dividends; said distributions must be eventually approved by the general meeting.
A shareholder’s dividend entitlement lapses five (5) years after the dividend payment date.
Preemptive Rights
In the event of a capital increase each shareholder has a preferential right by operation of law to subscribe for shares in proportion to its shareholding in each new issue of Santander shares. The same right is vested on shareholders upon the issuance of convertible debt. Holders of convertible debt also have preemptive rights. However, preemptive rights may be excluded under certain circumstances by specific approval at the shareholders’ meeting preemptive rights are deemed excluded by operation of law in the relevant capital increase when the shareholders approve:
  
capital increases following conversion of convertible bonds into Santander shares; or
 
  
capital increases due to the absorption of another company or of part of the spun-off assets of another company, when the new shares are issued in exchange for the new assets received.
If capital is increased by the issuance of new shares in return for capital from certain reserves, the resulting new Santander shares will be distributed pro rata to existing shareholders.
Redemption
Our By-laws do not contain any provisions relating to redemption of shares. Nevertheless, pursuant to Spanish law, redemption rights may be created at a duly held general shareholders’ meeting. Such meeting will establish the specific terms of any redemption rights created.

 

154


Table of Contents

Registration and Transfers
The Santander shares are in book-entry form. We maintain a registry of shareholders. We do not recognize, at any given time, more than one person as the person entitled to vote each share in the shareholders meeting.
Under Spanish law and regulations, transfers of shares quoted on a stock exchange are normally made through a “Sociedad o Agencia de Valores”, credit entities and investment services companies, that are members of the Spanish stock exchange.
Transfers executed through stock exchange systems are implemented pursuant to the stock exchange clearing and settlement procedures of Iberclear. Transfers executed “over the counter” are implemented pursuant to the general legal regime for book entry transfer, including registration by Iberclear.
Liquidation Rights
Upon a liquidation of Santander, our shareholders would be entitled to receive pro rata any assets remaining after the payment of our debts, taxes and expenses of the liquidation. Holders of non-voting shares, if any, are entitled to receive reimbursement of the amount paid before any amount is distributed to the holders of voting shares.
Change of Control
Our By-laws do not contain any provisions that would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the company and that would operate only with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring involving Santander or any of our subsidiaries. Nonetheless, certain aspects of Spanish law described in the following section may delay, defer or prevent a change of control of the Bank or any of our subsidiaries in the event of a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring.
Legal Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares in Spanish Banks
Certain provisions of Spanish law require notice to the Bank of Spain prior to the acquisition by any individual or corporation of a substantial number of shares of a Spanish bank.
Any individual or corporation that wishes to acquire, directly or indirectly, a significant participation (participación significativa) in a Spanish bank must give advance notice to the Bank of Spain describing the size of such participation, its terms and conditions, and the anticipated closing date of the acquisition. “Significant participation” is defined as 5% of the outstanding share capital or voting rights of the bank or any lesser participation that gives the acquirer effective influence or control over the target bank.
In addition, advance notice must be given to the Bank of Spain of any increase, direct or indirect, in any significant participation at each of the following levels of ownership: 10%; 15%; 20%; 25%; 33%; 40%; 50%; 66% and 75%. Notice to the Bank of Spain is also required from anyone who, as a result of the contemplated acquisition, may attain sufficient power to control the credit entity.
Any acquisition mentioned in the preceding sentence to which the required notice was not given or even if given, a three month period after receipt of notice has not yet elapsed, or that is opposed by the Bank of Spain will have the following effects: (1) the acquired shares will have no voting rights, (2) the Bank of Spain may seize control of the bank or replace its board of directors, and (3) a fine may be levied on the acquirer.
The Bank of Spain has three months after the receipt of notice to object to a proposed transaction. Such objection may be based on finding the acquirer unsuitable on the basis, inter alia, of its commercial or professional reputation, its solvency or the transparency of its corporate structure. If three months elapse without any word from the Bank of Spain, its authorization is deemed granted. However, absent objection by the Bank of Spain, it may set forth a different maximum period for closing the proposed transaction.
Any individual or institution that plans to sell its significant participation, or reduce it to one of the above-mentioned levels of ownership, or because of any sale will lose control of the entity, must provide advance notice to the Bank of Spain indicating the amount of the transaction and its anticipated closing date. Failure to comply with these requirements may subject the offending party to penalties.
Credit entities must notify the Bank of Spain as soon as they become aware of any acquisition or transfer of significant shares of its stock capital that exceeds the above-mentioned percentages. In addition, credit entities are required to provide periodic reports to the Bank of Spain describing the composition of and significant alterations to the ownership of the capital stock of the credit entity. This information must also provide the level of ownership, regardless of the amount, of any other financial entities in the capital stock of the credit entity.

 

155


Table of Contents

If the Bank of Spain determines at any time that the influence of a person who owns a significant participation of a bank may adversely affect that bank’s financial situation, it may request that the Ministry of Economy and Finance: (1) suspend the voting rights of such person’s shares for a period not exceeding 3 years; (2) seize control of the bank or replace its board of directors; or (3) revoke the bank’s license. A fine may also be levied on the relevant person.
The Bank of Spain also requires each bank to publish a list, dated on the last day of each quarter and during April, July, October and January of all its shareholders that are financial institutions and all other shareholders that own at least 0.25% of the bank’s total equity. Furthermore, banks are required to inform the Bank of Spain as soon as they become aware, and in any case not later than in 15 days after, of each acquisition by a person or a group of at least 1% of such a bank’s total equity.
Tender Offers
Royal Decree 432/2003 of April 11, 2003 (“RD 432/2003”) modified previous regulations on tender offers set forth by Royal Decree 1197/1991 of July 26, 1991 (“RD 1197/1991”) reinforcing the protection of minority shareholders and introducing certain changes intended to make the tender offer regime more flexible.
RD 432/2003 introduced additional scenarios which impose the mandatory launching of a tender offer. A person or entity must first launch a tender offer if it proposes to acquire a significant shareholding (25% or more) in the voting stock of the target company’s shares (or certain other equivalent securities that may directly or indirectly give the right to subscribe for shares) of a publicly-traded Spanish company. The tender offer must be for shares representing, at least, 10% and up to 100% of the target’s company capital, contingent on the final percentage of the capital of such target company to be acquired (basically, 25% or more or 50% or more). Also, the launching of a tender offer is mandatory for the acquisition of shares representing 6% or more of the capital of the target company during any twelve-month period when the offeror holds a stake between 25% and 50% of the target’s company capital.
Tender offers are mandatory also, even without reaching the stake thresholds mentioned above, if such person or entity intends to appoint more than one third but less than half plus one of the target company’s board or more than half of the directors of the target company’s board.
These additional cases also require the mandatory launching of a tender offer if, within two years from the date of the acquisition, the offeror nominates and appoints more than one third but less than half plus one of the target company’s board or more than one half of the target company’s board.
RD 432/2003 modifies the exceptions to the mandatory launching of a tender offer; it allows for conditional tender offers upon certain requirements being met and it substantially modifies the regime of competing tender offers.
Law 6/2007, of April 12, which amends the Securities Market Law, will modify the rules for takeover bids. This Law, which will enter into effect on August 13, 2007, is intended to partially transpose into the Spanish legal system Directive 2004/25/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 on takeover bids.
The new rules replace the traditional system where launching a takeover bid was compulsory prior to acquiring a significant shareholding in the target company and partial bids were permitted for a regime where takeover bids must be made for all the share capital after obtaining the control of a listed company (i.e. 30% of the voting rights or appointment of more than one-half of the members of the company’s board of directors) whether such control is obtained by means of an acquisition of securities or an agreement with other holders of securities.
The above does not prevent parties from making voluntary bids for a number that is less than the totality of securities in a listed company.
The reduction in the threshold to make a mandatory takeover bid for all the share capital from the current 50% to the 30% set out in the Law 6/2007 gives rise to issues of transitional application, particularly, in the case of shareholders who own over 30% but under 50% of the share capital of the listed company.

 

156


Table of Contents

Reporting Requirements
The acquisitions or transfers of shares of any company listed on a Spanish Stock Exchange where, following the transaction, the acquiror’s ownership participation reaches 5% or any multiple of 5% of the capital stock of such company, or the seller’s participation is reduced from one of the above mentioned levels of ownership, must be reported, within 7 business days after such acquisition or transfer. The reporting must be made to the company that issued the traded shares, to the Governing Companies(Sociedades Rectoras) of the Spanish stock exchanges on which such company is listed, and to the CNMV. This threshold percentage will be 1%, or any multiple of 1%, whenever the acquirer, or the person who acts on his/her behalf, is a resident of a tax haven as defined in accordance with Royal Decree 1080/1991, or of a country or territory where there is no authority entrusted with the supervision of the securities markets, or when the designated authority declines to exchange information with the CNMV. The Minister of Finance is required to specify countries and territories in such cases, as proposed by the CNMV.
In addition, any company listed on a Spanish stock exchange must report any acquisition by such company (or a subsidiary) of the company’s own shares if the acquisition, together with any acquisitions since the date of the last report, causes the company’s ownership of its own shares to exceed 1% of its capital stock. See “Item 9. The Offer and Listing—C. Markets—Trading by Santander’s Subsidiaries in the Shares.”
The directors of any company listed on a Spanish stock exchange must report to the CNMV to the Governing Companies (Sociedades Rectoras) of the Stock Exchanges on which the company is listed, and to the company itself, the amount of shares or option rights over the company’s shares that they hold at the time of their appointment (or, if applicable, report that they own no shares or options) directly or through companies they control or any other intermediary, regardless of the amount, and must report all acquisitions or transmissions of shares in the company, regardless of the amount that they carry out by themselves or by means of either the companies they control or an intermediary. The directors must also report the acquisition or transfer of option rights over the company’s shares.
In addition, managers of any listed company must report to the CNMV the acquisition of shares and option rights over shares as a result of a compensation plan related to the shares’ price. Any change of the aforesaid plans must be also reported.
Law 6/2007 of April 12, which amends the Securities Markets Law will modify the above-mentioned reporting requirements. This law, which will enter into affect on August 13, 2007, is intended to partially transpose into the Spanish Legal system Directive 2004/109/CE of the European Parliament and of the Council of December 15, 2004 on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and amending Directive 2001/34/EC.
Although most of the modifications to the reporting requirements regime described above are dependent on the approval of regulations developing Law 6/2007 (relevant reporting thresholds, etc) which are still pending, it is worth mentioning that Law 6/2007 derogates the need to notify acquisitions and disposals to the Governing Companies (Sociedades Rectoras) of the Spanish stock exchanges.
Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors may be made up of a minimum of 14 and a maximum of 22 members, appointed by the general meeting of shareholders.
Members of the Board of Directors are elected for an initial term of five years but can be re-elected. One fifth of the members of the Board are elected each year. The term for Directors designated by co-opting and ratified by the subsequent Shareholders’ Meeting will be the same as that of the Directors they are replacing.
A Director could serve for a term shorter than the one for which he or she has been initially elected if the shareholders acting at a duly called General Meeting decide that that Director be replaced before completing his or her term.
Although there is no provision in Spanish law regarding the composition of a board of directors, the Rules and Regulations of the Board provide that in exercising its powers to make proposals at the General Shareholders’ Meeting and to designate Directors by interim appointment to fill vacancies, the Board shall endeavor to ensure that the external or non-executive Directors represent a wide majority over the executive Directors an that in all events, the Board of Directors shall endeavor the number of independent Directors to represent at least one-third of all Directors.
These independence standards may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the director independence standards established by the NYSE. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board practices—Independence of the Directors on the Board of Directors”. The Bank currently complies with this requirement.
Certain Powers of the Board of Directors
The actions of the members of the Board are limited by Spanish law and certain general provisions contained in our By-laws. For instance, Article 32 of our By-laws states that the Directors will be liable to Santander, to our shareholders and to our corporate creditors for any damages that they may cause by acts or omissions which are contrary to law or to the By-laws or by acts or omissions contrary to the duties inherent in the exercise of their office.

 

157


Table of Contents

A Director’s power to vote on a proposal, arrangement or contract in which such Director is materially interested is not regulated by our By-laws. Conflicts of interest are regulated by Article 30 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board. Under Article 30, a Director is obliged to inform the Board of any direct or indirect conflict of interest which may exist with the Bank. If such a conflict relates to a particular transaction, then the Director (i) may not undertake the transaction without the Board’s authorization (such authorization can only be granted following a report of the Appointments and Remuneration Committee); and (ii) the Director may not take part in the discussion or voting regarding the transaction to which the conflict relates.
Our By-laws provide that the Directors may, by resolution of the Board, direct the subscription, acquisition, purchase, exchange, pledge and sale of public securities, shares, debentures, bonds and warrants. The Board is empowered to exercise borrowing powers without restriction as to limit or otherwise on behalf of the Bank, subject only to the power to authorize the issue of bonds, which is vested in the shareholders.
The Board of Directors may pass resolutions in order to establish the amount of each payment of any capital call with respect to partially paid-in shares. The Board will also establish the period within which the payments must be made and other details, all of which must be published in the “Boletín Oficial del Registro Mercantil” (the Official Gazette of the Mercantile Register). Any delays in the payment of capital calls will bear interest starting from the day when the payment is due and without the need for any judicial or extra-judicial summons. We will also be able to take any action authorized by law to collect such sums.
Our By-laws provide that the members of the Board of Directors and of the Executive Committee of the Bank (Comisión Ejecutiva) shall receive as a joint participation in the Bank’s annual results for performing their duties an aggregate amount equal to 1% of the Bank’s annual results, provided, however, that the Board may resolve that such percentage be reduced in those years in which the Board deems it justified. In addition, the Board shall distribute the resulting payment among the participants in such manner and amount as may be resolved annually by the Board with respect to each of them.
In order to set the specific amount corresponding to such participation, the percentage decided by the Board shall be applied to the year’s results.
In any event, before any payments in respect of the Directors’ participation can be made, the Bank must have made all allocations that have priority to such participation pursuant to applicable legislation.
Regardless of the foregoing, the members of the Board and of the Executive Committee are entitled to receive attendance fees, as well as such remuneration as may be applicable for the performance of their duties within the Bank other than their duties as a Director. These amounts are approved by the Board of Directors with the prior proposal from the Appointments and Remuneration Committee.
Directors may also receive compensation in the form of shares of the Bank or options over the shares, or other remuneration linked to share value following a resolution adopted by the shareholders at the General Shareholders’ Meeting (conducted in accordance with our By-laws and applicable Spanish legislation).
Article 28.3 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board of Directors states that only executive Directors can benefit from remuneration systems involving delivery of shares or rights on them.
Board of Directors Qualification
There are no mandatory retirement provisions due to age for Board members in our By-laws or in the regulations of our Board of Directors. These regulations contain provisions relating to the cessation of directorship for other reasons.
Subject to legal limitations, any person will be eligible to serve as a Director of Santander without having to be a shareholder of the Bank.
C. Material contracts
During the past two years, the Bank was not a party to any contract outside its ordinary course of business that was material to the Group as a whole, except as disclosed in “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations—Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (“Sovereign”)” and in “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and development of the company—Principal Capital Expenditures and Divestitures—Acquisitions, Dispositions, Reorganizations—Recent Events—ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”).”

 

158


Table of Contents

D. Exchange controls
Restrictions on Foreign Investments
Under present regulations, foreign investors may transfer invested capital, capital gains and dividends out of Spain without limitation on the amount other than applicable taxes. See “—Taxation”. On July 4, 2003, Law 19/2003 was approved which updates Spanish exchange control and money laundering prevention provisions, by recognizing the principle of freedom of the movement of capital between Spanish residents and non residents. The law establishes procedures for the declaration of capital movements for purposes of administrative or statistical information and authorizes the Spanish Government to take measures which are justified on grounds of public policy or public security. It also provides the mechanism to take exceptional measures with regard to third countries if such measures have been approved by the European Union or by an international organization to which Spain is a party. The Spanish stock exchanges and securities markets are open to foreign investors. Royal Decree 664/1999, on Foreign Investments (April 23, 1999), established a new framework for the regulation of foreign investments in Spain which, on a general basis, will no longer require any prior consents or authorizations from authorities in Spain (without prejudice to specific regulations for several specific sectors, such as television, radio, mining, telecommunications, etc.). Royal Decree 664/1999 requires notification of all foreign investments in Spain and liquidations of such investments upon completion of such investments to the Investments Registry of the Ministry of Economy, strictly for administrative statistical and economical purposes. Only investments from “tax haven” countries (as they are defined in Royal Decree 1080/1991), shall require notice before and after performance of the investment, except that no prior notice shall be required for: (1) investments in securities or participations in collective investment schemes that are registered with the CNMV, and (2) investments that do not increase the foreign ownership of the capital stock of a Spanish company to over 50%. In specific instances, the Counsel of Ministers may agree to suspend, all or part of, Royal Decree 664/1999 following a proposal of the Minister of Economy, or, in some cases, a proposal by the head of the government department with authority for such matters and a report of the Foreign Investment Body. These specific instances include a determination that the investments, due to their nature, form or condition, affect activities, or may potentially affect activities relating to the exercise of public powers, national security or public health. Royal Decree 664/1999 is currently suspended for investments relating to national defense. Whenever Royal Decree 664/1999 is suspended, the affected investor must obtain prior administrative authorization in order to carry out the investment.
E. Taxation
The following is a discussion of the material Spanish and U.S. federal income tax consequences to you of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ADSs or shares.
The discussion of Spanish tax consequences below applies to you only if you are a non-resident of Spain and ownership of ADSs or shares is not effectively connected with a permanent establishment or fiscal base in Spain and only to U.S. residents entitled to the benefits of the Convention Between the United States and the Kingdom of Spain for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the “Treaty”).
You should consult your own tax adviser as to the particular tax consequences to you of owning the shares or ADSs including your eligibility for the benefits of any treaty between Spain and the country of your residence for the avoidance of double taxation, the applicability or effect of any special rules to which you may be subject, and the applicability and effect of state, local, foreign and other tax laws and possible changes in tax law.
Spanish tax considerations
The following is a summary of material Spanish tax matters and is not exhaustive of all the possible tax consequences to you of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares. This discussion is based upon the tax laws of Spain and regulations thereunder, which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.
Taxation of dividends
Under Spanish law, dividends paid by a Spanish resident company to a holder of ordinary shares or ADSs not residing in Spain for tax purposes and not operating through a permanent establishment in Spain are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax at a 18% rate since January 1, 2007. Prior to this date the rate was a 15% which is also the rate to which you may be entitled to under the Treaty.
In addition, according to Spanish Non Resident Income Tax Law, if you are resident in the European Union or at a country with which there is an effective exchange of information for tax purposes as defined in Spanish Law 36/2006 and do not operate in Spain through a permanent establishment, dividends up to 1,500 euros, considering all Spanish source dividends you may obtain in the calendar year, are exempt from Spanish taxation.
We will levy an initial withholding tax on the gross amount of dividends at an 18% tax rate, following the procedures set forth by the Order of April 13, 2000. However, under the Spanish-U.S. income tax treaty and subject to the fulfillment of certain requirements, you may be entitled to a reduced rate of 15%.

 

159


Table of Contents

To benefit from the Spanish-U.S. income tax treaty reduced rate of 15%, you must provide our depositary, JP Morgan Chase, with a certificate from the United States Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) stating that to the knowledge of the IRS, you are a resident of United States within the meaning of the Spanish-U.S. income tax treaty. The IRS certificate is valid for a period of one year.
According to the Order of April 13, 2000, to get a direct application of the Spanish-U.S. income tax treaty-reduced rate of 15%, the certificate referred to above must be provided to our depositary before the tenth day following the end of the month in which the dividends were distributable by us. If you fail to timely provide us with the required documentation, you may obtain a refund of the 3% in excess withholding that would result from the Spanish tax authorities in accordance with the procedures below.
Spanish refund procedure
According to Spanish Regulations on Non-Resident Income Tax, approved by Royal Decree 1776/2004, dated July 30, 2004, as amended, a refund of the amount withheld in excess of the rate provided by the Spanish-U.S. income tax treaty can be obtained from the relevant Spanish tax authorities. To pursue the refund claim, if you are a U.S. resident entitled to the benefits of the Spanish-U.S. income tax treaty, you are required to file all of the following:
  
a Spanish 210 Form;
 
  
the certificate referred to in the preceding section; and
 
  
evidence that Spanish non-resident income tax was withheld with respect to you.
The refund claim must be filed within four years of the date on which the withheld tax was collected by the Spanish tax authorities. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding refund procedures and any U.S. tax implications of refund procedures.
Taxation of capital gains
Under Spanish law, any capital gains derived from securities issued by persons residing in Spain for tax purposes are considered to be Spanish source income and, therefore, are taxable in Spain. For Spanish tax purposes, income obtained by you if you are a U.S. resident from the sale of ADSs or shares will be treated as capital gains. As of January 1, 2007, Spanish non-resident income tax is currently levied at an 18% tax rate on capital gains obtained by persons not residing in Spain for tax purposes who are not entitled to the benefit of any applicable treaty for the avoidance of double taxation. Prior to January 1, 2007 the rate was 35%.
Notwithstanding the above, capital gains derived from the transfer of shares on an official Spanish secondary stock market by any holder who is a resident at a country that has entered into a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation with Spain containing an “exchange of information” clause will be exempt from taxation in Spain. In addition, under the Treaty, capital gains realized by you upon the disposition of ADSs or shares will not be taxed in Spain provided you have not held, directly or indirectly, 25% or more of our stock during the twelve months preceding the disposition of the stock. You are required to establish that you are entitled to this exemption by providing to the relevant Spanish tax authorities an IRS certificate of residence in the United States, together with the appropriate Spanish tax form, not later than 30 days after the capital gain was realized.
Spanish wealth tax
Individuals not residing in Spain who hold shares or ADSs located in Spain are subject to the Spanish wealth tax (Spanish Law 19/1991), which imposes a tax on property located in Spain on the last day of any year. The Spanish tax authorities may take the view that all shares of Spanish corporations and all ADSs representing such shares are located in Spain for Spanish tax purposes. If such a view were to prevail, non-residents of Spain who held shares or ADSs on the last day of any year would be subject to the Spanish wealth tax for such year at marginal rates varying between 0.2% and 2.5% of the average market value of such shares or ADSs during the last quarter of such year.
Spanish inheritance and gift taxes
Transfers of shares or ADSs upon death or by gift are subject to Spanish inheritance and gift taxes (Spanish Law 29/1987) if the transferee is a resident in Spain for tax purposes, or if the shares or ADSs are located in Spain at the time of gift or death, or the rights attached thereto could be exercised or have to be fulfilled in the Spanish territory, regardless of the residence of the beneficiary. In this regard, the Spanish tax authorities may determine that all shares of Spanish corporations and all ADSs representing such shares are located in Spain for Spanish tax purposes. The applicable tax rate, after applying all relevant factors, ranges between 0% and 81.6% for individuals.

 

160


Table of Contents

Gifts granted to corporations non-resident in Spain are subject to Spanish Non-Resident Income Tax at an 18% tax rate on the fair market value of the shares as a capital gain. Prior to January 1, 2007 the rate was 35%. If the donee is a United States corporation, the exclusions available under the Treaty described in the section “—Taxation of capital gains” above will be applicable.
Expenses of transfer
Transfers of ADSs or shares will be exempt from any transfer tax or value-added tax. Additionally, no stamp tax will be levied on such transfers.
U.S. Tax Considerations
The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire such securities. The summary applies only to U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold ADSs or shares as capital assets for tax purposes and does not address special classes of holders, such as:
  
certain financial institutions;
 
  
insurance companies;
 
  
dealers and traders in securities or foreign currencies;
 
  
holders holding ADSs or shares as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction;
 
  
holders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar;
 
  
holders liable for alternative minimum tax;
 
  
tax exempt organizations;
 
  
partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
 
  
holders that own 10% or more of our voting shares; or
 
  
persons who acquired our ADSs or shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation.
The summary is based upon tax laws of the United States including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof (the “Code”), administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which may affect the tax consequences described herein possibly with retroactive effect. In addition, the summary is based on the Treaty and is based in part on representations of the Depositary and assumes that each obligation provided for in or otherwise contemplated by the Deposit Agreement or any other related document will be performed in accordance with its terms. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs or shares are urged to consult their own tax advisers as to the U.S., Spanish or other tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or shares in their particular circumstances.
As used herein, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of ADSs or shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
  
a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  
a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof; or
 
  
an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.
In general, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, U.S. Holders of ADSs will be treated as the holders of the underlying shares represented by those ADSs. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if a U.S. Holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying shares represented by those ADSs.

 

161


Table of Contents

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom ADSs are pre-released may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits for U.S. holders of ADSs. Such actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the creditability of Spanish taxes and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate holders, each described below, could be affected by actions taken by parties to whom the ADSs are pre-released.
Taxation of Distributions
Subject to the discussion of the passive foreign investment company rules below, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles), distributions, including any Spanish withholding tax, made with respect to ADSs or shares (other than certain pro rata distributions of our capital stock or rights to subscribe for shares of our capital stock) will be includible in the income of a U.S. Holder as foreign source ordinary dividend income. Since we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, U.S. holders will generally be required to treat distributions as taxable dividends. Such dividends will not be eligible for the “dividends received deduction” generally allowed to corporations receiving dividends from domestic corporations under the Code. The amount of the distribution will equal the U.S. dollar value of the euros received, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date such distribution is received (which, for U.S. Holders of ADSs, will be the date such distribution is received by the Depositary), whether or not the Depositary or U.S. Holder in fact converts any euros received into U.S. dollars at that time. Any gains or losses resulting from the conversion of euros into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss, as the case may be, of the U.S. Holder and will be U.S. source.
Subject to applicable limitations and the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, under current law, dividends paid to a non-corporate U.S. holder paid in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011 will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. Non-corporate holders should consult their own tax advisers to determine the implications of the rules regarding this favorable rate in their particular circumstances. The amount of dividend will include any amounts withheld by us or our paying agent in respect of Spanish taxes.
Subject to certain generally applicable limitations that may vary depending upon your circumstances and subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, a U.S. Holder will be entitled to a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability for Spanish withholding taxes at the rate provided by the Treaty. The limitation on foreign taxes eligible for credit is calculated separately with regard to specific classes of income. Instead of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may, at its election, deduct such otherwise creditable Spanish taxes in computing taxable income, subject to generally applicable limitations under U.S. law.
A U.S. Holder must satisfy minimum holding period requirements in order to be eligible to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign taxes withheld on dividends. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and, therefore, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to make effective use of foreign tax credits.
Sale and Other Disposition of ADSs or Shares
Subject to the discussion of the passive foreign investment company rules below, gain or loss realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or exchange of ADSs or shares will be subject to U.S. federal income tax as capital gain or loss (and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the shares or ADSs for more than one year) in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ADSs or shares and the amount realized on the disposition. Gain or loss, if any, will be U.S. source for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Long-term capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally taxed at a preferential rate.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
We believe that we are not a “passive foreign investment company” (“PFIC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the taxable year 2006. However, since our PFIC status depends upon the composition of our income and assets and the market value of our assets (including, among others, less than 25 percent owned equity investments) from time to time, and based upon certain proposed Treasury Regulations that are not yet in effect but are generally proposed to become effective for taxable years after December 31, 1994, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for any taxable year.

 

162


Table of Contents

If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, gain recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other disposition of ADSs or shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other exchange and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge would be imposed on the amount allocated to such taxable year. Further, any distribution in respect of ADSs or ordinary shares in excess of 125 percent of the average of the annual distributions on ADSs or ordinary shares received by the U.S. Holder during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, would be subject to taxation as described above. Certain elections may be available (including a mark to market election) to U.S. persons that may mitigate the adverse consequences resulting from PFIC status.
In addition, if we were to be treated as a PFIC in a taxable year in which we pay a dividend or the prior taxable year, the 15% dividend rate discussed above with respect to dividends paid to non-corporate holders would not apply.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Payment of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting and to backup withholding unless (i) you are a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, you provide a correct taxpayer identification number and certify that you are not subject to backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
F. Dividends and paying agents
Not Applicable.
G. Statement by experts
Not Applicable.
H. Documents on display
We are subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, except that as a foreign issuer, we are not subject to the proxy rules or the short-swing profit disclosure rules of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these statutory requirements, we file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC. Reports and other information filed or furnished by us with the SEC may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the SEC’s regional offices at 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279 and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511. Copies of such material may also be inspected at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, 11 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, on which our ADSs are listed. In addition, the SEC maintains a website that contains information filed electronically with the SEC, which can be accessed over the internet at http://www.sec.gov.
I. Subsidiary information
Not Applicable.

 

163


Table of Contents

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Introduction
Our risk management activities involve the integrated qualification and quantification of the different types of risk (credit risk, operational risk, reputational risk and market risk) which are assumed by our business units in their activities.
We have divided this section in the following seven parts:
  
Organization of Risk Management;
 
  
Global Risk Analysis Profile;
 
  
Credit Risk;
 
  
Operational Risk;
 
  
Reputational Risk;
 
  
Risk Training Activities; and
 
  
Market Risk.
Efficient risk management is vital for the creation of sustainable value by banks. This management should aim not at eliminating risk, as this is a fundamental part of the revenues of financial activity, but at efficient control, intermediation, and administration within the tolerance limits defined by the institution.
For us, quality management of risk is one of our hallmarks and a priority in our activity. Throughout its 150 years, Santander has combined prudence with use of advanced risk management techniques, which have been shown to be very efficient in the recurring and balanced generation of earnings and the creation of shareholder value.
The importance attached to the quality of risk has traditionally been, and continues to be, one of the hallmarks of our corporate culture and management style.
For these reasons, we fully identify with the New Basel Capital Accord (BIS II), as it sets out and regulates the most advanced practices of the banking industry.
The entry into force of BIS II will also enable us to reflect, once again, our strength in this sphere and our capacity to successfully apply the advanced internal risk models approach and their appropriate integration with our global management. Given the proximity of the new regulatory framework under BIS II in 2008, the year 2006 was characterized by measures focused on achieving approval of the Internal Rating Based (IRB) models. Of note were the technological developments supporting the BIS II processes and, particularly, the work on Internal Validation which, because of its novelty, required special emphasis. As a result, we will not only remain in a leadership position in risk management matters, but also the markets, under the framework of Pillar 3 of BIS II, will have at their disposal all the elements needed for best evaluating our risk management.
We are making the necessary investment in human and technological resources to satisfy the BIS II demanding requirements in a reasonable period, and are strongly committed to continuing to do this.
Our risk management is based on the following principles:
  
Autonomy in each business area. Matías R. Inciarte, the Group’s third Vice-Chairman and Chairman of the Risk Committee, reports directly to the Executive Committee and to the Board.
 
  
While maintaining the principle of autonomy in each business area, providing the necessary support for achieving the commercial goals, without eroding the quality of risk, by identifying business opportunities that create value. Consequently, the organizational structure is adapted to the commercial structure and business and risk managers work within such organization.

 

164


Table of Contents

  
Executive capacity supported by knowledge and closeness to the customer, in parallel with the business manager, as well as collective decisions via the corresponding risks committees.
 
  
Help Senior Management define the philosophy and level of tolerance to risk on the basis of the business strategy.
 
  
Help Financial Management measure the risk of various activities, the risk-adjusted return and the creation of value in the Group’s businesses.
 
  
Global scope, without detriment to specialization by risk type and customer segment.
 
  
Collective decisions (including at the branch) which ensures different opinions and does not make results dependent on decisions by individuals.
 
  
Medium-low risk profiles as a target, emphasizing its low volatility or predictable nature, which entails a culture of consistency in a series of policies and procedures, among which are the following:
  
Special emphasis on monitoring of risks in order to have sufficient warning of possible problems.
 
  
Risk diversification limiting, in general, the Group’s relative exposure to the overall risk of customers in the credit system.
 
  
Avoid exposure to companies with ratings deemed to be below par, even when this would entail a risk premium proportionate to the level of internal rating.
We have been using a series of risk management techniques and tools for many years. Of note among them, given that we implemented them ahead of the effectiveness of BIS II, are:
  
Internal qualitative and quantitative ratings; with valuation of the different components which, by client and facility, enable the probabilities of failure to be estimated and then the inherent loss on the basis of historical data.
 
  
Economic capital, as the homogeneous metric of the risk assumed and the basis for measuring management.
 
  
Return on Risk Adjusted Capital (RORAC), for pricing operations (bottom up) and analysis of portfolios and units (top down).
 
  
Value at risk as an element of control and for setting the market risk limits of the different trading portfolios.
 
  
Stress testing to complement the analysis of market and credit risk, in order to assess the impact of alternative scenarios, including on provisions and capital.
Part 1. Organization of Risk Management
The Board and its Executive Committee and Risk Committee have the necessary knowledge and experience to carry out their tasks effectively, objectively and independently and to supervise execution of the general strategy. The senior management sets business plans, supervises daily decisions and ensures they are in line with the objectives and policies set by the Board.
The Risk Committee has the following functions:
  
Propose to the Board the risk policy for the Group, which must, in particular, identify:
  
The different types of risk (operational, technological, financial, legal and reputational, among others) facing the Bank, including contingent liabilities and other off-balance sheet risks;
 
  
The internal information and control systems used to control and manage these risks;
 
  
The level of risk considered acceptable; and
 
  
The measures envisaged to mitigate the impact of identified risks, in the event that they materialize.

 

165


Table of Contents

  
Systematically review exposures with the main customers, economic sectors, geographic areas and types of risk.
 
  
To be familiar with and to authorize, in each case, the management tools, enhancement initiatives, progress of projects and any other relevant activity related to risk control, including the specific characteristics and behavior of the internal risk models as well as the results of the internal validation.
 
  
Assess and track the indications formulated by the supervisory bodies in the exercise of their functions.
 
  
Vouch that our actions are consistent with the previously decided risk tolerance level and delegate in other committees lower down the hierarchy or in executives powers to assume risks.
 
  
Resolve operations beyond the powers delegated to bodies immediately below, as well as the global limits of preclassification of economic groups or in relation to exposures by classes of risk.
The Committee deals with all types of risk: credit, market, operational, liquidity, reputational, etc.
Banesto, which is autonomously managed within Grupo Santander, manages its risks in coordination with the Group’s policies as set forth by the Executive Committee.
     
Sphere Level in the hierarchy Name
Centralised
 Executive Executive Committee
 
   Risks Committee of the Board
     
 
 Risks Division Risks Management Committee
 
   Global Committee of General Directorate of Risks
 
   Permanent Committee of Risks
     
 
 Areas and Departments Risk Wholesale Banking Risk Committee
 
   Company Banking Global Risk Committee
 
   Standardised Global Risk Committee
 
   Financial Global Risk Committee
     
Decentralised
 Units Committee Risks Committee in Banks of the Group/Countries
 
   Risks Committee in Branches Abroad
 
   Risks Committee in regional areas or in business units
 
   Other committees
The collective bodies for risk matters are the Committees that have been assigned powers for taking decisions, controlling and monitoring risks. In order of seniority they are described in the table above.
Grupo Santander’s Risks Division reports directly to the third Vice Chairman and Chairman of the Board’s Risk Committee.
The risks function has a global reach and “multi-local” execution. It covers the different geographic areas where we operate.
This Division’s mission is always to maintain the quality of risk while providing agile, effective and efficient service to customers.
The Division is organized in two:
  
General Directorate of Risks; and
 
  
General Directorate of Internal Control and Integral Assessment of Risk.
The General Directorate of Risks (“GDR”) is responsible for the executive functions of credit and market risk management and it is adapted to the structure of business, by type of client as well as by activity and geographic area (global view/local view). The GDR is structured into three main functions which are replicated locally and globally:
  
Clients: study, analysis and monitoring of risks, from the standpoint of the various customer segments.

 

166


Table of Contents

  
Control, Analysis and Consolidation: responsible for receiving, consolidating, controlling and analyzing all the information on risks from our various units.
 
  
Methodology, Processes and Infrastructure: responsible for defining the methodologies to be used by the Group, defining the needs, scope and implementation of the infrastructure needed to support the risks function and define and maintain policies for risk activity.
The Corporate Frameworks are the key element for replicating the global functions in each of the units. They are the core elements for communicating and transferring global practices as they reflect the criteria and policies for each of the areas and set our compliance standards for all local units.
This management model, proposed by the GDR and put into effect by the Corporate Frameworks, can be summed up as “Global policies-local execution”, i.e., global policies, procedures, criteria, methodologies and tools applied and executed locally and adapted to the features of each unit, taking maximum advantage of local experience and knowledge.
On this basis, the functions developed respectively by the GDR’s global areas and by units are the following:
On the one hand, the General Directorate of Risks:
  
Establishes, proposes and documents the risk policies and criteria, the global limits and decision-making processes and control.
 
  
Generates management frameworks, systems and tools.
 
  
Fosters and supports their implementation and ensures that they function effectively in all units.
 
  
Knows, assimilates and adapts the best practices inside and outside the Group.
On the other hand, the units:
  
Apply policies and decision-making systems to each market.
 
  
Adapt the organization and management framework to the Corporate Frameworks.
 
  
Contribute criticism and best practices, as well as local knowledge and proximity to customers.
 
  
Assume greater responsibilities in decision-making, control and risk management.
 
  
Define and document policies and lead projects in the local sphere.
The General Directorate of Internal Control and Integral Assessment of Risk has the responsibilities and functions of an independent unit which, in line with the New Basel Capital Accord (BIS II) and as the expert team in such accord, is responsible for controlling and evaluating risk, in all its dimensions, with the specific mission to guarantee the validation and monitoring of the internal risk models and calculate our capital, as well as comply with the requirements of Pillars 1, 2 and 3 of Basel II for the whole Group.
As the expert team in Basel II within the Group, this area gives priority to and specializes in the following basic functions:
  
Quantitative validation of the internal risk models, according to BIS II, and calculation of the internal parameters for economic-regulatory capital.
 
  
Qualitative reviewing of the rating systems, internal processes and treatment of data in order to evaluate their suitability and adjustment to the requirements of the internal models, in accordance with Basel II rules and the prevailing legislation.
 
  
Provide the Group’s units with methodological support for everything regarding Basel II.
 
  
Co-ordination, at Group level, of compliance with the requirements set by the regulatory bodies in risk matters. Monitoring and control of compliance to regulators’ recommendations.

 

167


Table of Contents

  
Management of relations with Internal Auditing and the Auditor; pre-audits and monitoring compliance to recommendations of Internal Auditing in the risks areas.
 
  
Management of our global economic capital model, which besides serving the internal purposes of business and capital management, will act as the central plank for the Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) within Pillar 2 of Basel II.
 
  
Measurement and control of our operational risk including establishing methodologies, defining and monitoring indicators and compliance with the regulations on management of this risk. Tracking and control of compliance to the regulators’ recommendations.
 
  
Management at the internal and external levels of global information on risks and on applying and validating internal models, including the production of indicators, scoreboards and reports for senior management, and management of external information (Pillar 3 of BIS II) for rating agencies, the Group’s Annual Report and other Spanish and international bodies and forums.
Both directorates report directly to the head of the Risks Division and the Group’s third Vice-Chairman, ensuring the functioning of the appropriate coordination mechanisms.
Part 2. Global Risk Analysis Profile
Our risk profile at December 31, 2006 for all our activities by types of risk and business units, measured in terms of economic capital, is shown below:
   
(PIE CHART) (PIE CHART)
Credit risk’s share of total risk was slightly lower in 2006 than in 2005 but it continues to be the main source of the Group’s risk (52% of economic capital). The relative share of market risk, principally from the larger volume of equity stakes after the investment in Sovereign and the increased value of other stakes that offset the disposals, rose a little, while the rest of risks remained at around the same level in proportionate terms. The item “others” includes non-credit assets (premises and other items of the balance sheet).
The distribution of economic capital among the main business units reflects the diversification of our business. Latin America’s share (31%) was a little less than in 2005. In 2006 growth in lending in the region came particularly from retail segments, which consume less capital.
A comparison of the economic capital results with the available capital leads one to conclude that the Group is sufficiently capitalised to support the risk of its business with a level of confidence equivalent to an objective rating of AA.
Our economic capital global model, known as the Integral Framework of Risks (IFR), quantifies the consolidated risk profile by taking into account all the significant risks of activity, as well as the substantial diversification effect on a multinational and multi- business group like Santander. Our geographic diversification represents a benefit of 21% on consolidated economic capital and 19% the diversification among different types of risk.
Our risk-adjusted return (RORAC) in 2006 was 19.9% compared with an estimated cost of capital of 8.6%. All the main business units had a RORAC higher than the cost of capital.

 

168


Table of Contents

We continue to use our economic capital model to assess the evolution of risk-adjusted return and the creation of value by our main business units.
In relation with the use of capital, the Financial Management team manages the economic capital throughout the Group, which involves analysing businesses in terms of return/risk, conducting strategic analysis of capital sufficiency, diversification models, etc.
Part 3. Credit risk
Credit risk is the possibility of financial loss stemming from the failure of our clients or counterparties to satisfy their obligations to us.
It accounts more than half (52%) of our risk. Therefore identifying, measuring and managing credit risk is vital in order to generate value on a sustained basis.
We have a series of credit risk policies for managing and controlling risk in order to maintain the tolerance level decided by the institution.
In order to better comply with these policies, various tools have been developed (information systems, rating and monitoring systems, measurement models, systems to manage recoveries, etc.) which enable risk to be treated more effectively on the basis of the type of customer.
Our credit risk management is also carried out from an integral perspective, taking into account the correlation with other risks and evaluating the risk-adjusted return of different exposures.
The table below sets out the global credit risk exposure in nominal amounts (except for derivatives and repos exposure, which is expressed in equivalent credit risk) at December 31, 2006.

 

169


Table of Contents

Grupo Santander. Gross exposure to credit risk
                                         
          Sovereign fixed  Private fixed      Commitments  Derivatives            
      Commitments  income  income  Outstanding  to  and          Change 
  Outstanding  to  (excluding  (excluding  to credit  credit  Repos          over 
  to customers  customers  trading)  trading)  entities  entities  (ECR)  Total  %  Dec. 05 
SPAIN
  257,464   57,053   10,253   5,263   12,622   948   14,907   358,510   48.1%  10.3%
Parent bank
  155,136   39,368   2,228   1,681   7,742   476   9,657   216,288   29.0%  0.0%
Banesto
  72,027   11,067   7,378   1,761   2,593   135   5,185   100,145   13.4%  24.5%
Others
  30,302   6,618   647   1,821   2,287   337   65   42,077   5.6%  48.7%
REST OF EUROPE
  231,470   11,579   772   1,093   4,170   1   13,325   262,410   35.2%  7.9%
Germany
  15,547   1,668   0   41   284   0   5   17,545   2.4%  17.3%
Portugal
  22,949   5,785   664   114   1,472   1   1,810   32,794   4.4%  -14.0%
UK
  164,513   2,702   0   875   1,036   0   11,389   180,515   24.2%  1.3%
Others
  28,462   1,425   108   62   1,378   0   121   31,556   4.2%  161.9%
LATIN AMERICA
  61,542   21,027   13,890   2,128   12,555   763   5,124   117,029   15.7%  9.9%
Brazil
  16,440   4,002   5,420   597   2,904   0   1,677   31,041   4.2%  14.1%
Chile
  15,890   3,239   149   513   1,453   1   1,899   23,145   3.1%  -5.8%
Mexico
  15,438   10,613   6,672   0   4,299   762   1,133   38,916   5.2%  16.2%
Puerto Rico
  6,882   1,355   259   818   134   0   332   9,779   1.3%  -2.1%
Venezuela
  3,171   1,283   794   199   2,915   0   0   8,362   1.1%  41.9%
Others
  3,721   535   596   1   850   0   83   5,787   0.8%  8.2%
REST OF WORLD
  3,774   319   217   1,116   2,315   0   54   7,795   1.0%  42.6%
TOTAL GROUP
  554,250   89,978   25,132   9,601   31,661   1,712   33,409   745,744   100%  9.6%
% OF TOTAL
  74.3%  12.1%  3.4%  1.3%  4.2%  0.2%  4.5%  100.0%        
% change/dec 05
  21.1%  17.6%  -56.4%  -46.9%  -20.2%  49.5%  13.8%  9.6%        
Data at 31 December, 2006 in millions of euros. Derivatives and repos expressed in equivalent credit risk (ECR).
Doubtful loans are excluded.
Balances with customers exclude repos (EUR 30,388 million).
Balances with credit entities (excluding repos and trading) include EUR 11,165 million of deposits in central banks.
Spain accounts for 48% of our nominal exposure to credit risk, similar to 2005 and 10% higher in absolute terms. The strong rise in customer business in Spain (outstanding balance +31%) was offset by the fall in sovereign fixed income and in positions with credit entities.
Of note in the rest of Europe, which represents more than one third of exposure to credit risk, is the UK, via Abbey, which represents 24% of the exposure. Overall, Europe represents 83% of credit exposure. Latin America accounts for 16%, similar to 2005. The region’s investment-grade countries account for 61% and countries with lower ratings account for only 6%.
The following charts show the distribution of the credit exposure at December 31, 2006, adjusted in terms of exposure at default (EaD), after applying conversion factors to off-balance sheet exposures, according to the rating and the inherent loss of each of the main credit risk groupings: customers, fixed income (both public and private) and, lastly, the counterparty risk with credit institutions plus derivatives and repos.
The rating distribution in the portfolio of clients corresponds to a typical profile of commercial banking. Most of the ratings below BBB are the portfolios of SMEs, consumer loans, cards and part of the group’s mortgage portfolios. They have a high degree of granularity, lower proportional consumption of capital and levels of inherent loss comfortably covered by the spread on the operations.

 

170


Table of Contents

   
(BAR CHART)
 (BAR CHART)
   
(BAR CHART) (BAR CHART)
3.1. Customer segmentation for credit risk management
The table below sets out the distribution by segments of the credit exposure to customers in terms of EaD. Approximately 82% of risk (excluding sovereign and counterparty risks) pertains to SMEs and individuals, underlining the predictability of our risk, inherent loss from customer exposure is 0.56%, or 0.48% of our total loan exposure, which can be considered a medium-to-low assumed risk profile.
Segmentation of credit risk exposure
                     
  EaD  %  Average PD  Average LGD  EL 
Sovereign
  37,163   5.4%  1.10%  22.0%  0.24%
Counterparty
  80,863   11.8%  0.22%  33.4%  0.07%
 
                    
Public sector
  4,434   0.6%  0.64%  20.6%  0.13%
Corporate
  97,816   14.3%  0.76%  30.4%  0.23%
Companies
  131,313   19.2%  2.33%  32.0%  0.75%
Mortgages
  248,964   36.3%  0.80%  13.8%  0.11%
Consumer
  72,975   10.7%  5.51%  34.9%  1.92%
Cards
  10,605   1.5%  5.27%  43.0%  2.26%
Rest
  982   0.1%  4.09%  61.8%  2.52%
Memo items customers
  567,069   82.8%  1.84%  30.22%  0.56%
 
                    
Total
  685,115   100.0%  1.61%  30.0%  0.48%
Source: Integral Framework of Risks, December 2006 — millions of euros. Dobtful loans are excluded.
Note: EaD — Credit Exposure, Average PD — Average Probability of Default; Average LGD — Average Loss Given Default; EL — Expected Loss.
Our risk function is customer-focused. Customers are classified for risk management into two large groups or segments: firms under individualized management and standardized.

 

171


Table of Contents

  
Firms under individualized management: those customers who have been assigned, explicitly or implicitly, a risk analyst (attached to a Company Analysis Unit, Corporate Banking Risks or Risks with Financial Institutions). This category includes the segments of corporate banking, financial institutions, sovereigns and part of retail banking companies.
 
  
Standardized: a customer who has not been assigned a risk analyst and whose actual or potential risk is less than 500,000. These customers include individuals, individual business persons and retail banking companies that are not under individualized management.
The Wholesale Banking and Companies Risks Area treats customers on a global basis (large corporates, multinational financial groups, sovereigns), as well as the segment of companies under individualized management.
There is a pre-classification model for large corporates (setting of a maximum internal risk limit), based on a system of measurement and monitoring of economic capital.
The Wholesale Banking and Companies Risks Area continues to strengthen the identification of business opportunities in order to improve business issues by setting common business-risk goals, in line with the strategy for supporting business areas.
For its part, the pre-classification model established for these segments, aimed at those companies which meet certain requirements (part of the global management model, high knowledge of the customer), confirmed its positive contribution to the improved efficiency of admission circuits and enabled customers’ needs to be met more quickly.
The Standardized Risks Area deals with retail clients (small companies, businesses and individuals). They are managed on a decentralized basis, following policies and measures that are designed centrally, and is supported by automatic systems for valuation and decision-making that produce effective risk management which is also efficient in terms of resources.
For these standardized risks, Credit Management Programmes (CMP) are used. They are a corporate standard for planning and monitoring the credit cycle (admission policies, monitoring and eventual recovery) of a business line and incorporate the expected results and specific measures to be executed for management of a line from the commercial and risks standpoint.
Valuation tools
       
  Management Valuation tool Analysis criterion
Sovereigns, Financial Institutions and Global Corporates
 Centralised at Group Rating Automatic valuation
+ analyst adjustment
Local corporations
 Centralised at entity Rating Automatic valuation
+ analyst adjustment
Private companies and institutions under individualised management
 Decentralised Rating Automatic valuation
+ analyst adjustment
Micro companies and businesses
 Decentralised Scoring Automatic valuation
Individuals
 Decentralised Scoring Automatic valuation
3.2 Rating tools
Since 1993, we have been using our own models for assigning internal ratings, which aim to measure the degree of risk of a client or transaction. Each rating corresponds to a certain probability of default or non-payment, the result of the Bank’s past experience except for some low default portfolios. We have around 140 internal rating models for risk admission and monitoring.

 

172


Table of Contents

Global rating tools are used for the segments of Sovereign risk, Financial Institutions and Global Wholesale Banking. Their management is centralized in the Group, both for determining their rating as well monitoring the risk. These tools provide a rating for each customer, which is a combination of the results of a quantitative or automatic model, a qualitative model or one of expert adjustment by an analyst, and a series of final adjustments:
 
The quantitative rating is based on the market price of credit derivatives, specifically credit default swaps, or on the financial statements for institutions that do not have a liquid price in these instruments.
   
(BAR CHART) (BAR CHART)
 
There is then a review of the rating which has been automatically calculated by the analysts, producing a final rating.
 
 
Lastly, in the case of global wholesale banking the rating is adjusted when the customer belongs to a group from whom explicit support is received.
In the case of financial institutions and Global Wholesale Banking, ratings can be changed on the basis of the country where the transaction is conducted, so that there is a local rating and a cross-border rating for each customer.
With respect to companies and institutions under individualized management, our parent company has defined a single methodology for formulating a rating in each country, based on the same models as the previous ratings: quantitative or automatic (in this case, analyzing the credit performance of a selection of customers and the correlation with their financial statements), qualitative or review by the analyst, and final adjustments. Each unit contributes their own customer data, the financial statements of these customers, and examines the most statistically representative ratios. Once the specific rating for each country is created, its deployment is decentralized, and there are various groups of different analysts close to the customer.
In all cases, during the tracking phase, the ratings are regularly reviewed, at least once a year, and new financial information and the experience in the development of the banking relationship taken into account. The regularity of the reviews increases in the case of clients who reach certain levels in the automatic warning systems and in those classified as special watch. The rating tools are also reviewed so that their precision can be fine-tuned.
In the case of standardized risks, both for transactions with companies (micro firm, businesses) as well as individuals, different automatic systems (scoring models) are applied on the basis of the segment, product and channel.
These admission systems for new operations are complemented by behavior assessment models which are very predictive, on the basis of the available information in the Group on the behavior of clients in their banking relationship (balances maintained, movements, fulfilment of quotas, etc). The information from these scorings plays a key role in risk management. Of note is their use in pre-authorized commercial campaigns.

 

173


Table of Contents

In 2006 a plan was formulated to set up three corporate centers to develop scoring tools in Madrid, London and Sao Paulo, which will serve the Group’s units and so ensure maximum implementation of homogeneous criteria.
Each of the yield curves of the following charts reflects the non-performing loans operations, as a percentage of oustanding balances, with individuals granted in Spain every year (“vintages”) until maturity. The observed patterns of evolution enables us to simulate future performances.
   
(LINE GRAPH) (LINE GRAPH)
3.3 Master scale of ratings
In order to make the internal ratings of the various models — corporate, sovereign, financial institutions, etc. — comparable and to be able to make comparisons with the ratings of external rating agencies, the Group has a Master Ratings Scale.
The comparisons are established via the probability of default associated with each rating. These internally estimated probabilities are compared with the rates of default associated with external ratings, which are periodically published by rating agencies.
Master scale of ratings
         
Internal Probability of  Standard &  
Rating default  Poor’s Moody’s
9.3
  0.017% AAA Aaa
9.2
  0.018% AA+ Aa1
9.0
  0.022% AA Aa2
8.5
  0.035% AA- Aa3
8.0
  0.06% A+ A1
7.5
  0.09% A A2
7.0
  0.14% A- A3
6.5
  0.23% BBB+ Baa1
6.0
  0.36% BBB Baa2
5.5
  0.57% BBB- Baa3
5.0
  0.92% BB+ Ba1
4.5
  1.46% BB Ba2
4.0
  2.33% BB/BB- Ba2/Ba3
3.5
  3.71% BB-/B+ Ba3/B1
3.0
  5.92% B+/B B1/B2
2.5
  9.44% B B2
2.0
  15.05% B- B3
1.5
  24.00% CCC Caa1
1.0
  38.26% CC/C Caa1/Caa2

 

174


Table of Contents

In order to be able to make accurate comparisons with the ratings of rating agencies, the definition of default used for internal measurements for the purposes of the master scale is not based on 90 days of non payment but on the entry into dispute, as this definition is closer to the concept of default used by external rating agencies. However, for the purposes of economic and regulatory capital (BIS II), the definition of default used internally is 90 days of non-payment.
3.4 Concept of inherent loss
As well as assessing the client, the analysis of transactions includes aspects such as the maturity, the type of product and the collaterals that exist, which helps to adjust the initial rating. As a result, not only is the probability of default (PD) taken into account, but also the exposure at default (EaD) and the loss given default (LGD).
By estimating these three factors, the inherent loss of each operation can be calculated. Its correct calculation is very important so that the price adequately reflects the resulting risk premium, and the inherent loss is reflected as one more cost of the activity.
The following charts, reflecting data on non-performing loans in Spain, include the distribution of delinquent consumer and mortgage loans since 2001, according to the percentage of recoveries, after deducting all costs — also financial and opportunity — incurred in recovery.
   
(BAR CHART) (BAR CHART)
In the international sphere, the new Basel Capital Accord (BIS II) also uses the concept of inherent loss in order to determine the minimum regulatory capital requirements based on internal ratings. Our long experience in internal rating models and measurement of inherent loss put us in a superior position to take advantage of the possibilities of these new regulatory frameworks.
3.5 Measurements of inherent loss and economic capital by credit risk
Our inherent credit risk loss, at the end of 2006, was 0.48% of the credit exposure (0.39% in 2005), measured in terms of adjusted exposure (EaD). The economic capital by credit risk, in turn, represented 3.0% of this exposure (3.1% in 2005). Our retail portfolios grew particularly in 2006 and those of sovereign fixed income and interbank positions declined. This evolution, in line with the objective of strengthening the predictable nature of our risk, meant a small rise in inherent loss, which was offset by a higher financial margin and, at the same time, lower consumption of economic capital, as the degree of concentration and volatility of the credit portfolio (unexpected loss) declined. The table below shows the distribution of inherent loss and economic capital by credit risk of the main business areas.

 

175


Table of Contents

When estimating inherent loss and the economic capital needed, our methodology, with very rigorous criterion, makes an adjustment to the economic cycle of losses observed, also taking into account the losses produced in the worst years of the cycle.
Inherent loss and economic capital by credit risk
                 
  Inherent loss  Capital by credit risk (%) 
Business unit 2006  2005  2006  2005 
Santander Retail Banking Spain
  0.55   0.53   3.0   3.0 
Banesto
  0.25   0.21   2.6   3.0 
Abbey
  0.16   0.14   0.9   1.2 
Portugal
  0.43   0.36   3.2   3.6 
Consumer loans Europe
  1.19   1.18   3.1   3.2 
Latin America
  1.13   1.02   6.5   7.2 
Global Wholesale*
  0.22   0.22   5.7   5.9 
Grupo Santander
  0.48   0.39   3.0   3.1 
Source: Integral Framework of Risks, December 2006 and 2005.
* Transversal measurement: some clients of Global Wholesale Banking are in other segments of the portfolio.
3.6 Test of reasonableness in inherent loss of the parent bank
To test the calculation model for the inherent loss of the parent bank in Spain, the following table compares the specific provisions, net of recoveries, allocated on the average portfolio of customers with the estimated inherent loss.
Loan-loss specific provisions fell substantially during 1995-99, grew again in the subsequent years as a result of the slowdown in the Spanish economy, thereby reflecting their cyclical nature, and declined again as of 2003. The average losses must be adjusted to the effect of the economic cycle. The average of 0.37% adjusted in terms of the cycle is close to the 0.42% envisaged in the internal model in the case of the parent bank.
(LINE GRAPH)

 

176


Table of Contents

3.7 Measurements of cost of credit (observed loss)
The following charts show the cost of credit risk at Grupo Santander and its main business areas during 2006 and its comparison with previous years, measured through different approaches:
(BAR CHART)
The general trend has been a reduction in the cost of our credit. In 2006, however, there was a small rise due to the stronger growth in retail portfolios which, with a higher inherent loss, are more attractive because of the more predictable nature of its risk (lower consumption of capital) and higher return. This strategy explains the rise in the cost of credit, particularly in Latin America.
(BAR CHART)
(BAR CHART)
3.8 Quantifying the risk appetite
Our risk policy focuses on maintaining a medium-low risk profile, both in credit risk as well as market risk.
Our rating objective (i.e. the desired level of solvency), is AA. The consumption of capital at risk is thus calculated with this level of solvency, using a confidence level of 99.97%.

 

177


Table of Contents

In credit risk this objective can be quantified in terms of inherent loss. The inherent loss (cost of credit or risk premium) target for business in Spain must not exceed 0.40% of outstanding balance of risk by a significant margin, while for the Group as a whole it must not be more than 0.75%.
3.9 Concept of economic capital RORAC methodology
Credit losses oscillate around the inherent loss and can be lower (good moment of the cycle) or higher (recession, loss of value of assets in collateral, etc). Sometimes, they can exceed the inherent loss by a significant amount because of unforeseen circumstances. The possibility exceeding inherent losses constitutes the real credit risk. While the purpose of provisions is to cover inherent losses, many institutions endow themselves with capital to cover the contingency of higher than inherent credit losses. The provisions for inherent losses should be considered as one more cost of operations. The margin of operations must be sufficient to cover this cost (i.e. to support the inherent loss and also obtain additional profits). For its part, the economic capital must be adequate to cover the unexpected losses, ensuring the continuity of business.
Conceptually, economic capital cannot cover with 100% probability all the losses that eventually could occur. The maximum loss, in credit risk, will be produced if all the assets are in default at the same time and nothing is recovered. Such an event, although highly unlikely, would not be fully covered by the economic capital, which is allocated to cover very high losses (those losses most unlikely to occur, but capable of threatening continued activity).
The Bank must decide the level of losses it wants to cover with economic capital (the level of confidence with which it wants to ensure the continuation of its business). In our case, this confidence level is 99.97%, above the 99.90% assumed by the regulatory capital formulas proposed in the New Basel Capital Accord. The difference between both levels means assuming a default probability for the Group of 0.03% instead of 0.1%, three times lower (i.e. three times better) than the proposal of BIS II.
In terms of external rating, a confidence level of 99.97% requires having sufficient capital to be rated AA, while 99.90% would only allow a rating of A-, given the higher probability of default.
Traditionally, the concept of economic capital has been contrasted with that of regulatory capital, as this is the one required for the regulation of solvency and which, until implementation of the new Basel II capital rules, suffered from an insufficient sensitivity to risk. The new Basel II capital framework is going to bring both concepts closer together.
If one looks at each operation, the economic capital calculation is based on the same variables needed to calculate the inherent loss (i.e. the client’s rating, the maturity and the collaterals of the operation). By aggregation, the economic capital of the rest of the operations of this client can be calculated and, bearing in mind the appropriate factors of diversification/correlation, of a portfolio of clients, of a business unit and of the Bank as a whole.
The margin of operations must not only cover costs, including the inherent loss or the risk cost, but also be sufficient to achieve an adequate return on the economic capital consumed.
RORAC methodology enables an analysis of whether the return on a transaction covers the risk cost — inherent loss — and the cost of the capital invested by an institution in the transaction.
The minimum return on capital which a transaction must obtain is determined by the cost of capital. If an operation or portfolio obtains a positive return, it is contributing to our profits, but it is not really creating value for the shareholder if the return does not cover the cost of capital.
We regularly review our cost of capital estimates, which is the minimum remuneration required by our shareholders. The cost of capital can be calculated objectively by adding to the risk free return the premium that shareholders require to invest in our Group. This premium depends essentially on the higher or lower volatility of our share price in relation to the market’s performance. The cost of capital calculated for 2006 is 8.6%.
RORAC methodology enables the return on operations, clients, portfolios and businesses to compare on a uniform basis, identifying those that obtain a risk adjusted return higher than the cost of our capital, and therefore aligning risk and business management with the overall objective of maximising the creation of value. In 2006 the return of all the main business units was higher than the cost of capital, creating value for us.

 

178


Table of Contents

We have been using RORAC methodology in our credit risk management since 1993, with the following purposes:
  
To analyze and set prices during the decision-making process for operations (admission) and clients (monitoring);
 
  
To estimate the capital consumption of each client, portfolio or business segment, in order to facilitate the optimal allocation of economic capital; and
 
  
To calculate the level of provisions that correspond to average inherent losses.
We currently use two methodologies for calculating economic capital. We used the Integral Framework of Risks (IFR) model for calculating capital at the consolidated level as well as of the main businesses (top-down approach), and another model for calculating the economic capital in the RORAC tools (bottom-up) used for pricing and assessing the historic return on individual transactions. Under Pillar 2 of the new Basel regulations, work is progressing on integrating both methodologies.
3.10 Internal models: estimation of risk factors
The revised framework of “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards”, issued by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and commonly known as Basel II, introduces as one of its main novelties the possibility of allowing institutions to use their own measurements of potential loss by credit risk. According to this focus, known as Internal Rating Based (IRB), the necessary parameters of risk for internally estimating losses become basic inputs when calculating the regulatory capital that ensures the institution’s solvency. The supervisors will authorize use of these internal measures on the basis of complying with certain requirements.
Estimation of risk factors
Within the General Directorate of Internal Control and Integral Assessment of Risk (ICIAR), the Department of Calibration and Methodology, is responsible for the constant, updated and global estimation of the necessary risk parameters for calculating regulatory capital in all the our portfolios. This involves the following tasks:
  
Calculating the risk parameters (PD, LGD and EaD) necessary for applying the new regulatory capital formulas
Calculating the risk parameters is closely linked to the existence of credit rating models - rating of customers or scoring of operations — which assess the quality of the our exposures, from the standpoint of credit risk.
We have more than 140 credit rating models, on the basis of the different portfolios and institutions. Parameters must be estimated at least once a year, thereby requiring annual calculation of the risk parameters for all models.
There are 21 models just for the parent bank. Most of them were calibrated during 2006 and the rest at the beginning of 2007.
  
Methodological supervision of the estimation of parameters in all the Group’s units
Although the calibration is global, the Department of Calibration and Methodology of the ICIAR is not responsible for directly estimating the risk parameters in all the Group’s units.
For example, Banesto and Abbey have their own departments. The ICIAR’s task in these units is twofold: on the one hand, calibrate the global models: Sovereign, Financial Institutions, Large Corporations, generally applied throughout the Group.
On the other hand, the Department must ensure that the estimation methodologies used in the Group’s different units are uniform. This does not necessarily imply using the same methodologies. Rather, the existence of local specifics makes it possible, and even advisable, to adopt different approaches in the Group’s various units. Both the Department of Calibration and Methodology and of Validation, however, must vouch for compliance with minimum acceptable methodological standards at Group level.
  
Methodological dissemination
As a result, the Department of Calibration and Methodology also makes presentations of its procedures to the Group’s units, in order to standardize, as far as possible, the approaches for estimating risk parameters.
  
Presentation of results to national supervisory bodies

 

179


Table of Contents

The calibration of risk parameters, as regards both their methodological aspects as well as their procedures, are appropriately documented and submitted for assessment to national supervisory bodies (Bank of Spain, FSA, etc.). The Department responsible of these calibrations cooperates with the supervisory bodies in their task of validating the estimates. This collaboration occurs in specific meetings as well as when preparing formal presentations on risk models and the parameters associated with them.
  
Assistance in validation processes
The new rules on regulatory capital require internal models to undergo a very detailed process of validation which affects at least three areas: the Department of Internal Validation of the ICIAR, Internal Auditing and external auditors. A large part of the validation work involves estimating the risk parameters. The Department of Calibration and Methodology must help the different areas in all their requirements: data bases, methodology, analysis of results, etc.
  
Design of data bases and technological processes for estimating, assigning and calculating regulatory capital
Constant estimation of the risk parameters requires designing and maintaining data bases which contain, with sufficient historic depth, the information needed both for the calibration as well as the subsequent processes of assigning parameters and capital calculations.
The Department of Calibration and Methodology is not directly responsible for these data bases, but it does actively participate in designing and maintaining them, as well as preparing functional analyses for assigning parameters and calculating capital and, lastly, contrasting the results produced by these procedures.
A corporate data base was created in 2006, known as BDR, which has two objectives: gathering the necessary historic information for estimating risk parameters and acting as the base for applying the rules on calculating regulatory capital to the Group’s exposures. A corporate calculation engine will be installed in 2007 which will use the data in the BDR to automatically calculate the regulatory capital.
As well as constantly estimating the risk parameters, and in relation to it, the Department of Calibration and Methodology has other functions within the ICIAR directorate:
  
The use of risk parameters is not limited to calculating regulatory capital. Other applications, such as calculating Economic Capital or estimating RORAC, require knowing and being able to assign to each transaction its EaD, PD and LGD values
These values do not have to be exactly equal, depending on whether their use is assigning economic capital, calculating regulatory capital or determining the risk-adjusted return.
The regulators demand, however, via the use test, that the differences between the risk parameters used for some purposes and others are duly justified and documented. The data bases used for estimation are also required to be the same, so that the discrepancies cannot be attributed to the use of different sources of information, but are based on reasoned decisions. The Department of Calibration and Methodology is also responsible for supplying the necessary estimates for purposes that are not strictly regulatory, such as the case of the parameters used in the IFR model for assigning economic capital.
  
The Department also supervises the methodological solutions used in other departments of the ICIAR and specifically, as already mentioned, those that affect the economic capital calculation and the RORAC of transactions
3.11 Internal validation of internal risk models
Internal validation is an unavoidable prerequisite for authorization from the supervisory body, and consists of a specialized and sufficiently independent unit within the institution obtaining a technical opinion on whether the internal model is appropriate for the purposes used, internal and regulatory, and concluding on its usefulness and effectiveness. Moreover, it must evaluate whether the risk management and control procedures are appropriate for the institution’s strategy and risk profile. It should be pointed out that internal validation is not a one-off function to obtain the initial authorization for the model, but the very dynamics of the models of institutions make this function permanent, with continuous interaction between institutions and supervisory bodies.

 

180


Table of Contents

Although the main destination of the internal validation tasks is the regulator, there are “internal clients” in institutions who must receive the main outputs of the validation, among whom is Senior Management. Senior Management receives such reports because it must be assured that the institution has the appropriate measurement and control procedures and systems, and that risk is being measured correctly, all aspects of which are reviewed in internal validation.
The Area of Internal Control and Integral Assessment of Risk is Grupo Santander’s independent internal risk control unit, and it is where the Department of Internal Validation of Models is located. This area is responsible for defining and managing the internal validation of all models in the Group (global wholesale banking, public sector, companies under individualized management, mortgage, revolving lines, consumer loans, etc). There are close to 140 models covering the main units in Europe (including Santander Consumer) and the Americas.
In line with the need, arising from Basel II for institutions and their regulators, to assess, consistently and significantly, the functioning of internal rating and risk estimating systems, it is very important to define a robust validation process. During 2006, Grupo Santander established its corporate framework for internal validation around a series of protocols, support tools and dedicated staff. As internal validation must express reliable information that can only be arrived at after a series of fundamental tests, the Department of Internal Validation of Models drew up a Guide of IRB Validation which gathers together this series of tests in order to facilitate a framework for internal validation. This Guide was presented to the Bank of Spain. All possible elements are included in the internal validation procedure (qualitative, quantitative, technological, procedural, corporate governance, documentation, etc.).
Internal validation includes both the aspects relating to the phase of initial development of the models (before they are implemented), as well as continuous regular tracking. The Guide is structured around three basic spheres:
(PERFORMANCE CHART)
The first one (definition of the model) is the only one applied in the initial validation of a model, before it is implemented. The purpose of this sphere is to review the model’s conceptual definition, establish the formal policies of use, the technological design to ensure its effective use and the internal controls, and any other procedure or rule that has to be followed. In the case of models already implemented, the three spheres are required.
The second sphere (functioning of the model) ensures that all the defined aspects (and reviewed in the first sphere) are effectively implemented, as well as verifying the performance of the rating models and assessing the sufficiency of internal controls.
Lastly, the third sphere (results and applications of the model) reviews all the model’s outputs, both obtaining them and their application (regulatory and internal).
For practical purposes, all the detailed tests are categorized in four basic dimensions of validation:
  
Quantitative validation
 
  
Qualitative validation
 
  
Technological validation
 
  
Internal government validation
The IRB Validation Guide also covers the special features of certain credit risk models, specifically global models of large counterparties (sovereigns, financial institutions and large companies), where the existence of few historical defaults leads to these models being known as low default portfolios.

 

181


Table of Contents

Given the considerable scope of the internal validation of credit risk models in Grupo Santander (more than 400 tests to be carried out in each of the 140 models), the focus of execution is pragmatic (recurrent and rising).
This IRB Validation Guide is implemented via the VALIDEA IRB tool, which contains the details of the tests conducted and the results of them. It is used to manage the working papers produced by the Internal Validation teams.
Each of the tests in the Validation Guide has been rated in a scale with three values:
  
“1” indicates that the result of the test is fully satisfactory and can be applied to quantitative tests, qualitative reviews, documentary, etc.
 
  
“2” is for those tests where partial positive conclusions are obtained and so must be strengthened in some aspect (greater application or documentation in a process, raise the amount of information available, improve the current performance, etc.).
 
  
“3” is the rating given to those tests whose results are unsatisfactory and a mitigation or improvement plan should be implemented.
VALIDEA IRB interacts with the VALIMETRIC IRB module and enables reports to be produced summing up the situation, in real time, of the different ongoing validation processes.
The Bank of Spain’s inspection teams responsible for approving the models have direct access to these tools and can contrast the details and results of the various validations as they are being conducted.
Internal validation is issuing a series of recommendations with dates set for the areas responsible to resolve issues. The internal validation teams continuously track the state of the recommendations on IRB models throughout the Group, both those issued directly by them as well as those emanating from the revisions of internal and external auditing. This function is supported by the ReMO tool, which provides the necessary elements for tracking recommendations, and which was internally developed in the Area of Internal Control and Integral Assessment of Risk (like VALIDEA IRB and VALIMETRIC IRB).
The final result of internal validation is covered in the IRB Tracking Dossiers, in accordance with the minimum contents defined by the Bank of Spain, and which completes the extensive descriptive information of the functioning of each model (definition of the portfolio, rating system, risk parameters — PD, LGD, EaD -, distribution of exposures, outputs of models, internal controls, qualitative aspects, etc).
In order to execute all these areas and follow the methodology shown, it has been necessary to employ more staff so as to ensure correct coverage of all aspects of validation (capacity of quantitative analysis, technological knowledge, etc.), with full knowledge of risk management and the models existing in the Group. So far five corporate teams of validation have been formed, with four of them specializing by the type of model (one team for global low default portfolio models, another for covering the models of companies and institutions under individualised management, and two focused on validation of retail models). The fifth team backs up the other four in the technological sphere. These teams are supported by local units in the validations, as there are tests, such as the qualitative ones that have to be conducted in situ, albeit following the corporate methodology and under the management of corporate teams in order to ensure the same criteria are used throughout the Group.
3.12 Basel II corporate project
We have been firmly committed to the principles behind the Revised Framework of International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards (Basel II). This revised framework will enable institutions to conduct internal estimates of capital to ensure solvency in the event of circumstances caused by different types of risk. In the specific case of credit risk, Basel II means recognizing, for regulatory capital purposes, the internal models that have been used for management purposes for some time, and which led in their day to their approval, by our regulator, for calculating statistical provisions (known as FONCEI) in certain segments of risk, under former Bank of Spain’s regulations.
We are very actively involved in different forums on Basel II, both Spanish and international. We are also in contact with the regulatory and supervisory authorities in different countries. Thus, we are able to contribute constructively to improving those technical aspects that could be asymmetric, unfavourable or far from the main intent of the Basel II agreement.

 

182


Table of Contents

In line with the guidelines of its Master Plan launched in 2002, the Basel II Corporate Project finalized during 2006 all the lines of action enabling it to participate in the processes envisaged for calculating capital in parallel (BIS I vs. BIS II internal models) during 2007, and the subsequent authorization from the supervisor for its regulatory use as of 2008. These lines of action focused on the Group’s main units (which account for close to 75% of the Group’s credit exposure, in EaD terms) and consisted of improving the rating systems and methodologies for estimating internal risk parameters as well as the technological infrastructure for providing, storing and calculating information. Most of the items budgeted in the Basel II Corporate Project are technological developments for capturing and integrating the huge mass of information on customers and transactions, arising from the many repositories of the Group’s institutions, as well as their necessary consistency, traceability and accounting conciliation.
With respect to the technological aspect, all the measures taken have been related to the architecture defined in previous years, consisting of a local repository of data, a global repository of information consolidated in the parent company, an engine supporting the processes for estimating the parameters (PD, LGD and EaD) and calculating capital (at the local and corporate levels). The design of the different local data bases rests on a corporate definition, with a specific part in each institution for storing all the information requirements inherent in each installation and covering the requirements of the various local regulators. In this way, we achieved the triple objective of installing in each unit the corporate criteria established, covering the existing local requirements and attaining synergy in costs through global definitions and developments.
In addition, during 2006 we finalized the delivery to the Bank of Spain of all the “IRB Request Notebooks”, used to prepare, generate and integrate detailed information on the internal credit risk models in 11 of the Group’s units. These cover more than 95% of the total credit exposure via close to 140 internal models. Moreover, during the year the Notebooks delivered in 2005 were updated on a semi-annual basis.
Along with these Notebooks, internal and external auditing reports on these models were issued and updated, having covered almost all the recommendations made in previous years.
The Corporate Supervision Committee, chaired by our third Vice-Chairman and head of the Risks Division, supervises at the highest level the launch of initiatives in the Basel II corporate project, controlling their milestones of compliance, assigning staff and approving budgets, as well as assuming institutional representation of the Group for these purposes. The Management Committee and the Board were also informed of the progress made in the project and the implications for the Group of the New Capital Accord.
At the local level, in each of our units which will adopt the IRB models, detailed tracking continued, via the Local Technical Committees responsible for executing the project’s plans in their respective spheres, in accordance with the indications and objectives set out corporatively, but also in close contact with their respective local regulators so as to comply with national requirements.
These Committees continued to organize working groups on various issues as the individual plans of each unit evolved or relevant external events occurred (such as the issue of consultative documents by regulators of other bodies). These groups comprised representatives from the various areas involved in the Corporate Project.
3.13 Control and monitoring systems
A solid environment of control is paramount in order to ensure appropriate management of credit risk and maintain a risk profile within the parameters set by the Board and by Senior Management. At the same time, from the regulatory standpoint (Sarbanes-Oxley, BIS II), financial institutions are required to have a control system that is adequate for the dimension and complexity of each organisation.
During 2006, within the corporate framework established in the Group for complying with the Sarbanes Oxley act, a corporate tool was developed in the Group’s intranet to document, manage and certify all the sub-processes, operational risks and controls for mitigating them, of the Risks Division of the parent bank (a total of 58) regarding:
  
Approve new risk products
 
  
Study and classification of risk
 
  
Determine the economic provisions
 
  
Determine market data
 
  
Approve and validate risk methodologies
  
Generate information on risks

 

183


Table of Contents

Ratings of risk balances according to the FEVE monitoring system
                     
  Extinguish  Secure  Reduce  Track  Total FEVE 
Spain- parent bank
  259   33   1,558   5,849   7,699 
Portugal
  185   39   211   1,625   2,060 
Latin America
  259   54   416   2,509   3,239 
In millions of euros at December 2006.
This corporate framework requires us to reinforce the elements of control and discipline of already existing processes.
Within the Risks Division, and with the independence from the business areas that characterizes its system for risk, decision-making in the admission phase is subject to a system of powers delegated by the Board’s Risks Committee. Decisions made in the admission phase are always collective.
In order to control credit quality, besides the tasks conducted by the Internal Auditing Division, the Directorate General of Risks has a specific function to monitor risks, for which resources and executives are identified. This function is based on permanent attention to ensure there is a timely reimbursement of operations and anticipating circumstances that could affect a smooth outcome and normal development.
We have a system called Companies in Special Watch (FEVE) which identifies four levels on the basis of the degree of concern arising from the negative circumstances (extinguish, secure, reduce, monitor). The inclusion in these levels means automatically reducing the delegated powers. Clients in FEVE are reviewed at least every six months, and every quarter for the most serious cases. A company can end up in special watch as a result of monitoring, a change in the rating assigned, a review conducted by internal auditing or the entry into functioning of the automatic warnings system.
Ratings are reviewed at least every year, but if weaknesses are detected or on the basis of the rating it is done more regularly.
3.14 Performance in 2006
Our ratio of non-performing loans (NPLs) reached an all-time low of 0.78% at the end of 2006, 11 basis points lower than in 2005. NPL coverage rose by more than 5 percentage points to 187.2%.
The specific loan-loss provisions in 2006, net of recovered write offs, amounted to 1,700 million, 0.32% of the average credit exposure to customers (lending plus the year’s average guarantees) compared with 0.22% at the end of 2005. This increase was due to growth in retail portfolios, particularly in Latin America, in order to enter segments whose cost of credit is higher but whose returns are greater and consumption of capital lower, thereby intensifying the predictable nature of risk.
Our NPL ratio in Spain continued to set new records and ended the year at 0.53%, while coverage was 10.5 points higher at 328.4%.
Portugal’s NPL ratio, despite the weak economic environment, also continued to fall sharply. It stood at 0.53% at the end of 2006, 25 basis points lower than in 2005. Coverage was 305.1%, 61.9 points higher than at the end of 2005.

 

184


Table of Contents

Latin america. risk, npl ratio and coverage
                         
  Risk  NPL ratio (%)  Coverage (%) 
Million euros Dec-06  Dec-05  Dec-06  Dec-05  Dec-06  Dec-05 
Argentina
  2,565   2,200   1.25   1.48   258.1   245.1 
Brazil
  17,998   13,570   2.38   2.88   102.8   138.5 
Colombia
  1,431   1,174   0.58   0.68   396.4   414.5 
Chile
  16,741   16,975   1.59   2.31   152.6   165.6 
Mexico
  16,598   14,052   0.64   0.89   279.2   273.4 
Puerto Rico
  5,467   5,399   1.67   1.75   161.7   167.6 
Venezuela
  3,238   2,319   0.98   1.52   435.5   399.9 
Other countries
  6,545   4,989   0.16   0.54   831.7   432.0 
Total
  70,582   60,678   1.38   1.82   167.3   186.5 
Net loan-loss provisions 2006
                 
  Net  Write  Net specific  Cost of 
2006 specific  off  provisions less  credit 
Million euros provisions  recoveries  Write off recoveries  % of portfolio 
Argentina
  12.4   22.5   (10.1)  (0.44)
Brazil
  635.1   103.6   531.5   3.49 
Colombia
  7.7   3.7   4.1   0.31 
Chile
  253.5   71.0   182.5   1.07 
Mexico
  229.9   48.1   181.8   1.26 
Puerto Rico
  60.0   13.7   46.2   0.85 
Venezuela
  15.9   9.6   6.2   0.24 
Other countries
  (2.5)  5.6   (8.1)  (0.15)
Total
  1,211.9   277.8   934.1   1.47 
Abbey’s NPL ratio, meanwhile, declined 7 basis points to 0.60% and coverage increased by 8.2 points to 85.9%, a high level bearing in mind the large share in total lending of secured loans.
The NPL ratio of Santander Consumer Finance rose by 17 basis points to 2.57%, mainly due to a rise in doubtful balances in Germany. The financial margin of business, however, mostly retail, continued to comfortably offset the NPLs, confirming the favourable risk adjusted return of this portfolio. Coverage dropped 11.1 points to 114.1%.
Despite the higher cost of credit, Latin America’s NPL ratio fell 44 basis points to 1.38%, while coverage was 19.2 points lower at 167.3%.
Investment grade rated countries accounted for 61% of the region’s credit risk.
The Group’s specific loan-loss provisions in Latin America, net of recovered write-offs, amounted to 934.1 million, 1.47% of the portfolio, compared with 305.9 million and 0.60%, respectively, in 2005. This increase was due to the change in the business mix, with stronger growth in retail segments which, although they have a higher expected cost of credit provide a greater net return and a more predictable risk profile.
The Group’s risk management in Latin America shares a common corporate culture. The principles that are the hallmark of the parent bank are applied in the region. The organization of the risks function in each Latin American bank is the same as in Spain, with the necessary adjustments for the local markets.
3.15 Risk concentration
Risk concentration, within the sphere of credit risk, is a fundamental element of management. The Group continuously tracks the degree of concentration of its credit risk portfolios using various criteria: geographic areas and countries, economic sectors, products and groups of clients.

 

185


Table of Contents

The Board’s Risk Committee establishes the policies and reviews the appropriate exposure limits for adequate management of the degree of concentration of credit risk portfolios.
No sector accounts for more than 10% of the total exposure, as shown in the following table.
Contribution by sector to total risk
                             
                          Change 
                          Dec-05 
  Spain  Portugal  Latam  Rest  Abbey  Total  (p.p.) 
Agriculture
  0.6   0.1   0.2   0.0   0.0   0.9   0.3 
Manufacturing
  4.5   0.3   1.7   0.5   0.0   7.1   -2.0 
Energy
  1.4   0.1   0.0   0.2   0.0   1.7   -0.1 
Construction
  3.7   0.4   0.5   0.2   0.0   4.8   0.7 
Distribution
  2.8   0.3   0.9   0.6   0.0   4.6   0.2 
Hotel trade
  0.7   0.0   0.0   0.0   0.2   1.0   0.1 
Transport
  0.9   0.1   0.2   0.1   0.4   1.7   0.1 
Telecommunications
  0.8   0.1   0.2   0.2   0.0   1.3   -0.2 
Financial intermediaries
  1.2   0.5   0.0   0.1   4.6   6.3   3.4 
Insurance
  0.1   0.0   0.3   0.5   0.3   1.1   0.4 
Real estate
  7.3   0.2   0.2   0.0   2.0   9.7   1.0 
Services
  3.5   0.6   1.5   0.2   0.2   6.1   0.3 
Public sector
  1.3   0.1   0.6   0.2   0.0   2.1   0.3 
Individuals without econ. activity
  11.4   2.8   2.7   4.5   22.7   44.1   0.4 
Rest/unclassified
  0.1   -0.1   2.2   4.4   0.8   7.4   -4.9 
Total
  40.2   5.6   11.3   11.7   31.2   100.0     
Change over Dec 05 (p. p.)
  -0.3   -0.1   -0.2   6.6   -6.0         
% of total outstanding risk with customers (lending + guarantees) excluding trading positions.
Figures at December 2006.
We are subject to the Bank of Spain regulation on “large risks” (those that exceed 10% of eligible shareholders’ equity). In accordance with Circular 5/93, no individual exposure, including all types of credit risks and equities, can exceed 25% of the Group’s shareholders’ equity. Also, the total of “large risks” cannot be more than eight times higher than equity (excluding exposures to OECD governments). At December 31, 2006, the client with the largest risk (16.1% of eligible shareholders’ equity in accordance with the regulatory criteria) was a Spanish construction company with internal rating equivalent to “A-”. Most of this exposure was collateralized with liquid financial assets. Another four groups, as well as this company, reached the large risk classification. They were: a Spanish telecom company with a rating equivalent to “A”. Two Spanish construction firms with diversified activities with a rating equivalent to “A-” and “BBB+” and a Spanish power company with a rating equivalent to “A+”.
At December 31, 2006, the 20 largest economic and financial groups, excluding AAA governments and sovereign securities denominated in local currency, represented 8.6% of the outstanding credit risk of our clients (lending plus guarantees).
Within the framework of the IFR model for the measurement and aggregation of economic capital, particular importance is attached to the risk of concentration by wholesale portfolios (large companies, sovereign risks and banks). For this purpose we use as an additional reference the portfolio model of Moody’s-KMV which is widely used in the financial industry.
Our Risks Division works closely with the Financial Division to actively manage credit portfolios. Our activities include reducing the concentration of exposures through various techniques, such as using credit derivatives, in order to optimize the risk-return relation of the whole portfolio.

 

186


Table of Contents

(GRAPH)
3.16 Country-risk
Country risk is a credit risk component of all cross-border credit operations. Its main elements are sovereign risk, transfer risk and the very strong risk of fluctuation of local currencies.
The Group’s regulatory country-risk exposure to emerging countries, including intra-group risk, stood at 970.8 million at the end of 2006, down from 710.1 million a year earlier. Provisions assigned at the end of 2006 amounted to 233.5 million ( 313 million in 2005).
3.17 Sovereign risk
Sovereign risk is a component in transactions with a central bank (including the regulatory cash reserve requirement), and with public institutions with the following features: their funds only come from institutions directly integrated into the state sector.
At the end of 2006, the risk in Latin America represented 86% of total sovereign risk (Mexico and Brazil accounted for 72% of the total). Most of the rest (11%) was in the Euro zone, with Spain accounting for 8% of the total.
The amount of sovereign risk fell by around 25% in 2006, as a result of the reduction of the positions in the Euro zone.
3.18 Environmental risk
Analysis of the environmental risk of credit operations is one of the commitments of the Strategic Plan of Corporate Social Responsibility.
Since the beginning of 2004, the Group has been using an Environmental Risks Valuation System (VIDA), developed in cooperation with the Spanish Export Credit Insurance Company (CESCE) and Garrigues Medioambiental. It evaluates the environmental risk inherent in each company, whether they are current or future clients.
This system gives us an environmental risk map of the portfolio of evaluated companies (very low, low, medium and high) which, if necessary, provides the option of new and more in-depth specific reviews.
3.19 Counterparty risk
Counterparty risk is a variant of credit risk. This area includes all types of exposure with credit entities as well as the risk of solvency assumed in treasury operations (bonds and derivatives) with other types of clients.
Control is carried out in real time through an integrated system which provides information on the available credit line of any counterparty, in any product and maturity and at any unit of the Group.

 

187


Table of Contents

Risk is measured by its current as well as potential value (the value of the risk positions taking into account the future variation of the underlying market factors in contracts). The Net Replacement Value (NRV) of the portfolios of OTC derivative products that the Group maintained with its counterparties at December 31, 2006 amounted to 5,549 million, 0.25% of the nominal value of these contracts. The Equivalent Credit Risk (that is, the sum of the NRV and the maximum potential value of these contracts in the future) was 26,890 million.
The notional and/or contractual value of the contracts in the table below are net positions in these instruments, the result of both compensations as well as combinations among them, and by risk criteria given their use in calculating risk.
Derivatives transactions continued to be carried out with counterparties that enjoy excellent credit quality; 85.8% of counterparty risk has a rating equal to or superior to A-.
With respect to the geographic distribution of counterparty risk, 25.5% is with Spanish counterparties, 14.9% with UK ones (mainly operations from Abbey), 31.6% the rest of Europe, 14.4% the US and 12.6% Latin America.
Notional otc derivative products by maturity
Million euros, data at December 31, 2006
                         
              Notional values 
  < 1 year  1-5 years  5-10 years  Trade  Hedge  Total 
CDS protection acquired
  5,231   40,807   10,728   54,744   4,138   58,881 
CDS protection sold
  6,365   36,711   10,750   55,481   923   56,404 
TOTAL CREDIT DERIVATIVES
  11,596   77,518   21,478   110,225   5,061   115,286 
Equity forwards
  365            365   365 
Equity options
  13,176   12,407   990   2,757   23,836   26,593 
Equity swaps
  3,957   7,226   9,797   19,805   1,175   20,980 
TOTAL EQUITY DERIVATIVES
  17,498   19,633   10,787   22,563   25,375   47,938 
Fixed-income forwards
  2,080   16      617   1,479   2,096 
Fixed-income options
  451         232   219   451 
TOTAL FIXED INCOME DERIVATIVES
  2,530   16      848   1,698   2,546 
Exchange-rate swaps
  28,791   2,330   327   2,706   28,941   31,646 
Maturity swaps
  44,202   2,296      13,636   32,874   46,510 
Exchange-rate options
  67,300   23,269   17,574   17,950   93,106   111,056 
Other exchange-rate derivatives
  276   225      501      501 
TOTAL EXCHANGE-RATE DERIVATIVES
  140,569   28,120   17,902   34,793   154,920   189,713 
Asset swaps
  77   254   215      2,077   2,077 
Call money swaps
  81,178   3,501   2,586   81,907   5,358   87,266 
IRS
  483,498   600,380   267,450   1,090,060   396,903   1,486,963 
Interest-rate forwards — FRAs
  14,256         14,256      14,256 
Other interest-rate derivatives
  103,482   129,871   22,507   4,780   256,335   261,115 
Structures
  3,198   22,894   991   27,305      27,305 
TOTAL INTEREST-RATE DERIVATIVES
  685,690   756,900   293,749   1,218,308   660,673   1,878,981 
Commodities
  30   5         36   36 
TOTAL COMMODITY DERIVATIVES
  30   5         36   36 
TOTAL OTC DERIVATIVES
  857,914   882,192   343,916   1,386,737   847,763   2,234,500 
The distribution of the risk by type of counterparty shows 70% with banks, 17% with large corporations and 13% with SMEs.
Activity in credit derivatives and hedge funds
International financial supervisory bodies have recently expressed their concern about the strong growth in these activities and the possibility that institutions have been assuming excessive risk without an adequate internal control structure. In our case, this business, despite its growth, is very small compared with other banks of our characteristics and moreover is subject to a solid environment of internal controls and minimization of its operational risk.
Notional credit derivatives amounted to 115,286 million, of which 110,225 was trading activity.

 

188


Table of Contents

At the end of 2006, our exposure to hedge funds was 1,213 million, of which 195 million is registered in trading portfolios and the rest in investment portfolios. The investment position is collateralized through 3,464 million of assets in guarantee (285% of outstanding risk). The risk in this activity is examined case by case and percentages of collateralization established on the basis of each fund’s features and assets.
Otc derivatives distribution by net replacement value and equivalent credit risk
Million euros, data at December 31, 2006
                         
  Total net NRV  Total ECR 
  Trade  Hedge  Total  Trade  Hedge  Total 
CDS protection acquired
  -391   -20   -411   263   158   421 
CDS protection sold
  433   7   440   287   1   288 
TOTAL CREDIT DERIVATIVES
  42   -13   30   550   159   709 
Equity forwards
              7   7 
Equity options
  -110   31   -79   78   1,682   1,760 
Equity swaps
  181   -3   178   377   3   380 
TOTAL EQUITY DERIVATIVES
  71   27   99   455   1,693   2,148 
Fixed-income forwards
  1      1   5   2   6 
Fixed-income options
           2      2 
TOTAL FIXED INCOME DERIVATIVES
  1      1   7   2   9 
Exchange-rate swaps
  37   85   122   239   1,666   1,906 
Maturity swaps
  10   -2   8   211   331   542 
Exchange-rate options
  135   255   390   1,719   3,263   4,982 
Other exchange-rate derivatives
  9      9   67      67 
TOTAL EXCHANGE RATE DERIVATIVES
  191   337   528   2,238   5,260   7,498 
Asset swaps
     105   105      378   378 
Call money swaps
  28      29   240   42   283 
IRS
  4,142   621   4,762   11,597   3,577   15,174 
Forwards Tipos de Interés — FRAs
  2      2   8      8 
Other interest-rate derivatives
  -3   -390   -393   26   784   810 
Structures
  387      387   1,431      1,431 
TOTAL INTEREST-RATE DERIVATIVES
  4,555   336   4,892   13,303   4,781   18,084 
Commodities
              4   4 
TOTAL COMMODITY DERIVATIVES
              4   4 
TOTAL OTC DERIVATIVES
  4,861   688   5,549   16,552   11,900   28,452 
COLLATERAL
  -1,057   -505   -1,562   -1,057   -505   -1,562 
TOTAL
  3,804   183   3,987   15,495   11,395   26,890 
Distribution of risk in OTC derivaties by
counterparty rating
Data at December 31, 2006
     
AAA
  0.7%
AA
  60.6%
A
  24.5%
BBB
  10.4%
BB
  3.5%
B
  0.1%
Without rating
  0.2%
Total
  100.0%
Distribution of risk in OTC derivaties by
geographic areas
Data at December 31, 2006
     
Spain
  25.5%
UK
  14.9%
Rest of Europe
  31.6%
Latin America
  12.6%
US
  14.4%
Others
  1.0%
Total
  100.0%

 

189


Table of Contents

Part 4. Operational risk
4.1 Definition and objectives
We define operational risk as the risk of losses from defects or failures in its internal processes, employees or systems, or those arising from unforeseen circumstances.
Therefore, we strive to identify and eliminate operational risks, regardless of whether they produce losses or not.
We use the standardized approach for calculating BIS II regulatory capital by operational risk. It uses the following elements:
 1. 
Priority is given to mitigating daily management operational risk.
 
 2. 
A large part of the basic foundations of an internal approach are already incorporated to the standardized approach and to our management of operational risk.
4.2 Management model
The main principles of the organizational structure are:
  
The Risks Division is responsible for evaluating and controlling this risk category.
 
  
The Central Unit that supervises operational risks reports to the Risks Division and is responsible for the global corporate programme.
 
  
The management structure of operational risk is based on the knowledge and experience of executives and experts in the different areas and units. Particular importance is attached to the role of operational risk coordinators, who are the key players.
This framework satisfies the qualitative criteria contained in the New Basel Capital Accord (revised BIS II document June 2004), both for standardized and advanced measurement approaches, as well as in the CEBS document — Expert Group on Capital Requirements — June 2005). Internal Auditing also keeps its independence with regard to management of operational risk, without detriment to reviewing the management structure in this area.
The main advantages of our management structure are:
  
Integral and effective management of operational risk (identification, prevention, evaluation, monitoring, control/mitigation and reporting).
 
  
Improves knowledge of existing operational risks, both current and potential, and its allocation to the business and support lines.
 
  
Loss data collection enables operational risk to be quantified for calculating both the economic and the regulatory capital.
 
  
Operational risk information helps to improve the processes and controls, reduce losses and the volatility of revenues.
4.3 Implementing the model: global initiatives and results
The Corporate Department of Management and Control of Operational Risk, part of the Risks Division, has been operating since 2001. Its main functions, developed activities and global initiatives have included:
  
Presentations to senior management and development of the internal rules.
 
  
Designation of coordinators and the creation of operational risk departments.

 

190


Table of Contents

  
Training and interchange of experiences.
 
  
Design and putting into effect qualitative and quantitative operational risk tools.
 
  
Conciliation of data bases of losses — accounting.
 
  
Developments for the automatic capturing of events through accounting and management systems.
 
  
Drive in mitigation plans and communication of best practices: interchange between the Group’s institutions on mitigation plans, specific measures taken and projects underway.
 
  
Development of the corporate operational risk tool in a web-based environment.
 
  
Collaboration with the purchase area regarding its function in managing banking insurance related to operational risk (BBB policies, damage, civil responsibility and life).
 
  
Fostering contingency and business continuity plans.
The project began to be installed in our different units in 2002. Almost all our units have been incorporated to the project with a high degree of uniformity. Nonetheless, due to different paces of adoption, stages, schedules and the historical depth of the relevant data bases, the degree of implementation varies from country to country.
(FLOW CHART)
On a general basis:
- Data bases of losses classified by errors and operational types are received every month. Our data base shows a total of 1,604,136 events, without exclusions for reasons of amount, and with both the accounting impact (including positive effects) as well as the non-accounting impact.
 
  
Self-assessment questionnaires filled in by almost all our units are received and analyzed.
 
  
Operational risk indicators are available, regularly defined and updated by the main management units.
 
  
There are a sufficient number of coordinators in the business and back-up areas.
 
  
The main events are identified and analyzed, and mitigation measures taken which, in significant cases, are disseminated to the Group’s other units as a Best Practices guide.
 
  
Processes to reconcile data bases with accounting.

 

191


Table of Contents

By consolidating the total information received, our operational risk “image” is reflected in the following charts:
(BAR GRAPH)
(BAR GRAPH)
(BAR GRAPH)

 

192


Table of Contents

The following is an example of the self-assessment questionnaires we use that show the consolidated results for the main management units:
Grupo santander: operational risk self-assessment questionnaires
General questionnaires
                             
  Average of  Average of  Average of 
  all areas  business areas  support areas 
  Impact      Impact      Impact      Product 
Event category classification OR  Coverage  OR  Coverage  OR  Coverage  Total 
1- Internal fraud
  3.18   2.25   3.00   2.28   3.20   2.22   7 
II- External fraud
  3.07   2.13   3.19   2.17   3.02   2.10   7 
III- Employment practices, health and security at work
  2.74   2.01   2.89   1.96   2.72   2.05   6 
IV- Practices with clients, products and business
  3.08   1.89   3.15   1.91   3.09   1.93   6 
V- Damage to physical assets
  3.14   2.38   2.93   2.30   3.30   2.43   7 
VI- Interruption in business and systems failure
  3.35   2.11   3.24   2.09   3.47   2.22   7 
VII- Execution, delivery and management of processes
  3.08   1.96   3.18   2.04   3.06   2.01   6 
Total average
  3.09   2.10   3.08   2.11   3.12   2.14   7 
Notes:
Impact on OR: 1- without impact; 2- small impact; 3- medium impact; 4- high impact; 5-maximum impact
Hedging of OR: 1- maximum; 2- high; 3- medium; 4- small; 5- zero.
The following chart compares the average results obtained by us in each of the areas/units that filled out the questionnaire:
(BAR CHART)
Operational Risk management framework installed by countries.
In addition, as regards the standard information and management requirements demanded of the various Operational Risk Units, some of the Group’s institutions show very high levels of proactive risk management on the basis of the usefulness obtained in the mitigation process.
Active management: Main measures by countries/units.
Below are some of the active management processes in various of the main countries/units, underscoring how firmly rooted Active Management of Operational Risk is in Grupo Santander:
  
Retail Banking (Spain)
  
Rolling out of a new IT platform (Partenón), which provides automatic information on OR.
 
  
Verification of the effectiveness of the measures adopted in 2005 as preventative policies against fraud (anti-skimming devices, etc).
 
  
Extending the early warning system to 24 hours and installing neural networks for the prevention of fraud in stores.

 

193


Table of Contents

  
Continuation of the process of migration to CHIP-EMV (hardware) technology in ATMs and point-of-sale terminals in stores.
 
  
As a member of the Interbanking Cooperation Committee, the Bank is part of the VISO project to fight fraud.
  
Mutual and pension fund management institutions (Spain):
  
Existence of an Internal Control Procedures Manual since 1999 (mutual fund activity has been regulated by the National Securities Market Commission since 1997) and creation of a structure which is very “sensitive to risk”.
  
Improvements in the control procedure for prices, operations, reconciliation of operations and adapting to the new Regulations for Collective Investment Institutions.
  
Santander Consumer Finance (Spain and Portugal):
  
Frequent cooperation with institutions in investigating fraud.
  
Procedures put into place to search for fraud when drawing up risk operations, as well as warnings in automatic scoring systems, which have led to not going ahead with operations when fraud is detected.
  
Tracking of events in the registration of guarantees (reservation of ownership right), changing of rules, design and verification of the operational procedure for physically inspecting vehicles financed by credit stock.
  
Abbey (United Kingdom):
  
Mitigation measures adopted, both to combat fraud as well as operational and improvements in controls. Of note are the following:
  
Branch network: improving the operational controls in branches was a priority in 2006. Steps were taken to ensure that the controls had been carried out at the end of each day. New warnings and systems to track the results of the control metrics were introduced.
  
Fraud: increased security in products and distribution channels, through greater use of data, analysis and models, as well as improvements to the already existing technical models, resulted in a fall in the losses from fraud.
  
Establishment of contingency strategies: sophisticated business continuity plans are being developed in order to respond to terrorism, flooding and pandemic disasters.
  
Technological platform for Treasury and Financial Markets: critical systems strengthened by improvements to the payment and settlement systems. Agreements were also signed with external suppliers to establish contingency plans.
  
Santander Totta (Portugal):
  
The centralization of complaints about cards, the speed of the system and the use of certain tools diminished the impact of losses from cards and made them very moderate.
  
Updating formal support of development of the Operational Risk management model, both organically with the creation of the Operational Risk Cabinet as well as procedurally.
  
Inclusion in the Operational Risk management model of a large number of activity and control indicators.
  
The Operations Committee develops a management and operational control structure for the branch network, putting the focus on mitigating Operational Risk.

 

194


Table of Contents

  
Santander (Chile):
  
The Business Continuity Committee and the Regulations Committee were created in 2006, with the following objectives: strengthen management, ensure the implementation of the Business Continuity Plans and ensure correct application of internal and external rules.
  
Launch of two competitions for initiatives. A total of 359 were received for the Operational Risk sphere, which are being analyzed. The Operational Risk Coordinators are also preparing a best practices manual.
  
A skills and communication programme, part of the Operational Risk Master Plan, was put into effect in order to disseminate the importance, contents and scope of the Operational Risk Project, involving and motivating employees so as to ensure their active participation in the Operational Risk management and administration model.
  
Santander Banespa (Brazil):
  
Constant training of coordinators and consolidation of the Risk Prevention and Control Week (held yearly), bringing closer concepts, situation, effects and consequences arising from Operational Risk to the daily activity of the Group’s professionals.
  
The Anti-fraud Group continues to coordinate actions to prevent and reduce Operational Risk losses, especially in debit cards and electronic banking transactions.
  
Creation of a Multidiscipline Group to monitor the events that are leading to fines on the Bank from official institutions: identifying causes and obtaining commitments to implement corrective plans.
Particularly noteworthy in 2006 was the holding in April of the First Forum for the Group’s Operational Risk Staff, organized by the Corporate Department of Operational Risk. Its purpose is to consolidate the Group’s OR control and management model, furthering both homogenisation of criteria as well as corporate objectives and sharing experiences and best practices.
Sixty people from 11 countries where we operate took part in the forum.
Another example of active management of Operational Risk is the close coordination between the Corporate Department of Operational Risk and the Global Department of Purchases on the basis of management of banking insurance related to mitigation of operational risk, involving:
  
Cooperating in showing the Operational Risk control and management model to insurance and reinsurance companies.
  
Preparing maps with categories of risk and policies contracted, in order to optimize Operational Risk hedging via insurance policies.
  
Close cooperation between local Operational Risk coordinators and local insurance coordinators to strengthen Operational Risk mitigation.
Corporate reporting
During 2005, the Corporate Department of Operational Risk developed a system for Integral Management of Operational Risk Information, updated every quarter, which consolidates the information available from each country/unit in the operational risk sphere, so that there is an integral vision with the following features:
  
Two levels of information: one corporate and the other individualized for each country/unit.
  
It enables, via maintaining a data base of events and mitigating measures, the best practices to be disseminated among countries/Grupo Santander units.
This tool collects information on:
  
Grupo Santander’s management model for operational risk

 

195


Table of Contents

  
Human resources and perimeter of action
 
  
Analysis of the data base of errors and events
 
  
Cost of Operational Risk and Reconciliation of Accounts
 
  
Self-assessment questionnaires
 
  
Indicators
 
  
Mitigating measures/active management
 
  
Contingency plans
 
  
Regulatory framework: BIS II
 
  
Insurance
 
  
Other activities of the Operational Risk Department
 
  
Next steps
This information acts as the base for meeting the reporting needs with senior management (the Board’s Risk Committee, among others), regulators, rating agencies, etc.
4.4 BIS II Project — corporate operational risk tool
Within the general framework of the BIS II Project developed in Grupo Santander, the Operational Risk Department is working, together with Technology, on designing and establishing a corporate operational risk tool which, in a web-based environment, integrates the different management instruments used so far, via local applications, in the different units managing operational risk.
This tool is being developed in various phases and modules.
The main modules are as follows:
(FLOW CHART)

 

196


Table of Contents

The basic features of each model are as follows:
Data Base of Events. It enables the accounting systems to automatically capture operational risk events (SGO, for entities in the Partenón environment) and manual capturing. It will also enable entities with non-Partenón environment common access via the web.
Self-assessment Questionnaires. This model includes both general and specific questionnaires, as well as different types of qualitative and quantitative questions for evaluating present and future operational risk.
Risk Indicators. This model captures, via automatic or manual feeding, activity and control indicators, all of them managed under a common format and with common methodologies.
Mitigation. Its main use is centralised and integrated management of corrective measures. Questions, indicators or events/types of event are captured on the data base which exceed a certain threshold (scores or limits).
Financial Information Management Model. This allows dynamic management of the information model by selecting information, weightings, scenarios, impact of corrective measures.
Insurance. This incorporates basic information related to insurance contracted by each entity, linking it to the data base of events.
Part 5. Reputational risk
Grupo Santander, in all its areas, regards the reputational risk function of its activities as being of the utmost importance. The management of this risk is conducted by:


5.1 Global Committee of New Products
All new products or services that any institution of Grupo Santander wants to market must be first submitted to this committee for approval.
The committee held 11 meetings in 2006 at which 100 products or families of products were analyzed.
A Local Committee of New Products is established in each country where there is a Grupo Santander institution. Once a new product or service is ready, this Committee must request permission from the Global Committee for it to be marketed. In Spain, the Local Committee falls within the Global Committee.
The areas that participate in the Global Committee of New Products, chaired by the Secretary General of the Board, are: Tax Advice, Legal Advice, Customer Service, Internal Audit, Retail Banking, Global Corporate Banking, International Private Banking, Compliance, Financial Accounting and Control, Financial Operations and Markets, Operations and Services, Global Wholesale Banking Risks, Wholesale and Corporate Banking Risks, Credit Risks, Financial Risks, Methodology, Processes and Infrastructure Risks, Operational Risks, Technology, Global Treasury and, lastly, the unit proposing the new product or the Local Committee of New Products.
Before a new product or service is launched, these areas, as well as, where applicable, other independent experts considered necessary in order to correctly evaluate the risks incurred (for example, Prevention of Money-laundering), analyze the aspects that could affect the process, stating their opinion on each product or service.
The Global New Products Committee, in the light of the documentation received, and after checking that all the requirements for approving the new product or service have been met and bearing in mind the risk guidelines set by the Board’s Risk Committee approves, rejects or sets conditions for the new product or service.
The Global Committee gives particular consideration to the suitability of the new product or service to the framework where it is going to be marketed. Importance is attached to the following considerations:
  
Each product or service is sold by those who know how to sell it.
 
  
The client knows what he or she is investing in and the risk of each product or service and this can be accredited with documents.

 

197


Table of Contents

  
Each product or service is sold where it can be, not only for legal or tax reasons (i.e. it fits into the legal and tax regime of each country), but also on the basis of the financial culture.
  
When a product or service is approved the maximum limit is set for the amount that can be sold in each country.
5.2 Manual of Procedures for the Marketing of Financial Products
This manual is used by Banco Santander for the retail marketing of financial products in Spain.
The objective is to improve the quality of information made available to investors and ensure they understand the features, return and risk of the products.
The manual segments customers into three categories, which initially coincide with those of Private Banking, Personal Banking and Banking for Individuals. Products are also segmented into three categories: green, red and yellow, on the basis of their complexity and the guarantees they provide for recovering capital and obtaining a certain return.
The manual covers financing savings products sold to retail individuals, such as participations in mutual funds and shares in public placements. The Global Committee of New Products can include others in the sphere of the manual.
In 2006 83 products covered by the manual were submitted for approval. Most of them were mutual funds, but there were also other categories such as warrants, hedging products, preferred shares and public offerings and/or subscription to securities.
Of the 83 products, 24 were new ones submitted to the Global Committee and 59 were not new and were submitted to the Office of the Manual, created to ensure enforcement of the manual and part of Compliance Management. The 83 products were categorized as follows: 26 were green (31%), 35 yellow (42%) and 22 red (27%). The Office informed the National Securities Market Commission of all the products approved.
Implementing the manual requires: (i) rigorous use of business documentation and contracts, and (ii) paying attention to the segment to which the customer belongs before offering the product.
5.3 The Board’s Risk Committee
The Risks Committee, the ultimate body responsible for global risk management and all kinds of banking operations, evaluates reputational risk as part of its activities.
Part 6. Risk training activities
We have a Corporate School of Risk, whose objectives are to reinforce the corporate culture of the risk management in the Bank and assure the training and development of all risk professionals under the same criteria.
The school, which during 2006 gave a total of 27,749 hours of class to 3,493 employees, is the platform for the strengthening of the Bank’s leadership in this field, reinforcing the capabilities of executives and risk professionals. In addition, the school brings together the business goals of the Bank with the Bank’s risk management needs by providing training to professionals from other areas of the business, particularly the commercial area.

 

198


Table of Contents

Part 7. Market Risk
Generally
We are exposed to market risk mainly as a result of the following activities:
  
Trading in financial instruments, which involves interest rate, foreign exchange rate, equity price and volatility risks.
  
Engaging in retail banking activities, which involves interest rate risk since a change in interest rates affects interest income, interest expense and customer behavior. This interest rate risk arises from the gap (maturity and repricing) between assets and liabilities.
  
Investing in assets (including subsidiaries) whose returns or accounts are denominated in currencies other than the Euro, which involves foreign exchange rate risk between the Euro and such other currencies.
  
Investing in subsidiaries and other companies, which subject us to equity price risk.
  
Liquidity risk is embedded in all activities, trading and non-trading.
Primary Market Risks and How They Arise
The primary market risks to which we are exposed are interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk, equity price risk, volatility risk and liquidity risk. We are exposed to interest rate risk whenever there is a mismatch between interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities, subject to any hedging with interest rate swaps or other off-balance sheet derivative instruments. Interest rate risk arises in connection with both our trading and non-trading activities.
We are exposed to foreign exchange rate risk as a result of mismatches between assets and liabilities, and off-balance sheet items denominated in different currencies, either as a result of trading or in the normal course of business. We maintain non-trading open currency positions arising from our investments in overseas subsidiaries, affiliates and their currency funding. The principal non-trading currency exposures are the euro to the US dollar and the euro to the currencies of the Latin American countries in which we operate. Trading foreign exchange rate open risk is not material compared to non-trading foreign exchange risk.
We are exposed to equity price risk in connection with both our trading and non-trading investments in equity securities.
We are also exposed to liquidity risk. Market depth is the main liquidity driver in our trading portfolio, even though our policy is to trade the most liquid assets. Our liquidity risk also arises in non-trading activity due to the maturity gap between assets and liabilities in the retail banking business.
We use derivatives for both trading and non-trading activities. Trading derivatives are used to eliminate, to reduce or to modify risk in trading portfolios (interest rate, foreign exchange and equity), and to provide financial services to clients. Our principal counterparties for this activity are financial institutions. The principal types of derivatives used are: interest rate swaps, future rate agreements, interest rate options and futures, foreign exchange forwards, foreign exchange futures, foreign exchange options, foreign exchange swaps, cross currency swaps, equity index futures and equity options.
Derivatives are also used in non-trading activity in order to manage the interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk arising from asset and liability management activity. Interest rate and foreign exchange non-optional derivatives are used in non-trading activity.
The Group also has an incipient activity in credit derivatives to diversify its global credit portfolio.
Procedures for Measuring and Managing Market Risk
Our Board, through its Risk Committee, is responsible for establishing our policies, procedures and limits with respect to market risks, including which businesses to enter and maintain. The Committee also monitors our overall performance in light of the risks assumed. Together with the local and global Assets and Liabilities Committees (“ALCO”), each Market Risk Unit measures and monitors our market risks, and provides figures to ALCO to use in managing such risks, as well as liquidity risk.

 

199


Table of Contents

Our market risk policy is to maintain a medium to low risk profile in business units. The risk activity is regulated and controlled through certain policies, documented in our Market and Liquidity Risk Management Policies Manual (as described below), and through a limit structure on our exposure to these market and liquidity risks which includes global limits for the entire Group (total risk limit unit) to specific portfolio limits; in addition, authorized products are listed and reviewed periodically.
These policies, procedures and limits on market risk are applicable to all units, businesses or portfolios susceptible to market risk.
1. Market and Liquidity Risk Management Policies Manual
The Market and Liquidity Risk Management Policies Manual is a compilation of policies that describe the control framework used by our Group to identify, measure and manage market risk exposures inherent to our activities in the financial markets. The Manual is employed for market risk management purposes at all involved levels in the Group and subsidiaries, providing a general and global action framework and establishing risk rules for all levels.
The Manual’s main objective is to describe and report all risk policies and controls that our Board of Directors has established as well as its risk predisposition.
All Group managers must ensure that each business activity is performed in accordance with the policies established in the Manual. The Manual is applied to all business units and activities, directly or indirectly, related to market risk decision-making.
2. Market Risk Management Procedures
All the functions developed by a risk manager are documented and regulated by different procedures, including measurement, control and reporting responsibilities. Internal and external auditors audit the compliance with this internal regulation control in order to ensure that our market risk policies are being followed.
3. Market Risk Limit Structure
The market risk limit structure can be defined as the Board of Director’s risk “appetite” and is managed by the Global Market Risk Function that accounts for all Group business units.
  
Its main functions are to:
  
Constrain all market risk within the business management and defined risk strategy.
  
Quantify and inform all business units of the risk levels and profiles defined by the Board of Directors in order to avoid non-desired levels or types of risk.
  
Maintain risks levels over all businesses in accordance with market and business strategy changes, and which are consistent with the Board of Directors’ positions.
  
Allow business units reasonable but sufficient risk-taking flexibility in order to meet established business objectives.
The Global Market Risk Function defines the limit structure while the Risk Committee reviews and approves it. Business managers then administer their activities within these limits. The limit structure covers both our trading and non-trading portfolios and it includes limits on fixed income instruments, equity securities, foreign exchange and other derivative instruments.
Limits considered to be global limits refer to the business unit level. Local business managers set lower level limits, such as portfolio or trader limits. To date, system restrictions prevent intra-day limits.

 

200


Table of Contents

Business units must always comply with approved limits. Potential excesses will require a range of actions carried out by the Global Market Risk Function unit including:
  
Providing risk reducing levels suggestions and controls. These actions are the result of breaking “alarm” limits.
  
Taking executive actions that require risk takers to close out positions to reduce risk levels.
Statistical Tools for Measuring and Managing Market Risk
1. Trading activity
The Trading Portfolio is defined as proprietary positions in financial instruments held for resale and/or bought to take advantage of current and/or expected differences between purchase and sale prices. These portfolios also include positions in financial instruments deriving from market-making, sale and brokering activity.
As a result of trading fixed income securities, equity securities and foreign exchange, we are exposed to interest rate, equity price and foreign exchange rate risks. We are also exposed to volatility when derivatives (options) are used.
Market risk arising from proprietary trading and market-making activities is actively managed through the use of cash and derivative financial instruments traded in OTC and organized markets.
Interest rate risk derived from market-making is typically hedged by buying or selling very liquid cash securities such as government bonds, or futures contracts listed in organized markets like Liffe, Eurex, Meff and CBOT.
Foreign exchange rate risk is managed through spot transactions executed in the global foreign exchange inter-bank market, as well as through forward foreign exchange, cross currency swaps and foreign exchange options.
Equity price risk is hedged by buying or selling the underlying individual stocks in the organized equity markets in which they are traded or futures contracts on individual stocks listed in organized markets like Meff and Liffe.
In the case of equity indexes such as S&P 500, Euro STOXX 50, or IBEX 35, the hedging is done through futures contracts listed in the aforementioned organized markets.
Volatility risk arising from market-making in options and option-related products is hedged by, either buying and selling option contracts listed in organized markets like Eurex, Meff, and CBOT, or entering risk reversal transactions in the inter-bank OTC market.
Correlation risk is managed through the use of credit derivatives.
We use Value at Risk (“VaR”) to measure our market risk associated with all our trading activity.
1.1 VaR Model
We use a variety of mathematical and statistical models, including VaR models, historical simulations, stress testing and evaluations of Return on Risk Adjusted Capital (“RORAC”) to measure, monitor, report and manage market risk. We call our VaR figures daily or annual “capital at risk” figures (“DCaR” or “ACaR”), depending on their time horizon, since we use them to allocate economic capital to various activities in order to evaluate the RORAC of such activities.
As calculated by us, DCaR is an estimate of the inherent maximum loss in the market value of a given portfolio over a one-day time horizon at a 99% confidence interval. It is the maximum one-day loss that we estimate we would suffer on a given portfolio 99% of the time, subject to certain assumptions and limitations discussed below. Conversely, it is the figure that we would expect to exceed only 1% of the time, or approximately three days per year. DCaR provides a single estimate of market risk that is comparable from one market risk to the other.
The standard methodology used is based on historical simulation (520 days). In order to capture recent market volatility in the model, our DCaR figure is the maximum between the 1% percentile and the 1% weighted percentile of the simulated profit and loss distribution.
We use DCaR estimates to alert senior management whenever the statistically estimated losses in our portfolios exceed prudent levels. Limits on DCaR are used to control exposure on a portfolio-by-portfolio basis. DCaR is also used to calculate the RORAC for a particular activity in order to make risk-adjusted performance evaluations.

 

201


Table of Contents

1.2 Assumptions and Limitations
Our DCaR and VaR methodology should be interpreted in light of the limitations of our model, which include:
  
A one-day time horizon may not fully capture the market risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged within one day.
  
At present, we compute DCaR at the close of business and trading positions may change substantially during the course of the trading day.
1.3 Scenario Analysis and Calibration Measures
Because of these limitations in DCaR and VaR methodology, in addition to historical simulation, we use stress testing to analyze the impact of extreme market movements and to adopt policies and procedures in an effort to protect our capital and results of operation against such contingencies.
In order to calibrate our VaR model, we use back testing processes. Back testing is a comparative analysis between VaR estimates and the daily clean P&L (theoretical result generated assuming the Mark-to-Market daily variation of the portfolio only considering the movement of the market variables). The purpose of these tests is to verify and measure the precision of the models used to calculate VaR.
The analyses of our back testing comply, at a minimum, with the BIS recommendations regarding the verification of the internal systems used to measure and manage market risks.
2. Non Trading activity
2.1 Foreign Exchange Risk and Equity Price Risk
Due to its nature, changes in strategic positions have to be approved by local/global functions in ALCO committee. Position limits with respect to these investments are established, although they will be measured under VaR and other methods that attempt to implement immediate action plans if a particular loss level is reached.
Our foreign exchange rate risk with respect to our non-trading activity can be either permanent or temporary. The permanent risk reflects the book value of investments net of the initial goodwill, while the temporary risk basically stems from purchase/sale operations made to hedge the exchange rate risk derived from dividend flows and expected results. The exchange rate differences generated for each position are recorded in reserves and in profit and loss account respectively.
In order to manage the exchange rate risk of the book value of permanent investments, our general policy is to finance the investment in local currency, provided there is a deep market which allows it and that the cost of doing so is justified by the expected depreciation. If local markets were not deep enough, our investments in foreign currency would be financed in euros and so would generate an exchange-rate risk. Certain one-off hedges of permanent investments are made when it is believed that a local currency could weaken against the euro more quickly than the market is discounting. In addition, operations are carried out to hedge the currency risk of the Group’s results and dividends in Latin America.
Our equity price risk arises from our portfolio of investments in industrial and strategic shareholdings. However, in the last few years the Group equity price risk has decreased due to divestments in the industrial and strategic equity portfolio.
2.2 Interest Rate Risk
We analyze the sensitivity of net interest revenue and net worth to changes in interest rates. This sensitivity arises from gaps in maturity dates and review of interest rates in the different asset and liability accounts. Certain re-pricing hypotheses are used for products without explicit contractual maturities based on the economic environment (financial and commercial).
We manage investments by determining a target range for each sensitivity and providing the appropriate hedge (mainly with government debt, interest rate swaps and interest rate options) in order to maintain these sensitivities within that range.

 

202


Table of Contents

The measures used to control interest rate risk are the interest rate gap and the sensitivity of net interest revenue and net worth to changes in interest rates, VaR and analysis of scenarios.
a) Interest rate gap of assets and liabilities
The interest rate gap is based on the analysis of the gaps between the maturities of the asset, liability and off-balance sheet items. Gap analysis provides a basic representation of the balance sheet structure and enables concentrations of interest rate risk by maturity to be identified. It is also a useful tool for estimating the possible impact of eventual interest rate movements on net interest revenue and net worth.
b) Net interest margin sensitivity (NIM)
The sensitivity of net interest margin measures the change in the short/medium term in the accruals expected over a particular period (12 months), in response to a parallel shift in the yield curve.
c) Net worth sensitivity (MVE)
Net worth sensitivity measures in the long term (the whole life of the operation) the interest risk implicit in net worth (equity) on the basis of the effect that a change in interest rates has on the current values of financial assets and liabilities.
d) Value at Risk (VaR)
The Value at Risk for balance sheet activity is calculated with the same standard as for trading: historic simulation with a confidence level of 99% and a time frame of one day.
e) Analysis of scenarios
Two scenarios for the performance of interest rates are established: maximum volatility and sudden crisis. These scenarios are applied to the balance sheet, obtaining the impact on net worth as well as the projections of net interest revenue for the year.
2.3 Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is associated with our capacity to finance our commitments, at reasonable market prices, as well as to carry out our business plans with stable sources of funding. We permanently monitor maximum gap profiles.
We have a diversified portfolio of assets that are liquid or can be made so in the short term. We also have an active presence in a wide and diversified series of financing and securitization markets, limiting our dependence on specific markets and keeping open the capacity of recourse to alternative markets.
The measures used to control liquidity risk are the liquidity gap, liquidity ratio, stress scenarios and contingency plans.
a) Liquidity gap
The liquidity gap provides information on contractual and expected cash inflows and outflows for a certain period of time, for each of the currencies in which we operate. The gap measures the net need or excess of funds at a particular date, and reflects the level of liquidity maintained under normal market conditions.
b) Liquidity ratios
The liquidity coefficient compares liquid assets available for sale (after applying the relevant discounts and adjustments) with total liabilities to be settled, including contingencies. This coefficient shows, for currencies that cannot be consolidated, the level of immediate response of the entity to firm commitments.
c) Analysis of scenarios/Contingency Plan
Our liquidity management focuses on preventing a crisis. Liquidity crises, and their immediate causes, cannot always be predicted. Consequently, our Contingency Plan concentrates on creating models of potential crises by analyzing different scenarios, identifying crisis types, internal and external communications and individual responsibilities.

 

203


Table of Contents

The Contingency Plan covers the activity of a local unit and of central headquarters. Each local unit must prepare a Plan of Contingency Financing, indicating the amount it would potentially require as aid or financing from headquarters during a crisis. Each unit must inform headquarters (Madrid) of its plan at least every six months so that it can be reviewed and updated. These plans, however, must be updated more frequently if market circumstances make it advisable.
Quantitative analysis1
A. Trading activity
Quantitative analysis of daily VaR in 2006
Our risk2 performance with regard to trading activity in financial markets during 2006, measured by daily Value at Risk “VaRD”, is shown in the following graph.
(LINE GRAPH)
The total VaRD of the Group’s trading portfolios began the year marked by portfolio reclassifications due to the changes in accounting rules (IAS), which culminated on December 30, 20053. As already commented in the 2005 Annual Report, these reclassifications did not mean an effective increase in the Group’s risk level.
VaRD during 2006 fluctuated 90% in a range between 25 million and 5 million, with two exceptions. The first one, in the last part of February coincided with the temporary entry into the portfolio of a significant exchange-rate position in Madrid’s Treasury, which was exited on March 1. The second exceptional period, between May 24 and the last days of June, was mainly determined by the volatility of Brazilian markets, especially the fixed income ones. The maximum VaRD for the year was reached on May 29, largely due to the strong rise in volatility in Brazilian interest rates in the last week of May. This rise was within the context of turbulences in global financial markets sparked by the upward revision of inflation and official interest rates expectations throughout the world, which particularly affected emerging markets. The subsequent decline in risk levels was due to the reduction in positions recorded in Brazil’s Treasury and lower volatility in Brazilian interest rates, linked to the decline in global inflation expectations.
 
1 
All figures in this report are measured in euros. The exchange rate used is the one quoted in the market on the reference date.
 
2 
Banesto is not included in the Group’s VaRD for trading activity.
 
3 
In addition, as of January 1, 2006, the matrix of correlations between the VaR of the Group’s various units was changed, with an average impact on consolidated VaR of an increase of 6 million.

 

204


Table of Contents

The average VaRD of the Group’s trading portfolio in 2006 ( 35.7 million) was higher than that in previous years, partly because of the aforementioned temporary increase in volatility. In relative terms, however, and compared with other financial groups it can be said that the Group continues to maintain a medium/low risk profile in trading. Dynamic management enables the Group to adopt changes in strategy and take advantage of opportunities in an environment of uncertainty.
The following risk histogram shows the distribution of frequencies of average risk during 2006, measured in VaRD terms. It shows the accumulation of days with levels between 25 million and 45 million (89.9%) and, more specifically, between 30 million and 37.5 million (59.7%).
(BAR GRAPH)

 

205


Table of Contents

Risk by factor
The minimum, maximum, average and year-end 2006 risk values in VaRD terms were as follows:
                   
    Minimum  Average  Maximum  Last 
TOTAL TRADING
 Total VaRD  26.4   35.7   75.0   36.8 
 
              
 
 Diversification effect  (4.4)  (10.0)  (16.3)  (10.2)
 
              
 
 Fixed-Income VaRD  22.2   32.5   69.8   29.7 
 
 Equity VaRD  2.0   4.0   6.0   5.0 
 
 FX VarD  4.4   9.2   17.3   14.7 
 
                  
LATIN AMERICA
 VaRD Total  20.9   27.7   64.2   30.9 
 
              
 
 Diversification effect  (2.3)  (8.3)  (13.9)  (13.1)
 
              
 
 Fixed-Income VaRD  19.7   26.0   63.8   26.2 
 
 Equity VaRD  1.0   2.3   4.1   4.1 
 
 FX VarD  2.0   7.6   14.0   13.7 
 
                  
USA
 VaRD Total  0.8   2.3   4.9   1.2 
 
              
 
 Diversification effect  0.1   (0.6)  (1.7)  (0.3)
 
              
 
 Fixed-Income VaRD  0.7   1.7   4.1   1.0 
 
 Equity VaRD  0.0   0.1   0.4   0.1 
 
 FX VarD  0.3   1.0   2.6   0.4 
 
                  
EUROPE
 VaRD Total  7.1   12.1   23.7   9.9 
 
              
 
 Diversification effect  (1.7)  (4.0)  (7.5)  (3.7)
 
              
 
 Fixed-Income VaRD  4.9   10.0   21.5   6.4 
 
 Equity VaRD  1.5   3.1   4.9   2.9 
 
 FX VarD  0.9   2.9   10.6   4.3 
EUR million
Almost all the increase in average VaRD over 2005 was due to the increased risk in fixed income, which rose from 15.5 million to 32.5 million. The average risk in the two other main products, equity and currency ( 4 million and 9.2 million, respectively) remained at similar levels as in 2005 ( 4.2 million and 8.7 million, respectively). The rise in fixed-income risk mainly occurred in Latin America, where average VaR in this factor was 26 million ( 14 million in 2005).
Although credit derivatives activity continued to rise in 2006, due to the still relatively low exposure of the credit risk factor, it is still included in fixed-income. It will be shown separately insofar as its level of activity or risk requires it.
(LINE GRAPH)

 

206


Table of Contents

The performance of the VaRD during the course of the year underlines the Group’s flexibility and agility in adapting its risk profile on the basis of changes in strategy stemming from an evolving assessment of market expectations.
Distribution of risks and results
Geographic distribution
Latin America contributed 66% of the Group’s total VaRD in trading activity and 36% of total income. Meanwhile Europe contributed 29% and 59%, respectively, as most of its treasury activity was in service to professional clients.
(BAR CHART)
The minimum, average, maximum and year-end risk values in daily VaRD terms, by geographic area, are shown in the following table.
Risks statistics in 2006
                 
  Minimum  Average  Maximum  Last 
TOTAL
  26.4   35.7   75.0   36.8 
 
                
EUROPE
  7.1   12.1   23.7   9.9 
USA
  0.8   2.3   4.9   1.2 
LATIN AMERICA
  20.9   27.7   64.2   30.9 
EUR Million

 

207


Table of Contents

Monthly distribution of risks and results
The next chart shows that, on average, the risk assumption profile was relatively constant. May and June were the two months with the highest level of risk because of the general rise in volatility in financial markets. The performance of results, on the other hand, was less erratic.
(BAR CHART)
Histogram of daily Marked-to-Market (MtM) results
The following histogram of frequencies shows the distribution of daily Marked-to-Market (“MtM”) results on the basis of size. The most common yield interval was between -10 million and 15 million, which occurred on 229 working days of the year (89% of the year).
(BAR CHART)

 

208


Table of Contents

Risk management of structured derivatives
Our structured derivatives activity (non-organized markets) is mainly focused on structuring investment and hedging products for clients. These transactions include options on equities, currencies and fixed-income instruments.
This business is conducted by units primarily located in Madrid, United Kingdom, Brazil and Mexico and, to a lesser extent, New York, Chile and Portugal.
During most of 2006, risk on structured derivatives, in terms of VaRD, moved in a range between 5 and 8 million. The main exception was between the end of May and the end of June, because of the rise in risk resulting from the general increase in volatility, especially in Brazil’s markets. The maximum risk, for the aforementioned reason, was on June 6 ( 16.1 million) and the minimum on November 23 ( 4.1 million), in a context of low volatility.
Test and calibration measures
In accordance with the BIS recommendations for gauging and monitoring the effectiveness of internal market risk measurement and management systems, in 2006 we carried out regular analysis and contrasting measures which confirmed the reliability of the model.
Scenario Analysis
Different stress test scenarios were analyzed during 2006. A scenario of maximum volatility, which applies six standard deviations to different market factors as of December 29, 2006, generated results that are presented below.
Maximum volatility scenario
The table below shows, at December 29, 2006, the maximum losses for each product (fixed-income, equities and currencies), in a scenario in which volatility equivalent to six standard deviations in a normal distribution is applied (decrease in equity prices, increases in local and external interest rates, depreciation of local currencies against USD).
Maximum volatility Stress Test
                     
million Fixed income  Equities  Exchange rate  Volatility  Total 
Total Trading
  (114.8)  (20.2)  23.6   18.6   (89.5)
Europe
  (13.4)  (4.0)  2.8   6.5   (8.1)
Latin America
  (97.1)  (15.8)  22.7   12.1   (75.0)
USA (New York)
  (4.3)  (0.5)  (1.9)  0.0   (6.5)
The stress test shows that the economic loss suffered by the Group in the MtM result would be, if this scenario materialized in the market, 89.5 million and would be concentrated in Latin American fixed income.
B. Non-Trading Activity
B.1. Asset and liability management
We actively manage the market risks inherent in retail banking. Management addresses the structural risks of interest rates, liquidity, exchange rates and credit.
The purpose of financial management is to make net interest revenue from our commercial activities more stable and recurrent, maintaining adequate levels of liquidity and solvency.
The Financial Management Division analyzes structural interest rate risk derived from mismatches in maturity and revision dates for assets and liabilities in each of the currencies in which we operate. For each currency, the risk measured is the interest gap, the sensitivity of net interest revenue, the economic value and the duration of equity.
The Financial Management Division manages structural risk on a centralized basis. This allows the use of homogenous methodologies, adapted to each local market where we operate.

 

209


Table of Contents

In the euro-dollar area, the Financial Management Division directly manages the risks of the parent Bank and coordinates management of the rest of the units that operate in convertible currencies. There are local teams in the banks in Latin America that manage balance sheet risks under the same frameworks, in coordination with the global Division of Financial Management.
The Asset and Liability Committees (Alco’s) of each country and, where necessary, the Markets Committee of the parent Bank are responsible for the risk management decisions.
B.1.1. Quantitative analysis of interest rate risk in 20064
a) Convertible currencies5
At the end of 2006, in the balance of convertible currencies, the sensitivity of net interest margin (NIM) to a parallel rise of 100 basis points in the yield curve was 157.8 million negative, mainly corresponding to the parent bank. The main feature of the year was a reduction in the sensitivity over 2005.
On the same basis the sensitivity of net worth (MVE) to a parallel rise in the yield curve of 100 basis points was 490.2 million at the end of 2006, most of it concentrated in the parent bank. The increase over 2005 largely occurred in the balance sheet in euros, due to the greater positioning in the face of interest rate hikes.
Structural Gap. Santander Parent Company (December 29, 2006)
                         
                  More than 5    
million Not sensitive  Up to 1 year  1-3 years  3-5 years  years  TOTAL 
Money and securities market
     17,552   176   504   429   18,632 
Loans
     106,258   19,939   3,175   2,120   131,492 
Permanent equity stakes
  44,557               44,557 
Other assets
  6,324   27,201            33,525 
 
                  
Total assets
  50,881   150,981   20,115   3,680   2,549   228,206 
 
                  
Money market
     3,963      50      4,013 
Customer deposits
     20,194   9,040   12,199   12,605   54,038 
Debt Issues and securitisations
     87,099   2,389   1,102   210   90,800 
Shareholders’ equity and other liabilities
  47,895   28,005   1,119   893   1,950   79,862 
 
                  
Total liabilities
  47,895   139,261   12,547   14,244   14,766   228,713 
 
                  
Balance sheet Gap
  2,986   11,721   7,568   (10,565)  (12,217)  (507)
 
                  
Off-balance sheet structural Gap
     5,256   378   (242)  (546)  4,846 
 
                  
Total structural Gap
  2,986   16,977   7,945   (10,807)  (12,763)  4,339 
 
                  
Accumulated Gap
     16,977   24,922   14,115   1,353    
 
                  
b) Latin America
The interest rate risk of Latin America’s balance sheets, measured by the sensitivity of the net interest margin to a parallel movement of 100 basis points, remained during 2006 at low levels and moved within a narrow band (maximum of 65 million in March). In terms of market value of equity sensitivity, it fluctuated in a wider range of between 150 and 380 million, mainly because of changes in the portfolio in Mexico, government securities and interest rate swaps in local currency.
At the end of 2006, the risk consumption for the region, measured by the market value of equity (MVE) sensitivity to 100 basis points, was 377 million, while that of the net interest margin at one year, measured by its sensitivity to 100 basis points, was 20 million. Both levels were similar to those at the end of 2005.
4. 
Includes the total balance sheet except for the trading portfolios
 
5. 
Includes Abbey

 

210


Table of Contents

(BAR CHART)
Interest rate risk profile at December 29, 2006
The gap tables below show the distribution of risk by maturity in Latin America as of December 29, 2006 (Figures in millions of euros).
                         
Gaps in Local Currency TOTAL  0-6 months  6-12 months  1-3 years  > 3 years  Not sensitive 
Assets
  106,542   54,970   9,146   14,590   16,905   10,916 
Liabilities
  102,744   66,750   3,054   11,508   5,642   15,791 
Off-balance Sheet
  -4,276   23,098   -26,911   -6,376   5,916   -2 
 
                  
Gap
  -478   11,856   -20,840   -2,683   16,329   -5,139 
                         
Gaps in Foreign Currency TOTAL  0-6 months  6-12 months  1-3 years  > 3 years  Not sensitive 
Assets
  22,132   12,252   1,387   2,673   4,443   1,377 
Liabilities
  25,930   15,330   1,653   3,079   3,557   2,311 
Off-balance Sheet
  4,276   3,928   -34   -154   538   -3 
 
                  
Gap
  478   850   -300   -560   1,425   -937 
Net Interest Margin (NIM) sensitivity
For the whole of Latin America, the consumption at the end of 2006 was 20 million (sensitivity of net interest margin at one year to 100 basis points). The geographic distribution is shown in the graph below.
NIM Sensitivity by countries
(PIE CHART)
Others: Colombia, Panama, Santander Overseas and Uruguay

 

211


Table of Contents

Market Value of Equity (MVE) sensitivity
For the whole of Latin America, the consumption at the end of 2006 was 377 million (MVE sensitivity to a parallel movement of 100 basis points in the yield curve). The geographic distribution is shown in the graph below.
More than 90% of the risk is concentrated in five countries: Brazil, Chile, Mexico, Venezuela and Puerto Rico.
MVE Sensitivity by countries
(PIE CHART)
Others: Colombia, Panama, Santander Overseas and Uruguay
Almost 90% of the risk was concentrated in four countries: Mexico, Brazil, Chile and Puerto Rico.
B.1.2. Structural management of credit risk
The recent development of credit-related financial instruments and methodologies to measure risks makes the transfer of credit risk possible. The Financial Management Division analyzes globally the credit risk of the different portfolios that expose the Group to credit risk and proposes measures to optimize their creation of value. Active management of credit risk enables the credit portfolio to be diversified and reduce concentrations which naturally occur as a result of commercial banking activity. The proposed measures cover both the sale and acquisition of assets that entail diversification for the whole of the Group’s credit portfolio.
B.1.3. Management of structural liquidity
Structural liquidity management aims to finance the Group’s recurring activity in optimum conditions of maturity and cost and avoid assuming undesired risks.
The Group has a diversified portfolio of short-term liquid assets adjusted to their positions. It also has an active presence in a broad and diversified series of financing markets, limiting dependence on specific markets and maintaining ample capacity of recourse to markets.
Structural liquidity management means planning the need for funds, structuring the sources of financing, optimizing diversification by maturities, instrument and markets and defining contingency plans.
A liquidity plan is drawn up every year, based on the financing needs resulting from the business budgets. On the basis of these needs, and bearing in mind the limits on recourse to short-term markets, the year’s issuance and securitization plan is established. During the year the evolution of financing needs is regularly monitored, giving rise to changes to the plan when necessary.

 

208


Table of Contents

The Group raised centrally 47 billion in 2006 through medium and long-term issues in the wholesale markets and25.7 billion of assets were securitized.
Latin American banks are autonomous in terms of liquidity and do not go to the parent bank for financing. Each bank has its own liquidity and contingency plan without recourse to the Group’s financing. Cross-border and reputational risks derived from external financing are limited and authorized by the parent Bank.
Unlike what happens in the area of convertible currencies, the commercial activity of the Latin American banks has more funds that it needs, and so does not require structural financing from the markets.
Liquidity risk is controlled and analyzed in order to ensure the Group has acceptable levels of liquidity to cover its short- and long- term financing needs under normal market conditions. Different analyses of scenarios are also carried out, which show the additional financing needs that could arise in different circumstances. The aim is to cover a spectrum of possible situations which, with greater or lesser probability, could arise in the Group and prepare for them.
B.2. Exchange rate risk; Portfolio of industrial and strategic shareholdings
B.2.1. Exchange rate risk
Structural exchange rate risk arises from Group operations in currencies, mainly permanent financial investments, results and the dividends of these investments.
The exchange risk management is dynamic and seeks to limit the impact on equity of currency depreciations, optimizing the financial cost of hedging.
As regards the exchange-rate risk of permanent investments, the general policy is to finance them in the currency of the investment provided the depth of the market allows it and the cost is justified by the expected depreciation. One-off hedging is also done when a local currency could weaken against the euro significantly more quickly than the market is discounting.
The only significant position at the end of 2006 open to exchange-rate risk was the equity stake in Brazil, approximately 2,842 million.
In addition, the expected exchange rate risk of the Group’s results and dividends in those units whose base currency is not the euro is managed. In Latin America, local units manage the exchange rate risk between the local currency and the US dollar, the currency used to manage the region. Financial Management at the consolidated level is responsible for its part of the risk management between the US dollar and the euro.
B.2.2. Portfolio of industrial and strategic shareholdings
In 2006 the Group’s exposure in industrial and strategic equity portfolios decreased 11.8% in MtM terms, after selling significant stakes (the whole one in some cases) in Urbis (a Spanish real state company), San Paolo IMI6 and Antena 3 (a Spanish media company). These reductions were partially offset by the acquisition of our stake in Sovereign Bank, with a market value of2,259 million at December 30. All in all, the risk of the structural equity portfolio, measured in terms of VaRD, decreased 9.1 million compared to the end of 2005, down to 277.6 million. The increase in market volatility in May avoided a greater reduction of VaRD.
The average daily VaRD for the year 2006 was 302.8 million, with a minimum of 231.4 million and a maximum of 400.3 million, in March and May respectively.
C. Capital Management
Capital management’s objective is to optimize its structure and its cost, from the regulatory and economic perspectives. Therefore, different tools and policies are utilized, such as capital increases and computable issuances (preferred and subordinated), results, dividend policy and securitizations.
 
6 
Intesa San Paolo from January 2007 onwards

 

213


Table of Contents

In accordance with the criteria of the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), our shareholders’ equity amounted to 59,776 million, 6,350 million more than at the end of 2005 (+11.9%). The surplus over the minimum requirement was 21,478 million.
Our capital ratios remain at comfortable levels. The BIS ratio was 12.49%, Tier I 7.42% and core capital 5.91%. In the second quarter, Standard and Poor’s and Fitch Ratings improved their ratings of the Group and its main subsidiaries and Moody’s confirmed them. This makes us one of the European banks with the best long-term rating.
We are progressively incorporating the creation of value as a tool to (i) measure the contribution of the different units that are part of the portfolio of business and (ii) assess the management of each unit.
D. Market Risk: VaR Consolidated Analysis
Our total daily VaR as of December 31, 2005, and December 31, 2006, broken down by trading and structural (non-trading) portfolios, were as follows:
Figures in millions of EUR
                     
      Dec-06 
  Dec-05  Low  Average  High  Period End 
TOTAL
  353.3   285.5   404.4   605.5   353.3 
 
               
Trading
  27.0   26.4   35.7   75.0   36.8 
Non-Trading
  352.2   283.7   402.4   603.7   351.3 
Diversification Effect
  (25.9)  (24.7)  (33.7)  (73.2)  (34.9)
Our daily VaR estimates of interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and equity price risk, were as follows:
Interest Rate Risk
Figures in millions of EUR
                     
      Dec-06 
  Dec-05  Low  Average  High  Period End 
Interest Rate Risk
                    
Trading
  25.3   22.2   32.5   69.8   29.7 
Non-Trading
  94.4   73.5   105.4   123.8   114.4 
Diversification Effect
  (22.0)  (18.9)  (27.6)  (51.5)  (25.9)
 
               
TOTAL
  97.7   76.8   110.3   142.1   118.2 
Foreign Exchange Rate Risk
Figures in millions of EUR
                     
      Dec-06 
  Dec-05  Low  Average  High  Period End 
Exchange Rate Risk
                    
Trading
  6.2   4.4   9.2   17.3   14.7 
Non-Trading
  85.9   67.8   96.9   125.4   90.3 
Diversification Effect
  (6.0)  (4.3)  (8.8)  (16.1)  (13.5)
 
               
TOTAL
  86.1   68.0   97.3   126.6   91.5 

 

214


Table of Contents

Equity Price Risk
Figures in millions of EUR
                     
      Dec-06 
  Dec-05  Low  Average  High  Period End 
Equity Price Risk
                    
Trading
  2.9   2.0   4.0   6.0   5.0 
Non-Trading
  286.7   231.4   302.8   400.3   277.6 
Diversification Effect
  (2.9)  (2.0)  (4.0)  (5.9)  (5.0)
 
               
TOTAL
  286.7   231.4   302.8   400.4   277.7 
Our daily VaR estimates by activity, were as follows:
Figures in millions of EUR
                     
      Dec-06 
  Dec-05  Low  Average  High  Period End 
Trading
                    
Interest Rate
  25.3   22.2   32.5   69.8   29.7 
Exchange Rate
  6.2   4.4   9.2   17.3   14.7 
Equity
  2.9   2.0   4.0   6.0   5.0 
 
               
TOTAL
  27.0   26.4   35.7   75.0   36.8 
 
                    
Balance
                    
Interest Rate
  94.4   73.5   105.4   123.8   114.4 
 
               
 
                    
Non-Trading FX
                    
Exchange Rate
  85.9   67.8   96.9   125.4   90.3 
 
               
 
                    
Non-Trading Eq
                    
Equity
  286.7   231.4   302.8   400.3   277.6 
 
               
 
                    
TOTAL
  353.3   285.5   404.4   605.5   353.3 
 
               
Interest Rate
  97.7   76.8   110.3   142.1   118.2 
Exchange Rate
  86.1   68.0   97.3   126.6   91.5 
Equity
  286.7   231.4   302.8   400.4   277.7 

 

215


Table of Contents

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities.
A. Debt Securities.
Not Applicable
B. Warrants and Rights.
Not Applicable
C. Other Securities.
Not Applicable
D. American Depositary Shares.
Not Applicable

 

216


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies.
Not Applicable
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds.
A. Not Applicable
B. Not Applicable
C. Not Applicable
D. Not Applicable
E. Use of proceeds.
Not Applicable
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
As of December 31, 2006, Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., under the supervision and with the participation of the Bank’s management, including our Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and our Chief Executive Officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 (f) under the Exchange Act). There are, as described below, inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any control system, including disclosure controls and procedures. Accordingly, even effective disclosure controls and procedures can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their control objectives.
Based on such evaluation, the Bank’s Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and the Chief Executive Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective for gathering, analyzing and disclosing the information we are required to disclose in the reports we file under the Exchange Act, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations.
(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The management of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15 (f) under the Exchange Act.
Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Bank’s principal executive and principal financial officers, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. For Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., generally accepted accounting principles refers to the International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 as well as the accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) relating to the reconciliation of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 to U.S. GAAP and the information presented in Notes 58 and 59 to our consolidated financial statements relating to the nature and effect of such differences.
Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
 
Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;
 
 
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
 
 
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
We have adapted our internal control over financial reporting to the most rigorous international standards and comply with the guidelines set by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in its Enterprise Risk Management Integrated Framework. These guidelines have been extended and installed in our Group companies, applying a common methodology and standardizing the procedures for identifying processes, risks and controls, based on the Enterprise Risk Management Integrated Framework.

 

217


Table of Contents

The documentation process in the Group’s companies has been constantly directed and monitored by a global coordination team, which set the guidelines for its development and supervised its execution at the unit level.
The general framework is consistent, as it assigns to management specific responsibilities regarding the structure and effectiveness of the processes related directly and indirectly with the production of consolidated financial statements, as well as the controls needed to mitigate the risks inherent in these processes.
Management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Enterprise Risk Management — Integrated Framework. Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2006, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been audited by Deloitte S.L., an independent registered public accounting firm under Auditing Standard No. 2 of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), as stated in their report which follows below.
(c) Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.:

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. (the “Bank”) and Companies composing, together with the Bank, the Santander Group (the “Group”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Group’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

218


Table of Contents

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Group maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also, in our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 of the Group and the related consolidated income statements, statements of changes in equity (recognized income and expense), and cash flow statements for the years then ended, prepared in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, and our report dated June 22, 2007, except for Notes 58 and 59 as to which the date is June 29, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion on those Consolidated Financial Statements and included an explanatory paragraph stating that the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), and that the information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Notes 58 and 59 to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group.

/s/ Deloitte, S.L.

DELOITTE, S.L.

Madrid – Spain
June 22, 2007, except for Notes 58 and 59 as to which the date is June 29, 2007

(d) Changes in internal controls over financial reporting. There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 16. [Reserved]
Item 16A. Audit committee financial expert
The Audit and Compliance Committee has five members, all of whom are non-executive independent Directors (as defined by Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board). All members of the Audit and Compliance Committee also meet the independence criteria set by the NYSE for foreign private issuers. Our Rules and Regulations of the Board provide that the chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee must be an independent director (as defined by Article 5.4 of the Rules and Regulations of the Board) and someone who has the necessary knowledge and experience in matters of accounting, auditing or risk management. Currently, the chairman of the Audit and Compliance Committee is Luis Ángel Rojo. Our standards for director independence may not necessarily be consistent with, or as stringent as, the standards for director independence established by the NYSE.
Our Board of Directors has determined that Manuel Soto is an “Audit Committee Financial Expert” in accordance with SEC rules and regulations.
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
We have adopted a code of ethics (the “General Code of Conduct”) that is applicable to all members of the boards of the companies of the Group, to all employees subject to the Code of Conduct of the Securities Market, including the Bank’s Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, and to all those employees designated by the Human Resources Division that have been specifically informed of their subjection to this General Code of Conduct. This Code establishes the principles that guide these officers’ and directors’ respective actions: ethical conduct, professional standards and confidentiality. It also establishes the limitations and defines the conflicts of interest arising from their status as senior executives or Directors.
This Code is available on our website, which does not form part of this annual report on Form 20-F, at www.santander.com under the heading “Information for shareholders and investors — Corporate Governance — Internal Code of Conduct”.

 

219


Table of Contents

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Amounts paid to the firms belonging to the Deloitte worldwide organization, the Group’s principal auditor, for statutory audit and other services were as follows:
             
  2004  2005  2006 
  (in millions of euros) 
Audit Fees (1)
  15.9   15.8   15.6 
Audit Related Fees (2)
  4.1   9.3   10.5 
Tax Fees (3)
  1.3   1.4   1.9 
All Other Fees (4)
  6.1   3.7   6.9 
 
         
Total
  27.4   30.2   35.0 
(1) 
Fees for annual company audits of the Group.
 
(2) 
Fees for professional services rendered to comply with Sarbanes-Oxley Act and for other reports required by legal regulations emanating from different national supervisory organizations in the countries in which the Group operates. Includes 1 million paid in 2006 in connection with the work relating to the Group’s adaptation to the new capital regulations (Basel II).
 
(3) 
Fees for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice, and tax planning in the countries in which the Group operates.
 
(4) 
Fees for other services provided. These fees were mainly for financial advisory, due diligence services and systems reviews.
The Audit and Compliance Committee proposes to the Board the fees to be paid to the external auditor and the scope of its professional mandate.
The Audit and Compliance Committee is required to pre-approve the main audit contract of the Bank or of any other company of the Group with its principal auditing firm. This main contract sets forth the scope of the audit services and audit-related services to be provided by the auditing firm, the term (typically, three years), the fees to be paid and the Group companies to which it will be applied. Once the term of the first contract expires, it can be rolled over by subsequent periods of one year upon approval by the Audit and Compliance Committee.
If a new Group company is required to engage an auditing firm for audit and audit-related services, those services have to be pre-approved by the Audit and Compliance Committee.
All non-audit services provided by the Group’s principal auditing firm or other auditing firms in 2005 (i.e.: tax services and all other services) were approved by the Audit and Compliance Committee, and all such non-audit services to be provided in the future will also require approval from the Audit and Compliance Committee.
The Audit and Compliance Committee is regularly informed of all fees paid to the auditing firms by the Group companies.
Item 16D. Exemption from the Listing Standards for Audit Companies
Not applicable.

 

220


Table of Contents

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.
The following table shows the repurchases of shares made by the Bank or any of its Affiliated Purchasers during 2006:
                 
              (d) Maximum number (or 
  (a) Total number of  (b) Average  (c) Total number of shares (or  approximate dollar value) of shares 
  shares (or units)  price paid per  units) purchased as part of publicly  (or units) that may yet be purchased 
2006 purchased  share (or unit)  announced plans or programs  under the plans or programs 
January
  103,611,996   11.35   ¯   ¯ 
February
  32,860,543   11.86   ¯   ¯ 
March
  26,570,378   12.07   ¯   ¯ 
April
  41,771,763   12.01   ¯   ¯ 
May
  80,235,108   11.80   ¯   ¯ 
June
  30,526,935   10.89   ¯   ¯ 
July
  26,861,984   11.55   ¯   ¯ 
August
  21,292,702   11.77   ¯   ¯ 
September
  19,210,849   12.38   ¯   ¯ 
October
  34,307,162   13.31   ¯   ¯ 
November
  29,693,739   13.54   ¯   ¯ 
December
  30,723,158   13.01   ¯   ¯ 
Total
  477,666,317             
During 2006, all purchases and sales of equity securities were made in open-market transactions.

 

221


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 17. Financial Statements.
We have responded to Item 18 in lieu of this item.
Item 18. Financial Statements.
Reference is made to Item 19 for a list of all financial statements filed as part of this Form 20-F.
Item 19. Exhibits.
(a) Index to Financial Statements
     
  Page 
Report of Deloitte, S.L.
  F-1 
 
    
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
  F-2 
 
    
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
  F-3 
 
    
Consolidated Statements Of Changes In Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
  F-4 
 
    
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
  F-5 
 
    
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
  F-7 
(b) List of Exhibits.
   
Exhibit  
Number Description
1.1
 By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., as amended.
 
  
1.2
 By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., as amended (English translation).
 
  
 
  
4.1*
 Consortiom and Shareholders’ Agreement, dated May 28, 2007, among The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., Fortis N.V., Fortis SA/NV and RFS Holdings B.V.
 
  
8.1
 List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference as Exhibits I, II and III of our Financial Pages filed with this Form 20-F).
 
  
12.1
 Section 302 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer
 
  
12.2
 Section 302 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer
 
  
12.3
 Section 302 Certification by the Chief Accounting Officer
 
  
13.1
 Section 906 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Accounting Officer
 
  
15.1
 Consent of Deloitte, S.L.
We will furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, copies of any unfiled instruments that define the rights of holders of long-term debt of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.
 
* 
Pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the confidential portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

222


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
     
 BANCO SANTANDER CENTRAL HISPANO, S.A.
 
 
 By:  /s/ José Antonio Álvarez   
 Name:  José Antonio Álvarez  
 Title:  Chief Financial Officer  
 
Date: July 2, 2007

 

 


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(a) Index to Financial Statements
     
  Page 
Report of Deloitte, S.L.
  F-1 
 
    
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
  F-2 
 
    
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
  F-3 
 
    
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
  F-7 

 

 


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. (the “Bank”) and Companies composing, together with the Bank, the Santander Group (the “Group”), as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated income statements, statements of changes in equity (recognized income and expense), and cash flow statements for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the controlling Bank’s directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statements presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. and Companies composing the Santander Group as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 (Note 1.b).

The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Notes 58 and 59 to the consolidated financial statements.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated June 22, 2007, except for Notes 58 and 59 as to which the date is June 29, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte, S.L.

DELOITTE, S.L.

Madrid-Spain
June 22, 2007, except for Notes 58 and 59 as to which the date is June 29, 2007

 

F-1


Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AT DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004 (NOTES 1 to 4)

(Thousands of Euros)
                 
  Note 2006  2005  2004 
ASSETS
                
 
                
CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS
      13,835,149   16,086,458   8,801,412 
 
                
FINANCIAL ASSETS HELD FOR TRADING
      170,422,722   154,207,859   111,755,936 
Loans and advances to credit institutions
  6   14,627,738   10,278,858   12,878,171 
Loans and advances to customers
  10   30,582,982   26,479,996   17,507,585 
Debt instruments
  7   76,736,992   81,741,944   55,869,629 
Other equity instruments
  8   13,490,719   8,077,867   4,419,338 
Trading derivatives
  9   34,984,291   27,629,194   21,081,213 
 
                
OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS
      15,370,682   48,862,267   45,759,095 
Loans and advances to credit institutions
  6   185,485   2,428,663   6,524,070 
Loans and advances to customers
  10   7,972,544   6,431,197   5,291,551 
Debt instruments
  7   4,500,220   9,699,237   19,632,958 
Other equity instruments
  8   2,712,433   30,303,170   14,310,516 
 
                
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS
      38,698,299   73,944,939   44,521,323 
Debt instruments
  7   32,727,454   68,054,021   36,702,487 
Other equity instruments
  8   5,970,845   5,890,918   7,818,836 
 
                
LOANS AND RECEIVABLES:
      544,048,823   459,783,749   394,431,900 
Loans and advances to credit institutions
  6   45,361,315   47,065,501   38,977,533 
Money market operations through counterparties
      200,055      3,907,905 
Loans and advances to customers
  10   484,790,338   402,917,602   346,550,928 
Debt instruments
  7   621,770   171,203    
Other financial assets
  24   13,075,345   9,629,443   4,995,534 
 
                
HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS
             
 
                
CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK
      (259,254)      
 
                
HEDGING DERIVATIVES
  11   2,987,964   4,126,104   3,824,936 
 
                
NON-CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
      327,384   336,324   2,097,164 
Equity instruments
  12         1,814,418 
Tangible assets
  12   327,384   336,324   282,746 
 
                
INVESTMENTS:
      5,006,109   3,031,482   3,747,564 
Associates
  13   5,006,109   3,031,482   3,747,564 
 
                
INSURANCE CONTRACTS LINKED TO PENSIONS
  14   2,604,535   2,676,365   2,753,816 
 
                
REINSURANCE ASSETS
  15   261,873   2,387,701   3,045,804 
 
                
TANGIBLE ASSETS:
      10,110,996   9,993,207   10,585,193 
Property, plant and equipment for own use
  16   5,284,177   5,204,931   4,925,231 
Investment property
  16   374,547   667,449   2,115,823 
Other assets leased out under an operating lease
  16   4,452,272   4,120,827   3,544,139 
Memorandum item: Acquired under a finance lease
      200,838   83,459   41,117 
 
                
INTANGIBLE ASSETS:
      16,956,841   16,229,271   15,503,274 
Goodwill
  17   14,512,735   14,018,245   15,090,541 
Other intangible assets
  17   2,444,106   2,211,026   412,733 
 
                
TAX ASSETS:
      9,856,053   10,127,059   9,723,970 
Current
      699,746   1,217,646   1,381,722 
Deferred
  27   9,156,307   8,909,413   8,342,248 
 
                
PREPAYMENTS AND ACCRUED INCOME
  18   1,581,843   2,969,219   3,029,728 
 
                
OTHER ASSETS:
      2,062,696   4,344,910   4,905,185 
Inventories
      143,354   2,457,842   1,582,675 
Other
  19   1,919,342   1,887,068   3,322,510 
 
                
TOTAL ASSETS
      833,872,715   809,106,914   664,486,300 
 
                
 
                
MEMORANDUM ACCOUNTS:
                
 
                
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES:
      58,769,309   48,453,575   31,813,882 
Financial guarantees
  35   58,205,412   48,199,671   31,511,567 
Assets earmarked for third-party obligations
  35   4   24   24 
Other contingent liabilities
  35   563,893   253,880   302,291 
 
                
CONTINGENT COMMITMENTS:
      103,249,430   96,263,262   74,860,532 
Drawable by third parties
  35   91,690,396   77,678,333   63,110,699 
Other commitments
  35   11,559,034   18,584,929   11,749,833 


Table of Contents

                 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
 Note 2006  2005  2004 
 
                
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES HELD FOR TRADING
      123,996,445   112,466,429   91,526,435 
Deposits from credit institutions
  20   39,690,713   31,962,919   25,224,743 
Customer deposits
  21   16,572,444   14,038,543   20,541,225 
Marketable debt securities
  22   17,522,108   19,821,087   11,791,579 
Trading derivatives
  9   38,738,118   29,228,080   25,243,768 
Short positions
  9   11,473,062   17,415,800   8,725,120 
 
                
OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS
      12,411,328   11,809,874   11,243,800 
Debt certificates (including bonds)
  22   12,138,249   11,809,874   11,243,800 
Customer deposits
  21   273,079       
 
                
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH EQUITY
             
 
                
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTISED COST
      605,302,821   565,651,643   447,831,156 
Deposits from central banks
  20   16,529,557   22,431,194   8,067,860 
Deposits from credit institutions
  20   56,815,667   94,228,294   50,457,736 
Money market operations through counterparties
            2,499,000 
Customer deposits
  21   314,377,078   291,726,737   262,670,391 
Marketable debt securities
  22   174,409,033   117,209,385   90,803,224 
Subordinated liabilities
  23   30,422,821   28,763,456   27,470,172 
Other financial liabilities
  24   12,748,665   11,292,577   5,862,773 
 
CHANGES IN THE FAIR VALUE OF HEDGED ITEMS IN PORTFOLIO HEDGES OF INTEREST RATE RISK
             
 
                
HEDGING DERIVATIVES
  11   3,493,849   2,310,729   2,895,321 
 
                
LIABILITIES ASSOCIATED WITH NON- CURRENT ASSETS HELD FOR SALE:
         7,967    
Other liabilities
         7,967    
 
                
LIABILITIES UNDER INSURANCE CONTRACTS
  15   10,704,258   44,672,300   42,344,776 
 
                
PROVISIONS:
      19,226,513   19,822,990   18,023,924 
Provisions for pensions and similar obligations
  25   14,014,305   14,172,961   13,441,357 
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments
  25   598,735   487,048   360,594 
Other provisions
  25   4,613,473   5,162,981   4,221,973 
 
                
TAX LIABILITIES:
      4,539,051   3,867,795   3,496,212 
Current
      761,529   1,100,567   625,340 
Deferred
  27   3,777,522   2,767,228   2,870,872 
 
                
ACCRUED EXPENSES AND DEFERRED INCOME
  18   2,999,080   3,048,733   4,382,034 
 
                
OTHER LIABILITIES:
      3,458,740   1,512,908   4,118,162 
Other
  19   3,458,740   1,512,908   4,118,162 
 
                
EQUITY HAVING THE SUBSTANCE OF A FINANCIAL LIABILITY
  26   668,328   1,308,847   2,124,222 
 
                
TOTAL LIABILITIES
      786,800,413   766,480,215   627,986,042 
 
                
 
                
MINORITY INTERESTS
  28   2,220,743   2,848,223   2,085,316 
 
                
VALUATION ADJUSTMENTS:
      2,870,757   3,077,096   1,777,564 
Available-for-sale financial assets
  29   2,283,323   1,941,690   1,936,818 
Cash flow hedges
  29   49,252   70,406   (1,787)
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
  29   (173,503)  (384,606)  638,227 
Exchange differences
  29   711,685   1,449,606   (795,694)
 
                
OWN FUNDS:
  30   41,980,802   36,701,380   32,637,378 
Issued capital
  31   3,127,148   3,127,148   3,127,148 
Share premium
  32   20,370,128   20,370,128   20,370,128 
Reserves
      12,289,480   8,703,789   6,877,827 
Accumulated reserves
  33   11,491,670   8,100,140   6,256,632 
Reserves of entities accounted for using the equity method:
      797,810   603,649   621,195 
Associates
  33   797,810   603,649   621,195 
Other equity instruments:
  34   62,118   77,478   93,567 
Equity component of compound financial instruments
      12,118   34,977    
Other
      50,000   42,501   93,567 
Treasury shares
  34   (126,801)  (53,068)  (126,500)
Profit attributed to the Group
  30   7,595,947   6,220,104   3,605,870 
Dividends and remuneration
  30   (1,337,218)  (1,744,199)  (1,310,662)
 
                
TOTAL EQUITY
      47,072,302   42,626,699   36,500,258 
 
                
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
      833,872,715   809,106,914   664,486,300 
 
                
The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Exhibits are an integral part of the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004 (NOTES 1 to 4)

(Thousands of Euros)
                 
      (Debit) Credit
  Note 2006  2005 (*)  2004 (*) 
INTEREST AND SIMILAR INCOME
  38   36,840,896   33,098,866   17,444,350 
INTEREST EXPENSE AND SIMILAR CHARGES
  39   (24,757,133)  (22,764,963)  (10,271,884)
Return on equity having the substance of a financial liability
      (85,229)  (118,389)  (151,952)
Other
      (24,671,904)  (22,646,574)  (10,119,932)
INCOME FROM EQUITY INSTRUMENTS
  40   404,038   335,576   389,038 
NET INTEREST INCOME
      12,487,801   10,669,479   7,561,504 
SHARE OF RESULTS OF ENTITIES ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD
  41   426,921   619,157   449,036 
Associates
      426,921   619,157   449,036 
FEE AND COMMISSION INCOME
  42   8,535,566   7,422,094   5,652,617 
FEE AND COMMISSION EXPENSE
  43   (1,312,302)  (1,165,782)  (925,385)
INSURANCE ACTIVITY INCOME
  44   297,851   226,677   161,374 
Insurance and reinsurance premium income
      4,809,298   2,378,812   2,275,655 
Reinsurance premiums paid
      (137,187)  (98,610)  (65,389)
Claims paid and other insurance-related expenses
      (2,167,600)  (1,517,986)  (1,003,769)
Reinsurance income
      105,472   88,452   14,413 
Net provisions for insurance contract liabilities
      (3,030,109)  (1,287,309)  (1,497,692)
Finance income
      936,940   794,395   494,947 
Finance expense
      (218,963)  (131,077)  (56,791)
GAINS/LOSSES ON FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (net):
  45   2,082,841   1,485,012   738,596 
Financial assets held for trading
      1,820,009   999,769   481,238 
Other financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
      (104,672)  23,538   8,380 
Available-for-sale financial assets
      340,748   533,769   364,154 
Loans and receivables
      78,519   70,645   48,092 
Other
      (51,763)  (142,709)  (163,268)
EXCHANGE DIFFERENCES (net)
  46   96,696   76,498   361,199 
GROSS INCOME
      22,615,374   19,333,135   13,998,941 
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services
  47   734,602   565,525   298,767 
COST OF SALES
  47   (615,689)  (409,347)  (180,459)
OTHER OPERATING INCOME
  48   324,265   256,229   201,145 
PERSONNEL EXPENSES
  49   (6,045,447)  (5,675,740)  (4,296,171)
OTHER GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
  50   (4,049,970)  (3,797,376)  (2,494,314)
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION:
      (1,150,770)  (1,017,335)  (834,112)
Tangible assets
  16   (630,817)  (619,851)  (487,904)
Intangible assets
  17   (519,953)  (397,484)  (346,208)
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
  51   (443,617)  (345,769)  (263,119)
NET OPERATING INCOME
      11,368,748   8,909,322   6,430,678 
IMPAIRMENT LOSSES (net)
      (2,550,459)  (1,801,964)  (1,847,294)
Available-for-sale financial assets
  8   2,799   110,977   (19,419)
Loans and receivables
  10   (2,483,628)  (1,747,908)  (1,595,070)
Non-current assets held for sale
  12   (48,796)  (10,536)  (90,822)
Investments
  13   (380)      
Tangible assets
  16   (6,428)  (15,112)  491 
Goodwill
  17   (12,811)     (138,200)
Other intangible assets
  17      (130,977)   
Other assets
      (1,215)  (8,408)  (4,274)
PROVISIONS (net)
  25   (1,078,768)  (1,815,034)  (1,107,146)
FINANCE INCOME FROM NON-FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES
      7,386   2,846   20,161 
FINANCE EXPENSES OF NON-FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES
      (5,553)  (10,709)  (23,736)
OTHER GAINS:
  52   1,677,004   2,764,744   1,468,940 
Gains on disposal of tangible assets
      147,893   151,055   245,188 
Gains on disposal of investments
      273,656   1,306,357   35,729 
Other
      1,255,455   1,307,332   1,188,023 
OTHER LOSSES:
  52   (268,341)  (249,530)  (554,330)
Losses on disposal of tangible assets
      (58,869)  (70,425)  (75,440)
Losses on disposal of investments
      (1,695)  (7,422)  (4,838)
Other
      (207,777)  (171,683)  (474,052)
PROFIT BEFORE TAX
      9,150,017   7,799,675   4,387,273 
INCOME TAX
  27   (2,293,638)  (1,274,738)  (525,824)
PROFIT FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS
      6,856,379   6,524,937   3,861,449 
PROFIT FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (net)
  37   1,389,374   224,833   134,785 
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
      8,245,753   6,749,770   3,996,234 
PROFIT ATTRIBUTED TO MINORITY INTERESTS
  28   (649,806)  (529,666)  (390,364)
PROFIT ATTRIBUTED TO THE GROUP
      7,595,947   6,220,104   3,605,870 
 
                
EARNINGS PER SHARE
                
From continuing operations and discontinued operations
                
Basic earnings per share (euros)
      1.2157   0.9967   0.7284 
Diluted earnings per share (euros)
      1.2091   0.9930   0.7271 
From continuing operations
                
Basic earnings per share (euros)
      1.0271   0.9735   0.7122 
Diluted earnings per share (euros)
      1.0216   0.9698   0.7110 
(*) Included using a new presentation as discussed in Note 1-i.
The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Exhibits are an integral part of the consolidated income statement for 2006.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF RECOGNISED INCOME AND EXPENSE)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004 (NOTES 1 to 4)
(Thousands of Euros)
             
  2006  2005  2004 
NET INCOME RECOGNISED DIRECTLY IN EQUITY:
  (206,339)  1,299,532   (265,796)
Available-for-sale financial assets-
  341,633   4,872   (111,871)
Revaluation gains/losses
  1,663,713   911,814   925,454 
Amounts transferred to income statement
  (1,177,308)  (883,474)  (821,555)
Income tax
  (144,772)  (23,468)  (215,770)
 
            
Cash flow hedges-
  (21,154)  72,193   3,542 
Revaluation gains/losses
  9,087   83,216   19,315 
Income tax
  (30,241)  (11,023)  (15,773)
 
            
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations-
  211,103   (1,022,833)  638,227 
Revaluation gains/losses
  211,103   (1,022,833)  638,227 
 
            
Exchange differences-
  (737,921)  2,245,300   (795,694)
Translation gains/losses
  (741,085)  2,411,831   (799,080)
Amounts transferred to income statement
  3,164   (166,531)  3,386 
 
            
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR:
  8,245,753   6,749,770   3,996,234 
Consolidated profit for the year
  8,245,753   6,749,770   3,996,234 
 
            
 
  8,039,414   8,049,302   3,730,438 
 
            
 
            
TOTAL INCOME AND EXPENSE FOR THE YEAR:
            
Parent
  7,389,608   7,519,636   3,340,074 
Minority interests (*)
  649,806   529,666   390,364 
 
            
TOTAL (*)
  8,039,414   8,049,302   3,730,438 
 
            
(*)  
In addition, in 2006 the net loss recognized directly in equity relating to minority interests amounted to 121 million.
The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Exhibits are an integral part of the consolidated statement
of changes in equity (recognized income and expense) for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004 (NOTES 1 to 4)

(Thousands of Euros)
             
  2006  2005 (*)  2004 (*) 
1. CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
            
Consolidated profit for the year
  8,245,753   6,749,770   3,996,234 
 
            
Adjustments to profit-
  8,307,782   5,499,799   5,258,376 
Depreciation of tangible assets
  630,817   622,359   490,555 
Amortization of intangible assets
  519,953   398,852   348,119 
Impairment losses (net)
  2,550,459   1,806,983   1,843,415 
Net provisions for insurance contract liabilities
  3,030,109   1,473,435   1,497,692 
Provisions (net)
  1,078,768   1,808,478   1,141,571 
Gains/losses on disposal of tangible assets
  (89,024)  (83,272)  (179,866)
Gains/losses on disposal of investments
  (271,961)  (1,299,046)  (30,891)
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
  (426,921)  (619,166)  (449,011)
Other non-monetary items(and monetary items related to discontinuous operations)
  (1,008,056)      
Taxes
  2,293,638   1,391,176   596,792 
Of which paid
  949,050   1,036,379   584,706 
 
            
 
  16,553,535   12,249,569   9,254,610 
 
            
Net increase/decrease in operating assets:
  (72,431,132)  (142,040,506)  (13,882,427)
Financial assets held for trading-
  (17,673,307)  (42,451,923)  (6,976,058)
Loans and advances to credit institutions
  (4,346,626)  2,599,313    
Loans and advances to customers
  (4,120,763)  (8,972,411)   
Debt instruments
  5,004,952   (25,872,315)  (4,005,998)
Other equity instruments
  (5,412,852)  (3,658,529)  (214,066)
Trading derivatives
  (8,798,018)  (6,547,981)  (2,755,994)
 
            
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss-
  (1,385,171)  (3,103,172)  (3,252,226)
Loans and advances to credit institutions
  (662,145)  4,095,407   (110,835)
Loans and advances to customers
  (1,541,615)  (1,139,646)  (1,220,842)
Debt instruments
  (1,487,469)  9,933,721   (1,213,512)
Other equity instruments
  2,306,058   (15,992,654)  (707,037)
 
            
Available-for-sale financial assets-
  35,824,691   (28,550,639)  26,133,878 
Debt instruments
  35,324,013   (31,229,897)  23,809,729 
Other equity instruments
  500,678   2,679,258   2,324,149 
 
            
Loans and receivables-
  (85,625,544)  (67,550,354)  (31,434,661)
Loans and advances to credit institutions
  1,063,273   (8,087,968)  3,662,338 
Money market operations through counterparties
  (200,055)  3,907,905   (3,621,813)
Loans and advances to customers
  (82,609,964)  (58,565,179)  (31,417,021)
Debt instruments
  (461,403)  (171,203)   
Other financial assets
  (3,417,395)  (4,633,909)  (58,165)
 
            
Other operating assets
  (3,571,801)  (384,418)  1,646,640 
 
            
Net increase/decrease in operating liabilities:
  3,740,822   95,494,609   (6,782,368)
Financial liabilities held for trading-
  15,327,711   14,736,090   (788,302)
Deposits from credit institutions
  7,727,794   6,738,176    
Customer deposits
  2,533,901   (6,502,682)   
Marketable debt securities
  1,498,716   1,825,604   (2,905,781)
Trading derivatives
  9,510,038   3,984,312   4,410,392 
Short positions
  (5,942,738)  8,690,680   (2,292,913)
 
            
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss-
  (5,381,405)  555,299   619,124 
Deposits from credit institutions
  822,550       
Customer deposits
  282,806       
Marketable debt securities
  (6,486,761)  555,299   619,124 
 
            
Financial liabilities at amortized cost-
  (4,453,117)  82,195,979   (685,483)
Deposits from central banks
  (5,901,637)  14,363,334   (2,313,955)
Deposits from credit institutions
  (36,075,478)  43,770,558   (14,132,950)
Money market operations through counterparties
     (2,499,000)  504,479 
Customer deposits
  22,733,508   29,056,346   12,776,724 
Marketable debt securities
  13,337,020   (7,925,063)  1,676,830 
Other financial liabilities
  1,453,470   5,429,804   803,389 
 
            
Other operating liabilities
  (1,752,367)  (1,992,759)  (5,927,707)
 
            
Total net cash flows from operating activities (1)
  (52,136,775)  (34,296,328)  (11,410,185)
 
            
Of which:
            
Interest and similar income collected (Note 38)
  36,412,213   31,326,727   16,783,989 
Interest expense and similar charges paid (Note 39)
  (23,915,708)  (18,819,373)  (9,704,114)

 

F-5


Table of Contents

SANTANDER GROUP
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006, 2005 AND 2004 (NOTES 1 to 4)
(Thousands of Euros)
             
  2006  2005 (*)  2004 (*) 
2. CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
            
Investments-
  (7,551,157)  (2,478,073)  (3,650,892)
Subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates
  (2,693,849)  (18,470)  (232,758)
Tangible assets
  (3,383,041)  (1,990,867)  (2,666,205)
Intangible assets
  (1,474,267)  (454,107)  (416,541)
Other financial assets
        (335,388)
Other assets
     (14,629)   
 
            
Divestments-
  10,050,304   6,616,203   2,677,725 
Subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates
  7,477,594   1,750,237   85,785 
Tangible assets
  1,957,376   2,482,232   2,276,973 
Other financial assets
     1,814,418    
Other assets
  615,334   569,316   314,967 
 
            
Total net cash flows from investing activities (2)
  2,499,147   4,138,130   (973,167)
 
            
 
            
3. CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
            
Acquisition of own equity instruments (**)
  (73,733)     (87,378)
Disposal of own equity instruments (**)
     73,432    
Issuance/Redemption of other equity instruments
  (15,360)  (16,089)  35,000 
Redemption of equity having the substance of a financial liability
  (472,925)  (944,968)  (2,624,283)
Issuance of subordinated liabilities
  5,896,301   2,507,872   5,283,872 
Redemption of subordinated liabilities
  (2,739,743)  (2,410,288)  (465,323)
Issuance of other long-term liabilities
  78,851,479   52,669,694   19,477,021 
Redemption of other long-term liabilities
  (30,510,388)  (14,269,479)  (5,893,627)
Increase/Decrease in minority interests
  (124,026)  233,241   (266,195)
Dividends paid
  (2,779,334)  (2,208,518)  (1,496,840)
Other items related to financing activities
  (767,419)  1,500,947   (1,345,097)
 
            
Total net cash flows from financing activities (3)
  47,264,852   37,135,844   12,617,150 
 
            
 
            
4. EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (4)
  121,467   307,400   (348,269)
 
            
 
            
5. NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS (1+2+3+4)
  (2,251,309)  7,285,046   (114,471)
 
            
 
            
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
  16,086,458   8,801,412   8,915,883 
 
            
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  13,835,149   16,086,458   8,801,412 
 
            
(*) See Note 37.
(**) The acquisitions and disposals of own equity instruments are presented at their net amount. The acquisitions made in 2006, 2005 and 2004 amounted to 5,723 million,5,073 million and 7,494 million, respectively the disposals amounted to 5,649 million in 2006, 5,146 million in 2005 and7,407 million in 2004.
The accompanying Notes 1 to 59 and Exhibits are an integral part of the consolidated cash flow statement for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Santander Group
Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006
1. 
Introduction, basis of presentation of the consolidated financial statements and other information
 a) 
Introduction
Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. (“the Bank” or “Banco Santander”) is a private-law entity subject to the rules and regulations applicable to banks operating in Spain. The bylaws and other public information on the Bank can be consulted on the website of the Bank (http://www.santander.com) and at its registered office at Paseo de Pereda 9-12, Santander.
In addition to the operations carried on directly by it, the Bank is the head of a group of subsidiaries that engage in various business activities and which compose, together with it, the Santander Group (“the Group” or “the Santander Group”). Therefore, the Bank is obliged to prepare, in addition to its own individual financial statements, the Group’s consolidated financial statements, which also include the interests in joint ventures and investments in associates.
The Group’s consolidated financial statements for 2004 were approved by the shareholders at the Bank’s Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005. The Group’s consolidated financial statements for 2005 were approved by the shareholders at the Bank’s Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006. The 2006 consolidated financial statements of the Group and the 2006 financial statements of the Bank and of substantially all the Group companies have not yet been approved by their shareholders at the respective Annual General Meetings. However, the Bank’s Board of Directors anticipates that the aforementioned financial statements will be approved without any changes.
 b) 
Basis of presentation of the consolidated financial statements
Under Regulation (EC) no 1606/2002 of the European Parliament and of the Council of July 19, 2002, all companies governed by the law of an EU Member State and whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market of any Member State must prepare their consolidated financial statements in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards previously adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”). Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004 of December 22, 2004 on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats (“Circular 4/2004”) requires Spanish credit institutions to adapt their accounting systems to the principles derived from the adoption by the European Union of International Financial Reporting Standards. Therefore, the Group is required to prepare its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
Under EU-IFRS financial institutions that have entity specific historical loss experience should evaluate impairment in future cash flows in a group of financial assets on the basis of such historical loss experience for assets with similar credit risk characteristics. The Group has such entity-specific historical loss experience.
The Group, in recognizing the inherent losses in such financial assets, and in contingent exposures classified as standard, has developed internal models that take into account our historical experience of impairment adjusted as appropriate for other objective observable data known at the time of assessment.
We utilize the inherent loss concept to quantify the cost of our credit risk in order to be able to incorporate such risk in the calculation of our risk adjusted return of operations. Additionally, the parameters necessary to calculate such return are used in the calculation of economic capital and, in the future, in the calculation of regulatory capital under the internal models of Basel II.
The Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 requires that the internal valuation allowance methodology described above shall be tested and validated by the Bank of Spain. The Bank of Spain has not yet verified such internal models (although it is in the process of reviewing them). The Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 requires that until our internal models are so validated, the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to insolvencies incurred but not specifically identified for our Spanish operations must not be lower than would result under the application of the methodology established by the Bank of Spain, under Circular 4/2004, which is based on historical statistical data relating to the Spanish financial sector as a whole, as opposed to our specific historical loss experience (see Note 2-g).
The risk categories and the ranges of loan loss percentages that we must use to calculate the amounts needed to cover the impairment losses inherent in debt instruments and contingent exposures classified as standard, in each case for our Spanish operations, as of the balance sheet date are described in Note 2-g.
The Group’s consolidated financial statements for 2006 were prepared by the Bank’s directors (at the Board Meeting on March 26, 2007) in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, and applying the basis of consolidation, accounting policies and measurement bases set forth in Note 2 and, accordingly, they present fairly the Group’s equity and financial position at December 31, 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations, the changes in consolidated recognized income and expense and the consolidated cash flows in 2006. These consolidated financial statements were prepared from the individual accounting records of the Bank and of each of the companies composing the Group, and include the adjustments and reclassifications required to unify the accounting policies and measurement bases applied by the Group.
At the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements there were various Standards and Interpretations adopted by the European Union which will come into force in 2007. The directors consider that the entry into force of these Standards and Interpretations will not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements for 2007. These Standards and Interpretations are as follows:
  
IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosure
 
  
Amendments to IAS 1 on the disclosure of the objectives, policies and processes for managing capital

 

F-7


Table of Contents

  
Interpretation IFRIC 7 Applying the Restatement Approach under IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies
 
  
Interpretation IFRIC 8 Scope of IFRS 2
 
  
Interpretation IFRIC 9 Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives
The Standards and Interpretations not yet adopted by the European Union and are as follows:
  
IFRS 8 Operating Segments
 
  
IFRIC 10 Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment
 
  
IFRIC 11 Group and Treasury Share Transactions
The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 were the first to be prepared in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. These standards entailed, with respect to the standards in force when the Group’s consolidated financial statements for 2004 were prepared (Bank of Spain Circular 4/1991):
  
Significant changes in accounting policies, measurement bases and presentation of the financial statements;
 
  
The inclusion in the consolidated financial statements of two new financial statements, namely the statement of recognized income and expense and the cash flow statement; and
 
  
A significant increase in the volume of disclosures in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Note 57 to the consolidated financial statements contains the reconciliation of the consolidated balance sheet balances at the beginning and end of the year ended December 31, 2004 and the related results for 2004 –which, therefore, were reflected in the Group’s consolidated financial statements for that year – to the corresponding balances for 2004 determined in accordance with the new standards.
The notes to the consolidated financial statements contain supplementary information to that presented in the consolidated balance sheet, consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of recognized income and expense and consolidated cash flow statement. The notes provide, in a clear, relevant, reliable and comparable manner, narrative descriptions and breakdowns of these financial statements.
All accounting policies and measurement bases with a material effect on the consolidated financial statements were applied in their preparation.
 c) 
Use of estimates
The consolidated results and the determination of consolidated equity are sensitive to the accounting policies, measurement basis and estimates used by the directors of the Bank in preparing the consolidated financial statements. The main accounting policies and measurement bases are set forth in Note 2.
In the consolidated financial statements, estimates were occasionally made by the senior executives of the Bank and of the consolidated entities in order to quantify certain of the assets, liabilities, income, expenses and commitments reported herein. These estimates, which were made on the basis of the best information available, relate basically to the following:
  
The impairment losses on certain assets (Notes 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 16 and 17);
 
  
The assumptions used in the actuarial calculation of the post-employment benefit liabilities and commitments and other obligations (Note 25);
 
  
The useful life of the tangible and intangible assets (Notes 16 and 17);
 
  
The measurement of goodwill arising on consolidation (Note 17); and
  
The fair value of certain unquoted assets (Notes 8, 9 and 11).

 

F-8


Table of Contents

 d) 
Other matters
i. Disputed corporate resolutions
The directors of the Bank and their legal advisers consider that the objection to certain resolutions adopted by the Bank’s shareholders at the General Meetings on January 18, 2000, March 4, 2000, March 10, 2001, February 9, 2002, June 24, 2002, June 21, 2003, June 19, 2004 and June 18, 2005 will have no effect on the financial statements of the Bank and the Group.
On April 25, 2002, the Santander Court of First Instance number 1 rejected in full the claim contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on January 18, 2000. The plaintiff filed an appeal against the judgment. On December 2, 2002, the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court dismissed the appeal. A cassation appeal has been filed against the judgment of the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court.
On November 29, 2002, the Santander Court of First Instance number 2 rejected in full the claims contesting resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on March 4, 2000. The plaintiffs filed an appeal against the judgment. On July 5, 2004, the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court dismissed the appeal. One of the appellants has prepared and filed an extraordinary appeal on grounds of procedural infringements and a cassation appeal against the judgment.
On March 12, 2002, the Santander Court of First Instance number 4 rejected in full the claims contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on March 10, 2001. The plaintiffs filed an appeal against the judgment. On April 13, 2004, the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court dismissed the appeals. One of the appellants has prepared and filed an extraordinary appeal on grounds of procedural infringements and has also filed a cassation appeal against the judgment.
On September 9, 2002, the Santander Court of First Instance number 5 rejected in full the claim contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on February 9, 2002. The plaintiff filed an appeal against the judgment. On January 14, 2004, the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court dismissed the appeal. The appellant has prepared and filed an extraordinary appeal on grounds of procedural infringements and has also filed a cassation appeal against the judgment.
On May 29, 2003, the Santander Court of First Instance number 6 rejected in full the claim contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on June 24, 2002. The plaintiffs filed an appeal against the judgment. On November 15, 2005, the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court dismissed in full the appeal. The appellants have prepared and filed an extraordinary appeal on grounds of procedural infringements and have also filed a cassation appeal against the judgment.
Despite the amount of time elapsed, the Santander Court of First Instance number 7 has yet to hand down its judgment on the objection to the resolutions adopted by the shareholders at the General Meeting on June 21, 2003, since it was agreed that the proceedings should be stayed on grounds of the need for an interlocutory decision in the criminal jurisdiction derived from the preliminary proceedings conducted at Central Examining Court number 3 in respect of the amounts paid when Mr. Amusátegui and Mr. Corcóstegui retired from the Bank. In this latter matter, an acquittal was handed down on April 13, 2005 by the National Appellate Court, which was confirmed by a final Supreme Court judgment of July 17, 2006. Consequently, pursuant to the interlocutory order of September 25, 2006, the stay on the claims to contest the corporate resolutions was lifted.
On October 28, 2005, the Santander Court of First Instance number 8 rejected in full the claims contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on June 19, 2004. An appeal was filed against the judgment.
The claims contesting the resolutions adopted at the General Meeting on June 18, 2005 are currently being processed at the Santander Court of First Instance number 10.
ii. Credit assignment transactions
Following the investigations carried out since 1992 by the Madrid Central Examining Court number 3, and despite the fact that the Government Lawyer, as the representative of the Public Treasury, and the Public Prosecutor’s Office have repeatedly applied to have the case against the Bank and its executives dismissed and struck out, a decision was rendered on June 27, 2002 to turn the preliminary court proceedings into an “abbreviated” proceeding. The Public Prosecutor’s Office, the Bank and its executives have appealed against this decision.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

On June 23, 2003, Panel Two of the Criminal Chamber of the National Appellate Court partially upheld these appeals, and explicitly recognized that the assignments of naked credit ownership were lawfully marketed and reduced the proceedings from 138 to 38 customer transactions (it should be noted that the Government Lawyer and the Public Prosecutor’s Office had also requested dismissal and strike-out of the case on grounds that no offence had been committed) with respect to which the Bank’s possible involvement continued to be alleged.
Following the submissions phase, in which the Public Prosecutor’s Office and the Government Lawyer reiterated their petition to have the proceedings dismissed and struck out, based on the class accusation filed by the Association for the Defense of Investors and Consumers, on October 6, 2004 the Court ordered commencement of a trial.
Once the trial had commenced at Panel One of the Criminal Chamber of the National Appellate Court and after the debate on preliminary issues was held at the end of November 2006, without the appearance of the Government Lawyer, in which the Public Prosecutor’s Office reiterated its appeal to set aside the trial and interrupt the proceedings, on December 20, 2006, the Criminal Chamber of the National Appellate Court ordered the dismissal of the proceedings, as requested by the Public Prosecutor’s Office and the private prosecution.
The Association for the Defense of Investments and Customers and “Iniciativa per Catalunya Verdes” filed a cassation appeal against the aforementioned order.
 e) 
Information relating to 2005 and 2004
The information relating to 2005 and 2004 contained in these notes to the consolidated financial statements does not constitute the Group’s statutory consolidated financial statements for those years.
 f) 
Equity
Through the publication of Law 13/1992, of June 1, and of Bank of Spain Circular 5/1993 and subsequent amendments thereto, the regulations governing the minimum capital requirements for credit institutions –both at entity level and at consolidated group level– came into force.
At December 31, 2006, the Group’s eligible capital exceeded the minimum requirements by 11,172 million (December 31, 2005: 10,384 million).
 g) 
Environmental impact
In view of the business activities carried on by the Group entities, the Group does not have any environmental liability, expenses, assets, provisions or contingencies that might be material with respect to its consolidated equity, financial position or results. Therefore, no specific disclosures relating to environmental issues are included in these notes to the consolidated financial statements.
 h) 
Events after the balance sheet date
From January 1, 2007 to the date on which these consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue there were no events significantly affecting them.
 i) 
Comparative information
The accompanying consolidated income statement for 2005 differs from the consolidated income statement approved by the Bank’s Annual General Meeting in that, as a result of the disposal of the Group’s investments –most notably Inmobiliaria Urbis, S.A. (Urbis) and Abbey’s insurance business (Note 3)–, the results arising from the consolidation of these companies (238 million) were reclassified for comparison purposes, as stipulated by IFRS 5, from the headings under which they were recorded in the approved consolidated financial statements for 2005 to “Profit from discontinued operations” in the accompanying consolidated income statement for 2005 (Note 37).

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Also, the results arising from the consolidation of these companies (basically Urbis) in 2004 (123 million) were reclassified for comparison purposes, in accordance with current legislation, from the related headings in the consolidated income statement for 2004 to “Profit from discontinued Operations” in the accompanying consolidated income statement (Note 37).
The gains arising in 2006 on the disposal of the investments in Banco Santander Chile, San Paolo IMI, S.p.A. (San Paolo) and Antena 3 (270 million,705 million and 294 million, respectively, recognized under “Other gains” – Note 52) and on the divestment of Urbis (1,218 million recognized under “Discontinued operations” – Note 37) were used to fund a significant portion of the retirement plans detailed in Note 25-c (716 thousand), to re-estimate the deferred tax assets and liabilities detailed in Note 2-z as a result of the reduction in the statutory tax rate for corporation tax purposes in Spain (491 million) and the delivery of 100 Bank shares to each Group employee, pending the required approval of the Annual General Meeting (179 million), in June 2007. Accordingly, gains realized in 2006 (2,487 million, before tax), after the aforementioned uses and net of tax and minority interests, contributed1,014 million to profit attributable to the Group.
In 2005, the gains on the disposal of the investments in Unión Fenosa, S.A., Royal Bank of Scotland Group Plc and Auna Operadores de Telecomunicaciones, S.A. (1,157 million,717 million and 355 million, respectively, recognized under “Other gains” – Note 52) were partially used to fund early retirement plans and to amortize early restructuring costs. Therefore, the realized gains (2,229 million before tax) contributed, after the aforementioned uses and net of tax, 1,008 million to the profit attributed to the Group for 2005.
2. Accounting policies and measurement bases
The accounting policies and measurement bases applied in preparing the consolidated financial statements were as follows:
a)      Foreign currency transactions
i. Functional currency
The Group’s functional currency is the euro. Therefore, all balances and transactions denominated in currencies other than the euro are deemed to be denominated in “foreign currency.”
ii. Translation of foreign currency balances
Foreign currency balances are translated to euros in two consecutive stages:
  
Translation of foreign currency to the functional currency (currency of the main economic environment in which the Group operates); and
 
  
Translation to euros of the balances held in the functional currencies of entities whose functional currency is not the euro.
Translation of foreign currency to the functional currency
Foreign currency transactions performed by consolidated entities (or entities accounted for using the equity method) not located in EMU countries are initially recognized in their respective currencies. Monetary items in foreign currency are subsequently translated to their functional currencies using the closing rate.
Furthermore:
  
Non-monetary items measured at historical cost are translated to the functional currency at the exchange rate at the date of acquisition.
 
  
Non-monetary items measured at fair value are translated at the exchange rate at the date when the fair value was determined.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

  
Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates for the period for all the transactions performed during the year.
 
  
The balances arising from non-hedging forward foreign currency/foreign currency and foreign currency/euro purchase and sale transactions are translated at the closing rates prevailing in the forward foreign currency market for the related maturity.
Translation of functional currencies to euros
If the functional currency is not the euro, the balances in the financial statements of the consolidated entities (or entities accounted for using the equity method) are translated to euros as follows:
  
Assets and liabilities, at the closing rates.
 
  
Income and expenses, at the average exchange rates for the year.
 
  
Equity items, at the historical exchange rates.
iii. Recognition of exchange differences
The exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign currency balances to the functional currency are generally recognized at their net amount under “Exchange differences” in the consolidated income statement, except for exchange differences arising on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss, which are recognized in the consolidated income statement without distinguishing them from other changes in fair value, and exchange differences arising on non-monetary items measured at fair value through equity, which are recognized under “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences.”
The exchange differences arising on the translation to euros of the financial statements in functional currencies other than the euro are recognized under “Valuation adjustments — Exchange differences” in the consolidated balance sheet until the related item is derecognized, when they are recognized in the consolidated income statement.
iv. Entities located in hyperinflationary economies
None of the functional currencies of the consolidated subsidiaries and associates located abroad relate to hyperinflationary economies as defined by the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Accordingly, at 2006 and 2005 year-end it was not necessary to adjust the financial statements of any of the consolidated entities or associates to correct for the effect of inflation.
v. Exposure to foreign currency risk
At December 31, 2006, the Group’s largest exposures on temporary positions (with a potential impact on the income statement) were concentrated, in descending order, on the US dollar, the pound sterling and the Chilean peso. At that date, its largest exposure on permanent positions (with a potential impact on equity) were concentrated, in descending order, on the pound sterling, the Brazilian real, the Mexican peso and the Chilean peso. The Group hedges a portion of these permanent positions using foreign exchange derivative financial instruments (Note 36-a).
At December 31, 2005, the Group’s largest exposures on more temporary positions (with a potential impact on the income statement) were concentrated, in descending order, on the US dollar, the Chilean peso, the pound sterling and the Mexican peso. At that date, its largest exposures on more permanent positions (with a potential impact on equity) were concentrated, in descending order, on the Brazilian real, the pound sterling, the Mexican peso and the US dollar.
The following tables show the sensitivity of consolidated profit and consolidated equity at December 31, 2006 and 2005 to changes in the Group’s financial instruments due to 1% variations in the various foreign currencies in which the Group had material balances.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The estimated effect on the Group’s consolidated equity and consolidated profit at December 31, 2006 and 2005 of a 1% appreciation of the euro against the related currency is as follows:
                 
  Millions of Euros 
  Effect on Effect on
  Consolidated Equity  Consolidated Profit 
Currency 2006  2005  2006  2005 
US dollar
  0.1   (10.1)  30.2   18.7 
Chilean peso
  (9.8)  (1.0)  2.2    
Pound sterling
  (49.0)  (32.6)  23.2   13.4 
Mexican peso
  (20.5)  (19.5)  5.2   1.9 
Brazilian real
  (25.4)  (27.5)      
Similarly, the estimated effect on the Group’s consolidated equity and consolidated profit at December 31, 2006 and 2005 of a 1% depreciation of the euro against the related currency is as follows:
                 
  Millions of Euros 
  Effect on Effect on
  Consolidated Equity  Consolidated Profit 
Currency 2006  2005  2006  2005 
US dollar
  (0.1)  10.3   (30.8)  (19.1)
Chilean peso
  10.9   1.0   (6.0)   
Pound sterling
  33.1   30.3   (16.7)  (0.5)
Mexican peso
  24.7   18.3   (7.3)  (1.3)
Brazilian real
  26.0   28.0       
The foregoing data were obtained by calculating the possible effect of a variation in the exchange rates on the various asset and liability items and on other foreign currency-denominated items, such as the Group’s derivative instruments, considering the offsetting effect of the various hedging transactions on these items. This effect was estimated using the exchange difference recognition methods set forth in Note 2-a-iii above.
The estimates used to obtain the foregoing data were performed taking into account the effects of the exchange rate fluctuations isolated from the effect of the performance of other variables, the changes in which would affect equity and profit, such as variations in the interest rates of the reference currencies or other market factors. Accordingly, all variables other than the exchange rate fluctuations remained unchanged with respect to their positions at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
b)      Basis of consolidation
i. Subsidiaries
“Subsidiaries” are defined as entities over which the Bank has the capacity to exercise control; this capacity is, in general but not exclusively, presumed to exist when the Parent owns directly or indirectly half or more of the voting power of the investee or, even if this percentage is lower or zero, when, as in the case of agreements with shareholders of the investee, the Bank is granted control. Control is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are fully consolidated with those of the Bank. Accordingly, all balances and transactions between consolidated entities are eliminated on consolidation.
On acquisition of a subsidiary, its assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are recognized at fair value at the date of acquisition. Any positive differences between the acquisition cost and the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired are recognized as goodwill (Note 17). Negative differences are charged to income on the date of acquisition.
Additionally, the share of third parties of the Group’s equity is presented under “Minority interests” in the consolidated balance sheet (Note 28) and their share of the profit for the year is presented under “Profit attributed to minority interests” in the consolidated income statement.
The results of subsidiaries acquired during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the date of acquisition to year-end. Similarly, the results of subsidiaries disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the beginning of the year to the date of disposal.
The Exhibits contain significant information on these entities.
ii. Interests in joint ventures (jointly controlled entities)
“Joint ventures” are deemed to be ventures that are not subsidiaries but which are jointly controlled by two or more unrelated entities. This is evidenced by contractual arrangements whereby two or more entities (“venturers”) acquire interests in entities (jointly controlled entities) or undertake operations or hold assets so that strategic financial and operating decisions affecting the joint venture require the unanimous consent of the venturers.
The financial statements of investees classified as joint ventures are proportionately consolidated with those of the Bank and, therefore, the aggregation of balances and subsequent eliminations are made only in proportion to the Group’s ownership interest in the capital of these entities.
The Exhibits contain significant information on these entities.
iii. Associates
Associates are entities over which the Bank is in a position to exercise significant influence, but not control or joint control, usually because it holds 20% or more of the voting power of the investee.
In the consolidated financial statements, investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method, i.e. at the Group’s share of net assets of the investee, after taking into account the dividends received therefrom and other equity eliminations. The profits and losses resulting from transactions with an associate are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate.
The Exhibits contain significant information on these entities.
iv. Other matters
The companies less than 50% owned by the Group that constituted a decision-making unit at December 31, 2006 and which, therefore, were accounted for as subsidiaries are: (i) Inmuebles B de V 1985 C.A., (ii) Luri 1, S.A. and (iii) Luri 2, S.A., in which the Group held ownership interests of 35.63% and 5.58% and 4.81% respectively, at that date (Exhibit I).
The companies less than 20% owned by the Group over which it exercises significant influence and which, therefore, were accounted for as associates at December 31, 2006 are: (i) Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme and (ii) Sociedad Operadora de la Cámara de Compensación de Pagos de Alto Valor, S.A., in which the Group held ownership interests of 14.55% and 13.97%, respectively, at that date (Exhibit II).

 

F-14


Table of Contents

v. Business combinations
A business combination is the bringing together of two or more separate entities or economic units into one single entity or group of entities.
Business combinations performed on or after January 1, 2004 whereby the Group obtains control over an entity are recognized for accounting purposes as follows:
  
The Group measures the cost of the business combination, defined as the fair value of the assets given, the liabilities incurred and the equity instruments issued, if any, by the entity.
 
  
The fair values of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree, including any intangible assets which might have not been recognized by the acquiree, are estimated and recognized in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
  
Any negative difference between the net fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the business combination cost is recognized as discussed in Note 2-m; any positive difference is recognized in “Other gains” in the consolidated income statement.
vi. Acquisitions and disposals
Note 3 provides information on the most significant acquisitions and disposals in 2006, 2005 and 2004.
c)      Definitions and classification of financial instruments
i. Definitions
A “financial instrument” is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and, simultaneously, to a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity.
An “equity instrument” is any agreement that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the issuing entity after deducting all of its liabilities.
A “financial derivative” is a financial instrument whose value changes in response to the change in an observable market variable (such as an interest rate, foreign exchange rate, financial instrument price, market index or credit rating), whose initial investment is very small compared with other financial instruments with a similar response to changes in market factors, and which is generally settled at a future date.
“Hybrid financial instruments” are contracts that simultaneously include a non-derivative host contract together with a derivative, known as an embedded derivative, that is not separately transferable and has the effect that some of the cash flows of the hybrid contract vary in a way similar to a stand-alone derivative.
“Compound financial instruments” are contracts that simultaneously create for their issuer a financial liability and an own equity instrument (such as convertible bonds, which entitle their holders to convert them into equity instruments of the issuer).
The following transactions are not treated for accounting purposes as financial instruments:
  
Investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates (Note 13).
 
  
Rights and obligations under employee benefit plans (Note 25).
 
  
Rights and obligations under insurance contracts (Note 15).
 
  
Contracts and obligations relating to employee remuneration based on own equity instruments (Note 34).

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ii. Classification of financial assets for measurement purposes
Financial assets are initially classified into the various categories used for management and measurement purposes, unless they have to be presented as “Non-current assets held for sale” or they relate to “Cash and balances with central banks,” “Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk” (asset side), “Hedging derivatives” and “Investments,” which are reported separately.
Financial assets are included for measurement purposes in one of the following categories:
  
Financial assets held for trading (at fair value through profit or loss): this category includes the financial assets acquired for the purpose of generating a profit in the near term from fluctuations in their prices and financial derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments.
 
  
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss: this category includes hybrid financial assets not held for trading that are measured entirely at fair value and financial assets not held for trading that are managed jointly with “Liabilities under insurance contracts” measured at fair value or with derivative financial instruments whose purpose and effect is to significantly reduce exposure to variations in fair value, or that are managed jointly with financial liabilities and derivatives for the purpose of significantly reducing overall exposure to interest rate risk.
Financial instruments included in this category (and “Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss”) are permanently subject to an integrated and consistent system of measuring, managing and controlling risks and returns that enables all the financial instruments involved to be monitored and identified and allows the effective reduction of risk to be checked.
  
Available-for-sale financial assets: this category includes debt instruments not classified as “Held-to-maturity investments” or as “Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss,” and equity instruments issued by entities other than subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, provided that such instruments have not been classified as “Financial assets held for trading” or as “Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.”
 
  
Loans and receivables: this category includes financing granted to third parties, based on their nature, irrespective of the type of borrower and the form of financing, including finance lease transactions in which the consolidated entities act as lessors.
The consolidated entities generally intend to hold the loans and credits granted by them until their final maturity and, therefore, they are presented in the consolidated balance sheet at their amortized cost (which includes any reductions required to reflect the estimated losses on their recovery).
  
Held-to-maturity investments: this category includes debt instruments with fixed maturity and with fixed or determinable payments.
iii. Classification of financial assets for presentation purposes
Financial assets are classified by nature into the following items in the consolidated balance sheet:
  
Cash and balances with central banks: cash balances and balances receivable on demand relating to deposits with the Bank of Spain and other central banks.
 
  
Loans and advances to credit institutions: credit of any nature in the name of credit institutions.
 
  
Money market operations through counterparties: amount of the money market operations conducted through central counterparties.
 
  
Loans and advances to customers: all credit granted by the Group, other than that represented by marketable securities, money market operations through central counterparties, finance lease receivables and loans and advances to credit institutions.
 
  
Debt instruments: bonds and other securities that represent a debt for their issuer, that generate an interest return, and that are in the form of certificates or book entries.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

  
Other equity instruments: financial instruments issued by other entities, such as shares and non-voting equity units, which have the nature of equity instruments for the issuer, unless they are investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities or associates. Investment fund units and shares are included in this item.
 
  
Trading derivatives: includes the fair value in favor of the Group of derivatives which do not form part of hedge accounting.
 
  
Other financial assets: other debit balances in favor of the Group in respect of transactions which do not have the nature of credit (such as cheques drawn on credit institutions, the amounts receivable from clearing houses and settlement agencies for transactions on the stock exchange and organized markets, bonds given in cash, capital calls, and fees and commissions receivable for financial guarantees).
 
  
Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk: this item is the balancing entry for the amounts credited to the consolidated income statement in respect of the measurement of the portfolios of financial instruments which are efficiently hedged against interest rate risk through fair value hedging derivatives.
 
  
Hedging derivatives: includes the fair value in favor of the Group of derivatives designated as hedging instruments in hedge accounting.
 
  
Investments: includes the investments in the share capital of associates.
iv. Classification of financial liabilities for measurement purposes
Financial liabilities are initially classified into the various categories used for management and measurement purposes, unless they have to be presented as “Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale” or they relate to “Hedging derivatives,” “Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk” (liability side) and “Equity having the substance of a financial liability,” which are reported separately.
Financial liabilities are classified for measurement purposes into one of the following categories:
  
Financial liabilities held for trading (at fair value through profit or loss): this category includes the financial liabilities issued for the purpose of generating a profit in the near term from fluctuations in their prices, financial derivatives not considered to qualify for hedge accounting and financial liabilities arising from the outright sale of financial assets purchased under resale agreements or borrowed (“short positions”).
 
  
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: this category includes all hybrid financial liabilities not held for trading that have to be measured entirely at fair value, including life insurance linked to investment funds that does not expose the issuer of the contract to a significant insurance risk, when the financial assets to which they are linked are also measured at fair value through profit or loss.
 
  
Financial liabilities at fair value through equity: financial liabilities associated with available-for-sale financial assets arising as a result of transfers of assets in which the consolidated entities as transferors neither transfer nor retain substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the assets.
 
  
Financial liabilities at amortized cost: financial liabilities, irrespective of their instrumentation and maturity, not included in any of the above-mentioned categories which arise from the ordinary deposit-taking activities carried on by financial institutions.
 v. 
Classification of financial liabilities for presentation purposes
Financial liabilities are classified by nature into the following items in the consolidated balance sheet:
  
Deposits from credit institutions: deposits of any nature, including credit and money market operations received in the name of credit institutions.
 
  
Money market operations through counterparties: amount of the money market operations conducted through central counterparties.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

  
Customer deposits: includes all repayable balances received in cash by the Group, other than those represented by marketable securities, money market operations through central counterparties, subordinated liabilities and deposits from central banks and credit institutions.
 
  
Marketable debt securities: includes the amount of bonds and other debt represented by marketable securities, other than subordinated liabilities. This item includes the component considered to be a financial liability of issued securities that are compound financial instruments.
 
  
Trading derivatives: includes the fair value of the Group’s liability in respect of derivatives which do not form part of hedge accounting.
 
  
Deposits from central banks: deposits of any nature received from the Bank of Spain or other central banks.
 
  
Short positions: includes the amount of financial liabilities arising from the outright sale of financial assets purchased under reverse repurchase agreements or borrowed.
 
  
Subordinated liabilities: amount of financing received which, for the purposes of payment priority, ranks behind ordinary debt.
 
  
Other financial liabilities: includes the amount of payment obligations having the nature of financial liabilities not included in other items.
 
  
Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk: this item is the balancing entry for the amounts charged to the consolidated income statement in respect of the measurement of the portfolios of financial instruments which are efficiently hedged against interest rate risk through fair value hedging derivatives.
 
  
Hedging derivatives: includes the fair value of the Group’s liability in respect of derivatives designated as hedging instruments in hedge accounting.
 
  
Equity having the substance of a financial liability: amount of the financial instruments issued by the consolidated entities that, although equity for legal purposes, do not meet the requirements for classification as equity.
d)      Measurement of financial assets and liabilities and recognition of fair value changes
In general, financial assets and liabilities are initially recognized at fair value which, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, is deemed to be the transaction price, and are subsequently measured at each period-end as follows:
i. Measurement of financial assets
Financial assets are measured at fair value, except for loans and receivables, held-to-maturity investments, equity instruments whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and financial derivatives that have those equity instruments as their underlying and are settled by delivery of those instruments.
The “fair value” of a financial instrument on a given date is taken to be the amount for which it could be bought or sold on that date by two knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s length transaction acting prudently. The most objective and common reference for the fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be paid for it on an organized, transparent and deep market (“quoted price” or “market price”).
If there is no market price for a given financial instrument, its fair value is estimated on the basis of the price established in recent transactions involving similar instruments and, in the absence thereof, of valuation techniques commonly used by the international financial community, taking into account the specific features of the instrument to be measured and, particularly, the various types of risk associated with it.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

All derivatives are recognized in the balance sheet at fair value from the trade date. If the fair value is positive, they are recognized as an asset and if the fair value is negative, they are recognized as a liability. The fair value on the trade date is deemed, in the absence of evidence to the contrary, to be the transaction price. The changes in the fair value of derivatives from the trade date are recognized in “Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities” in the consolidated income statement. Specifically, the fair value of standard financial derivatives included in the portfolios of financial assets or liabilities held for trading is deemed to be their daily quoted price and if, for exceptional reasons, the quoted price cannot be determined on a given date, these financial derivatives are measured using methods similar to those used to measure OTC derivatives.
The fair value of OTC derivatives is taken to be the sum of the future cash flows arising from the instrument, discounted to present value at the date of measurement (“present value” or “theoretical close”) using valuation techniques commonly used by the financial markets: “net present value” (NPV), option pricing models and other methods.
“Loans and receivables” and “Held-to-maturity investments” are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. “Amortized cost” is understood to be the acquisition cost of a financial asset or liability plus or minus, as appropriate, the principal repayments and the cumulative amortization (taken to the income statement) of the difference between the initial cost and the maturity amount. In the case of financial assets, amortized cost furthermore includes any reductions for impairment or uncollectability. In the case of loans and receivables hedged in fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of these assets related to the risk or risks being hedged are recognized.
The “effective interest rate” is the discount rate that exactly matches the initial amount of a financial instrument to all its estimated cash flows of all kinds over its remaining life. For fixed rate financial instruments, the effective interest rate coincides with the contractual interest rate established on the acquisition date plus, where applicable, the fees and transaction costs that, because of their nature, form part of their financial return. In the case of floating rate financial instruments, the effective interest rate coincides with the rate of return prevailing in all connections until the next benchmark interest reset date.
Equity instruments whose fair value cannot be determined in a sufficiently objective manner and financial derivatives that have those instruments as their underlying and are settled by delivery of those instruments are measured at acquisition cost adjusted, where appropriate, by any related impairment loss.
ii. Measurement of financial liabilities
In general, financial liabilities are measured at amortized cost, as defined above, except for those included under “Financial liabilities held for trading,” “Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss” and “Financial liabilities at fair value through equity” and financial liabilities designated as hedged items (or hedging instruments) in fair value hedges, which are measured at fair value.
iii. Valuation techniques
Following is a summary of the various valuation techniques used by the Group to measure the financial instruments recognized at fair value:
                         
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005 
  Published          Published       
  Price          Price       
  Quotations          Quotations       
  in Active  Internal      in Active  Internal    
  Markets  Models (*)  Total  Markets  Models (*)  Total 
Financial assets held for trading
  84,009   86,414   170,423   85,558   68,650   154,208 
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
  4,543   10,828   15,371   39,020   9,842   48,862 
Available-for-sale financial assets
  32,111   6,587   38,698   72,909   1,036   73,945 
Hedging derivatives (assets)
     2,988   2,988      4,126   4,126 
Financial liabilities held for trading
  30,657   93,339   123,996   35,156   77,310   112,466 
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
  259   12,152   12,411      11,810   11,810 
Hedging derivatives (liabilities)
     3,494   3,494      2,311   2,311 
Liabilities under insurance contracts
  5,760   4,944   10,704   13,076   31,596   44,672 
(*) 
In substantially all cases, observable market data are used.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The main techniques employed in the “internal models” are as follows:
  
In the valuation of financial instruments permitting static hedging (basically, forwards and swaps) the “present value” method is used.
 
  
In the valuation of financial instruments requiring dynamic hedging, the Black-Scholes model is mainly used.
 
  
In the valuation of financial instruments exposed to interest rate risk, the Heath-Jarrow-Morton model is employed to analyze the correlation by currency.
 
  
Credit risk is measured using dynamic models similar to those used in the measurement of interest rate risk.
The measurements thus obtained might have been different had other methods or assumptions been used in interest rate risk, in credit risk, market risk and foreign currency risk spreads, or in their related correlations and volatilities. Nevertheless, Group management considers that the financial assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheet and the gains and losses arising from these financial instruments are reasonable.
The potential effect of a change in the principal assumptions (models, correlations and dividends) to less favorable reasonable assumptions would be to decrease gains by 141 million (2005: 140 million). The use of reasonable assumptions more favorable than those used by the Group would increase gains by 183 million (2005: 155 million).
The total loss recognized in the consolidated income statement for 2006 arising from the aforementioned valuation models amounted to 1,008 million (2005: total gain of 762 million).
iv. Recognition of fair value changes
As a general rule, changes in the carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated income statement, distinguishing between those arising from the accrual of interest and similar items –which are recognized under “Interest and similar income” or “Interest expense and similar charges,” as appropriate– and those arising for other reasons, which are recognized at their net amount under “Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities.”
Adjustments due to changes in fair value arising from:
  
“Available-for-sale financial assets” are recognized temporarily in equity under “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets,” unless they relate to exchange differences, in which case they are recognized in “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences” (exchange differences arising on monetary financial assets are recognized in “Exchange differences” in the consolidated income statement).
 
  
Items charged or credited to “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” and “Valuation adjustments – Exchange differences” remain in the Group’s consolidated equity until the related assets are derecognized, whereupon they are charged to the consolidated income statement.
 
  
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale financial assets classified as “Non-current assets held for sale” because they form part of a disposal group or a discontinued operation are recognized in “Valuation adjustments — Non-current assets held for sale.”
 
  
“Financial liabilities at fair value through equity” are recognized in “Valuation adjustments – Financial liabilities at fair value through equity.”
v. Hedging transactions
The consolidated entities use financial derivatives for the purpose of trading with customers who request these instruments in order to manage their own market and credit risks and for investment purposes; for the purpose of managing the risks of the Group entities’ own positions and assets and liabilities (“Hedging derivatives”); or for the purpose of obtaining gains from changes in the prices of these derivatives.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Financial derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are treated for accounting purposes as trading derivatives.
A derivative qualifies for hedge accounting if all the following conditions are met:
 1. 
The derivative hedges one of the following three types of exposure:
 a. 
Changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to fluctuations, among others, in the interest rate and/or exchange rate to which the position or balance to be hedged is subject (“fair value hedge”);
 
 b. 
Changes in the estimated cash flows arising from financial assets and liabilities, commitments and highly probable forecast transactions (“cash flow hedge”); and
 
 c. 
The net investment in a foreign operation (“hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation”).
 2. 
It is effective in offsetting exposure inherent in the hedged item or position throughout the expected term of the hedge, which means that:
 a. 
At the date of arrangement the hedge is expected, under normal conditions, to be highly effective (“prospective effectiveness”).
 
 b. 
There is sufficient evidence that the hedge was actually effective during the whole life of the hedged item or position (“retrospective effectiveness”).
 3. 
There must be adequate documentation evidencing the specific designation of the financial derivative to hedge certain balances or transactions and how this effective hedge was expected to be achieved and measured, provided that this is consistent with the Group’s management of own risks.
The changes in value of financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting are recognized as follows:
 a. 
In fair value hedges, the gains or losses arising on both the hedging instruments and the hedged items attributable to the type of risk being hedged are recognized directly in the consolidated income statement.
 
   
In fair value hedges of interest rate risk on a portfolio of financial instruments, the gains or losses that arise on measuring the hedging instruments are recognized directly in the consolidated income statement, whereas the gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of the hedged amount (attributable to the hedged risk) are recognized in the consolidated income statement with a balancing entry under “Changes in the fair value of hedged items in portfolio hedges of interest rate risk” on the asset or liability side of the balance sheet, as appropriate.
 
 b. 
In cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change in value of the hedging instrument is recognized temporarily in equity under “Valuation adjustments — Cash flow hedges” until the forecast transactions occur, when it is recognized in the consolidated income statement, unless, if the forecast transactions result in the recognition of non-financial assets or liabilities, it is included in the cost of the non-financial asset or liability. The ineffective portion of the change in value of hedging derivatives is recognized directly in the consolidated income statement.
 
 c. 
In hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation, the gains and losses attributable to the portion of the hedging instruments qualifying as an effective hedge are recognized temporarily in equity under “Valuation adjustments — Hedges of net investments in foreign operations” until the gains or losses on the hedged item are recognized in the consolidated income statement.
 
 d. 
The ineffective portion of the gains and losses on the hedging instruments of cash flow hedges and hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation are recognized directly under “Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities” in the consolidated income statement.
If a derivative designated as a hedge no longer meets the requirements described above due to expiration, ineffectiveness or for any other reason, the derivative is classified as a trading derivative.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

When fair value hedge accounting is discontinued, the adjustments previously recognized on the hedged item are transferred to profit or loss at the effective interest rate re-calculated at the date of hedge discontinuation. The adjustments must be fully amortized at maturity.
When cash flow hedges are discontinued, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognized in equity under “Valuation adjustments” (from the period when the hedge was effective) remains recognized in equity until the forecast transaction occurs at which time it is recognized in profit or loss, unless the transaction is no longer expected to occur, in which case any cumulative gain or loss is recognized immediately in profit or loss.
Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or in other host contracts are accounted for separately as derivatives if their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of the host contracts, provided that the host contracts are not classified as “Other financial assets/liabilities at fair value through profit or loss” or as “Financial assets/liabilities held for trading.”
e)      Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
The accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets depends on the extent to which the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets are transferred to third parties:
 1. 
If the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards to third parties –unconditional sale of financial assets, sale of financial assets under an agreement to repurchase them at their fair value at the date of repurchase, sale of financial assets with a purchased call option or written put option that is deeply out of the money, securitization of assets in which the transferor does not retain a subordinated debt or grant any credit enhancement to the new holders, and other similar cases– the transferred financial asset is derecognized and any rights or obligations retained or created in the transfer are recognized simultaneously.
 
 2. 
If the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset –sale of financial assets under an agreement to repurchase them at a fixed price or at the sale price plus interest, a securities lending agreement in which the borrower undertakes to return the same or similar assets, and other similar cases–, the transferred financial asset is not derecognized and continues to be measured by the same criteria as those used before the transfer. However, the following items are recognized:
 a. 
An associated financial liability, for an amount equal to the consideration received; this liability is subsequently measured at amortized cost.
 
 b. 
The income from the transferred financial asset not derecognized and any expense incurred on the new financial liability.
 3. 
If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset –sale of financial assets with a purchased call option or written put option that is not deeply in or out of the money, securitization of assets in which the transferor retains a subordinated debt or other type of credit enhancement for a portion of the transferred asset, and other similar cases– the following distinction is made:
 a. 
If the transferor does not retain control of the transferred financial asset, the asset is derecognized and any rights or obligations retained or created in the transfer are recognized.
 
 b. 
If the transferor retains control of the transferred financial asset, it continues to recognize it for an amount equal to its exposure to changes in value and recognizes a financial liability associated with the transferred financial asset. The net carrying amount of the transferred asset and the associated liability is the amortized cost of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at amortized cost, or the fair value of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred to third parties asset is measured at fair value.
Accordingly, financial assets are only derecognized when the rights on the cash flows they generate have been extinguished or when substantially all the inherent risks and rewards have been transferred to third parties. Similarly, financial liabilities are only derecognized when the obligations they generate have been extinguished or when they are acquired (with the intention either to cancel them or to resell them).

 

F-22


Table of Contents

f)       Offsetting of financial instruments
Financial asset and liability balances are offset, i.e. reported in the consolidated balance sheet at their net amount, only if the subsidiaries currently have a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intend either to settle them on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
g)      Impairment of financial assets
i. Definition
A financial asset is considered to be impaired -and therefore its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of impairment- when there is objective evidence that events have occurred which:
  
In the case of debt instruments (loans and debt securities), give rise to an adverse impact on the future cash flows that were estimated at the transaction date.
 
  
In the case of equity instruments, mean that their carrying amount may not be fully recovered.
As a general rule, the carrying amount of impaired financial instruments is adjusted with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment becomes evident, and the reversal, if any, of previously recognized impairment losses is recognized in the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment is reversed or reduced.
Balances are deemed to be impaired, and the interest accrual is suspended, when there are reasonable doubts as to their full recovery and/or the collection of the related interest for the amounts and on the dates initially agreed upon, after taking into account the guarantees received by the consolidated entities to secure (fully or partially) collection of the related balances. Collections relating to impaired loans and advances are used to recognize the accrued interest and the remainder, if any, to reduce the principal amount outstanding.
When the recovery of any recognized amount is considered unlikely, the amount is written off, without prejudice to any actions that the consolidated entities may initiate to seek collection until their contractual rights are extinguished due to the expiration of the statute-of-limitations period, forgiveness or any other cause.
ii. Debt instruments measured at amortized cost
The amount of an impairment loss incurred on a debt instrument measured at amortized cost is equal to the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of its estimated future cash flows, and is presented as a reduction of the balance of the asset adjusted.
  
In estimating the future cash flows of debt instruments the following factors are taken into account:
  
All the amounts that are expected to be obtained over the remaining life of the instrument; including, where appropriate, those which may result from the collateral provided for the instrument (less the costs for obtaining and subsequently selling the collateral). The impairment loss takes into account the likelihood of collecting accrued interest receivable;
 
  
The various types of risk to which each instrument is subject; and
 
  
The circumstances in which collections will foreseeably be made.
These cash flows are subsequently discounted using the instrument’s effective interest rate (if its contractual rate is fixed) or the effective contractual rate at the discount date (if it is variable).
Specifically as regards impairment losses resulting from materialization of the insolvency risk of the obligors (credit risk), a debt instrument is impaired due to insolvency:
  
When there is evidence of a deterioration of the obligor’s ability to pay, either because it is in arrears or for other reasons; and/or
  
When country risk materializes: country risk is considered to be the risk associated with debtors resident in a given country due to circumstances other than normal commercial risk.
* * * * *

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The Group has certain policies, methods and procedures for covering its credit risk arising both from insolvency allocable to counterparties and from country risk.
These policies, methods and procedures are applied in the granting, examination and documentation of debt instruments, contingent liabilities and commitments, the identification of their impairment and the calculation of the amounts necessary to cover the related credit risk.
With respect to the allowance for loss arising from credit risk, the Group makes the following distinction:
 1. 
Specific credit risk allowance
 a. 
Specific allowance
The impairment of debt instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss that are classified as doubtful are generally recognized in accordance with the criteria set forth below:
 i. 
Assets classified as doubtful due to counterparty arrears:
Debt instruments, whoever the obligor and whatever the guarantee or collateral, with amounts more than three months past due are assessed individually, taking into account the age of the past-due amounts, the guarantees or collateral provided and the financial situation of the counterparty and the guarantors.
The allowance percentages applied to unsecured transactions, based on the age of the past-due amounts, are as follows:
  
Less than 6 months: between 4.5% and 5.3%.
 
  
More than 6 months and less than 12 months: between 27.4% and 27.8%
 
  
More than 12 months and less than 18 months: between 60.5% and 65.1%
 
  
More than 18 months and less than 24 months: between 93.3% and 95.8%
 
  
More than 24 months: 100%
The allowance percentages applied to loans secured by mortgage on completed homes, based on the age of the past-due amounts, are as follows:
  
Less than 3 years, provided that the outstanding loan does not exceed 80% of the appraisal value of the home: 2%
 
  
More than 3 years and less than 4 years: 25%
 
  
More than 4 years and less than 5 years: 50%
 
  
More than 5 years and less than 6 years: 75%
 
  
More than 6 years: 100%
The allowance percentages applied to loans secured by real property, when the Group has initiated procedures to foreclose such assets, based on the age of the past-due amounts, are as follows:
  
Less than 6 months: between 3.8% and 4.5%
 
  
More than 6 months and less than 12 months: between 23.3% and 23.6%
 
  
More than 12 months and less than 18 months: between 47.2% and 55.3%
 
  
More than 18 months and less than 24 months: between 79.3% and 81.4%
 
  
More than 24 months: 100%
 ii. 
Assets classified as doubtful for reasons other than counterparty arrears:
Debt instruments which are not classifiable as doubtful due to arrears but for which there are reasonable doubts as to their repayment under the contractual terms are assessed individually, and their allowance is the difference between the amount recognized in assets and the present value of the cash flows expected to be received.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

 b. 
General allowance for inherent losses:
The Group covers its losses inherent in debt instruments not measured at fair value through profit or loss and in contingent liabilities taking into account the historical experience of impairment and other circumstances known at the time of assessment. For these purposes, inherent losses are losses incurred at the reporting date, calculated using statistical methods, that have not yet been allocated to specific transactions.
The Group uses the inherent loss concept to quantify the cost of the credit risk and include it in the calculation of the risk-adjusted return of its transactions. The parameters necessary for this calculation are also used to calculate economic capital and, in the future, to calculate BIS II regulatory capital under the internal models.
Inherent loss is the expected cost, on average in a complete business cycle, of the credit risk of a transaction, considering the characteristics of the counterparty and the guarantees and collateral associated with the transaction.
The inherent loss is calculated by multiplying three factors: “exposure at default,” “probability of default” and “loss given default.”
  
Exposure at default (EAD) is the amount of risk exposure at the date of default by the counterparty.
 
  
Probability of default (PD) is the probability of the counterparty failing to meet its principal and/or interest payment obligations. The probability of default is associated with the rating/scoring of each counterparty/transaction.
PD is measured using a time horizon of one year; i.e. it quantifies the probability of the counterparty defaulting in the coming year. The definition of default used includes past-dues by 90 days or more and cases in which there is no default but there are doubts as to the solvency of the counterparty (subjective doubtful assets).
  
Loss given default (LGD) is the loss arising in the event of default. It depends mainly on the guarantees associated with the transaction.
The calculation of the inherent loss also takes into account the adjustment to the cycle of the aforementioned factors, especially PD and LGD.
The approach described above is used as a general rule. However, in certain cases, as a result of its particular characteristics, this approach is not applied and alternative approaches are used:
 1. 
Low default portfolios
 
   
In certain portfolios (sovereign risk, credit institutions or large corporations) the number of defaults observed is very small or zero. In these cases, the Group opted to use the data contained in the credit derivative spreads to estimate the excepted loss discounted by the market and break it down into PD and LGD.
 
 2. 
Top-down units
 
   
In the cases in which the Group does not have sufficient data to construct a sufficiently robust credit risk measurement model, the inherent loss on the loan portfolios is estimated based on a top-down approximation in which the historically observed average write-off of the loan portfolios is used as the best estimate of the inherent loss. As the credit models are developed and bottom-up measurements are obtained, the top-down measurements used for these units are gradually replaced.
* * * * *

 

F-25


Table of Contents

However, by express requirement of the Bank of Spain, until the Spanish regulatory authority has verified and approved these internal models (which are currently under review), the general allowance must be calculated as set forth below.
Based on its experience and on the information available to it on the Spanish banking industry, the Bank of Spain has established various risk categories, applying a range of necessary allowances to each category:
  
Negligible risk: 0%
 
  
Low risk: 0.20% — 0.75%
 
  
Medium-low risk: 0.50% — 1.88%
 
  
Medium risk: 0.59% — 2.25%
 
  
Medium-high risk: 0.66 — 2.50%
 
  
High risk: 0.83% — 3.13%
Our internal models produce a range of results that comprise the amount of provisions that results from applying the model established by the Bank of Spain that we are required to use until our internal models are approved as explained above.
 2. 
Country risk allowance:
 
   
Country risk is considered to be the risk associated with counterparties resident in a given country due to circumstances other than normal commercial risk (sovereign risk, transfer risk and risks arising from international financial activity). Based on the countries’ economic performance, political situation, regulatory and institutional framework, and payment capacity and record, the Group classifies all the transactions performed with third parties into six different groups, from group 1 (transactions with ultimate obligors resident in European Union countries, Norway, Switzerland, Iceland, the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia and New Zealand) to group 6 (transactions of which the recovery is considered remote due to circumstances attributable to the country), assigning to each group the credit loss allowance percentages resulting from the aforementioned analyses.
 
   
However, due to the size of the Group and to the proactive management of its country risk exposure, the allowances recognized in this connection are not material with respect to the credit loss allowances recognized.
iii. Debt or equity instruments classified as available for sale
The amount of the impairment losses on these instruments is the positive difference between their acquisition cost (net of any principal repayment or amortization in the case of debt instruments) and their fair value less any impairment loss previously recognized in the consolidated income statement.
When there is objective evidence at the date of measurement of these instruments that the aforementioned differences are due to permanent impairment, they are no longer recognized in equity under “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” and are reclassified, for the cumulative amount at that date, to the consolidated income statement.
If all or part of the impairment losses are subsequently reversed, the reversed amount is recognized, in the case of debt instruments, in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the reversal occurred (or in equity under “Valuation adjustments – Available-for-sale financial assets” in the case of equity instruments).
iv. Equity instruments measured at cost
The impairment loss on equity instruments measured at cost is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the market rate of return for similar securities.
Impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement for the period in which they arise as a direct reduction of the cost of the instrument. These losses can only be reversed subsequently if the related assets are sold.
h)      Repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements
Purchases (sales) of financial assets under a non-optional resale (repurchase) agreement at a fixed price (“repos”) are recognized in the consolidated balance sheet as financing granted (received) based on the nature of the debtor (creditor) under “Loans and advances to credit institutions” or “Loans and advances to customers” (“Deposits from credit institutions” or “Customer deposits”).

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Differences between the purchase and sale prices are recognized as interest over the contract term.
i)       Non-current assets held for sale and Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale
“Non-current assets held for sale” includes the carrying amount of individual items or disposal groups or items forming part of a business unit earmarked for disposal (“Discontinued operations”), whose sale in their present condition is highly probable and is expected to occur within one year from the reporting date. Therefore, the carrying amount of these items -which can be of a financial nature or otherwise- will foreseeably be recovered through the proceeds from their disposal. Specifically, property or other non-current assets received by the consolidated entities as total or partial settlement of their debtors’ payment obligations to them are deemed to be non-current assets held for sale, unless the consolidated entities have decided to make continuing use of these assets.
“Liabilities associated with non-current assets” includes the credit balances arising from assets or disposal groups and from discontinued operations.
Non-current assets held for sale are generally measured at the lower of fair value less costs to sell and their carrying amount at the date of classification in this category. Non-current assets held for sale are not depreciated as long as they remain in this category.
Impairment losses on an asset or disposal group arising from a reduction in its carrying amount to its fair value (less costs to sell) are recognized under “Impairment losses - Non-current assets held for sale” in the consolidated income statement. The gains on a non-current asset held for sale resulting from subsequent increases in fair value (less costs to sell) increase its carrying amount and are recognized in the consolidated income statement up to an amount equal to the impairment losses previously recognized.
j)       Reinsurance assets and Liabilities under insurance contracts
Insurance contracts involve the transfer of a certain quantifiable risk in exchange for a periodic or one-off premium. The effects on the Group’s cash flow will arise from a deviation in the payments forecast and/or an insufficiency in the premium set.
The Group controls its insurance risk as follows:
  
By applying a strict methodology in the launch of products and in the assignment of the value thereto.
 
  
By using deterministic and stochastic models for measuring commitments.
 
  
By using reinsurance as a risk mitigation technique as part of the credit quality guidelines in line with the Group’s general risk policy.
 
  
By establishing an operating framework for credit risks.
 
  
By actively managing asset and liability matching.
 
  
By applying security measures in processes.
“Reinsurance assets” includes the amounts that the consolidated entities are entitled to receive for reinsurance contracts with third parties and, specifically, the reinsurer’s share of the technical provisions recorded by the consolidated insurance entities.
At least once a year these assets are reviewed for impairment (if there is objective evidence, as a result of an event that occurred after initial recognition of the reinsurance asset, that the Group may not receive all amounts due to it under the terms of the contract and the amount that will not be received can be reliably measured), and any impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated income statement and the assets are derecognized.
“Liabilities under insurance contracts” includes the technical provisions recorded by the consolidated entities to cover claims arising from insurance contracts in force at year-end.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Insurers’ results relating to their insurance business are recognized under “Insurance activity income” in the consolidated income statement.
In accordance with standard accounting practice in the insurance industry, the consolidated insurance entities credit to the consolidated income statement the amounts of the premiums written and charge to income the cost of the claims incurred on final settlement thereof. Insurance entities are therefore required to accrue at period-end the unearned revenues credited to their income statements and the accrued costs not charged to income.
At least at each reporting date the Group assesses whether the insurance contract liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheet are adequately measured. For this purpose, it calculates the difference between the following amounts:
  
Current estimates of future cash flows under the insurance contracts of the consolidated entities. These estimates include all contractual cash flows and any related cash flows, such as claims handling costs; and
 
  
The value recognized in the consolidated balance sheet for insurance liabilities (Note 15), net of any related deferred acquisition costs or related intangible assets, such as the amount paid to acquire, in the event of purchase by the entity, the economic rights held by a broker deriving from policies in the entity’s portfolio.
If the calculation results in a positive amount, this deficiency is charged to the consolidated income statement. When unrealized gains or losses on assets of the Group’s insurance companies affect the measurement of liabilities under insurance contracts and/or the related deferred acquisition costs and/or the related intangible assets, these gains or losses are recognized directly in equity. The corresponding adjustment in the liabilities under insurance contracts (or in the deferred acquisition costs or in intangible assets) is also recognized in equity.
k)      Tangible assets
“Tangible assets” includes the amount of buildings, land, furniture, vehicles, computer hardware and other fixtures owned by the consolidated entities or acquired under finance leases. Tangible assets are classified by use as follows:
i. Property, plant and equipment for own use:
Property, plant and equipment for own use –including tangible assets received by the consolidated entities in full or partial satisfaction of financial assets representing receivables from third parties which are intended to be held for continuing use and tangible assets acquired under finance leases– are presented at acquisition cost, less the related accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses (net carrying amount higher than recoverable amount).
For this purpose, the acquisition cost of foreclosed assets is the carrying amount of the financial assets settled through foreclosure.
Depreciation is calculated, using the straight-line method, on the basis of the acquisition cost of the assets less their residual value. The land on which the buildings and other structures stand has an indefinite life and, therefore, is not depreciated.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The tangible asset depreciation charge is recognized in the consolidated income statement and is calculated basically using the following depreciation rates (based on the average years of estimated useful life of the various assets):
     
  Annual Rate 
Buildings for own use
  2 
Furniture
 7.5 to 10 
Fixtures
  6 to 10 
Office and IT equipment
  10 to 25 
Leasehold improvements
  5 to 10 
The consolidated entities assess at the reporting date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired (i.e. its carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount). If this is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount and future depreciation charges are adjusted in proportion to the revised carrying amount and to the new remaining useful life (if the useful life has to be re-estimated).
Similarly, if there is an indication of a recovery in the value of a tangible asset, the consolidated entities recognize the reversal of the impairment loss recognized in prior periods and adjust the future depreciation charges accordingly. In no circumstances may the reversal of an impairment loss on an asset raise its carrying amount above that which it would have if no impairment losses had been recognized in prior years.
The estimated useful lives of the items of property, plant and equipment for own use are reviewed at least at the end of the reporting period with a view to detecting significant changes therein. If changes are detected, the useful lives of the assets are adjusted by correcting the depreciation charge to be recognized in the consolidated income statement in future years on the basis of the new useful lives.
Upkeep and maintenance expenses relating to property, plant and equipment for own use are recognized as an expense in the period in which they are incurred.
ii. Investment property
“Investment property” reflects the net values of the land, buildings and other structures held either to earn rentals or for capital appreciation.
The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of investment property, to calculate its depreciation and its estimated useful life and to recognize any impairment losses thereon are consistent with those described in relation to property, plant and equipment for own use.
iii. Other assets leased out under an operating lease
“Other assets leased out under an operating lease” reflects the net values of the tangible assets, other than land and buildings, leased out by the Group under an operating lease.
The criteria used to recognize the acquisition cost of assets leased out under operating leases, to calculate their depreciation and their respective estimated useful lives and to recognize the impairment losses thereon are consistent with those described in relation to property, plant and equipment for own use.
l)       Accounting for leases
i. Finance leases
Finance leases are leases that transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of the leased asset to the lessee.
When the consolidated entities act as the lessors of an asset, the sum of the present value of the lease payments receivable from the lessee plus the guaranteed residual value –which is generally the exercise price of the purchase option of the lessee at the end of the lease term– is recognized as lending to third parties and is therefore included under “Loans and receivables” in the consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

When the consolidated entities act as the lessees, they present the cost of the leased assets in the consolidated balance sheet, based on the nature of the leased asset, and, simultaneously, recognize a liability for the same amount (which is the lower of the fair value of the leased asset and the sum of the present value of the lease payments payable to the lessor plus, if appropriate, the exercise price of the purchase option). The depreciation policy for these assets is consistent with that for property, plant and equipment for own use.
In both cases, the finance income and finance expense arising from these contracts is credited or debited, respectively, to “Interest and similar income” and “Interest expense and similar charges” in the consolidated income statement so as to achieve a constant rate of return over the lease term.
ii. Operating leases
In operating leases, ownership of the leased asset and substantially all the risks and rewards incidental thereto remain with the lessor.
When the consolidated entities act as the lessors, they present the acquisition cost of the leased assets under “Tangible assets” (Note 16). The depreciation policy for these assets is consistent with that for similar items of property, plant and equipment for own use and income from operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis under “Other operating income” in the consolidated income statement.
When the consolidated entities act as the lessees, the lease expenses, including any incentives granted by the lessor, are charged on a straight-line basis to “Other general administrative expenses” in their consolidated income statements.
m)     Intangible assets
Intangible assets are identifiable non-monetary assets (separable from other assets) without physical substance which arise as a result of a legal transaction or which are developed internally by the consolidated entities. Only assets whose cost can be estimated reliably and from which the consolidated entities consider it probable that future economic benefits will be generated are recognized.
Intangible assets are recognized initially at acquisition or production cost and are subsequently measured at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses.
i. Goodwill
Any excess of the cost of the investments in the consolidated entities and entities accounted for using the equity method over the corresponding underlying carrying amounts acquired, adjusted at the date of first-time consolidation, is allocated as follows:
  
If it is attributable to specific assets and liabilities of the companies acquired, by increasing the value of the assets (or reducing the value of the liabilities) whose fair values were higher (lower) than the carrying amounts at which they had been recognized in the balance sheets of the acquirees.
 
  
If it is attributable to specific intangible assets, by recognizing it explicitly in the consolidated balance sheet provided that the fair value of these assets within 12 months following the date of acquisition can be measured reliably.
 
  
The remaining amount is recognized as goodwill, which is allocated to one or more specific cash-generating units (a cash generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets that, as a result of continuing operation, generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets). The cash-generating units represent the Group’s geographical and/or business segments.
Goodwill –which is only recognized when it has been acquired for consideration– represents, therefore, a payment made by the acquirer in anticipation of future economic benefits from assets of the acquired entity that are not capable of being individually identified and separately recognized.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

At the end of each reporting period (or whenever indicators of impairment are identified) goodwill is reviewed for impairment (i.e. a reduction in its recoverable amount to below its carrying amount) and any impairment is written down with a charge to “Impairment losses – Goodwill” in the consolidated income statement.
An impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.
ii. Other intangible assets
“Other intangible assets” includes the amount of identifiable intangible assets (such as purchased customer lists and computer software).
Other intangible assets can have an indefinite useful life –when, based on an analysis of all the relevant factors, it is concluded that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows for the consolidated entities– or a finite useful life, in all other cases.
Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but rather at the end of each reporting period the consolidated entities review the remaining useful lives of the assets in order to determine whether they continue to be indefinite and, if this is not the case, to take the appropriate steps.
Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over those useful lives using methods similar to those used to depreciate tangible assets.
The intangible asset amortization charge is recognized under “Depreciation and amortization – Intangible assets” in the consolidated income statement.
In both cases the consolidated entities recognize any impairment loss on the carrying amount of these assets with a charge to “Impairment losses - Other intangible assets” in the consolidated income statement. The criteria used to recognize the impairment losses on these assets and, where applicable, the reversal of impairment losses recognized in prior years are similar to those used for tangible assets (Note 2-k).
Internally developed computer software
Internally developed computer software is recognized as an intangible asset if, among other requisites (basically the Group’s ability to use or sell it), it can be identified and its ability to generate future economic benefits can be demonstrated.
Expenditure on research activities is recognized as an expense in the year in which it is incurred and cannot be subsequently capitalized.
n) 
Prepayments and accrued income and Accrued expenses and deferred income
   
These items include all the balances of prepayments and accrued income and of accrued expenses and deferred income, excluding accrued interest.
o) 
Other assets and Other liabilities
“Other assets” in the consolidated balance sheet includes the amount of assets not recorded in other items, the breakdown being as follows:
  
Inventories: this item includes the amount of assets, other than financial instruments, that are held for sale in the ordinary course of business, that are in the process of production, construction or development for such purpose, or that are to be consumed in the production process or in the provision of services. “Inventories” includes land and other property held for sale in the property development business.
 
   
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which is the estimated selling price of the inventories in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs required to make the sale.
 
   
Any write-downs of inventories –such as those due to damage, obsolescence or reduction of selling price– to net realizable value and other impairment losses are recognized as expenses for the year in which the impairment or loss occurs. Subsequent reversals are recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which they occur.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

   
The carrying amount of inventories is derecognized and recognized as an expense in the period in which the revenue from their sale is recognized. This expense is included under “Cost of sales” in the accompanying consolidated income statements (Note 47) when it relates to activities of the non-financial entities that do not form part of the consolidable group of credit institutions or under “Other operating expenses” in all other cases.
 
  
Other: this item includes the amount of the difference between pension plan obligations and the value of the plan assets with a debit balance for the entity, when the net amount is to be reported in the consolidated balance sheet, and the amount of any other assets not included in other items.
“Other liabilities” includes the payment obligations having the substance of liabilities and not included in any other category.
p) 
Provisions and contingent assets and liabilities
The directors of the consolidated entities, in preparing their respective financial statements, made a distinction between:
  
Provisions: credit balances covering present obligations at the balance sheet date arising from past events which could give rise to a loss for the consolidated entities, which is considered to be likely to occur and certain as to its nature but uncertain as to its amount and/or timing;
 
  
Contingent liabilities: possible obligations that arise from past events and whose existence will be confirmed only by the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more future events not wholly within the control of the consolidated entities. They include the present obligations of the consolidated entities when it is not probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle them; and
 
  
Contingent assets: possible assets that arise from past events and whose existence is conditional on, and will be confirmed only by, the occurrence or non-occurrence of events beyond the control of the Group. Contingent assets are not recognized in the consolidated balance sheet or in the consolidated income statement, but rather are disclosed in the notes, provided that it is probable that these assets will give rise to an increase in resources embodying economic benefits.
The Group’s consolidated financial statements include all the material provisions with respect to which it is considered that it is more likely than not that the obligation will have to be settled. In accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, contingent liabilities must not be recognized in the consolidated financial statements, but must rather be disclosed in the notes.
Provisions, which are quantified on the basis of the best information available on the consequences of the event giving rise to them and are reviewed and adjusted at the end of each year, are used to cater to the specific obligations for which they were originally recognized. Provisions are fully or partially reversed when such obligations cease to exist or are reduced.
Provisions are classified according to the obligations covered as follows:
  
Provisions for pensions and similar obligations: includes the amount of all the provisions made to cover post-employment benefits, including obligations to early retirees and similar obligations.
 
  
Provisions for taxes: includes the amount of the provisions made to cover tax contingencies.
 
  
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments: includes the amount of the provisions made to cover contingent liabilities –defined as those transactions in which the Group guarantees the obligations of a third party, arising as a result of financial guarantees granted or contracts of another kind– and contingent commitments –defined as irrevocable commitments that may give rise to the recognition of financial assets.
 
  
Other provisions: includes the amount of other provisions made by the consolidated entities. This item includes, inter alia, provisions for restructuring costs and litigation (Note 25).

 

F-32


Table of Contents

q) 
Litigation and/or claims in process
In addition to the disclosures made in Note 1, at the end of 2006 certain litigation and claims were in process against the consolidated entities arising from the ordinary course of their operations (Note 25).
r) 
Own equity instruments
Own equity instruments are those meeting both of the following conditions:
  
The instruments do not include any contractual obligation for the issuer: (i) to deliver cash or another financial asset to a third party; or (ii) to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with a third party under conditions that are potentially unfavorable to the issuer.
 
  
The instruments will or may be settled in the issuer’s own equity instruments and are: (i) a non-derivative that includes no contractual obligation for the issuer to deliver a variable number of its own equity instruments; or (ii) a derivative that will be settled by the issuer through the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a fixed number of its own equity instruments.
Transactions involving own equity instruments, including their issuance and cancellation, are deducted from equity.
Changes in the value of instruments classified as own equity instruments are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Consideration received or paid in exchange for such instruments are directly added to or deducted from equity.
s) 
Equity-instrument-based employee remuneration
Equity instruments delivered to employees in consideration for their services, if the instruments are delivered once the specific period of service has ended, are recognized as an expense for services (with the corresponding increase in equity) as the services are rendered by employees during the service period. At the grant date the services received (and the related increase in equity) are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments granted. If the equity instruments granted are vested immediately, the Group recognizes in full, at the grant date, the expense for the services received.
When the requirements stipulated in the remuneration agreement include external market conditions (such as equity instruments reaching a certain quoted price), the amount ultimately to be recognized in equity will depend on the other conditions being met by the employees, irrespective of whether the market conditions are satisfied. If the conditions of the agreement are met but the external market conditions are not satisfied, the amounts previously recognized in equity are not reversed, even if the employees do not exercise their right to receive the equity instruments.
t) 
Recognition of income and expenses
The most significant criteria used by the Group to recognize its income and expenses are summarized as follows:
i. Interest income, interest expenses and similar items
Interest income, interest expenses and similar items are generally recognized on an accrual basis using the effective interest method. Dividends received from other companies are recognized as income when the consolidated entities’ right to receive them arises.
However, the recognition of accrued interest in the consolidated income statement is suspended for debt instruments individually classified as impaired and for the instruments for which impairment losses have been assessed collectively because they have payments more than three months past due. This interest is recognized as income, when collected, as a reversal of the related impairment losses.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ii. Commissions, fees and similar items
Fee and commission income and expenses are recognized in the consolidated income statement using criteria that vary according to their nature. The main criteria are as follows:
  
Fee and commission income and expenses relating to financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss are recognized when paid.
 
  
Those arising from transactions or services that are performed over a period of time are recognized over the life of these transactions or services.
 
  
Those relating to services provided in a single act are recognized when the single act is carried out.
iii. Non-finance income and expenses
These are recognized for accounting purposes on an accrual basis.
iv. Deferred collections and payments
These are recognized for accounting purposes at the amount resulting from discounting the expected cash flows at market rates.
v. Loan arrangement fees
Loan arrangement fees, mainly loan origination and application fees, are accrued and recognized in income over the term of the loan. The related direct costs can be deducted from this amount.
u) 
Financial guarantees
“Financial guarantees” are defined as contracts whereby an entity undertakes to make specific payments for a third party if the latter does not do so, irrespective of the various legal forms they may have, such as guarantees, irrevocable documentary credits issued or confirmed by the entity, insurance and credit derivatives.
Financial guarantees, regardless of the guarantor, instrumentation or other circumstances, are reviewed periodically so as to determine the credit risk to which they are exposed and, if appropriate, to consider whether a provision is required. The credit risk is determined by application of criteria similar to those established for quantifying impairment losses on debt instruments measured at amortized cost as described in section g) above.
The provisions made for these transactions are recognized under “Provisions – Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments” in the consolidated balance sheet (Note 25). These provisions are recognized and reversed with a charge or credit, respectively, to “Provisions (net)” in the consolidated income statement.
If a specific provision is required for financial guarantees, the related unearned commissions recognized under “Accrued expenses and deferred income” in the consolidated balance sheet are reclassified to the appropriate provision.
v) 
Assets under management and investment and pension funds managed by the Group
 
Assets owned by third parties and managed by the consolidated entities are not presented on the face of the consolidated balance sheet. Management fees are included in “Fee and commission income” in the consolidated income statement. Note 36-b contains information on the third-party assets managed by the Group.
The investment funds and pension funds managed by the consolidated entities are not presented on the face of the Group’s consolidated balance sheet since the related assets are owned by third parties. The fees and commissions earned in the year for the services rendered by the Group entities to these funds (asset management and custody services) are recognized under “Fee and commission income” in the consolidated income statement.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

w) 
Post-employment benefits
Under the collective labor agreements currently in force and other arrangements, the Spanish banks included in the Group and certain other Spanish and foreign consolidated entities have undertaken to supplement the public social security system benefits accruing to certain employees, and to their beneficiary right holders, for retirement, permanent disability or death, the benefits and indemnity payments payable, the contributions to employee welfare systems for early retirees and the post-employment welfare benefits.
The Group’s post-employment obligations to its employees are deemed to be “defined contribution plans” when the Group makes pre-determined contributions (recognized in “Personnel expenses” in the consolidated income statement) to a separate entity and will have no legal or effective obligation to make further contributions if the separate entity cannot pay the employee benefits relating to the service rendered in the current and prior periods. Post-employment obligations that do not meet the aforementioned conditions are classified as “defined benefit plans” (Note 25).
Defined contribution plans
The contributions made in this connection in each year are recognized under “Personnel expenses” in the consolidated income statement. The amounts not yet contributed at each year-end are recognized, at their present value, under “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet.
Defined benefit plans
The Group recognizes under “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet (or under “Other assets – Other” on the asset side, as appropriate) the present value of its defined benefit post-employment obligations, net of the fair value of the plan assets and of the net unrecognized cumulative actuarial gains and/or losses disclosed in the valuation of these obligations, which are deferred using a corridor approach, and net of the past service cost, which is deferred over time, as explained below.
“Plan assets” are defined as those that will be directly used to settle obligations and that meet the following conditions:
  
They are not owned by the consolidated entities, but by a legally separate third party that is not a party related to the Group.
 
  
They can only be used to pay or finance post-employment benefits and cannot be returned to the consolidated entities unless the assets remaining in the plan are sufficient to meet all obligations of the plan and of the entity relating to current or former employee benefits, or to reimburse employee benefits already paid by the Group.
If the Group can look to an insurer to pay part or all of the expenditure required to settle a defined benefit obligation, and it is practically certain that said insurer will reimburse some or all of the expenditure required to settle that obligation, but the insurance policy does not qualify as a plan asset, the Group recognizes its right to reimbursement as an asset item in the consolidated balance sheet under “Insurance contracts linked to pensions”, which, in all other respects, is treated as a plan asset.
“Actuarial gains and losses” are defined as those arising from differences between the previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred and from the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions. The Group uses, on a plan-by-plan basis, the corridor method and recognizes in the consolidated income statement the amount resulting from dividing by five the net amount of the cumulative actuarial gains and/or losses not recognized at the beginning of each year which exceeds 10% of the present value of the obligations or 10% of the fair value of the plan assets at the beginning of the year, whichever amount is higher. The maximum five-year allocation period, which is required by the Bank of Spain for all Spanish financial institutions, is shorter than the average number of remaining years of active service relating to the employees participating in the plans, and is applied systematically.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

The “past service cost” –which arises from changes to current post-employment benefits or from the introduction of new benefits– is recognized on a straight-line basis in the consolidated income statement over the period from the time the new commitments arise to the date on which the employee has an irrevocable right to receive the new benefits.
Post-employment benefits are recognized in the consolidated income statement as follows:
  
Current service cost –defined as the increase in the present value of the obligations resulting from employee service in the current period–, under “Personnel expenses.”
 
  
Interest cost –defined as the increase during the year in the present value of the obligations as a result of the passage of time– under “Interest expense and similar charges.” When obligations are presented on the liability side of the consolidated balance sheet, net of the plan assets, the cost of the liabilities recognized in the income statement relates exclusively to the obligations recognized as liabilities.
 
  
The expected return on plan assets and the gains or losses on the value of the plan assets, less any plan administration costs and less any applicable taxes, under “Interest and similar income.”
 
  
The actuarial gains and losses calculated using the corridor approach and the unrecognized past service cost, under “Provisions (net)” in the consolidated income statement.
x) 
Other long-term employee benefits
“Other long-term employee benefits,” defined as obligations to early retirees –taken to be those who have ceased to render services at the entity but who, without being legally retired, continue to have economic rights vis-à-vis the entity until they acquire the legal status of retiree–, long-service bonuses, obligations for death of spouse or disability before retirement that depend on the employee’s length of service at the entity and other similar items, are treated for accounting purposes, where applicable, as established above for defined benefit post-employment plans, except that all past service costs and actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately (Note 25).
y) 
Termination benefits
Termination benefits are recognized when there is a detailed formal plan identifying the basic changes to be made, provided that implementation of the plan has begun, its main features have been publicly announced or objective facts concerning its implementation have been disclosed.
z) 
Income tax
The expense for Spanish corporation tax and other similar taxes applicable to the foreign consolidated entities is recognized in the consolidated income statement, except when it results from a transaction recognized directly in equity, in which case the tax effect is also recognized in equity.
The current income tax expense is calculated as the sum of the current tax resulting from application of the appropriate tax rate to the taxable profit for the year (net of any deductions allowable for tax purposes), and of the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated income statement.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities include temporary differences, which are identified as the amounts expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their related tax bases, and tax loss and tax credit carryforwards. These amounts are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled.
“Tax assets” includes the amount of all tax assets, which are broken down into “current” –amounts of tax to be recovered within the next twelve months– and “deferred” –amounts of tax to be recovered in future years, including those arising from unused tax losses or tax credits.
“Tax liabilities” includes the amount of all tax liabilities (except provisions for taxes), which are broken down into “current” –the amount payable in respect of the income tax on the taxable profit for the year and other taxes in the next twelve months– and “deferred” –the amount of income tax payable in future years.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, except when the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and, in addition, it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets are only recognized for temporary differences to the extent that it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which the deferred tax assets can be utilized, and the deferred tax assets do not arise from the initial recognition (except in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither taxable profit or accounting profit. Other deferred tax assets (tax loss and tax credit carryforwards) are only recognized if it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which they can be utilized.
Income and expenses recognized directly in equity are accounted for as temporary differences.
The deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized are reassessed at each balance sheet date in order to ascertain whether they still exist, and the appropriate adjustments are made on the basis of the findings of the analyses performed.
Law 35/2006, of November 28, on Personal Income Tax and Partially Amending the Corporation Tax, Non-resident Income Tax and Wealth Tax Laws, establishes, inter alia, a reduction over two years in the statutory tax rate for Spanish corporation tax purposes, which until December 31, 2006 was 35%, as follows:
     
Tax Periods Beginning on or after  Tax Rate
January 1, 2007
  32.5%
January 1, 2008
  30.0%
Accordingly, in 2006 the Group re-estimated the deferred tax assets and liabilities and the tax credit and tax loss carryforwards recognized in the consolidated balance sheet taking into account the year in which the related reversal will foreseeably take place. As a result, a net charge of €491 million was recognized under “Income tax” in the consolidated income statement (Note 27).
aa) 
Residual maturity periods and average interest rates
The analysis of the maturities of the balances of certain items in the consolidated balance sheets and the average interest rates at 2006 and 2005 year-end is provided in Note 53.
bb) 
Consolidated cash flow statements
The following terms are used in the consolidated cash flow statements with the meanings specified:
  
Cash flows: inflows and outflows of cash and cash equivalents, which are short-term, highly liquid investments that are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
 
  
Operating activities: the principal revenue-producing activities of credit institutions and other activities that are not investing or financing activities.
 
  
Investing activities: the acquisition and disposal of long-term assets and other investments not included in cash and cash equivalents.
 
  
Financing activities: activities that result in changes in the size and composition of the equity and liabilities that are not operating activities.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

3. Santander Group
 a) 
Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.
The growth of the Group in the last decade has led the Bank to also act, in practice, as a holding entity of the shares of the various companies in its Group, and its results are becoming progressively less representative of the performance and earnings of the Group. Therefore, each year the Bank determines the amount of the dividends to be distributed to its shareholders on the basis of the consolidated net profit, while maintaining the Group’s traditionally high level of capitalization and taking into account that the transactions of the Bank and of the rest of the Group are managed on a consolidated basis (notwithstanding the allocation to each company of the related net worth effect).
The Exhibits provide relevant data on the consolidated Group companies and on the companies accounted for using the equity method.
 b) 
International Group structure
At international level, the various banks and other subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates of the Group are integrated in a corporate structure comprising various holding companies which are the ultimate shareholders of the banks and subsidiaries abroad.
The purpose of this structure, all of which is controlled by the Bank, is to optimize the international organization from the strategic, economic, financial and tax standpoints, since it makes it possible to define the most appropriate units to be entrusted with acquiring, selling or holding stakes in other international entities, the most appropriate financing method for these transactions and the most appropriate means of remitting the profits obtained by the Group’s various operating units to Spain.
 c) 
Acquisitions and disposals
The principal equity investments acquired and sold by the Group in 2006, 2005 and 2004 and other significant corporate transactions were as follows:
 i. 
Abbey National plc (Abbey)
On July 25, 2004, the respective Boards of Directors of the Bank and Abbey approved the terms on which the Board of Directors of Abbey recommended to its shareholders the takeover bid launched by Banco Santander for all the ordinary share capital of Abbey under a Scheme of Arrangement subject to the UK Companies Act.
After the related Annual General Meetings of Abbey and the Bank were held in October 2004, and the other conditions of the transaction were met, on November 12, 2004 the acquisition was completed through the delivery of one new Banco Santander share for every Abbey ordinary share. The capital increase performed to consummate the purchase amounted to €12,541 million (Note 31), equal to 1,485,893,636 new shares of €0.5 par value each and a share premium of €7.94 each.
Its consolidated assets and consolidated equity, calculated in accordance with UK accounting principles, amounted to GBP 170,000 million and GBP 4,300 million, respectively, at December 31, 2004, the date of first-time consolidation of Abbey in the Santander Group. Accordingly, the consolidated balance sheet at that date includes the effect of the acquisition, whereas the consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2004 does not include the results obtained by Abbey from the date of completion of the acquisition, which were not material. The goodwill arising on the acquisition (Note 17) included the adjustments and valuations required for it to be presented in conformity with the accounting policies and measurement bases described in Note 2.
 ii. 
Abbey’s insurance business
In June 2006 Abbey entered into an agreement with Resolution plc (“Resolution”) to sell its life insurance business to the latter for €5,340 million (GBP 3,600 million). The transaction did not give rise to any gains or losses for the Group in 2006.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The main insurance companies sold were Scottish Mutual Assurance plc, Scottish Provident Limited and Abbey National Life plc, including their subsidiaries Scottish Mutual International plc (Dublin) and Scottish Provident International Life Assurance Limited (Isle of Man).
 iii. 
Interbanco, S.A. (Interbanco)
In September 2005 the Group and the Portuguese company SAG (Soluções Automóvel Globlais) reached an agreement to jointly provide consumer finance and vehicle financing services in Portugal and operate the vehicle “renting” business in Spain and Portugal.
In January 2006 the Group paid €118 million for a 50.001% interest in the share capital of Interbanco.
Following this acquisition, the Group and SAG combined their consumer finance and vehicle financing services. The Group owns 60% of the share capital of the post-merger company and SAG owns the remaining 40%.
 iv. 
Elcon Finans AS (Elcon) and Bankia Bank ASA (Bankia)
In September 2004 the Group acquired all the shares of Elcon (a leading Norwegian vehicle financing company) for NOK 3,440 million (€400 million). Subsequently, the Group agreed to sell Elcon’s leasing and factoring businesses for €160 million. The transaction generated goodwill of €120 million.
In 2005 the Group acquired all the shares of the Norwegian bank Bankia for €54 million. The goodwill arising on this investment amounted to €45 million.
The merger of these two companies in 2005 formed Santander Consumer Bank AS (Note 17).
 v. 
Polskie Towarzystwo Finansowe, S.A. (PTF)
In February 2004 Santander Consumer Finance, S.A. announced the acquisition of all the shares of the Polish consumer finance company Polskie Towarzystwo Finansowe, S.A., together with the loan portfolio managed by it, for €524 million, of which €460 million relate to the nominal amount of the loan portfolio acquired. The transaction as a whole generated goodwill totaling €59 million (Note 17).
 vi. 
Santander Consumer Bank S.p.A. (formerly Finconsumo Banca S.p.A. – Finconsumo)
In 2003 the Group agreed to acquire the 50% ownership interest in the share capital of Finconsumo that it did not own and acquired 20% for €60 million in that year. In January 2004 it acquired the remaining 30% for €80 million, giving rise to goodwill of €55 million (Note 17).
 vii. 
Santander Consumer Finance B.V. (formerly Abfin B.V. - Abfin)
In September 2004 the Group acquired the Dutch company Abfin, which engages mainly in vehicle financing, for €22 million. The goodwill arising on this acquisition amounted to €1.6 million.
 viii. 
Grupo Financiero Santander, S.A. de C.V. (formerly Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin, S.A. de C.V. - Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin) and Banco Santander, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander (formerly Banco Santander Mexicano, S.A.)
In December 2002 the Group reached an agreement with Bank of America Corporation whereby the latter acquired 24.9% of Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin, S.A. for USD 1,600 million (€1,457 million). After this sale, the Group’s ownership interest in the share capital of Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin, S.A. stood at 73.98%.
In June 2004 Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin, S.A. increased capital by €163.4 million, of which the Group subscribed €122.5 million.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

On November 29, 2004, the Annual General Meetings of Banco Santander Mexicano, S.A., Banca Serfin, S.A., Factoring Santander Serfin, S.A. de C.V. and Fonlyser, S.A. de C.V. resolved to merge the three last-mentioned entities into Banco Santander Mexicano, S.A. This merger was effective for accounting purposes from December 31, 2004. In January 2005 the post-merger entity changed its name to Banco Santander Serfin, S.A.
 ix. 
Compañía Española de Petróleos, S.A. (Cepsa)
In 2003 the Bank launched a takeover bid for up to 42,811,991 Cepsa shares, and the offer was accepted for 32,461,948 shares, representing an investment of €909 million.
Total, S.A. considered that the takeover bid breached historical side agreements between it (or its subsidiary, Elf Aquitaine, S.A.-Elf) and the Bank in relation to Cepsa and, accordingly, filed a request for arbitration at the Netherlands Court of Arbitration.
On April 3, 2006, the partial award rendered by the Arbitral Tribunal which, in the framework of the Netherlands Arbitration Institute, resolved the request for arbitration filed by Total, S.A. against the Bank was notified to the parties. The Tribunal considered that the side agreements contained in the agreements relating to Cepsa between the Bank and Total, S.A. (or its subsidiary, Elf) were rendered invalid by application of Transitional Provision Three of Law 26/2003, of July 17. However, the fact that the Bank launched the aforementioned takeover bid without prior consultation with Total, S.A. caused, in the opinion of the Tribunal, an insurmountable disagreement between the two parties which, in application of the part of the agreements that was not rendered invalid, entitled Total, S.A. to repurchase from the Bank a 4.35% ownership interest in Cepsa at the price established in the agreements.
Also, the aforementioned partial award ordered the dissolution of Somaen-Dos, S.L. (Sole-Shareholder Company), the sole company object of which was the holding of ownership interests in Cepsa, with a view to each shareholder recovering direct ownership of their respective Cepsa shares, in accordance with the agreements entered into between the Bank and Total, S.A. (or its subsidiary, Elf). To this end, on August 2, 2006, Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. and Riyal, S.L. entered into two agreements with Elf Aquitaine, S.A. and Odival, S.A., on the one hand, and with Unión Fenosa, S.A., on the other, to enforce the partial award and separate the ownership interests that they each held through Somaen-Dos, S.L.
On October 13, 2006, Elf received notification from the European Commission communicating the authorization of the concentration resulting from the acquisition by Elf of shares representing 4.35% of the share capital of Cepsa. Consequently, the Group sold 11,650,893 Cepsa shares to Elf for €53 million. This disposal gave rise to a loss of €158 million which was covered by a provision recognized for this purpose.
Following this transaction, Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.’s holding in Cepsa was 29.99% at December 31, 2006.
 x. 
Unión Fenosa, S.A. (Unión Fenosa)
In 2002 several purchases of shares of Unión Fenosa were made for a total amount of €465 million. In 2004 the Group sold 1% of its holding in Unión Fenosa, leaving an ownership interest of 22.02% at December 31, 2004.
The investment in Unión Fenosa was sold in 2005 at a price of €2,219 million and the gain on this disposal, which amounted to €1,157 million, was recognized in “Other gains” (Note 52).
 xi. 
Sovereign Bancorp Inc. (Sovereign)
In October 2005 the Group reached an agreement with Sovereign, a US entity based in Philadelphia, for the acquisition of a 19.8% stake in the US bank.
Under this agreement the Group subscribed to a USD 1,931 million capital increase and purchased treasury shares amounting to approximately USD 464 million, in both cases at USD 27 per share, giving rise to a total investment of USD 2,395 million (approximately €1,883 million) and goodwill amounting to USD 760 million.
This agreement entitled the Group to increase its ownership interest to 24.99% through the purchase of shares in the market. Except in certain cases, until May 31, 2011, the Group will not be able to increase its holding to above this percentage or to sell the aforementioned ownership interest to third parties. From June 1, 2005 to May 31, 2011, the Group may launch a tender offer to acquire all the shares of Sovereign or to hold its ownership interest. During this period, the Group’s voting rights in Sovereign will be limited to 19.99%, unless the Group acquires all the shares or the shareholders of Sovereign decide otherwise.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2006 the Group’s ownership interest in Sovereign stood at 24.83%. The acquisition cost of this holding amounted to €2,300 million.
 xii. 
Island Finance
In January 2006 the Group’s subsidiary in Puerto Rico (Santander BanCorp) and Wells Fargo & Company entered into a definitive agreement for the acquisition from the latter of the assets and operations of Island Finance in Puerto Rico. At December 31, 2005, Island Finance’s loans in Puerto Rico amounted to approximately USD 627 million.
The deal provided for the acquisition by the Group of all the operations of Island Finance, except for its debt and the remaining liabilities.
The deal was completed in the first quarter of 2006 for USD 742 million, giving rise to goodwill of USD 114 million.
Island Finance provides consumer and mortgage lending to approximately 205,000 customers through its 70 branch offices in Puerto Rico, as well as installment sales through retail businesses. Island Finance belongs to Wells Fargo Financial, the consumer finance subsidiary of Wells Fargo & Company.
 xiii. 
Drive Consumer USA, Inc. (Drive)
The Group entered into an agreement to acquire 90% of Drive for USD 637 million in cash (approximately €494 million), which is 6.8 times the estimated profit for 2006.
The transaction gave rise to goodwill of USD 544 million.
The agreement establishes that the price paid by the Group could be increased by up to USD 175 million if the company meets certain profit targets for 2007 and 2008.
Drive is one of the leading vehicle financing entities in the subprime segment in the United States. Its headquarters are located in Dallas (Texas) and it is present in 35 states, with close to 50% of its business activities concentrated in the states of Texas, California, Florida and Georgia. It has approximately 600 employees and its products are distributed through more than 10,000 car dealers with which it has commercial agreements.
Until our acquisition, Drive was 64.5%-owned by HBOS and 35.5%-owned by management. Following the acquisition, the current Chairman and COO of Drive is acting as CEO and holds an ownership interest in the company of 10%, a percentage on which there are certain purchase and sale options which may lead to the Group acquiring this 10% stake between 2009 and 2013 at prices linked to the performance of the company’s earnings performance.
 xiv. 
Banco Santander Chile
In 2006 the Group sold 7.23% of the share capital of Banco Santander Chile through an offering registered with the US Securities and Exchange Commission, giving rise to gross gains of €270 million which are recognized under “Other gains” (Note 52).
 xv. 
Merger
At the Extraordinary General Meeting of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. held on October 23, 2006, the shareholders approved the merger of Riyal, S.L., Lodares Inversiones, S.L., Sole-Shareholder Company, Somaen-Dos, S.L., Sole-Shareholder Company Gessinest Consulting, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company, and Carvasa Inversiones, S.L., Sole-Shareholder Company (the absorbed entities) into Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. (the absorbing entity), through the dissolution without liquidation of the five last-mentioned absorbed entities and the transfer en bloc, by universal succession, of their assets and liabilities to Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

 xvi. 
Inmobiliaria Urbis, S.A. (Urbis)
On July 27, 2006, the Group and Construcciones Reyal, S.A.U. (Reyal) entered into an agreement whereby Reyal undertook to launch a takeover bid for all the share capital of Urbis, at a price of €26 per share, provided that at least 50.267% of the share capital of Urbis was accepted. The Group undertook to transfer to Reyal all its ownership interest in Urbis and not to accept any competing offers. Upon completion of the terms stipulated by current legislation, on December 15, 2006, the Spanish National Securities Market Commission (CNMV) announced that the takeover bid was valid, since it had been accepted by 96.40% of the shares of Urbis. The transaction was definitively settled on December 21, 2006 and gave rise to pre-tax gains of €1,218 million (Note 37).
 xvii. 
Unifin S.p.A. (Unifin)
In May 2006 the Group acquired 70% of the Italian consumer finance entity Unifin for €44 million, giving rise to goodwill of €37 million.
*     *     *    *    *
The cost, total assets and gross income of the other consolidated companies acquired and disposed of in 2006, 2005 and 2004 were not material with respect to the related consolidated totals.
 d) 
Off-shore entities
At December 31, 2006, the Group had ownership interests in the share capital of 21 subsidiaries resident in tax havens, excluding Abbey subsidiaries, which are dealt with at the end of this note.
The individual results of these subsidiaries, calculated in accordance with local accounting principles, are shown in the Exhibits to these consolidated financial statements together with other data thereon.
It should be noted that the individual results include transactions performed with other Group companies, such as dividend collection, recognition and reversal of provisions and corporate restructuring results which, in accordance with accounting standards, are eliminated on consolidation in order to avoid the duplication of profit or the recognition of intra-Group results. Individual results also include the profit attributable to the holders of preference shares. Therefore, they are not representative of the Group’s operations in these countries or of the results contributed to the Santander Group.
These banks and companies, whose activities are detailed below, contributed €19 million to the Group’s consolidated profit.
These Group entities operate mainly in the Bahamas and have a total of 136 employees.
The business activities of these entities are classified into four categories, namely:
i. Operating subsidiaries engaging in banking or financial activities
The subsidiaries engaging in banking or financial activities at 2006 year-end were as follows:
  
Santander Bank and Trust, Ltd., a bank resident in the Bahamas which engages mainly in international private banking for foreign customers. It also handles investments in bonds and equities and financing transactions.
 
  
Banco Santander Bahamas International, Ltd., an entity resident in the Bahamas engaging mainly in equities trading and financing transactions.
 
  
Santander Investment Limited, a company resident in the Bahamas which is managed from the New York branch. It performs brokerage and investment activities in the US market, mainly related to Latin American fixed-income securities.
 
  
Santander Trade Services, Ltd. (Hong Kong), an intermediary in export documentary credits.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

  
Banco Santander (Panamá), S.A. has reduced its banking activity.
 
  
Banco Caracas, N.V. (Netherlands Antilles). This subsidiary, which engages in banking activities, is currently in the process of being sold, and the sale is expected to be completed in 2007.
ii. Inactive or mere asset holding subsidiaries
At 2006 year-end, the following companies were either inactive, mere asset holding companies or in liquidation:
  
Santander Merchant Bank, Ltd., (Bahamas), inactive.
 
  
Santander Investment Bank, Ltd., (Bahamas), a mere asset holding company.
 
  
Pan American Bank, Ltd., a Bahamas-resident bank which is inactive.
 
  
Serfin International Bank and Trust, Ltd. (Cayman Islands), which continues to be virtually inactive.
 
  
Larix Limited, an Isle of Man-resident property and marketable securities holding company.
iii. Holding companies
The two holding companies (Holbah, Ltd. and Holbah II, Ltd.), which are resident in the Bahamas, are mainly holders of investments in other Group companies abroad.
These companies do not perform any kind of business activity other than equity investment management. Their assets consist mainly of permanent equity investments, cash and accounts receivable from other Group companies. They are funded through their own funds and Group loans.
iv. Issuing companies
The Group has eight issuing companies located in the following jurisdictions:
 1. 
Issuers of preferred securities:
  
Banesto Holdings, Ltd. (Guernsey)
 
  
Totta & Açores Financing, Limited (Cayman Islands)
 
  
Pinto Totta International Finance, Limited (Cayman Islands)
 2. 
Issuers of debt:
  
Banesto Finance, Ltd. (Cayman Islands)
 
  
Banesto Issuances, Ltd. (Cayman Islands)
 
  
Santander Central Hispano Financial Services, Ltd. (Cayman Islands)
 
  
Santander Central Hispano International, Ltd. (Cayman Islands)
 
  
Santander Central Hispano Issuances, Ltd. (Cayman Islands)
The preferred securities and subordinated debt issues launched by the aforementioned issuers were authorized by the Bank of Spain or the Bank of Portugal as computable for eligible capital calculation purposes.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The results contributed to the Group in 2006 by the main subsidiaries, including those arising from their financial position, are detailed below:
       
Unit Location Millions of Euros 
Banco Caracas, N.V.
 Netherlands Antilles  4.58 
Banco Santander (Panamá), S.A.
 Panama  0.64 
Banco Santander Bahamas International, Ltd.
 Bahamas  (64.64)
Holbah II, Ltd.
 Bahamas  (24.27)
Holbah, Ltd.
 Bahamas  (81.99)
Santander Bank & Trust, Ltd.
 Bahamas  196.41 
Santander Investment Bank, Ltd.
 Bahamas  10.41 
Santander Investment Limited
 Bahamas  (27.22)
Santander Merchant Bank, Ltd.
 Bahamas  0.71 
Santander Trade Services, Ltd.
 Hong Kong  2.63 
Serfin International Bank & Trust
 Bahamas  1.44 
 
      
Total
    18.72 
 
      
Additionally, the Santander Group, excluding Abbey subsidiaries, has a financial investment in the Cayman Islands (The HSH Coinvest -Cayman- Trust B), on which it has no voting rights, and five branches located as follows: one in the Bahamas, one in the Netherlands Antilles and three in the Cayman Islands, one of which will be liquidated in 2007. These branches report to, and consolidate their balance sheets and income statements with, their respective parents, which are resident mainly in Latin America.
As a result of the acquisition of the Portuguese Interbanco Group by Consumer Finance, the Group acquired a holding in two entities located in Malta which are virtually inactive and will foreseeably be liquidated.
Also, at 2006 year-end the Abbey Group had 20 subsidiaries resident in tax havens. These companies contributed an aggregate amount of €48 million to the Group’s consolidated profit. The individual results of these entities are shown in the Exhibits to the consolidated financial statements.
These Abbey entities operate mainly in Jersey and have a total of 166 employees.
Their grouping by line of business is as follows:
  
Insurance, carried on by three subsidiaries: James Hay Insurance Company Limited in Jersey and two subsidiaries in Guernsey, Baker Street Risk and Insurance (Guernsey) Limited and Carfax Insurance Limited (the business activities of the latter subsidiary are currently being significantly reduced).
 
  
Issuance, carried on by three subsidiaries in Jersey: Abbey National GP (Jersey) Limited, AN Structured Issues Limited and Abbey National Financial Investments Nº 2 Limited (the last-mentioned entity was inactive at 2006 year-end).
 
  
Banking, performed by one subsidiary in Jersey: Abbey National International Limited. Abbey National Treasury International (IOM) Limited, located in the Isle of Man, was inactive at year-end.
 
  
Four portfolio or asset holding companies, of which three are located in Jersey –Abbey National Offshore Holdings Limited, Abbey National Jersey International Limited and Abbey National Financial and Investment Services (Jersey) Limited– and one in Gibraltar –Abbey National (Gibraltar) Limited (which was virtually inactive at year-end).
 
  
Services, mainly administrative services, performed by Abbey National Secretariat Services (Jersey) Limited.
 
  
Also, the following seven subsidiaries located in Jersey were inactive at 2006 year-end and their eventual liquidation is being assessed: Whitewick Limited, Cater Allen Trust Company (Jersey) Limited, Sandywick Limited, The Inscape Investment Fund (Jersey) Limited, Cater Allen Nominees (Jersey) Limited, Cater Allen Registrars Limited and Brettwood Limited.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Additionally, Abbey controls one issuing company in the Cayman Islands, which is in liquidation, and another entity in Jersey, which is inactive. It also has two financial investments in Guernsey and three branches –one located in the Cayman Islands and two located in the Isle of Man– one of which has ceased its business activities and has not yet been extinguished. The balance sheet and income statements of these branches are consolidated with those of their respective parents.
*     *    *    *    *
The Group has established the proper procedures and controls (risk management, supervision, verification and review plans and periodic reports) to prevent reputational and legal risk arising at these entities. Also, the Group has continued to implement its policy, as in recent years, to reduce the number of off-shore units. The financial statements of the Group’s off-shore units are audited by member firms of the Deloitte worldwide organization.
4. Distribution of the Bank’s profit and Earnings per share
 a) 
Distribution of the Bank’s profit
The distribution of the Bank’s net profit for 2006 that the Board of Directors will propose for approval by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting is as follows:
     
  Thousands 
  of Euros 
Interim dividends
  3,256,144 
Of which:
    
Distributed at December 31, 2006 (*)
  1,337,218 
Third interim dividend
  668,609 
Fourth interim dividend
  1,250,317 
 
Voluntary reserves
  46 
 
   
Net profit for the year
  3,256,190 
 
   
(*) 
Recognized under “Shareholders’ equity – Dividends and remuneration.”
The provisional accounting statements prepared by the Bank pursuant to legal requirements evidencing the existence of sufficient funds for the distribution of the interim dividends were as follows:
                 
  Millions of Euros 
  05/31/06  09/30/06  12/31/06  12/31/06 
  First  Second  Third (*)  Fourth (*) 
Profit after tax
  700   1,653   3,256   3,256 
Dividends paid
     (669)  (1,337)  (2,006)
 
            
 
  700   984   1,919   1,250 
 
            
Interim dividends
  668.6   668.6   668.6   1,250.3 
 
            
Accumulated interim dividends
  668.6   1,337.2   2,005.8   3,256.1 
 
            
Gross dividend per share (euros)
  0.106904   0.106904   0.106904   0.199913 
 
            
Date of payment
  08/01/06   11/01/06   02/01/07   05/01/07 
 
            
(*) 
Dividends not distributed at December 31, 2006.
 b) 
Earnings per share in continuing operations and discontinued operations
 i. 
Basic earnings per share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to the Group by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year, excluding the average number of treasury shares held in the year.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Accordingly:
             
   2006   2005   2004 
Net profit for the year (thousands of euros)
  7,595,947   6,220,104   3,605,870 
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
  6,248,375,663   6,240,611,051   4,950,497,709 
 
            
Basic earnings per share (euros)
  1.2157   0.9967   0.7284 
 
            
ii. Diluted earnings per share
In calculating diluted earnings per share, the amount of profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and the weighted average number of shares outstanding, net of treasury shares, are adjusted to take into account all the dilutive effects inherent to potential ordinary shares (share options, warrants and convertible debt instruments).
As in 2005 and 2004, at December 31, 2006, the Group had no issues outstanding of debt instruments convertible into Bank shares or conferring privileges or rights which might, due to any contingency, make them convertible into shares. The Bank’s share option plans outstanding at December 31, 2006 have a dilutive effect on the earnings per share equal to an increase of 34,052,536 shares (December 31, 2005: 23,325,614 shares).
Accordingly, diluted earnings per share were determined as follows:
             
   Thousands of Euros 
   2006   2005   2004 
Net profit for the year
  7,595,947   6,220,104   3,605,870 
Dilutive effect of changes in profit for the year arising from potential conversion of ordinary shares
         
 
            
 
  7,595,947   6,220,104   3,605,870 
 
            
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
  6,248,375,663   6,240,611,051   4,950,497,709 
Dilutive effect of:
            
Assumed conversion of convertible debt
         
Options
  34,052,536   23,325,614   8,602,181 
 
            
Adjusted average number of shares for the calculation
  6,282,428,199   6,263,936,665   4,959,099,890 
 
            
Diluted earnings per share (euros)
  1.2091   0.9930   0.7271 
 
            
5. Remuneration and other benefits paid to the Bank’s directors and senior managers
 a) 
Remuneration of directors
i. Bylaw-stipulated directors’ emoluments and attendance fees
Article 38 of the Bank’s bylaws provides that the share in the Bank’s profit for each year to be received by the members of the Board of Directors for discharging their duties will be up to 1% of the Bank’s net profit for the year.
The Board of Directors, making use of the powers conferred on it, set the related amount at 0.143% of the Bank’s net profit for 2006 (2005: 0.152% ; 2004: 0.169%).

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The Board of Directors, also under the powers conferred on it, resolved to allocate this amount as follows (assigning the respective proportional amounts to any directors who did not sit on the Board for the whole year): each Board member received a gross payment of €107.4 thousand (2005: €89.5 thousand; 2004: €71.4 thousand) and, additionally, each member of the following Board Committees received the following gross payments: Executive Committee, €215.4 thousand (2005: €179.5 thousand; 2004: €155.1 thousand); Audit and Compliance Committee, €50 thousand (2005: €50 thousand; 2004: 35.7 thousand); Appointments and Remuneration Committee, €30 thousand (2005: €30 thousand; 2004: no amount allocated). Also, the First Vice Chairman and the Fourth Vice Chairman received a gross amount of €36 thousand each (2005: €36 thousand; 2004: no amount allocated).
Furthermore, in 2006 the directors received the following gross fees, set by the Board on December 31, 2004, for attending Board and Committee meetings (excluding Executive Committee meetings):
  
Board meetings: €2,310 for resident directors and €1,870 for non-resident directors (2005: €2,310 thousand and €1,870 thousand, respectively).
 
  
Committee meetings: €1,155 for resident directors and €935 for non-resident directors (2005: €1,155 thousand and €935 thousand, respectively).
ii. Salaries
The detail of the salaries received by the Bank’s executive directors, who at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos, Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad, Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte, Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea and Mr. Francisco Luzón López, is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros
  2006  2005  2004
Total salaries
  20,970   18,494   16,179
Of which: variable remuneration
  13,666   11,412   9,395

 

F-47


Table of Contents

iii. Detail by director
The detail, by director, of the remuneration earned by the Bank’s directors in 2006 is as follows:
                                                     
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Bylaw-Stipulated Emoluments  Attendance Fees  Salary of Executive Directors               
             Appointments                                 
          Audit and  and                                 
      Executive  Compliance  Remuneration                    Other           
Directors Board  Committee  Committee  Committee  Board  Other Fees  Fixed  Variable (a)  Total  Remuneration  Total  Total  Total 
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
  107   215         23   2   1,079   2,032   3,111   1   3,459   3,035   2,749 
Mr. Fernando de Asúa Álvarez
  143   215   50   30   23   129               590   519   407 
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
  107   215         23   2   2,718   4,652   7,370   382   8,099   7,161   6,252 
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
  107   215         23   113   1,372   2,517   3,889   154   4,501   3,970   3,545 
Mr. Manuel Soto Serrano
  143      50   30   23   25               271   246   150 
Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A.
  125            11                  136   110   76 
Mr. Antonio Basagoiti García-Tuñón
  107   215         23   111            3,021   3,477   414   279 
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea
  107   215         23      1,030   1,696   2,726   13   3,084   2,733   2,252 
Mr. Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea
  107            21                  128   106   42 
Lord Terence Burns (***)
  107            15                  122   105   4 
Mr. Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero
  107   215      30   21   8               381   326   258 
Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo
  107   215      30   21   85            930   1,388   1,329   1,113 
Mr. Antonio Escámez Torres
  107   215         23   110            874   1,329   1,337   1,088 
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
  107   215         23      1,105   2,769   3,874   382   4,601   4,003   3,538 
Mr. Luis Ángel Rojo Duque (****)
  107      50   30   23   22               232   113    
Mr. Abel Matutes Juan
  107      50      23   9               189   172   144 
Mutua Madrileña Automovilista
  125            23                  148   122   62 
Mr. Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson Bos
  107      50      21   14               192   173   143 
Mr. Jay S. Sidhu (b)
  58                              58       
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea (**)
                                   98   94 
Mr. Elías Masaveu Alonso del Campo (**)
                                   47   81 
Mr. Jaime Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos (*)
                                      48 
Mr. Juan Abelló Gallo (*)
                                      121 
Mr. José Manuel Arburúa Aspiunza (*)
                                      120 
Sir George Ross Mathewson (*)
                                      69 
Mr. Antonio de Sommer Champalimaud (*)
                                      25 
Total 2006
  2,092   2,150   250   150   386   630   7,304   13,666   20,970   5,757   32,385       
 
                                       
Total 2005
  1,795   1,800   256   148   315   607   7,082   11,412   18,494   2,704      26,119    
 
                                       
Total 2004
  1,435   1,463   214      387   697   6,784   9,395   16,179   2,285         22,660 
 
                                       
(*) 
Directors who were Board members for some months in 2004 but ceased to be directors prior to December 31, 2004.
 
(**) 
Directors who were Board members for some months in 2005 but ceased to be directors prior to December 31, 2005.
 
(***) 
Appointed as member of the Bank’s Board of Directors on December 20, 2004 and subsequently ratified by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005.
 
(****) 
Appointed as member of the Bank’s Board of Directors on April 25, 2005 and subsequently ratified by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005.
 
(a) 
Accrued in 2006.
 
(b) 
Appointed by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006 and ceased to discharge his duties on December 31, 2006.
 
(1) 
Recognized under “Personnel expenses” in the income statement of the Bank, except for the salary of Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea, which is recognized at Banco Español de Crédito, S.A.

F-48


Table of Contents

iv. Other remuneration
The amounts recorded under “Other remuneration” in the foregoing table include, inter alia, the life and medical insurance costs borne by the Group. They also include the remuneration paid to Mr. Antonio Escámez Torres and Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo under contracts for the provision of services other than the supervisory and decision-making functions discharged by them in their capacity as Board members.
Also, Mr. Antonio Basagoiti García-Tuñón received 3 million for the duties performed by him during the time he sat on the Board of Unión Fenosa at the Bank’s proposal; this remuneration, proposed by the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, was approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors on February 6, 2006.
b) 
Remuneration of the Board members as representatives of the Bank
By resolution of the Executive Committee, all the remuneration received by the Bank’s directors who represent the Bank on the Boards of Directors of listed companies in which the Bank has a stake (at the expense of those companies) and which relates to appointments made after March 18, 2002, will accrue to the Group. The remuneration received in 2006 and 2005 in respect of representation duties of this kind, relating to appointments agreed upon before March 18, 2002, was as follows:
            
      Thousands of Euros
  Company 2006  2005
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
 Shinsei Bank, Ltd.  59.9   58.7
Mr. Fernando de Asúa Álvarez
 Cepsa  95.6   89.9
Mr. Antonio Escámez Torres
 Attijariwafa Bank       
 
    Société Anonyme  5.0   5.1
 
         
 
      160.5   153.7
 
         
In 2006 Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos also received options to acquire 25,000 shares of Shinsei Bank, Ltd. (Shinsei) at a price of JPY 825 each. Previously, in 2005, Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos had received options to acquire 25,000 Shinsei shares at a price of JPY 601 each. At December 29, 2006, the market price of the Shinsei share was JPY 700 and, therefore, regardless of the stipulated exercise periods, the options granted in 2006 could not have been exercised, whereas the exercise of the options granted in 2005 would have given rise to a theoretical gain of 15.8 thousand.
Furthermore, other directors of the Bank earned a total of 732 thousand in 2006 as members of the Boards of Directors of Group companies (2005: 739 thousand; 2004: 84 thousand), the detail being as follows: Lord Burns (Abbey), 686 thousand; Mr. Rodrigo Echenique (Banco Banif, S.A.), 23 thousand; and Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte (U.C.I., S.A.), 23 thousand.
c) 
Post-employment and other long-term benefits
The total balance of supplementary pension obligations assumed by the Group over the years to its current and retired employees, which amounted to 14,014 million (covered mostly by in-house provisions) at December 31, 2006, includes the obligations to those who have been directors of the Bank during the year and who discharge (or have discharged) executive functions. The total pension obligations to these directors, together with the total sum insured under life insurance policies and other items, amounted to 234 million at December 31, 2006 (December 31, 2005: 182 million; December 31, 2004: 178 million).

 

F-49


Table of Contents

The following table provides information on: (i) the pension obligations assumed and covered by the Group; and (ii) other insurance –the premiums of which are paid by the Group, the related cost being included in the “Other remuneration” column in the table in Note 5-a.iii–, in both cases in respect of the Bank’s executive directors:
                         
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Accrued      Accrued      Accrued    
  Pension  Other  Pension  Other  Pension  Other 
  Obligations  Insurance  Obligations  Insurance  Obligations  Insurance 
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
  21,068      11,785      10,700    
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
  55,537   8,155   45,444   7,917   46,061   7,724 
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
  39,390   4,117   28,953   3,997   27,752   3,900 
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea
  15,045   1,402   12,232   1,373   9,742   1,258 
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
  39,187   6,571   39,188   6,380   35,703   6,224 
 
                  
 
  170,227   20,245   137,602   19,667   129,958   19,106 
 
                  
The amounts in the “Accrued pension obligations” column in the foregoing table relate to the present actuarial value of the accrued future annual payments to be made by the Group which the beneficiaries are not entitled to receive in a single payment. These amounts were obtained using actuarial calculations and cover the obligations to pay the respective calculated pension supplements. In the case of Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos, Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad, Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte and Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea, these supplements were calculated as 100% of the sum of the fixed annual salary received at the date of effective retirement plus 30% of the arithmetical mean of the last three variable salary payments received. In addition, in the case of Mr. Francisco Luzón López, to the amount thus calculated will be added the amounts received by him in the year before retirement or early retirement in his capacity as a member of the Board of Directors or the Committees of the Bank or of other consolidable Group companies.
Pension charges recognized and reversed in 2006 amounted to 44,819 thousand and 629 thousand (2005: 4,414 thousand and 4,449 thousand, respectively).
Additionally, other directors have life insurance policies the cost of which is borne by the Group, the related insured sum being 3 million at December 31, 2006 (2005 and 2004: 3 million).

 

F-50


Table of Contents

d) 
Share option plans granted to directors
The detail of the Bank’s share options granted to directors (Note 49) is as follows:
                                                                                 
                  Exercised      Options                      Options                  
          Options Granted  Options      Granted  Exercised Options          Granted  Exercised Options               
                                   Granted                                     
                                   Market                     Market          Date of  Date of 
  Options at  Exercise     Exercise     Options at         Exercise  Price  Options at  Exercise         Exercise  Price  Options at  Exercise  Commencement  Expiry of 
  January 1,  Price     Price     January 1,         Price  Applied  December 31,  Price         Price  Applied  December 31,  Price  of Exercise  Exercise 
  2004  (Euros)  Number  (Euros)  Number  2005  Number  Number  (Euros)  (Euros)  2005  (Euros)  Number  Number  (Euros)  (Euros)  2006  (Euros)  Period  Period 
Managers Plan 2000:
                                                                                
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
  150,000   10.545            150,000      (150,000)  10.545   11.12                           12/30/03   12/29/05 
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
  100,000   10.545            100,000      (100,000)  10.545   11.14                           12/30/03   12/29/05 
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
  125,000   10.545            125,000      (125,000)  10.545   11.14                           12/30/03   12/29/05 
Mr. Antonio Escámez Torres
  100,000   10.545            100,000      (100,000)  10.545   11.07                           12/30/03   12/29/05 
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
  100,000   10.545            100,000      (100,000)  10.545   11.14                            12/30/03   12/29/05 
 
                                                              
 
  575,000   10.545            575,000      (575,000)  10.545   11.12                                 
 
                                                              
Long-Term Incentive Plan (I06) (Note 49):
                                                                                
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos
        541,400   9.09      541,400               541,400   9.09               541,400   9.09   01/15/08   01/15/09 
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
        1,209,100   9.09      1,209,100               1,209,100   9.09               1,209,100   9.09   01/15/08   01/15/09 
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
        665,200   9.09      665,200               665,200   9.09               665,200   9.09   01/15/08   01/15/09 
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea (*)
        293,692   9.09      293,692               293,692   9.09               293,692   9.09   01/15/08   01/15/09 
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
        639,400   9.09      639,400               639,400   9.09               639,400   9.09   01/15/08   01/15/09 
 
                                                               
 
        3,348,792   9.09      3,348,792               3,348,792   9.09               3,348,792   9.09         
 
                                                               
(*) 
Approved by Banesto’s shareholders at its Annual General Meeting on February 28, 2006.
 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

e) 
Loans
At December 31, 2006, the Group’s direct risk exposure to the Bank’s directors and the guarantees provided for them were as follows:
                         
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005 
  Loans and          Loans and       
  Credits  Guarantees  Total  Credits  Guarantees  Total 
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea
           2      2 
Mr. Fernando de Asúa Álvarez
           4      4 
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
  21      21   16      16 
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
           8   10   18 
Mr. Manuel Soto Serrano
  4      4   3      3 
Mr. Antonio Basagoiti García-Tuñón
  125   1   126   145   1   146 
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea
  2      2          
Mr. Francisco Javier Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea
           60      60 
Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo
  33      33   5      5 
Mr. Antonio Escámez Torres
  289      289   295      295 
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
  875      875   1,026      1,026 
Mutua Madrileña Automovilista
  140   63   203   5   47   52 
 
                  
 
  1,489   64   1,553   1,569   58   1,627 
 
                  
f) 
Senior managers
Following is a detail of the remuneration paid to the Bank’s General Managers (*) in 2006, 2005 and 2004:
                         
      Thousands of Euros
      Salary    
  Number of         Other  
Year Managers(1) Fixed Variable Total Remuneration Total
2004
  23   15,156   24,399   39,555   1,727   41,282 
2005
  24   16,450   27,010   43,460   2,708   46,168 
2006
  26   19,119   34,594   53,713   11,054   64,767 
(*) 
Excluding executive directors’ remuneration, which is detailed above.
 
(1) 
At some point in the year they occupied the position of General Manager.
The actuarial liability recognized in respect of post-employment benefits earned by the Bank’s senior managers totaled 186 million at December 31, 2006 (December 31, 2005: 150 million). The charge to the consolidated income statement in this connection amounted to 46 million in 2006 (2005: 24 million). Additionally, the total sum insured under life and accident insurance policies relating to this group amounted to 52 million at December 31, 2006 (December 31, 2005: 43 million)
The 912,000 share options granted to the Bank’s General Managers (excluding executive directors) under the Managers Plan 2000 (Note 49), the exercise price of which was 10.545 per share, were exercised in 2005 at an average market price of 11.06 per share. Also, the Bank’s General Managers (excluding executive directors) held 7,268,572 options on the Bank’s shares under Plan I06 (Note 49) at December 31, 2006.
In addition, the remuneration in kind paid to the Bank’s General Managers (excluding executive directors) in 2006, mainly in respect of life insurance, totaled 909 thousand in 2006 (2005:777 thousand).
g) 
Post-employment benefits to former directors and senior managers
The post-employment benefits paid in 2006 to former directors of the Bank and general managers amounted to 7.6 million and 6.7 million, respectively (2005:7.3 million and 6.3 million, respectively).
The expense recognized in the consolidated income statement for 2006 in connection with pension and similar obligations assumed by the Group to former directors of the Bank and former senior managers amounted to €2,838 thousand and €270 thousand, respectively (2005: €2,447 thousand and €9,585 thousand, respectively).

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Furthermore, “Provisions – Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006 included €91,713 thousand and €95,929 thousand in respect of the post-employment benefit obligations to former directors of the Bank and senior managers, respectively (2005: €91,537 thousand and €110,266 thousand, respectively).
h) 
Termination benefits
The Bank has signed contracts with all its executive directors.
The Bank’s executive directors have indefinite-term employment contracts. However, executive directors whose contracts are terminated voluntarily or due to breach of duties are not entitled to receive any economic compensation. If the contracts are terminated for reasons attributable to the Bank or due to objective circumstances (such as those affecting the executive directors’ functional and organic statute), the directors will be entitled, at the date of termination of their employment relationships with the Bank, to the following:
  
In the case of Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos, to acquire the status of retiree and to accrue a pension supplement. At December 31, 2006, the annual pension supplement would amount to €1,529 thousand.
 
  
In the cases of Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte and Mr. Francisco Luzón López, to acquire the status of early retirees and to accrue pension supplements. At December 31, 2006, the annual pension supplements would amount to €1,916 thousand for Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte and €1,972 thousand for Mr. Francisco Luzón López (2005: €1,801 thousand and €1,938 thousand, respectively).
 
  
In the case of Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y O’Shea, to receive a termination benefit amounting to up to five years’ annual fixed salary payments, as established in the related contract, based on the date on which the contract is terminated. At December 31, 2006, this benefit would amount to €4,120 thousand (December 31, 2005: €4,000 thousand). Receipt of this termination benefit is incompatible with that of a pension supplement.
 
  
In the case of Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad, to acquire the status of retiree or, alternatively, to receive a termination benefit equal to 40% of his annual fixed salary multiplied by the number of years of service at the Bank, up to a maximum of ten times his annual fixed salary. At December 31, 2006, the amount relating to the first option would be €3,657 thousand and that relating to the second option would be €27.2 million. The two alternatives are mutually exclusive and, therefore, if Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad opted to receive the termination benefit, he would not receive any pension supplement (December 31, 2005: €3,421 thousand per year and €26.4 million, respectively).
Additionally, other members of the Group’s senior management have contracts which entitle them to receive benefits in the event of termination for reasons other than voluntary redundancy, retirement, disability or serious breach of duties. These benefits are recognized as a provision for pensions and similar obligations and as a personnel expense only when the employment relationship between the Bank and its managers is terminated before the normal retirement date.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

i) 
Detail of the directors’ investments in companies with similar business activities and performance by directors, as independent professionals or as employees, of similar activities
In accordance with the requirements of Article 127 of the Spanish Companies Law, in order to enhance the transparency of listed companies, following is a detail of the directors’ investments in the share capital of entities engaging in banking, financing or lending; and of the management or governing functions, if any, that the directors discharge thereat:
       
    Number of  
Director Corporate Name Shares Functions
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y
 Bankinter, S.A. 847,777 
García de los Ríos
 Shinsei Bank, Limited  Director (1)
 
 Sovereign Bancorp, Inc.  Director (1) (2)
 
 Bank of America Corporation 280 
 
 Santander Investment, S.A.  Chairman (1)
 
      
Mr. Fernando de Asúa Álvarez
 Lloyds TSB
 6,000 
 
 Unibanco GDR
 650 
 
 BNP Paribas
 1,007 
 
 Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.
 8,650 
 
 Bankinter, S.A.
 2,500 
 
 Banco Pastor, S.A.
 4,000 
 
 Société Générale
 346 
 
 Deutsche Bank, A.G.
 800 
 
 Sumitomo Mitsui
 10 
 
 Merrill Lynch
 625 
 
 ING 1,500 
 
      
Mr. Alfredo Sáenz Abad
 Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A.
 25,000 
 
 HSBC Holdings
 8,298 
 
 Lloyds TSB
 218 
 
 San Paolo IMI, S.p.A. (3)
  Director (1)
 
 Banco Banif, S.A.
  Chairman (1)
 
 Santander Investment, S.A.  Deputy Chairman (1)
 
      
Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte
 Banesto
 18,700 Director (1)
 
 Banco Santander Totta, S.A.  Deputy Chairman (1)
 
      
Mr. Manuel Soto Serrano
 Istituto per le Opere di Religione (IOR)  Member (4)

 

F-54


Table of Contents

       
    Number of  
Director Corporate Name Shares Functions
Assicurazioni Generali S.p.A (5)
 BSI SA 4,400,000 
 
 Commerzbank, AG 57,620,026 
 
 Banca Intesa S.p.A. (3) 475,422,124 
 
 San Paolo IMI, S.p.A. (3) 46,251,051 
 
 Capitalia S.p.A. 63,947,779 
 
 Mediobanca - Banca di Credito Finanziario S.p.A. 17,505,846 
 
 Bank Leumi le-Israel B.M. 19,711,333 
 
 Erste Bank AG 3,397,796 
 
 Banca Monte dei Paschi di Siena S.p.A. 19,401,413 
 
 UniCredito Italiano S.p.A. 47,773,711 
 
 ABN Amro Holding NV 8,288,079 
 
 Société Générale 1,362,552 
 
 Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. 8,794,076 
 
 BNP Paribas 2,658,477 
 
 Deutsche Bank, A.G. 1,040,288 
 
 Fortis SA NV 2,717,241 
 
 Dexia SA 2,369,438 
 
 Bank of Ireland 1,670,983 
 
 Banco Popular Español, S.A. 1,464,930 
 
 Banesto 750,000 
 
      
Mr. Antonio Basagoiti García Tuñón
 Banco Popular Español, S.A. 500 
 
 Banco Pastor, S.A. 980 
 
 Commerzbank AG 530 
 
      
Ms. Ana Patricia Botín-Sanz de
 Banesto 206,848 Chairwoman
Sautuola y O’Shea
 Santander Investment, S.A.  Director (1)
 
 Banco Santander de Negócios Portugal, S.A.  Director (1)
 
 Bankinter, S.A. 1 
 
      
Lord Terence Burns
 Abbey National plc  Chairman (1)
 
      
Mr. Guillermo de la Dehesa Romero
 Goldman Sachs & Co. 12,888 
 
 Goldman Sachs Europe Ltd.  Director (1)

 

F-55


Table of Contents

       
    Number of  
Director Corporate Name Shares Functions
Mr. Rodrigo Echenique Gordillo
 Banco Popular Español, S.A. 6,000 
 
 Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. 4,080 
 
 BNP Paribas 990 
 
 Mitsubishi UFJ FIN 6 
 
 Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc 1,700 
 
 Mizuho Financial Group, Inc. 5 
 
 UBS 1,600 
 
 Banco Banif, S.A.  2ndDeputy Chairman (1)
 
 Santander Investment, S.A.  Director (1)
 
 Allfunds Bank, S.A.  Chairman (1)
 
 Banco Santander International  Director (1)
 
     
 
      
Mr. Antonio Escámez Torres
 Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme 10 Deputy Chairman (1)
 
 Banco de Valencia, S.A. 349 
 
 Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.  Chairman (1)
 
 Open Bank Santander Consumer, S.A.  Chairman (1)
 
      
Mr. Francisco Luzón López
 Banco Santander Serfin, S.A.  Director (1)
 
 Banco Santander International  Director (1)
 
 Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A. 17,225 
 
      
Mr. Abel Matutes Juan
 San Paolo IMI S.p.A. (3) 757,517 
 
 Eurizon Financial Group  Director (1)
 
      
Mr. Luis Alberto Salazar-Simpson Bos
 Bankinter, S.A. 2,798 
 
      
Mr. Jay S. Sidhu (6)
 Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. 3,247,222 
 
      
Mr. Antoine Bernheim (7)
 BNP Paribas 1,100 
 
 UBS 40,164 
 
 Crédit Suisse 35,200 
 
 Banca Intesa S.p.A. (3) 398,533 Director (1)
 
 Mediobanca - Banca di Credito Finanziario S.p.A. 60,000 Director (1)
 
 UniCredito Italiano S.p.A. 126,455 
 
 ABN Amro 39,297 
 
 BSI SA  Director (1)
(1) 
Non-executive.
 
(2) 
Mr. Emilio Botín-Sanz de Sautuola y García de los Ríos resigned as a non-executive director of Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. on March 8, 2007.
 
(3) 
Effective January 1, 2007, San Paolo IMI, S.p.A. was merged into Banca Intesa S.p.A.
 
(4) 
Non-executive member of the Control Committee.
 
(5) 
More detailed information on the ownership interests held by Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A. can be consulted in the notes to the financial statements of this company or on its website (www.generali.it).
 
(6) 
He was appointed at the Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006 and stood down on December 31, 2006.
 
(7) 
Representative on the Bank’s Board of Directors of the non-executive nominee director Assicurazioni Generali S.p.A.
None of the Board members perform, as independent professionals or as employees, any activities similar to those included in the foregoing table.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

6.   Loans and advances to credit institutions
The breakdown, by classification, type and currency, of the balances of “Loans and advances to credit institutions” in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Classification:
            
Financial assets held for trading
  14,627,738   10,278,858   12,878,171 
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
  185,485   2,428,663   6,524,070 
Loans and receivables
  45,361,315   47,065,501   38,977,533 
 
         
 
  60,174,538   59,773,022   58,379,774 
 
         
 
            
Type:
            
Reciprocal accounts
  503,299   345,104   118,536 
Time deposits
  16,842,601   21,962,472   23,204,031 
Reverse repurchase agreements
  37,010,008   33,634,326   31,495,786 
Other accounts
  5,818,630   3,831,120   3,561,421 
 
         
 
  60,174,538   59,773,022   58,379,774 
 
         
 
            
Currency:
            
Euro
  33,380,000   33,537,338   30,077,335 
Pound sterling
  4,364,111   5,313,338   9,617,191 
US dollar
  16,150,735   16,848,462   14,544,531 
Other currencies
  6,292,419   4,109,930   4,194,596 
Impairment losses
  (12,727)  (36,046)  (53,879)
 
         
 
  60,174,538   59,773,022   58,379,774 
 
         
The impairment losses on financial assets classified as loans and receivables are disclosed in Note 10.
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of loans and receivables and of the related average interest rates.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

7.   Debt instruments
The breakdown, by classification, type and currency, of the balances of “Debt instruments” is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Classification:
            
Financial assets held for trading
  76,736,992   81,741,944   55,869,629 
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
  4,500,220   9,699,237   19,632,958 
Available-for-sale financial assets
  32,727,454   68,054,021   36,702,487 
Loans and receivables
  621,770   171,203    
 
         
 
  114,586,436   159,666,405   112,205,074 
 
         
 
            
Type:
            
Spanish government debt securities
            
Treasury bills
  3,160,674   3,948,045   2,980,221 
Government bonds
  535,584   3,287,406   1,256,828 
Other book-entry debt securities
  9,080,043   12,481,210   13,232,736 
Foreign government debt securities
  22,250,587   48,120,701   16,084,183 
Issued by financial institutions
  56,063,543   61,080,306   50,845,648 
Other fixed-income securities
  23,586,327   30,828,737   28,025,093 
Impairment losses
  (90,322)  (80,000)  (219,635)
Of which: on available-for-sale financial assets
  (90,322)  (80,000)  (219,635)
 
         
 
  114,586,436   159,666,405   112,205,074 
 
         
 
            
Currency:
            
Euro
  43,708,401   79,195,677   47,956,487 
Pound sterling
  22,488,577   32,983,211   27,570,398 
US dollar
  12,483,749   12,591,314   14,014,065 
Other currencies
  35,996,031   34,976,203   22,883,759 
Impairment losses
  (90,322)  (80,000)  (219,635)
 
         
 
  114,586,436   159,666,405   112,205,074 
At December 31, 2006, the nominal amount of Spanish government debt securities assigned to certain Group or third-party commitments amounted to €695 million (December 31, 2005: €70 million; December 31, 2004: €62 million).
The impairment losses on available-for-sale financial assets are disclosed in Note 8.
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of available-for-sale financial assets and of loans and receivables and of the related average interest rates.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

8.   Other equity instruments
 a) 
Breakdown
The breakdown, by classification and type, of the balances of “Other equity instruments” is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Classification:
            
Financial assets held for trading
  13,490,719   8,077,867   4,419,338 
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
  2,712,433   30,303,170   14,310,516 
Available-for-sale financial assets
  5,970,845   5,890,918   7,818,836 
Of which:
            
Disregarding impairment losses
  5,984,704   5,908,576   7,849,761 
Impairment losses
  (13,859)  (17,658)  (30,925)
 
         
 
  22,173,997   44,271,955   26,548,690 
 
         
 
            
Type:
            
Shares of Spanish companies
  5,185,206   5,707,494   4,306,586 
Shares of foreign companies
  11,138,458   8,256,086   6,352,310 
Investment fund units and shares
  3,410,494   18,563,343   10,597,843 
Of which: Abbey
  669,689   17,041,821   9,226,959 
 
            
Pension fund units
  144,320   133,918   92,790 
Other securities
  2,309,378   11,628,772   5,230,086 
Of which: unit linked
  2,309,378   11,628,772   5,230,086 
 
            
Impairment losses
  (13,859)  (17,658)  (30,925)
 
         
 
  22,173,997   44,271,955   26,548,690 
 
         
 b) 
Changes
The changes in the balance of “Available-for-sale financial assets,” disregarding impairment losses, were as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  5,909   7,850   10,234 
Net additions /disposals
  (1,232)  (2,984)  (2,981)
Of which:
            
Antena 3 Televisión, S.A.
  (398)      
San Paolo IMI, S.p.A.
  (1,499)      
Assicurazioni Generali, S.p.A.
  399         
Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc
     (2,028)  (1,587)
Commerzbank AG
     (306)   
Shinsei Bank, Ltd.
     (52)  (53)
 
            
Transfers
     396    
Valuation adjustments
  1,308   647   597 
Of which: San Paolo IMI SpA
  607   414   41 
 
         
Balance at end of year
  5,985   5,909   7,850 
The main acquisitions and disposals made in 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
 i. 
Vodafone Airtouch, plc. (Vodafone)
In 2004 the Group sold all of its investment in the share capital of Vodafone, giving rise to gains of €242 million.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

 ii. 
Shinsei Bank, Ltd. (Shinsei)
In February 2004 the shareholders of Shinsei, which was 11.4%-owned by the Group, resolved to float on the stock exchange 35% of the bank’s shares, which gave rise to the sale of a 4% holding by the Santander Group, at a gain of €118 million. Following this sale, the Group’s holding in this bank was 7.4%. In the first quarter of 2005, the Group disposed of a further 2.7% of Shinsei Bank at a gain of €49 million.
 iii. 
Sacyr-Vallehermoso, S.A.
In 2004 the Group sold all of its holding in Sacyr-Vallehermoso for €92 million. The gain on the sale amounted to €47 million.
 iv. 
Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (RBS)
In 2004 the Group sold 79 million shares of RBS, representing 2.51% of its share capital, giving rise to a gain of approximately €472 million. In 2005 the Group sold all the ownership interest held by it in RBS (2.57%) for €2,007 million, giving rise to a consolidated gain of €717 million which was recognized in “Other gains – Other” (Note 52).
 v. 
Auna Operadores de Telecomunicaciones, S.A. (Auna)
In January 2004 the Bank exercised certain agreements in connection with this company, thereby increasing its holding by 2.5%, and subsequently made several acquisitions representing a further 1.5% ownership interest. The holding in Auna was 27.3% at December 31, 2004, representing a cost of €1,814 million, and was recognized under “Non-current assets held for sale” (Note 12).
In the first half of 2005, the Group increased its holding by 4.7%, at a cost of €422 million, to 32.08%. In November 2005, the Group sold part of its ownership interest in Auna (27.07%) at a gain of €355 million, which was recognized under “Other gains – Other” (Note 52). The ownership interest in Auna at December 31, 2005 was 5.01%.
 vi. 
Commerzbank AG
In 2005 the Group progressively sold its holding in Commerzbank AG (3.38%), giving rise to a total gain of €24 million.
 vii. 
Antena 3 Televisión, S.A. (“Antena 3”)
On October 25, 2006, Antena 3 announced its acquisition of a 10% stake owned by the Group, giving rise to a gain of €294 million for the Group which was recognized under “Other gains – Other” (Note 52).
 viii. 
San Paolo IMI, S.p.A. (“San Paolo”)
In December 2006, the Group sold 89.9 million shares of San Paolo, representing 4.8% of its share capital, giving rise to a gain of €705 million which was recognized under “Other gains – Other” (Note 52). The ownership interest in San Paolo at December 31, 2006 was 3.6%.
 c) 
Notifications of acquisitions of investments
The notifications made by the Bank in 2006, in compliance with Article 86 of the Spanish Companies Law and Article 53 of Securities Market Law 24/1998, of the acquisitions and dispositions of holdings in investees are listed in Exhibit IV.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

 d) 
Impairment losses
Following is a summary of the changes in the impairment losses on these items and on debt instruments classified as “Available-for-sale financial assets” (Note 7):
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  97,658   250,560   226,876 
Net impairment losses for the year
  (2,799)  (110,977)  19,419 
Of which:
            
Impairment losses charged to income
  6,807   36,156   21,214 
Impairment losses reversed with a credit to income
  (9,606)  (147,133)  (1,795)
 
            
Inclusion of entities in the Group in the year
        6 
Write-off of impaired balances against recorded impairment allowance
  (4,009)  (21,471)  (5,947)
Exchange differences and other items
  (5,018)  5,948   (17,304)
Transfers between allowances
  18,349   (26,402)  27,510 
 
         
Balance at end of year
  104,181   97,658   250,560 
 
         
Of which:
            
By geographical location of risk:
            
Spain
  52,225   31,868   163,475 
Rest of Europe
  3,122   2,553   46,889 
Latin America
  48,834   63,237   40,196 
 
            
By type of asset covered:
            
Debt instruments – Available-for-sale financial assets (Note 7)
  90,322   80,000   219,635 
Other equity instruments – Available-for-sale financial assets
  13,859   17,658   30,925 
9. Trading derivatives (assets and liabilities) and Short positions
 a) 
Trading derivatives
The detail, by type of inherent risk, of the fair value of the trading derivatives arranged by the Group is as follows:
                         
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006 2005 2004 
  Debit Credit Debit Credit Debit Credit
  Balance  Balance  Balance  Balance  Balance  Balance 
Interest rate risk
  24,522,311   24,785,804   23,944,965   23,733,558   17,715,596   19,567,730 
Foreign currency risk
  3,416,681   4,204,816   1,325,399   1,330,493   792,418   1,819,693 
Price risk
  5,121,227   7,938,554   1,949,054   3,695,552   2,433,774   3,630,129 
Other risks
  1,924,072   1,808,944   409,776   468,477   139,425   226,216 
 
                  
 
  34,984,291   38,738,118   27,629,194   29,228,080   21,081,213   25,243,768 
 
                  

 

F-61


Table of Contents

 b) 
Short positions
Following is a breakdown of the short positions:
         
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005 
Borrowed securities:
        
Debt instruments
  5,459,927   7,033,121 
Of which: Abbey
  4,574,639   6,156,838 
 
        
Equity instruments
  4,151,317   6,279,410 
Of which:
        
Bank
  8,800   1,193,790 
Abbey
  3,995,291   4,975,258 
 
        
Short sales:
        
Debt instruments
  1,842,729   4,051,078 
Of which: the Bank
  1,721,742   3,876,223 
 
        
Equity instruments
  19,089   52,191 
 
        
 
  11,473,062   17,415,800 
 
        
10. Loans and advances to customers
 a) 
Breakdown
The breakdown, by classification, of the balances of “Loans and advances to customers” in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Financial assets held for trading
  30,582,982   26,479,996   17,507,585 
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
  7,972,544   6,431,197   5,291,551 
Loans and receivables
  484,790,338   402,917,602   346,550,928 
Of which:
            
Disregarding impairment losses
  492,953,782   410,527,527   353,396,143 
Impairment losses
  (8,163,444)  (7,609,925)  (6,845,215)
 
            
 
  523,345,864   435,828,795   369,350,064 
 
            
Loans and advances to customers disregarding impairment losses
  531,509,308   443,438,720   376,195,279 
 
            
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of loans and receivables and of the related average interest rates.
There are no loans and advances to customers for material amounts without fixed maturity dates.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

 b) 
Detail
Following is a detail, by loan type and status, borrower sector, geographical area of residence and interest rate formula, of the loans and advances to customers, which reflect the Group’s exposure to credit risk in its core business, disregarding impairment losses:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Loan type and status:
            
Commercial credit
  21,565   16,931   15,772 
Secured loans
  302,361   255,041   221,619 
Reverse repurchase agreements
  30,502   27,581   17,023 
Other term loans
  148,110   119,179   99,125 
Finance leases
  13,991   11,899   11,297 
Receivable on demand
  10,367   8,452   7,151 
Impaired assets
  4,613   4,356   4,208 
 
            
 
  531,509   443,439   376,195 
 
            
Borrower sector:
            
Public sector — Spain
  5,329   5,243   5,741 
Public sector — Other countries
  4,970   6,608   5,714 
Households
  302,451   248,615   228,690 
Energy
  4,616   5,583   4,614 
Construction
  19,659   13,694   12,592 
Manufacturing
  28,682   25,649   23,430 
Services
  91,592   63,585   58,257 
Other sectors
  74,210   74,462   37,157 
 
            
 
  531,509   443,439   376,195 
 
            
Geographical area:
            
Spain
  205,246   158,782   132,883 
European Union (excluding Spain)
  231,445   203,111   187,938 
United States and Puerto Rico
  31,385   25,884   15,237 
Other OECD countries
  6,020   3,943   3,236 
Latin America
  54,274   49,227   34,569 
Rest of the world
  3,139   2,492   2,332 
 
            
 
  531,509   443,439   376,195 
 
            
Interest rate formula:
            
Fixed interest rate
  178,423   143,316   111,195 
Floating rate
  353,086   300,123   265,000 
 
            
 
  531,509   443,439   376,195 
 
            

 

F-63


Table of Contents

 c) 
Impairment losses
The changes in the impairment losses on the assets making up the balances of “Loans and receivables – Loans and advances to customers”, “Loans and receivables – Loans and advances to credit institutions” (Note 6) and “Other financial assets” (Note 24) were as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  7,756,675   6,997,428   5,021,453 
Impairment losses charged to income for the year:
  3,035,234   2,234,194   1,999,133 
Of which:
            
Individually assessed
  2,584,434   1,874,413   1,582,797 
Collectively assessed
  1,151,142   636,844   1,071,489 
Impairment losses reversed with a credit to income
  (700,342)  (277,063)  (655,153)
 
            
Inclusion of entities in the Group in the year
  164,530   4,006   1,046,014 
Write-off of impaired balances against recorded impairment allowance
  (2,369,865)  (1,519,494)  (1,025,428)
Exchange differences and other changes
  (260,800)  267,082   (172,937)
Transfers between allowances
  (37,646)  (226,541)  129,193 
 
            
Balance at end of year
  8,288,128   7,756,675   6,997,428 
 
            
Of which:
            
By method of assessment:
            
Individually assessed
  3,190,220   3,520,985   3,312,828 
Of which: country risk (Note 2-g)
  159,024   281,389   83,280 
Of which: on loans and advances to credit institutions (Note 6)
  12,727   36,046   53,879 
Of which: on other financial assets (Note 24)
  111,957   110,704   98,334 
Collectively assessed
  5,097,908   4,235,690   3,684,600 
 
            
By geographical location of risk:
            
Spain
  4,318,320   3,664,349   3,340,017 
Rest of Europe
  2,358,448   2,153,620   2,002,049 
Americas
  1,611,360   1,938,706   1,655,362 
Previously written-off assets recovered in 2006, 2005 and 2004 amounted to €551,606 thousand, €486,286 thousand and €404,063 thousand, respectively. Taking into account these amounts and those recognized in “Impairment losses charged to income for the year” in the foregoing table, impairment losses on “Loans and receivables” amounted to €2,483,628 thousand in 2006, €1,747,908 thousand in 2005 and €1,595,070 thousand in 2004.
 d) 
Impaired assets
The detail of the changes in the balance of the financial assets classified as loans and receivables and considered to be impaired due to credit risk is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  4,356   4,208   3,567 
Net additions
  2,723   1,356   1,766 
Written-off assets
  (2,370)  (1,519)  (1,025)
Exchange differences and other
  (96)  311   (100)
 
            
Balance at end of year
  4,613   4,356   4,208 
 
            

 

F-64


Table of Contents

Following is a detail of the financial assets classified as loans and receivables and considered to be impaired due to credit risk at December 31, 2006, and of the assets which, although not considered to be impaired, include any past-due amount at that date, classified by geographical location of risk and by age of the oldest past-due amount:
                             
  Millions of Euros 
  With no     
  Past-Due     
  Balances or     
  Less than  With Balances Past Due by   
  3 Months  3 to 6  6 to 12  12 to 18  18 to 24  More than    
  Past Due  Months  Months  Months  Months  24 Months  Total 
Spain
  159   491   210   370   73   98   1,401 
European Union (excluding Spain)
  15   515   275   1,060   87   173   2,125 
United States and Puerto Rico
     118   8   41   3   15   185 
Other OECD countries
  4   19   21   4   2   83   133 
Latin America
  40   180   177   103   10   252   762 
Rest of the world
  5               2   7 
 
                            
 
  223   1,323   691   1,578   175   623   4,613 
 
                            
 e) 
Securitization
“Loans and advances to customers” includes, inter alia, the securitized loans transferred to third parties on which the Group has retained risks, albeit partially, and which therefore, in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, cannot be derecognized. The breakdown of the securitized loans, by type of financial instrument, and of the securitized loans derecognized because the stipulated requirements were met (Note 2-e), is shown below. Note 22 details the liabilities associated with these securitization transactions.
             
  Millions of Euros
  2006  2005  2004 
Derecognized
  4,901   6,065   8,254 
Of which: mortgage-backed securities
  2,981   2,897   3,947 
 
            
Retained on the balance sheet
  59,426   46,523   36,410 
Of which: mortgage-backed securities
  36,363   33,085   26,246 
 
            
Total
  64,327   52,588   44,664 
 
            
11. Hedging derivatives
The detail, by type of risk hedged, of the fair value of the derivatives qualifying for hedge accounting is as follows (Note 36):
                         
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities 
Fair value hedges
  2,866,213   (3,340,480)  3,757,503   (1,710,911)  3,763,931   (2,770,069)
 
                        
Cash flow hedges
  98,220   (132,658)  368,601   (344,717)  61,005   (6,799)
Of which: Recognized in equity (Note 29)
     (49,252)     (70,406)     1,787 
 
                        
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
  23,531   (20,711)     (255,101)     (118,453)
 
                        
 
  2,987,964   (3,493,849)  4,126,104   (2,310,729)  3,824,936   (2,895,321)
 
                        

 

F-65


Table of Contents

12. Non-current assets held for sale
The breakdown of the balance of “Non-current assets held for sale” is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Equity instruments
            
Auna (Note 8)
        1,814,418 
 
            
 
        1,814,418 
 
            
Tangible assets:
            
Foreclosed assets
  265,311   271,574   274,779 
Assets recovered from finance leases
  13,528   20,785   7,967 
Other assets
  48,545   43,965    
 
            
 
  327,384   336,324   2,097,164 
 
            
Impairment losses of €138,246 thousand, €123,246 thousand and €95,873 thousand were deducted from the balance of this item at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The net charges recorded in those years amounted to €48,796 thousand, €10,536 thousand and €90,822 thousand, respectively.
13. Investments – Associates
 a) 
Breakdown
The breakdown, by company, of the balance of “Investments – Associates” (Note 2-c) is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Cepsa
  2,291,599   2,619,264   2,281,827 
Sovereign
  2,246,824       
Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme
  177,048   166,225   151,386 
Vaporeón, S.L.
  35,985       
Abbey companies
  3,531   34,103   35,439 
Unión Fenosa
        1,007,328 
Other companies
  251,122   211,890   271,584 
 
            
 
  5,006,109   3,031,482   3,747,564 
 
            
Of which:
            
Euros
  2,544,864   2,793,030   3,529,075 
Listed
  4,715,471   2,785,489   3,440,541 
Goodwill
  1,502,441   664,768   911,242 
Of which:
            
Cepsa
  833,241   650,949   650,949 
Unión Fenosa
        250,260 
Sovereign
  653,946       
At December 31, 2006, the unrealized capital gains on investments in Group associates, based on the related market values, amounted to €2,899 million (December 31, 2005: €1,056 million).

 

F-66


Table of Contents

 b) 
Changes
The changes in the balance of this item were as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  3,031,482   3,747,564   3,478,612 
Inclusion of entities in the Group
        35,439 
Acquisitions and capital increases (Note 3)
  2,618,196   18,470   14,650 
Of which: Sovereign
  2,299,893       
 
            
Disposals and capital reductions (Note 3)
  (753,071)  (1,168,585)  (54,894)
Of which: Unión Fenosa
     (1,083,305)   
Cepsa
  (711,393)      
 
            
Effect of equity accounting
  426,921   619,157   449,036 
Dividends paid
  (164,606)  (181,179)  (176,404)
Change in consolidation method
  (84,503)  (39,608)  (14,054)
Exchange differences and other changes
  (63,966)  27,833   13,311 
Transfer
  (4,344)  7,830   1,868 
 
            
Balance at end of year
  5,006,109   3,031,482   3,747,564 
 
            
 c) 
Impairment losses
In 2005 and 2004 no indication of impairment of the investments in associates was detected. In 2006 €380 thousand were recognized in this connection.
 d) 
Other disclosures
Following is a summary of the financial information on the associates (obtained from the information available at the reporting date):
     
  Millions 
  of Euros 
  2006 
Total assets
  91,987 
Total liabilities
  (78,869)
Minority interests
  (203)
 
    
Net assets
  12,915 
 
    
Group’s share of the net assets of associates
  3,504 
 
    
 
    
Goodwill
  1,502 
 
    
Total Group share
  5,006 
 
    
 
    
Total income
  16,195 
Total profit
  1,237 
 
    
Group’s share of the profit of associates
  427 
 
    

 

F-67


Table of Contents

14. Insurance contracts linked to pensions
The detail of the balance of “Insurance contracts linked to pensions“ (Note 25-c) is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Assets relating to insurance contracts covering post-employment benefit plan obligations:
            
Bank
  2,272,786   2,320,512   2,366,797 
Banesto
  274,400   285,573   297,737 
Other Spanish companies
  34,442   35,526   38,001 
 
            
Assets relating to insurance contracts covering other similar obligations:
            
Bank
  18,713   29,576   45,001 
Other Spanish companies
  4,194   5,178   6,280 
 
         
 
  2,604,535   2,676,365   2,753,816 
 
         
15. Liabilities under insurance contracts and Reinsurance assets
The breakdown of the balances of “Liabilities under insurance contracts” and “Reinsurance assets” in the consolidated balance sheets (Note 2-j) is as follows:
                                     
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Direct          Direct          Direct        
  Insurance          Insurance          Insurance        
  and      Total  and      Total  and      Total 
  Reinsurance  Reinsurance  (Balance  Reinsurance  Reinsurance  (Balance  Reinsurance  Reinsurance  (Balance 
Technical Provisions for: Assumed  Ceded  Payable)  Assumed  Ceded  Payable)  Assumed  Ceded  Payable) 
Unearned premiums and unexpired risks
  172,226   (78,340)  93,886   119,114   (39,376)  79,738   68,620   (13,840)  54,780 
Life insurance:
                                    
Unearned premiums and unexpired risks
  119,867   (11,031)  108,836   113,381   (31,615)  81,766   79,477   (17,344)  62,133 
Mathematical provisions
  3,049,875   (10,496)  3,039,379   28,523,561   (2,200,524)  26,323,037   28,795,411   (2,959,745)  25,835,666 
Claims outstanding
  162,484   (37,362)  125,122   350,865   (15,798)  335,067   241,135   (15,286)  225,849 
Bonuses and rebates
  11,414   (5,399)  6,015   579,895   (5,246)  574,649   486,302   (263)  486,039 
Equalization
           25      25   25      25 
Life insurance policies where the investment risk is borne by the policyholders
  7,175,926   (118,993)  7,056,933   14,855,872   (94,732)  14,761,140   12,570,446   (38,947)  12,531,499 
Other technical provisions
  12,466   (252)  12,214   129,587   (410)  129,177   103,360   (379)  102,981 
 
                           
 
  10,704,258   (261,873)  10,442,385   44,672,300   (2,387,701)  42,284,599   42,344,776   (3,045,804)  39,298,972 
 
                           

 

F-68


Table of Contents

16. Tangible assets
 a) 
Changes
 
   
The changes in “Tangible assets” in the consolidated balance sheets were as follows:
                 
  Thousands of Euros 
  Property,      Other Assets    
  Plant and      Leased out under    
  Equipment      an Operating    
  for Own Use  Investment Property  Lease  Total 
Cost-
                
Balances at January 1, 2004
  7,538,280   633,860   918,816   9,090,956 
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
  1,525,304   1,707,680   5,339,416   8,572,400 
Additions/Disposals (net)
  565,715   (192,699)  (831,531)  (458,515)
Exchange differences (net)
  (87,910)     (27,923)  (115,833)
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2004
  9,541,389   2,148,841   5,398,778   17,089,008 
 
            
Additions/Disposals (net)
  315,027   (1,480,536) (*)  441,163   (724,346)
Exchange differences (net)
  561,772   49,393   133,883   745,048 
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2005
  10,418,188   717,698   5,973,824   17,109,710 
 
            
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
  (3,938)  (557,549)  180,492   (380,995)
Additions/Disposals (net)
  (358,066)  240,900   366,485   249,319 
Transfers and other changes
  (32,271)        (32,271)
Exchange differences
  (182,605)  (55)  97,526   (85,134)
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2006
  9,841,308   400,994   6,618,327   16,860,629 
 
            
 
                
Accumulated depreciation:
                
Balances at January 1, 2004
  (3,142,055)  (72,792)  (429,432)  (3,644,279)
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
  (1,096,929)  (386)  (1,750,180)  (2,847,495)
Disposals
  56,451   30,819   458,615   545,885 
Charge for the year
  (421,143)  (648)  (66,113)  (487,904)
Exchange differences and other items
  31,208   9,989   397   41,594 
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2004
  (4,572,468)  (33,018)  (1,786,713)  (6,392,199)
 
            
Disposals
  224,135   1,588   57,969   283,692 
Charge for the year
  (608,252)  (2,007)  (9,592)  (619,851)
Exchange differences and other items
  (243,519)  (5,745)  (44,714)  (293,978)
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2005
  (5,200,104)  (39,182)  (1,783,050)  (7,022,336)
 
            
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
  8,421   24,743   (35,748)  (2,584)
Disposals
  1,174,842   1,314   274,008   1,450,164 
Transfers and other changes
  9,904      (508,549)  (498,645)
Charge for the year
  (620,415)  (2,876)  (7,526)  (630,817)
Exchange differences
  81,301   2   (33,805)  47,498 
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2006
  (4,546,051)  (15,999)  (2,094,670)  (6,656,720)
 
            
 
                
Impairment losses:
                
Balances at January 1, 2004
  (35,201)        (35,201)
Impairment charge for the year
  491         491 
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
        (67,927)  (67,927)
Exchange differences
  (8,979)        (8,979)
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2004
  (43,689)     (67,927)  (111,616)
 
            
Impairment charge for the year
  (12,485)  (2,564)  (63)  (15,112)
Exchange differences
  43,022   (8,504)  (1,957)  32,561 
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2005
  (13,152)  (11,068)  (69,947)  (94,167)
 
            
Additions/Derecognitions (net) due to change in the scope of consolidation
  755         755 
Net impairment charge
  (7,062)  634      (6,428)
Exchange differences and other changes
  8,379   (14)  (1,438)  6,927 
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2006
  (11,080)  (10,448)  (71,385)  (92,913)
 
            
 
                
Tangible assets, net
                
Balances at December 31, 2004
  4,925,231   2,115,823   3,544,139   10,585,193 
Balances at December 31, 2005
  5,204,931   667,449   4,120,827   9,993,207 
Balances at December 31, 2006
  5,284,177   374,547   4,452,272   10,110,996 
(*) 
Mainly Abbey.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

b) 
Property, plant and equipment for own use
 
  
The detail, by class of asset, of the balance of “Property, plant and equipment for own use” in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:
                 
  Millions of Euros 
      Accumulated  Impairment  Net 
  Cost  Depreciation  Losses  Balance 
Land and buildings
  3,521   (727)  (42)  2,752 
IT equipment and fixtures
  2,329   (1,788)     541 
Furniture and vehicles
  3,300   (1,936)  (2)  1,362 
Construction in progress and other items
  391   (121)     270 
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2004
  9,541   (4,572)  (44)  4,925 
 
            
 
                
Land and buildings
  3,835   (851)  (13)  2,971 
IT equipment and fixtures
  2,619   (1,957)     662 
Furniture and vehicles
  3,786   (2,275)     1,511 
Construction in progress and other items
  178   (117)     61 
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2005
  10,418   (5,200)  (13)  5,205 
 
            
 
                
Land and buildings
  3,704   (848)  (11)  2,845 
IT equipment and fixtures
  2,059   (1,495)     564 
Furniture and vehicles
  3,838   (2,114)     1,724 
Construction in progress and other items
  240   (89)     151 
 
            
Balances at December 31, 2006
  9,841   (4,546)  (11)  5,284 
 
            
The net balance at December 31, 2006 in the foregoing table includes the following amounts:
  
Approximately 5,272 million (December 31, 2005: 5,171 million; December 31, 2004:6,585 million) relating to property, plant and equipment owned by Group entities and branches located abroad.
 
  
Approximately 183 million (December 31, 2005: 83 million; December 31, 2004:41 million) relating to property, plant and equipment being acquired under finance leases by the consolidated entities (Note 2-l discloses additional information on these items).
c) 
Investment property
The fair value of investment property at December 31, 2006 and 2005 amounted to 425 million and944 million respectively.
The rental income earned from investment property and the direct costs related both to investment properties that generated rental income in 2006, 2005 and 2004 and to investment properties that did not generate rental income in those years are not material in the context of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

17. Intangible assets
 a) 
Goodwill
 
   
The breakdown of “Goodwill,” based on the companies giving rise thereto (Note 3-c), is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Abbey (UK)
  8,920,188   8,740,560   10,199,111 
Totta Group (Portugal)
  1,640,746   1,639,560   1,639,510 
CC Holding (AKB Germany)
  824,483   824,483   824,483 
Banco Santander Chile
  717,957   908,879   723,520 
Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin (Mexico)
  560,327   633,638   523,641 
Meridional Group (Brazil)
  458,202   469,372   352,785 
Drive Group
  412,986       
Banesto
  373,562   380,008   379,943 
Santander Consumer Bank (Norway)
  116,568   120,262   121,228 
Finconsumo (Italy)
  105,921   105,921   105,921 
Interbanco, S.A.
  89,743       
Bansander Leasing, Corp. (Island Finance)
  80,873       
Banco Santander International
  42,905   47,899   41,485 
Unifin
  37,490       
PTF (Poland)
  22,471   22,303   69,326 
Other companies
  108,313   125,360   109,588 
 
         
 
  14,512,735   14,018,245   15,090,541 
 
         
At least once per year (or whenever there is any indication of impairment), the Group reviews goodwill for impairment (i.e. a potential reduction in its recoverable value to below its carrying amount). For this purpose, it analyses the following: (i) certain macroeconomic variables that might affect its investments (population data, political situation, economic situation -including bankarization- among others); (ii) various microeconomic variables comparing the investments of the Group with the financial services industry of the country in which the Group carries on most of its business activities (balance sheet composition, total funds under management, results, efficiency ratio, capital ratio, return on equity, among others); and (iii) the price earnings (P/E) ratio of the investments as compared with the P/E ratio of the stock market in the country in which the investments are located and that of comparable local financial institutions.
Based on the foregoing, and in accordance with the estimates, projections and measurements available to the Bank’s directors, with the exception of the impairment losses reflected in the following table (13 million), these assets were not impaired in 2006, and the projected income attributable to the Group is at least equal to the amount recognized as “Goodwill.”

 

F-71


Table of Contents

The changes in “Goodwill” were as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  14,018   15,090   4,788 
Additions (Note 3)
  650   62   10,559 
Of which:
            
Drive Group
  422       
Santander Financial Services Inc. (Island Finance)
  96       
Interbanco, S.A.
  90       
Unifin
  37       
Santander BanCorp
     11    
Abbey
        10,264 
Santander Consumer Bank AS (by Bankia)
     45    
Santander Consumer Bank AS (by Elcon)
        120 
PTF
        59 
Finconsumo
        55 
 
            
Definitive assessment of acquisitions (transfer to other intangible assets)
     (1,856)   
Of which:
            
Abbey
     (1,753)   
Santander Consumer Bank AS (by Elcon)
     (28)   
Santander Consumer Bank AS (by Bankia)
     (22)   
PTF
     (52)   
 
            
Impairment losses
  (13)     (138)
Of which:
            
Cambios Sol, S.A.
  (7)      
Santander Financial Services Inc. (Island Finance)
  (6)      
Banco de Venezuela
        (72)
Admón. Fondo Pensiones y Cesantías, S.A.
        (61)
 
            
Disposals
  (76)  (2)   
Of which:
            
Banco Santander Chile
  (67)      
 
            
Exchange differences and other items
  (66)  724   (119)
 
         
Balance at end of year
  14,513   14,018   15,090 
 
         
b) 
Other intangible assets
 
  
The breakdown of the balance of “Other intangible assets” is as follows:
                 
  Estimated  Thousands of Euros 
  Useful Life  2006  2005  2004 
With indefinite useful life:
                
Brand name
     487,177   459,680    
Of which: Abbey
     469,099   459,680    
 
                
With finite useful life:
                
Customer deposits (Abbey)
 10 years   1,283,693   1,257,843    
Credit cards (Abbey)
 5 years   35,741   35,021    
IT developments
 3 years   1,309,678   1,207,606   815,949 
Other assets
     323,026   163,199   58,837 
Accumulated amortization
      (980,530)  (704,345)  (394,132)
Impairment losses
      (14,679)  (207,978)  (67,921)
 
             
 
      2,444,106   2,211,026   412,733 
 
             

 

F-72


Table of Contents

The changes in “Other intangible assets” were as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  2,211   413   397 
Additions/Disposals (net)
  757   403   370 
Exchange differences and other changes (net)
  (4)  67   (8)
Impairment losses
     (131)   
Transfers from “Goodwill”
     1,856    
Amortization
  (520)  (397)  (346)
 
         
Balance at end of year
  2,444   2,211   413 
 
         
18. Prepayments and accrued income and Accrued expenses and deferred income
The breakdown of the balances of “Prepayments and accrued income” and “Accrued expenses and deferred income” is as follows:
                         
  Thousands of Euros 
  Assets  Liabilities 
  2006  2005  2004  2006  2005  2004 
Prepayments (*)
  521,246   1,792,886   1,625,349          
 
                        
Accrued expenses
           (2,197,921)  (2,012,861)  (3,463,095)
Other
  1,060,597   1,176,333   1,404,379   (801,159)  (1,035,872)  (918,939)
 
                  
 
  1,581,843   2,969,219   3,029,728   (2,999,080)  (3,048,733)  (4,382,034)
 
                  
(*) 
Of the amount relating to 2005, 1,160 million relate to Abbey’s insurance business.
19. Other assets — Other and Other liabilities — Other
The breakdown of the balances of these items is as follows:
                         
  Thousands of Euros 
  Assets  Liabilities 
  2006  2005  2004  2006  2005  2004 
Transactions in transit
  163,655   122,316   38,142   (311,283)  (469,211)  (12,197)
Other
  1,755,687   1,764,752   3,284,368   (3,147,457)  (1,043,697)  (4,105,965)
 
                  
 
  1,919,342   1,887,068   3,322,510   (3,458,740)  (1,512,908)  (4,118,162)
 
                  

 

F-73


Table of Contents

20. Deposits from central banks and Deposits from credit institutions
The breakdown, by classification, counterparty, type and currency, of the balances of these items is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Classification:
            
Financial assets held for trading
  39,690,713   31,962,919   25,224,743 
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
  73,345,224   116,659,488   58,525,596 
Of which:
            
Deposits from central banks
  16,529,557   22,431,194   8,067,860 
Deposits from credit institutions
  56,815,667   94,228,294   50,457,736 
 
         
 
  113,035,937   148,622,407   83,750,339 
 
         
Type:
            
Reciprocal accounts
  411,314   190,885   39,162 
Time deposits
  63,589,635   47,224,471   42,459,721 
Other demand accounts
  2,225,037   7,383,695   4,191,073 
Repurchase agreements
  45,417,839   91,399,196   33,920,297 
Central bank credit account drawdowns
  1,348,815   2,369,406   3,107,895 
Other financial liabilities associated with transferred financial assets
  8,445   7,170    
Hybrid financial liabilities
  34,852   47,584   32,191 
 
         
 
  113,035,937   148,622,407   83,750,339 
 
         
Currency:
            
Euro
  43,828,306   79,664,528   35,007,335 
Pound sterling
  24,543,241   26,488,413   18,199,276 
US dollar
  27,883,219   20,307,158   15,516,012 
Other currencies
  16,781,171   22,162,308   15,027,716 
 
         
 
  113,035,937   148,622,407   83,750,339 
 
         
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortized cost and of the related average interest rates.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

21.
 Customer deposits
The breakdown, by classification, geographical area and type, of the balances of “Customer deposits” is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Classification:
            
Financial liabilities held for trading
  16,572,444   14,038,543   20,541,225 
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
  273,079       
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
  314,377,078   291,726,737   262,670,391 
 
         
 
  331,222,601   305,765,280   283,211,616 
 
         
Geographical area
            
Spain
  120,485,991   107,117,818   102,249,913 
European Union (excluding Spain)
  136,730,342   133,274,597   135,209,492 
United States and Puerto Rico
  7,512,963   7,578,598   6,037,483 
Other OECD countries
  79,117   106,151   74,859 
Latin America
  64,984,913   56,395,157   38,499,807 
Rest of the world
  1,429,275   1,292,959   1,140,062 
 
         
 
  331,222,601   305,765,280   283,211,616 
 
         
Type:
            
Demand deposits
            
Current accounts
  89,151,030   80,631,188   67,714,687 
Savings accounts
  93,717,633   90,471,827   78,849,072 
Other demand deposits
  2,025,095   1,747,720   3,720,956 
Time deposits-
            
Fixed-term deposits
  86,345,788   77,166,817   80,052,445 
Home-purchase savings accounts
  324,262   269,706   289,779 
Discount deposits
  7,132,341   16,128,577   10,163,257 
Funds received under financial asset transfers
     1    
Hybrid financial liabilities
  4,994,535   4,141,071   1,873,863 
Other financial liabilities associated with transferred financial assets
     20,346    
Other time deposits
  470,140   351,620   498,961 
Notice deposits
  45,849   33,713   24,911 
Repurchase agreements
  47,015,928   34,802,694   40,023,685 
 
         
 
  331,222,601   305,765,280   283,211,616 
 
         
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortized cost and of the related average interest rates.
22. Marketable debt securities
 a) 
Breakdown
 
   
The breakdown, by classification and type, of the balances of “Marketable debt securities” is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Classification:
            
Financial liabilities held for trading
  17,522,108   19,821,087   11,791,579 
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
  12,138,249   11,809,874   11,243,800 
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
  174,409,033   117,209,385   90,803,224 
 
         
 
  204,069,390   148,840,346   113,838,603 
 
         
Type:
            
Bonds and debentures outstanding
  168,661,356   123,566,864   83,020,963 
Notes and other securities
  35,408,034   25,273,482   30,817,640 
 
         
 
  204,069,390   148,840,346   113,838,603 
 
         

 

F-75


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, none of these issues was convertible into Bank shares or granted privileges or rights which, in certain circumstances, make them convertible into shares.
At December 31, 2006, asset-backed bonds amounted to 48,226 million (December 31, 2005: 27,997 million). In 2006 asset-backed bonds amounting to 21,380 million were issued, of which 11,004 million were issued by Abbey, 4,374 million by the Bank and 1,769 million by Santander Consumer Bank AG.
Additionally, total mortgage bonds at December 31, 2006 amounted to 42,425 million. In 2006 the Bank and Banesto issued mortgage bonds (cédulas hipotecarias) amounting to 7,500 million and3,000 million, respectively. The mortgage bonds outstanding in connection with these issues totaled 36,224 million at December 31, 2006 (December 31, 2005: 27,250 million).
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of financial liabilities at amortized cost at 2006 and 2005 year-end and of the related average interest rates in those years.
b) 
Bonds and debentures outstanding
 
  
The breakdown, by currency of issue, of the balance of this account is as follows:
                     
              December 31, 2006 
              Outstanding    
              Issue Amount    
              in Foreign  Annual 
  Millions of Euros  Currency  Interest 
Currency of Issue 2006  2005  2004  (Millions)  Rate (%) 
Euro
  112,622   78,499   52,819   112,622   3.82 
US dollar
  30,001   20,429   14,372   39,511   5.30 
Pound sterling
  21,128   19,274   10,798   14,187   5.21 
Chilean peso
  1,725   1,701   2,142   1,207,719   5.09 
Other currencies
  3,185   3,664   2,890       
 
               
Balance at end of year
  168,661   123,567   83,021         
 
                 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

The changes in “Bonds and debentures outstanding” were as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  123,567   83,021   30,355 
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
  1,895      39,658 
Issues
  76,956   52,670   19,477 
Of which:
            
Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.-
            
Non-convertible debentures February and December — floating rate
  4,374      3,500 
Mortgage bonds — fixed rate
  7,500   7,000   2,000 
 
            
Banesto-
            
Mortgage bonds — fixed rate
  3,000   4,000   3,750 
Bonds
  5,547   3,750   3,000 
Santander International Debt, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company:
            
Bonds — floating rate
  11,709   10,169   3,891 
 
            
Abbey-
            
Holmes Financing Series 10
  5,851       
Holmes Master Issuer Limited
  5,153       
Holmes Financing Series 9
     5,540    
Bonds in pounds sterling
  6,608   3,729    
Bonds in other currencies
  7,284   9,156    
 
            
Santander US Debt, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company:-
            
Debentures — floating rate
  3,785   5,086    
 
            
CC-Bank AG-
            
Asset-backed bonds
  1,769   1,668    
 
            
Banco Santander Totta, S.A.-
            
Asset-backed bonds
  3,808   736    
 
            
FTA Santander Consumer Spain Auto 06-
            
Asset-backed bonds
  1,350       
 
            
Redemptions
  (30,510)  (14,269)  (5,894)
Of which:
            
Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.
  (3,038)  (1,000)  (1,744)
Banesto
  (2,037)  (2,000)  (1,000)
Finconsumo
  (179)  (102)  (300)
Abbey
  (21,210)  (7,503)   
 
            
Exchange differences
  (1,557)  958   (270)
Other changes
  (1,690)  1,187   (305)
 
         
Balance at end of year
  168,661   123,567   83,021 
 
         
c) 
Notes and other securities
 
  
These notes were basically issued by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., Abbey National North America LLC, Abbey National Treasury Services, plc, Santander Central Hispano Finance (Delaware), Inc., Banco Santander, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander, Santander Consumer Finance, S.A. and Banco Santander Totta, S.A.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

23. Subordinated liabilities
 a) 
Breakdown
 
   
The detail, by currency of issue, of the balance of “Subordinated liabilities” is as follows:
                     
              December 31, 2006 
              Outstanding    
              Issue Amount  Annual 
  Thousands of Euros  in Foreign  Interest Rate 
Currency of Issue 2006  2005  2004  Currency (Millions)  (%) 
Euro
  16,309,049   14,706,164   13,407,374   16,309   4.72 
US dollar
  6,898,455   7,843,846   9,145,510   9,085   7.18 
Pound sterling
  5,631,867   5,761,408   4,509,605   3,782   6.92 
Other currencies
  1,583,450   452,038   407,683        
 
               
Balance at end of year
  30,422,821   28,763,456   27,470,172         
 
                 
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of subordinated liabilities at 2006 and 2005 year-end and of the related average interest rates in 2006 and 2005.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

b) 
Changes
 
  
The changes in the balance of “Subordinated liabilities” were as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  28,763   27,470   12,510 
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
  (459)     10,622 
Of which:
            
Scottish Mutual Assurance, plc
  (292)      
 
            
Issues
  5,881   2,507   5,284 
Of which:
            
Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.-
            
September 2006
  500       
 
            
Banco do Estado de São Paulo, S.A. (Banespa)-
            
July 2016
  728       
September 2016
  267       
Perpetual
     420    
 
            
Abbey-
            
April 2015
     501    
April 2015
     292    
 
            
Santander Central Hispano Issuances, Ltd.-
            
March 2016
  1,000       
May 2018
  500       
June 2016
  987       
July 2017
  997       
September 2019
        500 
September 2014
        500 
 
            
Banesto-
            
March 2016 – floating rate
        500 
 
            
Santander Perpetual, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company-
            
Perpetual
        750 
 
            
Santander Finance Capital, S.A.-
            
2004 preference shares
        1,830 
2005 preference shares
     1,000    
 
            
Redemptions
  (2,265)  (2,410)  (465)
Of which:
            
Abbey
  (763)  (551)   
Santander Central Hispano Issuances, Ltd.
  (1,369)  (1,189)  (193)
 
            
Exchange differences
  (1,093)  659   (369)
Other changes
  (404)  537   (112)
 
         
Balance at end of year
  30,423   28,763   27,470 
 
         

 

F-79


Table of Contents

 c) 
Other information
 
   
For the purposes of payment priority preference shares are junior to all general creditors and to subordinated deposits. The payment of dividends on these shares, which have no voting rights, is conditional upon the obtainment of sufficient distributable profit and upon the limits imposed by Spanish banking regulations on equity.
 
   
The other issues are subordinated and, therefore, rank junior to all general creditors of the issuers. The issues launched by Santander Central Hispano Issuances, Ltd., Santander Central Hispano Financial Services, Ltd., Santander Issuances, S.A., Santander Perpetual, S.A., Sole-Shareholder Company, Santander Finance Capital S.A.U. and Santander Finance Preferred S.A.U. are guaranteed by the Bank or by restricted deposits arranged by the Bank for this purpose.
 
   
At December 31, 2006, none of these issues was convertible into Bank shares or granted privileges or rights which, in certain circumstances, make them convertible into shares. Abbey has a GBP 200 million subordinated debt issue which is convertible, at Abbey’s option, into preference shares of Abbey, at a price of GBP 1 per share. Banco Santander, S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple has two USD 150 million issues of unguaranteed subordinated preference debentures that are voluntarily convertible into ordinary shares of Banco Santander, S.A. Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander.
24. Other financial assets and Other financial liabilities
The breakdown of the balances of these items is as follows:
                         
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Other  Other  Other  Other  Other  Other 
  Financial  Financial  Financial  Financial  Financial  Financial 
  Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities 
Declared dividends payable
           (581,400)     (519,107)
Trade receivables (payables)
  104,281   (3,070,870)  808,401   (2,907,828)  488,978   (1,257,047)
Clearing houses
  760,839   (544,004)  913,953   (408,700)  856,962   (221,296)
Public agency revenue collection accounts
     (2,031,137)     (1,758,574)     (1,549,948)
Factoring accounts payable
     (284,331)     (169,627)     (148,409)
Bonds
  3,478,722   (41,447)  2,639,426   (15,988)  1,990,397   (18,735)
Unsettled financial transactions
  6,548,625   (1,978,120)  3,653,275   (1,369,389)  931,941   (1,166,132)
Other financial assets (liabilities)
  2,182,878   (4,798,756)  1,614,388   (4,081,071)  727,256   (982,099)
 
                  
 
  13,075,345   (12,748,665)  9,629,443   (11,292,577)  4,995,534   (5,862,773)
 
                  
At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, impairment losses amounted to 111,957 thousand, 110,704 thousand and 98,334 thousand, respectively (Note 10-c).
Note 53 contains a detail of the residual maturity periods of other financial assets and liabilities at 2006 and 2005 year-end.

 

F-80


Table of Contents

25. Provisions
 a) 
Breakdown
 
   
The breakdown of the balance of “Provisions” is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Provisions for pensions and similar obligations
  14,014,305   14,172,961   13,441,357 
Provisions for contingent liabilities and commitments (Note 2):
  598,735   487,048   360,594 
Of which: country risk
  57,216   11,529   8,096 
 
            
Other provisions
  4,613,473   5,162,981   4,221,973 
Total provisions
  19,226,513   19,822,990   18,023,924 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

 b) 
Changes
 
   
The changes in “Provisions” were as follows:
                                                 
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
      Contingent              Contingent              Contingent       
      Liabilities and  Other          Liabilities and  Other          Liabilities and  Other    
  Pensions  Commitments  Provisions  Total  Pensions  Commitments  Provisions  Total  Pensions  Commitments  Provisions  Total 
Balances at beginning of year
  14,173   487   5,163   19,823   13,441   361   4,222   18,024   11,297   291   3,211   14,799 
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
        1   1   (1)        (1)  1,734      1,138   2,872 
Additions charged to income:
                                                
Interest expense and similar charges (Note 39)
  735         735   641         641   650         650 
Personnel expenses (Note 49)
  223         223   246         246   96         96 
Extraordinary charges
  984   96   (1)  1,079   776   20   1,018   1,814   929   4   175   1,108 
 
                                                
Other additions arising from insurance contracts linked to pensions
  (6)        (6)  (10)        (10)  (46)        (46)
Payments to pensioners and early retirees with a charge to internal provisions
  (1,422)        (1,422)  (1,258)        (1,258)  (1,076)        (1,076)
Insurance premiums paid
  (2)        (2)  (8)        (8)  (4)        (4)
Payments to external funds
  (743)        (743)  (212)        (212)  (37)        (37)
Amount used
        (982)  (982)     (9)  (560)  (569)        (570)  (570)
Transfers, exchange differences and other changes
  72   16   433   521   558   115   483   1,156   (102)  66   268   232 
 
                                    
Balances at end of year
  14,014   599   4,614   19,227   14,173   487   5,163   19,823   13,441   361   4,222   18,024 
 
                                    

 

F-82


Table of Contents

 c) 
Provisions for pensions and similar obligations
 
   
The breakdown of the balance of “Provisions for pensions and similar obligations” is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Provisions for post-employment plans — Spanish entities
  5,647   5,657   5,685 
Provisions for other similar obligations — Spanish entities
  4,527   4,269   4,099 
Of which: early retirements
  4,481   4,215   4,051 
 
            
Provisions for post-employment plans — Abbey
  1,642   1,788   1,728 
Provisions for post-employment plans and other similar obligations — other foreign subsidiaries
  2,198   2,459   1,929 
 
         
Provisions for pensions and similar obligations
  14,014   14,173   13,441 
 
         
  
i. Spanish entities — Post-employment plans and other similar obligations
At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Spanish consolidated entities had post-employment benefit obligations under defined benefit plans. On July 25, 2006, the Bank entered into an agreement with the employee representative to promote a defined contribution plan aimed at all current personnel. Also, in 2006, 2005 and 2004 some of the consolidated entities offered certain of their employees the possibility of taking early retirement and, therefore, provisions were recognized in those years for the obligations to employees taking early retirement -in terms of salaries and other employee welfare costs- from the date of early retirement to the date of effective retirement.
At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Spanish entities had post-employment benefit obligations under defined contribution and defined benefit plans. The expenses incurred in respect of contributions (to non-Group companies) to defined contribution plans amounted to 13 million in 2006, 2 million in 2005 and 8 million in 2004.
The amount of defined benefit obligations was determined by independent actuaries using the following actuarial techniques:
 1. 
Valuation method: projected unit credit method, which sees each year of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately.
 
 2. 
Actuarial assumptions used: unbiased and mutually compatible. Specifically, the most significant actuarial assumptions used in the calculations were as follows:
                         
  Post-Employment Plans  Other Similar Obligations 
  2006  2005  2004  2006  2005  2004 
Annual discount rate
  4.0%  4.0%  4.0%  4.0%  4.0%  4.0%
Mortality tables
 GRM/F-95 GRM/F-95 GRM/F-95 GRM/F-95 GRM/F-95 GRM/F-95
 
 (PERM/F-2000 (PERM/F-2000 (PERM/F-2000 (PERM/F-2000 (PERM/F-2000 (PERM/F-2000
 
 in the case of in the case of in the case of in the case of in the case of in the case of
 
 Banesto) Banesto) Banesto) Banesto) Banesto) Banesto)
Cumulative annual CPI growth
  1.5%  1.5%  1.5%  1.5%  1.5%  1.5%
Annual salary increase rate
 2.50% (2.9% in the 2.50% (2.9% in the 2.50% (2.9% in the  n/a   n/a   n/a 
 
 case of Banesto) case of Banesto) case of Banesto)            
Annual social security pension increase rate
  1.5%  1.5%  1.5%  n/a   n/a   n/a 
                         
Annual benefit increase rate
  n/a   n/a   n/a  0% to 1.5% 0% to 1.5% 0% to 1.5%
 3. 
The estimated retirement age of each employee is the first at which the employee is entitled to retire or the agreed-upon age, as appropriate.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

   
The fair value of insurance contracts was determined as the present value of the related payment obligations, taking into account the following assumptions:
                         
  Post-Employment Plans  Other Similar Obligations 
  2006  2005  2004  2006  2005  2004 
Expected rate of return on plan assets
  4.0%  4.0%  4.0%         
Expected rate of return on reimbursement rights
  4.0%  4.0%  4.0%  4.0%  4.0%  4.0%
The funding status of the defined benefit obligations is as follows:
                         
  Millions of Euros 
  Post-Employment Plans  Other Similar Obligations 
  2006  2005  2004  2006  2005  2004 
Present value of the obligations:
                        
To current employees
  1,215   1,207   1,180          
Vested obligations to retired employees
  4,958   4,942   5,005          
To early retirees
           4,481   4,215   4,051 
Long-service bonuses and other obligations
           46   54   48 
Other
  164   225   248          
 
                  
 
  6,337   6,374   6,433   4,527   4,269   4,099 
 
                  
Less:
                        
 
                  
Fair value of plan assets
  203   211   212          
Unrecognized actuarial (gains)/losses
  482   506   536          
Unrecognized past service cost
  5                
 
                  
Provisions — Provisions for pensions
  5,647   5,657   5,685   4,527   4,269   4,099 
 
                  
Of which:
                        
Internal provisions for pensions
  3,065   3,015   2,982   4,504   4,235   4,048 
Insurance contracts linked to pensions (Note 14)
  2,582   2,642   2,703   23   34   51 
 
                  
The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statement in relation to the aforementioned defined benefit obligations are as follows:
                         
  Millions of Euros 
  Post-Employment Plans  Other Similar Obligations 
  2006  2005  2004  2006  2005  2004 
Current service cost
  55   54   47   3   6   1 
Interest cost
  239   255   296   156   150   138 
Expected return on plan assets
  (8)  (9)  (9)         
Expected return on insurance contracts linked to pensions
  (103)  (105)  (106)  (1)  (2)  (3)
Extraordinary charges-
                        
Actuarial (gains)/losses recognized in the year
  8   13   21   16   14   37 
Past service cost
  151   35   51         10 
Early retirement cost
  (24)  (13)  (111)  799   671   886 
Other
  (21)  (38)  (16)  (10)  (2)  (55)
 
                  
Total
  297   192   173   963   837   1,014 
 
                  

 

F-84


Table of Contents

The changes in the present value of the accrued defined benefit obligations were as follows:
                         
  Millions of Euros 
  Post-Employment Plans  Other Similar Obligations 
  2006  2005  2004  2006  2005  2004 
Present value of the obligations at beginning of year
  6,374   6,433   6,529   4,269   4,099   3,671 
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
                  
Current service cost
  55   54   47   3   6   1 
Interest cost
  239   255   296   156   150   138 
Early retirement cost
  (24)  (13)  (111)  799   671   886 
Effect of curtailment/settlement
  (21)  (38)  (16)  (10)  (2)  (55)
Benefits paid
  (415)  (324)  (319)  (708)  (673)  (589)
Past service cost
  156   35   51         10 
Actuarial (gains)/losses
  (25)  (26)  3   16   14   37 
Other
  (2)  (2)  (47)  2   4    
 
                  
Present value of the obligations at end of year
  6,337   6,374   6,433   4,527   4,269   4,099 
 
                  
The changes in the fair value of plan assets and of insurance contracts linked to pensions were as follows:
Plan assets
             
  Millions of Euros 
  Post-Employment Plans 
  2006  2005  2004 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  211   212   220 
Expected return on plan assets
  8   9   9 
Actuarial gains/(losses)
  (4)  1   (1)
Contributions
  2   8    
Benefits paid
  (14)  (19)  (16)
 
         
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  203   211   212 
 
         
Insurance contracts linked to pensions
                         
  Millions of Euros 
  Post-Employment Plans  Other Similar Obligations 
  2006  2005  2004  2006  2005  2004 
Fair value of insurance contracts linked to pensions at beginning of year
  2,642   2,703   2,790   34   51   76 
Expected return on insurance contracts (Note 38)
  103   105   106   1   2   3 
Actuarial gains/(losses)
  (6)  (10)  (46)         
Premiums paid
  11   12   22          
Benefits paid
  (168)  (168)  (169)  (12)  (19)  (28)
 
                  
Fair value of insurance contracts linked to pensions at beginning of year
  2,582   2,642   2,703   23   34   51 
 
                  
In 2007 the Group expects to make contributions in Spain to fund its defined benefit pension obligations for amounts similar to those made in 2006.
The plan assets and the insurance contracts linked to pensions are instrumented through insurance policies.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2006 for the next ten years:
     
  Millions 
  of Euros 
2007
  1,041 
2008
  993 
2009
  940 
2010
  883 
2011
  824 
2012 to 2016
  3,223 
 
   
 
  7,904 
 
   
ii. Abbey
At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, Abbey had defined contribution and defined benefit post-employment benefit obligations. The expenses incurred in respect of contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to5 million in 2006 and6 million in 2005.
The amount of the defined benefits obligations was determined by independent actuaries using the following actuarial techniques:
 1. 
Valuation method: projected unit credit method, which sees each year of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately.
 
 2. 
Actuarial assumptions used: unbiased and mutually compatible. Specifically, the most significant actuarial assumptions used in the calculations were as follows:
             
  2006  2005  2004 
Annual discount rate
  5.20%  4.85%  5.40%
Mortality tables
 PA92MC C2006 PA92MC C2005 PA92/C14/C04
Cumulative annual CPI growth
  3.0%  2.8%  2.8%
Annual salary increase rate
  4.0%  4.3%  4.3%
Annual pension increase rate
  3.0%  2.8%  2.8%
The funding status of the defined benefit obligations at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Present value of the obligations
  6,350   6,337   5,232 
Less:
            
Fair value of plan assets
  4,810   4,326   3,504 
Unrecognized actuarial (gains)/losses
  (102)  223    
Unrecognized past service cost
         
 
         
Provisions — Provisions for pensions
  1,642   1,788   1,728 
 
         

 

F-86


Table of Contents

The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statement in relation to the aforementioned defined benefit obligations are as follows:
         
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005 
Current service cost
  119   131 
Interest cost
  309   294 
Expected return on plan assets
  (263)  (240)
Extraordinary charges:
        
Actuarial gains/losses recognized in the year
      
Past service cost
      
Early retirement cost
  3    
 
      
Total
  168   185 
 
      
The changes in the present value of the accrued defined benefit obligations in 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Present value of the obligations at beginning of year
  6,337   5,232    
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
        5,232 
Current service cost
  119   131    
Interest cost
  309   294    
Early retirement cost
  3       
Benefits paid
  (178)  (102)   
Actuarial (gains)/losses
  (342)  570    
Exchange differences and other items
  102   212    
 
         
Present value of the obligations at end of year
  6,350   6,337   5,232 
 
         
The changes in the fair value of the plan assets in 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  4,326   3,504    
Net inclusion of entities in the Group
        3,504 
Expected return on plan assets
  263   240    
Actuarial gains/losses
  (13)  347    
Contributions
  303   238    
Benefits paid
  (178)  (102)   
Exchange differences
  109   99    
 
         
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  4,810   4,326   3,504 
 
         
Through Abbey, the Group expects to make contributions in 2007 to fund these defined benefit pension obligations for amounts similar to those made in 2006.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

The main categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows:
             
  2006  2005  2004 
Equity instruments
  46%  51%  51%
Debt instruments
  51%  48%  47%
Other
  3%  1%  2%
The expected return on plan assets was determined on the basis of the market expectations for returns over the duration of the related obligations.
The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2006 for the next ten years:
     
  Millions 
  of Euros 
2007
  179 
2008
  192 
2009
  206 
2010
  222 
2011
  234 
2012 to 2016
  1,394 
 
   
 
  2,427 
 
   
iii. Other foreign subsidiaries
Certain of the consolidated foreign entities have acquired commitments to their employees similar to post-employment benefits.
At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, these entities (Banespa and others) had defined contribution and defined benefit post-employment benefit obligations. The expenses incurred in respect of contributions to defined contribution plans amounted to 19 million in 2006, 13 million in 2005 and 11 million in 2004.
The actuarial assumptions used by these entities (discount rates, mortality tables and cumulative annual CPI growth) are consistent with the economic and social conditions prevailing in the countries in which they are located (in Brazil, AT-2000 mortality table, interest rate between 12.32% and 14.40%, and inflation and salary increase rates of 4%).
The funding status of the defined benefit obligations at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Present value of the obligations
  6,198   5,481   4,092 
Less:
            
Fair value of plan assets
  3,917   2,523   1,962 
Unrecognized actuarial (gains)/losses
  517   760   315 
Unrecognized past service cost
     2    
 
         
Provisions — Provisions for pensions
  1,764   2,196   1,815 
 
         
Of which:
            
Internal provisions for pensions
  2,198   2,459   1,929 
Net assets for pensions
  (224)  (55)  (10)
Unrecognized net assets for pensions
  (210)  (208)  (104)

 

F-88


Table of Contents

The amounts recognized in the consolidated income statement in relation to the aforementioned defined benefit obligations are as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Current service cost
  46   54   48 
Interest cost
  574   413   380 
Expected return on plan assets
  (271)  (222)  (156)
Extraordinary charges:
            
Actuarial gains/losses recognized in the year
  93   35   44 
Past service cost
  29      11 
Early retirement cost
  72   62   53 
Other
  (132)     (2)
 
         
Total
  411   342   378 
 
         
The changes in the present value of the accrued defined benefit obligations in 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Present value of the obligations at beginning of year
  5,481   4,092   3,855 
Current service cost
  46   54   47 
Interest cost
  574   413   380 
Early retirement cost
  72   62   53 
Effect of curtailment/settlement
  (132)     (2)
Benefits paid
  (513)  (423)  (306)
Past service cost
  27   2   11 
Actuarial (gains)/losses
  72   455   28 
Exchange differences and other items
  571   826   26 
 
         
Present value of the obligations at end of year
  6,198   5,481   4,092 
 
         
The changes in the fair value of the plan assets in 2006, 2005 and 2005 were as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  2,523   1,962   1,698 
Expected return on plan assets
  271   222   156 
Actuarial gains/(losses)
  12   9   98 
Contributions
  461   168   151 
Benefits paid
  (199)  (165)  (136)
Exchange differences and other items
  849   327   (5)
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  3,917   2,523   1,962 
In 2007 the Group expects to make contributions to fund these defined benefit pension obligations for amounts similar to those made in 2006.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

The main categories of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets are as follows:
             
  2006  2005  2004 
Equity instruments
  27%  28%  25%
Debt instruments
  61%  64%  61%
Properties
  3%  4%  6%
Other
  8%  4%  7%
The expected return on plan assets was determined on the basis of the market expectations for returns over the duration of the related obligations.
The following table shows the estimated benefits payable at December 31, 2006 for the next ten years:
     
  Millions 
  of Euros 
2007
  406 
2008
  420 
2009
  434 
2010
  449 
2011
  464 
2012 to 2016
  2,563 
 
   
 
  4,736 
 
   
d) 
Other provisions
 
  
The balance of “Provisions — Other provisions,” which includes, inter alia, provisions for restructuring costs and tax and legal litigation, was estimated using prudent calculation procedures in keeping with the uncertainty inherent in the obligations covered. The definitive date of the outflow of resources embodying economic benefits for the Group depends on each obligation; in certain cases, these obligations have no fixed settlement period and, in other cases, are based on litigation in progress.
 
  
The breakdown of the balance of “Provisions — Other provisions” is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Provisions for contingencies and commitments in operating units:
            
Recognized by Spanish companies
  892   937   929 
Of which:
            
Bank
  400   376   483 
Banesto
  249   331   349 
 
Recognized by other EU companies
  1,230   1,876   1,597 
Of which: Abbey
  931   1,458   1,138 
 
Recognized by other companies
  2,492   2,350   1,696 
Of which:
            
Brazil
  1,795   1,318   1,056 
Mexico
  193   233   143 
 
         
 
  4,614   5,163   4,222 
 
         

 

F-90


Table of Contents

e) Litigation
i. Tax disputes
At December 31, 2006, the main tax disputes concerning the Group were as follows:
  
The “Mandado de Segurança” filed by Banespa claiming its right to pay Brazilian income tax at a rate of 8%. On June 15, 2005, an unfavorable judgment was handed down against Banespa at first instance, which was appealed against at the Federal Regional Court, together with the application for the preliminary effects to remain in force. A decision has not yet been handed down by the Court.
 
  
The “Mandado de Segurança” filed by Banespa claiming its right to consider deductible the Brazilian income tax in the calculation of the related corporation tax. This action was declared unwarranted and an appeal was filed at the Federal Regional Court, requesting to have the claimability of the tax debt stayed and obtaining permission to deposit with the courts the amounts in question. A decision has not yet been handed down by the Court.
 
  
A claim was filed against Abbey National Treasury Services plc by tax authorities abroad in relation to the refund of certain tax credits and other associated amounts. The legal advisers of Abbey National Treasury Services plc considered that the grounds to contest this claim were well-founded, proof of which is that a favorable judgment was handed down at first instance in September 2006, although the judgment was appealed against by the tax authorities in January 2007. However, in December 2006 an unfavorable judgment for another taxpayer was handed down on another proceeding which might affect this case.
At December 31, 2006, other less significant tax litigation was in progress.
ii. Legal litigation
At December 31, 2006, the main legal litigation concerning the Group was as follows:
  
Casa de Bolsa Santander Serfin, S.A. de C.V. (Casa de Bolsa): In 1997 Casa de Bolsa Santander Serfin, S.A. de C.V. was sued for an alleged breach of various stock brokerage contracts. On July 6, 1999, Civil Court number thirty-one of the Federal District handed down a judgment ordering Casa de Bolsa to return to the plaintiff 2,401,588 shares of México 1 and 11,219,730 shares of México 4 at their market value and to pay MXP 15 million, plus interest calculated at the average percentage borrowing cost (C.P.P.) multiplied by four.
 
   
After numerous appeals were filed concerning the method used for calculating this interest, a final judgment was handed down ruling that the interest should not be capitalized. The estimated total indemnity payable, including the principal amount of the deposit, the uncapitalized interest and the value of the shares that must be returned, amounts to USD 26.7 million.
 
  
Misselling: claims associated with the sale by Abbey of certain financial products to its customers.
 
   
The provisions recorded by Abbey in this connection were calculated on the basis of the best estimate of the number of claims that would be received, of the percentage of claims that would be upheld and of the related amounts.
 
  
LANETRO, S.A.: claim (ordinary lawsuit no. 558/2002) filed by LANETRO, S.A. against Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. at Madrid Court of First Instance no. 34, requesting that the Bank comply with the obligation to subscribe to 30.05 million of a capital increase at the plaintiff.
 
   
On December 16, 2003, a judgment was handed down dismissing the plaintiff’s request. The subsequent appeal filed by LANETRO was upheld by a decision of the Madrid Provincial Appellate Court on October 27, 2006.
 
   
The Bank has prepared a cassation appeal against this decision.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

 
Galesa de Promociones, S.A.: small claims proceeding at Elche Court of First Instance no. 4 (case no. 419/1994), in connection with the claim filed by Galesa de Promociones, S.A. (Galesa) requesting the Court to annul a previous legal foreclosure proceeding brought by the Bank against the plaintiff in 1992, which culminated in the foreclosure of certain properties that were subsequently sold by auction.
 
  
The judgments handed down at first and second instance were in the Bank’s favor. The cassation appeal filed by Galesa at the Supreme Court was upheld by virtue of a decision on November 24, 2004 which ordered the reversal of the legal foreclosure proceeding to before the date on which the auctions were held. On June 8, 2006, Galesa filed a claim for the enforcement of the decision handed down by the Supreme Court, requesting that the Bank be ordered to pay 56 million, the estimated value of the properties, plus a further 33 million for loss of profit. The Bank challenged this claim on the grounds that the Supreme Court decision could not be enforced –since no order had been pronounced against the Bank, but rather a proceeding had merely been annulled– and it also argued that the damages requested would have to be ruled upon by an express court decision, which had not been pronounced.
 
  
The Elche Court of First Instance, by virtue of an order dated September 18, 2006, found in favor of the Bank, and referred the plaintiff to the appropriate ordinary proceeding for the valuation of the aforementioned damages. Galesa filed an appeal for reconsideration, which was dismissed by a resolution on November 11, 2006. Galesa has announced its intention to lodge an appeal against this resolution at the Alicante Provincial Appellate Court. This appeal, which has not yet been filed, will be duly contested by the Bank at the appropriate time.
 
Declaratory large claims action brought at Madrid Court of First Instance No. 19 (case No. 87/2001) in connection with a claim filed by Inversión Hogar, S.A. against the Bank. This claim sought the termination of a settlement agreement entered into between the Bank and the plaintiff on December 11, 1992. On May 19, 2006, a judgment was handed down at first instance, whereby the agreement was declared to be terminated and the Bank was ordered to pay 1.8 million, plus the related legal interest since February 1997, to return a property that was given in payment under the aforementioned agreement, to pay an additional 72.9 million relating to the replacement value of the assets foreclosed, and subsequently sold, by the Bank, and to pay all the related court costs. The Bank and Inversión Hogar, S.A. filed appeals against the judgment. Inversión Hogar, S.A. sought provisional enforcement of the judgment, which was contested by the Bank. On March 2, 2007, a decision was handed down upholding the Bank’s objection to the enforcement of the judgment.
 
BTOB Factory Ventures S.A. (BTOB): the dispute between Consalvi International Inc. (Consalvi) and the Bank arising from the “Framework Agreement” entered into between BTOB and Consalvi International Inc. on October 2, 2000. On that same date, the Bank subscribed to this agreement in its capacity as shareholder of BTOB, and assumed certain of the commitments stipulated therein.
 
  
Consalvi requested that the Bank honor its obligation to acquire from it 16,811 shares of BTOB at a price of approximately USD 67 million. Since the negotiations held to seek a solution to this matter proved unsuccessful, a request for arbitration was filed against the Bank in New York, as provided for in the agreement.
 
  
The arbitration conducted in 2005 at the International Centre for Dispute Resolution of the American Arbitration Association culminated in an arbitral award on September 1, 2005, which ruled that the Bank had not fulfilled its contractual obligations and ordered it to pay USD 68 million (57 million), plus interest.
 
  
On November 4, 2005 the Bank filed a claim at the New York Supreme Court requesting that the arbitral award be declared null and void. Consalvi challenged the jurisdiction of the state courts to hear this case and requested that the federal courts should decide whether or not the arbitral award should be declared null and void. The parties submitted written pleadings on both the merits of the case and the jurisdiction of the courts.
 
  
On June 22, 2006 the parties reached an out-of-court settlement whereby the litigation was definitively finalized and the related provisions were used and released.
At December 31, 2006, other less significant legal litigation was in progress.
* * * * *

 

F-92


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Group had recorded provisions that reasonably cover any contingencies that might arise from these tax and legal proceedings.
26. Equity having the substance of a financial liability
This category includes the financial instruments issued by the consolidated companies which, although equity for legal purposes, do not meet the requirements for classification as equity.
These shares do not carry any voting rights and are non-cumulative. They were subscribed to by non-Group third parties and, except for the shares of Abbey amounting to GBP 325 million, are redeemable at the discretion of the issuer, based on the terms and conditions of each issue.
The changes in the balance of “Equity having the substance of a financial liability” were as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  1,308,847   2,124,222   3,908,084 
Inclusion of companies in the Group
        877,477 
Redemptions
  (472,925)  (944,968)  (2,624,283)
Of which:
            
Totta & Açores Financing, Limited
  (118,483)      
Abbey National, plc
  (354,442)      
BSCH Finance, Ltd.
     (754,774)  (2,057,390)
BCH Capital, Ltd.
     (190,194)   
 
            
Exchange differences and other changes
  (167,594)  129,593   (37,056)
 
         
Balance at end of year
  668,328   1,308,847   2,124,222 
 
         
The detail of the issuers and of the most significant terms and conditions of the issues at December 31, 2006 is as follows:
                         
  Millions       
  2006  2005  Annual    
  Equivalent  Foreign  Equivalent  Foreign  Interest  Redemption 
Issuer and Currency of Issue Euro Value  Currency  Euro Value  Currency  Rate (%)  Option (1) 
Banesto Holdings Ltd. (US dollars)
  59   77   66   77   10.50%  06/30/12 
Totta Açores Financing Limited (US dollars)
        127   150   8.88%  10/11/06 
Pinto Totta International Finance Limited (US dollars)
  95   125   212   250   7.77 %(2)  08/01/07 
Abbey (US dollars)
        381   450   7.38%  11/09/06 
 
            
Abbey (pounds sterling)
  484   325   474   325  8.63% to 10.38% No option
Valuation adjustments
  30      49          
 
                  
Balance at end of year
  668       1,309             
 
                      
(1) 
From these dates, the issuer can redeem the shares, subject to prior authorization by the national supervisor.
 
(2) 
Return until August 1, 2007. 6-month US dollar Libor + 2.75% from this date.
27. Tax matters
 a) 
Consolidated Tax Group
Pursuant to current legislation, the consolidated tax group includes Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. (as the Parent) and the Spanish subsidiaries that meet the requirements provided for in Spanish legislation regulating the taxation of the consolidated profits of corporate groups (as the controlled entities).

 

F-93


Table of Contents

  
The other Group banks and companies file income tax returns in accordance with the tax regulations applicable in each country.
 
b) 
Years open for review by the tax authorities
 
  
At December 31, 2006, the consolidated tax group had the years from 2003 to 2006 open for review in relation to the main taxes applicable to it.
 
  
The other consolidated entities have the corresponding years open for review, pursuant to their respective tax regulations.
 
  
In 2006 there were no significant developments in connection with the tax disputes at the different instances, which were pending resolution at December 31, 2005.
 
  
The tax audit of 2001 and 2002 for the main taxes applicable to the consolidated tax group was completed in March 2007. Most of the tax assessments issued were signed on a contested basis.
 
  
Because of the possible different interpretations which can be made of the tax regulations, the outcome of the tax audits of the years reviewed and of the open years might give rise to contingent tax liabilities which cannot be objectively quantified. However, the Group’s tax advisers consider that the possibility of such contingent liabilities becoming actual liabilities is remote, and that in any event the tax charge which might arise therefrom would not materially affect the consolidated financial statements of the Group.
 
c) 
Reconciliation
 
  
The reconciliation of the corporation tax expense calculated at the statutory tax rate to the income tax expense recognized is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Consolidated profit before tax
            
From continuing operations
  9,150   7,800   4,387 
From discontinued operations
  1,685   341   206 
 
         
 
  10,835   8,141   4,593 
 
         
Corporation tax at 35%
  3,792   2,849   1,608 
Decreases due to permanent differences
  (1,022)  (981)  (676)
Of which:
            
Due to effect of different tax rates
  (1,364)  (627)  (398)
Due to effect on deferred taxes of change in Spanish tax rate
  491       
 
         
Income tax of Group companies, per local books
  2,770   1,868   932 
 
         
Net increases (decreases) due to other permanent differences
  (568)  (539)  (383)
Other, net
  388   62   48 
 
         
 
            
Current income tax
  2,590   1,391   597 
 
         
 
            
Of which:
            
Continuing operations
  2,294   1,275   526 
Discontinued operations
  296   116   71 
 
            
Of which:
            
Current tax
  2,003   837   409 
Deferred taxes
  587   554   188 
 
            
Taxes paid in the year
  949   1,036   585 

 

F-94


Table of Contents

The effective tax rate is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Consolidated tax group
  4,212   3,281   1,770 
Other Spanish entities
  1,518   389   287 
Foreign entities
  5,105   4,471   2,536 
 
         
 
  10,835   8,141   4,593 
 
         
Income tax
  2,590   1,391   597 
 
            
 
         
Effective tax rate
  23.90%  17.09%  13.00%
d) 
Tax recognized in equity
 
  
In addition to the income tax recognized in the consolidated income statement, the Group recognized the following amounts in consolidated equity:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Tax charged to equity
  (418)  (438)  (477)
Measurement of available-for-sale fixed-income securities
  (276)  (184)  (256)
Measurement of available-for-sale equity securities
  (99)  (230)  (221)
Measurement of cash flow hedges
  (43)  (24)   
 
            
Tax credited to equity
        1 
Measurement of cash flow hedges
        1 
 
         
Total
  (418)  (438)  (476)
 
         
e) 
Deferred taxes
 
  
The balance of “Tax assets” in the consolidated balance sheets includes debit balances with the tax authorities relating to deferred tax assets. The balance of “Tax liabilities” includes the liability for the Group’s various deferred tax liabilities.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

The detail of the balances of “Deferred tax assets” and “Deferred tax liabilities” is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros
  2006  2005  2004 
Deferred tax assets
  9,156   8,909   8,342 
Of which:
            
Banespa
  1,577   1,201   806 
Abbey
  1,517   1,390   1,196 
Early retirements
  1,482   1,286   1,274 
Other pensions
  966   1,225   1,256 
 
            
Deferred tax liabilities
  3,778   2,767   2,871 
Of which:
            
Abbey
  799   957   796 
Banespa
  149   33   117 
Banco Santander (Mexico)
  159   6   13 
Santander Consumer Bank Aktiengesellschaft
  104   83   59 
Valuation adjustments
  425   560   500 

 

F-96


Table of Contents

The changes in the balances of “Deferred tax assets” and “Deferred tax liabilities” were as follows:
                         
  Millions of Euros
          Foreign          
          Currency  Charge/Credit       
          Balance  to Asset       
  Balances at      Translation  and Liability  Acquisitions  Balances at 
  December 31,  (Charge)/Credit  Differences and  Revaluation  for the Year  December 31, 
  2005  to Income  Other Items  Reserve  (Net)  2006 
Deferred tax assets
  8,909   148   225   (22)  (104)  9,156 
Deferred tax liabilities
  (2,767)  (735)  (252)  112   (136)  (3,778)
 
                  
Total
  6,142   (587)  (27)  90   (240)  5,378 
 
                  
 f) 
Other information
 
   
In conformity with the Listing Rules Instrument 2005 published by the UK Financial Services Authority, it is hereby stated that shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom will be entitled to a tax credit in respect of the withholdings the Bank is required to make from the dividends to be paid to them. The shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom who hold their ownership interest in the Bank through Grupo Santander Nominee Service will be informed directly of the amount thus withheld and of any other data they may require to complete their tax returns in the United Kingdom. The other shareholders of the Bank resident in the United Kingdom should contact their bank or securities broker.
28. Minority interests
“Minority interests” include the net amount of the equity of subsidiaries attributable to equity instruments that do not belong, directly or indirectly, to the Bank, including the portion attributed to them of profit for the year.
 a) 
Breakdown
 
   
The detail, by Group company, of the balance of “Equity – Minority interests” is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin, S.A. de C.V. (Note 3)
  657,013   609,728   345,293 
Banesto
  303,889   767,833   671,994 
Banco Santander Chile
  234,726   146,192   111,002 
Brazil Group
  45,161   44,275   35,406 
Santander BanCorp
  31,311   29,539   33,107 
Other companies
  298,837   720,990   498,150 
 
         
 
  1,570,937   2,318,557   1,694,952 
 
         
Profit for the year attributed to minority interests
  649,806   529,666   390,364 
Of which:
            
Banesto Group
  260,591   149,143   100,554 
Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin, S.A. de C.V.
  166,103   139,885   124,922 
Banco Santander Chile
  84,640   58,153   45,097 
Somaen-Dos, S.L.
  77,177   138,919   86,435 
Brazil Group
  10,568   11,559   12,686 
Santander BanCorp
  3,053   6,680   7,036 
 
         
 
  2,220,743   2,848,223   2,085,316 
 
         

 

F-97


Table of Contents

 b) 
Changes
 
   
The changes in the balance of “Minority interests” are summarized as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  2,848   2,085   1,961 
(Net) inclusion of companies in the Group and changes in scope of consolidation
  (1,050)  34    
Change in proportion of ownership interest
  72   (1)  (64)
Valuation adjustments
  15   49   (18)
Dividends paid to minority interests
  (160)  (137)  (161)
Changes in share capital
  (29)  (25)  32 
Exchange differences and other items
  (125)  313   (55)
Profit for the year attributed to minority interests
  650   530   390 
 
         
Balance at end of year
  2,221   2,848   2,085 
 
         
29. Valuation adjustments
The balances of “Valuation adjustments” include the amounts, net of the related tax effect, of adjustments to the assets and liabilities recognized temporarily in equity through the statement of changes in equity until they are extinguished or realized, when they are recognized definitively as shareholders’ equity through the consolidated income statement. The amounts arising from subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates are presented, on a line by line basis, in the appropriate items according to their nature.
“Valuation adjustments” include the following items:
 a) 
Available-for-sale financial assets
 
   
This item includes the net amount of unrealized changes in the fair value of assets classified as available-for-sale financial assets.
 
   
The changes in this item were as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  1,941,690   1,936,818   2,048,689 
Revaluation gains
  1,663,713   911,814   925,454 
Income tax
  (144,772)  (23,468)  (215,770)
Amounts transferred to income statement
  (1,177,308)  (883,474)  (821,555)
 
         
Balance at end of year
  2,283,323   1,941,690   1,936,818 
 
         
Of which:
            
Fixed-income
  594,719   407,084   546,464 
Equities
  1,688,604   1,534,606   1,390,354 
 b) 
Cash flow hedges
 
   
This item includes the net amount of changes in the value of financial derivatives designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedges, for the portion of these changes considered as effective hedges (Note 11).

 

F-98


Table of Contents

 c) 
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations and Exchange differences
 
   
“Hedges of net investments in foreign operations” include the net amount of changes in the value of hedging instruments in hedges of net investments in foreign operations, for the portion of these changes considered as effective hedges (Note 11).
 
   
“Exchange differences” include the net amount of exchange differences arising on non-monetary items whose fair value is adjusted against equity and the differences arising on the translation to euros of the balances of the consolidated entities whose functional currency is not the euro (Note 2-a).
 
   
The changes in these two items were as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balance at beginning of year
  1,065,000   (157,467)   
Revaluation gains (losses)
  (529,982)  1,388,998   (160,853)
Amounts transferred to income statement
  3,164   (166,531)  3,386 
 
         
Balance at end of year
  538,182   1,065,000   (157,467)
 
         
Of which:
            
Arising on consolidation:
            
Subsidiaries (Note 25):
  549,211   1,061,515   (154,185)
Brazil Group
  456,412   544,228   10,839 
Chile Group
  (40,677)  178,260   (10,796)
Mexico Group
  (217,746)  87,093   (65,256)
Abbey
  490,771   264,769   (79,155)
Other
  (139,549)  (12,835)  (9,817)
 
            
Associates (Note 13)
  (11,029)  3,485   (3,282)
30. Shareholders’ equity
“Shareholders’ equity” includes the amounts of equity contributions from shareholders, accumulated profit or loss recognized through the consolidated income statement, and components of compound financial instruments having the substance of permanent equity. Amounts arising from subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities are presented in the appropriate items based on their nature.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

The changes in “Shareholders’ equity” were as follows:
                                     
  Thousands of Euros 
              Reserves of          Profit       
              Entities          (Loss)       
              Accounted  Other      Attributed  Dividends    
  Share  Share  Accumulated  for Using the  Equity  Treasury  to the  and    
  Capital  Premium  Reserves  Equity Method  Instruments  Shares  Group  Remuneration  Total 
Balances at January 1, 2004
  2,384,201   8,720,722   7,631,559   602,807   58,567   (39,122)     (739,101)  18,619,633 
Consolidated profit for the year
                    3,605,870      3,605,870 
Dividends/Remuneration
        (1,444,387)              (571,561)  (2,015,948)
Issues (reductions)
  742,947   11,797,995   (1,472)                 12,539,470 
Purchase and sale of own equity instruments
        (39,845)        (87,378)        (127,223)
Payments with equity instruments
                           
Transfers
     (148,589)  139,840   8,749                
Other
        (29,063)  9,639   35,000            15,576 
 
                           
Balances at December 31, 2004
  3,127,148   20,370,128   6,256,632   621,195   93,567   (126,500)  3,605,870   (1,310,662)  32,637,378 
 
                           
Consolidated profit for the year
                    6,220,104      6,220,104 
Appropriation of profit for the year
        3,279,608   326,262         (3,605,870)      
Dividends/Remuneration
        (1,721,691)  (115,582)           (433,537)  (2,270,810)
Issues (reductions)
        (2,531)                 (2,531)
Purchase and sale of own equity instruments
        26,421         73,432         99,853 
Payments with equity instruments
              19,167            19,167 
Transfers
        267,052   (243,462)  (23,590)            
Other
        (5,351)  15,236   (11,666)           (1,781)
 
                           
Balances at December 31, 2005
  3,127,148   20,370,128   8,100,140   603,649   77,478   (53,068)  6,220,104   (1,744,199)  36,701,380 
 
                           
Consolidated profit for the year
                    7,595,947      7,595,947 
Appropriation of profit for the year
        5,828,922   391,182         (6,220,104)      
Dividends/Remuneration
        (2,495,742)  (109,173)           406,981   (2,197,934)
Issues (reductions)
        (4,163)                 (4,163)
Purchase and sale of own equity instruments
        9,627         (73,733)        (64,106)
Payments with equity instruments
              19,167            19,167 
Transfers
        79,346   (44,369)  (34,977)            
Other
        (26,460)  (43,479)  450            (69,489)
 
                           
Balances at December 31, 2006
  3,127,148   20,370,128   11,491,670   797,810   62,118   (126,801)  7,595,947   (1,337,218)  41,980,802 
 
                           
Parent
  3,127,148   20,370,128   6,600,033      45,973   (21,640)  3,256,190   (1,337,218)  32,040,614 
Subsidiaries
        4,839,892      16,145   (105,161)  3,836,817      8,587,693 
Jointly controlled entities
        51,745            76,323      128,068 
Associates
           797,810         426,617      1,224,427 
31. Issued capital
 a) 
Changes
 
   
The changes in the Bank’s share capital were as follows:
         
  Share Capital 
  Number of  Par Value 
  Shares  (Euros) 
Number of shares and par value of share capital at December 31, 2003
  4,768,402,943   2,384,201,472 
Capital increases:
        
Acquisition of Abbey shares (Note 3-c)
  1,485,893,636   742,946,818 
 
      
Number of shares and par value of share capital at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006
  6,254,296,579   3,127,148,290 

 

F-100


Table of Contents

   
The Bank’s shares are listed on the computerized trading system of the Spanish stock exchanges and on the New York, London, Milan, Lisbon, Buenos Aires and Mexico stock exchanges, and all shares have the same features and rights. At December 31, 2006, the only shareholders with an ownership interest in the Bank’s share capital of over 3% were Chase Nominees Ltd. (with a 9.87% holding), State Street Bank & Trust (with a 5.35% holding) and EC Nominees Ltd. (with a 4.93% holding).
 
 b) 
Other considerations
 
   
At December 31, 2006, the additional share capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting of the Bank amounted to 1,939 million.
 
   
The shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006 resolved to increase capital by375 million, and fully empowered the Board of Directors, for a period of one year, to set and establish the terms and conditions for this capital increase in all matters not already provided for by the Annual General Meeting. In exercising these powers, the Board of Directors must determine whether the capital increase is to be performed through the issuance of new shares or by increasing the par value of the shares outstanding.
 
   
Also, the shareholders at the aforementioned Annual General Meeting authorized the Bank’s Board of Directors to issue fixed-income securities for up to a maximum amount of 35,000 million or the equivalent amount in another currency, by any lawful means. The shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 21, 2003 authorized the Board of Directors to issue fixed-income securities convertible into new shares and/or exchangeable for outstanding shares for up to4,000 million over a five-year period, and empowered the Bank’s Board of Directors to increase capital by the required amount to cater for the requests for conversion.
 
   
At December 31, 2006, the shares of the following companies were listed on official stock markets: Banco Río de la Plata, S.A.; Banco de Venezuela, S.A.; Banco Santander Colombia, S.A.; Santander BanCorp (Puerto Rico); Grupo Financiero Santander Serfin, S.A. de C.V.; Banco Santander Chile; Cartera Mobiliaria, S.A., S.I.C.A.V.; Ajalvir S.I.C.A.V., S.A.; Santander Chile Holding, S.A.; Inmuebles B de V 1985 C.A.; Banespa; Banesto; Portada, S.A. and Capital Variable S.I.C.A.V., S.A.
 
   
The number of Bank shares owned by third parties and managed by Group management companies (mainly portfolio, collective investment undertaking and pension fund managers) was 42,435,424, which represented 0.68% of the Bank’s share capital. In addition, the number of Bank shares owned by third parties and received as security was 17,829,400 (equal to 0.285% of the Bank’s share capital).
 
   
At December 31, 2006, the capital increases in progress at Group companies and the additional capital authorized by their shareholders at the respective Annual General Meetings were not material at Group level.
32. Share premium
“Share premium” includes the amount paid up by the Bank’s shareholders in capital issues in excess of the par value.
The Consolidated Spanish Companies Law expressly permits the use of the share premium account balance to increase capital at the entities at which it is recognized and does not establish any specific restrictions as to its use.
33. Reserves
 a) 
Definitions
 
   
The balance of “Shareholders’ equity – Reserves – Accumulated reserves” includes the net amount of the accumulated profit or loss recognized in previous years through the consolidated income statement that, in the distribution of profit, was appropriated to equity, and the own equity instrument issuance expenses and the differences between the selling price of treasury shares and the cost of acquisition thereof.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

   
The balance of “Shareholders’ equity – Reserves of entities accounted for using the equity method” includes the net amount of the accumulated profit or loss generated in previous years by entities accounted for using the equity method, recognized through the consolidated income statement.
 
 b) 
Breakdown
 
   
The breakdown of the balances of these reserve accounts is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Accumulated reserves:
            
Restricted reserves-
            
Legal reserve
  625,430   625,430   625,430 
Reserve for treasury shares
  378,700   173,103   229,672 
Revaluation reserve Royal Decree-Law 7/1996
  42,666   42,666   42,666 
Reserve for retired capital
  10,610       
 
            
Voluntary reserves (*)
  3,711,534   3,791,677   3,646,801 
Consolidation reserves attributed to the Bank
  1,831,093   992,066   260,333 
Reserves at subsidiaries
  4,891,637   2,475,198   1,451,730 
 
         
 
  11,491,670   8,100,140   6,256,632 
 
         
Reserves of entities accounted for using the equity method:
            
Associates
  797,810   603,649   621,195 
Of which:
            
Cepsa
  662,172   469,763   342,318 
Unión Fenosa
        151,092 
Attijariwafa Bank
  111,701   102,692   99,816 
 
         
 
  12,289,480   8,703,789   6,877,827 
 
         
(*) 
They include the reserves stipulated by Article 81 of the Consolidated Spanish Companies Law for an amount equal to the loans granted by Group companies to third parties for the acquisition of treasury shares.
i. Legal reserve
Under the Consolidated Companies Law, Spanish entities must transfer 10% of net profit for each year to the legal reserve. These transfers must be made until the balance of this reserve reaches 20% of the share capital. The legal reserve can be used to increase capital provided that the remaining reserve balance does not fall below 10% of the increased share capital amount.
ii. Reserve for treasury shares
Pursuant to the Consolidated Companies Law, a restricted reserve has been recorded for an amount equal to the carrying amount of the Bank shares owned by subsidiaries. The balance of this reserve will become unrestricted when the circumstances which gave rise to its mandatory recording cease to exist. Additionally, this reserve covers the outstanding balance of loans granted by the Group secured by Bank shares.
iii. Revaluation reserve Royal Decree Law 7/1996, of June 7.
The balance of “Revaluation reserve royal Decree-Law 7/1996” can be used, free of tax, to increase share capital. From January 1, 2007, the balance of this account can be taken to unrestricted reserves, provided that the monetary surplus has been realized. The surplus will be deemed to have been realized in respect of the portion on which depreciation has been taken for accounting purposes or when the revalued assets have been transferred or derecognized.
If the balance of this reserve were used in a manner other than that provided for in Royal Decree-Law 7/1996, of June 7, it would be subject to taxation.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

iv. Reserves at subsidiaries
The detail, by company, of the balance of “Reserves at subsidiaries”, based on the subsidiaries’ contribution to the Group (considering the effect of consolidation adjustments) is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Banco Español de Crédito, S.A. (Banesto) (Consolidated Group)
  2,312   1,809   1,404 
Banco Santander Serfin, S.A. (Consolidated Group)
  1,336   998   760 
Banespa (Consolidated Group)
  976   927   678 
Banco Santander Totta, S.A. (Consolidated Group)
  784   642   554 
Abbey Group
  742       
Banco Santander Chile (Consolidated Group)
  473   215   203 
Banco de Venezuela, S.A.C.A. (Consolidated Group)
  402   272   195 
Grupo Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.
  304   302   292 
Cartera Mobiliaria, S.A., S.I.C.A.V.
  281   241   230 
Santander Central Hispano Investment, S.A.
  167   129   129 
Banco Santander International (United States)
  156   138   124 
Banco Santander (Suisse), S.A.
  110   90   59 
Banco Santander de Negocios Portugal, S.A.
  63   44   119 
Banco Río de la Plata, S.A.
  (587)  (379)  (377)
Exchange differences
  (3,167)  (3,167)  (3,167)
Consolidation adjustments and other companies
  540   214   249 
 
         
Total
  4,892   2,475   1,452 
 
         
Of which: restricted
  740   556   444 
 
         
34. Other equity instruments and Treasury shares
 a) 
Other equity instruments
 
   
“Other equity instruments” includes the equity component of compound financial instruments, the increase in equity due to personnel remuneration, and other items not recognized in other “Shareholders’ equity” items.
 
 b) 
Treasury shares
 
   
The balance of “Shareholders’ equity – Treasury shares” includes the amount of equity instruments held by all the Group entities.
 
   
Transactions involving own equity instruments, including their issuance and cancellation, are recognized directly in equity, and no profit or loss may be recognized on these transactions. The costs of any transaction involving own equity instruments are deducted directly from equity, net of any related tax effect.
 
   
The shareholders at the Bank’s Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006 set the maximum number of Bank shares that the Bank and/or any Group subsidiary are authorized to acquire at 5% of the fully paid share capital amount, at a minimum share price which cannot be lower than par value and a maximum share price of up to 3% higher than the quoted price on the computerized trading system of the Spanish stock exchanges at the date of acquisition.
 
   
The Bank shares owned by the consolidated companies accounted for 0.12% of issued capital (0.15% including derivatives on own equity instruments) at December 31, 2006 (December 31, 2005: 0.08%; December 31, 2004: 0.2%).
 
   
The average purchase price of the Bank’s shares in 2006 was 11.98 per share and the average selling price was 11.90 per share (2005: 9.71 and 9.77 per share, respectively; 2004: 9.0 and 8.8 per share, respectively).

 

F-103


Table of Contents

The effect on equity arising from transactions involving Bank shares (gains of 10 million in 2006, gains of 26 million in 2005 and losses of 40 million in 2004) was recognized in equity.
35. Off-balance-sheet items
“Off-balance-sheet items” relate to balances representing rights, obligations and other legal situations that in the future may have an impact on net assets, as well as any other balances needed to reflect all transactions performed by the consolidated entities although they may not impinge on their net assets.
 a) 
Contingent liabilities
 
   
“Contingent liabilities” includes all transactions under which an entity guarantees the obligations of a third party and which result from financial guarantees granted by the entity or from other types of contract. The breakdown is as follows:
i. Financial guarantees
Financial guarantees are the amounts that would be payable by the consolidated entities on behalf of third parties as a result of the commitments assumed by those entities in the course of their ordinary business, if the parties who are originally liable to pay failed to do so.
The breakdown of “Financial guarantees” is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Bank guarantees and other indemnities provided
  52,697   44,251   28,534 
Credit derivatives sold
  478   180    
Irrevocable documentary credits
  5,029   3,767   2,978 
Other financial guarantees
  1   2    
 
         
 
  58,205   48,200   31,512 
 
         
A significant portion of these guarantees will expire without any payment obligation materializing for the consolidated entities and, therefore, the aggregate balance of these commitments cannot be considered as an actual future need for financing or liquidity to be provided by the Group to third parties.
Income from guarantee instruments is recognized under “Fee and commission income” in the consolidated income statements and is calculated by applying the rate established in the related contract to the nominal amount of the guarantee.
ii. Assets earmarked for third-party obligations
“Assets earmarked for third-party obligations” includes the carrying amount of the assets owned by the consolidated entities that have been earmarked for the full performance of customer transactions.
iii. Other contingent liabilities
This item includes the amount of any contingent liability not included in other items.
 b) 
Contingent commitments
 
   
“Contingent commitments” includes those irrevocable commitments that could give rise to the recognition of financial assets.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

The breakdown of “Contingent commitments” is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Drawable by third parties
  91,690   77,678   63,111 
Financial asset forward purchase commitments
  1,449   991   1,072 
Regular way financial asset purchase contracts
  3,202   9,886   3,661 
Securities subscribed but not paid
  83   196   122 
Securities placement and underwriting commitments
  3   16   9 
Documents delivered to clearing houses
  6,013   6,030   5,646 
Other contingent commitments
  809   1,466   1,240 
 
         
 
  103,249   96,263   74,861 
 
         
36. Other disclosures
 a) 
Notional amounts of trading and hedging derivatives
 
   
The breakdown of the notional and/or contractual amounts of the trading and hedging derivatives held by the Group at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is as follows:
                         
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Notional  Market  Notional  Market  Notional  Market 
  Amount  Value  Amount  Value  Amount  Value 
Trading derivatives:
                        
Interest rate risk-
                        
Forward rate agreements
  116,858   (267)  16,332   3   25,332   5 
Interest rate swaps
  1,466,880   761   1,156,681   (2,019)  849,037   (1,933)
Options and futures
  825,795   (780)  419,628   345   281,661   52 
Foreign currency risk-
                        
Foreign currency purchases and sales
  81,612   (142)  63,203   108   31,005   (161)
Foreign currency options
  62,852   (464)  39,091   (223)  12,556   (371)
Currency swaps
  56,096   (366)  45,458   (154)  16,018   1 
Securities and commodities derivatives
  138,628   (2,496)  90,547   341   50,585   (1,755)
 
                  
 
  2,748,721   (3,754)  1,830,940   (1,599)  1,266,194   (4,162)
 
                  
 
                        
Hedging derivatives:
                        
Interest rate risk-
                        
Forward rate agreements
  1      737   (3)  3    
Interest rate swaps
  103,564   547   89,713   1,630   110,748   1,293 
Futures and options
  9,793   (66)  106,341   (28)  50,999   (5)
Foreign currency risk-
                        
Foreign currency purchases and sales
  1,745   3   6,856   (25)  30,894    
Foreign currency options
  15,266   6   110      20    
Currency swaps
  26,371   (989)  20,563   248   48,446   (357)
Securities and commodities derivatives
  622   (8)  2,307   (7)  53,890   (1)
 
                  
 
  157,363   (506)  226,627   1,815   295,000   930 
 
                  
Total
  2,906,084   (4,259)  2,057,567   216   1,561,194   (3,232)
 
                  
The notional and/or contractual amounts of the contracts entered into do not reflect the actual risk assumed by the Group, since the net position in these financial instruments is the result of offsetting and/or combining them. This net position is used by the Group basically to hedge the interest rate, underlying asset price or foreign currency risk; the results on these financial instruments are recognized under “Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net)” in the consolidated income statements and increase or offset, as appropriate, the gains or losses on the investments hedged (Note 11).

 

F-105


Table of Contents

Additionally, in order to interpret correctly the results on the “Securities and Commodities Derivatives” shown in the foregoing table, it should be considered that these items relate mostly to securities options for which a premium has been received which offsets their negative market value. Also, this market value is offset by positive market values generated by symmetrical positions in the Group’s held-for-trading portfolio.
The Group manages the credit risk exposure of these contracts through netting arrangements with its main counterparties and by receiving assets as collaterals of its risk positions.
The detail of the cumulative credit risk exposure, by financial derivative, is as follows:
         
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005 
Credit derivatives
  709   242 
Securities derivatives
  2,148   1,573 
Fixed-income derivatives
  9   67 
Currency derivatives
  7,498   7,386 
Interest rate derivatives
  18,084   19,319 
Commodities derivatives
  4    
Collateral received
  (1,562)  (2,496)
 
      
Total
  26,890   26,091 
 
      
The fair value of hedging derivatives, by type of hedge, is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Fair value hedges
  (474)  2,046   994 
Cash flow hedges
  (35)  24   54 
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations
  3   (255)  (118)
 
         
 
  (506)  1,815   930 
 
         
Following is the description of the main hedges (including the results of the hedging instrument and the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk):
i. Fair value hedges
The Group hedges the interest rate risk of the issues secured by the Bank. At 2006 year-end the Group held IRS contracts with an equivalent euro nominal value of 43,026 million, of which34,160 million are denominated in euros, 4,243 million in US dollars and 3,574 million in pounds sterling. The fair value of these transactions at that date represents a loss of 471.5 million, which was offset by the gain on the hedged items, giving rise to a net loss of 5.1 million.
ii. Foreign currency hedges
As part of its financial strategy, the Group hedges the foreign currency risk arising from the investments in non-euro-area countries. To this end, it arranges foreign currency derivatives in order to take a long position in euros vis-à-vis the local currency of the investment. At 2006 year-end, the Group held foreign exchange options in this connection with an equivalent euro nominal value of 8,900 million, of which 4,939 million are denominated in pounds sterling, 2,570 million in Mexican pesos and 1,390 million in Chilean pesos. In 2006, losses amounting to45.9 million arising from the settlement of the options sold in the year were allocated to reserves. At 2006 year-end, the value of the options not yet exercised represented a gain of15.2 million.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

 b) 
Off-balance-sheet funds under management
 
   
The detail of off-balance-sheet funds managed by the Group is as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Investment funds
  119,838   109,480   97,838 
Pension funds
  29,450   28,619   21,679 
Assets under management
  17,836   14,746   8,998 
 
         
 
  167,124   152,845   128,515 
 
         
37. Discontinued operations
 a) 
Description of divestments
i. Abbey’s insurance business (Note 3-c.ii)
In the third quarter of 2006 an agreement was entered into with Resolution plc (“Resolution”) for the sale to the latter of Abbey’s life insurance business for 5,340 million (GBP 3,600 million). The transaction did not give rise to any gains for the Group.
ii. Inmobiliaria Urbis (Note 3-c.xvi)
The agreement to sell the Group’s 53.62% ownership interest in Urbis to Construcciones Reyal for1,776 million was implemented in December 2006. This divestment gave rise to a pre-tax gain of 1,218 million.
Additionally, the Group made other less significant disposals totaling 128 million, giving rise to a gain of 89 million.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

 b) 
Profit and net cash flows from discontinued operations
 
   
The detail of the profit generated by discontinued operations is set forth below.
 
   
The comparative figures for 2005 and 2004 were restated in order to include the operations classified as discontinued in 2006.
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Net interest income
  (82,955)  (174,324)  37,256 
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
  123   9   (25)
 
Net fee and commission income
  21,928   59,710   43,743 
Insurance activity income
  333,339   588,841    
Gains/Losses on financial assets and liabilities
  18,738   4,211   1,336 
Exchange differences
  11   (153)  (418)
 
         
Gross income
  291,184   478,294   81,892 
 
         
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services
  762,041   845,989   729,691 
Cost of sales
  (455,817)  (576,135)  (500,188)
Other operating income (Net)
  (4,193)  (13,570)  (1,110)
Personnel expenses
  (95,962)  (144,206)  (31,942)
Other general administrative expenses
  (83,071)  (208,665)  (29,324)
Depreciation and amortization
  (3,511)  (3,876)  (5,523)
 
         
Net operating income
  410,671   377,831   243,496 
 
         
Other gains (Net)
  (32,611)  (36,560)  (37,743)
 
         
Profit before tax
  378,060   341,271   205,753 
 
         
Income tax
  (113,016)  (116,438)  (70,968)
Profit from divestments
  1,307,033       
Income tax
  (182,703)      
 
         
Profit from discontinued operations
  1,389,374   224,833   134,785 
 
         
Additionally, following is a detail of the net cash flows attributable to the operating, investing and financing activities of discontinued operations.
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
  78,771   76,672   58,494 
Cash flows from operating activities
  165,376   (2,075,981)  (63,728)
Cash flows from investing activities
  (64,141)  1,630,448   16,689 
Cash flows from financing activities
  (112,472)  447,632   65,217 
 
         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  67,534   78,771   76,672 
 
         

 

F-108


Table of Contents

c) 
Consideration received
 
  
The breakdown of the assets and liabilities associated with discontinued operations is as follows:
     
  Millions 
  of Euros 
  2006 
ASSETS:
    
Cash and balances with central banks
  68 
Financial assets held for trading
  1,495 
Of which: Abbey Insurance
  1,482 
 
    
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
  35,837 
Of which: Abbey Insurance
  35,812 
 
    
Available-for-sale financial assets
  6 
Loans and receivables
  1,461 
Of which: Abbey Insurance
  1,105 
 
    
Non-current assets held for sale
  8 
Investments
  10 
Reinsurance assets
  2,361 
Of which: Abbey Insurance
  2,361 
 
    
Tangible assets
  726 
Intangible assets
  31 
Tax assets
  89 
Prepayments and accrued income
  1,135 
Of which: Abbey
  1,134 
 
    
Other assets
  2,910 
Of which: Urbis
  2,904 
 
    
LIABILITIES:
    
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
  (845)
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
  (4,355)
Of which: Urbis
  (2,707)
 
    
Liabilities under insurance contracts
  (34,355)
Of which: Abbey Insurance
  (34,355)
 
    
Provisions
  (57)
Tax liabilities
  (147)
Accrued expenses and deferred income
  (16)
Other liabilities
  (6)
 
   
Net asset value
  6,356 
 
   
Goodwill
  46 
Minority interests
  (464)
 
   
Net amount
  5,938 
 
   
Profit from divestments
  1,307 
 
   
Consideration received
  7,245 
 
   
Of which: in cash
  7,245 
 
   

 

F-109


Table of Contents

d) 
Earnings per share relating to discontinued operations
 
  
The earnings per share relating to discontinued operations were as follows:
             
  2006  2005  2004 
Basic earnings per share (euros)
  0.1886   0.0232   0.0162 
Diluted earnings per share (euros)
  0.1875   0.0232   0.0161 
38. Interest and similar income
“Interest and similar income” in the consolidated income statement comprises the interest accruing in the year on all financial assets with an implicit or explicit return, calculated by applying the effective interest method, irrespective of measurement at fair value, and the adjustments to income as a result of hedge accounting. Interest is recognized gross, without deducting any tax withheld at source.
The breakdown of the main interest and similar income items earned in 2006, 2005 and 2004 is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Balances with the Bank of Spain and other central banks
  616,125   404,506   235,777 
Due from credit institutions
  2,363,797   2,396,805   1,092,889 
Debt instruments
  4,573,059   4,337,914   3,756,255 
Loans and advances to customers
  26,501,282   21,403,561   10,421,235 
Insurance contracts linked to pensions (Note 25)
  103,821   106,617   108,570 
Other interest
  2,682,812   4,449,463   1,829,624 
 
         
Total
  36,840,896   33,098,866   17,444,350 
 
         
39. Interest expense and similar charges
“Interest expense and similar charges” in the consolidated income statement includes the interest accruing in the year on all financial liabilities with an implicit or explicit return, including remuneration in kind, calculated by applying the effective interest method, irrespective of measurement at fair value, the adjustments to cost as a result of hedge accounting, and the interest cost attributable to pension funds.
The breakdown of the main items of interest expense and similar charges accrued in 2006, 2005 and 2004 is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Deposits from the Bank of Spain and other central banks
  300,374   485,725   246,066 
Deposits from credit institutions
  3,297,332   3,106,892   1,893,641 
Customer deposits
  11,083,439   9,382,865   3,725,517 
Marketable debt securities
  5,828,925   4,262,401   1,840,311 
Subordinated liabilities (Note 23)
  1,693,737   1,568,471   740,871 
Pension funds (Note 25)
  735,110   640,545   649,846 
Equity having the substance of a financial liability
  85,229   118,389   151,952 
Other interest
  1,732,987   3,199,675   1,023,680 
 
         
Total
  24,757,133   22,764,963   10,271,884 
 
         

 

F-110


Table of Contents

40. Income from equity instruments
“Income from equity instruments” includes the dividends and payments on equity instruments out of profits generated by investees after the acquisition of the equity interest.
The breakdown of the balance of “Income from equity instruments” is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Equity instruments classified as:
            
Financial assets held for trading
  258,164   175,543   113,262 
Available-for-sale financial assets
  145,874   160,033   275,776 
Of which: relating to San Paolo IMI S.p.A.
  90,037   74,281   61,627 
 
         
 
  404,038   335,576   389,038 
 
         
41. Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method – Associates
“Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method – Associates” comprises the amount of profit or loss attributable to the Group generated during the year by associates.
The breakdown of the balance of this item is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Cepsa
  370,169   476,191   296,197 
Unión Fenosa
     78,597   88,114 
Técnicas Reunidas
     11,287   15,067 
Alcaidesa Holding, S.A.
        14,695 
UCI
     19,850   13,754 
Attijariwafa
  24,230   16,707   10,533 
Sovereign
  9,199       
Other companies
  23,323   16,525   10,676 
 
         
 
  426,921   619,157   449,036 
 
         
42. Fee and commission income
“Fee and commission Income” comprises the amount of all fees and commissions accruing in favor of the Group in the year, except those that form an integral part of the effective interest rate on financial instruments.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

The breakdown of the balance of this item is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Collection and payment services:
            
Bills
  247,129   233,503   299,761 
Demand accounts
  554,882   544,629   446,109 
Cards
  1,291,327   1,153,252   919,598 
Cheques
  455,194   270,867   146,892 
Orders
  213,982   214,184   195,886 
 
         
 
  2,762,514   2,416,435   2,008,246 
 
         
 
            
Marketing of non-banking financial products:
            
Investment funds
  1,685,459   1,498,757   1,192,003 
Pension funds
  402,045   409,671   354,705 
Insurance
  1,207,905   924,121   523,961 
 
         
 
  3,295,409   2,832,549   2,070,669 
 
         
 
            
Securities services:
            
Securities underwriting and placement
  113,712   71,562   38,189 
Securities trading
  350,801   258,364   205,254 
Administration and custody
  263,529   274,444   233,718 
Asset management
  76,613   58,574   71,551 
 
         
 
  804,655   662,944   548,712 
 
         
 
            
Other:
            
Foreign exchange
  70,680   59,968   39,427 
Financial guarantees
  306,853   254,608   255,087 
Commitment fees
  106,412   58,380   53,947 
Other fees and commissions
  1,189,043   1,137,210   676,529 
 
         
 
  1,672,988   1,510,166   1,024,990 
 
         
 
  8,535,566   7,422,094   5,652,617 
 
         
43. Fee and commission expense
“Fee and commission expense” shows the amount of all fees and commissions paid or payable by the Group in the year, except those that form an integral part of the effective interest rate on financial instruments.
The breakdown of the balance of this item is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Fees and commissions assigned to third parties
  798,034   653,362   535,293 
Of which: Cards
  627,610   533,333   361,134 
 
            
Brokerage fees on lending and deposit transactions
  98,589   134,372   121,640 
Other fees and commissions
  415,679   378,048   268,452 
 
         
 
  1,312,302   1,165,782   925,385 
 
         
44. Insurance activity income
“Insurance activity income” includes the net amount of the contribution from consolidated insurance and reinsurance companies to the Group’s gross income.

 

F-112


Table of Contents

                                     
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005   2004 
  Life  Non-Life  Total  Life  Non-Life  Total  Life  Non-Life  Total 
Net premiums collected
  4,388,208   283,903   4,672,111   2,080,922   199,280   2,280,202   1,997,244   213,022   2,210,266 
Claims paid and other insurance- related expenses
  (2,007,093)  (160,507)  (2,167,600)  (1,418,954)  (99,032)  (1,517,986)  (928,635)  (75,134)  (1,003,769)
Reinsurance income
  48,545   56,927   105,472   52,712   35,740   88,452   6,835   7,578   14,413 
Net charges to liabilities under insurance contracts
  (2,884,229)  (145,880)  (3,030,109)  (1,151,936)  (135,373)  (1,287,309)  (1,351,477)  (146,215)  (1,497,692)
Finance income
  910,112   26,828   936,940   735,870   58,525   794,395   462,533   32,414   494,947 
Finance charges
  (216,671)  (2,292)  (218,963)  (130,509)  (568)  (131,077)  (56,475)  (316)  (56,791)
 
                           
 
  238,872   58,979   297,851   168,105   58,572   226,677   130,025   31,349   161,374 
 
                           
45. Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities
“Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities” includes the amount of the valuation adjustments of financial instruments, except those attributable to interest accrued as a result of application of the effective interest method and to allowances, and the gains or losses obtained from the sale and purchase thereof.
The breakdown of the balance of this item, by type of instrument, is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Fixed-income
  80,967   798,301   437,446 
Equities
  1,929,370   683,887   484,012 
Of which:
            
Financial assets and liabilities held for trading
  1,554,709   338,030   365,175 
Available-for-sale financial assets
  374,661   345,857   118,837 
Of which due to the sale of:
            
Bolsas y Mercados Españoles
  106,197       
Shinsei
     49,332    
Commerzbank
     24,424    
Sacyr-Vallehermoso
        46,815 
Financial derivatives and other
  72,504   2,824   (182,862)
 
         
 
  2,082,841   1,485,012   738,596 
 
         
46. Exchange differences
“Exchange differences” shows basically the gains or losses on currency dealing, the differences that arise when monetary items in foreign currencies are translated to the functional currency, and those disclosed on non-monetary assets in foreign currency at the time of their disposal.
47. Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services and Cost of sales
These items in the consolidated income statements show, respectively, the amount of sales of goods and income from the provision of services that constitute the typical activity of the non-financial consolidated Group entities and the related cost of sales. The main lines of business of these entities are as follows:

 

F-113


Table of Contents

                         
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Sales/  Cost of  Sales/  Cost of  Sales/  Cost of 
Line of Business Income  Sales  Income  Sales  Income  Sales 
Property
  45,875   (17,531)  80,464   (55,789)  15,184   (641)
Rail transport
  240,411   (190,236)  285,207   (233,085)      
Other
  448,316   (407,922)  199,854   (120,473)  283,583   (179,818)
 
                  
 
  734,602   (615,689)  565,525   (409,347)  298,767   (180,459)
 
                  
48. Other operating income
The breakdown of the balance of “Other operating income” is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Exploitation of investment property and operating leases
  3,507   4,345   3,192 
Commissions on financial instruments offsetting related direct costs
  176,536   154,187   118,839 
Other
  144,222   97,697   79,114 
 
         
 
  324,265   256,229   201,145 
 
         
49. Personnel expenses
 a) 
Breakdown
 
   
The breakdown of “Personnel expenses” is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Wages and salaries
  4,419,900   4,076,080   3,039,631 
Social security costs
  681,979   646,058   566,692 
Charges to defined benefit pension provisions (Note 25)
  222,878   245,554   95,799 
Contributions to defined contribution pension funds
  36,794   20,192   18,475 
Share-based payment costs
  19,167   19,167    
Of which:
            
Granted to the Bank’s directors
  641   641    
 
            
Other personnel expenses
  664,729   668,689   575,574 
 
         
 
  6,045,447   5,675,740   4,296,171 
 
         

 

F-114


Table of Contents

b) 
Headcount
 
  
The average number of employees in the Group, by professional category, was as follows:
         
  Average Number 
  of Employees (**) 
  2006  2005 
The Bank:
        
Senior executives (*)
  81   81 
Other line personnel
  15,729   15,731 
Clerical staff
  4,231   4,595 
General services personnel
  45   49 
 
      
 
  20,086   20,456 
 
      
Banesto
  10,188   10,560 
Rest of Spain
  4,996   3,789 
Abbey
  17,461   19,904 
Other companies
  75,608   69,858 
 
      
 
  128,339   124,567 
 
      
  
(*) Categories of Deputy Assistant General Manager and above, including senior management.
 
  
(**) Excluding personnel assigned to discontinued operations.
The functional breakdown, by gender, at December 31, 2006 is as follows:
                         
  Functional Breakdown by Gender 
  Executives  Other Line Personnel  Clerical Staff 
  Men  Women  Men  Women  Men  Women 
Continental Europe
  85%  15%  61%  39%  62%  38%
United Kingdom
  80%  20%  44%  56%  24%  76%
Latin America
  72%  28%  60%  40%  44%  56%
 
                  
Total
  79%  21%  59%  41%  44%  56%
 
                  
The labor relations between employees and the various Group companies are governed by the related collective labor agreements or similar regulations.
c) 
Share-based payments
i. The Bank
In addition to the extraordinary allocation of 100 Bank shares to each Group employee, as discussed in Note 1-i, to celebrate the Bank’s 150th Anniversary, in recent years the Bank has set up remuneration systems tied to the performance of the stock market price of the shares of the Bank based on the achievement of certain targets indicated below:

 

F-115


Table of Contents

                             
      Euros             Date of Date of
  Number of Exercise Year Employee Number of Commencement Expiry of
  Shares Price Granted Group Persons of Exercise Period Exercise Period
Plans outstanding at January 1, 2004
  25,739,966   9.38                    
 
                         
 
                            
Options exercised
  (1,934,406)  (2.83)                    
Of which:
                            
Plan Four
  (36,000)  7.84                    
Managers Plan 99
  (1,139,488)  2.29                    
Additional Managers Plan 99
  (55,668)  2.41                    
Young Executives Plan
  (563,250)  2.29                    
European Branches Plan
  (140,000)  8.23                    
 
                            
Options cancelled or not exercised
  (2,678,810)                       
 
                            
 
                         
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2004
  21,126,750   9.94                    
 
                         
Of which:
                            
Plan Four
  228,000   7.84  1998  Managers  5   01/09/03   12/30/05 
Investment Bank Plan
  4,503,750   10.25  2000  Managers  56   06/16/03   06/15/05 
Young Executives Plan
  364,000   2.29  2000  Managers  111   07/01/03   06/30/05 
Managers Plan 2000
  13,341,000   10.545  2000  Managers  970   12/30/03   12/29/05 
European Branches Plan
  2,690,000   7.60 (*) 2002 and 2003 Managers  27   07/01/05   07/15/05 
 
                            
 
                         
Plans outstanding at January 1, 2005
  21,126,750   9.94                    
 
                         
 
                            
Options granted (Plan I06)
  99,900,000   9.09 (**)     Managers  2,601   01/15/08   01/15/09 
 
                            
Options exercised
  (15,606,000)  (9.83)                    
Of which:
                            
Plan Four
  (228,000)  7.84                    
Investment Bank Plan
                          
Young Executives Plan
  (329,000)  2.29                    
Managers Plan 2000
  (12,389,000)  10.545                    
European Branches Plan
  (2,660,000)  7.60 (*)                    
Options cancelled or not exercised
  (5,520,750)                       
 
                            
 
                      
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2005
  99,900,000   9.09     Managers  2,601   01/15/08   01/15/09 
 
                      
 
                            
Options exercised
                          
 
                            
Options cancelled, net (Plan I06)
  (3,648,610)  9.09     Managers  (44)  01/15/08   01/15/09 
 
                            
 
                      
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2006
  96,251,390   9.09     Managers  2,557   01/15/08   01/15/09 
 
                      
(*) 
The average exercise price ranges from 5.65 to 10.15 per share.
 
(**) 
The exercise price of the options under Plan I06 is 9.09 per share, which is the weighted average of the daily average market price of the Bank shares on the continuous market in the first 15 trading days of January 2005. This was the criterion established in the resolution approving Plan I06 adopted at the Annual General Meeting held on June 18, 2005. The documentation on the aforementioned resolution stated correctly the method to be used to set the exercise price but, by mistake, an amount of 9.07 per share was mentioned rather than the correct amount of 9.09 per share.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

Plan I06
In 2004 a long-term incentive plan (I06) was designed which, consisting of options on shares of the Bank, is tied to the achievement of two targets: appreciation of the Bank’s share price and growth in earnings per share, in both cases above a sample of comparable banks. These targets were achieved in 2006. 2,601 Group executives are covered by this plan, with a total of up to 99,900,000 options on Bank shares at an exercise price of 9.09. The exercise period is from January 15, 2008 to January 15, 2009. This plan was approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 18, 2005.
The fair value of the equity instruments granted (57.5 million) is charged to income (Note 49-a), with a credit to equity, in the period in which the beneficiaries provide their services to the Group.
The executive directors are beneficiaries under this plan; the number of Bank share options held by them is indicated in Note 5-d.
ii. Abbey
The option plans on shares of the Bank originally granted by management of Abbey to its employees (on Abbey shares) are as follows:

 

F-117


Table of Contents

                             
      Pounds              Date of  Date of 
  Number of  Sterling (*)  Year  Employee  Number of  Commencement  Expiry of 
  Shares  Exercise Price  Granted  Group  Persons  of Exercise Period  Exercise Period 
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2004
  17,675,567   3.58                     
 
                     
Of which:
                            
Executive Options
  358,844   4.16                     
Employee Options
  56,550   5.90                     
Sharesave
  17,260,173   3.56                     
 
                            
 
                          
Plans outstanding at January 1, 2005
  17,675,567   3.58                     
 
                          
 
                            
Options exercised
  (1,769,216)  4.45                     
Of which:
                            
Executive Options
  (89,305)  4.43                     
Employee Options
  (2,550)  5.90                     
Sharesave
  (1,677,361)  4.45                     
 
                            
Options cancelled or not exercised
  (1,783,670)                       
 
                            
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2005
  14,122,681   3.41                     
Of which:
                            
Executive Options
  269,539   4.07                     
Employee Options
  54,000   5.90                     
Sharesave
  13,799,142   3.38                     
 
                            
 
                          
Plans outstanding at January 1, 2006
  14,122,681   3.41                     
 
                          
 
                            
Options granted (MTIP)
  2,825,123   7.50  2005 and 2006 Managers 174 First half of 2008 First half of 2008
 
                            
Options exercised
  (5,214,171)  3.41                     
Of which:
                            
Executive Options
  (87,659)  4.07                     
Employee Options
  (33,000)  5.90                     
Sharesave
  (5,093,512)  3.38                     
 
                            
Options cancelled (net) or not exercised
  (1,379,401)                       
 
                            
Plans outstanding at December 31, 2006
  10,354,232   4.32                     
Of which:
                            
Executive Options
  178,026   4.11   2003-2004  Managers 13  03/26/06 03/24/13 
Employee Options
                
Sharesave
  7,638,791   3.32   1998-2004  Employees 4,512 (**) 04/01/06 09/01/11 
MTIP
  2,537,415   7.39  2005 and 2006 Managers 170  First half of 2008 First half of 2008
(*) 
At December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the euro/pound sterling exchange rate was 1.4892/GBP 1, 1.4592/GBP 1 and 1.4183/GBP 1, respectively.
 
(**) 
Number of accounts/contracts. A single employee may have more than one account/contract.

 

F-118


Table of Contents

In 2005 the Group designed a Medium-Term Incentive Plan (MTIP) involving the delivery of Bank shares to Abbey executives. Under the plan, effective allocation of the shares in 2008 is tied to the achievement of business targets by Abbey (in terms of net profit and income). This Plan was approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on June 17, 2006. Subsequently, it was considered necessary to amend the conditions of the Plan in order to reflect the impact of the sale of Abbey’s life insurance business to Resolution on the income targets of Abbey for 2007. The Board of Directors, after obtaining a favorable report from the Appointments and Remuneration Committee, will submit this amendment for ratification by the shareholders at the next Annual General Meeting.
iii. Fair value
The fair value of each option granted by the Group is calculated at the grant date. In order to value Plan I06 two valuation reports were performed by two multinational investment banks. These experts used the Black-Scholes equity option pricing model considering the following parameters: the expected life of the options, interest rates, volatility, exercise price, market price and dividends of the Bank shares and the shares of comparable banks. The fair value of the options granted was calculated as the average value resulting from the two valuations.
With the exception of the share option plans which include terms relating to market conditions, the transfer terms included in the vesting conditions are not taken into account to estimate fair value. The transfer terms that are not based on market conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of shares or share options included in the measurement of the service cost of the employee so that, ultimately the amount recognized in the income statement is based on the number of shares or share options transferred. When the transfer terms are related to market conditions, the charge for the services received is recognized regardless of whether the market conditions for the transfer are met, although the non-market transfer terms must be satisfied. The share price volatility is based on the implicit volatility scale for the Bank’s shares at the exercise prices and the duration corresponding to most of the sensitivities.
The fair value of each option granted by Abbey in 2006, 2005 and 2004 was estimated at the grant date using a European/American Partial Differential Equation model with the following assumptions:
       
  2006 2005 2004
Risk-free interest rate
 4.5% to 5% 4.5% to 4.6% 4.4% to 4.6%
Dividend increase, based solely on the average increase since 1989
 10% 10% 10%
Volatility of underlying shares based on historical volatility over 5 years
 17.70% to 19.85% 16.96% to 17.58% 18.0% to 21.54%
Expected life of options granted under:
      
Employee Sharesave Plan (*)
 3.5 to 7 years 3.5 to 7 years 3.5 to 7 years
Executive Share Option Plan
 10 years 10 years 10 years
Employee Share Option Plan
 10 years 10 years 10 years
Medium-Term Incentive Plan
 3 years 3 years 3 years
50. Other general administrative expenses
 a) 
Breakdown
 
   
The breakdown of the balance of “Other general administrative expenses” is as follows:

 

F-119


Table of Contents

             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Property, fixtures and supplies
  980,836   887,103   539,645 
Other administrative expenses
  847,117   832,787   456,591 
Technology and systems
  421,901   422,613   326,362 
Advertising
  482,165   397,153   292,964 
Communications
  351,784   394,869   231,372 
Technical reports
  263,918   275,303   200,768 
Per diems and travel expenses
  243,990   216,127   155,172 
Taxes other than income tax
  231,498   183,320   124,773 
Surveillance and cash courier services
  190,864   159,490   138,271 
Insurance premiums
  35,897   28,611   28,396 
 
         
 
  4,049,970   3,797,376   2,494,314 
 
         
 b) 
Other information
 
   
The balance of “Technical reports” includes the fees paid by the various Group companies (detailed in the accompanying Exhibits) to their respective auditors, the detail being as follows:
             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 (*) 
Audit of the annual financial statements of the companies audited by the Deloitte worldwide organization
  15.6   15.8   15.9 
Of which:
            
Abbey
  4.1   4.9   6.5 
Audit of the Bank’s individual and consolidated financial statements
  1.0   1.0   1.0 
 
            
Fees for audits performed by other firms
  0.1   0.1   0.6 
 
         
 
  15.7   15.9   16.5 
  
(*) Includes the fees incurred by the Abbey Group in 2004.
In recent years, in addition to the audits of financial statements, the internal control audit was performed in accordance with the requirements of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act (for5.6 million in 2006 and 5.4 million in 2005) and other reports were prepared in accordance with the requirements of the legal and tax regulations issued by the national supervisory authorities of the countries in which the Group operates, including most notably the six-monthly audit reports and those which comply with the US SEC requirements (other than Sarbanes-Oxley Act) totaling 3.9 million, 3.9 million and 4.1 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Additionally, 1.0 million were paid in 2006 in connection with the work relating to the Group’s adaptation to the new capital regulations (Basel II).
The detail of the other services provided to the various Group companies in 2006 is as follows:
 1. 
Due diligence review and other corporate transaction services: 3.3 million (2005:0.6 million; 2004: 0.4 million). Additionally, the Group’s auditors provided other non-attest services to various Group companies for 5.5 million in 2006, 4.5 million in 2005 and 7.4 million in 2004.
 
   
The services commissioned from the Group’s auditors meet the independence requirements stipulated by Law 44/2002, of November 22, on Financial System Reform Measures and by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and they did not involve the performance of any work that is incompatible with the audit function.
 
 2. 
Services provided by audit firms other than Deloitte: 14.6 million (2005: 21.4 million; 2004: 29.8 million).

 

F-120


Table of Contents

51. Other operating expenses
The breakdown of the balance of “Other operating expenses” is as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Contribution to Deposit Guarantee Fund
  180,217   171,991   140,650 
Other
  263,400   173,778   122,469 
 
         
 
  443,617   345,769   263,119 
 
         
52.
 Other gains and Other losses
 
  
 
 
 
  
“Other gains” and “Other losses” include the income and expenses arising from non-ordinary activities not included in other items. The breakdown of the net balance of these two items is as follows:
 
             
  Thousands of Euros 
Net Balance 2006  2005  2004 
On disposal of tangible assets (Note 16)
  89,024   80,630   169,748 
On disposal of investments
  271,961   1,298,935   30,891 
Of which:
            
Unión Fenosa (Note 3-c)
     1,156,648    
Sale of ADRs (Chile) (Note 3-c)
  269,768       
 
            
Other
  1,047,678   1,135,649   713,971 
Of which: gains obtained on the disposal of (Note 8):
            
Antena 3
  294,287       
San Paolo
  704,936       
The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc
     717,394   472,227 
Auna
     354,838    
Vodafone
        241,771 
Shinsei
        117,559 
 
         
Net gains
  1,408,663   2,515,214   914,610 
 
         
53. Other disclosures
a) Residual maturity periods and Average interest rates
The breakdown, by maturity, of the balances of certain items in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:

 

F-121


Table of Contents

                                 
  December 31, 2006 
  Millions of Euros 
      Within 1  1 to 3  3 to 12  1 to 5  After 5      Average
Interest
 
  Demand  Month  Months  Months  Years  Years  Total  Rate 
Assets:
                                
Cash and balances with central banks
  9,725   3,281      1      828   13,835   3.99%
Available-for-sale financial assets:
                                
Debt instruments
  26   2,260   2,501   3,771   9,599   14,570   32,727   5.96%
Loans and receivables:
                                
Loans and advances to credit institutions
  5,668   20,073   6,459   6,118   4,002   3,041   45,361   3.85%
Loans and advances to customers
  10,291   19,607   30,625   56,311   112,644   255,312   484,790   5.86%
Debt instruments
  565               57   622   3.02%
Other financial assets
  7,330   2,356   184   693   1,411   1,101   13,075    
 
                        
 
  33,605   47,577   39,769   66,894   127,656   274,909   590,410   5.66%
 
                        
Liabilities:
                                
Financial liabilities at amortized cost:
                                
Deposits from central banks
  2   14,366   1,657   503   2      16,530   5.25%
Deposits from credit institutions
  6,445   21,646   9,981   11,680   5,446   1,618   56,816   4.07%
Customer deposits
  198,606   54,331   24,976   22,199   12,594   1,671   314,377   3.90%
Marketable debt securities
  2,288   14,079   16,489   14,701   37,170   89,682   174,409   3.91%
Subordinated liabilities
  253      234   108   5,577   24,250   30,422   5.74%
Other financial liabilities
  6,797   1,653   1,161   2,378   266   494   12,749   N/A 
 
                        
 
  214,391   106,075   54,498   51,569   61,055   117,715   605,303   4.05%
 
                        
Difference (assets less liabilities)
  (180,786)  (58,498)  (14,729)  15,325   66,601   157,194   (14,893)    
 
                         
                                 
  December 31, 2005 
  Millions of Euros 
      Within 1  1 to 3  3 to 12  1 to 5  After 5      Average
Interest
 
  Demand  Month  Months  Months  Years  Years  Total  Rate 
Assets:
                                
Cash and balances with central banks
  7,232   4,701   4,152   1         16,086   2.62%
Available-for-sale financial assets:
                                
Debt instruments
  77   1,769   4,239   4,553   41,930   15,486   68,054   3.58%
Loans and receivables:
                                
Loans and advances to credit institutions
  4,102   20,681   9,121   7,070   5,247   845   47,066   2.93%
Loans and advances to customers
  11,131   14,728   24,026   43,508   85,929   223,596   402,918   5.84%
Debt instruments
           17   46   108   171   2.49%
Other financial assets
  4,656   2,988   29   567   393   996   9,629   N/A 
 
                        
 
  27,198   44,867   41,567   55,716   133,545   241,031   543,924   5.10%
 
                        
Liabilities:
                                
Financial liabilities at amortized cost:
                                
Deposits from central banks
  396   18,262   3,773            22,431   2.42%
Deposits from credit institutions
  3,709   50,254   20,781   11,593   6,195   1,696   94,228   2.91%
Customer deposits
  166,531   42,322   39,397   25,199   16,742   1,537   291,728   3.59%
Marketable debt securities
     7,128   13,613   9,124   46,826   40,518   117,209   3.91%
Subordinated liabilities
     48   175   1,437   4,240   22,863   28,763  (Note 23)
Other financial liabilities
  7,815   971   396   1,184   893   34   11,293   N/A 
 
                        
 
  178,451   118,985   78,135   48,537   74,896   66,648   565,652   3.54%
 
                        
Difference (assets less liabilities)
  (151,253)  (74,118)  (36,568)  7,179   58,649   174,383   (21,728)    
 
                         

 

F-122


Table of Contents

b) Equivalent euro value of assets and liabilities
The detail of the main foreign currency balances in the consolidated balance sheet, based on the nature of the related items, is as follows:
                         
  Equivalent Value in Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities 
Cash and balances with central banks
  10,042      11,749      5,721    
Financial assets and liabilities held for trading
  139,783   106,075   128,973   95,225   96,612   80,592 
Other financial instruments at fair value
  10,414   12,140   45,534   11,810   42,176   11,244 
Available-for-sale financial assets
  18,530      16,814      16,754    
Loans and receivables
  248,977      221,041      194,005    
Investments
  2,461      238      218    
Tangible assets
  4,696      4,745      6,125    
Intangible assets
  13,626      12,910      12,325    
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
     309,610      279,575      231,058 
Liabilities under insurance contracts
     2,157      38,247      37,501 
Other
  7,793   20,598   11,741   18,919   13,141   16,432 
 
                  
 
  456,322   450,580   453,745   443,776   387,077   376,827 
 
                  
c) Fair value of financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value
The financial assets owned by the Group are measured at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, except for loans and receivables and held-to-maturity investments, equity instruments whose market value cannot be estimated reliably and derivatives that have these instruments as their underlyings and are settled by delivery thereof.
Similarly, the Group’s financial liabilities –except for financial liabilities held for trading, those measured at fair value and derivatives having as their underlyings equity instruments whose market value cannot be estimated reliably– are measured at amortized cost in the consolidated balance sheet.
i) Financial assets measured at other than fair value
Following is a comparison of the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial assets measured at other than fair value and their respective fair values at year-end:
                         
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Carrying      Carrying      Carrying    
Assets Amount  Fair Value  Amount  Fair Value  Amount  Fair Value 
Loans and receivables:
                        
Loans and advances to credit institutions
  45,361   45,359   47,066   46,560   38,978   38,941 
Money market operations through Counterparties
  200   200         3,908   3,908 
Loans and advances to customers
  484,790   487,533   402,918   404,950   346,551   347,086 
Debt instruments
  622   622   171   171       
Other financial assets
  13,076   13,076   9,629   9,629   4,996   4,996 
 
                  
 
  544,049   546,790   459,784   461,310   394,433   394,931 
 
                  

 

F-123


Table of Contents

ii) Financial liabilities measured at other than fair value
Following is a comparison of the carrying amounts of the Group’s financial liabilities measured at other than fair value and their respective fair values at year-end:
                         
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Carrying      Carrying      Carrying    
Liabilities Amount  Fair Value  Amount  Fair Value  Amount  Fair Value 
Financial liabilities at amortized cost:
                        
Deposits from central banks
  16,530   16,528   22,431   22,431   8,068   8,068 
Deposits from credit institutions
  56,816   56,826   94,228   94,221   50,458   50,458 
Money market operations through counterparties
              2,499   2,499 
Customer deposits (*)
  314,377   314,320   291,727   291,727   262,670   263,006 
Marketable debt securities
  174,409   174,878   117,209   117,117   90,803   93,493 
Subordinated liabilities
  30,423   31,822   28,763   29,278   27,470   28,203 
Other financial liabilities
  12,748   12,752   11,293   11,293   5,863   5,863 
 
                  
 
  605,303   607,126   565,651   566,067   447,831   451,590 
 
                  
  
(*) For these purposes, the fair value of customer demand deposits is taken to be the same as their carrying amount.
54. Geographical and business segment reporting
a) Geographical segments
This primary level of segmentation, which is based on the Group’s management structure, comprises four segments: three operating areas plus Financial Management and Equity Stakes. The operating areas, which include all the business activities carried on therein by the Group, are Continental Europe, the United Kingdom (Abbey) and Latin America, based on the location of our assets.
The Continental Europe area encompasses all the Retail Banking (including the Private Banking entity Banif), Wholesale Banking and Asset Management and Insurance business activities carried on in Europe with the exception of Abbey. Latin America includes all the financial activities carried on by the Group through its banks and subsidiaries, as well as the specialized units of Santander Private Banking, which is treated as a globally managed independent unit, and the New York business.
The Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment includes the centralized management business relating to financial and industrial investments, the financial management of the Parent’s structural currency position and its structural interest rate risk position and the management of liquidity and equity through issues and securitizations. As the Group’s holding unit, this segment handles the total capital and reserves, capital allocations and liquidity with other businesses.
The financial statements of each operating segment are prepared by aggregating the figures for the Group’s various business units. The basic information used for segment reporting comprises the accounting data of the legal units composing each segment and the data available from the management information systems. All segment financial statements have been prepared on a basis consistent with the accounting policies used by the Group.
Consequently, the sum of the figures in the income statements of the various segments is equal to those in the consolidated income statement. With regard to the balance sheet, due to the required segregation of the various business units (included in a single consolidated balance sheet), the amounts lent and borrowed between the units are shown as increases in the assets and liabilities of each business. These amounts relating to intra-Group liquidity are classified under “Loans and advances to credit institutions/deposits from credit institutions” and, therefore, the sum of these line items exceeds the figure for the consolidated Group.
Additionally, for segment presentation purposes the equity of each geographical unit is that reflected in the related individual financial statements and is offset by a capital endowment made by Financial Management and Equity Stakes which, as explained earlier, acts as the holding unit for the other businesses and, therefore, reflects the Group’s total equity.

 

F-124


Table of Contents

There are no customers located in areas other than those in which our assets are located that generate income exceeding 10% of gross income.
The summarized balance sheets and income statements of the various geographical segments are as follows:

 

F-125


Table of Contents

                                                             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
             Financial                  Financial                  Financial    
             Management                 Management                  Management    
(Summarized) Continental         and Equity      Continental         and Equity      Continental          and Equity    
Balance Sheet Europe  Abbey  Latin America  Stakes  Total  Europe  Abbey  Latin America  Stakes  Total  Europe  Abbey  Latin America  Stakes  Total 
Loans and advances to customers
  271,687   190,512   60,172   975   523,346   210,299   171,796   52,919   815   435,829   177,772   156,790   34,593   196   369,351 
Financial assets held for trading (excluding loans and advances)
  33,831   61,507   27,846   2,028   125,212   26,315   64,014   25,844   1,276   117,449   14,657   51,060   14,463   1,190   81,370 
Available-for-sale financial assets
  13,126   23   17,943   7,606   38,698   12,604   18   16,308   45,015   73,945   12,008   14   13,924   18,576   44,522 
Loans and advances to credit institutions
  67,061   18,185   20,310   22,957   128,513   69,622   13,070   24,436   15,718   122,846   71,819   21,240   21,245   9,955   124,259 
Non-current assets
  4,558   5,059   1,695   1,243   12,555   4,219   5,197   1,392   1,396   12,204   3,932   5,164   1,163   738   10,997 
Other asset accounts
  18,583   8,691   16,842   126,028   170,144   15,709   47,420   17,194   94,342   174,665   22,105   39,903   10,078   81,795   153,881 
 
                                             
Total assets/liabilities
  408,846   283,977   144,809   160,836   998,468   338,767   301,515   138,093   158,562   936,937   302,293   274,171   95,466   112,450   784,380 
 
                                             
Customer deposits
  140,231   115,194   75,301   497   331,223   127,356   110,776   65,706   1,927   305,765   122,635   113,353   45,718   1,505   283,211 
Marketable debt securities
  47,632   72,857   5,258   78,321   204,069   27,011   62,462   6,213   53,154   148,840   21,595   52,333   5,201   34,709   113,838 
Subordinated liabilities
  2,362   9,430   2,383   16,248   30,423   2,241   11,428   1,130   13,964   28,763   2,120   10,622   709   14,018   27,469 
Liabilities under insurance contracts
  8,547   71   2,086      10,704   6,414   36,521   1,737      44,672   4,844   36,446   1,054      42,344 
Deposits from credit institutions
  89,016   51,020   32,403   8,935   181,374   90,341   40,761   42,208   38,384   211,695   78,942   27,162   27,975   15,549   149,628 
Other liability accounts
  103,090   32,076   19,529   21,137   175,833   70,527   37,259   13,033   18,907   139,726   59,926   31,990   9,026   16,327   117,269 
Equity
  17,967   3,328   7,847   35,700   64,842   14,878   2,307   8,066   32,224   57,475   12,231   2,265   5,783   30,342   50,621 
 
                                             
Off-balance-sheet customer funds
  102,465   8,307   56,352      167,124   97,141   5,999   49,705      152,846   89,567   5,059   33,889      128,515 
 
                                             
Total funds under management
  511,311   292,284   201,160   160,836   1,165,592   435,908   307,514   187,799   158,562   1,089,783   391,860   279,230   129,355   112,450   912,895 
 
                                             

 

F-126


Table of Contents

                                                             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
             Financial                 Financial                  Financial    
             Management                 Management                  Management    
  Continental      Latin  and Equity      Continental      Latin  and Equity      Continental      Latin  and Equity    
(Summarized) Income Statement Europe  Abbey  America  Stakes  Total  Europe  Abbey  America  Stakes  Total  Europe  Abbey  America  Stakes  Total 
NET INTEREST INCOME
  6,206   2,108   5,280   (1,106)  12,488   5,366   2,083   3,960   (740)  10,669   4,770      3,314   (522)  7,562 
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
  6   3   7   411   427   26   2   7   584   619   33      4   412   449 
Net fee and commission income
  3,653   1,025   2,556   (11)  7,223   3,291   947   2,037   (19)  6,256   3,143      1,597   (13)  4,727 
Insurance activity income
  137      165   (4)  298   115      109   2   227   87      78   (4)  161 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
  708   423   634   414   2,179   505   345   759   (47)  1,562   404      457   239   1,100 
GROSS INCOME
  10,710   3,559   8,642   (296)  22,615   9,303   3,377   6,872   (219)  19,333   8,437      5,450   112   13,999 
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services (net of expenses) and Other operating income/expense
  39   42   (120)  (31)  (70)  55   36   (90)  (25)  (25)  1      (48)  (18)  (65)
General administrative expenses
                                                            
Personnel expenses
  (2,685)  (1,062)  (2,052)  (205)  (6,004)  (2,510)  (1,119)  (1,807)  (183)  (5,619)  (2,502)     (1,526)  (193)  (4,221)
Other administrative expenses
  (1,272)  (815)  (1,774)  (160)  (4,021)  (1,154)  (888)  (1,551)  (171)  (3,763)  (1,097)     (1,246)  (105)  (2,448)
Depreciation and amortization
  (522)  (105)  (309)  (215)  (1,151)  (490)  (117)  (336)  (74)  (1,017)  (512)     (284)  (38)  (834)
NET OPERATING INCOME
  6,270   1,619   4,387   (907)  11,369   5,204   1,289   3,088   (672)  8,909   4,327      2,346   (242)  6,431 
Net impairment losses
  (1,355)  (387)  (886)  78   (2,550)  (977)  (318)  (433)  (74)  (1,802)  (1,265)     (401)  (181)  (1,847)
Other gains/losses
  (244)     (226)  801   331   (18)  76   (219)  853   692   (7)     (111)  (79)  (197)
PROFIT/(LOSS) BEFORE TAX
  4,671   1,232   3,275   (28)  9,150   4,209   1,047   2,436   107   7,799   3,055      1,834   (502)  4,387 
PROFIT FROM ORDINARY ACTIVITIES
  3,268   889   2,566   133   6,856   3,020   725   1,982   798   6,525   2,170      1,629   62   3,861 
Profit from discontinued operations
  1,147   114   9   119   1,389   110   86   28      225   102       32   1   135 
CONSOLIDATED PROFIT FOR THE YEAR
  4,416   1,003   2,575   252   8,246   3,130   811   2,010   798   6,750   2,272      1,661   63   3,996 
PROFIT ATTRIBUTED TO THE GROUP
  4,144   1,003   2,287   162   7,596   2,980   811   1,779   650   6,220   2,159      1,470   (23)  3,606 

 

F-127


Table of Contents

b) Business segments
At this secondary level of segment reporting, the Group is structured into Retail Banking, Asset Management and Insurance and Global Wholesale Banking; the sum of these three segments is equal to that of the three primary operating geographical segments. Total figures for the Group are obtained by adding to the business segments the data for the Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment.
The Retail Banking segment encompasses the entire commercial banking business (except for the Corporate Banking business managed globally using a relationship model specifically developed by the Group in recent years). The Asset Management and Insurance segment includes the contribution to the Group arising from the design and management of the investment fund, pension and insurance businesses of the various units. The Global Wholesale Banking segment reflects the returns on the Global Corporate Banking business, those on Investment Banking and Markets worldwide, including all the globally managed treasury departments and the equities business.
The summarized income statements and other significant data are as follows:

 

F-128


Table of Contents

                                                             
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
            Financial                Financial                Financial    
      Global  Asset  Management          Global  Asset  Management          Global  Asset  Management    
(Summarized) Income Retail  Wholesale  Management  and Equity      Retail  Wholesale  Management  and Equity      Retail  Wholesale  Management  and Equity    
Statement Banking  Banking  and Insurance  Stakes  Total  Banking  Banking  and Insurance  Stakes  Total  Banking  Banking  and Insurance  Stakes  Total 
NET INTEREST INCOME
  12,372   1,167   55   (1,106)  12,488   10,639   724   46   (740)  10,669   7,391   677   16   (522)  7,562 
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
  16         411   427   35         584   619   42      (5)  412   449 
Net fee and commission income
  5,936   618   680   (11)  7,223   5,169   488   618   (19)  6,256   3,932   392   416   (13)  4,727 
Insurance activity income
        302   (4)  298         224   2   227         165   (4)  161 
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities and Exchange differences
  1,051   685   29   414   2,179   928   654   27   (47)  1,562   323   528   10   239   1,100 
GROSS INCOME
  19,375   2,470   1,066   (296)  22,615   16,771   1,866   915   (219)  19,333   11,688   1,597   602   112   13,999 
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services (net of expenses) and Other operating income/expense
  (10)  (31)  2   (31)  (70)  24   (24)     (25)  (25)  (24)  (24)  1   (18)  (65)
General administrative expenses:
                                                            
Personnel expenses
  (5,145)  (432)  (222)  (205)  (6,004)  (4,896)  (351)  (189)  (183)  (5,619)  (3,587)  (299)  (142)  (193)  (4,221)
Other administrative expenses
  (3,445)  (243)  (173)  (160)  (4,021)  (3,208)  (219)  (165)  (171)  (3,763)  (2,062)  (187)  (94)  (105)  (2,448)
Depreciation and amortization
  (848)  (65)  (23)  (215)  (1,151)  (867)  (58)  (18)  (74)  (1,017)  (731)  (50)  (15)  (38)  (834)
NET OPERATING INCOME
  9,927   1,699   650   (907)  11,369   7,824   1,214   543   (672)  8,909   5,284   1,037   352   (242)  6,431 
Net impairment losses
  (2,330)  (298)     78   (2,550)  (1,659)  (69)     (74)  (1,802)  (1,506)  (162)  2   (181)  (1,847)
Other gains/losses
  (417)  (49)  (5)  801   331   (176)  12   3   853   692   (115)  3   (6)  (79)  (197)
PROFIT/(LOSS)BEFORE TAX
  7,180   1,353   645   (28)  9,150   5,989   1,157   546   107   7,799   3,663   878   348   (502)  4,387 
Other aggregates:
                                                            
Total assets
  673,426   148,539   15,667   160,836   998,468   624,040   145,163   9,172   158,562   936,937   531,345   133,627   6,959   112,449   784,378 
Loans and advances to customers
  477,392   44,809   171   974   523,346   404,656   30,163   194   816   435,829   344,544   24,134   477   196   369,351 
Customer deposits
  296,074   34,653      496   331,223   268,226   35,592   21   1,927   305,765   244,397   37,273   36   1,505   283,211 

 

F-129


Table of Contents

55. Related-party transactions
The parties related to the Group are deemed to include, in addition to its subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, the Bank’s key management personnel (the members of its Board of Directors and the General Managers, together with their close family members) and the entities over which the key management personnel may exercise significant influence or control.
Following is a detail of the transactions performed by the Group with its related parties at December 31, 2006 and 2005, distinguishing between associates and jointly controlled entities, members of the Bank’s Board of Directors, the Bank’s General Managers, and other related parties. Related-party transactions were made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in arm’s-length transactions or were charged to the related compensation in kind.
                                 
  Millions of Euros 
  2006  2005 
  Associates              Associates           
  and Jointly  Members of      Other  and Jointly  Members of      Other 
  Controlled  the Board of  General  Related  Controlled  the Board of  General  Related 
  Entities  Directors  Managers  Parties  Entities  Directors  Managers  Parties 
Assets:
                                
Loans and advances to credit institutions
  2,051         97   1,864         958 
Loans and advances to customers
  246   1   10   3,198   215   2   8   100 
Debt instruments
  103         51             
Liabilities:
                                
Deposits from credit institutions
  (115)        (4)  (64)        (979)
Customer deposits
  (249)  (63)  (8)  (133)  (25)  (98)  (7)  (68)
Marketable debt securities
  (201)                     
Income statement:
                                
Interest and similar income
  80         35   19         29 
Interest expense and similar charges
  (25)  (2)     (3)  (1)  (3)     (12)
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities
           22             
Fee and commission income
  30   1      36   10   1      1 
Fee and commission expense
  (12)           (1)         
Other:
                                
Contingent liabilities
  40      2   1,333   96         45 
Contingent commitments
  467      1   2   117         477 
Derivative financial instruments
  6,427         245             
56. Risk management
Efficient risk management is an essential requisite for the sustainable creation of value by financial institutions.
Risk management must be aimed not at eliminating risk, since this constitutes a fundamental basis of income from finance activities, but rather at efficiently controlling, intermediating and governing risk within the tolerance limits defined by the entity.
The Group bases its risk management policy on the following principles:
 1. 
Independence of the risk function with respect to the business. The head of the Group’s Risks Division, Mr. Matías Rodríguez Inciarte, as third vice chairman of the Group and chairman of the Risk Committee, reports directly to the Executive Committee and the Board.
 2. 
At the same time, while maintaining the aforementioned principle of independence, the commitment to effective and efficient service to business, providing the support required to achieve the commercial objectives without impairing the quality of risk through the identification of value creating business opportunities. Accordingly, the organizational structure is adapted to the commercial structure seeking cooperation between business and risk managers.

 

F-130


Table of Contents

 3. 
Executive capacity of the risk function supported by knowledge of and proximity to customers, in parallel with the business manager, and by decisions taken collectively through the related Risk Committees.
 4. 
Support to senior management in the definition of the risk philosophy and risk tolerance level based on the business strategy.
 5. 
Support to financial management in the measurement of risk of the various business activities, the measurement of return on risk-adjusted capital and the creation of value in the Group’s businesses.
 6. 
Global scope, without detriment to specialization by risk type or customer segment.
 7. 
Collective decisions (even at branch level) which ensure different opinions are taken into account and avoid jeopardizing results through decisions taken individually.
 8. 
Medium-low risk profile as a target, emphasizing its low volatility or predictability, which entails a culture consistent with a series of policies and procedures, including most notably:
 a. 
Strong emphasis on risk monitoring to prevent loan impairment sufficiently in advance.
 b. 
Diversification of risk, limiting risk concentration on customers, groups, sectors, products or geographical locations.
 c. 
Avoidance of exposure to companies with insufficient credit ratings or scorings, even when this might entail a risk premium proportionate to the internal rating.
For many years the Group has managed risk using a series of techniques and tools which are detailed throughout this section. These include most notably, because of the foresight with which Santander implemented them and their compliance with BIS II, the following:
 1. 
Internal ratings and scorings, based on qualitative and quantitative weighting of risk, which, by assessing the various risk components by customer and transaction, make it possible to estimate, firstly, probability of default and, subsequently, inherent loss, based on LGD estimates.
 2. 
Economic capital, as a homogeneous measure of the risk assumed and a basis for the measurement of the management performed.
 3. 
Return on risk-adjusted capital (RORAC), which is used both as a transaction pricing tool (bottom-up) and in the analysis of portfolios and units (top-down).
 4. 
Value at Risk, which is used for controlling market risk and setting the market risk limits for the various trading portfolios.
 5. 
Stress testing to supplement market and credit risk analyses in order to assess the impact of alternative scenarios, even on provisions and capital.
 a) 
Organization of the risk function
The bodies reporting to the Board of Directors have the capabilities, diversity of knowledge and experience required to discharge their functions in the efficient, objective and independent manner required to oversee the development of the Organization’s overall strategy, and decisions taken by senior management which, in turn, establishes business plans, supervises decisions regarding the day-to-day business activities, and ensures they are in line with the objectives and policies determined by the Board.
The duties performed by the Risk Committee are as follows:
 1. 
To propose to the Board the risk policy for the Group, which will include in particular:
 a. 
The various types of risk (operational, technological, financial, legal and reputational, inter alia) facing the Group, including in the financial or economic risks, contingent liabilities and other off-balance-sheet items;

 

F-131


Table of Contents

 b. 
The information and internal control systems to be used to control and manage the aforementioned risks;
 c. 
The level of risk deemed acceptable by the Group;
 d. 
The measures envisaged to mitigate the impact of the identified risks in the event that they materialize.
 2. 
To conduct systematic reviews of the Group’s exposure to its main customers, economic activity sectors, geographical areas and types of risk.
 3. 
To ascertain and authorize, where appropriate, the management tools, improvement initiatives, project development and any other significant risk control actions, specifically including the characteristics and behaviour of the internal risk models and the result of their internal valuation.
 4. 
To assess and implement the indications issued by the supervisory authorities in the performance of its functions.
 5. 
To ensure that the Group’s actions are consistent with the level of risk tolerance established and to empower lower-ranking Committees or executives to assume risks.
 6. 
To resolve transactions outside the powers delegated to lower-ranking bodies and the overall limits for pre-classified risk categories in favor of economic groups or in relation to exposure by type of risk.
  
The activities of the Risk Committee encompass all the types of risk: credit, market, operational, liquidity, reputational, and other risks.
  
Although Banesto has been granted autonomous risk management powers in the Santander Group, the Executive Committee ensures that its risk management policy is consistent with the Group’s policies.
  
The Risks Division reports directly to the third Vice-Chairman and the Chairman of the Risk Committee. The Group’s Risk Division is divided into two General Directorates:
  
Risks
 
  
Internal Control and Integral Assessment of Risk
  
Risk is responsible for the executive functions of credit and financial risk management and is adapted, by customer type, activity and geographical area, to the structure of the business (global view/local view).
  
Internal Control and Integral Assessment of Risk has the responsibilities and functions characteristic of an independent unit. In keeping with the New Basel Capital Accord (BIS II), it is entrusted with the control and assessment of risk in its various dimensions, with the explicit task of ensuring the validation and monitoring of the internal risk models and of the internal models for calculation of the Group’s capital, and it is responsible for compliance with the requirements established in Pillars 1, 2 and 3 of Basel II for the Group as a whole.

 

F-132


Table of Contents

 b) 
Global risk profile analysis
  
The detail, by type of risk and business unit, of the Group’s risk profile at December 31, 2006, taking into account all its activities and measured in terms of use of economic capital, is shown in the tables below:
     
Credit risk
  52%
Market risk on equities
  13%
Other market risks
  8%
Structural interest risk
  8%
Business risk
  8%
Operational risk
  6%
Other risks
  5%
     
Latin America
  31%
Financial Management and Holdings
  23%
Santander Network in Spain
  12%
Abbey
  8%
Wholesale Banking in Spain
  7%
Banesto
  6%
Santander Consumer
  4%
Portugal
  4%
Other
  5%
The proportion of credit exposure decreased slightly with respect to December 2005, although it continues to be the main source of risk, accounting for 52% of total economic capital. The share of market risk increased slightly due mainly to the rise in equities following the investment in Sovereign and the increase in value of other investments which offset the divestments made. The share of the other risks remained substantially unchanged. “Other risks” includes the risk relating to non-lending assets (non-current assets and other balance sheet items).
 c) 
Credit risk
Credit risk is based on the possibility of loss stemming from the total or partial failure of our customers or counterparties to meet their financial obligations to the Group.
The Group has a series of credit risk policies aimed at managing and controlling credit risk within the risk tolerance level determined by the entity.
In order to enhance compliance with the credit risk management policies defined by the Group, several tools have been developed (information systems, rating and monitoring systems, measurement models, recovery management systems, etc.) which enable the most effective treatment of risk based on the type of customer.
Credit risk at Santander is managed on an integrated basis in terms of both the measurement and implementation thereof, taking into consideration its correlation with other risks (market, operational, reputational) and assessing the return on risk-adjusted capital of the various exposures.

 

F-133


Table of Contents

The following table shows the global map of the credit risk, expressed in nominal amounts (with the exception of exposure in derivatives and repos, which is expressed in credit risk equivalent), to which the Group was exposed at December 31, 2006:
                                     
Santander Group - Gross Credit Risk Exposure (a) 
          Sovereign  Private                
          Fixed-  Fixed-  Credit             
  Customer      Income  Income  Institutions  Drawable  Derivatives       
  Drawdowns  Drawable by  (Excl.  (Excl.  Drawdowns  by Credit  and Repos       
  (b)  Customers  Trad.)  Trad.)  (c)  Institutions  (REC) (d)  Total  % 
Spain
  257,464   57,053   10,253   5,263   12,622   948   14,907   358,510   48.1%
 
                           
Parent bank
  155,136   39,368   2,228   1,681   7,742   476   9,657   216,288   29.0%
Banesto
  72,027   11,067   7,378   1,761   2,593   135   5,185   100,145   13.4%
Other
  30,302   6,618   647   1,821   2,287   337   65   42,077   5.6%
 
                           
Other European countries
  231,470   11,579   772   1,093   4,170   1   13,325   262,410   35.2%
 
                           
Germany
  15,547   1,668      41   284      5   17,545   2.4%
Portugal
  22,949   5,785   664   114   1,472   1   1,810   32,794   4.4%
UK
  164,513   2,702      875   1,036      11,389   180,515   24.2%
Other
  28,462   1,425   108   62   1,378      121   31,556   4.2%
 
                           
Latin America
  61,542   21,027   13,890   2,128   12,555   763   5,124   117,029   15.7%
 
                           
Brazil
  16,440   4,002   5,420   597   2,904      1,677   31,041   4.2%
Chile
  15,890   3,239   149   513   1,453   1   1,899   23,145   3.1%
Mexico
  15,438   10,613   6,672      4,299   762   1,133   38,916   5.2%
Puerto Rico
  6,882   1,355   259   818   134      332   9,779   1.3%
Venezuela
  3,171   1,283   794   199   2,915         8,362   1.1%
Other
  3,721   535   596   1   850      83   5,787   0.8%
 
                           
Rest of the world
  3,774   319   217   1,116   2,315      54   7,795   1.0%
 
                           
Total Group
  554,250   89,978   25,132   9,601   31,661   1,712   33,409   745,744   100%
 
                           
%/total
  74.3%  12.1%  3.4%  1.3%  4.2%  0.2%  4.5%  100.0%    
 
                           
(a) Data at December 31, 2006. Excluding doubtful assets. Amounts in millions of euros.
(b) Excluding repos.
(c) Excluding repos and assets held for trading.
(d) Derivatives and repos expressed in equivalent credit risk.
Spain accounts for 48% of the nominal credit risk exposure, a similar percentage to 2005, with absolute growth of 10% on December. The strong growth in the customer business in Spain (drawn-down balance up 31%) was offset by the decrease in sovereign fixed-income securities and in lending to credit institutions.
In the rest of Europe, which represents more than one third of credit risk exposure, most noteworthy is the presence in the United Kingdom through Abbey, which accounts for 24% of the exposure. Taken as a whole, Europe represents 83% of credit risk exposure. Latin America accounts for 16% of credit risk exposure, a similar weighting to 2005. Countries with higher credit ratings (investment grade) represent 61% of the exposure in the region, whereas countries with lower credit ratings represent only 6% of the Group’s exposure.
The rating distribution in the customer portfolio is typical of a bank which focuses predominantly on commercial banking. Most of the ratings below BBB relate to SME portfolios, consumer loans, cards and certain of the Group’s mortgage portfolios. These exposures are highly atomized, entail a lower proportional use of capital and have inherent losses that are amply covered by the spread on transactions.

 

F-134


Table of Contents

i. Customer segmentation for credit risk management
The table below details the distribution, by segment, of the credit risk exposure to customers in terms of EAD. Approximately 82% of total risk exposure to customers (excluding sovereign and counterparty risk) relates to the SME and individuals financing segments, which underlines the predictable nature of the Santander Group’s credit risk. The inherent loss arising from customer exposure is 0.56%, as compared with 0.48% for the Group’s total credit risk exposure, and, accordingly, the credit risk assumed can be classified as medium-low.
                     
  Segmentation of Credit Risk Exposure 
          Average  Average    
  EAD  %  PD  LGD  EL 
Sovereign
  37,163   5.4%  1.10%  22.0%  0.24%
Counterparty
  80,863   11.8%  0.22%  33.4%  0.07%
Public sector
  4,434   0.6%  0.64%  20.6%  0.13%
Corporate
  97,816   14.3%  0.76%  30.4%  0.23%
SMEs
  131,313   19.2%  2.33%  32.0%  0.75%
Mortgages
  248,964   36.3%  0.80%  13.8%  0.11%
Consumer loans
  72,975   10.7%  5.51%  34.9%  1.92%
Cards
  10,605   1.5%  5.27%  43.0%  2.26%
Other
  982   0.1%  4.09%  61.8%  2.52%
Memorandum item — customers
  567,089   82.8%  1.84%  30.22%  0.56%
 
               
Total
  685,115   100.0%  1.61%  30.0%  0.48%
 
               
Source: MIR December 2006 — millions of euros
The organization of the Group’s risk function is customer-centric. To this end, customers are classified for the purpose of risk management into two major groups or segments: individualized and standardized.
The Wholesale and Corporate Banking Risk Area deals with the Group’s global customers (Large Corporations, Multinational Financial Groups, Sovereigns) and the individualized company segment.
For large corporate groups, a pre-classification model is used (which sets a maximum internal risk limit), based on an economic capital measurement and monitoring system.
The Wholesale and Corporate Banking Risk Area continues to encourage the identification of business opportunities to enhance the Group’s business approach by setting common business and risk targets, in keeping with the business area support strategy.
The pre-classification model implemented for these segments in the past, which is aimed at companies meeting certain requirements (high level of knowledge and credit rating), has once again contributed positively to the improved efficiency of the loan approval circuits, enabling these customers’ needs to be met more swiftly.
The Standardized Risk Area deals with retail customers (small enterprises, businesses and individuals), which are managed locally using centrally-designed policies and guidelines and with the support of automatic assessment and decision systems which permit efficient and cost-effective risk treatment.
       
    Assessment Analysis
  Management Tool Approach
Sovereign, Financial Institutions and Global Corporations
 Centralized — Group Rating Automatic assessment + analyst adjustment
Local Corporations
 Centralized — Entity Rating Automatic assessment + analyst adjustment
Individualized Enterprises and Private Institutions
 Decentralized Rating Automatic assessment + analyst adjustment
Microenterprises and Businesses
 Decentralized Scoring Automatic assessment
Individuals
 Decentralized Scoring Automatic assessment
ii. Rating tools
Since 1993 the Group has used proprietary internal rating models to measure the degree of risk inherent in a given customer or transaction. Each rating relates to a certain probability of default or non-payment, determined on the basis of the Entity’s historical experience, with the exception of certain portfolios classified as “low default portfolios”. More than 140 internal rating models are used in the Group’s loan approval and risk monitoring process.
With respect to the Bank’s operations in Spain, on an internal credit rating scale from 1 to 9 (9 being the highest score), more than 75% of the balances are held with companies with a credit rating of 6 or above.

 

F-135


Table of Contents

iii. Quantification of risk appetite
The Santander Group’s risk policy focuses on maintaining a predictable medium-low risk profile for both credit and market risk.
The Group’s target rating, i.e. the desired level of solvency, is AA. Accordingly, the use of capital at risk is calculated with the aforementioned solvency level using a 99.97% confidence level.
With regard to credit risk, this objective can be quantified in terms of inherent loss. Thus, the target inherent loss (cost of credit or risk premium) for the business in Spain should be around 0.40% of credit risk exposure, and that for the Group as a whole should not exceed 0.75%.
iv. Concentration risk
The Group constantly monitors the degree of concentration, by geographical area/country, economic sector, product and customer group, of its credit risk portfolios.
The Risk Committee establishes the risk policies and reviews the exposure limits required to ensure adequate management of credit risk portfolio concentration.
d) Market risk
i. Activities subject to financial risks
The measurement, control and monitoring of the Financial Risks area cover all types of operations where net worth risk is assumed. This risk arises from changes in the risk factors - -interest rate, foreign currency, equities and the volatility thereof- and from the solvency and liquidity risk of the various products and markets in which the Group operates.
The activities are segmented by risk type as follows:
 §  
Trading: this item includes financial services for customers, trading operations and short-term positioning in fixed-income, equity and foreign currency products.
 §  
Balance sheet management: interest rate risk and liquidity risk arising as a result of the maturity and repricing gaps of all assets and liabilities. This item also includes the active management of the credit risk inherent in the Group’s balance sheet.
 §  
Structural risks:
 o 
Structural foreign currency risk/hedges of results: foreign currency risk arising from the currency in which investments in consolidable and non-consolidable companies are made (structural exchange rate). This item also includes the positions taken to hedge the foreign currency risk on future results generated in currencies other than the euro (hedges of results).
 o 
Structural equities risk: this item includes equity investments in non-consolidated financial and non-financial companies that give rise to equities risk.
The Treasury area is responsible for managing the positions taken in the trading activity.
The Financial Management area is responsible for managing the balance sheet management risk and structural risks centrally through the application of uniform methodologies adapted to the situation of each market in which the Group operates. Thus, in the convertible currencies area, Financial Management directly manages the Parent’s risks and coordinates the management of the other units operating in these currencies. Decisions affecting the management of these risks are taken through the ALCO Committees in the respective countries and, ultimately, by the Parent’s Markets Committee.

 

F-136


Table of Contents

The aim pursued by financial management is to ensure the stability and recurring nature of both the net interest margin of the commercial activity and the Group’s economic value, whilst maintaining adequate liquidity and solvency levels.
Each of these activities is measured and analyzed using different tools in order to reflect their risk profiles as accurately as possible.
ii. Methodologies
(a) Trading
The standard methodology applied to trading activities by the Santander Group in 2006 was Value at Risk (VaR) based on the standard historical simulation with a 99% confidence level and a one-day time horizon. Statistical adjustments were applied that enable the most recent developments that condition the level of risk assumed to be quickly and efficiently included.
VaR is not the only measure. It is used because it is easy to calculate and because of its capacity to measure the level of risk incurred by the Group, but other indicators are used simultaneously enabling the Group to exercise greater risk control in all the markets in which it operates.
One of these tools is scenario analysis, which consists of establishing alternative assumptions regarding changes in financial variables and determining their impact on results. These scenarios can replicate past events (such as crises) or situations that are unrelated to past events. A minimum of three types of scenarios are defined (plausible, severe and extreme) and, together with VaR, a much more complete spectrum of the risk profile can be obtained.
The positions are monitored on a daily basis through an exhaustive control of the changes in the portfolios in order to detect possible incidences for their immediate correction. The daily preparation of an income statement is an excellent risk indicator, insofar as it allows us to see and detect the impact of changes in financial variables or portfolios.
(b) Balance sheet management
1. Interest rate risk
The Group analyzes the sensitivity of the net interest margin and market value of equity to changes in interest rates. This sensitivity arises from maturity and repricing gaps in the different balance sheet items.
On the basis of the balance-sheet interest rate position, and considering the market situation and outlook, the necessary financial measures are adopted to align this position with that desired by the Bank. These measures can range from the taking of positions on markets to the definition of the interest rate features of commercial products. This activity acquires particular importance in low-interest scenarios (such as that prevailing today), when the margins of commercial banking are subject to downward pressure.
The measures used by the Group to control interest rate risk in these activities are the interest rate gap, the sensitivity of net interest margin and market value of equity to changes in interest rates, the duration of capital, Value at Risk (VaR) and scenario analysis.
(i) Interest rate gap of assets and liabilities
The interest rate gap analysis focuses on the mismatches between the interest reset periods of on-balance-sheet assets and liabilities and of off-balance-sheet items. This analysis facilitates a basic snapshot of the balance sheet structure and enables concentrations of interest rate risk to be detected in the different maturity periods. Additionally, it is a useful tool for estimating the possible impact of potential changes in interest rates on the entity’s net interest margin and market value of equity.

 

F-137


Table of Contents

All the on- and off-balance-sheet aggregates are broken down so that they can be placed at the point of repricing or maturity. In the case of the aggregates that do not have a contractual maturity date, an internal model is used to analyze and estimate the duration and sensitivity thereof.
(ii) Sensitivity of net interest margin (NIM)
The sensitivity of the net interest margin measures the change in the expected accruals for a specific period (12 months) given a shift in the interest rate curve.
The sensitivity of the net interest margin is calculated by simulating the margin both for a scenario of changes in the interest rate curve and for the current scenario, the sensitivity being the difference between the two margins so calculated.
(iii) Sensitivity of market value of equity (MVE)
The sensitivity of the market value of equity is a complementary measure to the sensitivity of the net interest margin.
This sensitivity measures the interest rate risk implicit in the market value of equity based on the effect of changes in interest rates on the present values of financial assets and liabilities.
(iv) Value at Risk (VaR)
The Value at Risk for balance sheet aggregates and investment portfolios is calculated by applying the same standard as that used for Trading: historical simulation with a confidence interval of 99% and a time horizon of one day. Statistical adjustments were made to enable the effective and rapid incorporation of the most recent events that determine the level of risk assumed.
(v) Scenario analysis
Two interest rate performance scenarios are established: maximum volatility and sudden crisis. These scenarios are applied to the activities under analysis, thus obtaining the impact on the market value of equity and the net interest margin projections for the year.
2. Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is associated with the Group’s capacity to finance its commitments at reasonable market prices and to carry out its business plans with stable sources of funding. The Group permanently monitors maximum gap profiles.
The measures used to control liquidity risk in Balance Sheet Management are the liquidity gap, liquidity ratios, stress scenarios and contingency plans.
(i) Liquidity gap
The liquidity gap provides information on contractual and expected cash inflows and outflows for a given period for each currency in which the Group operates. The gap measures cash requirements or surpluses at a given date and reflects the liquidity level maintained under normal market conditions.
The Group conducts two types of liquidity gap analyses:
  
Contractual liquidity gap: all the on- and off-balance-sheet items are analyzed, provided that they generate cash flows, and placed at the point of contractual maturity. For assets and liabilities without contractual maturities, an internal analysis model is used based on a statistical study of the time series of the products, and the so-called stable or instable balance for liquidity purposes is determined.
  
Operational liquidity gap: this is a scenario in normal liquidity profile conditions, since the cash flows of the on-balance-sheet items are placed in the point of probable liquidity rather than in the point of contractual maturity. In this analysis the definition of behaviour scenario (renewal of liabilities, discounts in portfolio disposals, renewal of assets, etc.) is the fundamental point.

 

F-138


Table of Contents

(ii) Liquidity ratios
The liquidity ratio compares liquid assets available for sale or transfer (after the relevant discounts and adjustments have been applied) with the total amount of liabilities (including contingencies). This ratio shows, by functional currency, the level of immediate response of the Group to firm commitments.
Cumulative net illiquidity is defined as the 30-day cumulative gap obtained from the modified liquidity gap. The modified contractual liquidity gap is calculated on the basis of the contractual liquidity gap and placing liquid assets in the point of settlement or transfer rather than in the point of maturity.
Short-term leverage (“STL”) measures the percentage of short-term financing and is calculated as the ratio of net financing to third parties with instruments maturing within three months to total net debt.
(iii) Scenario analysis/Contingency Plan
The Group’s liquidity management focuses on adopting all the measures required to prevent a crisis. It is not always possible to predict the causes of a liquidity crisis and, accordingly, contingency plans focus on the modeling of potential crises by analyzing various scenarios, identifying crisis types, internal and external communications, and individual responsibilities.
The Contingency Plan covers the activity of a local unit and of the head offices. At the first sign of crisis, it specifies clear lines of communication and suggests a wide range of responses to different levels of crisis.
Since a crisis can occur locally or globally, each local unit must prepare a Contingency Funding Plan, in which it indicates the amount of aid or funding that might be required from headquarters during a crisis. Each local unit must inform headquarters (Madrid) of its Contingency Plan at least every six months so that it can be reviewed and updated. However, these plans must be updated more frequently if market conditions make this advisable.
(c) 
Structural foreign currency risk / Hedges of results / Structural equities risk
These activities are monitored by measuring positions, VaR and results.
iii. Risks and results in 2006
(a) Trading
The average VaR profile assumed in 2006 was USD 35.7 million.
(b) Balance sheet management
1. Convertible currency (including Abbey)
At the end of December 2006, in the convertible currency balance sheet, the sensitivity of the net interest margin at one year to parallel increases of 100 b.p. was negative by157.8 million, the Bank being the greatest contributor. 2006 was marked by a reduction in the sensitivity of the net interest margin with respect to 2005.
For the same perimeter the sensitivity of the value to parallel increases of 100 b.p. in the curve amounted to 490.2 million at 2006 year-end and was concentrated mainly on the Bank. The increase with respect to 2005 arose basically in the euro-denominated balance sheet due to its stronger position vis-à-vis the interest rate rises.

 

F-139


Table of Contents

2. Latin America
The interest rate risk in Balance Sheet Management portfolios in Latin America, measured in terms of sensitivity of the net interest margin (NIM) at one year to a parallel increase of 100 b.p. in the interest rate curve, remained at low levels throughout 2006, fluctuating within a narrow band, with a maximum of 65 million in March. Measured in terms of value sensitivity, it fluctuated within a wider band, between 150 million and 380 million, and the principal changes were due to the portfolio restructuring in Mexico, local-currency government securities and interest rate swaps. This portfolio is intended to cover possible future margin losses.
At the end of December 2006 the risk consumption for the region, measured as the MVE sensitivity to 100 b.p., stood at 377 million, while the net interest margin risk at one year, measured as the sensitivity of this margin to 100 b.p., stood at 20 million. These two amounts are very similar to those reached in December 2005.
e) Operational risk
The Group defines operational risk as “the risk of loss resulting from deficiencies or failures of internal processes, human resources or systems or that arising due to external causes”. This risk relates to events of a purely operational nature, which differentiates it from market or credit risk. The Group’s aim in operational risk control and management is to identify, assess, mitigate and monitor this risk.
The overriding requirement for the Group, therefore, is to identify and eliminate any clusters of operational risk, irrespective of whether losses have been incurred. Measurement of this risk also facilitates its management, since it enables priorities to be established and decisions to be prioritized.
In principle, the Group has chosen to calculate its operational risk capital using the Standardized Approach; however, it does not rule out the possibility of resorting to Advanced Approaches in the future.
The organizational structure of operational risk at the Santander Group is based on the following principles: (i) the Risks Division discharges the function of assessing and controlling this risk; (ii) the Central Unit, within the Risks Division, that supervises operational risk is responsible for the Entity’s global corporate programme; (iii) the effective operational risk management structure is based on the knowledge and experience of the executives and professionals in the Group’s various areas and units, a major role being played by the operational risk coordinators, the key figures in this organizational framework.
This organizational framework meets the qualitative criteria of the New Basel Capital Accord (BIS II document, revised June 2004) for Standardized and Advanced Measurement Approaches and of the CEBS document of June 2005 issued by the Expert Group on the Capital Requirements Directive. In this connection, the independence of Internal Audit vis-à-vis operational risk management is maintained, without detriment to the effective review performed by it of the operational risk management structure.
f) Reputational risk
The Santander Group considers the reputational risk function to be an essential component of the risk management function in all areas of its organization. The main body responsible for managing reputational risk is the Global New Products Committee. Any new product or service that a Santander Group entity intends to market must be authorized by this Committee.
In 2006 the Committee held 11 meetings at which a total of 100 products or product families were analyzed.
A Local New Products Committee is set up in each country in which a Santander Group entity is based. Once a new product or service has undergone the required procedures, this Committee must seek the approval of the Global New Products Committee. In Spain, the functions of the Local New Products Committee are discharged by the Global New Products Committee.
The areas represented on the Global New Products Committee are: Tax Advice, Legal Advice, Customer Service, Internal Audit, Retail Banking, Global Corporate Banking, International Private Banking, Compliance, Financial Accounting and Control, Financial Operations and Markets, Operations and Services, Global Wholesale Banking Risks, Wholesale and Corporate Banking Risks, Credit Risks, Financial Risks, Methodology, Processes and Infrastructure Risks, Operational Risk, Technology, Global Treasury and, lastly, the unit proposing the new product or a representative of the Local New Products Committee.

 

F-140


Table of Contents

Before a new product or service is launched, the aforementioned areas, together with any independent experts required to correctly evaluate the risks incurred, conduct an exhaustive analysis of all the matters involved and express their opinion as to whether the product or service should be marketed.
On the basis of the documentation received, the Global New Products Committee, after checking that all requirements for the approval of the new product or service have been met and considering the risk guidelines established by the Santander Group’s Risk Standing Committee, either approves, rejects or sets conditions for the proposed new product or service.
The Global New Products Committee pays particular attention to the suitability of the new product or service for the environment in which it is to be marketed.
57. Transition to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
  
 
 
  
Following is a detail of how the transition from the former accounting principles (Bank of Spain Circular 4/1991) to the International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the European Union (“EU-IFRS”) required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 has affected the main accounting aggregates previously reported by the Group.
 
  
Following is a reconciliation of the balances in the consolidated balance sheet and consolidated income statement, the definitions being as follows:
  
Closing balances: the balances in the Group’s consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with the former accounting principles and standards.
 
  
Reclassifications: changes arising from the new presentation format of the financial statements.
 
  
Adjustments: changes arising from the measurement bases and accounting policies modified by the new standards.
 
  
Opening balances: the balances resulting from considering the effect of the adjustments and reclassifications on the closing balances.
 
  
Ref.: reference to the comment explaining the nature of the most significant adjustments.

 

F-141


Table of Contents

a) 
Consolidated balance sheet: reconciliation at January 1, 2004 — Assets, liabilities and equity
                     
  Millions of Euros 
  Closing  Effects of Changes  Opening    
  Balances  Reclassific.  Adjustments  Balances  Ref. 
Cash and balances with central banks
  8,907   9      8,916     
Government debt securities
  31,109   (31,109)          
Financial assets held for trading
     22,008   460   22,468  (ii)
Due from credit institutions
  37,618   (37,618)          
Debentures and other fixed-income securities
  44,277   (44,277)          
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
     2,514      2,514     
Available-for-sale financial assets
     67,543   3,223   70,766  (iii)
Loans and receivables
     222,209   3,812   226,021  (i), (iv), (vii)
Loans and credits
  172,504   (172,504)          
Hedging derivatives
     318   75   393     
Non-current assets held for sale
     1,722      1,722     
Common stocks and other equity securities
  10,064   (10,064)          
Investments
  4,266   (935)  148   3,479     
Investments in Group companies
  1,068   (1,068)          
Insurance contracts linked to pensions
     2,866      2,866     
Reinsurance assets
     51      51     
Tangible assets
  4,584   983   (156)  5,411     
Intangible assets
     6,598   (1,413)  5,185  (vi)
Intangible assets (former standards)
  474   (474)          
Consolidation goodwill
  7,385   (7,385)          
Tax assets
     4,643   2,588   7,231  (viii)
Prepayments and accrued income
  6,919   (2,061)  (50)  4,808     
Other assets
  17,984   (13,156)  (185)  4,643     
Treasury stock
  10   (10)          
Accumulated losses at consolidated companies
  4,622   (4,622)          
 
               
Total assets
  351,791   6,181   8,502   366,474     
 
               
Financial assets held for trading
     9,014   1,025   10,039  (ii)
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
     293,460   3,803   297,263  (vii)
Due from credit institutions
  75,580   (75,580)          
Customer deposits
  159,336   (159,336)          
Marketable debt securities
  44,441   (44,441)          
Subordinated liabilities
  11,221   (11,221)          
Hedging derivatives
     534   8   542     
Liabilities associated with non-current assets held for sale
                
Liabilities under insurance contracts
     7,461   2   7,463     
Provisions
  12,728   1,182   889   14,799   (v) 
Tax liabilities
     889   1,327   2,216  (viii)
Accrued expenses and deferred income
  7,540   (2,773)  (29)  4,738     
Other liabilities
  10,429   (7,409)  (138)  2,882     
Equity having the substance of a financial liability
     3,908      3,908     
Minority interests
  5,440   (3,501)  22   1,961     
Valuation adjustments
        2,043   2,043     
Negative consolidation difference
  14   (14)          
Shareholders’ equity
  25,062   (5,992)  (450)  18,620     
 
               
Total liabilities and equity
  351,791   6,181   8,502   366,474     
 
               

 

F-142


Table of Contents

b) Consolidated balance sheet: reconciliation at December 31, 2004 — Assets, liabilities and equity
                     
  Millions of Euros 
  Closing  Effects of Changes  Opening    
  Balances  Reclassific.  Adjustments  Balances  Ref. 
Cash and balances with central banks
  8,787   14      8,801     
Government debt securities
  16,123   (16,123)          
Financial assets held for trading
     111,420   336   111,756  (ii)
Due from credit institutions
  49,570   (49,570)          
Debentures and other fixed-income securities
  82,839   (82,839)          
Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
     45,759      45,759     
Available-for-sale financial assets
     42,100   2,421   44,521  (iii)
Loans and receivables
     387,413   7,019   394,432  (i), (iv), (vii)
Loans and credits
  335,208   (335,208)          
Hedging derivatives
     2,882   943   3,825  (ii)
Non-current assets held for sale
     2,074   23   2,097     
Common stocks and other equity securities
  13,164   (13,164)          
Investments
  2,697   844   207   3,748     
Investments in Group companies
  5,046   (5,046)          
Insurance contracts linked to pensions
     2,754      2,754     
Reinsurance assets
     3,046      3,046     
Tangible assets
  8,213   2,617   (245)  10,585     
Intangible assets
     16,541   (1,038)  15,503  (vi)
Intangible assets (former standards)
  463   (463)          
Consolidation goodwill
  16,964   (16,964)          
Tax assets
     7,075   2,649   9,724  (vii)
Prepayments and accrued income
  7,758   (4,749)  21   3,030     
Other assets
  23,755   (18,699)  (151)  4,905     
Treasury stock
  104   (104)          
Accumulated losses at consolidated companies
  4,707   (4,707)          
 
               
Total assets
  575,398   76,903   12,185   664,486     
 
               
Financial assets held for trading
     90,791   735   91,526  (ii)
Other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
     11,244      11,244     
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
     440,160   7,672   447,832  (vii)
Due from credit institutions
  84,814   (84,814)          
Customer deposits
  293,845   (293,845)          
Marketable debt securities
  84,007   (84,007)          
Subordinated liabilities
  20,194   (20,194)          
Hedging derivatives
     3,133   (238)  2,895     
Liabilities under insurance contracts
     42,344   1   42,345     
Provisions
  15,345   1,810   869   18,024   (v) 
Tax liabilities
     2,210   1,286   3,496  (viii)
Accrued expenses and deferred income
  10,827   (6,416)  (29)  4,382     
Other liabilities
  18,577   (14,536)  77   4,118     
Equity having the substance of a financial liability
     2,136   (12)  2,124     
Minority interests
  8,539   (6,448)  (6)  2,085     
Valuation adjustments
     (30)  1,808   1,778  (iii)
Negative consolidation difference
  11   (11)          
Consolidated profit for the year
  3,668   (3,668)          
Share capital
  3,127         3,127     
Share premium
  20,370         20,370     
Reserves and other equity instruments
  5,681   1,716   (425)  6,972     
Treasury shares
     (104)  (23)  (127)    
Profit attributed to the Group
     3,136   470   3,606     
Dividends and remuneration
     (1,311)     (1,311)    
Revaluation reserves
  43   (43)          
Reserves at consolidated companies
  6,350   (6,350)          
 
               
Total liabilities and equity
  575,398   76,903   12,185   664,486     
 
               

 

F-143


Table of Contents

c) 
Consolidated income statement for 2004
                     
  Millions of Euros 
  Closing  Effects of Changes  Opening    
  Balances  Reclassific.  Adjustments  Balance  Ref. 
Interest and similar income
  18,104   (244)  (399)  17,461   (i) 
Interest expense and similar charges
  (10,116)  (184)  25   (10,275)    
Income from equity instruments
     400   (11)  389     
Income from equity securities
  647   (647)          
Share of results of entities accounted for using the equity method
     587   (138)  449     
Net profit from companies accounted for using the equity method
  540   (540)          
Fee and commission income
  5,777   (68)  (13)  5,696     
Fee and commission expense
  (1,167)  240      (927)    
Insurance activity income
     165   (4)  161     
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net)
  953   (331)  118   740     
Exchange differences (net)
     265   96   361     
Sales and income from the provision of non-financial services
     1,058   (30)  1,028     
Cost of sales
     (681)     (681)    
Other operating income
  90   (5)  116   201     
Personnel expenses
  (4,135)  (192)  2   (4,325)    
Other general administrative expenses
  (2,600)  111   (26)  (2,515)    
Depreciation and amortization
     (906)  67   (839)    
Depreciation, amortization and write-down of tangible and intangible assets
  (735)  735           
Other operating expenses
  (272)  8      (264)    
Impairment losses (net)
     (1,764)  (79)  (1,843)    
Amortization of consolidation goodwill
  (619)  138   481     (vi)
Write-offs and credit loss provisions
  (1,648)  1,648           
Provisions (net)
     (1,149)  8   (1,141)    
Finance income from non-financial activities
     20      20     
Finance expenses of non-financial activities
     (37)      (37)    
Gains on Group transactions
  509   (509)          
Losses on Group transactions
  (43)  43           
Other gains
     1,501   (13)  1,488     
Extraordinary income
  1,027   (1,027)          
Other losses
     (634)  68   (566)    
Extraordinary loss
  (1,877)  1,877           
 
               
Profit before tax
  4,435   (122)  268   4,581     
 
               
Income tax
  (311)  (493)  207   (597)    
Other taxes
  (456)  456           
 
               
Profit from continuing operations
  3,668   (159)  475   3,984     
 
               
Profit from discontinued operations
     12      12     
 
               
Consolidated profit for the year
  3,668   (147)  475   3,996     
 
               
Profit attributed to minority interests
  (532)  147   (5)  (390)    
 
               
Profit attributed to the Group
  3,136      470   3,606     
 
               
d) 
Salient adjustments
 i. 
Financial fees and commissions
Loan origination and application fees not relating to direct expenses incurred in arranging transactions are accrued over the term of the loan as a component of its effective return. Under the previous accounting standards, these fees were credited to income in full on the loan grant date.

 

F-144


Table of Contents

ii. Derivatives transactions
Since the entry into force of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, all derivatives must be measured at fair value determined, wherever possible, by their market value and, as a general rule, changes in the fair value must be recognized in the consolidated income statement. Formerly, only changes in the value of trading derivatives arranged in organized markets could be reflected in income. Otherwise, if valuation of the derivatives disclosed potential losses, such losses were reflected in income, whereas disclosed potential gains could not be recognized until they were effectively realized or offset by losses in instruments on the same currency. Transactions defined as hedging transactions in accordance with Circular 4/1991 which are not defined as such under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 are not reflected in the opening balance sheet.
iii. Available-for-sale financial assets
This item relates to a portfolio that is substantially similar to the former available-for-sale portfolio. The basic difference in its treatment, compared to the previous standards, lies in that positive or negative changes in the fair value of the assets classified in this portfolio must be recognized in equity (net of the related tax effect). When the related gains or losses are realized, they are recognized in the income statement. The former standards were similar, but only permitted losses to be written off.
iv. Provisions to credit loss allowances
The Group estimated the impact of recognizing provisions to credit loss allowances using the criteria described in Note 2-g for estimating the impairment of financial instruments.
v. Provisions for pensions
Under the new standards, the Group can apply the so-called “corridor approach” to actuarial gains and losses and recognize in income the amount resulting from dividing by five the portion of the net cumulative actuarial gains and losses not recognized at the beginning of each year exceeding 10% of the present value of the obligations or 10% of the fair value of the assets at the beginning of the year (whichever is highest). This approach is also applicable to the shortfall that arose in 2000 as a result of the application of the pension regulations issued in 1999 and which had to be amortized over ten years, provided the shortfall is inside the 10% corridor.
vi. Goodwill
Previously, goodwill had to be amortized systematically over a period of up to 20 years. Under the new standards, goodwill is no longer amortized and must be tested for impairment, at least annually, to determine whether the goodwill is impaired and whether any impairment should be recognized in the consolidated income statement.
In addition, goodwill must be denominated in local currency, although that arising prior to January 1, 2004 can continue to be expressed in euros. In the opening balance sheet, the Group recalculated in local currency the goodwill existing at January 1, 2004.
vii. Securitization
Financial assets are only derecognized when the rights to the cash flows they generate have been extinguished or when substantially all the inherent risks and rewards have been transferred to third parties. The previous standards required derecognition of securitized assets.
viii. Tax assets and liabilities
These adjustments relate to the tax effect arising on the recognition of first-time application adjustments.
e) Other information
For the purposes of the consolidated financial statements for 2005, the Group prepared an opening balance sheet at January 1, 2004, by applying the accounting policies and rules and the measurement bases described in Note 2, with the exceptions provided for by the accounting standards in force, which are detailed below.

 

F-145


Table of Contents

The main exceptions permitted under the accounting standards in force are as follows:
1. 
Cumulative exchange differences: cumulative exchange differences of all foreign operations were definitively charged to reserves at January 1, 2004.
2. 
Derecognition of financial instruments: financial assets and liabilities derecognized at December 31, 2003 under previous GAAP were not recognized in the opening balance sheet.
3. 
Non-current assets held for sale: the allowances recorded for foreclosed assets existing at January 1, 2004 and still held at the reporting date reduced the value of these assets.
4. 
Business combinations: the accounting treatment of business combinations discussed in Note 2-b is not applicable to business combinations performed prior to January 1, 2004.

 

F-146


Table of Contents

58. Significant differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
As described in Note 1, the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements of the Santander Group are presented in the formats stipulated by the Bank of Spain Circular 4/2004, of 22 December, on Public and Confidential Financial Reporting Rules and Formats, and were prepared by applying the generally accepted accounting principles for the International Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the European Union pursuant to Regulation (EC) Nº 1606/2002 of the European Parliament of the Council of 19, July 2002. As explained in Note 57, the 2005 and 2004 Consolidated Financial Statements were the first to be prepared in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Such formats and accounting principles vary in certain respects from those generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). This Note includes relevant information about valuation differences, differences in Financial Statements presentation and additional disclosure requirements.
IFRS 1 “First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards” provides first-time adopters of the EU-IFRS with a number of exemptions and exceptions from full retrospective application, some of which were applicable to Santander Group (see Note 57). Had the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 been applied fully retrospectively, net income and shareholders’ equity under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 shown in the tables below would have been different and the reconciling items to U.S. GAAP shown below would also have been different.
The information included in this Note is classified as follows:
   
Note 58.1.
 Recent Pronouncements:
 
  
Note 58.1.A.
 U.S. GAAP Recent Pronouncements
 
  
Note 58.1.B.
 IFRS Recent Pronouncements
 
  
Note 58.2.
 Significant valuation and income recognition principles under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
 
  
Note 58.3.
 Net Income and Stockholders’ Equity reconciliations between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
 
  
Note 58.4.
 Significant presentation differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
 
  
Note 58.5.
 Consolidated financial statements
 
  
Note 58.6.
 Preference Shares and Preferred Securities
 
  
Note 58.7.
 Business combinations: Goodwill and Other assets and liabilities
 
  
Note 58.8.
 Earnings per Share

 

F-147


Table of Contents

58.1 Recent Pronouncements
58.1.A U.S. GAAP Recent Pronouncements
A summary of the recent pronouncements that have been adopted by the Group as of December 31, 2006, is as follows:
 1. 
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123-R), which replaces the existing SFAS 123 and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. This statement eliminates the option to apply the intrinsic value measurement provisions of APB No. 25 to stock compensation awards issued to employees. SFAS 123-R requires companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award the requisite service period (usually the vesting period). SFAS 123-R is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2005, however early adoption is permitted. SFAS 123-R establishes 2 methods for the accounting change: the Modified Prospective Application and the Modified Retrospective Application. The Bank adopted SFAS 123-R on January 1, 2005 by using the modified prospective approach, which requires recognizing expense for options granted prior to the adoption date equal to the fair value at the grant date of the unvested amounts over their remaining vesting period. See Note 59.8.
 2. 
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections” which replaces Accounting Principles Board Opinions No. 20 “Accounting Changes” and SFAS No. 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements-An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 28”. This statement provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes retrospective application, or the latest practicable date, as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle and the reporting of a correction of an error. Because of its similarities with IFRS’s IAS 8, SFAS 154 will reduce differences between U.S. GAAP and the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 in the accounting and reporting of accounting changes and corrections of errors. The Group adopted SFAS 154 with effect from January 1, 2006 and did not have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
 3. 
In June 2005, the FASB issued SFAS 133 Implementation Issue No. B38, “Embedded Derivatives: Evaluation of Net Settlement With Respect to the Settlement of a Debt Instrument Through Exercise of an Embedded Put Option or Call Option” (“DIG Issue 38”). DIG Issue 38 clarifies that in applying paragraph 12(c) of SFAS 133 to a put option or call option (including a prepayment option) embedded in a debt instrument, the potential settlement of the debtor’s obligation to the creditor that would occur upon exercise of the put option or call option does not meet the net settlement criterion in paragraph 9(a) of SFAS 133. The application of paragraph 12(c) is relevant when an embedded put option or call option is not considered to be clearly and closely related to the debt host under paragraph 12(a) and related paragraph 13 or 61(d). DIG Issue 38 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of DIG Issue 38 did not have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
 4. 
In June 2005, the FASB issued SFAS 133 Implementation Issue No. B39, “Embedded Derivatives: Application of Paragraph 13(b) to Call Options That Are Exercisable Only by the Debtor” (“DIG Issue 39”). DIG Issue 39 describes the circumstances in which an embedded call option (including a prepayment option) that can accelerate the settlement of a hybrid instrument containing a debt host contract would not be subject to the conditions in paragraph 13(b) of SFAS 133. DIG Issue B39 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of DIG Issue B39 did not have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
 5. 
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 155 “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments — an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140”. SFAS 155 amends SFAS 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, and SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities” and resolves issues addressed in SFAS 133 Implementation Issue No. D1, “Application of Statement 133 to Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial Assets” as follows:
 Ø 
It permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation;
 Ø 
It clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of Statement 133;

 

F-148


Table of Contents

 Ø  
It establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation;
 Ø  
It clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives; and
 Ø  
It amends SFAS 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument.
   
SFAS 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the first fiscal year beginning after September 15, 2006. With effect from January 1, 2005, the Santander Group has taken the fair value option under U.S. GAAP for certain debt securities in issue that are considered hybrid financial instruments, and has elected to initially and subsequently measure those hybrid financial instruments in their entirety at fair value for purposes of U.S. GAAP in order to align the accounting under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP.
 6. 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits” (SFAS No. 158). In accordance with SFAS No. 158, effective December 31, 2006, entities must record the funded status of each of its defined benefit pension and postretirement plans (other than a multiemployer plan) on its balance sheet with the corresponding offset, net of taxes, recorded in Accumulated Other Changes in Equity From Non-owner Sources within Stockholders’ Equity. SFAS 158 also requires an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position, with limited exceptions. SFAS 158 requires an employer that is a business entity and sponsors one or more single-employer defined benefit plans to (1) recognize the funded status of a benefit plan — measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value (with limited exceptions) and the benefit obligation — in its statement of financial position. For a pension plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation; for any other postretirement benefit plan, such as a retiree health care plan, the benefit obligation is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation, (2) recognize as a component of other comprehensive income, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost pursuant to SFAS 87, or SFAS 106 ‘‘Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions’’. Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, including the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and the transition asset or obligation remaining from the initial application of SFAS 87 and SFAS 106, are adjusted as they are subsequently recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost pursuant to the recognition and amortization provisions of those Statements, (3) measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end statement of financial position (with limited exceptions) and (4) disclose in the notes to financial statements additional information about certain effects on net periodic benefit cost for the next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition asset or obligation. Santander adopted SFAS 158 from December 31, 2006. The impact of adoption is disclosed in Note 58.3.
 7. 
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements”. SAB 108 states that registrants should use both a balance sheet (iron curtain approach) and income statement (roll-over approach) approaches when quantifying and evaluating the materiality of a misstatement in the financial statements. SAB 108 provides transition guidance for correcting errors existing in prior years and is effective for annual financial statements covering the first fiscal year ending after November 15, 2006. The adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
 8. 
In June 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force, reached a final consensus on EITF 05-1 “Conversion of an Instrument that Became Convertible upon the Issuer’s Exercise of a Call Option”. EITF 05-1 addresses whether the conversion of such a debt instrument into issuer shares should be accounted for akin to a conversion (no gain or loss recorded) or an extinguishment. The Task Force concluded that the call option and the resulting equity securities issued should be accounted for akin to a conversion provided that the debt instrument, at issuance, contains a substantive conversion feature. Additionally, the issuance of equity securities to settle an instrument that, as of its issuance date, does not contain a substantive conversion feature should be accounted for as a debt extinguishment. EITF 05-1 applies to all conversions within the scope of this Issue that result from the exercise of call options and is effective in interim or annual reporting periods beginning after June 28, 2006. The adoption of EITF 05-1 did not have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.

 

F-149


Table of Contents

Additionally, a summary of the recent pronouncements that have been issued but have not yet been adopted by the Group as of December 31, 2006, is as follows:
 1. 
In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 156 “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140”. SFAS 156 amends SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”, with respect to the accounting for separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS 156 requires a company to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract principally in a transfer of the servicer’s financial assets that either meets the requirements for sale accounting, or is to a qualifying special-purpose entity in a guaranteed mortgage securitization in which the transferor retains all of the resulting securities and classifies them as either available-for-sale securities or trading securities in accordance with SFAS 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. SFAS 156 requires all separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities to be initially measured at fair value, if practicable, and permits a company to choose to subsequently measure each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities using either a specified amortization method or a specified fair value measurement method. At its initial adoption, SFAS 156 permits a one-time reclassification of available-for-sale securities to trading securities by companies with recognized servicing rights, without calling into question the treatment of other available-for-sale securities under SFAS 115, provided that the available-for-sale securities are identified in some manner as offsetting the company’s exposure to changes in fair value of servicing assets or servicing liabilities that a servicer elects to subsequently measure at fair value. SFAS 156 is applicable to all transactions entered into in fiscal years that begin after September 15, 2006. The adoption of this statement is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
 2. 
In September 2005, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 05-1 “Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection With Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts”. SOP 05-1 provides guidance on accounting by insurance enterprises for deferred acquisition costs on internal replacements of insurance and investment contracts other than those specifically described in SFAS 97 “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long-Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments”. SOP 05-1 is effective for internal replacements occurring in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Santander Group does not expect the adoption of SOP 05-1 to have a material impact on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
 3. 
On July 13, 2006, the FASB issued FIN 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” which attempts to set out a consistent framework for preparers to use to determine the appropriate level of tax reserves to maintain for “uncertain tax positions.” This interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 uses a two-step approach wherein a tax benefit is recognized if a position is more likely than not to be sustained. The amount of the benefit is then measured to be the highest tax benefit which is greater than fifty percent likely to be realized. FIN 48 also sets out disclosure requirements to enhance transparency of an entity’s tax reserves. The Company is still evaluating the impact of the adoption of FIN 48.
 4. 
On July 13, 2006, the FASB issued a Staff Position, “Accounting for a Change or Projected Change in the Timing of Cash Flows Relating to Income Taxes Generated by a Leverage Lease Transaction” (FSP 13-2), which provides guidance regarding changes or projected changes in the timing of cash flows relating to income taxes generated by a leveraged lease transaction. Leveraged leases can provide significant tax benefits to the lessor. Since changes in the timing and/or amount of these tax benefits may have a material effect on the cash flows of a lease transaction, a lessor, in accordance with FSP 13-2, will be required to perform a recalculation of a leveraged lease when there is a change or projected change in the timing of the realization of tax benefits generated by that lease. The Group is currently assessing the potential impact of FSP 13-2.
 5. 
The FASB issued FASB Staff Position FIN 46(R)-6, “Determining the Variability to Be Considered in Applying FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)” (FSP FIN 46(R)-6) in April 2006. FSP FIN 46(R)-6 addresses the application of FIN 46(R), “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” in determining whether certain contracts or arrangements with a variable interest entity (VIE) are variable interests by requiring companies to base such evaluations on an analysis of the VIE’s purpose and design, rather than its legal form or accounting classification. FSP FIN 46(R)-6 is required to be applied for all reporting periods beginning after June 15, 2006. While the Company is still evaluating the impact of the FSP, the adoption of the FSP is not expected to result in material differences from Santander’s existing accounting policies regarding the consolidation of VIEs.
 6. 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (SFAS No. 157). This Standard defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. In addition, SFAS No. 157 disallows the use of block discounts and supersedes the guidance in EITF 02-3, which prohibited the recognition of day-1 gains on certain derivative trades when determining the fair value of instruments traded in an active market. With the adoption of this Standard, these changes will be reflected as a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings. The Standard also requires reflecting its own credit standing when measuring the fair value of debt it has issued, including derivatives, prospectively from the date of adoption. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal year beginning January 1, 2008, with earlier adoption permitted for the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007. Santander is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting this Standard.

 

F-150


Table of Contents

 7. 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159 ‘‘The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities-Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115’’. The fair value option established by SFAS 159 permits all entities to choose to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates. Eligible items include a financial asset and financial liability, a firm commitment involving financial instruments that would not otherwise be recognized at fair value, a written loan commitment, certain rights and obligations under an insurance contract, and certain rights and obligations under a warranty. A business entity shall report unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. In accordance with SFAS 159, the fair value option (1) can be applied instrument by instrument, with a few exceptions, such as investments otherwise accounted for by the equity method, (2) is irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs), and (3) has to be applied to entire instruments and not to portions of it. SFAS 159 is effective from an entity’s first year beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of the year that begins on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity also elects to apply the provisions of SFAS 157,‘‘Fair Value Measurements’’. This statement reduces accounting differences between U.S.GAAP and the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Santander is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting this Standard.

 

F-151


Table of Contents

58.1.B. IFRS Recent Pronouncements
At the date of preparation of these consolidated financial statements, as stated in Note 1.b., there were new IFRS Standards and Interpretations (IFRICs) adopted by the European Union which will come into force at January 1, 2007. Specific analysis and information is as follows:
 1. 
IFRS 7 “Financial instruments disclosures”: This new standard adds certain new disclosures about financial instruments to those currently required by IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation and replaces the disclosures now required by IAS 30 Disclosures in the Financial Statements of Banks and Similar Financial Institutions. Puts all of those financial instruments disclosures together in a new standard on Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The remaining parts of IAS 32 deal only with financial instruments presentation matters.
 2. 
Amendment to IAS 1 “Presentation of Financial Statements — Capital disclosures”: This amendment to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements requires entities to disclose information that enables readers to evaluate the entity’s objectives, policies and processes for managing capital. The disclosures are based on information provided internally to key management personnel.
 3. 
IFRIC 7 “Applying the Restatement approach under IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies”: IFRIC 7 requires entities to apply IAS 29 Financial Reporting in Hyper-inflationary Economies in the reporting period in which an entity first identifies the existence of hyperinflation in the economy of its functional currency as if the economy had always been hyperinflationary.
 4. 
IFRIC 8 “Scope of IFRS 2”: Clarifies that IFRS 2 Share-based Payment will apply to any arrangement when equity instruments are granted or liabilities (based on a value of an entity’s equity instrument) are incurred by an entity, when the identifiable consideration appears to be less than the fair value of the instruments given. It presumes that such cases are an indication that other consideration (i.e., unidentifiable goods or services) has been or will be received. The unidentifiable goods or services concerned are to be measured at the grant date as the difference between the fair value of the share-based payment (equity given or liability incurred) and the fair value of any identifiable goods or services received.
 
   
For cash-settled transactions, the liability is to be remeasured at each reporting date until is settled, in accordance with IFRS 2.
 5. 
IFRIC 9 “Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives”: IFRIC 9 concludes that an entity must assess whether an embedded derivative is required to be separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative when the entity first becomes a party to the contract. Subsequent reassessment is prohibited unless there is a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows that otherwise would be required under the contract, in which case reassessment is required.
Additionally Note 1.b. discloses general analysis of the Standards and Interpretations not yet adopted by the European Union, which will come into force in subsequent years. More specific details are as follows:
 1. 
IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”: On November 30, 2006, the IASB issued IFRS 8 which requires segment analysis reported by an entity to be based on information used by management. The Group currently discloses this information in Note 54. IFRS 8 is effective for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2009.
 2. 
IFRIC 10 “Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment”: IFRIC 10 addresses an inconsistency between IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting and the impairment requirements relating to goodwill in IAS 36 Impairment of Assets and equity instruments classified as available for sale in IAS 39 Financial instruments: Recognition and Measurement. The Interpretation states that the specific requirements of IAS 36 and IAS 39 take precedence over the general requirements of IAS 34 and, therefore, any impairment loss recognized for these assets in an interim period may not be reversed in subsequent periods. IFRIC 10 is effective for periods beginning on or after November 1, 2006.
 3. 
IFRIC 11 “IFRS 2 — Group and Treasury Share Transactions”: requires that treasury share transactions are treated as equity-settled, and share-based payments involving equity instruments of the parent should be treated as cash-settled. This is consistent with the Group’s current practice. IFRIC 11 is effective for periods beginning on or after March 1, 2007.
As explained in Note 1.b., the directors consider that the entry into force of these Standards and Interpretations will not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-152


Table of Contents

Endorsement: Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with IASB as adopted by the European Union (EU). Once a statement, amendment or interpretation is issued by IASB it should be endorsed by EU to form part of our accounting rules.

 

F-153


Table of Contents

58.2 Other significant valuation and income recognition principles under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
Following is a description of the most significant valuation and income recognition principles under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP, which differ among them, applicable to the financial statements of the Santander Group:
   
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 U.S. GAAP
Business combinations, goodwill and intangible assets
(See Notes 2.b.v and 2.m)
  
Business combinations performed on or after January 1, 2004 whereby the Group obtains control over an entity are recognized for accounting purposes as follows:
- - The Group measures the cost of the business combination, defined as the fair value of the assets given, the liabilities incurred and the equity instruments issued, if any, by the entity.
- - The fair values of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree, including any intangible assets which might have not been recognized by the acquiree, are estimated and recognized in the consolidated balance sheet.
- - Any positive difference between the net fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the acquiree and the business combination cost is recognized in “Other Gains” in the consolidated income statement.

Any excess of the cost of the investments in the consolidated entities and entities accounted for using the equity method over the corresponding underlying carrying amounts acquired, adjusted at the date of first time consolidation, is allocated to:
- - specific assets and liabilities of the companies acquired,
- - to specific intangible assets, by recognizing it explicitly in the consolidated balance sheet provided that their fair value at the date of acquisition can be measured reliably, and
- - the remaining amount is recognized as goodwill, which is allocated to one or more specific cash-generating units. The cash generating units represent the Group’s geographical and/or business segments.
At the end of each reporting period goodwill is reviewed for impairment at a cash-generating-unit level and any impairment is written down with a charge to “Impairment Losses — Goodwill” in the consolidated income statement. An impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.
In the first adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, we have used the goodwill existing at January 1, 2004, recalculated from euros to local currency as of the date it arose.
 
As stated in SFAS 141 all business combinations must be accounted for using the purchase method.
Under this method, the valuation is based on fair values of the net assets as of the time of the acquisition. The differences between the fair value of the net assets and the consideration paid represent goodwill. Income of the acquired company is reflected only from the acquisition date onwards.
Intangible Assets must be identified and recognized as assets apart from goodwill.
According to SFAS 142 Goodwill and Intangible Assets with indefinite useful lives are subject to an impairment test at least annually, at a reporting unit level, and should be written-off to the extent that it is judged to be impaired. Impairment losses cannot be reversed.
 
  
Consolidation procedures
(See Note 2.b)
  
i. Subsidiaries
“Subsidiaries” are defined as entities over which the Bank has the capacity to exercise management control; this capacity is, in general but not exclusively, presumed to exist when the Parent owns directly or indirectly half or more of the voting power of the investee or, even if this percentage is lower or zero, when, as in the case of agreements with shareholders of the investee, the Bank is granted control. Control is the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.
(continues in following page)
 
Generally, consolidation is required for, and limited to, all investments of greater than 50% of the outstanding voting rights, except when control does not rest with the majority owner.
To determine whether certain entities should be included or not in the company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, U.S. GAAP defines in FIN 46-R “Variable Interest Entity” (VIE). A VIE is an entity which fulfills one of the following criteria:
(1) It has equity that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties.
(2) The equity investor cannot make significant decisions about the entity’s operations, or although it could, it doesn’t absorb the expected losses or receive the expected returns of the entity.
(3) The equity investors have voting rights that are not proportionate to their economic interests and substantially all the activities of the entity involved are conducted on behalf of an investor with a disproportionately small voting interest.

 

F-154


Table of Contents

   
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 U.S. GAAP
 
 
A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the party involved with the VIE that has a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns or both.
The financial statements of the subsidiaries are fully consolidated with those of the Bank. Accordingly, all balances and transactions between consolidated entities are eliminated on consolidation.
ii. Joint ventures are deemed to be ventures that are not subsidiaries but which are jointly controlled by two or more unrelated entities. The financial statements of investees classified as joint ventures are proportionately consolidated with those of the Bank.
iii. Associates
Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method. In the case of transactions with an associate, the related profits or losses are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associate.
 
U.S. GAAP considers only one method of consolidation, which fully consolidates the financial statements of companies controlled by the parent company after eliminating all intercompany transactions and recognizing minority interest.
The Proportional consolidation method is not allowed under U.S. GAAP. Joint ventures are accounted for by the equity valuation method.
The Equity valuation method is used to account for certain equity investments when the investor has significant influence over the investee (generally an investment of between 20% and 50% in the outstanding voting rights) but does not control the investee. Under the equity method, an investor adjusts the carrying amount of an investment for its share of the earnings or losses of the investee subsequent to the date of investment and reports the recognized earnings or losses in income. Dividends received from an investee reduce the carrying amount of the investment.
 
  
Post-employment benefits
(See Notes 2.v and 2.w)
  
The Group recognizes under “Provisions — Provisions for Pensions and Similar Obligations” the present value of its defined benefit pension obligations, net of the fair value of the plan assets and of the net unrecognized cumulative actuarial gains or losses disclosed in the valuation of these obligations, which are deferred using a corridor approach, and net of the past service cost, which is deferred over time.
“Plan assets” are defined as those that will be directly used to settle obligations and that meet specific conditions.
“Actuarial gains and losses” are deemed to be those arising from differences between previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred in the plan and from changes in the actuarial assumptions used.
The Group uses, on a plan-by-plan basis, the corridor method and recognizes in the consolidated income statement the amount resulting from dividing by five the net amount of the cumulative actuarial gains and/or losses not recognized at the beginning of each year which exceeds 10% of the present value of the obligations or 10% of the fair value of the plan assets at the beginning of the year, whichever amount is higher.
The past service cost — which arises from changes to current post-employment benefits or from the introduction of new benefits - is recognized on a straight-line basis in the consolidated income statement over the period from the time the new commitments arise to the date on which the employee has an irrevocable right to receive the new benefits.
(continues in following page)
 
Under U.S. GAAP, the Group applies the provisions of SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions”, SFAS No. 88, “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailment of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits,” and SFAS No. 106, “Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions”, as applicable. Furthermore, the Group provides the required disclosures in accordance to SFAS No. 132(R) “Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, and 106”.
These Standards do not significantly differ from the provisions followed and applied in our primary financial statements under IFRS; IAS 19 “Employee Benefits”.
Additionally, on September 29, 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (SFAS 158), which requires the recognition of a plan’s over-funded or under-funded status as an asset or liability with an offsetting adjustment to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (OCI). Companies must recognize as a component of OCI, net of tax, the gains or losses and prior service costs or credits that arise during the period but are not recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost pursuant to SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions, or No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions. Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, including the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and the transition asset or obligation remaining from the initial application of Statements 87 and 106, are adjusted as they are subsequently recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost pursuant to the recognition and amortization provisions of those Statements. This part of the statement is effective as of December 31, 2006. See Note 58.3 for details. Additionally, SFAS 158 requires companies to measure defined benefit plan assets and obligations as of the date of the employer’s fiscal year-end statement of financial position (with limited exceptions) and it is effective for fiscal years ending after December 31, 2008.
A liability and a loss in net income are registered for early retirement plans when the employees accept the offer and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

 

F-155


Table of Contents

   
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 U.S. GAAP
“Other Long-Term Employee Benefits”, defined as commitments to early retirees -taken to be those who have ceased to render services at the entity but who, without being legally retired, continue to have economic rights vis-à-vis the entity until they acquire the legal status of retiree-, long-service bonuses, commitments for death of spouse or disability before retirement that depend on the employee’s length of service at the entity and other similar items, are treated for accounting purposes, where applicable, as established above for defined benefit post-employment plans, except that all past service costs and actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately.
  
 
  
Financial instruments
(See Notes 2.c and 2.g)
  
Financial assets are included for measurement purposes in one of the following categories:
- Financial assets held for trading (at fair value through profit or loss): this category includes the financial assets acquired for the purpose of generating a profit in the near term from fluctuations in their prices and financial derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments.
- Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss: this category includes hybrid financial assets not held for trading that are measured entirely at fair value and financial assets not held for trading that are managed jointly with “liabilities under insurance contracts” measured at fair value or with derivative financial instruments whose purpose and effect is to significantly reduce exposure to variations in fair value, or that are managed jointly with financial liabilities and derivatives for the purpose of significantly reducing overall exposure to interest rate risk.
- Available-for-sale financial assets: this category includes debt instruments not classified as “held-to-maturity investments” or as “financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”, and equity instruments issued by entities other than subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, provided that such instruments have not been classified as “financial assets held for trading” or as “other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”.
- Loans and receivables: this category includes financing granted to third parties, based on their nature, irrespective of the type of borrower and the form of financing, including finance lease transactions in which the consolidated entities act as lessors.
The consolidated entities generally intend to hold the loans and credits granted by them until their final maturity and, therefore, they are presented in the consolidated balance sheet at their amortized cost (which includes the required adjustments to reflect estimated impairment losses).
- The statistical percentages obtained from historical trends as determined by the Bank of Spain guidance (Circular) are applied, being the amounts determined within the range of possible estimated losses calculated internally.
- Held-to-maturity investments: this category includes debt instruments with fixed maturity and with fixed or determinable payments.
As a general rule, the carrying amount of impaired financial instruments is adjusted with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the period in which the impairment becomes evident, and the reversal of previously recognized impairment losses, if any, is recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the impairment ceases to exist or is reduced.
(continues in following page)
 
Investments in equity securities with readily determinable market values and all debt securities are classified as trading securities, available-for-sale securities, or held to maturity securities in accordance with SFAS 115.
Trading assets are stated at market value, and differences between market value and book value are reported in the statement of income.
Debt and equity securities classified as available-for-sale represent securities not classified as either held to maturity or trading securities. They are initially recognized at fair value including direct and incremental transaction costs. They are subsequently held at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities arising from changes in fair value are included in “Other comprehensive income” as a separate component of equity until sale when the cumulative gain or loss is transferred to the income statement. Foreign exchange differences on available-for-sale securities denominated in foreign currency are also excluded from earnings and recorded as part of the same separate component of equity.
Securities classified as available-for-sale are required to be reviewed on an individual basis to identify whether their fair values have declined to a level below amortized cost and, if so, whether the decline is other-than-temporary. Provision is reflected in earnings as a realized loss for any impairment that is considered to be other-than-temporary. If it is probable that an investor will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of a debt security, an other-than-temporary impairment is considered to have occurred. Recognition of other-than-temporary impairment may be required as a result of a decline in a security’s value due to deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness, an increase in market interest rates or a change in foreign exchange rates since acquisition. Other circumstances in which a decline in the fair value of a debt security may be other-than-temporary include situations where the security will be disposed of before it matures or the investment is not realizable.
- The loan loss allowance should represent the best and most probable estimate of the possible scenarios, being the amounts determined within the range of possible estimated losses calculated internally.
If an impairment loss is recognized, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to fair value as a new cost basis. The new cost basis is not changed for subsequent recoveries in fair value.
Held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost.
Under SFAS 155, financial assets and financial liabilities may be measured at fair value through the income statement where they contain substantive embedded derivatives that would otherwise require bifurcation under SFAS 133.
(continues in following page)

 

F-156


Table of Contents

   
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 U.S. GAAP
Preference Securities and Preference Shares
(See Notes 58.5 and 58.6)
  
Following the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 consolidation rules, special purpose entities used to issue preference shares are consolidated.
Preference securities are classified as financial liabilities, and presented as “Subordinated Debt” or as “Equity Having The Substance of a Financial Liability” if they are shares. Preference securities and shares denominated in a foreign currency are retranslated at each balance sheet date. The dividends on preference securities and shares are recognized in the income statement as interest expense on an amortized cost basis using the effective interest method.
 
As a consequence of FIN 46-R special purpose entities, of which the Group is no longer the primary beneficiary, used to issue preference shares are excluded from the consolidation. In our balance sheet its value is replaced by the subordinated deposits in the Bank that act as a guarantee of the securities. All the other preference shares are classified in equity if they are not mandatorily redeemable and do not have redemption features that are not solely within the control of the issuer. The dividends on preference securities and shares are accounted for as an appropriation of profit.
 
  
Securitized assets
(See Notes 2.e, 58.3.g, 58.5 and 59.1)
  
The accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets depends on the extent to which the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets are transferred to third parties:
1. If the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards to third parties the transferred financial asset is derecognized and any right or obligation retained or created in the transfer is recognized simultaneously.
2. If the Group retains substantially all the rights and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset, the transferred financial asset is not derecognized and continues to be measured by the same criteria used before the transfer. However:
a. An associated financial liability is recognized for an amount equal to the consideration received.
b. The income from the transferred financial asset not derecognized and any expense incurred on the new financial liability are recognized in the consolidated income statement.
 
U.S. GAAP SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”, requires that after a transfer of financial assets an entity recognizes the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it has incurred, derecognizes financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognizes liabilities when extinguished. The statement contains rules for distinguishing transfers of financial assets that are sales from transfers that are secured borrowings.
Mortgage securitization vehicles are considered “qualifying special purpose entities” under U.S. GAAP and fall outside the scope of FIN 46R. These securitizations are treated as sales and, where appropriate, a servicing asset and an interest-only security are recognized. The servicing asset is amortized over the periods in which the benefits are expected to be received and the interest-only security is accounted for as an available-for-sale security. Evaluation for impairment is conducted in accordance with EITF 99-20.
(continues in following page)
 
(continues in following page)

 

F-157


Table of Contents

   
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 U.S. GAAP
3. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards associated with the transferred financial asset, the following distinction must be made:
a. If the transferor does not retain control, the transferred financial asset is derecognized and any right or obligation retained or created in the transfer is recognized.
b. If the transferor retains control, it continues to recognize the transferred financial asset for an amount equal to its exposure to changes in value and recognizes a financial liability associated with the transferred financial asset. The net carrying amount of the transferred asset and the associated liability shall be the amortized cost of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at amortized cost, or the fair value of the rights and obligations retained, if the transferred asset is measured at fair value.
  
   
Derivative instruments and hedging activities
(See Notes 2.d.v and 58.3.f)
  
All derivatives are recognized either as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measured at their fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative (that is, gains and losses) depends on the intended use of the derivative and the resulting designation as Trading or Hedging (of Cash Flow, of Fair Value or of a foreign currency investment exposure).
- Effectiveness testing: the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 allows prospective and retrospective effectiveness testing.
- Macro hedging is permitted
- Portfolio hedging is permitted
 
Accounting for derivatives under U.S. GAAP is similar to that of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. There are however differences in their detailed application.
- Effectiveness testing: retrospective testing may not be required for short cut and match terms.
- Macro hedging is not allowed
- Portfolio hedging requires that the individual items respond in a “generally proportionate manner” to the overall change in fair value of the aggregate portfolio.

 

F-158


Table of Contents

58.3 Net Income and Stockholders’ Equity reconciliations between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
Following is a summary of the adjustments to consolidated net income and to consolidated Stockholders’ Equity which would be required if U.S. GAAP had been applied to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Our primary financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. For this reason, reconciliation to U.S. GAAP starts from our EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 financial statements. These adjustments are explained in the following Notes a — j.
After the reconciliation, the Comprehensive Income reporting required by SFAS 130 is disclosed. More information about it can be found in Note j.
               
    Thousands of Euros 
    Increase (decrease) 
NET INCOME   2006  2005  2004 
Net income in accordance with the EU-IFRS(*)
    8,245,753   6,749,770   3,996,234 
Less: Net income attributable to minority interest under the EU-IFRS (*)(**)
    (649,806)  (529,666)  (390,364)
 
           
Net income attributable to the Group in accordance with the EU-IFRS(*)
    7,595,947   6,220,104   3,605,870 
Of which:
              
Continuing operations
    6,417,920   6,075,069   3,525,822 
Discontinued operations
    1,178,027   145,035   80,048 
 
              
Adjustments to conform to U.S. GAAP:
              
• Allowances for credit losses
 (a)  (226,365)  (302,033)  509,042 
• Investment securities
 (b)  161,268   82,052   (271,098)
• Goodwill and business combinations
 (d)  (170,325)  69,675   138,200 
• Intangible assets
 (d)     (50,661)  1,051 
• Premises and equipment
 (e)  9,507   7,669   9,502 
• Hedge accounting: derivative instruments
 (f)  (550,276)  342,382   (458,790)
• Securitization
 (g)  174,237   72,961    
• Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
 (h)  412,085       
• Income taxes
 (i)  8,493   (123,689)  407,089 
 
           
Total adjustments:
    (181,376)  98,356   334,996 
 
              
Net income attributable to the Group in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    7,414,571   6,318,460   3,940,866 
Of which:
              
Continuing operations
    6,395,747   6,173,425   3,860,818 
Discontinued operations
    1,018,824   145,035   80,048 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
(**) 
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 equity and net income includes the equity and net income corresponding to the shareholders of both the Parent and the minority interests. Under U.S. GAAP, shareholder’s equity and net income is made up only of the portion attributed to equity holders of the Parent. Therefore, an adjustment to reconcile to U.S. GAAP is recorded in order to exclude the Minority Interests portion of shareholder’s equity and net income.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity reconciliation to U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

F-159


Table of Contents

               
    Thousands of Euros 
    Increase (decrease) 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   2006  2005  2004 
Total Equity in accordance with the EU-IFRS(*)
    47,072,302   42,626,699   36,500,258 
Less: Minority Interest under the EU-IFRS (*)(**)
    (2,220,743)  (2,848,223)  (2,085,316)
 
           
Stockholders’ Equity in accordance with the EU-IFRS(*)
    44,851,559   39,778,476   34,414,942 
 
              
Adjustments to conform to U.S. GAAP:
              
• Allowances for credit losses
 (a)  628,385   854,750   1,156,783 
• Loans granted to purchase parent company shares
 (c)  (25,875)  (120,035)  (148,940)
• Investment securities
 (b)        75,248 
• Goodwill and business combinations
 (d)  3,113,896   2,972,556   3,067,360 
• Intangible assets
 (d)        50,661 
• Premises and equipment
 (e)  (253,473)  (262,980)  (270,649)
• Hedge accounting: derivative instruments
 (f)  (155,288)  395,350   52,968 
• Securitization
 (g)  640,357   494,674   525,264 
• Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
 (h)  105,612       
• Taxes
 (i)  (201,633)  (328,456)  (252,014)
 
           
Total adjustments:
    3,851,981   4,005,859   4,256,681 
 
              
Stockholders’ Equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP
    48,703,540   43,784,335   38,671,623 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
(**) 
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 equity and net income includes the equity and net income corresponding to the shareholders of both the Parent and the minority interests. Under U.S. GAAP, shareholder’s equity and net income is made up only of the portion attributed to equity holders of the Parent. Therefore, an adjustment to reconcile to U.S. GAAP is recorded in order to exclude the Minority Interests portion of shareholder’s equity and net income.
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity reconciliation to U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

F-160


Table of Contents

Considering the adjustments included in the reconciliation, the Other Comprehensive Income information required by SFAS 130 is summarized in the table below:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  Increase (decrease) 
CHANGES IN EQUITY FROM NON-OWNER SOURCES
 2006  2005  2004 
 
            
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax:
            
• Unrealized gains (losses) on securities
  2,163,558   1,954,932   2,037,390 
• Net gains (losses) on derivative instruments
  49,252   70,406   339,066 
• Foreign currency translation adjustment
  (6,747,605)  (6,245,939)  (7,358,272)
• Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
  (214,531)      
 
         
Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
  (4,749,326)  (4,220,601)  (4,981,816)
 
            
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
            
 
            
Net income attributable to the Group in accordance with U.S. GAAP
  7,414,571   6,318,460   3,940,866 
 
            
Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax:
            
• Unrealized gains (losses) on securities
  208,626   (82,458)  (569,590)
• Net gains (losses) on derivative instruments
  (21,154)  (268,660)  353,212 
• Foreign currency translation adjustment
  (501,666)  1,112,333   (121,532)
• Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
  (214,531)      
 
         
Other Comprehensive Income (see Note 58.3.j)
  (528,725)  761,215   (337,910)
 
            
Comprehensive Income in accordance with U.S. GAAP
  6,885,846   7,070,675   3,602,956 

 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the consolidated net income and stockholders’ equity reconciliation to U.S. GAAP as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.

 

F-161


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE NET INCOME AND TO THE STOCKHOLDERS’ RECONCILIATION
In the adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, among other decisions permitted by the rules of adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the Bank decided to reclassify all held to maturity portfolio to the available-for-sale portfolio. Consequently, even though the decision was made in 2005, the Bank included this accounting change in its reconciliation to U.S. GAAP with effect as of December 31, 2004.
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, some companies are consolidated by using the proportional consolidation method, which is not allowed under U.S. GAAP. The use of this method instead of the global integration method has no impact on the consolidated Stockholders’ Equity or on the consolidated net income attributable to the Group. In our 2006 financial statements there were 15 entities (3 in 2005) consolidated by the proportional method which, on an aggregated basis, have assets of 2,227 million and net income of 68 million (250 and 11 million in 2005 respectively), amounts that are not material, in light of the amounts involved as compared to our consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.
The adoption of FIN 46-R had no effect on stockholders’ equity or net income attributable to the Group, but changed the consolidation scope under U.S. GAAP, requiring the consolidation of some entities that previously were not consolidated (such as some securitization vehicles) and excluding others that previously were consolidated. Most of these changes in the consolidation scope were the same as those arising in the first adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
Following are the explanations of the reconciliation items.
a) Allowances for credit losses
Under IAS 39, as we described in Note 2.g) to the Consolidated Financial Statements, a debt instrument not measured at fair value through profit or loss and in contingent exposures classified as standard are considered to be impaired — and therefore its carrying amount is adjusted to reflect the effect of its impairment — when there is objective evidence that events have occurred which give rise to a negative impact on the future cash flows that were estimated at the time the transaction was arranged.
As a general rule, the carrying amount of an impaired debt instrument not measured at fair value through profit or loss and in contingent exposures classified as standard are adjusted with a charge to the consolidated income statement for the year in which the impairment becomes known, and the recoveries of previously recognized impairment losses are recognized in the consolidated income statement for the year in which the impairment is reversed or reduced by collection.
Impairment exists if the book value of a claim or a portfolio of claims exceeds the present value of the cash flows actually expected in future periods.
Impairment losses on these impaired assets and contingent liabilities are assessed as follows:
• Individually, for all significant debt instruments and for instruments which, although not material, are not susceptible to being classified in homogeneous groups of instruments with similar risk characteristics: instrument type, debtor’s industry and geographical location, type of guarantee or collateral, and age of past-due amounts, taking into account: (i) the present value of future cash flows, discounted at an appropriate discount rate; (ii) the debtor’s financial situation; and (iii) any guarantees in place.
• Collectively in all other cases.
Additionally, we recognize an impairment allowance for credit losses when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and taking into account the historical loss experience and other circumstances known at the time of assessment. For these purposes, inherent losses are the incurred but not specifically identified losses as at the date of the financial statements, calculated using statistical procedures.
The Group, in recognizing the inherent losses in debt instruments measured at amortized cost and in contingent exposures classified as standard, takes into account its historical experience of impairment and the other circumstances known at the time of assessment and has developed internal risk models, based on historical information available for each country taking into account the influence of business cycles and type of risk (homogenous portfolios). Nonetheless, as an explicit requirement of the Bank of Spain, until the Spanish regulator and supervisory authority has not satisfactorily verified such internal models, the coverage of insolvencies incurred but not specifically identified calculated therein, must not result in a lower amount than those calculated under the criteria described in Note 2.g).

 

F-162


Table of Contents

The allowance for credit losses recorded by the Santander Group as at December 31, 2006, under our internal models was 8,865 million (8,213 million in 2005). Our internal models determine a range of provisions which comprise the amount as required by the Bank of Spain.
The Bank has included in the reconciliation of stockholders’ equity and net income a difference between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP related to the determination of allowance losses not allocated to specific loans, basically due to:
• Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 we use “peer group” information as indicated in Note 2.g), in the calculation of allowances for inherent losses incurred but not yet identified, until the Bank’s internal risk models are reviewed and approved by the Bank of Spain.
• Under U.S. GAAP, pursuant to SFAS 5, Accounting for Contingencies (SFAS 5) and paragraph 3 of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 14 (FIN 14), Reasonable Estimation of the Amount of a Loss we calculate credit losses based on our internal risk models using the best estimates, after considering our experience, the information about debtors profiles and appraisal of the receivables in light of the current economic environment at the balance sheet date.
• Under U.S. GAAP the methodology in developing our internal risk models is consistent with the guidance described in AICPA Accounting Guidance for Banking Industry for identified loans that are to be evaluated for collectibility.
• Also considered are the view points included in EITF Topic D-80 Application of FASB Statement 5 and 114 to a loan portfolio which state in part:
 o 
Arriving at an appropriate allowance involves a high degree of management judgment and results in a range of estimated losses.
 
 o 
Institutions should maintain prudent, conservative, but not excessive, loan loss allowances that fall within an acceptable range of estimated losses. Consistent with GAAP, an institution should record its best estimate within the estimated range of credit losses, including when the best estimate is at the high end of the range.
 
 o 
When determining the level for the allowance, management should always ensure that the overall allowance appropriately reflects a margin for the imprecision inherent in most estimates of inherent credit losses (footnote omitted).
 
 o 
Simply because a portion of the allowance is designated as “unallocated,” it is not thereby inconsistent with GAAP. The important consideration is whether the allowance reflects an estimate of probable losses, determined in accordance with GAAP, and is appropriately supported.
 
 o 
Allowance estimates should be based on a comprehensive, well-documented, and consistently applied analysis of the loan portfolio.
As described in the Note above our calculation under U.S. GAAP is based on the best estimate within the estimated range of credit losses. Moreover, paragraph 23 of SFAS 5 states the following:
   
“Whether the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated (the condition in paragraph 8(b)) will normally depend on, among other things, the experience of the enterprise, information about the ability of individual debtors to pay, and appraisal of the receivables in light of the current economic environment. In the case of an enterprise that has no experience of its own, reference to the experience of other enterprises in the same business may be appropriate.
Hence, the use of “peer group” statistical assumptions are not appropriate, even when the amount falls within an acceptable range of estimated losses, as the amount does not correspond with the best estimate of loan losses. Consequently, for U.S. GAAP purposes we have used our own appropriately adjusted experience in determining the allowance for loan losses.
Accordingly, we have recorded an adjustment between U.S. GAAP and the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 which caused a decrease of226,365 and 302,033 thousand to our income statement in 2006 and 2005, respectively, and an increase of 509,042 thousand in 2004. The effect in shareholders’ equity under U.S. GAAP is an increase of 628,385 thousand, 854,750 thousand and 1,156,783 thousand in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
b) Investment securities
In this item we consider the adjustments that arise from different cost in securities, either they arise from previous Spanish GAAP or from the different accounting treatment of impairment losses under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 or U.S. GAAP (i.e. the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 permit to register as an income the recoveries in value of past impairments).
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the criteria for presentation, valuation and recognition of debt and equity instruments are those disclosed in Note 2.c) and 2.d).

 

F-163


Table of Contents

During the first-time adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, the recognition, measurement and disclosure criteria included in IAS 32 and 39, were applied retrospectively to January 1, 2004 (the date of transition to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004).
1- Different cost in debt and equity securities:
Under previous Spanish GAAP, some investments in listed affiliated companies in which the Group held an ownership interest of more than 3% and less than 20% were accounted for by the equity method. Under U.S. GAAP, the Group’s investments in these companies were accounted for as indicated by SFAS No. 115. As a result of the first-time adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, such investments were classified as “Available for sale financial assets” and valued in accordance to IAS 32 and 39, for which the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 accounting treatment of new and former investments in affiliated companies is identical to that under U.S. GAAP.
In previous years this adjustment reflected the changes in the valuation of these holdings from the equity accounting method to the lower of cost or market value (available-for-sale securities under previous Spanish GAAP classification). Subsequently, an additional adjustment was made to meet SFAS 115 requirements. Currently, this adjustment reflects the reversal of those impairments upon sale of the corresponding investments, recorded prior to January 1, 2004 (transition date); in determining other than temporary impairments realized in accordance to SFAS 115, for both debt and equity instruments.
In this regard, historical differences in the amortized cost of past investments in affiliated companies, debt securities and available for sale financial assets remain (the amortized cost is higher under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 than it is under U.S. GAAP) and therefore, at the time of their sale, the capital gains resulting will be lower under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 than under U.S. GAAP.
The 2006 reconciliation item reflects the adjustment to the profit on sale of the 4.8% stake on San Paolo IMI, S.p.A, and maintains the adjustment for the 3.6% holding that we keep on our books at December 31, 2006.
The 2005 reconciliation item reflects the adjustment to the profit on sale of our holdings in Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc and Commerzbank AG (2.57% and 3.38% of their capital respectively, see Note 8) and maintains differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP on the holdings recorded under previous Spanish GAAP, due to different valuation criteria used prior to January 1, 2004.
The 2004 reconciliation adjustment also adjusts the profit on sale of disposal of the total investment (2.51% stake) in Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc. due to different cost basis under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP of the former investment.
2- Different treatment of impairment losses under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 or U.S. GAAP in debt securities
The Group conducts reviews to assess whether other-than-temporary impairment exists. These reviews consist of (i) the identification of the securities that maintain impairments during the last six months, and (ii) the determination of the value of the impairment that is not expected to be recovered. Changing global and regional conditions and conditions related to specific issuers or industries could adversely affect these values. Changes in the fair values of trading securities are recognized in earnings.
Additionally, under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 when there is evidence that a reduction in the fair value of a debt security is due to impairment, the unrealized loss is charged to net income but, if afterwards it recovers its value the impairment losses are subsequently reversed to net income.
Under U.S. GAAP impairment losses cannot be reversed and the criteria to determine if other-than-temporary impairment exists are different.
c) Loans granted to purchase parent company shares
Loans granted to employees for the acquisition of the Bank shares have been recorded under U.S. GAAP as a reduction of Stockholders’ Equity.
d) Goodwill and business combinations
As disclosed in Notes 57.d.vi) and 58.2 to our financial statements, in the first adoption of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 we used the goodwill existing under our previous Spanish GAAP at January 1, 2004, recalculating its value from euros to local currency as of the date it arose.
Most of the goodwill differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP came from differences that already existed under previous Spanish GAAP. These differences only appear in net income when we sell our holding or when there is a different impairment write-off. In the meantime they are reflected as differences in our stockholders’ equity. For information about the main differences that remain unchanged in the reported periods, see Note 58.7. Business combinations: Goodwill and Other assets and liabilities.

 

F-164


Table of Contents

The 2006 net income reconciliation adjustment reflects differences on the profit on sale of our business in Perú and Bolivia and on the sale of 7.23% of Banco Santander Chile. In 1997, all the goodwill relating to our investments in Perú and in Chile was written-off under our previous Spanish GAAP but not under our U.S. GAAP reconciliation. From 1998 to 2001 the goodwill of our investments in Perú, Bolivia and Chile were amortized under U.S. GAAP but were booked in different currencies (euros under previous Spanish GAAP and local currency under U.S. GAAP), producing differences in the amounts recorded. Later, when SFAS 141 became effective (in June 2001), we faced two different goodwill impairment tests (U.S. GAAP and previous Spanish GAAP), producing even more differences. Finally, when we changed from our previous Spanish GAAP to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, we recalculated our goodwill (from euros to local currency as of the date it arose) and performed impairment tests over the new values resulting in write-downs. Under U.S. GAAP no write-downs were needed.
The 2005 net income reconciliation adjustment reflects mainly the adjustment to the profit on sale of our holding in Unión Fenosa S.A. (see Note 3).
The net income differences from goodwill of our investment in Unión Fenosa S.A. also come from differences that arose years ago. Our holding in Unión Fenosa S.A. was acquired in 1999 through the purchase of Banco Central Hispano S.A. (under Previous Spanish GAAP this business combination was accounted for as a merger). Until the third quarter of 2002 our stake was lower than 20%, and it was accounted for by the equity method under previous Spanish GAAP and “as available for sale” in our reconciliation to U.S. GAAP. As a result of that different accounting treatment, net income from goodwill of our investment in Unión Fenosa S.A. was higher under previous Spanish GAAP than under U.S. GAAP. In 2002 we increased our stake above 20% and the investment was accounted for by the equity method under both GAAPs, but the goodwill was valued differently in each one. Finally, when we changed from previous Spanish GAAP to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, we maintained the value of the goodwill from our previous Spanish GAAP. In 2005 when we sold our investment in Unión Fenosa S.A. we wrote-down its goodwill to calculate the profit in sale, which was higher under U.S. GAAP (by an amount similar to the net income anticipated under previous Spanish GAAP and recognized as retained earnings under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004).
The 2004 net income reconciliation adjustment is due to goodwill impairments made under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 related to investments in Venezuela and Colombia. Under U.S. GAAP those impairments were recognized as a loss in prior years.
Net income differences from goodwill relating to our investment in Venezuela and Colombia come from differences originated in prior years. In 1997, goodwill relating to our investment in Venezuela was charged to income under our previous Spanish GAAP but not under our U.S. GAAP reconciliation. From 1998 to 2001 our investments in Colombia and Venezuela were amortized under U.S. GAAP but were booked in different currencies (euros under previous Spanish GAAP and local currency under U.S. GAAP), producing differences in the amounts spent. Later, when SFAS 141 became effective (in June 2001), we faced two different goodwill impairment tests (U.S. GAAP and previous Spanish GAAP), producing even more differences. Finally, when we changed from our previous Spanish GAAP to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, we recalculated our goodwill (from euros to local currency as of the date it arose) and performed impairment tests over the new values resulting in write-downs. Under U.S. GAAP no write-downs were needed.
For the purposes of the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP, the Group conducted a goodwill impairment test according to SFAS 142. The procedure followed to calculate it is:
• First, reporting units are determined.
• Second, goodwill is allocated to the reporting units. This criterion is different from the allocation criteria followed in the business segment information presented in Note 54, where all the goodwill is allocated to the non-operating segment (Financial Management and Equity Stakes segment). Impairment testing is not possible without this goodwill allocation.
• Third, the Group follows the two step process as set out in SFAS 142 to identify and measure any impairment loss.
e) Premises and equipment
Under IFRS 1, paragraph 16, IG8-IG9, we are allowed to use as deemed cost the revalued amount of fixed assets under previous Spanish GAAP, which is something that U.S. GAAP does not allow and thus creates the need for an adjustment.
Based on the above, the premises and equipment opening balance under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 is different from the balances carried under U.S. GAAP since some real estate properties were revalued under previous Spanish GAAP (but not U.S. GAAP), and thus their related depreciation would reverse through profit and loss and the fixed assets revaluation amount through equity. As a result, the depreciation of these fixed assets is calculated on the restated value (deemed cost) under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. This valuation is also considered when calculating profits on sale of fixed assets. Under U.S. GAAP these assets are valued at cost.

 

F-165


Table of Contents

The adjustment to net income reflects the reversal of the additional depreciation on the revalued premises and equipment, corrections to profits on sale and, if necessary, corrections to the value of the premises. The related deferred tax asset is being recorded in income in the years in which the relevant deductions are allowed for income tax purposes. The adjustment to Stockholders’ Equity also reflects the reversal of all unamortized revaluation surpluses.
f) Hedge accounting: derivative instruments
The Group uses derivative financial instruments for trading purposes and to hedge risk exposures. Derivatives accounted for as hedging operations include instruments that meet specific criteria required by Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 which are in accordance with IAS 39. Derivatives accounted for as trading operations include instruments held for trading purposes and those that do not meet our hedging requirements. A full description of the principles applied by the Group in accounting for derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 2.d.v to the financial statements.
For U.S. GAAP purposes, SFAS No. 133 establishes similar criteria to account for derivatives, including embedded derivatives, and derivative instruments used for hedging activities.
Nevertheless, the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP differ, in certain respects, in the requirements for hedge accounting for these transactions; accordingly, all hedge accounting will need to be separately considered under each GAAP to ensure that the respective rules under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP are satisfied. See Note 58.2 for a summary of the accounting criteria.
In the Group, the use of derivatives for trading purposes is subject to clearly defined limits (at all levels: trader, entity, business segment, country, etc.) and controlled using Value at Risk (VaR) methodology. Derivatives are also used for hedging purposes when a reduction of risk is desired. However, risk reduction is not in itself sufficient to qualify for hedge accounting.
We have procedures in place that ensure that the requirements with respect to the designation as a hedge or speculative transaction, the documentation of the hedging relationship, the identification of hedged items and the hedging instruments, and the assessment and testing of hedge effectiveness are met under both GAAPs (the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP).
Accordingly, the Group’s policies require that an effectiveness test is performed for each hedge position at inception and on a monthly basis. The Group has established the following effectiveness tests to ensure the effectiveness of each hedging relationship:
• Prospective test: Upon designation of a hedging relationship (as well as on ongoing basis), the Group must be able to justify an expectation that the relationship will be highly effective over future periods in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows, and;
• Retrospective test: At least quarterly, the Group must determine whether the hedging relationship has been highly effective in having achieved offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows through the date of the periodic assessment.
Only if the hedge effectiveness percentages are between 80% and 125% is the hedge considered to be highly effective. If the calculated percentages are outside this range the hedge is not considered to be effective and hedge accounting is discontinued (the hedging instruments are accounted for as speculative derivatives).
Additional information is collected to identify those hedges under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 that do not fully comply with SFAS 133 requirements (i.e. adjustments to effectiveness tests that are not suitable for U.S. GAAP requirements). Accordingly, for U.S. GAAP reconciliation purposes, only those transactions which fully comply with SFAS 133 requirements are considered to be hedge transactions.
The main differences included in the reconciliation between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP relate to the following:
• Some transactions that qualify as hedging relationships under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 are adjusted to trading accounting under U.S. GAAP: i.e. the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, in accordance to IAS 39 F.2.17 “Partial term hedging”, allows us to designate a hedging instrument as hedging only a portion of the time period to maturity and therefore adjust the effectiveness test to comply with the hedging objective. Under U.S. GAAP such hedges are possible although in practice rare because of the difficulty to meet the effectiveness criteria in fair value partial term hedge due to the fact that the adjustment effectiveness is reversed.
• From January 1, 2005, and due to the administrative burden associated with complying with the requirements of IAS 39 and SFAS 133, Abbey National ceased to claim any hedge accounting for U.S. GAAP purposes and de-designated all its hedges under U.S. GAAP. Therefore we reversed the effects of the hedge accounting claimed under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 that relates to Abbey in our U.S. GAAP reconciliation.

 

F-166


Table of Contents

The change in 2006 in the profit and loss adjustment from positive to negative is due to the interest rate increases during the year. Most hedge relationships that qualify under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 but not under U.S. GAAP are fair value hedges related to long term debt. An interest rate increase has a positive impact in the income statement as a result of the valuation of the debt instrument and a negative impact from the valuation of the hedging derivative. If the hedge relationship is valid, both effects are reflected on the income statement, with a net impact that is equal to the ineffectiveness of the hedge. Under U.S GAAP, for those hedges that are not valid, the positive impact coming from the valuation of the debt instrument is not reflected on the income statement and therefore the profit under U.S. GAAP is lower.
For more information about derivatives, see Notes 9, 11, 36 and 59.4.
g) Securitizations
In accordance with SFAS 140, the assets that have been transferred to special purpose entities (securitized) and meet the criteria required under SFAS 140 for a sale are no longer retained on the balance sheet (see more detail in Note 59.1). Due to the recognition of a retained interest under U.S. GAAP, gains of 174,237 and 72,961 thousand have been recognized for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 respectively. The remuneration received for servicing is considered to be adequate and therefore no servicing assets were recognized.
As required by SFAS 140, a retained interest (interest-only strip) has been recognized which represents that part of our interest in the securitized assets which we have retained. The fair value of the interest-only strip is represented by the present value of the future income streams expected to be received. The present value of future income streams is calculated by discounting future income by market discount rates for these types of securities. In accordance with SFAS 140, the receivable is treated as an available-for-sale security that is revalued at the end of each reporting period. Increases and decreases in value are taken to the statement of comprehensive income, unless the value of the security falls below its original cost. In such circumstances, other-than-temporary losses are considered to have occurred and the impairment losses are taken to the income statement. There was no impairment loss in any of the periods presented. Below is the mortgage asset securitization summary:

 

F-167


Table of Contents

Mortgage assets securitization
             
Thousands of Euros 2006  2005  2004 
Value of interest-only strip at inception (1)
  798,213   621,626    
Acquisition of Abbey
        525,264 
Increase/(decrease) in value of interest only strip (recorded in Other Comprehensive Income, see Note 58.3.j)
  (157,856)  (126,952)   
 
         
Value of interest-only strip at December 31 (1)
  640,357   494,674   525,264 
 (1) 
The valuation of the interest-only strip asset is based on a key assumption of a discount rate of 9.4% (8.4% in 2005). Interest-only strip assets purchased in Abbey’s business combination are valued at purchase price.
h) Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
Under U.S. GAAP, the Group applies the provisions of SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions”, SFAS No. 88, “Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailment of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits,” and SFAS No. 106, “Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions”, as applicable.
These Standards do not significantly differ from the provisions followed and applied in our primary financial statements under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004; IAS 19 “Employee Benefits”.
Nevertheless, the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 pension allowance includes some liabilities that under U.S. GAAP are presented separately. This different balance sheet classification does not generate a net income or stockholders’ equity difference.
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 “Defined Benefit Obligations” differ from its U.S. GAAP equivalent “Projected Benefit Obligation” (“PBO”) (as defined according to SFAS 87) because it includes other commitments such as those arising from employees taking early retirement or annuity contracts. The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 “Plan assets” also include annuity contracts which are not permitted to be included in SFAS 87 calculations. Total Accrued Commitments should be funded both under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 or U.S. GAAP, and the only difference is the classification as one liability under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and various liabilities under U.S. GAAP.
Difference in the date of recognizing of a “special termination benefit” under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP:
As indicated in Notes 1.i and 25.c, during 2006 the Group offered early retirement benefits(special termination benefits) to its employees, which were accounted for under IAS 19 in the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Under IAS 19, paragraphs 133 and 134, an entity can recognize an early retirement benefit as a liability and expense as long at it has committed to the early retirement benefit plan, has offered it to its employees and there is no realistic possibility of withdrawal. Thus, the Group has recorded such liability and expense for all the employees to whom the plan was offered, whether or not they had accepted the offer. However, under U.S. GAAP, SFAS No. 88 paragraph 15, a liability and expense can only be recognized for those employees that have accepted the early retirement benefit offer and the amount can be reasonably estimated as of December 31, 2006.
Since there were some employees that had not accepted the early retirement benefits offer as of December 31, 2006, there is an EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 to U.S. GAAP adjustment, which increases Net income and Stockholders’ equity before taxes, for a total 412 millions.
Additionally, on September 29, 2006, as explained in Note 58.1.A, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R)” (SFAS 158), which requires the recognition of a plan’s over-funded or under-funded status as an asset or liability with an offsetting adjustment to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (OCI). SFAS 158 further requires the determination of the fair values of a plan’s assets at a company’s year-end and recognition of actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition assets or obligations as a component of Accumulated OCI. This statement was effective as of December 31, 2006.
As a consequence of the adoption of SFAS 158, the Group has recognized the over- or under-funded status of defined benefit pension plans and post retirement healthcare plans as an asset or a liability within its balance sheet. Actuarial losses and prior service costs (214,531 thousands) at December 31, 2006 have been transferred to accumulated other comprehensive income.
Disclosures in Notes 2.v and 25 of our primary financial statements along with the following disclosures are substantially in accordance with the disclosure requirements established under U.S. GAAP, being the underlying assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit obligations and net period benefit costs the same under both the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP.

 

F-168


Table of Contents

The following table shows the differences between the Defined Benefit Obligations registered under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and those that should be registered under U.S. GAAP:
             
Millions of Euros 2006  2005  2004 
Defined Benefit Obligation (see Note 25)
  23,412   22,461   19,856 
Commitments arising from employees retired early (Note 25.c)
  (4,481)  (4,215)  (4,051)
Other commitments
  (264)  (330)  (63)
Annuity contracts, total accrued commitments and other
  (1,973)  (2,547)  (3,077)
 
         
Projected Benefit Obligation under U.S. GAAP
  16,694   15,369   12,665 
The Group maintains adequate funding according to the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004; therefore, there is no need for minimum additional liabilities under U.S. GAAP. The differences between both regulations in terms of how to present the information are reconciled in the following table that summarizes the 2006 funded status of pension liabilities:

 

F-169


Table of Contents

     
  Thousands of Euros 
Registered liability under the EU-IFRS(*)
  14,014,305 
Funds from employees taking early retirement
  (4,480,456)
Annuity contracts
  (651,147)
Other commitments
  (263,576)
Assets pledged
  7,767,908 
Plan Assets
  (11,494,773)
Liability under U.S. GAAP (before SFAS 158 adjustment)
  4,892,261 
 
   
Effect of adopting SFAS 158
  306,473 
 
   
Liability under U.S. GAAP (after SFAS 158 adjustment)
  5,198,734 
 
   
             
          Minimum 
  ABO  Plan Assets  Liability 
Spanish entities
  5,181,632   3,761,875   1,419,757 
Abbey
  5,690,246   4,810,127   880,119 
Other foreign subsidiaries
  4,845,977   2,922,771   1,923,206 
 
            
 
         
TOTAL
  15,717,855   11,494,773   4,223,082 
 
         
     
Registered liability (before FAS 158) in excess over Minimum Liability as per SFAS 87
  669,179 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The incremental effects of adopting the provisions of SFAS 158 to the Group’s Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2006 are presented in the following table. The adoption of SFAS 158 had no effect on the Group’s Consolidated Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2006, or for any year presented:
             
  Before      After 
  Application of      Application of 
Thousands of Euros Statement 158  Adjustments  Statement 158 
Tax assets — Deferred
  257,206   91,942   349,148 
Total assets
  841,847,616   91,942   841,939,558 
Provisions — Provisions for pensions and similar obligations
  4,892,261   306,473   5,198,734 
Total liabilities
  792,929,545   306,473   793,236,018 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
  (4,534,795)  (214,531)  (4,749,326)
Total shareholders’ equity
  48,918,071   (214,531)  48,703,540 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  841,847,016   91,942   841,939,558 
The requirement within SFAS 158, effective for the year-ended December 31, 2008, to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the employer’s fiscal yearend balance sheet date will not impact the Group’s financial statements, as plan assets and benefit obligations are currently measured as of the balance sheet date.
Amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost in 2007:
     
  Thousands of Euros 
Prior service cost
  332 
Net actuarial losses
  22,856 
 
   
Total
  23,188 
 
   

 

F-170


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the adjustment included in the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP at December 31, 2006:
             
      Other  Effect on 
  Profit and  Comprehensive  Stockholders’ 
Thousands of Euros Loss  Income  Equity 
Effect of adopting SFAS 158— Actuarial losses & Prior service cost
     (306,473)  (306,473)
Total effect of adopting SFAS 158
     (306,473)  (306,473)
 
            
Effect of special termination benefits- Reversal of early retirement plans not individually accepted
  412,085      412,085 
Total effect of special termination benefits
  412,085      412,085 
 
            
TOTAL BEFORE TAXES
  412,085   (306,473)  105,612 
 
         
Taxes
  (123,626)  91,942   (31,684)
 
         
TOTAL AFTER TAXES
  288,459   (214,531)  73,928 
 
         
i) Income taxes (SFAS No. 109)
The previous adjustments to Net income and Stockholders’ Equity do not include their related effects on corporate income tax, which are disclosed under “Cumulative tax effect of adjustments” item on the reconciliation statements.
The current income tax expense is calculated as the sum of the current tax resulting from application of the appropriate tax rate to the taxable profit for the year (net of any deductions allowable for tax purposes), and of the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated income statement.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities include temporary differences, which are identified as the amounts expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their related tax bases, and tax loss and tax credit carryforwards. These amounts are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled.
Deferred tax liabilities are recognized in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, except when the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference and, in addition, it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
Deferred tax assets are only recognized for temporary differences to the extent that it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which the deferred tax assets can be utilized, and the deferred tax assets do not arise from the initial recognition (except in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction that affects neither taxable profit or accounting profit. Other deferred tax assets (tax loss and tax credit carryforwards) are only recognized if it is considered probable that the consolidated entities will have sufficient future taxable profits against which they can be utilized.
The deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized are reassessed at year-end in order to ascertain whether they still exist, and the appropriate adjustments are made on the basis of the findings of the analysis performed.
Income and expenses recognized directly in equity are accounted for as temporary differences.
A reconciliation of the Group’s effective income tax expense to the Spanish statutory income tax expense has been disclosed in Note 27.

 

F-171


Table of Contents

Following is a summary of the deferred tax assets and liabilities that should be recorded under SFAS No. 109, in addition to timing differences recorded under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004:
                         
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Deferred  Deferred  Deferred  Deferred  Deferred  Deferred 
  Tax  Tax  Tax  Tax  Tax  Tax 
  Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities  Assets  Liabilities 
Tax effect of EU-IFRS(*) to U.S. GAAP reconciliation adjustments:
                        
 
                        
Legal restatements of assets(considered as deemed cost upon first time adoption of the EU-IFRS(*))
  74,735      77,346      79,315    
Effect of net unrealized gains on derivative instruments
  66,679         138,373      18,539 
 
                        
Loan allowances
     219,935      299,162      404,874 
Pension Liabilities and other post-employment benefits
  (36,964)               
 
                        
Securitization
     55,079      (17,743)      
 
                        
Other items
     32,467   13,990      92,084    
Effect on deferred taxes of change in Spanish tax rate
  (25,488)  (26,886)            
 
                  
Total
  78,962   280,595   91,336   419,792   171,399   423,413 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The change in the Spanish tax rate accounts for the impacts of both, the equity adjustment effect under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, and the tax effects of the cumulative applicable reconciling adjustments to U.S. GAAP.
Net deferred tax liability arising from Abbey’s acquisition with no impact on the reconciliation adjustments has been considered amounting 356,838 thousand and 371,430 thousand in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
j) Other Comprehensive Income (SFAS 130)
SFAS No. 130 establishes requirements for reporting and displaying comprehensive income and its components in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. The objective of the statement is to report a measure of all changes in Stockholders’ Equity that result from transactions and other economic events of the period from non-owner sources. It includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners.
The accumulated balances of other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
                     
              Pension    
              liabilities    
      Net Gains  Unrealized  and other    
  Foreign  (Losses) on  Gains  post-  Other 
  Currency  Derivative  (Losses) on  employment  Comprehensive 
Thousands of Euros Items  Instruments  Securities  benefits  Income (Loss) 
Balance as of December 31, 2003
  (7,236,740)  (14,146)  2,606,980      (4,643,906)
Changes in 2004
  (121,532)  353,212   (569,590)     (337,910)
 
               
Balance as of December 31, 2004
  (7,358,272)  339,066   2,037,390      (4,981,816)
Changes in 2005
  1,112,333   (268,660)  (82,458)     761,215 
 
               
Balance as of December 31, 2005
  (6,245,939)  70,406   1,954,932      (4,220,601)
Changes in 2006
  (501,666)  (21,154)  208,626   (214,531)  (528,725)
 
               
Balance as of December 31, 2006
  (6,747,605)  49,252   2,163,558   (214,531)  (4,749,326)

 

F-172


Table of Contents

Taxes allocated to each component of Other Comprehensive Income in 2006, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
                                     
  2006  2005  2004 
  Before Tax  Tax expense or  Net of tax  Before Tax  Tax expense or  Net of tax  Before Tax  Tax expense or  Net of tax 
Thousands of Euros amount  benefit  amount  amount  benefit  amount  amount  benefit  amount 
Foreign currency translation adjustments
  (501,666)     (501,666)  1,112,333      1,112,333   (121,532)     (121,532)
 
                           
 
                                    
Net Gains on Derivatives
  9,087   (30,241)  (21,154)  (427,569)  158,909   (268,660)  543,403   (190,191)  353,212 
 
                           
Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefits
  (306,473)  91,942   (214,531)                  
 
                           
 
                                    
Unrealized gains on securities:
                                    
 
                                    
Total holding gains arising during the period
  1,632,809   (487,179)  1,145,630   1,114,565   (68,898)  1,045,667   1,175,894   (684,630)  491,264 
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income
  (1,338,576)  401,572   (937,004)  (1,173,555)  45,430   (1,128,125)  (1,632,083)  571,229   (1,060,854)
 
                           
 
                                    
Net unrealized gains(losses)
  294,233   (85,607)  208,626   (58,990)  (23,468)  (82,458)  (456,189)  (113,401)  (569,590)
 
                           
 
                                    
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
  (504,819)  (23,906)  (528,725)  625,774   135,441   761,215   (34,318)  (303,592)  (337,910)
58.4 Significant presentation differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP
In addition to the differences in valuation and income recognition principles disclosed in Note 58.2, other differences relating to the financial statements presentation exist between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 as applied by Spanish banks and U.S. GAAP presentation following the formatting guidelines in Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States. Although these differences do not cause differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP reported Net income and/or Stockholders’ Equity, it may be useful to understand them to better interpret the Group’s financial statements presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Following is a summary of the significant classification differences that pertain to the basic financial statements.
Balance Sheet-
 a. 
The captions “Loans and advances to credit institutions”, “Cash and balances with central banks” and “Loans and advances to customers” (see Notes 6 and 10) include securities purchased under agreements to resell to financial institutions and other customers, respectively. Under U.S. GAAP, securities purchased under agreements to resell are presented as a separate item.
 
 b. 
The assets classified under the main category of “Other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss”, are reclassified in the U.S. GAAP balance sheet to financial assets held for trading — Banks, Loans, Debt Securities or Equity Securities, according to their nature, as such designation doesn’t exist.
 
 c. 
The caption “Insurance contracts linked to pensions” is presented netted with pension liabilities in the “Pension Allowance” caption of the U.S. GAAP balance sheet.
 
 d. 
Preference shares are included in “Equity having the substance of a financial liability” or “Subordinated debt” in our EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 balance sheet, while in the U.S. GAAP balance sheet they are included in “Minority interest” or “Long-term debt” depending on which entity act as issuer (operative or special purpose entity respectively). See Note 58.5 for further explanation.
 
 e. 
Assets acquired through foreclosure and waiting disposition, net of the related allowances, are included under “Non-current assets held for sale: Tangible assets” in the balance sheet (see Note 12). Under U.S. GAAP, such assets are presented under “Other assets”.
 
 f. 
The “Total other assets” caption on the asset side of the U.S. GAAP balance sheet includes the followings captions of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 Balance Sheet: “Intangible assets”, “Other assets” and “Prepayments and accrued income”.
 
 g. 
Deposits from credit institutions (see Note 20) and from customers (see Note 21), both including securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings, are presented as separate items in the balance sheet. Under U.S. GAAP, such funds are presented under “Deposits” classified by nature, except securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings, which are presented under the caption “Short-term debt”.

 

F-173


Table of Contents

 h. 
The liability captions “Debt securities” and “Subordinated debt” disclosed in the balance sheet (Notes 22 and 23 respectively) are presented under the caption “Long term debt” under U.S. GAAP, except the item “Promissory Notes” which is included under the “Short term debt” caption.
 
 i. 
The following captions on the liability side of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 balance sheet are presented under the caption “Other liabilities-Others” on the U.S. GAAP balance sheet: “Other liabilities”, “Accrued expenses and Deferred Income” and “Provisions”.
 
 j. 
The caption “Pension allowance” on the U.S. GAAP balance sheet is reported net of the amounts of pension commitments covered by contracts taken out with insurance companies; these amounts are presented on the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 balance sheet under the caption “Insurance contracts linked to pensions”.
 
 k. 
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 stock borrowed and lent are accounted for as off-balance sheet commitments. Under U.S. GAAP these transactions are grossed up on the balance sheet and included as an asset (“Available-for-sale Investment securities”) and as liabilities that represent the obligation to return the securities received (“stock borrowing liabilities”under the “Other liabilities” caption).
Statement of Income-
 a. 
The breakdown of interest income and interest expense under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP is determined by the classification of the assets and liabilities that generate such income and expenses. However, net interest income in our statement of income includes the interest cost assigned to the pension plan, which are classified as a part of “Salaries and employee benefits” in the U.S. GAAP statement of income.
 
 b. 
Income and expenses of Insurance business in our statement of income is included under the “Insurance activity income” caption, while in the U.S. GAAP statements the revenue is classified under the “Interest Income” or “Non-Interest income” captions and the expenses under the “Interest expense” or “Non-interest Expense” captions.
 
 c. 
Commissions and fees received and paid by the Group are presented as separate items in our statement of income. Under U.S. GAAP, such commissions and fees are presented net and detailed by activity (together with insurance activity, see Note b) above).
 
 d. 
“Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities (net)” includes gains and losses from investment securities and from derivatives. Under U.S. GAAP, such gains and losses are disclosed separately under “Gains (losses) from investment securities” and “Gains (losses) from foreign exchange, derivatives and other, net”.
 
 e. 
Occupancy and maintenance expenses of premises and equipment are included under the caption “Other general administrative expenses”. Under U.S. GAAP, such expenses are included as a part of “Occupancy expenses of premises, depreciation and maintenance, net”.
 
 f. 
Amortization of intangible assets is included as a part of “Depreciation and amortization”. Under U.S. GAAP, such amortization is included under “Non-interest expense - - Amortization of intangible assets”.
 
 g. 
“Impairment losses” and “Provisions (net)” are excluded from the subtotals “Other operating expenses” and “Net operating income”, according to the formats prescribed by the Bank of Spain Circular and the CNMV Circular. Under IFRS, impairment losses and provision expenses are to be recorded as components of the subtotals “Net operating income” and “Other operating expenses”.
58.5 Consolidated financial statements
Following are the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income of the Group under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 reformatted to conform to the presentation guidelines for bank holding companies set forth in Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America.
The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts and allocations of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates but any differences should not be material.

 

F-174


Table of Contents

In addition to the presentation differences explained above, the application of FIN 46-R has resulted in certain other differences.
FIN 46-R defines and identifies “Variable Interest Entity” (VIE) if it has (1) equity that is insufficient to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, (2) equity investor that cannot make significant decisions about the entity’s operations, or that do not absorb the expected losses or receive the expected returns of the entity or (3) equity investors that have voting rights that are not proportionate to their economic interests and substantially all the activities of the entity involved, or are conducted on behalf of, an investor with a disproportionately small voting interest. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, which is the party involved with the VIE that has a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns or both.
The application of FIN 46-R has resulted in the deconsolidation of some special purpose entities that are used to issue preferred securities and that were designated VIEs. As a result most of our issuances of preference shares were classified as long term debt (6,665,166, 6,854,071 and6,213,761 thousand in 2006, 2005 and 2004 respectively) and its share of net income considered as interest expense, while some issuances made from operating subsidiaries (i.e. Abbey and Banesto) were classified in Minority Interest (839,732, 1,227,544 and 1,202,477 thousand in 2006, 2005 and 2004 respectively), see Notes 58.2 and 58.6.
Some mortgage securitization vehicles are considered “qualifying special purpose entities” under U.S. GAAP and fall outside the scope of FIN 46-R. Consequently, under U.S. GAAP these securitizations of mortgage loans are accounted for as sales (See Note 58.3.g). However, in our EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 financial statements those entities have been consolidated. In the preparation of the following financial statements the loans and the secured debt of these mortgage securitization vehicles that are considered “qualifying special purpose entities” under U.S. GAAP have been derecognized (22,565, 21,467 and 18,685 million at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 respectively).
The Group enters into transactions under which it lends and borrows stock using other stock as collateral, and these are accounted for as Off-Balance Sheet Commitments under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. Under SFAS 140, these transactions are grossed up on the following balance sheet. At December 31, 2006, the Group have included assets of28,809 million (2005: 27,493 million; 2004: 29,263 million) as collateral received and liabilities of 28,809 million (2005: 27,493 million; 2004:29,263 million) as an obligation to return collateral received.

 

F-175


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Assets
            
Cash and due from banks
  12,092,021   12,778,288   8,262,456 
Interest earning deposits in other banks
  18,744,258   21,656,497   16,260,049 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
  29,553,485   30,118,812   28,221,773 
Trading account assets
  185,793,404   203,070,126   157,515,031 
Banks
  14,813,223   12,707,521   19,402,241 
Loans
  38,555,526   32,911,193   22,799,136 
Derivatives
  34,984,291   27,629,194   21,081,213 
Debt securities
  81,237,212   91,441,181   75,502,587 
Equity securities
  16,203,152   38,381,037   18,729,854 
Investment securities
  39,320,069   102,824,478   73,608,624 
Available-for-sale
  39,320,069   102,824,478   73,608,624 
Net Loans and leases
  461,231,697   380,047,994   326,827,400 
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
  469,395,141   387,657,920   333,672,615 
Less-Allowance for loan losses
  (8,163,444)  (7,609,926)  (6,845,215)
Premises and equipment, net
  8,941,963   8,912,411   9,627,478 
Investment in affiliated companies
  5,006,109   3,031,482   3,747,564 
Other assets
  76,828,415   78,724,301   77,163,052 
Intangible Assets
  2,444,106   2,211,026   412,733 
Goodwill in consolidation
  14,512,735   14,018,245   15,090,541 
Accrual Accounts
  1,581,843   2,969,219   3,006,164 
Hedge derivatives
  2,987,964   4,126,104   3,824,936 
Others
  55,301,767   55,399,707   54,828,678 
 
         
Total assets
  837,511,421   841,164,389   701,233,427 
 
         
 
            
Liabilities
            
Deposits
  353,855,908   329,944,371   311,879,381 
Non interest deposits
  4,256,369   9,159,404   7,917,020 
Interest bearing
  349,599,539   320,784,967   303,962,361 
Demand deposits
  91,633,288   82,603,507   113,481,111 
Savings deposits
  93,717,633   90,471,827   78,849,072 
Time deposits
  164,248,618   147,709,633   101,439,108 
Certificates of deposit
        10,193,070 
Short-term debt
  127,819,292   151,359,866   86,584,340 
Long-term debt
  176,369,886   131,059,159   104,817,622 
Other liabilities
  131,554,301   184,946,750   160,249,349 
Taxes Payable
  4,539,051   3,867,795   3,496,212 
Accounts Payable
  6,405,232   5,202,654   2,508,725 
Accrual Accounts
  2,999,080   3,048,733   4,305,825 
Pension Allowance
  11,409,770   11,496,596   10,687,541 
Stock borrowing liabilities
  28,808,637   31,538,809   28,139,089 
Derivatives
  42,231,967   28,708,336   29,087,299 
Liabilities under insurance contracts
  10,704,258   44,672,300   42,344,776 
Other Provisions
  5,212,208   5,650,029   4,577,300 
Short securities positions
  11,473,062   17,415,800   8,712,120 
Others
  7,771,036   33,345,698   26,390,462 
 
         
Total liabilities
  789,599,387   797,310,146   663,530,692 
 
            
Minority interest
  3,060,475   4,075,767   3,287,793 
 
            
Stockholders’ equity
            
Capital stock
  3,127,148   3,127,148   3,127,148 
Additional paid-in-capital
  20,370,128   20,370,128   20,370,128 
Other additional capital
  (1,442,379)  (1,797,267)  (1,437,162)
Current year earnings
  7,595,947   6,220,104   3,605,870 
Other reserves
  15,200,715   11,858,363   8,748,958 
 
         
Total stockholders’ equity
  44,851,559   39,778,476   34,414,942 
 
         
Total liabilities and Stockholders’ equity
  837,511,421   841,164,389   701,233,427 
The Group has issued Mortgage backed securities, called “Cédulas Hipotecarias”. These securities issued pursuant the Mortgage Market law amount as a maximum 90% of the amount of the mortgage loans assigned as guarantee of them. As of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the minimum amount of mortgage loans allocated as guarantee of those securities was 40,249 million, 30,278 millions and 18,056 millions. The detail of these Notes is in Note 22.
Additionally, as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the investment debt securities assigned to certain Group or third-party commitments amounted to695 million,70 million and62 million, respectively.

 

F-176


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Interest income:
            
Interest and fees on loans and leases
  27,467,792   26,223,462   11,000,093 
Interest on deposits in other banks
  3,793,454   5,189,789   2,066,299 
Interest on securities purchased under agreements to resell
  1,349,838   1,123,269   760,268 
Interest on investment securities
  5,466,969   5,452,841   4,298,332 
Dividends
  164,606   176,319   176,404 
 
         
Total interest income
  38,242,659   38,165,680   18,301,396 
 
            
Interest expenses:
            
Interest on deposits
  (13,110,588)  (13,648,652)  (5,430,827)
Interest on short-term borrowings
  (4,483,245)  (4,240,167)  (2,373,045)
Interest on long-term debt
  (6,562,678)  (4,314,932)  (1,909,694)
 
         
Total interest expense
  (24,156,511)  (22,203,751)  (9,713,566)
 
         
Net interest income
  14,086,148   15,961,929   8,587,830 
Provision for credit losses
  (2,467,135)  (1,615,195)  (1,585,869)
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
  11,619,013   14,346,734   7,001,961 
Non-interest income:
            
Commissions and fees from fiduciary activities
  2,087,504   1,955,911   1,583,185 
Commissions and fees from securities activities, net
  777,687   640,137   509,782 
Fees and commissions from insurance activities
  5,985,488   4,406,201   2,748,984 
Other Fees and commissions, net
  3,150,168   2,735,749   2,108,624 
Gains (losses) from:
            
Affiliated companies’ securities
  534,276   1,741,850   303,523 
Investment securities
  3,546,930   2,558,182   1,821,971 
Foreign exchange, derivatives and other, net
  (2,975,399)  114,550   128,909 
Sale of premises
  89,024   (85,914)  (189,984)
Other income
  3,982,841   1,789,712   1,686,202 
 
         
Total noninterest income
  17,178,519   15,856,378   10,701,196 
Non interest expense:
            
Salaries and employee benefits
  (7,660,946)  (6,999,555)  (5,533,934)
Occupancy expense of premises, depreciation and maintenance, net
  (1,503,766)  (1,420,126)  (965,182)
General and administrative expenses
  (3,177,021)  (2,990,714)  (2,019,004)
Impairment of goodwill
        (138,200)
Impairment / amortization of intangible assets
  (519,953)  (398,852)  (348,119)
Provisions for specific allowances
  (94,352)  (1,029,147)  (391,376)
Payments to Deposit Guarantee Fund
  (180,217)  (173,696)  (141,617)
Insurance claims
  (5,197,709)  (7,785,434)  (2,501,461)
Other expenses
  (1,224,044)  (1,531,802)  (1,274,122)
 
         
Total non-interest expense
  (19,558,008)  (22,329,326)  (13,313,015)
Income before income taxes
  9,239,524   7,873,786   4,390,142 
Income tax expense
  (2,293,638)  (1,274,738)  (525,824)
Net consolidated income for the year
  6,945,886   6,599,048   3,864,318 
Net income attributed to minority interest
  527,966   523,979   338,496 
Income from discontinued operation, net of taxes
  1,178,027   145,035   80,048 
NET INCOME ATTRIBUTED TO THE GROUP
  7,595,947   6,220,104   3,605,870 
 
         

 

F-177


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (NOTES 30 AND 31)
             
  Thousands of shares 
NUMBER OF REGISTERED SHARES 2006  2005  2004 
 
            
Balance at beginning of the year
  6,254,296   6,254,296   4,768,402 
 
         
 
Capital increases for the acquisition of Abbey National PLC (November 2004, Note 59.9)
        1,485,894 
 
         
Balance at end of the year
  6,254,296   6,254,296   6,254,296 
 
            
Par value per share at year-end (Euro):
  0.50   0.50   0.50 
CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Capital stock
            
 
            
Balance at beginning of the year
  3,127,148   3,127,148   2,384,201 
 
         
Capital increases for the acquisition of Abbey National PLC (November 2004, Note 59.9)
        742,947 
 
         
Balance at year-end
  3,127,148   3,127,148   3,127,148 
 
            
Retained earnings and other reserves
            
 
            
Balance at beginning of the year
  33,574,232   29,510,230   16,235,432 
 
         
Net income attributable to the Group for the year
  7,595,947   6,220,104   3,605,870 
Dividends
  (2,197,934)  (2,270,810)  (2,015,948)
Decrease/ (increase) in Treasury stock
  (64,106)  99,853   (127,223)
Paid-in capital
        11,797,995 
Other variations, net
  (54,485)  14,855   14,104 
 
         
Balance at year-end
  38,853,654   33,574,232   29,510,230 
 
            
Valuation Adjustments
            
Balance at beginning of the year
  3,077,096   1,777,564   2,043,360 
 
         
Net Income Recognized Directly In Equity
  (206,339)  1,299,532   (265,796)
 
         
Balance at year-end
  2,870,757   3,077,096   1,777,564 
 
            
Stockholders’ Equity balance at year-end
  44,851,559   39,778,476   34,414,942 

 

F-178


Table of Contents

Following are the summarized balance sheets of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (Parent company only)
             
  2006  2005  2004 
  (Thousands of Euros) 
Assets
            
Cash and due from banks
  40,677,959   49,895,502   36,481,668 
Trading account assets
  35,657,947   24,060,091   13,494,422 
Investment securities
  10,149,175   49,942,815   19,251,480 
Net Loans and leases
  141,139,269   107,596,398   94,585,607 
Investment in affiliated companies
  39,339,174   34,682,610   34,017,195 
Premises and equipment, net
  1,503,788   1,551,633   1,608,168 
Other assets
  16,208,699   13,972,259   13,029,526 
 
         
Total assets
  284,676,011   281,701,308   212,468,066 
 
            
Liabilities
            
Deposits
  153,757,709   133,530,241   106,840,594 
Short-term debt
  16,823,769   54,544,358   24,702,126 
Long-term debt
  43,272,302   36,974,185   33,996,367 
Other liabilities
  40,452,656   27,631,055   18,089,348 
 
         
Total liabilities
  254,306,436   252,679,839   183,628,435 
 
            
Stockholders’ equity
            
Capital stock
  3,127,148   3,127,148   3,127,148 
Retained earnings and other reserves
  27,242,427   25,894,321   25,712,483 
 
         
Total stockholders’ equity
  30,369,575   29,021,469   28,839,631 
 
         
 
            
Total liabilities and Stockholders’ equity
  284,676,011   281,701,308   212,468,066 
Following are the summarized statements of income of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Parent company only)
             
  2006  2005  2004 
  (Thousands of Euros) 
Interest income
            
Interest from earning assets
  8,380,873   8,181,987   5,658,361 
Dividends from affiliated companies
  3,630,403   1,900,353   1,478,910 
 
         
 
  12,011,276   10,082,340   7,137,271 
Interest expense
  (6,877,205)  (6,852,627)  (4,397,945)
 
         
Net interest income
  5,134,071   3,229,713   2,739,326 
Provision for credit losses
  (506,281)  (126,450)  (619,372)
 
         
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
  4,627,790   3,103,263   2,119,954 
Non-interest income:
  1,968,709   2,552,860   2,355,913 
Non interest expense:
  (3,337,769)  (3,050,492)  (2,609,673)
 
         
Income before income taxes
  3,258,730   2,605,631   1,866,194 
Income tax expense
  (2,540)  (622)  69,798 
 
         
Net income
  3,256,190   2,605,009   1,935,992 

 

F-179


Table of Contents

58.6 Preference Shares and Preferred Securities
The following table shows the balance of the preference shares and preferred securities as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004:
             
  2006  2005  2004 
  (Thousands of Euros) 
Preference shares
  668,328   1,308,847   2,124,222 
Preferred securities
  6,836,570   6,772,768   5,292,016 
 
         
Total at year-end
  7,504,898   8,081,615   7,416,238 
Preference Shares are recorded under the “Equity having the substance of a financial liability” caption in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
This category includes the financial instruments issued by the consolidated companies which, although equity for legal purposes, do not meet the requirements for classification as equity in the financial statements. These shares do not carry any voting rights and are non-cumulative. They were subscribed to by non-Group third parties, are redeemable at the discretion of the issuer, based on the conditions of the issuer except for the shares of Abbey amounting to GBP 325 million. None of these issues are convertible into Bank shares or granted privileges or right which, in certain circumstances, make them convertibles into shares.
This category includes non-cumulative preferred non-voting shares issued by Banesto Holdings, Ltd., Totta & Açores Financing, Limited, Pinto Totta International Finance, Limited, and Abbey National plc.
Preferred Securities are recorded under the “Financial liabilities at amortized cost — Subordinated Liabilities” caption in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
For the purposes of payment priority, preferred securities are junior to all general creditors and to subordinated deposits. The payment of dividends on these securities, which have no voting rights, is conditional upon the obtainment of sufficient distributable profit and upon the limits imposed by Spanish banking regulations on equity.
This category includes non-cumulative preferred non-voting securities issued by Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal), and Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), guaranteed by the Bank. It also includes non-cumulative preferred non-voting securities issued by Banesto Preferentes, S.A, Banco Español de Crédito, S.A., and Abbey Group.

 

F-180


Table of Contents

Except the issue of Santander PR Capital Trust I, which redeems in 2036, all preference shares and preferred securities are perpetual securities and there is no obligation that requires the Group to redeem them. None of these are mandatorily redeemable as defined in SFAS No. 150. All securities have been fully subscribed by third parties outside the Group. In the consolidated balance sheets, these securities are shown net of any temporary operations relating to liquidity guarantees (see Notes 23, 26 and Exhibit III), and are described in the table below:
                 
  Outstanding at December 31, 2006 
      Amount in       
Preference Shares     currency       
Issuer/Date of issue Currency  (million)  Interest rate  Redemption Option (3) 
Banesto Holding, Ltd, (1) December 1992
 U.S. Dollar  77.3   10.50% June 30, 2012
Pinto Totta International Finance, Limited (1), 1997
 U.S. Dollar  125   7.77% (4) August 1, 2007
Abbey National Plc (2), October 1995
 Pounds Sterling  100   10.375% No option
Abbey National Plc (2), February 1996
 Pounds Sterling  100   10.375% No option
Abbey National Plc (2), June 1997
 Pounds Sterling  125   8.625% No option
           
  Outstanding at December 31, 2006
    Amount in     
Preferred Securities   currency     
Issuer/Date of issue Currency (million)  Interest rate Maturity date
Banesto Group
          
Banesto Preferentes, S.A. (1) December 2003
 Euro  131.14  Euribor (3M) + 0.2% Perpetuity
Banco Español de Crédito (2), October 2004
 Euro  125  Eur CMS 10 + 0.125% Perpetuity
Banco Español de Crédito (2), November 2004
 Euro  200  5.5% Perpetuity
 
          
Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) (1)
          
October 2003
 Euro  450  Euribor (3M) + 0.1% Perpetuity
February 2004
 Euro  400  Euribor (3M) + 0.1% Perpetuity
July 2004
 Euro  750  Euribor (3M) + 0.1% Perpetuity
September 2004
 Euro  680  Euribor (3M) + 0.1% Perpetuity
April 2005
 Euro  1,000  Euribor (3M) + 0.1% Perpetuity
 
          
Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) (1)
          
March 2004
 U.S. Dollar  190  6.41% Perpetuity
September 2004
 Euro  300  Eur CMS 10 +0.05% subject to a maximum distribution of 8% per annum Perpetuity
October 2004
 Euro  200  5.75% Perpetuity
November 2006
 U.S. Dollar  500  6.80% Perpetuity
 
          
Abbey Group
          
Abbey National Capital Trust I (1), February 2000
 U.S. Dollar  1,000  Fixed to 8.963% until June 30, 2030, and from this date, 2.825% + Libor USD (3M) Perpetuity
Abbey National Plc (1), February 2001
 Pounds Sterling  300  7.037% (5) Perpetuity
Abbey National Plc (1), August 2002
 Pounds Sterling  175  Fixed to 6.984% until February
9, 2018, and thereafter, at a
rate reset semi-annually of
1.86% per annum + Libor GBP
(6M)
 Perpetuity
Abbey National Plc (1), August 2002
 U.S. Dollar  500  7.375% Perpetuity
 
          
Santander PR Capital Trust I
          
February 2006
 U.S. Dollar  125  6.750% July 2036
(1) 
Under U.S. GAAP, these entities have been designated “Variable Interest Entities” (VIEs) and they are not consolidated. Therefore, their issues have been excluded from the consolidated financial statements of the Group. Since that time the Group recognized the subordinated deposits related to these issues and their interests. See Note 58.4, where these issues have been classified as “Long Term Debt” and their dividends, as “Interest on Long-Term Debt”, respectively. Refer to Note 58.2 for more information.
 
(2) 
Preference shares issued by Banesto and Abbey have been classified in Minority interest in the Balance Sheet prepared in accordance with the presentation guidelines for bank holding companies set forth in Regulation S-X. See Notes 58.5 and 58.2.
 
(3) 
From these date the issuer can redeem the shares, subject to prior authorization by the national supervisor.
 
(4) 
Return until August 1, 2007. 6-month dollars Libor +2.75% from this date.
 
(5) 
From February 14, 2026, this issue will bear interest at a rate, reset every five years, of 3.75% per annum above the gross redemption yield on a five-year specified United Kingdom government security.

 

F-181


Table of Contents

In accordance with Reg. S-X.T. Rule 3-10, Financial Statements of Guarantors and Issuers of Guaranteed Securities Registered or Being Registered, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) and Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) — issuers of registered preferred securities guaranteed by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. — do not file the financial statements required for a registrant by Regulation S-X as:
- Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) is 100% owned finance subsidiary of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. that fully and unconditionally guarantees the preferred securities (Series 1 are listed in the United States). No other subsidiary of the Bank guarantees such securities.
- Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) is 100% owned finance subsidiary of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. that fully and unconditionally guarantees the preferred securities (not listed in United States). No other subsidiary of the Bank guarantees such securities.
The condensed financial statements of Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) and Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are the following:
SANTANDER FINANCE CAPITAL, S.A. (UNIPERSONAL)
Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) was established in Spain on July 8, 2003.
The common stock of the company is wholly owned by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.
Presented below are the condensed balance sheet, condensed statements of income and statements of changes in the stockholders’ equity for Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal), prepared in conformity with EU-IFRS.
Balance sheets
             
SANTANDER FINANCE CAPITAL, S.A. Thousands of Euros 
(UNIPERSONAL) 2006  2005  2004 
Assets:
            
Cash
  35,066   20,077   6,947 
Loans and credits
  46       
Deposits with Parent Bank
  3,214,769   3,214,769   2,235,269 
Start-up expenses
  34,458   47,268   38,793 
Accrual accounts
  19,967   15,099   8,551 
 
         
Total Assets
  3,304,306   3,297,213   2,289,560 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:
            
 
            
LIABILITIES:
            
SHORT-TERM DEBT
            
Public entities
  21   571   2,099 
Accrual accounts
  23,965   13,205   7,495 
Non-commercial debts
  34   3,237    
 
         
Total Short-term Liabilities
  24,020   17,013   9,594 
LONG-TERM DEBT
            
Debts with Group companies
  64   5   5 
Provisions for taxes
     12    
Preferred securities
  3,280,000   3,280,000   2,280,000 
 
         
Total Long-term Liabilities
  3,280,064   3,280,017   2,280,005 
 
            
 
         
Total Liabilities
  3,304,084   3,297,030   2,289,599 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
            
Capital stock
  151   151   60 
Retained earnings
  32   (99)  9 
Net income
  39   131   (108)
 
         
Total Stockholders’ Equity
  222   183   (39)
 
            
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  3,304,306   3,297,213   2,289,560 

 

F-182


Table of Contents

Statement of income
             
  Thousands of Euros 
SANTANDER FINANCE CAPITAL, S.A. (UNIPERSONAL) 2006  2005  2004 
Interest income
  113,237   86,299   39,726 
Interest expenses
  (100,320)  (74,425)  (35,001)
Operating expenses
  (12,857)  (11,731)  (4,833)
Corporate income tax
  (21)  (12)   
 
         
Net income / (loss)
  39   131   (108)
 
         

 

F-183


Table of Contents

Statement of changes in stockholders’ equity
                     
                  Total 
          Retained      Stockholders’ 
  Capital stock  Earnings  Net income  Equity 
 Common               
Changes in Stockholders’ Equity Shares  Thousands of Euros 
Balance at January 1, 2005
  602   60   9   (108)  (39)
 
               
 
                    
2004 Income allocation
        (108)  108    
 
                    
2005 Capital increase
  903   91         91 
 
                    
Net income 2005
           131   131 
 
               
Balance at December 31, 2005
  1,505   151   (99)  131   183 
 
               
 
                    
2005 Income allocation
        131   (131)   
 
                    
Net income 2006
           39   39 
 
               
Balance at December 31, 2006
  1,505   151   32   39   222 
 
               
In October 2005, the board of directors authorized a capital increase of 903 shares of common stock with a 100 par value. This capital increase was fully subscribed and paid by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.
After this capital increase, the capital stock of Santander Finance Capital S.A. (Unipersonal), as of December 31, 2005, amounted to 1,505 shares of common stock with a 100 par value, fully subscribed and paid by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. (wholly owner of this company).
Preferred Securities
         
      Thousands of 
  Issue Date  Euros 
Series I
  10/3/2003   450,000 
Series II
  02/18/2004   400,000 
Series III
  07/30/2004   750,000 
Series IV
  09/30/2004   680,000 
Series V
  04/12/2005   1,000,000 
 
      
Total
      3,280,000 
 - 
On October 3, 2003, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 18,000,000 preference securities, at 25 par value.
 - 
On February 18, 2004, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 16,000,000 preference securities, at 25 par value.
 - 
On July 30, 2004, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 30,000,000 preference securities, at 25 par value.
 - 
On September 30, 2004, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 27,200,000 preference securities, at 25 par value.
 - 
On April 12, 2005, Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 40,000,000 preference securities, at 25 par value.
 - 
These issues are perpetual and can be redeemable at the option of the issuer, subject to the consent of the Bank of Spain, in whole or in part, at any time after five years from the issue date.
 - 
All the issues of Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Unipersonal) are guaranteed by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.

 

F-184


Table of Contents

SANTANDER FINANCE PREFERRED, S.A. (UNIPERSONAL)
Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) was established in Spain on February 27, 2004.
The common stock of the company is wholly owned by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.
Presented below are the condensed balance sheet, condensed statements of income and statements of changes in the stockholders’ equity for Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), prepared in conformity with EU-IFRS.
Balance sheets
             
  Thousands of Euros 
SANTANDER FINANCE PREFERRED, S.A. (UNIPERSONAL) 2006  2005  2004 
Assets:
            
Cash
  6,399   3,761   1,377 
Deposits with Parent Bank
  1,003,976   648,718   627,627 
Deferred expenses
  13,583   8,376   10,557 
Start-up expenses
  3   3   2 
Accrual accounts
  9,678   6,120   6,807 
 
         
Total Assets
  1,033,639   666,978   646,370 
 
            
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:
            
 
            
LIABILITIES:
            
SHORT-TERM DEBT
            
Public entities
  57   65   188 
Accrual accounts
  8,883   5,646   6,333 
Non-commercial debts
  30   45   18 
 
         
Total Short-term Liabilities
  8,970   5,756   6,539 
 
            
LONG-TERM DEBT
            
Deferred income
  580      276 
Debts with group companies
  4       
Provisions for taxes
     4   2 
Preferred securities
  1,023,918   661,058   639,490 
 
         
Total Long-term Liabilities
  1,024,502   661,062   639,768 
 
            
 
         
Total Liabilities
  1,033,472   666,818   646,307 
 
            
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
            
Capital stock
  151   151   60 
Retained earnings
  9   3    
Net income
  7   6   3 
 
         
Total Stockholders’ Equity
  167   160   63 
 
            
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  1,033,639   666,978   646,370 
 
         

 

F-185


Table of Contents

Statement of income
             
  Thousands of Euros 
SANTANDER FINANCE PREFERRED, S.A. (UNIPERSONAL) 2006  2005  2004 
Interest income
  38,335   35,345   14,634 
Interest expenses and similar expenses
  (38,231)  (35,167)  (14,603)
Operating expenses
  (93)  (168)  (26)
Corporate income tax
  (4)  (4)  (2)
 
         
Net income / (loss)
  7   6   3 
 
         
Statement of changes in stockholders’ equity
                     
                  Total 
          Retained      Stockholders’ 
  Capital stock  Earnings  Net income  Equity 
 Common                 
Changes in Stockholders’ Equity Shares  Thousands of Euros 
Balance at January 1, 2005
  602   60      3   63 
 
               
 
                    
2004 Income allocation
        3   (3)   
 
                    
2005 Capital increase
  903   91         91 
 
                    
Net income 2005
           6   6 
 
               
Balance at December 31, 2005
  1,505   151   3   6   160 
 
               
 
                    
2004 Income allocation
        6   (6)   
 
                    
Net income 2005
           7   7 
 
               
Balance at December 31, 2006
  1,505   151   9   7   167 
In October 2005, the board of directors authorized a capital increase of 903 shares of common stock with a 100 par value. This capital increase was fully subscribed and paid by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.
After this capital increase, the capital stock of Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal), as of December 31, 2005, amounted to 1,505 shares of common stock with a 100 par value, fully subscribed and paid by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. (wholly owner of this company).
Preferred Securities
         
      Thousands of 
  Issue Date  Euros at 12/31/06 
Series 1- $190,000
  03/11/2004   144,267 
Series 2-300,000
  09/30/2004   300,000 
Series 3-200,000
  10/08/2004   200,000 
Series 4- $500,000
  11/21/2006   379,652 
 
      
 
      1,023,918 
 - 
On March 11, 2004, Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 7,600,000 preferred securities, at $25 par value.
 - 
On September 30, 2004, Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 300,000 preferred securities, at 1,000 par value.

 

F-186


Table of Contents

 - 
On October 8, 2004, Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 200,000 preferred securities, at 1,000 par value.
 - 
On November 21, 2006 Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) issued 20,000,000 preferred securities, at 25,000 par value.
 - 
These issues are perpetual and can be redeemable at the option of the issuer, subject to the consent of the Bank of Spain, in whole or in part, at any time after five years from the issue date.
 - 
All the issues of Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Unipersonal) are guaranteed by Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.
58.7 Business combinations: Goodwill and Other assets and liabilities
The main differences that explain the goodwill reconciliation item are those that arose with the acquisition of Abbey (2004), the purchase of Banco Central Hispano (1999) and the acquisition of Banesto (1994 and 1996) but there are many others that date from several years ago. The quantification of the differences is shown below:
Summary of differences arising in business combinations between U.S. GAAP and the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, as of December 31, 2006
             
  U.S. GAAP  EU-IFRS(*)  Difference 
Purchase/merger of/with Banco Central Hispano
  1,983,009      1,983,009 
Acquisition of Banesto
  2,024,831   373,562   1,651,269 
Purchase of Abbey
  7,927,566   8,920,188   (992,622)
Others
  5,691,225   5,218,985   472,240 
 
         
Total
  17,626,631   14,512,735   3,113,896 
 
         
 
            
Of which:
            
 
            
Goodwill
  17,119,896   14,512,735   2,607,161 
Other assets and liabilities arisen in the business combinations reconciling adjustments to U.S. GAAP
  506,735      506,735 
 
         
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Abbey: The acquisition of Abbey is described in Note 59.9) to our consolidated financial statements. In this note we explain that the initial goodwill generated under U.S. GAAP was lower than under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004. The main differences between the final Goodwill in the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP arise from the different date of quotation used to value the acquisition price of Abbey (quotation of October 20, 2004, last business-day prior to the date of approval of the capital increase under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and, quotation of days around the agreement and announcement of the offer in July 2004, under U.S. GAAP) and differences arising from the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 reconciliation adjustments to U.S. GAAP including loan origination fees, other intangibles assets and other minor adjustments.
Additionally, after the initial calculation, certain intangible assets were valued and identified further reducing the goodwill.
Banco Central Hispano: In 1999 Banco Santander and Banco Central Hispano merged. Under previous Spanish GAAP at that date no goodwill was registered. Under U.S. GAAP this business combination was accounted for using the purchase method. The reconciliation adjustments made to change to purchase accounting included 2,812,262 thousand of goodwill on the purchase, of which459,330 thousand were allocated to premises and equipment, 118,940 thousand to deferred taxes and250,983 thousand were amortized on a straight-line basis until SFAS 142 became effective.
Banesto: On August 1994 Banco Santander acquired 73.45% of Banesto from the Deposits Guarantee Fund for 1,884 million with the obligation to offer tranche B at 2.4 per share to other shareholders of Banesto (13.27% of its capital) and with the obligation to keep a minimum of 30% at least during 4 years. The Bank’s stake in Banesto for the years 1995, 1996 and 1997 was 53.18%, 52.6% and 49.25% respectively.
On February 19, 1998, the Board of Directors of Banco Santander resolved to launch a tender offer to acquire shares of Banesto, in order to raise its holding to 100% of the capital stock. The goodwill that arose from the tender offer to purchase shares of Banesto (2,544 million) was amortized under previous Spanish GAAP with a charge to the additional paid-in capital resulting from the capital increase carried out for that purpose.
According to Bank of Spain’s authorization, the Bank was required to restore the reserves netted against goodwill if it sold its stake in Banesto. For U.S. GAAP purposes, this goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over a 20 year period, registering an expense of 127 million per year until SFAS 142 became effective.

 

F-187


Table of Contents

In November 2002 Banesto made a capital increase which was not subscribed by the Bank. Instead the Bank sold its preemptive rights to the new shareholders, making a profit. Following the agreement with Bank of Spain, the Bank restored reserves by 271 million that were not included in Net Income under previous Spanish GAAP. Under U.S. GAAP both goodwill and profit on the sale of the preemptive rights were adjusted.
In summary, the difference between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP goodwill is mainly the2,544 million which were netted against paid-in capital, less its amortization until December 2001, less the adjustment related to the sale of the preemptive rights.
Others: There are other transactions that have resulted in small differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP figures. Most of them arose many years ago, and were originated by differences between previous Spanish GAAP and U.S. GAAP.
The movements of our goodwill during 2006 and 2005 were as follows:
CHANGES IN GOODWILL
             
Thousands of Euros U.S. GAAP  EU-IFRS(*)  Difference 
2004 Year end balance
  15,973,862   15,090,541   883,321 
Acquisitions & sales
  60,094   60,113   (19)
Reclassifications
  218,109   (1,856,227)  2,074,336 
Exchange differences
  613,684   723,818   (110,134)
2005 Year end balance
  16,865,749   14,018,245   2,847,504 
Acquisitions & sales
  392,186   574,166   (181,981)
Exchange differences
  (125,228)  (66,865)  (58,363)
Impairment
  (12,811)  (12,811)   
2006 Year end balance
  17,119,896   14,512,735   2,607,161 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
The main difference between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP 2005 movements was due to the early assessment of Abbey’s intangibles assets made in U.S. GAAP in 2004. The main difference between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP 2006 movements was due to the different amounts of goodwill related to sales of business.

 

F-188


Table of Contents

The components of intangible assets other than goodwill were as follows:
                         
          Additions &  Definitive       
          Sales, net  assessment       
  Estimated  December 31,  of exchange  of  Amortization  December 31, 
Thousands of Euros Useful Life  2004  differences  acquisitions  & Impairments  2005 
With indefinite useful life:
                        
Brand name (Abbey)
      566,000      (106,320)     459,680 
 
                        
With finite useful life:
                        
Customer deposits (Abbey)
 10 years  1,451,000      (193,157)     1,257,843 
Credit cards (Abbey)
 5 years  33,000      2,021      35,021 
Distribution channels (Abbey)
      25,692      (25,692)      
IT developments
 3 years  815,949   391,657         1,207,606 
Other assets
      77,724   (19,564)  105,039      163,199 
Accumulated amortization
      (394,132)  88,639      (398,852)  (704,345)
Impairment losses
      (67,921)  (9,080)     (130,977)  (207,978)
 
                   
Subtotal
      2,507,312   451,652   (218,109)  (529,829)  2,211,026 
 
                   
Present value of future profits (Abbey)
      642,308   18,511   569,520      1,230,339 
 
                   
Total
      3,149,620   470,163   351,411   (529,829)  3,441,365 
The acquisition of 100% of Abbey generated goodwill under U.S. GAAP lower than the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 calculation. Additionally, after this initial calculation, some intangible assets were valued and identified further reducing the U.S. GAAP goodwill by 1,358,192 thousand (1,714,245 thousand as revised in 2005 using acquisition exchange rates). These include trademarks & trade names and core deposits.
                         
          Additions &          
          Sales, net          
          of  Amortization       
  Estimated  December  exchange  &  Impairments  December 31, 
Thousands of Euros Useful Life  31, 2005  differences  Impairments  Applications  2006 
With indefinite useful life:
                        
Brand name (Abbey)
      459,680   9,419         469,099 
Other brand names
         18,078         18,078 
With finite useful life:
                        
Customer deposits (Abbey)
 10 years  1,257,843   25,850         1,283,693 
Credit cards (Abbey)
 5 years  35,021   720         35,741 
IT developments
 3 years  1,207,606   295,371      (193,299)  1,309,678 
Other assets
      163,199   159,827         323,026 
Accumulated amortization
      (704,345)  243,768   (519,953)     (980,530)
Impairment losses
      (207,978)        193,299   (14,679)
 
                   
Subtotal
      2,211,026   753,033   (519,953)     2,444,106 
 
                   
Present value of future profits (Abbey)
      1,230,339   (1,230,339)         
 
                   
Total
      3,441,365   (477,306)  (519,953)     2,444,106 
In the third quarter of 2006, Abbey completed the sale of its life insurance businesses to Resolution Plc. derecognizing its balance of present value of future profits.

 

F-189


Table of Contents

58.8 Earnings per Share
Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders (the numerator) by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (the denominator), which may include contingently issuable shares where all necessary conditions for issuance have been satisfied.
Diluted EPS includes the determinants of basic EPS and, in addition, gives effect to the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contract to issue common stock (including stock options) were exercised or converted into common stock and then shared in the earnings of the entity.
The Bank’s share option plans outstanding at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 have a dilutive effect on the earnings per share equal to an increase of 34,052,536, 23,325,614 and 8,602,181 shares respectively, as explained in Notes 4.b.ii and 49.c. The effect of these stock options plans is included in the EPS calculation.
The computation of basic and diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 is presented in the following table.
                         
  Millions of Euros, except per share data 
  EU-IFRS(*)  U.S.GAAP 
  2006  2005  2004  2006  2005  2004 
NUMERATOR FOR BASIC AND DILUTED CALCULATION:
                        
 
                        
Net income from continuing operations attributable to the Group
  6,418   6,075   3,526   6,396   6,173   3,861 
Net income from discontinued operations attributable to the Group
  1,178   145   80   1,019   145   80 
 
                  
Net income available to common stockholders for basic EPS
  7,596   6,220   3,606   7,415   6,318   3,941 
Effect of dilutive securities
                  
 
                  
Net income available to common stockholders for diluted EPS
  7,596   6,220   3,606   7,415   6,318   3,941 
 
                        
DENOMINATOR FOR BASIC AND DILUTED CALCULATION:
                        
 
                        
Basic calculation weighted-average shares
  6,248   6,241   4,950   6,248   6,241   4,950 
Effect of dilutive securities:
                        
Convertible bonds
                  
Stock options plans
  34   23   9   34   23   9 
 
                  
Weighted-average shares for diluted calculation
  6,282   6,264   4,959   6,282   6,264   4,959 
 
                        
EARNINGS PER SHARE RATIOS:
                        
Basic earnings per share
                        
Income from continuing operations
  1.027   0.973   0.712   1.024   0.989   0.780 
Income from discontinued operations
  0.189   0.023   0.016   0.163   0.023   0.016 
Net income
  1.216   0.997   0.728   1.187   1.012   0.796 
 
                        
Diluted earnings per share
                        
Income from continuing operations
  1.022   0.970   0.711   1.018   0.986   0.779 
Income from discontinued operations
  0.188   0.023   0.016   0.162   0.023   0.016 
Net income
  1.209   0.993   0.727   1.180   1.009   0.795 
 
                  
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

F-190


Table of Contents

59. Additional information required by U.S. GAAP
The information included in this Note is classified as follows:
   
Note 59.1.
 Securitization
Note 59.2.
 Allowance for Credit Losses
Note 59.3.
 Investment Securities
Note 59.4.
 Derivative Financial Instruments
Note 59.5.
 Short Term Borrowings
Note 59.6.
 Guarantees
Note 59.7.
 Additional disclosures about fair value
Note 59.8.
 Stock Option Plans
Note 59.9.
 Acquisition of Abbey
Note 59.10.
 Acquisition of Drive Consumer U.S.A. Inc.
Note 59.11.
 Additional subsequent events
59.1 Securitization
Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, as disclosed in Notes 2.e). and 58.2, the accounting treatment of transfers of financial assets depends on the extent to which the risks and rewards associated with the transferred assets are transferred to third parties. Securitizations may result in continued recognition of the securitized assets; continued recognition of the assets to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in those assets; or derecognition of the assets. Hence, under SIC-12 a Special Purpose Entity is consolidated by the entity that is deemed to control it. Indicators of control include the Special Purpose Entity conducting activities on behalf of the entity or the entity holding the majority of the risks and rewards of the Special Purpose Entity.
Under U.S. GAAP, as disclosed in Notes 58.2 and 58.5, the accounting treatment is similar. Nevertheless, according to SFAS 140, securitizations are derecognized in case of transfer of financial assets to a Special Purpose Entity that complies with certain stringent accounting requirements to be considered a Qualifying Special Purpose Entity and fall outside the scope of consolidation as defined by FIN 46-R.
During 2006 the Group (including Abbey) securitized 25.7 billions of mortgages and other loans. These assets were not accounted for as a sale under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
The balances of assets securitized at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP, were as follows:
                         
  EU-IFRS(*)  U.S. GAAP 
Thousands of Euros 2006  2005  2004  2006  2005  2004 
Accounted for as a sale
  4,901,712   6,065,484   8,254,325   27,467,108   27,533,454   26,939,525 
Mortgage loans
  2,980,911   2,897,250   3,946,942   25,546,307   24,365,220   22,632,142 
Of which Abbey
           22,565,396   21,467,970   18,685,200 
Other securitized assets
  1,920,801   3,168,234   4,307,383   1,920,801   3,168,234   4,307,383 
 
                        
Continued recognition of the assets
  59,425,910   46,523,076   36,410,366   36,860,514   25,055,106   17,725,166 
Mortgage loans
  36,363,009   33,085,261   26,245,840   13,797,613   11,617,291   7,560,640 
Of which Abbey
  22,565,396   21,467,970   18,685,200          
Other securitized assets
  23,062,901   13,437,815   10,164,526   23,062,901   13,437,815   10,164,526 
 
                        
 
                  
TOTAL
  64,327,622   52,588,560   44,664,691   64,327,622   52,588,560   44,664,691 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004
Under U.S. GAAP, certain mortgage securitization vehicles (Abbey’s) are considered “qualifying special purpose entities” and fall outside the scope of consolidation as defined by FIN 46-R (see Note 58.5). Consequently, Santander Group treats these securitizations as sales and, where appropriate, recognizes a servicing asset and an interest-only security (see Note 58.2). The servicing asset is amortized over the periods in which the benefits are expected to be received and the interest-only security is accounted for as an available for sale security, and is evaluated for impairment in accordance with EITF 99-20.

 

F-191


Table of Contents

Abbey Group
Loans and advances to customers include portfolios of residential mortgage loans, which are subject to non-recourse finance arrangements. These loans have been purchased by, or assigned to, special purpose Securitization companies (“Securitization Companies”), and have been funded primarily through the issue of mortgage-backed securities (“Securities”). Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, no gain or loss has been recognized as a result of these sales. These Securitization Companies are consolidated and included in the Group financial statements as subsidiaries.
Abbey National plc and its subsidiaries are under no obligation to support any losses that may be incurred by the Securitization Companies or holders of the Securities except as described below, and do not intend to provide such further support. Up to and including December 31, 2001, Abbey required Mortgage Indemnity Guarantee (‘MIG’) policies for all mortgaged properties with a Loan to Original Property Value ratio of more than 75 per cent (with the exception of some flexible loans). These MIG policies were underwritten by Carfax Insurance Limited, or (‘Carfax’), a wholly owned subsidiary of Abbey. However, on October 14, 2005, Abbey exercised its right to cancel all relevant MIG policies, as a result of which none of the mortgage loans purchased by, or assigned to Securitization Companies is covered by a MIG policy. Holders of the Securities are only entitled to obtain payment of principal and interest to the extent that the resources of the Securitization Companies are sufficient to support such payments, and the holders of the Securities have agreed in writing not to seek recourse in any other form.
Abbey National plc receives payments from the Securitization Companies in respect of fees for administering the loans, and payment of deferred consideration for the sale of the loans. Abbey National plc has no right or obligation to repurchase the benefit of any securitized loan, except if certain representations and warranties given by Abbey National plc at the time of transfer are breached.
Abbey makes use of a type of securitization known as a master trust structure. In this structure, a pool of assets is assigned to a trust company by the asset originator, initially funded by the originator. A funding entity acquires beneficial interests in a share of the portfolios of assets with funds borrowed from qualifying special purpose entities, which at the same time issue asset-backed securities to third-party investors. The purpose of the special purpose entities is to obtain diverse, low cost funding through the issue of asset-backed securities. The share of the pool of assets not purchased from the trust company by the funding entity is known as the beneficial interest of the originator. Using this structure, Abbey has assigned portfolios of residential mortgages and their related security to Holmes Trustees Limited, a trust company that holds the portfolios of mortgages on trust for Abbey and Holmes Funding Limited. Holmes Funding Limited acquires beneficial interests in the portfolios of mortgages with funds borrowed from the securitization companies (Holmes Financing Nos. 1-9 and Holmes Master Issuer plc). These securitization companies are qualifying special purpose entities in accordance with FAS 140 and issued mortgage-backed securities to third party investors. Abbey consolidates Holmes Trustees Limited and Holmes Funding Limited.
In August and December 2006, Holmes Funding Limited acquired, at book value, a beneficial interest in the trust property vested in Holmes Trustees Limited. This further beneficial interest of11.0bn was acquired through borrowing from Holmes Financing (No. 10) plc and Holmes Master Issuer plc, which funded its advance to Holmes Funding Limited, through the issue of mortgage backed securities. It is intended that any future issues will be made from Holmes Master Issuer plc. In July 2006 and October 2006 the remaining mortgage backed securities in issue in Holmes Financing (No. 3) plc, Holmes Financing (No. 4) plc and Holmes Financing (No. 5) plc were redeemed. The remaining share of the beneficial interest in residential mortgage loans held by Holmes Trustees Limited belongs to Abbey National plc, and remains on its balance sheet. This beneficial interest amounts to 20.8bn at December 31, 2006.
In accordance with SFAS 140, the assets that have been transferred to qualifying special purpose entities (securitized) and meet the criteria required under SFAS 140 for a sale are no longer retained on the balance sheet. As a result of this sale, gains have been recognized as shown in Note 58.3 g). The remuneration received by Abbey for servicing is considered to be adequate and therefore no servicing assets were recognized.

 

F-192


Table of Contents

The balances of assets securitized and non-recourse finance as of December 31, 2006 were as follows:
             
      Gross assets  Non-recourse 
  Closing date of  securitized  finance 
Securitization company Securitization  Millions of Euros 
Holmes Financing (No.1) plc
 July 26, 2000  1,346   1,346 
Holmes Financing (No.2) plc
 November 29, 2000  497   497 
Holmes Financing (No.6) plc
 November 7, 2002  2,676   3,093 
Holmes Financing (No.7) plc
 March 26, 2003  1,270   1,510 
Holmes Financing (No. 8) plc
 April 1, 2004  2,983   4,304 
Holmes Financing (No. 9) plc
 December 8, 2005  4,138   4,138 
Holmes Financing (No. 10) plc
 August 8, 2006  5,093   5,851 
Holmes Master Issuer plc
 November 28, 2006  4,561   5,153 
Retained interest in Holmes Trustees Limited
      20,828    
 
         
 
      43,392   25,892 
 
          
The gross assets securitized represent the interest in the trust property held by Holmes Funding Limited related to the debt issued by the Securitization companies. The retained interest in Holmes Trustees Limited represents the proportion of the funds required to be retained in the trust as part of the master structure trust agreement.
The Securitization vehicles have placed deposits totaling 3.4 billion representing cash, which has been accumulated to finance the redemption of a number of securities issued by the Securitization companies. The Securitization companies’ contractual interest in advances secured on residential property is therefore reduced by this amount.
Abbey National plc does not own directly, or indirectly, any of the share capital of any of the above Securitization companies or their parents.
The contribution of the above companies to the Group’s Income Statement was 88 million for 2006 (-35 million for 2005 and 31 million for 2004).
In addition to this, in 2006, 1.5bn (2005: 2.8bn) was raised from one issue (2005: two issues) from Abbey’s 12.0 bn covered bond program established in 2005. The covered bonds are secured by a pool of ring-fenced residential mortgages. The covered bond issues are not included in the tables above.
Spain
Securitization funds (the vehicles where securitized loans are transferred) are independent entities, managed by a “Sociedad Gestora” (Managing Society, a different legal entity usually controlled by the Bank), which are registered and regulated by the National Securities Market Commission (Comisión Nacional del Mercado de Valores – “CNMV”). The “Sociedad Gestora” is responsible of managing the transferred assets for a fixed fee. No gains or losses were registered in the income statement from the Bank’s securitizations because the selling price was equal to the book value of transferred loans. Therefore no adjustment was made in the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP.
A securitization fund may only hold:
 - 
Financial assets transferred to it that are passive in nature (loans).
 
 - 
Passive derivative financial instruments that pertain to beneficial interests (other than another derivative financial instrument) issued or sold to parties other than the transferor, its affiliates, or its agents.
 
 - 
Financial assets (for example, guarantees or rights to collateral) that would reimburse it if others were to fail to adequately service financial assets transferred to it or to timely pay obligations due to it and that it entered into when it was established, when assets were transferred to it, or when beneficial interests (other than derivative financial instruments) were issued by the SPE. All the guarantees relating to the transferred loans are transferred to the securitization funds.
 
 - 
Servicing rights related to financial assets that it holds.
 
 - 
Temporarily, non-financial assets obtained in connection with the collection of financial assets that it holds.
 
 - 
Cash collected from assets that it holds and investments purchased with that cash pending distribution to holders of beneficial interests that are appropriate for that purpose (that is, money-market or other relatively risk-free instruments without options and with maturities no later than the expected distribution date).
US
On September 25, 2006 Santander Group reached an agreement to acquire 90% of Drive in the U.S.A. for $637 million in cash (494 million approximately). As at December 31, 2006, Drive Financial has securitizations that amount to a total of 1,954 million. These securitizations are not accounted for as a sale.

 

F-193


Table of Contents

Other countries
The balances of assets securitized by other countries (mainly Germany and Italy) are not significant and their accounting treatment results in continued recognition in the balance sheet.
59.2 Allowance for Credit Losses
The balances of the recorded investment in impaired loans and of the related valuation allowance as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:
             
  Thousands of Euros 
  2006  2005  2004 
Impaired loans requiring no reserve
  766,255   974,418   613,680 
Impaired loans requiring valuation allowance
  3,865,005   3,407,355   3,618,153 
 
         
Total impaired loans
  4,631,260   4,381,773   4,231,833 
 
            
Valuation allowance on impaired loans
  2,922,495   3,130,929   2,995,621 
 
         
The roll-forward of allowances (under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004) is shown in Note 10. The reconciliation item to U.S. GAAP is in Note 58.3.a.
Interest income on non-performing loans is recognized on a cash-received basis. An estimate of the effect of non-performing loans — net of charge-off — on interest income is presented in the following table:
             
  Year ended December 31, 
  2006  2005  2004 
  (Thousands of Euros) 
Interest owed on non-accruing assets
            
Domestic
  49,537   38,751   36,273 
International
  218,216   273,834   184,090 
 
         
Total
  267,753   312,585   220,363 
 
            
Interest received on non-accruing assets
            
Domestic
  86,370   79,183   83,535 
International
  70,435   77,602   105,273 
 
         
Total
  156,805   156,785   188,808 
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 the average recorded investments in non-performing loans were 1,144,051, 976,086 and 913,670 thousand from borrowers in Spain, and 3,452,791, 3,397,448 and 2,283,995 from borrowers outside Spain, respectively.

 

F-194


Table of Contents

59.3 Investment Securities
The following table shows a disclosure of the amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities and equity securities for 2006, 2005 and 2004:
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
                                                 
  December 31, 2006  December 31, 2005  December 31, 2004 
      Gross  Gross          Gross  Gross          Gross  Gross    
(U.S. GAAP presentation) Amortized  unrealized  unrealized  Fair  Amortized  unrealized  unrealized  Fair  Amortized  unrealized  unrealized  Fair 
Thousands of Euros cost  gains  losses (2)  Value (1)  cost  gains  losses (2)  Value (1)  cost  gains  losses  Value (1) 
Available-for-sale securities
                                                
Debt securities:
                                                
United States-
                                                
US Treasury and other US Government Agencies
  768,440   11   15,703   752,748   651,424      13,933   637,491   1,382,532   18,912   3,849   1,397,595 
States and political subdivisions
  41,648      589   41,059   90,881      390   90,491   308,530   432      308,962 
Mortgage-backed securities
  322,163      9,750   312,413   655,442      13,323   642,119   274,154      5,330   268,824 
Corporate debt securities
                          125,669   1   111   125,559 
Other securities
  995,121      260   994,861   1,402,838      376   1,402,462   296,489   69   404   296,154 
 
                                                
Spanish Government
  7,745,231   123,738   2,011   7,866,958   12,787,831   291,095   43,531   13,035,395   11,418,052   308,323      11,726,375 
Other Spanish public authorities
  20,653   1,695      22,348   17,615         17,615   17,768         17,768 
Securities of other foreign Governments
  8,268,849   695,215   9,269   8,954,795   43,254,927   391,236   26,469   43,619,694   7,815,031   581,363   162,185   8,234,209 
 
                                                
Other Corporate debt securities
  490,852   1,087   527   491,412   1,367,372   78   856   1,366,594   1,979,628   9,122   3,733   1,985,017 
Other Mortgage-backed securities
  1,665,206   29,127   357   1,693,976   2,465,580   1,895   30,142   2,437,333   6,607,348   1,444   3   6,608,789 
Other debt securities
  12,159,113   62,103   2,562   12,218,654   4,939,894   36,487   351   4,976,030   5,675,066   59,947   1,778   5,733,235 
 
                                    
 
  32,477,276   912,976   41,028   33,349,224   67,633,804   720,791   129,371   68,225,224   35,900,267   979,613   177,393   36,702,487 
 
                                                
Equity securities
                                                
Spanish securities
  1,877,175   208,599      2,085,774   1,548,863   804,337      2,353,200   682,022   657,558      1,339,580 
International securities
  2,398,862   1,486,209      3,885,071   2,576,992   960,726      3,537,718   5,524,865   954,391      6,479,256 
of which: United States:
  144,956         144,956   57,476         57,476   26,838         26,838 
 
                                    
 
  4,276,037   1,694,808      5,970,845   4,125,855   1,765,063      5,890,918   6,206,887   1,611,949      7,818,836 
 
                                    
(1) 
Fair values are determined based on year-end quoted market prices for listed securities and on management’s estimate for unlisted securities.
 
(2) 
Gross unrealized losses under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 are higher than those under U.S. GAAP, due to the “Other than Temporary Adjustment” included in reconciliation to U.S.GAAP (see Notes 58.2 and 58.3.b).
We review all the unrealized losses of our debt securities portfolio at least quarterly to evaluate if they should be considered other than temporary impaired. Under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, impairment losses are recorded in the income statement when the fair value of a debt security declines below its amortized cost and there is objective evidence of a reduction of the expected cash flows. Reversal of impairment losses is permitted if the impairment ceases or is reduced; however under U.S. GAAP, the reversal of impairment losses is not permitted (see Note 58.3.b). Additionally, for the remaining unrealized losses, we have evaluated their decline in fair value to determine whether it is other than temporary and we have not recognized any other than temporary impairment for these securities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 as all of the unrealized losses have substantially arisen in a period shorter than one year.

 

F-195


Table of Contents

Gross gains of 40,031,628, 14,694,950 and 5,538,049 thousand and gross losses of36,484,698, 12,132,446 and 3,716,078 thousand have been realized during 2006, 2005 and 2004 on the sales of trading and available-for-sale investment securities, which are included, net, under “Gains (losses) from Investment Securities” in the consolidated statement of income (see Note 58.5).
The following table includes the detail of the available-for-sale portfolios excluding the allocation of the allowance for credit losses for 2006:
             
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE Thousands of Euros 
Classification by maturity 2006 
      Fair  Amortized 
  Yield Value Value 
Debt securities:
            
Due in one year or less
  4.13%  9,123,795   8,813,207 
Due after one year through five years
  6.54%  9,599,023   9,288,321 
Due after five years through ten years.
  5.33%  7,188,845   7,045,469 
Due after ten years
  7.10%  7,437,561   7,330,279 
 
         
 
      33,349,224   32,477,276 
 
          
The details of the trading portfolio by type of security are set out below:
             
TRADING PORTFOLIO             
(U.S. GAAP presentation)   Thousands of Euros 2006 2005 2004 
  Fair value Fair value Fair Value 
Trading Portfolio Debt Securities:
            
United States:
            
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
  320,498   237,079    
States and Political subdivisions
  9,159   4,676   382,439 
Mortgage-backed securities
  12,594       
Corporate debt securities
  462,219   2,425,250    
Other Securities
  3,925,028   862,072   5,463,250 
 
            
Spanish Government
  4,730,026   6,559,938   5,715,922 
Other Spanish Public authorities
  156,969   103,713   199,689 
Securities of other foreign Governments
  12,082,006   29,373,007   35,245,080 
 
            
Other Corporate debt securities
  1,691,454   14,569,752   33,091 
Other Mortgage-backed securities
  557,402   78,179   18,268 
Other debt securities
  57,289,857   37,227,515   28,444,848 
 
         
Total debt securities
  81,237,212   91,441,181   75,502,587 
Trading Equity Securities
            
Spanish Securities
  5,226,339   5,291,082   2,892,144 
International Securities
  10,976,813   33,089,955   15,837,710 
Of which United States
  459,966   190,235   255,213 
 
         
Total equity securities
  16,203,152   38,381,037   18,729,854 
 
         
The following table includes the detail of the debt securities trading portfolios for 2006:
             
TRADING PORTFOLIO Thousands of Euros 
Classification by maturity 2006 
      Book  Fair 
  Yield Value Value 
Debt securities:
            
Due in one year or less
  6.18%  31,691,880   31,691,880 
Due after one year through five years
  5.57%  31,231,701   31,231,701 
Due after five years through ten years.
  4.75%  11,652,795   11,652,795 
Due after ten years
  4.98%  6,660,836   6,660,836 
 
         
 
      81,237,212   81,237,212 
 
          

 

F-196


Table of Contents

59.4 Derivative Financial Instruments
We use derivatives for both trading and non-trading activities.
The Group uses derivatives to eliminate, reduce or modify risk in trading portfolios (interest rate, foreign exchange and equity prices), and to provide financial services to clients. Our principal counterparties for this activity are financial institutions. The principal types of derivatives used are: interest rate swaps, future rate agreements, interest rate options and futures, foreign exchange forwards, foreign exchange futures, foreign exchange options, foreign exchange swaps, cross currency swaps, equity index futures and equity options.
Derivatives are also used in non-trading activity in order to manage the interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk arising from asset and liability management activity. Interest rate and foreign exchange non-optional derivatives are used in non-trading activity. Some of these non-trading transactions could be accounted for as accounting hedges if they meet specific criteria.
The Group has established policies, procedures and limits in relation to market risk. These limits are defined as a structure which considers different levels from business segment or legal entity levels to portfolio or trader levels. Market risk is monitored by risk committees together with Assets and Liabilities Committees both at the local and global levels.
More detailed information about market risks and control over them can be found in Note 56 and in Item 11. “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”.
Accounting principles-
The Group enters into thousands of derivative transactions for trading purposes and to hedge asset and liability exposures. Only a limited amount of these hedging transactions receive hedge accounting treatment under theEU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 due to the strict qualifying requirements. The general rule is that all derivatives are accounted for as trading operations, and only those derivatives that comply with the specific criteria required by the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 are accounted for as hedging operations. A full description of the principles applied by the Group in accounting for derivative financial instruments is disclosed in Note 2.d.v. the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP differ, in certain respects, in the accounting treatment of these transactions. See Note 58.2 for a summary of the accounting criteria, and Note 58.3.f) for the impact on the reconciliation of net income and stockholders’ equity from the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 to U.S. GAAP.
The Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 consider as hedging transactions only those that meet the following criteria (summarized):
 a. 
The hedge relationship must be documented at inception. At that moment the objective and the hedge strategy must be assessed (all the documentation requirements are similar to those required by SFAS 133).
 
 b. 
The hedge relationship should be highly effective during the entire estimated term to compensate the changes in the value or in the cash flows attributable to the identified risk, and in accordance with the hedging strategy documented at inception.
 
 c. 
Forecasted transactions may be hedged only if it is highly probable that they will occur and when they are subject to any risk that could have an effect on cash flows that could affect the net income.
 
 d. 
To qualify as highly effective, the hedge relationship should meet, both at the inception and in any moment, the following requirements:
 a) 
Prospectively: it should be expected that the changes in the fair value or in the cash flows of the hedged financial instruments will almost be offset by the changes in the fair value or in the cash flows of the hedging instruments.
 
 b) 
Retrospectively: The offsetting effects should be within 80% and 125% of the changes in the hedged item.
 
 c) 
All the values should be reliably calculated.
 
 d) 
Effectiveness should be tested quarterly and at least, each time that the financial statements are prepared.
We have procedures in place that ensure that the requirements with respect to the designation as hedge or speculative, transaction documentation, identification of hedged items and hedging instrument, and the assessment and testing of hedge effectiveness are met.
As explained in Note 58.3 f) and in Note 58.2, the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP differ, in certain respects, in the requirements for hedge accounting of these transactions. Given that U.S. GAAP does not allow certain types of hedges, derivative transactions accounted for as hedges under U.S. GAAP are only a portion of the hedge transactions under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004.
Besides, there are differences in designation requirements and hedge accounting between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP, so many transactions accounted for as hedge under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 are reversed for U.S. GAAP purposes and designated as speculative transactions.
For all the transactions that are considered as hedging both under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP, additional information is collected to adapt to the accounting treatment required. The adjustments are made in function of the hedge designation under SFAS 133 (i.e. cash flow, fair value or net investment in foreign operation). Only those transactions which fully comply with SFAS 133 requirements are considered to be hedge transactions.

 

F-197


Table of Contents

The vast majority of our hedges are simple hedges: the notional value of the hedging instruments is the same as the face value of the hedged item; the hedging instrument is tailored solely to the hedged risk (either benchmark rate of interest or foreign currency); the settlement methods are standard ones, with settlement periods similar to those for the item to be hedged; there are no pre-payable amounts on the item to be hedged, nor are there any options in the hedged items unless such options are completely offset with an opposite option in the hedging instruments.
Among these transactions that are designated hedges under both the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP, the Group includes derivatives that hedge the foreign currency exposure of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary. The currency of these hedging derivatives is that of the country in which the foreign subsidiary is located, and the amounts to be hedged are closely watched by our risk committees.
Our Group’s companies enter into intercompany derivative transactions for the purposes of managing their own risks.
Usually, in each country in which our Group operates, there is a subsidiary (an individual entity) that acts as the treasury services provider or center for the Group’s financial activities in that country. The remaining subsidiaries operating in that country usually hedge their own risks through transactions entered into with that treasury services provider. In addition, some of our subsidiaries may enter into intercompany derivative transactions with subsidiaries located in other countries.
For accounting purposes, these transactions are recorded as intercompany derivatives on the individual books and records of each company entering into such transactions, but are eliminated in the consolidation process.
Fair value methods-
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Group in estimating its fair value disclosures for derivative financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate such a value.
Forward purchases/sales of foreign currency
Estimated fair value of these financial instruments is based on quoted market prices.
Forward purchase/sale of government debt securities
Estimated fair value of these financial instruments is based on quoted market prices since they are mostly traded in organized markets. On the other hand, the maturity of these operations is generally under fifteen days. Accordingly, no material unrecognized gains or losses can be found at closing.
Options and financial futures
Derivatives traded in organized markets are valued using the mark to market method so the fair value is based on quoted market prices.
For options and futures traded in OTC markets (mainly currency options), the fair value is estimated based on theoretical month-end closing prices. These month-end closing prices are calculated estimating the amounts the Group would receive or pay based upon the yield curve prevailing at month-end.
As indicated above, the possible losses arising from the valuation of unhedged transactions are recognized by the Group and are recorded against income.
Forward rate agreements and interest rate swaps
Fair values of these contracts are estimated based on the discounted future cash flows related to the interest rates to be collected or paid, using for this purpose the yield curve prevailing at month-end.
The potential losses are recorded following the same procedure established for other OTC derivatives, which were described above.

 

F-198


Table of Contents

The following table shows a detail of our consolidated trading and hedging transactions broken down into notional amounts and their fair value in accordance with the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 at the dates indicated:
                         
  December 31,  December 31,  December 31, 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Notional      Notional      Notional    
Millions of Euros Amount  Fair Value  Amount  Fair Value  Amount  Fair Value 
     Trading
  2,748,721.0   (3,753.7)  1,830,939.6   (1,598.9)  1,266,194.1   (4,162.5)
     Hedging
  157,363.1   (505.9)  226,627.4   1,815.4   295,000.2   929.6 
Fair Value Hedges
  131,214.4   (474.3)  204,820.6   2,046.6   232,563.0   993.9 
Cash Flow Hedges
  9,472.8   (34.4)  9,777.2   23.9   61,501.9   54.2 
Hedges of the foreign currency of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary
  16,675.9   2.8   12,029.7   (255.1)  935.2   (118.5)
 
  2,906,084.1   (4,259.6)  2,057,567.0   216.5   1,561,194.3   (3,232.9)
 
                  
In our reconciliation to U.S.GAAP we made some adjustments that change the designation of some hedge relationships. We identify those hedges under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 that do not fully comply with FAS 133 requirements. Under U.S. GAAP accounting those transactions are considered to be speculative transactions and such derivatives are accounted for as trading derivatives.
The following table shows a detail of our consolidated trading and hedging transactions broken down into notional amounts and their fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP at the dates indicated:
                         
  December 31,  December 31,  December 31, 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Notional      Notional      Notional    
Millions of Euros Amount  Fair Value  Amount  Fair Value  Amount  Fair Value 
     Trading
  2,820,182.0   (3,525.9)  1,880,611.3   (1,446.7)  1,462,950.7   (3,529.4)
     Hedging
  85,902.1   (733.7)  176,955.6   1,663.1   98,243.6   296.5 
Fair Value Hedges
  59,753.4   (702.1)  155,148.8   1,894.4   35,806.4   355.3 
Cash Flow Hedges
  9,472.8   (34.4)  9,777.2   23.9   61,501.9   59.6 
Hedges of the foreign currency of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary
  16,675.9   2.8   12,029.7   (255.1)  935.2   (118.5)
 
                  
 
  2,906,084.1   (4,259.6)  2,057,567.0   216.5   1,561,194.3   (3,232.9)
 
                  
The notional amounts of hedging transactions under U.S. GAAP are less than those under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 due to the fact that the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 allows certain hedge accounting that is not permitted under U.S. GAAP.
59.5 Short Term Borrowings
Following is an analysis of the components of the “Short-term borrowings” caption for 2006, 2005 and 2004:
                         
  2006  2005  2004 
      Average      Average      Average 
Thousands of Euros Amount  Rate  Amount  Rate  Amount  Rate 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
                        
At December 31
  92,433,767   4.39%  126,201,890   3.55%  67,856,642   1.55%
Average during year
  101,682,243   3.74%  91,458,502   3.65%  62,726,813   3.24%
Maximum month-end balance
  129,816,503       129,563,533       69,575,864     
 
                        
Other short-term borrowings:
                        
At December 31
  35,385,525   2.50%  25,157,976   2.34%  18,727,698   2.66%
Average during year
  25,501,630   2.66%  21,249,880   4.23%  14,975,003   2.26%
Maximum month-end balance
  35,385,525       26,688,044       18,752,237     
 
                        
Total short-term borrowings at year-end
  127,819,292   3.87%  151,359,866   3.35%  86,584,340   1.79%
 
                  
This short-term indebtedness is denominated in different currencies, mostly Euro, US$, GBP and Latin-American currencies. Interest rates of these currencies have not followed the same trend.

 

F-199


Table of Contents

59.6 Guarantees
The Group provides a variety of guarantees to its customers to improve their credit standing and allow them to compete. The following table summarizes at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 all of the guarantees.
As required, the “maximum potential amount of future payments” represents the notional amounts that could be lost if there were a total default by the guaranteed parties, without consideration of possible recoveries from collateral held or pledged, or recoveries under recourse provisions. There is no relationship between these amounts and probable losses on these guarantees. In fact, maximum potential amount of future payments significantly exceeds inherent losses.
             
  Maximum potential amount of future payments 
  2006 2005 2004 
Guarantees disclosures (Thousands of Euros) 
Contingent liabilities:
            
Assets earmarked for third-party obligations
  4   24   24 
Guarantees and other sureties
  53,175,928   44,432,649   28,533,973 
Guaranties promises
  8,258,151   100,898   84,857 
Performance guarantees
  29,857,748   25,428,337   21,360,156 
Financial standby letters of credit
  14,522,186   18,642,647   7,005,328 
Doubtful guarantees
  59,157   79,529   83,632 
Credit Default Swaps
  478,250   180,000    
Other
  436   1,238    
Other contingent exposures
  5,593,377   4,020,902   3,279,885 
Documentary Credits
  5,029,484   3,767,022   2,977,594 
Other contingent liabilities
  563,731   252,541   301,727 
Doubtful contingent liabilities
  162   1,339   564 
 
         
Total Contingent Liabilities
  58,769,309   48,453,575   31,813,882 
 
            
Commitments
            
Loan commitments drawable by third parties
  91,690,396   77,678,333   63,110,699 
Other commitments
  11,559,034   18,584,929   11,749,833 
Securities placement commitments
  3,463   16,399   9,358 
Securities subscribed and pending payment
  83,368   195,610   122,308 
Compensation room delivered bills
  11,472,203   18,372,920   11,618,167 
 
         
Total Commitments
  103,249,430   96,263,262   74,860,532 
 
         
Performance guarantees are issued to guarantee customers obligations such as to make contractually specified investments, to supply specified products, commodities, or maintenance or warranty services to a third party, completion of projects in accordance with contract terms, etc. Financial standby letters of credit include guarantees of payment of loans, credit facilities, promissory notes and trade acceptances. The Group always requires collateral to grant this kind of financial guarantees. In Documentary Credits, the Group acts as a payment mediator between trading companies located in different countries (import-export transactions). Under a documentary credit transaction, the parties involved deal with the documents rather than the commodities to which the documents may relate. Usually the traded commodities are used as collateral to the transaction and the Bank may provide some credit facilities. Loan commitments drawable by third parties include mostly credit card lines and commercial commitments. Credit card lines are unconditionally cancelable by the issuer. Commercial commitments are mostly 1 year facilities subject to information requirements to be provided by our customers.
In the UK it is normal to issue check guarantee cards to current account customers holding checkbooks, as retailers do not generally accept cheques without such form of guarantee. Accordingly, Abbey issues guaranteed cheques that represent its commitment to guarantee the cheques of some of its customers up to a certain limit, typically £50-£100. Bank account facilities to which guaranteed cheques relate are regularly assessed based on customers’ behavior, and amended where necessary. Prior notice of changes is given to customers. The maximum potential amount of future payments is 7,696 million on December 2006 (5,952 million at 2005 and5,646 million at 2004) and there is no stated maturity.
Also, Abbey, as is normal in such activity, gives representations and warranties on the sale of subsidiaries. The maximum potential amount of any claims made against these is significantly higher than actual settlements. The maximum potential amount of future payments is 6,849 million as at December 31, 2006 (4,077 and 3,266 million on December 31, 2005 and 2004 respectively).
The risk criteria followed to issue all kinds of guarantees, financial standby letters of credit, documentary credits and any risks of signature are in general the same as those used for other products of credit risk, and therefore subject to the same admission and tracking standards. The guarantees granted on behalf of our customers are subject to the same credit quality review process as any other risk product. On a regular basis, at least once a year, the solvency of the mentioned customers is checked as well as the probability of those guarantees to be executed. In case that any doubt on the customer’s solvency may arise we create allowances with charge to net income, by the amount of the inherent losses even if there is no claim to us.

 

F-200


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2006, the Group had allowances to cover inherent losses on guarantees of598,735 thousands, (2005: 487,048 and 2004: 360,594).
According to FIN 45, a guarantee that is accounted for as a derivative instrument at fair value under Statement 133 is not subject to the initial recognition and initial measurement provisions of this Interpretation but is subject to its disclosure requirements, see Note 9, 11 and 36.
59.7 Additional disclosures about fair value
Disclosures about fair value of financial instruments (SFAS 107)
SFAS No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments” (“SFAS 107”) requires the disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. Find the disclosures required by SFAS 107 in Note 2.d for those financial instruments recognized at fair value and Note 53.c. for those financial instruments measured at other than fair value.
Disclosures about fair value of equity investments (APB 18)
APB 18 “The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock”, requires for those investments in common stock for which a quoted market price is available the disclosure of the aggregate value of each identified investment based on the quoted market price (see also Note 13).
The following table shows the market value of our holdings accounted for by using the equity method that has listed quotations:
             
Thousands of Euros December 31, 
  2006 2005 2004 
Cepsa
  4,766,317   3,337,438   2,564,603 
Attijariwafa
  579,295   319,369   243,715 
Unión Fenosa (1)
  ¯   ¯   1,298,289 
Sovereign
  2,267,762   ¯   ¯ 
(1) 
During 2005 the Bank sold its stake in this company, see Note 3. Carrying values of these investments are presented in Note 13.
59.8 Stock Option Plans
Up to 2004 the Bank accounted for stock-based awards to employees using the intrinsic value method prescribed in APB 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. Compensation cost for stock options granted to employees was measured as the excess of the quoted market price of the Bank’s stock on the measurement date over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock (the “intrinsic value”), and was recognized over the vesting period. The intrinsic value of the options for which the measurement date has not been reached is measured based on the current market value of the Bank’s stock at the end of each period.
In 2004, the Bank granted no option plans. Had compensation cost for these stock options plans been determined consistent with Statement of FAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” the Bank’s net income would have been reduced by approximately 1,595 thousand for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004. There would have been no significant impact on earnings per share:
     
Thousands of Euros, except per share data 2004 
U.S. GAAP reported net income
  3,940,866 
 
   
Add: APB 25 Expense
  985 
Subtract: FAS 123 Expense
  (2,580)
 
   
Adjusted proforma net income
  3,939,271 
 
    
Reported basic earnings per share
  0.80 
Change in net income
  0.00 
Adjusted proforma basic earnings per share
  0.80 
 
    
Reported diluted earnings per share
  0.79 
Change in net income
  0.00 
Adjusted proforma diluted earnings per share
  0.79 
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS 123-R), which replaces the existing SFAS 123 and supersedes APB 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. This statement eliminates the option to apply the intrinsic value measurement provisions of APB No. 25, to stock compensation awards issued to employees. SFAS 123-R requires companies to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost will be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award the requisite service period (usually the vesting period).

 

F-201


Table of Contents

The Company has adopted SFAS 123-R on January 1, 2005 by using the modified prospective approach, which requires recognizing expense for options granted prior to the adoption date equal to the fair value at the grant date of the unvested amounts over their remaining vesting period. The reason for this early adoption is to reduce differences between the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 and U.S. GAAP.
All stock options plans in force at December 31, 2004 has been cancelled or exercised during 2005. All stock options in force at December 31, 2005 has been approved during this year, and accounted for following IFRS 2 which is similar to FAS 123-R. Disclosures about them is presented in Note 49.c.
59.9 Acquisition of Abbey
  
On July 26, 2004, the boards of Banco Santander and Abbey announced that they had reached an agreement on the terms of the acquisition by Banco Santander of Abbey, which was implemented by means of a scheme of arrangement under section 425 of the U.K. Companies Act.
 
   
The acquisition terms stated that Abbey’s shareholders would receive 1 new Banco Santander share for every 1 Abbey share; additionally, Abbey would pay a special dividend of 25 pence plus 6 pence for a dividend differential, totaling 31 pence in cash per Abbey share to Abbey’s shareholders.
 
   
A scheme of arrangement is a U.K. legal arrangement between a company and its shareholders. It requires approval of the shareholders both at a Court Meeting and at a separate Extraordinary General Meeting (EGM). Shareholders vote on whether to approve the Scheme at the Court Meeting and then on certain resolutions required to implement it at the EGM. Once approved by shareholders, the Scheme will only become effective if sanctioned by the Court. A scheme of arrangement is a normal process for dealing with acquisitions of public companies in the UK, particularly when they involve a large number of retail shareholders (approximately 1.8 million in Abbey’s case).
 
   
A scheme of arrangement only becomes effective if (a) a majority in number of the shareholders present and voting at the Court Meeting (in person or by proxy) vote in favor and (b) such majority holds 75 per cent or more in value of the shares present and voting at the Court Meeting (in person or by proxy). In determining (a) all shareholders count equally regardless of how many shares they hold. In addition it is also necessary for the resolution at the EGM to be approved by shareholders holding not less than 75 per cent of the votes cast at the meeting (whether in person or by proxy). If the resolutions are passed by the requisite majorities and the Scheme is sanctioned by the Court and the acquisition completed, the Scheme will be binding on all shareholders, including those who voted against the Scheme. If the resolutions are not passed by the requisite majorities, then the Scheme and the acquisition will not go ahead.
  
On September 15, 2004, the European Commission granted clearance, under the Merger Regulation, to the acquisition of the UK bank Abbey National Plc by Banco Santander Central Hispano S.A, as the acquisition raised no competition concerns since the two banks operate mostly in different countries.
 
  
On October 15, 2004, the Board of Abbey announced that Abbey’s shareholders had voted to approve the Scheme to implement the Acquisition of Abbey by Banco Santander at the Court Meeting and the Abbey EGM held on October 14, 2004.
 
  
On October 21, 2004, Banco Santander Extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting approved the capital increase needed to carry out the deal.
 
  
On November 5, 2004 the Bank of Spain and the UK’s Financial Services Authority approved the acquisition.
 
  
On November 8, 2004 the Court sanctioned the Scheme.
 
  
On November 11, 2004 the Court confirmed the reduction of capital of Abbey associated with the Scheme.
 
  
On November 12, 2004 the Scheme was implemented and Abbey became a subsidiary of Santander. Banco Santander issued 1,485,893,636 new shares of 0.5 par value, with additional paid-in capital of 7.94 each, increasing its stockholders equity by 12,540,942 thousand (see Notes 3 and 31).
 
  
On December 14, 2004, Abbey paid a special dividend to all shareholders who were on its share register at 4.30pm on November 12, 2004. The special dividend was 25 pence per share plus 6 pence for dividend differential, totaling 31 pence in cash for each Abbey share held.
There are no contingent payments, options, or commitments specified in the scheme of arrangement. No research and development assets were included in the Financial Statements of Abbey at acquisition.
Abbey is a significant financial services provider in the United Kingdom, being the second largest residential mortgage lender, third largest savings brand, and operates across the full range of personal financial services serving approximately 18 million customers.
The Santander Group Board believed that a combination of Abbey with Santander would create a premier international banking franchise and would leverage Santander’s retail banking skills which had been developed in multiple geographies to improve Abbey’s banking business in the UK.

 

F-202


Table of Contents

We believed that the acquisition of Abbey would create a well diversified, international retail bank with a well diversified earnings mix coming from high growth and mature, stable economies. The Board considered Abbey to be an attractive platform through which to penetrate the UK market and believed that it could grow the franchise through improved efficiency and greater leverage of Abbey’s customer relationships.
Santander believed that the transaction would create benefits for Abbey’s customers and create value for both Santander and Abbey shareholders through improvements in Abbey’s customer offering and implementation of technology-based efficiency plans that the Group had successfully executed in other countries. The Board believed that the combination of Santander and Abbey would create substantial value through both cost reduction and revenue benefits.
Santander Group Board believed that it could deliver, through the application of Santander’s skills and technology, additional efficiency cost savings.
The cost savings that were expected to start to materialize from 2007 onwards would be based primarily on a thorough re-engineering of Abbey’s core systems and processes through the implementation of Santander’s core banking system, and would imply significant reductions in the size of middle and back office processing areas, improved productivity in branches and improved use of IT infrastructure.
Santander Group expected to generate substantial revenue synergies by accelerating the development of Abbey’s underleveraged franchise. Santander management believed that the volume of Abbey products per customer was well below many of its UK peers and that it could generate significant incremental revenue by increasing its branch-based sales volumes and by developing the consumer lending and small-to-medium enterprises (‘‘SME’’) from Abbey’s portfolio of mortgage customers.
Santander believed it could introduce more competitive products in terms of design and value for customers. Santander Group would endeavor to develop direct marketing campaigns that focus on specific products related to Abbey’s core mortgage lending operation. Santander intended to retrain staff to permit a switch of headcount from the back to the front office where appropriate and to change the balance of staff remuneration to include a higher variable element. In addition, Santander intended to introduce superior IT systems that allow faster loan decisions and more sophisticated customer targeting, based on predictive analysis of the propensity to buy additional products.
December 31, 2004, is the date of first-time consolidation of Abbey in the Santander Group. Accordingly, the 2004 consolidated balance sheet includes the effect of the acquisition, whereas the 2004 consolidated statement of income does not include the results obtained by Abbey from the date of completion of the acquisition, which were not material. The acquisition of 100% of Abbey generated goodwill under previous Spanish GAAP of 10,263,893 thousand of the Santander Group’s total goodwill at 2004 year-end of 16,964,201 thousand (15,090,541 thousand under the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004) (Note 17). The goodwill arising from the acquisition included the adjustments and valuations required for it to be presented in conformity with the accounting principles and valuation methods described in Note 2.
Due to the complexity of the analysis, the Bank required evaluations from independent experts. The goodwill and its allocation process was not considered definitive at the end of 2004 and was revised in 2005 after further work.
Goodwill initially calculated under U.S. GAAP was 1,411,386 thousand lower than the previous Spanish GAAP calculation. After some adjustments, the final goodwill under U.S. GAAP was1,437,078 thousand lower than the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 calculation. The main differences arise from:
  
The acquisition price: The purchase was made through the exchange of shares. To accomplish it the Bank issued 1,485,893,636 new ordinary shares. Under previous Spanish GAAP the value of the each of the shares issued was 8.44 (the quotation on October 20, 2004), while under U.S. GAAP the value was 8.03 (the quotation in days around the announcement of the offer, mid July), the difference amounting 609,216 thousand.
 
  
Differences arising from the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004 reconciliation to U.S. GAAP.
In 2005, after these calculations, some intangibles assets were valued and identified reducing the Goodwill as shown in the table below. These include trademarks & trade names, core deposits and present value of future profits on insurance business among others:
                 
  Initial      Final  Estimated 
(Thousands of Euros) calculation (*) Differences calculation (*) useful life 
Trademarks & trade names
  566,000   (116,385)  449,615  Indefinite
Core deposits
  1,451,000   (220,626)  1,230,374  10 years
Credit card relationship
  33,000   1,256   34,256  5 years
Distribution channels
  25,692   (25,692)       
Deferred tax liability
  (717,500)  717,500        
 
   
Total Intangible assets:
  1,358,192   356,053   1,714,245     
(*) 
Amounts valued at acquisition exchange rate
The deferred tax liability has been excluded from the final goodwill calculation.

 

F-203


Table of Contents

Present value of future profits (PVFP) refers to acquired insurance business. Establishing PVFP is an inherently uncertain process involving complex judgments and estimates, and currently established PVFP may not be fully realized. The initial amounts registered (642,308 thousand) have been under evaluation and the final amount is 1,232,658 thousand. If the present value of future net cash flows became insufficient to recover PVFP, the difference would be charged to the statement of income as an additional PVFP write-off.
The value of trademarks and trade name, has been estimated following the income approach method by discounting the interest spread that customers are willing to pay in its operations with a well-known entity, after having been corrected for the expenses needed to support the trademark.
Core deposits are those deposits that are expected to remain with a savings institution for a relatively long period of time. Such deposits are attracted by the convenience and service offered by the institution rather than by interest rates paid. Its value has been estimated using the income approach, calculating the present value of the differential between the cost of the core deposits and the cost of alternative financing. It will be amortized in 10 years.
Credit card relationship value was initially calculated using profits to be collected in the next 14-16 years. However, the Company has decided to amortize it in 5 years.
The Bank finally decided not to recognize distribution channels as intangible assets, after having been impaired in Abbey’s books.
The definitive U.S. GAAP goodwill arising from the Abbey’s acquisition after the allocation process was 7,112,601 thousand (valued at acquisition exchange rate).
The following is a Balance Sheet at the first-time consolidation date:
     
  Thousands of 
  Euros 
Abbey Group Balance Sheet 2004 
Assets
    
Cash and due from banks
  2,825,359 
Interest earning deposits in other banks
  5,791,725 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
  25,039,507 
Investment securities
  36,764,492 
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
  140,428,769 
Less-Allowance for credit losses
  (1,016,314)
Net Loans and leases
  139,412,455 
Premises and equipment, net
  3,439,183 
Investment in affiliated companies
  4,088,495 
Other assets
  4,770,939 
 
   
Total assets
  222,132,155 
 
    
Liabilities
    
Deposits
    
Non interest deposits
  5,031,938 
Interest bearing
    
Demand deposits
  52,446,326 
Savings deposits
  11,475,781 
Time deposits
  57,114,682 
Total deposits
  126,068,727 
Short-term debt
  55,387,384 
Long-term debt
  27,353,346 
Taxes Payable
  1,116,568 
Accounts Payable
  120,867 
Accrual Accounts
  3,592,055 
Pension Allowance
  1,206,704 
Other Provisions
  919,236 
Others
  3,239,197 
Other liabilities
  10,194,627 
 
   
Total liabilities
  219,004,084 
Minority interest
  791,334 
 
    
Stockholders’ equity
    
Capital stock
  211,317 
Other reserves
  2,125,420 
Total stockholders’ equity
  2,336,737 
 
   
Total liabilities and Stockholders’ equity
  222,132,155 
 
   

 

F-204


Table of Contents

The following table shows the unaudited effect on earnings per share as if the purchase had occurred on January 1, 2004.
     
Thousands of Euros, except per share data 2004 
U.S. GAAP reported net income
  3,940,866 
Adjustment to include Abbey net income
  (96,447)
 
   
Adjusted net income
  3,844,419 
 
    
Reported basic earnings per share
  0.80 
Change in net income
  (0.02)
 
   
Adjusted basic earnings per share
  0.78 
 
    
Reported diluted earnings per share
  0.79 
Change in net income
  (0.01)
 
   
Adjusted diluted earnings per share
  0.78 
 
   
As explained in Note 3.c.ii and 37.a.i, in June 2006 Abbey entered into an agreement with Resolution plc (“Resolution”) to sell its life insurance business to the latter for 5,340 million (GBP 3,600 million). The transaction was closed on September 2006 and did not give rise to any gains for the Group.
59.10 Acquisition of Drive Consumer U.S.A. Inc.
In 2006, the Group acquired 90% of Drive in the U.S.A. for $637 million in cash (494 million approximately). The operation generated goodwill of $544 million (422 million, see Note 17).
Under the agreement, the price paid by Santander could increase by a maximum of $175 million, if the company achieves certain earning targets set for years 2007 and 2008.
Drive is one of the leading auto financing companies in “subprime” customer segment in the United States. Based in Dallas, Texas, it is present in 35 states, with approximately 50% of its activity concentrated in Texas, California, Florida and Georgia. Drive has around 600 employees and its products are distributed through more than 10,000 auto dealer partnerships.
Until our acquisition, 64.5% of Drive was owned by HBOS plc and 35.5% by its management team. Following the acquisition by Santander, the present Chairman and COO of Drive will act as Chief Executive Officer, maintaining ownership of 10% of the company, a percentage on which the parties have signed a series of options which could enable Grupo Santander to buy the additional 10% between 2009 and 2013 at prices linked to the company’s earnings performance.
The goodwill and its allocation process was not finalized definitive at the end of 2006 and is currently being reviewed.

 

F-205


Table of Contents

The following is a Balance Sheet at the first-time consolidation date:
     
  Thousands of 
  Euros 
Drive Group Balance Sheet 2006 
Assets
    
Interest earning deposits in other banks
  129,736 
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
  2,230,256 
Less-Allowance for credit losses
  (110,365)
Net Loans and leases
  2,119,891 
Premises and equipment, net
  3,093 
Other assets
  19,491 
 
   
Total assets
  2,272,211 
 
    
Liabilities
    
Deposits
    
Interest bearing
    
Time deposits
  272,188 
Total deposits
  272,188 
Long-term debt
  1,894,308 
Taxes Payable
  3,043 
Accounts Payable
  15,132 
Accrual Accounts
  8,631 
Others
  501 
Other liabilities
  27,307 
 
   
Total liabilities
  2,193,803 
Minority interest
    
Stockholders’ equity
    
Capital stock
  63,456 
Other reserves
  14,952 
Total stockholders’ equity
  78,408 
 
   
Total liabilities and Stockholders’ equity
  2,272,211 
 
   
The following table shows the unaudited effect on earnings per share as if the purchase had been completed on January 1, 2006 and 2005, as comparable prior period.
         
Thousands of Euros, except per share data 2006  2005 
U.S. GAAP reported net income from continuous operations
  6,395,747   6,173,425 
Adjustment to include Drive net income
  110,137   74,816 
 
      
Adjusted net income
  6,505,884   6,248,241 
 
        
Reported basic earnings per share
  1.024   0.989 
Change in net income
  0.016   0.011 
 
      
Adjusted basic earnings per share
  1.040   1.000 
 
        
Reported diluted earnings per share
  1.018   0.986 
Change in net income
  0.022   0.014 
 
      
Adjusted diluted earnings per share
  1.040   1.000 
 
      
59.11 Additional subsequent events
ABN AMRO Holding N.V. (“ABN AMRO”)
On May 29, 2007, Santander, together with RBS and Fortis N.V. and Fortis S.A./N.V. (collectively, the “Banks”), announced a proposed offer to purchase all of the ABN AMRO ordinary shares (including shares underlying ABN AMRO ADSs).
The Banks proposed to offer 30.40 in cash plus 0.844 new RBS shares for each ABN AMRO ordinary share, equal to a total of 38.40 per ABN AMRO ordinary share. The total consideration payable to shareholders of ABN AMRO under the proposed offer would therefore be 71.1 billion. All data in this section have been calculated using prices and exchange rates as of May 25, 2007. The total consideration payable for on the entire issued ordinary share capital of ABN AMRO by the Banks’ proposed offer is based on 1,852,448,094 ABN AMRO ordinary shares being issued and outstanding.
The Banks and RFS Holdings B.V., a company newly incorporated for the purpose of making the proposed offer, have entered into an agreement, dated as of May 28, 2007 (the “Consortium Agreement”), relating to the proposed offer. The Consortium Agreement sets forth the terms on which the proposed offer is to be made and provides for the management of ABN AMRO after completion of the proposed offer. This includes the division of the ABN AMRO businesses between the Banks and the sale of non-core assets of ABN AMRO.
The proposed offer is subject to certain pre-offer conditions and offer conditions. The pre-offer conditions and the offer conditions may, to the extent permitted, be waived by the Banks (either in whole or in part) at any time prior to the commencement of the offer and the expiration of the offer, respectively.
If the proposed offer is completed, Santander will acquire the following core businesses from ABN AMRO (together the “ABN AMRO Businesses”):
  
Business Unit Latin America (excluding wholesale clients outside Brazil) including, notably, the Banco Real franchise in Brazil;
 
  
Banca Antonveneta in Italy; and
 
  
Interbank and DMC Consumer Finance, a specialized consumer finance business in the Netherlands.
If the proposed offer is completed, and accepted by all ABN AMRO ordinary shareholders, Santander will pay approximately 19.9 billion or 27.9% of the total consideration payable under the proposed offer.
Santander intends to raise approximately 9 billion of new financing via a rights issue and mandatorily convertible instruments, amounting to approximately half of Santander’s share of the total consideration, and to finance the remainder through balance sheet optimization, including leverage, incremental securitization and asset disposals.
This information is only current as of the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 20-F and may not be complete subsequent to such date.

 

F-206


Table of Contents

Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (“Sovereign”)
On May 3, 2007, Sovereign’s shareholders approved an amendment to Sovereign’s articles of incorporation that, among other effects, authorizes Santander to vote the shares currently held in the voting trust and any additional Sovereign shares that Santander might acquire in the future. As of May 16, 2007, the voting trust held 23,593,724 Sovereign shares, representing 4.9% of the Sovereign voting shares. Santander and Sovereign took all the necessary steps to terminate the voting trust and transfer the shares held by the trust to Santander, and since June 6, 2007, Santander has the right to vote 24.7% of the Sovereign shares. Except with the consent of Sovereign’s board of directors or pursuant to the procedures described below, Santander may not increase its ownership stake in Sovereign to more than 24.99% until the end of the standstill period under the Investment Agreement.
In addition, beginning on June 1, 2008 and until May 31, 2011, Santander will have the option to make an offer to acquire 100% of Sovereign, subject to certain conditions and limitations agreed between the parties. If such an offer is made by Santander and the offer is either the highest offer resulting from an auction of Sovereign or at least equal to a full and fair price for Sovereign as determined pursuant to a competitive valuation procedure agreed by the parties, the Sovereign board must accept the offer, provided that, during the period from June 1, 2008 through May 31, 2009, any offer made by Santander must be at a price of at least $38 per share. Even if the Sovereign board accepts the offer, Santander will not be permitted to complete an acquisition of Sovereign unless a majority of the non-Santander shareholders who vote at the relevant Sovereign shareholder meeting approve the acquisition. In addition, until May 31, 2011, Santander will have a right of first negotiation and a matching right with respect to third party offers to acquire Sovereign. Finally, with certain exceptions, Santander has agreed that, until May 31, 2011, it will not sell or otherwise dispose of its Sovereign shares.
Santander has several options with respect to its investment in Sovereign. Santander can hold its investment in Sovereign indefinitely, after May 31, 2008 seek to acquire 100% of Sovereign or, subject to the terms of the Investment Agreement, sell or otherwise dispose of its investment.
Banco BPI, S.A. (“BPI”)
Grupo Santander announced in January 2007 that it had entered into a firm agreement with Banco Comercial Portugués (BCP) for the sale to this bank of 44.6 million shares of the Portuguese bank BPI, representing 5.87% of its share capital, at a price of 5.70 per share, equal to that offered by BCP in the tender offer launched by it on BPI, or at the higher price should BCP revise its public offer bid upwards. The agreement was subject to regulatory approvals.
In May 2007, the tender offer failed since it did not obtain the minimum required support by BPI’s shareholders to which the bid was conditioned. The Bank of Portugal had set out a maximum level of ownership by BCP in BPI in case that the tender offer did not succeed. Finally, Grupo Santander sold to BCP 34.5 million shares of BPI with capital gains of approximately €107 million.
SKBergé (“SKB”)
Santander Consumer Finance and the Bergé Group, through its Chilean subsidiary SKBergé, a company formed by Sigdo Koppers and Bergé (SKB), reached a strategic agreement to set up a finance company in Chile. SKB will have an ownership interest of up to 49%, with the remaining 51% to be held by Santander Consumer Finance. The new company, which will operate under the name of Santander Consumer Chile, will engage in consumer finance, focussing on both car and other durable consumer goods and credit cards.
Sale of Real Estate Assets
On June 13, 2007 we announced that, as part of the plan for the optimization of our balance sheet, we contemplated the sale of real estate assets currently used by Santander, with an estimated market value of4 billion and a potential net capital gain of around1.4 billion. The transaction would be implemented by means of a sale and leaseback procedure.
Financiera Alcanza S.A. de C.V. SOFOL (“Alcanza”)
On June 13, 2007 Santander Consumer Finance signed an agreement with the main shareholders of Alcanza to acquire and increase the capital of the company. After the transaction, Santander Consumer will control 85% of the company. As in its other markets, Santander Consumer’s business in Mexico will focus on consumer finance and auto financing as part of its growth strategy.
Alcanza has 160 employees in 15 branches in Mexico. The total value of the acquisition together with the capital increase is an estimated US$39.5 million. The deal is pending regulatory approvals in each country.
Intesa Sanpaolo
On June 19, 2007 we announced that we had sold the final stake of 1.79% that we held in the share capital of the Italian bank Intesa Sanpaolo, for a total consideration of1,206 million. The transaction generates for Santander a capital gain of approximately 566 million.
Certain Legal Proceedings
Notes 1 d) and 25 e) describe the status of certain legal proceedings as of March 26, 2007. Subsequent to that date the following events have occurred:
In relation to the resolutions adopted by the Bank’s general shareholders’ meeting held on February 9, 2002 described in note 1 d) to our consolidated financial statements, the cassation appeal filed by one of the apellants against the judgment handed down by the Cantabria Provincial Appellate Court on January 14, 2004, was rejected by the Supreme Court on May 8, 2007.
In relation to the legal litigation described under “Casa de Bolsa” in note 25 e) to our consolidated financial statements, the total indemnity payable, including the principal amount of the deposit, the uncapitalized interest and the value of the shares that must be returned, is estimated at $28 million approximately (previously, $26.7 million).
In relation to the claim filed by Galesa de Promociones, S.A. described in note 25 e) to our consolidated financial statements, the Bank has contested the appeal filed by Galesa against the resolution of November 11, 2006 dismissing the appeal previously filed by Galesa asking for reconsideration of the decision made by the Elche Court of First Instance by order of September 18, 2006.
In relation to the claim filed by Inversión Hogar, S.A. described in note 25 e) to our consolidated financial statements, Inversión Hogar, S.A. has appealed against the decision handed down on March 2, 2007 upholding the Bank’s objection to the enforcement of the judgement of May 19, 2006.
Ordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting
On June 23, 2007, the ordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting of the Bank, approved, among other things, our primary financial statements (balance sheet, income statement, statements of changes in net assets and cash flows and notes) (see Note 1 a to our consolidated financial statements).

 

F-207


Table of Contents

Exhibit I
Subsidiaries of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. (1)
                       
            Millions of Euros (a) 
    % of Ownership Held by the             Amount of 
    Bank % of Voting   Capital and  Profit (Loss)  Ownership 
Company Location Direct Indirect Rights (k) Line of Business Reserves  for the Year  Interest 
A N (123) plc
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  1,524   15   1,260 
Abbey Business Services (India) Private Limited (d)
 India  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Abbey Card Services Limited
 United Kingdom 100.00%  100.00% FINANCIAL SERVICES  149   (5)  149 
Abbey Covered Bonds (Holdings) Limited
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE         
Abbey Covered Bonds (LM) Limited
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE         
Abbey Covered Bonds LLP
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE  3   40    
Abbey National (America) Holdings Inc.
 United States  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  34      34 
Abbey National (America) Holdings Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  34      35 
Abbey National (Gibraltar) Limited
 Gibraltar  100.00% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY  7      7 
Abbey National (Holdings) Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  28      24 
Abbey National Alpha Investments (d)
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  67      67 
Abbey National American Investments Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  396   13   377 
Abbey National Asset Managers Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGER  12   2   12 
Abbey National Baker Street Investments
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  184      183 
Abbey National Beta Investments Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  153   5   126 
Abbey National Business Asset Leasing Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING         
Abbey National Business Cashflow Finance Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FACTORING  9      6 
Abbey National Business Equipment Leasing Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING        8 
Abbey National Business Leasing Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% ADVISORY SERVICES         
Abbey National Business Office Equipment Leasing Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  7       
Abbey National Business Sales Aid Leasing Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  1       
Abbey National Business Vendor Plan Leasing Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING         
Abbey National Capital LP I
 United States  (b)  FINANCE         
Abbey National Charitable Trust Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% CHARITABLE SERVICES         
Abbey National Credit and Payment Services Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% SERVICES         
Abbey National Employment Services Inc.
 United States  100.00% 100.00% EMPLOYMENT SERVICES         
Abbey National Financial and Investment Services (Jersey) Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Abbey National Financial Investments 3 B.V.
 Netherlands  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  3      1 
Abbey National Financial Investments 4 B.V.
 Netherlands  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  372   17   372 
Abbey National Financial Investments No.2 Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
Abbey National Funded Unapproved Retirement Benefits Scheme Trustees Limited (d)
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY         
Abbey National Funding plc
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
Abbey National General Insurance Services Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% ADVISORY SERVICES  (56)      
Abbey National Gibraltar (1986) Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  8      7 
Abbey National Global Investments
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
Abbey National GP (Jersey) Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
Abbey National Graphics Services Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% MARKETING         
Abbey National Group Pension Schemes Trustees Limited (d)
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY         
Abbey National Guarantee Company
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  5      4 
Abbey National Homes Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  (53)      
Abbey National Independent Investments Limited (d)
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
Abbey National International Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  267   33   222 
Abbey National Investments
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  170   6   158 
Abbey National Investments Holdings Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  (6)  (5)   
Abbey National Jersey International Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  311   3   276 
Abbey National June Leasing (5) Limited (h)
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  1       
Abbey National March Leasing (4) Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  (25)  (2)   
Abbey National Mortgage Finance plc
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% MORTGAGE LOAN COMPANY         
Abbey National Nominees Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY         
Abbey National North America Corporation
 United States  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  2       
Abbey National North America Holdings Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Abbey National North America LLC
 United States  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
Abbey National Offshore Holdings Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  280      288 
Abbey National PEP & ISA Managers Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGER  79   14   55 
Abbey National Personal Finance Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% ADVISORY SERVICES         
Abbey National Personal Pensions Trustee Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY         
Abbey National plc
 United Kingdom 100.00%  100.00% BANKING  4,508   (190)  12,614 
Abbey National PLP (UK) Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
Abbey National Properties (2) Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  (3)      
Abbey National Property Developments Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% PROPERTY         
Abbey National Property Investments
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  399   29   206 
Abbey National Property Services Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% PROPERTY  (19)      
Abbey National Secretariat Services (Jersey) Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% SERVICES         
Abbey National Secretariat Services Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGER         
Abbey National Securities Inc.
 United States  100.00% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY  36   2   34 
Abbey National September Leasing (3) Limited (f)
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  (34)  12    
Abbey National September Leasing (7) Limited (h)
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING         
Abbey National Shelf Co. (4) Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% INACTIVE         
Abbey National Sterling Capital plc
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  4       

 

F-208


Table of Contents

                       
            Millions of Euros (a) 
    % of Ownership Held by the             Amount of 
    Bank % of Voting   Capital and  Profit (Loss)  Ownership 
Company Location Direct Indirect Rights (k) Line of Business Reserves  for the Year  Interest 
Abbey National Treasury International (IOM) Limited
 Isle of Man  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  11   1   9 
Abbey National Treasury Investments
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  326   35   274 
Abbey National Treasury Services (Australia) Holdings Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Abbey National Treasury Services (Trains Holdings) Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  222   (7)  223 
Abbey National Treasury Services (Transport Holdings) Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY        12 
Abbey National Treasury Services Investments Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  1,143   40   1,117 
Abbey National Treasury Services Overseas Holdings
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  1,461   160   1,516 
Abbey National Treasury Services plc
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  3,794   95   4,243 
Abbey National UK Investments
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  1,095   38   903 
Abbey National Unit Trust Managers Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGER  51   22   22 
Abbey National Wrap Managers Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGER  9   (5)  4 
Abbey Stockbrokers (Nominees) Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY         
Abbey Stockbrokers Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY  8      8 
Administración de Bancos Latinoamericanos Santander, S.L.
 Spain 24.11% 75.89% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  291   38   401 
Administradora de Fondos de Pensiones y Cesantías Santander, S.A.
 Colombia  99.99% 100.00% PENSION FUND MANAGER  30   11   92 
AEH Purchasing, Ltd.
 Ireland  (b)  FINANCE         
Afinidad AFAP, S.A.
 Uruguay  100.00% 100.00% FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  2   2   11 
Afisa, S.A.
 Chile  99.98% 99.99% FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  7   1   3 
Afore Santander, S.A. de C.V.
 Mexico  74.93% 100.00% PENSION FUND MANAGER  44   21   2 
AFP Bansander, S.A.
 Chile  99.50% 100.00% PENSION FUND MANAGER  90   27   78 
Agrícola Tabaibal, S.A.
 Spain  65.57% 100.00% AGRICULTURE AND LIVESTOCK     (1)   
Agropecuaria Tapirapé, S.A.
 Brazil  97.06% 99.07% AGRICULTURE AND LIVESTOCK  2       
AKB Marketing Services Sp. Z.o.o.
 Poland  100.00% 100.00% MARKETING  1   3    
Alcaidesa Holding, S.A. (consolidated)
 Spain  44.17% 50.01% PROPERTY  21   25   28 
Alce Tenedora, S.L.
 Spain 99.99% 0.01% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Aljarafe Golf, S.A.
 Spain  70.37% 89.41% PROPERTY  12   2    
Aljardi SGPS, Lda.
 Portugal  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  1,160   500   1,148 
Almacenadora Serfin, S.A. De C.V.
 Mexico  73.90% 98.64% WAREHOUSING  1      2 
Almacenadora Somex, S.A. De C.V.
 Mexico  72.84% 97.24% WAREHOUSING  7   1   1 
Altair Finance, plc
 Ireland  (b)  SECURITIZATION  1       
Altamira Funding LLC
 United States  (b)  FINANCE         
Altec, S.A.
 Chile  100.00% 100.00% IT SERVICES  6      21 
América Latina Tecnología de México, S.A. De C.V.
 Mexico 100.00%  100.00% IT SERVICES  78   (2)  67 
AN Structured Issues Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
Andaluza de Inversiones, S.A.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  29   1   27 
Anderson Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
ANDSH Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  3      3 
ANFP (US) LLC
 United States  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
ANIFA Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
ANITCO Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Aparcamientos y Construcciones, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% PROPERTY  2      2 
Arend Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
Argenline, S.A.
 Uruguay  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
Asesora de Titulización, S.A., S.G.F.T.
 Spain 70.00% 29.55% 100.00% SECURITIZATION  2      2 
Aurum, S.A.
 Chile 1.00% 99.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  (9)     63 
Ausant Holding GMBH
 Austria  99.92% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  11      12 
Ausant Merchant Participations GMBH
 Austria  99.93% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  345   8    
Aviación Regional Cántabra, A.I.E.
 Spain 73.58%  74.00% AVIATION  30   (3)  22 
B.R.S. Investment S.A.
 Argentina  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  20   2   237 
B2C Escaparate, S.L.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% TECHNOLOGY  (1)     13 
Baker Street Risk and Insurance (Guernsey) Limited (e)
 Guernsey  100.00% 100.00% INSURANCE BROKER  11      3 
Banco Alicantino de Comercio, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% BANKING  9      8 
Banco Banif, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% BANKING  176   39   84 
Banco Caracas, N.V.
 Dutch Antilles  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  6   (4)  3 
Banco de Albacete, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% BANKING  11      9 
Banco de Asunción, S.A.
 Paraguay  99.33% 99.33% BANKING  2   (1)  35 
Banco de Venezuela, S.A., Banco Universal (j)
 Venezuela 96.78% 1.64% 98.42% BANKING  417   160   124 
Banco Español de Crédito, S.A.
 Spain 87.33% 1.09% 88.43% BANKING  2,970   1,487   1,261 
Banco Madesant — Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.
 Portugal  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  1,325   62   1,159 
Banco Río de la Plata S.A.
 Argentina 8.23% 91.07% 99.30% BANKING  265   57   1,664 
Banco Santander (Panamá), S.A.
 Panama  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  8   1   62 
Banco Santander (Suisse), S.A.
 Switzerland  99.96% 99.96% BANKING  124   28   15 
Banco Santander Bahamas International, Ltd.
 Bahamas  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  1,139   (11)  785 
Banco Santander Banespa, S.A.
 Brazil  97.97% 97.97% BANKING  2,626   227   3,127 
Banco Santander Chile
 Chile  76.73% 76.91% BANKING  1,370   408   1,207 
Banco Santander Colombia, S.A.
 Colombia  97.64% 97.64% BANKING  133   1   443 
Banco Santander de Negocios Portugal, S.A.
 Portugal  99.85% 100.00% BANKING  72   35   28 
Banco Santander International
 United States 95.90% 4.10% 100.00% BANKING  147   21   74 
Banco Santander Puerto Rico
 Puerto Rico  90.77% 100.00% BANKING  430   28   342 
Banco Santander Totta, S.A.
 Portugal  99.71% 99.86% BANKING  1,453   336   2,342 
Banco Santander, S.A.
 Uruguay 90.93% 9.07% 100.00% BANKING  31   11   50 
Banco Santander, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander
 Mexico  74.91% 99.99% BANKING  2,883   646   1,265 
Banco Totta de Angola, SARL
 Angola  99.70% 99.98% BANKING  44   12   19 
Banespa, S.A. Serviços Técnicos, Administrativos e de Corretagem de Seguros
 Brazil  97.97% 100.00% INSURANCE BROKER  16   8   34 
Banespa, S.A. Corretora de Cambio e Titulos
 Brazil  97.97% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY  16   12   9 
Banesto Banca Privada Gestión, S.A. S.G.I.I.C.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  2      2 

 

F-209


Table of Contents

                       
            Millions of Euros (a) 
    % of Ownership Held by the             Amount of 
    Bank % of Voting   Capital and  Profit (Loss)  Ownership 
Company Location Direct Indirect Rights (k) Line of Business Reserves  for the Year  Interest 
Banesto Banco de Emisiones, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% BANKING  99   1   86 
Banesto Bolsa, S.A., Sdad. Valores y Bolsa
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY  86   11   31 
Banesto Delaware, Ltd.
 United States  88.42% 100.00% FINANCE         
Banesto e-Business, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% SECURITIES INVESTMENT         
Banesto Factoring, S.A. Establecimiento Financiero de Crédito
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% FACTORING  88   (4)  81 
Banesto Finance, Ltd.
 Cayman Islands  88.42% 100.00% FINANCE         
Banesto Financial Products, Plc
 Ireland  88.41% 99.99% FINANCE         
Banesto Issuances, Ltd.
 Cayman Islands  88.42% 100.00% FINANCE  1       
Banesto Renting, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% FINANCE  8   2   2 
Banesto Securities, Inc.
 United States  88.42% 100.00% FINANCE  2      2 
Banesto Servicios y Tecnología Aplicada, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% SERVICES  4      4 
Banesto, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% FINANCE         
Banif Gestión, S.A., S.G.I.I.C.
 Spain  97.69% 100.00% FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  8   1   2 
Banif Inmobiliario, S.A.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% PROPERTY         
Bansa Santander, S.A.
 Chile  99.99% 100.00% PROPERTY  5   (3)  24 
Bansalease, S.A., E.F.C.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% LEASING  82   8   57 
Bansamex, S.A.
 Spain 50.00%  50.00% CARDS  2      1 
Bansander, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% SECURITIES INVESTMENT         
Beta Cero, S.A.
 Spain  77.81% 88.00% FINANCE         
Bitalbond, B.V. (l)
 Netherlands 100.00%  100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Brasil Foreign Diversified Payment Rights Finance Company
 Brazil  (b)  FINANCE         
Brettwood Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% SERVICES         
Brorsen Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
BST International Bank, Inc.
 Puerto Rico  99.71% 100.00% BANKING  268   9   4 
Buhal Leasing, Ltd.
 United Kingdom 100.00%  100.00% LEASING  2      2 
CA Premier Banking Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  6      6 
Cabel, S.A. (in liquidation)
 Belgium 86.99% 9.99% 96.99% HOLDING COMPANY         
Caetra Iberia, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  3      3 
Cambios Sol, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% CURRENCY TRADING        5 
Canfy, S.L.
 Spain 89.00% 11.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  87      80 
Cántabra de Inversiones, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  260   (56)  218 
Cántabro Catalana de Inversiones, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  168   24   140 
Capital Riesgo Global, SCR de Régimen Simplificado, S.A.
 Spain 87.09% 12.91% 100.00% VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANY  995   94   947 
Capital Variable SICAV, S.A.
 Spain  95.53% 97.79% OPEN-END INVESTMENT COMPANY  7      7 
Carfax Insurance Limited
 Guernsey  100.00% 100.00% INSURANCE BROKER  86   5   30 
Carpe Diem Salud, S.L.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% SECURITIES INVESTMENT         
Cartera Mobiliaria, S.A., SICAV
 Spain  72.49% 88.51% SECURITIES INVESTMENT  575   23   192 
Casa de Bolsa Santander, S.A. de C.V., Grupo Financiero Santander
 Mexico  74.89% 99.96% SECURITIES COMPANY  44   13   32 
Casiopea Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
Cater Allen Holdings Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  143   76   128 
Cater Allen International Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY  400   43   176 
Cater Allen Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  239   23   170 
Cater Allen Lloyd’s Holdings Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  (14)      
Cater Allen Nominees (Jersey) Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Cater Allen Pensions Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% PENSION FUND MANAGER         
Cater Allen Registrars Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Cater Allen Syndicate Management Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% ADVISORY SERVICES  3       
Cater Allen Trust Company (Jersey) Limited
 Jersey  100.00% 100.00% ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY         
Cater Tyndall Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  18   16   135 
Catmoll, S.L.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% CONCESSION HOLDER  8   1   6 
Catu Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
Caveiro Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
Central Inmobiliaria de Santiago, S.A. de C.V.
 Mexico 100.00%  100.00% PROPERTY MANAGEMENT  39   (2)  43 
Centro de Equipamientos Zona Oeste, S.A.
 Spain 93.62% 6.38% 100.00% PROPERTY  16   (37)  43 
Certidesa, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% LEASE OF AIRCRAFT  10   (3)  10 
Chiron Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
Ciudad Financiera, S.A.
 Spain 99.94% 0.06% 100.00% SERVICES  1      1 
Clínica Sear, S.A.
 Spain  44.67% 50.58% HEALTH  6      1 
Club Zaudin Golf, S.A.
 Spain  66.91% 95.09% SERVICES  15      12 
Consultoría Tributaria, Financiera y Contable, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% ADVISORY SERVICES         
Corpoban, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% SECURITIES INVESTMENT  70   1   60 
Corporación Industrial y Financiera de Banesto, S.A.
 Spain  88.32% 99.89% SECURITIES INVESTMENT  396   5   354 
Costa Canaria de Veneguera, S.A.
 Spain  65.57% 74.20% PROPERTY  15   (1)  10 
Covista Integrated Business Infrastructure Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% PROPERTY         
Credisol, S.A.
 Uruguay  100.00% 100.00% CARDS        7 
Crefisa, Inc.
 Puerto Rico 100.00%  100.00% FINANCE  31   (2)  19 
Crinaria, S.A.
 Spain  88.37% 100.00% HOSPITALITY  7      7 
C-Sprint Limited
 Jersey  (b)  FINANCE         
Darep Limited
 Ireland 100.00%  100.00% REINSURANCE  4      4 
DCAR GP LLC
 United States  90.00% 100.00% INACTIVE         
DCAR Receivables LP
 United States  90.00% 100.00% INACTIVE         
Debt Management and Recovery Services Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% COLLECTION AND PAYMENT SERVICES         
Depósitos Portuarios, S.A.
 Spain  88.33% 100.00% SERVICES         
Deposoltenegolf, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% SPORTS OPERATIONS  23      8 
Desarrollo Informático, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% IT  6   (4)   
DF 123 Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING         
Digital Procurement Holdings, N.V.
 Netherlands  83.39% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  5      1 
Diners Club Spain, S.A.
 Spain 90.00%  90.00% CARDS  9   3   7 
Diseño e Integración de Soluciones, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% IT  2      1 
Drive ABS GP LLC
 United States  90.00% 100.00% INACTIVE         

 

F-210


Table of Contents

                       
            Millions of Euros (a) 
    % of Ownership Held by the             Amount of 
    Bank % of Voting   Capital and  Profit (Loss)  Ownership 
Company Location Direct Indirect Rights (k) Line of Business Reserves  for the Year  Interest 
Drive ABS LP
 United States  90.00% 100.00% INACTIVE  36      8 
Drive Auto Receivables LLC
 United States  90.00% 100.00% AUXILIARY         
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2003-1
 United States  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2003-2
 United States  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2004-1
 United States  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2005-1
 United States  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2005-2
 United States  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2005-3
 United States  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2006-1
 United States  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Drive Auto Receivables Trust 2006-2
 United States  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Drive BOS GP LLC
 United States  90.00% 100.00% INACTIVE         
Drive BOS LP LLC
 United States  90.00% 100.00% INACTIVE  35   (8)  2 
Drive Consumer USA, Inc.
 United States 90.00%  90.00% FINANCE  37   114   492 
Drive Health & Welfare Benefit Plan
 United States 90.00%  90.00% SERVICES         
Drive One LLC
 United States  90.00% 100.00% INACTIVE         
Drive Receivables Corp. 10
 United States  90.00% 100.00% SECURITIZATION         
Drive Receivables Corp. 11
 United States  90.00% 100.00% SECURITIZATION         
Drive Receivables Corp. 12
 United States  90.00% 100.00% SECURITIZATION         
Drive Receivables Corp. 6
 United States  90.00% 100.00% SECURITIZATION         
Drive Receivables Corp. 7
 United States  90.00% 100.00% SECURITIZATION         
Drive Receivables Corp. 8
 United States  90.00% 100.00% SECURITIZATION         
Drive Receivables Corp. 9
 United States  90.00% 100.00% SECURITIZATION         
Drive Residual Holdings GP LLC
 United States  90.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Drive Residual Holdings LP
 United States  90.00% 100.00% AUXILIARY         
Drive Servicing LLC
 United States  90.00% 100.00% INACTIVE  (11)      
Drive Trademark Holdings LP
 United States  90.00% 100.00% AUXILIARY         
Drive VFC GP LLC
 United States  90.00% 100.00% INACTIVE  25   4    
Drive VFC LP
 United States  90.00% 100.00% INACTIVE         
Drive Warehouse GP LLC
 United States  90.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Drive Warehouse LP
 United States  90.00% 100.00% AUXILIARY         
Duchess Parade Investments Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  2      1 
Dudebasa, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% FINANCE  37   3   21 
Duncan Lawrie Pension Consultants Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY  1      1 
Efearvi, S.A.
 Spain  88.33% 100.00% PROPERTY         
Efectividad en Medios de Pago, S.A. de C.V.
 Mexico 98.61% 1.39% 100.00% FINANCE  25      13 
Elerco, S.A.
 Spain  88.32% 100.00% LEASE  243   20   123 
Fábricas Agrupadas de Muñecas de Onil, S.A. (consolidated) (g)
 Spain  83.46% 100.00% TOY MANUFACTURE  17   4   80 
FC Factor S.r.l.
 Italy  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  2      1 
FFB — Participaçoes e Serviços, Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.
 Portugal  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  3,482   104   1,020 
Fideicomiso 100740 SLPT
 Mexico  74.91% 100.00% FINANCE  38   1   28 
Fideicomiso GFSSLPT Banca Serfín, S.A.
 Mexico  74.91% 100.00% FINANCE  46   1   29 
Fideicomiso Super Letras Hipotecarias Clase I
 Argentina  (b)  SECURITIZATION  2       
Fideicomiso Super Letras Hipotecarias Clase II
 Argentina  (b)  SECURITIZATION  4       
Finlay Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
First National Motor Business Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING         
First National Motor Contracts Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  (1)      
First National Motor Facilities Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING         
First National Motor Finance Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% ADVISORY SERVICES         
First National Motor Leasing Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING         
First National Motor plc
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  (79)  25    
Fomento e Inversiones, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% SECURITIES INVESTMENT  17   33   17 
Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander 1
 Spain  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Empresas 1
 Spain  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Fondo de Titulización de Activos Santander Público 1
 Spain  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Fondos Santander, S.A. Administradora de Fondos de Inversión
 Uruguay  100.00% 100.00% FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY        1 
Formación Integral, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% TRAINING  1      1 
Fortensky Trading, Ltd.
 Ireland  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE         
Freixo Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
Friedrichstrasse, S.L.
 Spain  99.99% 99.99% PROPERTY         
FTA Santander Consumer Spain Auto 06
 Spain  (b)  SECURITIZATION     (10)   
FTPYME Banesto 2 Fondo de Titulización de Activos
 Spain  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
FTPYME Santander 2 Fondo de Titulización de Activos
 Spain  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
GACC SECURITIZATION AIB International Financial Service
 Ireland  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Gale Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
Galliano Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
Gedinver e Inmuebles, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% FINANCE  5      5 
Geoban, S.A.
 Spain  94.10% 100.00% SERVICES  2   (1)  3 
Gesban Servicios Administrativos Globales, S.L.
 Spain 99.99% 0.01% 100.00% SERVICES  1      1 
Gescoban Soluciones, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% FINANCE  2      1 
Gestión de Actividades Tecnológicas, S.A.
 Spain 99.98% 0.02% 100.00% SECURITIES INVESTMENT  (20)      
Gestión de Instalaciones Fotovoltáicas, S.L. (Sole-shareholder company)
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
Gestión Industrial Hispamer, S.A.
 Spain 100.00% 0.01% 100.00% SECURITIES INVESTMENT  (45)  8    
Gestión Santander, S.A. de C.V., Sociedad Operadora de Sociedades de Inversión, Grupo Financiero Santander
 Mexico  74.92% 100.00% FINANCE  3   13   1 
Giclas Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% ELECTRICITY         
Gire, S.A. (c)
 Argentina  57.92% 58.33% PAYMENT SYSTEMS  5   2   2 
Golden Bar (SECURITIZATION) S.r.l.
 Italy  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Grupo Empresarial Santander, S.L.
 Spain 99.11% 0.89% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  2,964   836   4,005 
Grupo Eurociber, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% SERVICES        5 
Grupo Financiero Santander, S.A. de C.V.
 Mexico 74.70% 0.21% 74.92% HOLDING COMPANY  2,966   681   1,528 
Grupo Golf del Sur, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00% PROPERTY  9      8 
Grupo Inmobiliario La Corporación Banesto, S.A.
 Spain  88.31% 100.00% SECURITIES INVESTMENT  10   1   22 

 

F-211


Table of Contents

                       
            Millions of Euros (a) 
    % of Ownership Held by the             Amount of 
    Bank % of Voting   Capital and  Profit (Loss)  Ownership 
Company Location Direct Indirect Rights (k) Line of Business Reserves  for the Year  Interest 
Grupo Santander Perú, S.A.
 Peru  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  21   82   341 
Guaranty Car, S.A.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   AUTOMOTIVE  1   1    
H.B.F. Aluguer e Comercio de Viaturas, S.A.
 Portugal  100.00%   100.00%   RENTAL LEASE         
H.B.F. Auto-Renting, S.A.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   RENTAL LEASE  10   2   2 
Hipotebansa EFC, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%    100.00%   MORTGAGE LOAN COMPANY  45   5   36 
Hipototta No. 1 FTC
 Portugal  (b)  SECURITIZATION  (3)      
Hipototta No. 1 plc
 Ireland  (b)  SECURITIZATION  (3)      
Hipototta No. 2 FTC
 Portugal  (b)  SECURITIZATION  (2)  (1)   
Hipototta No. 2 plc
 Ireland  (b)  SECURITIZATION  (2)  (1)   
Hipototta No. 3 FTC
 Portugal  (b)  SECURITIZATION  (9)  (2)   
Hipototta No. 3 plc
 Ireland  (b)  SECURITIZATION  (9)  (2)   
Hipototta No. 4 FTC
 Portugal  (b)  SECURITIZATION  (7)  (1)   
Hipototta No. 4 plc
 Ireland  (b)  SECURITIZATION  (7)  (1)   
Hispamer Renting, S.A.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   RENTAL LEASE  7   1   1 
Holbah II, Ltd.
 Bahamas  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  914   66   1,148 
Holbah, Ltd.
 Bahamas  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  177   27   268 
Holmes Financing (No.1) plc
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE  1       
Holmes Financing (No.10) plc
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE     (1)   
Holmes Financing (No.2) plc
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE         
Holmes Financing (No.3) plc
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE         
Holmes Financing (No.4) plc
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE         
Holmes Financing (No.5) plc
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE         
Holmes Financing (No.6) plc
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE  1       
Holmes Financing (No.7) plc
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE         
Holmes Financing (No.8) plc
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE     (1)   
Holmes Financing (No.9) plc
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE         
Holmes Funding Limited
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE  (25)  88    
Holmes Holdings Limited
 United Kingdom  (b)  HOLDING COMPANY         
Holmes Master Issuer plc
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE         
Holmes Trustees Limited
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE         
Holneth Merchant, B.V. (l)
 Netherlands  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  (9)      
Holneth, B.V.
 Netherlands  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  203   93   9 
Holsant, B.V. (l)
 Netherlands  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  11   6    
HSH Delaware L.P. (m)
 United States  69.75%  HOLDING COMPANY         
Hualle, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00%   SECURITIES INVESTMENT  6   15   4 
Ibérica de Compras Corporativas, S.L.
 Spain 75.66% 7.73% 84.04% e-COMMERCE  2   1   2 
IEM (Holland) Aircraft Lease B.V.
 Netherlands  100.00%   100.00%   LEASING         
IEM 757 Leasing I B.V.
 Netherlands  100.00%   100.00%   LEASING         
IEM Airfinance B.V.
 Netherlands  100.00%   100.00%   LEASING  (2)      
IEM Lease Aircraft B.V.
 Netherlands  100.00%   100.00%   LEASING         
Ingeniería de Software Bancario, S.L.
 Spain 49.00% 45.10% 100.00%   IT SERVICES  91   (9)  72 
Inmobiliaria Laukariz, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00%   PROPERTY  6      1 
Inmobiliaria Lerma y Amazonas, S.A. De C.V.
 Mexico  74.89% 100.00%   PROPERTY MANAGEMENT  20   (1)  13 
Inmuebles B de V 1985 C.A.
 Venezuela  35.63% 100.00%   RENTAL OF PREMISES         
Inscape Investments Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   FINANCE  34   9   34 
Instituto Santander Serfin, A.C.
 Mexico  74.91% 100.00%   NOT-FOR-PROFIT INSTITUTE  2       
Insurance Funding Solutions Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   FINANCE  (46)  8    
Integrated Securities Services, S.A.
 Spain  60.00% 60.00% HOLDING COMPANY  1       
Integritas (Canada) Trustee Corporation Ltd.
 Canada 100.00%    100.00%   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY         
Integritas New Zealand Ltd.
 New Zealand  100.00%   100.00%   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY         
Integritas Trust, S.A.
 Switzerland  100.00%   100.00%   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY  1       
Interbanco, S.A.
 Portugal  50.00% 50.00% BANKING  68   12   125 
Internacional Compañía Seguros de Vida, S.A.
 Argentina  59.20% 59.20% INSURANCE  19   8   10 
Inversiones Fadiver, S.A. (g)
 Spain  83.46% 83.46% HOLDING COMPANY  12   4   18 
Inversiones Marítimas del Mediterráneo, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%    100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  3   1    
Inversiones Tesoreras SICAV, S.A.
 Spain  76.32% 76.32% OPEN-END INVESTMENT COMPANY  11      8 
Inversiones Turísticas, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00%   HOSPITALITY  33   1   30 
Isban DE GmbH
 Germany  100.00%   100.00%   SERVICES     2    
Isban U.K., Ltd.
 United Kingdom  94.10% 100.00%   IT SERVICES     2    
ISBANP-Engenheria e Software Bancário, S.A.
 Portugal  96.97% 100.00%   IT SERVICES  1       
Island Insurance Corporation
 Puerto Rico  90.77% 100.00%   INSURANCE  4      4 
IT Car — Aluguer e Comércio de Automóveis, S.A.
 Portugal  50.00% 100.00%   AUTOMOTIVE  2   1   1 
Itasant Sociedade Gestora de Participaçoes Sociais Sociedade Unipessoal, Lda.
 Portugal  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  316   (14)  92 
James Hay Administration Company Limited
 United Kingdom  99.99% 99.99% FUND AND PORTFOLIO MANAGER  5   8   13 
James Hay Holdings Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  (16)  6    
James Hay Insurance Company Limited
 Jersey  100.00%   100.00%   INSURANCE BROKER  8   10   18 
James Hay Pension Trustees Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY  3   1   3 
J.C. Flowers II-A L.P. (m)
 Canada  68.58%  HOLDING COMPANY         
Kitila Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   ELECTRICITY         
Kojima Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   ELECTRICITY         
Kowal Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   ELECTRICITY         
La Unión Resinera Española, S.A. (consolidated)
 Spain 74.87% 21.26% 96.22% CHEMICALS  49      28 
Laparanza, S.A. (c)
 Spain 61.59%  61.59% AGRICULTURE AND LIVESTOCK  27      16 
Larix Chile Inversiones, Ltd.
 Chile  88.42% 100.00%   PROPERTY         
Larix Limited
 Isle of Man  88.42% 100.00%   PROPERTY  2      1 
Latinoenvíos, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%    100.00%   TRANSFER OF FUNDS FOR IMMIGRANTS        1 

 

F-212


Table of Contents

                       
            Millions of Euros (a) 
    % of Ownership Held by the             Amount of 
    Bank % of Voting   Capital and  Profit (Loss)  Ownership 
Company Location Direct Indirect Rights (k) Line of Business Reserves  for the Year  Interest 
Layos Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   ELECTRICITY         
Linvest, S.A.
 Argentina  99.94% 100.00%   FINANCIAL SERVICES         
Lion Consulting, S.A.
 Argentina  99.90% 100.00%   ADVISORY SERVICES         
Lovas Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   ELECTRICITY         
Luresa Inmobiliaria, S.A.
 Spain  96.13% 100.00%   PROPERTY  18   1   9 
Luri 1, S.A.
 Spain  5.58% 100.00%   PROPERTY  101   2   6 
Luri 2, S.A.
 Spain  4.81% 100.00%   PROPERTY  100   1   5 
MAC No. 1 Limited (i)
 United Kingdom  (b)  MORTGAGE LOAN COMPANY         
Macame, S.A.
 Spain 90.09% 9.91% 100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  56   334    
Madeisisa — SGPS Sociedade Unipessoal, Lda.
 Portugal  99.71% 100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  8      3 
Marylebone Road CBO 2 Limited
 Cayman Islands  (b)  FINANCE         
Marylebone Road CBO 3 BV
 Netherlands  (b)  FINANCE         
Mata Alta, S.L.
 Spain  61.59% 100.00%   PROPERTY         
Mercado de Dinero, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00%   SECURITIES INVESTMENT         
Merciver, S.L.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00%   SHIPPING COMPANY         
Moneda y Crédito, S.L.
 Spain 50.00%  100.00%   ADVERTISING         
Mortimer Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   ELECTRICITY         
Mosiler, S.A.
 Uruguay  100.00%   100.00%   SERVICES         
Multifinance Corporation Limited
 Malta  49.50% 99.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Multinegocios, S.A.
 Chile  (b)  ADVISORY SERVICES         
Multi-Rent, Aluguer e Comércio de Automóveis, S.A.
 Portugal  60.00% 100.00%   VEHICLE HIRE     (2)  17 
Multiservicios de Negocios Limitada
 Chile  (b)  FINANCIAL SERVICES         
N&P (B.E.S.) Loans Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   LEASING  162   11   144 
Naviera Mirambel, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   FINANCE         
New Investment for Trains 1 PLC
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   FINANCE         
NIB Special Investors IV-A LP (c)
 Canada  99.50%  HOLDING COMPANY  50      49 
NIB Special Investors IV-B LP (c)
 Canada  95.80%  HOLDING COMPANY  31      29 
Ninfea Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   ELECTRICITY         
Nisa Santander, S.A.
 Spain 99.99% 0.01% 100.00%   INACTIVE         
Norbest A.S.
 Norway 100.00%    100.00%   SECURITIES INVESTMENT  240   3   240 
Nova Bostwick (Portugal) Fabrica de Portas Metalicas, Ltd. (c)
 Portugal  99.71% 100.00%   DOOR MANUFACTURE         
NW Services CO
 United States  83.39% 100.00%   e-COMMERCE         
Oil-Dor, S.A.
 Spain  88.31% 99.99% FINANCE  143   3   108 
Open Bank Santander Consumer, S.A.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   BANKING  33   8   47 
Operadora de Derivados Serfin, S.A. De C.V.
 Mexico  74.90% 100.00%   FINANCE         
Optimal Alternative Investments, S.G.I.I.C., S.A.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  2      2 
Optimal Investment Services, S.A.
 Switzerland  100.00%   100.00%   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  19   12   5 
Orígenes AFJP, S.A.
 Argentina  59.20% 59.20% PENSION FUND MANAGER  46   6   177 
Orígenes Seguros de Retiro, S.A.
 Argentina  59.20% 59.20% INSURANCE  34   7   34 
Pan American Bank, Ltd.
 Bahamas  100.00%   100.00%   BANKING  2      23 
Pandora Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   ELECTRICITY         
Parasant, S.A.
 Switzerland 100.00%    100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  1,150      1,121 
Patagon Euro, S.L.
 Spain 100.00%    100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  685   (13)  587 
PECOH Limited
 United Kingdom  (b)  FINANCE         
Peninsular, S.A.R.L.
 France 100.00%    100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  1      9 
Pereda Gestión, S.A.
 Spain 99.99% 0.01% 100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  29   3   4 
Pingham International, S.A.
 Uruguay  100.00%   100.00%   SERVICES         
Plus Lease GmbH
 Germany  100.00%   100.00%   FINANCE         
Polskie Towarzystwo Finansowe S.A.
 Poland  100.00%   100.00%   SERVICES  3   1   35 
Polyfinances Holding Limited
 Malta  50.00% 100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY         
Polyfinances, S.A.
 Luxembourg  50.00% 100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  1      1 
Portada, S.A.
 Chile  96.16% 96.17% FINANCE  6      5 
Portal Universia Argentina, S.A.
 Argentina  94.59% 94.59% INTERNET  1       
Portal Universia Portugal, Prestaçao de Serviços de Informática, S.A.
 Portugal  100.00%   100.00%   INTERNET  1   (1)   
Portal Universia, S.A.
 Spain  67.77% 67.77% INTERNET  6   (1)  4 
Porterbrook Leasing Company Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   LEASING  621   118   458 
Porterbrook Leasing Company MEBO Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  164   1   741 
Porterbrook Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  411   (14)  445 
Porterbrook Maintenance Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   MAINTENANCE SERVICES  162   5    
Préstamos de Consumo, S.A.
 Argentina  99.97% 100.00%   FINANCE        8 
Procura Digital Chile, S.A.
 Chile  83.39% 100.00%   e-COMMERCE         
Procura Digital de Venezuela, S.A.
 Venezuela  83.39% 100.00%   e-COMMERCE  1      2 
Procura Digital Ltda.
 Brazil  83.39% 100.00%   e-COMMERCE  (2)  3    
Procura Digital SRL de C.V.
 Mexico  83.39% 100.00%   e-COMMERCE  1   1   1 
Produban Servicios Informáticos Generales, S.L.
 Spain 98.00% 2.00% 100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  1   (12)  1 
Programa Hogar Montigalá, S.A.
 Spain  88.32% 100.00%   PROPERTY  7      7 
Promoción de Servicios Integrales, S.A. de C.V.
 Mexico  100.00%   100.00%   SERVICES         
Promociones y Servicios Santiago, S.A. de C.V.
 Mexico  100.00%   100.00%   SERVICES         
Promotora AFR de Venezuela, S.A.
 Venezuela  98.40% 99.98% ADVISORY SERVICES        4 
Promotora Herlosacantos, S.A. (c)
 Spain  50.00% 50.00% PROPERTY         
Proyecto Europa, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00%   ADVISORY SERVICES         
Río Compañía de Seguros, S.A.
 Argentina  99.91% 100.00%   INSURANCE  8   3   5 
Río Trust, S.A.
 Argentina  99.97% 100.00%   FINANCIAL SERVICES         
Riobank International (Uruguay) SAIFE
 Uruguay  100.00%   100.00%   BANKING  20      17 
Rue Villot 26, S.L.
 Spain  99.99% 99.99% PROPERTY  22      26 
S C Servicios y Cobranzas S.A.
 Colombia  97.76% 100.00%   COLLECTION AND PAYMENT SERVICES        1 
SAG International Finance Company Limited
 Ireland  60.00% 100.00%   FINANCE  2   2   1 
Sánchez Ramade Santander Financiera, S.L.
 Spain  50.00% 50.00% FINANCIAL SERVICES         
Sandywick Limited
 Jersey  100.00%   100.00%   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY  2       

 

F-213


Table of Contents

                       
            Millions of Euros (a) 
    % of Ownership Held by the             Amount of 
    Bank % of Voting   Capital and  Profit (Loss)  Ownership 
Company Location Direct Indirect Rights (k) Line of Business Reserves  for the Year  Interest 
Saninv Gestao e Investimentos, S.A.
 Portugal  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  161   (47)  119 
Santana Credit E.F.C., S.A.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  7   1   5 
Santander AM Holding, S.L.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  97   25   6 
Santander Asset Management Chile S.A.
 Chile 0.01% 99.82% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY        9 
Santander Asset Management Ireland, Ltd.
 Ireland  100.00% 100.00% FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  17       
Santander Asset Management Luxembourg, S.A.
 Luxembourg  97.68% 100.00% FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  1       
Santander Asset Management Corporation
 Puerto Rico  90.77% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY  (3)  5   2 
Santander Asset Management UK Holdings Limited (d)
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  200      200 
Santander BanCorp
 Puerto Rico  90.77% 91.50% HOLDING COMPANY  505   33   206 
Santander Banespa, Cia. de Arrendamiento Mercantil
 Brazil  98.06% 100.00% LEASING         
Santander Banespa Administradora de Consorcios, Ltda.
 Brazil  97.97% 100.00% FINANCE  1      1 
Santander Banespa Asset Management DTVM, Ltda.
 Brazil  97.97% 100.00% SECURITIES INVESTMENT  25   4   20 
Santander Banespa Seguros, S.A.
 Brazil  99.38% 100.00% INSURANCE  12   6   13 
Santander Bank and Trust, Ltd.
 Bahamas  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  1,470   204   1,205 
Santander Benelux, S.A., N.V.
 Belgium 100.00%  100.00% BANKING  937   20   925 
Santander Brasil Arrendamento Mercantil, S.A.
 Brazil  97.97% 100.00% LEASING  172   5   115 
Santander Brasil Investimentos e Serviços, S.A.
 Brazil  100.00% 100.00% SERVICES  13   1   22 
Santander Brasil Participaçoes e Emprendimentos, S.A.
 Brazil  97.97% 100.00% SERVICES  43   7   90 
Santander Brasil S.A., Corretora de Cambio e Valores Mobiliarios
 Brazil  97.97% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY  35   5   18 
Santander Capital Desarrollo, SGECR, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANY  1       
Santander Capitalizaçao, S.A.
 Brazil  99.38% 100.00% FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  4   17   5 
Santander Carteras, S.G.C., S.A.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  16   2   8 
Santander Central Hispano Finance (Delaware), Inc.
 United States 100.00%  100.00% FINANCE  1       
Santander Central Hispano Finance, B.V.
 Netherlands 100.00%  100.00% FINANCE  1       
Santander Central Hispano Financial Services, Ltd.
 Cayman Islands 100.00%  100.00% FINANCE  1       
Santander Central Hispano International Ltd.
 Cayman Islands 100.00%  100.00% FINANCE  3       
Santander Central Hispano Issuances, Ltd.
 Cayman Islands 100.00%  100.00% FINANCE  3   (1)   
Santander Chile Holding, S.A.
 Chile 22.11% 77.39% 99.51% HOLDING COMPANY  476   154   290 
Santander Commercial Paper, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Santander Companhia Securitizadora de Créditos Financeiros
 Brazil  97.97% 100.00% COLLECTION MANAGEMENT  38   6   73 
Santander Consumer (UK) plc
 United Kingdom  100.00% 100.00% ADVISORY SERVICES  67   (7)  71 
Santander Consumer autoboerse de AG
 Germany  100.00% 100.00% INTERNET  1   1   1 
Santander Consumer Bank A.S.
 Norway  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  249   34   340 
Santander Consumer Bank AG
 Germany  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  872   368   884 
Santander Consumer Bank S.p.A.
 Italy  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  181   21   240 
Santander Consumer Debit GmbH
 Germany  100.00% 100.00% SERVICES     12    
Santander Consumer Finance a.s.
 Czech Republic  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  32   4   33 
Santander Consumer Finance B.V.
 Netherlands  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  31   3   32 
Santander Consumer Finance Correduría de Seguros, S.A.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% INSURANCE BROKER  1   2    
Santander Consumer Finance Media S.r.l.
 Italy  65.00% 65.00% FINANCE  7      5 
Santander Consumer Finance Oy
 Finland  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  3      3 
Santander Consumer Finance Zrt.
 Hungary  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  9   1   4 
Santander Consumer Finance, Germany GmbH
 Germany  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  2,726   (1)  2,726 
Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.
 Spain 63.19% 36.81% 100.00% BANKING  3,552   762   2,338 
Santander Consumer Holding GmbH
 Germany  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  1,313   183   1,827 
Santander Consumer Iber-Rent, S.L.
 Spain  60.00% 60.00% AUTOMOTIVE  54   2   18 
Santander Consumer Leasing Austria GmbH
 Austria  100.00% 100.00% LEASING         
Santander Consumer Leasing GmbH
 Germany  100.00% 100.00% LEASING  6   10   6 
Santander Consumer Spólka Akcyjna
 Poland  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  137   18   121 
Santander Consumer, EFC, S.A.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  229   84   168 
Santander de Desarrollos Inmobiliarios, S.A.
 Spain 98.39% 1.61% 100.00% PROPERTY         
Santander de Leasing, S.A., E.F.C.
 Spain 70.00% 30.00% 100.00% LEASING  38   3   35 
Santander de Renting, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% RENTAL LEASE  21   3   18 
Santander de Titulización S.G.F.T., S.A.
 Spain 81.00% 19.00% 100.00% SECURITIZATION  1   4   1 
Santander Distribuidora de Títulos e Valores Mobiliarios, Ltda.
 Brazil  97.97% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY  4      5 
Santander Factoring y Confirming, S.A., E.F.C.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% FACTORING  92   20   76 
Santander Factoring, S.A.
 Chile  99.50% 100.00% FACTORING  21      6 
Santander Financial Products, Ltd.
 Ireland  100.00% 100.00% FINANCE  172   6   162 
Santander Financial Services, Inc.
 Puerto Rico  90.77% 100.00% LEASING  104   (1)  94 
Santander Gestâo de Activos — Sociedade Gestora de Fundos de Investimento Mobiliário, S.A.
 Portugal  99.85% 100.00% FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  18   8   7 
Santander Gestâo de Activos, SGPS, S.A.
 Portugal  99.85% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  16   16   7 
Santander Gestión de Activos, S.A., S.G.I.I.C.
 Spain 28.30% 69.38% 100.00% FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  81   72   33 
Santander Gestión de Recaudación y Cobranzas, Ltda.
 Chile  98.96% 99.45% FINANCE  2   1   2 
Santander Global Services, S.A.
 Uruguay  100.00% 100.00% SERVICES  1       
Santander Global Sport, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% PROPERTY  3      3 
Santander Hipotecario 1 Fondo de Titulización de Activos
 Spain  (b)  SECURITIZATION         
Santander Holanda B.V.
 Netherlands 100.00%  100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  10   2    
Santander Holding Gestión, S.L.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  (79)      
Santander Holding Internacional, S.A.
 Spain 99.95% 0.05% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  28       
Santander Insurance Agency, Inc.
 Puerto Rico  90.77% 100.00% INSURANCE BROKER  2   5   3 
Santander Insurance Holding, S.L.
 Spain 99.99% 0.01% 100.00% HOLDING COMPANY  198   (6)  192 
Santander Insurance Services UK Limited (d)
 United Kingdom  (b)  ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY         
Santander International Bank
 Puerto Rico  90.77% 100.00% BANKING  26      1 
Santander International Debt, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%  100.00% HOLDING COMPANY         
Santander Inversiones Limitada
 Chile  99.99% 99.99% HOLDING COMPANY  604   38   575 
Santander Investment Bank, Ltd.
 Bahamas  100.00% 100.00% BANKING  90   9   191 
Santander Investment Bolsa, S.V., S.A.
 Spain  100.00% 100.00% SECURITIES COMPANY  148   63   104 
Santander Investment Chile, Limitada
 Chile  99.99% 99.99% FINANCE  125   37   130 

 

F-214


Table of Contents

                       
            Millions of Euros (a) 
    % of Ownership Held by the             Amount of 
    Bank % of Voting   Capital and  Profit (Loss)  Ownership 
Company Location Direct Indirect Rights (k) Line of Business Reserves  for the Year  Interest 
Santander Investment Colombia S.A.
 Colombia  99.86% 99.86% HOLDING COMPANY  3      44 
Santander Investment Gerente FCI, S.A.
 Argentina  99.34% 100.00%    FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  4   2    
Santander Investment I, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%    100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  (1,603)  (1)   
Santander Investment Inmobiliaria Colombia, Ltda.
 Colombia  99.86% 100.00%   PROPERTY MANAGEMENT  2       
Santander Investment Limited
 Bahamas  100.00%   100.00%   SECURITIES COMPANY  (11)  (20)   
Santander Investment Securities Inc.
 United States  100.00%   100.00%   SECURITIES COMPANY  48   15   295 
Santander Investment Trust Colombia S.A., Sociedad Fiduciaria
 Colombia  99.99% 100.00%   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  7   1   6 
Santander Investment Valores Colombia S.A., Comisionista de Bolsa Comercial
 Colombia  97.76% 100.00%   SECURITIES COMPANY  2      1 
Santander Investment, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%    100.00%   BANKING  201   156   14 
Santander Investment, S.A., Corredores de Bolsa
 Chile  99.99% 100.00%   SECURITIES COMPANY  16   3   13 
Santander IP UK Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   SECURITIES COMPANY         
Santander Issuances, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%    100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY         
Santander Merchant Bank, Ltd.
 Bahamas  100.00%   100.00%   BANKING  4   1   56 
Santander Merchant, S.A.
 Argentina  99.97% 99.97% HOLDING COMPANY  1   1   19 
Santander Mortgage Corp.
 Puerto Rico  90.77% 100.00%   FINANCE  22      17 
Santander Multimedios, S.A.
 Chile  99.99% 100.00%   INTERNET  1      1 
Santander Overseas Bank, Inc.
 Puerto Rico  100.00%   100.00%   BANKING  364   21   210 
Santander Pensiones, S.A., E.G.F.P.
 Spain 21.20% 76.49% 100.00%   PENSION FUND MANAGER  66   11   50 
Santander Pensôes — Sociedade Gestora de Fundos de Pensôes, S.A.
 Portugal  99.85% 100.00%   PENSION FUND MANAGER  3   1   1 
Santander Perpetual S.A. Unipersonal
 Spain 100.00%    100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY         
Santander PR Capital Trust I
 United States  90.77% 100.00%   FINANCE  (3)  6   3 
Santander Private Advisors, Ltd.
 United States 100.00%    100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY         
Santander Private Equity, S.A., S.G.E.C.R.
 Spain 90.00% 9.97% 100.00%   VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANY  4      4 
Santander Professional Services, S.A.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   SPORTS OPERATIONS         
Santander Real Estate, S.G.I.I.C., S.A.
 Spain  99.07% 100.00%   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  32   24   6 
Santander S.A. Agente de Valores
 Chile  76.95% 100.00%   SECURITIES COMPANY  179   21   21 
Santander Santiago Corredora de Seguros, Ltda.
 Chile  76.73% 100.00%   INSURANCE BROKER  26   10   1 
Santander Santiago, S.A., Administradora General de Fondos
 Chile  76.74% 100.00%   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY  72   19   8 
Santander Santiago, S.A., Sociedad Securitizadora
 Chile  76.81% 100.00%   SECURITIZATION  1       
Santander Securities Corporation
 Puerto Rico  90.77% 100.00%   SECURITIES COMPANY  24   6   17 
Santander Seguros de Vida, S.A.
 Chile  100.00%   100.00%   INSURANCE  59   24   10 
Santander Seguros Generales S.A.
 Chile 99.50% 0.50% 100.00%   INSURANCE  11      12 
Santander Seguros y Reaseguros, Compañía Aseguradora, S.A.
 Spain 60.99% 34.49% 100.00%   INSURANCE  225   62   182 
Santander Seguros, S.A.
 Brazil  99.38% 99.38% INSURANCE  83   37   100 
Santander Seguros, S.A.
 Uruguay  100.00%   100.00%   INSURANCE  2      1 
Santander Servicios de Recaudación y Pagos Limitada
 Chile  76.73% 100.00%   SERVICES  1      1 
Santander Sociedad de Bolsa, S.A.
 Argentina  99.34% 100.00%   SECURITIES COMPANY  5   2   3 
Santander Totta Seguros, Companhia de Seguros de Vida, S.A.
 Portugal  99.85% 100.00%   INSURANCE  72   11   22 
Santander Totta, SGPS, S.A.
 Portugal  99.85% 99.85% HOLDING COMPANY  2,646   214   3,321 
Santander Trade Services, Ltd.
 Hong Kong  100.00%   100.00%   ADVISORY SERVICES  6   3   33 
Santander US Debt, S.A.U.
 Spain 100.00%    100.00%   FINANCE         
Santander Venezuela Sociedad Administradora de Entidades de Inversión Colectiva, C.A.
 Venezuela  90.00% 100.00%   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY         
Santiago Corredores de Bolsa, Ltda.
 Chile  76.73% 100.00%   SECURITIES COMPANY  25   1   16 
Santiago Leasing, S.A.
 Chile  76.84% 100.00%   LEASING  39   2   50 
Santusa Holding, S.L.
 Spain 69.64% 30.36% 100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  10,426   760   9,158 
Sarum Trustees Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY         
Scottish Mutual Pensions Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   INSURANCE  34   1   107 
Seguros Santander, S.A., Grupo Financiero Santander
 Mexico  74.92% 100.00%   INSURANCE  27   10   28 
Sercoban, Administración de Empresas, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   FINANCIAL SERVICES         
Sercopyme, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%    100.00%   SERVICES  20   (2)  18 
Serfin International Bank and Trust, Ltd.
 Cayman Islands  99.71% 100.00%   BANKING  28   1   24 
Servicio de Alarmas Controladas por Ordenador, S.A.
 Spain 99.99% 0.01% 100.00%   SECURITY  2      1 
Servicios Administrativos y Financieros, Ltda.
 Chile  (b)  ADVISORY SERVICES         
Servicios Corporativos Seguros Serfin, S.A. De C.V.
 Mexico  73.42% 98.00%  SERVICES         
Servicios de Cobranza, Recuperación y Seguimiento, S.A. De C.V.
 Mexico  100.00%   100.00%   SERVICES  1      2 
Servicios de Cobranzas Fiscalex Ltda.
 Chile  (b)  SERVICES         
Servicios Universia Venezuela S.U.V., S.A.
 Venezuela  61.45% 61.45% INTERNET  1       
Sheppards Moneybrokers Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   ADVISORY SERVICES  23      19 
Sinvest Inversiones y Asesorías Limitada
 Chile  99.99% 100.00%   FINANCE  49   5   2 
Sistema 4B, S.A.
 Spain 51.65% 12.91% 66.25% CARDS  13   9   10 
Sociedad Integral de Valoraciones Automatizadas, S.A.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   APPRAISALS  1   3   1 
Societe de Gestion de Leopard Fund, S.A.
 Luxembourg  100.00%   100.00%   FUND MANAGEMENT COMPANY         
Sodepro, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00%   FINANCE  15      12 
Solarlaser Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   PROPERTY  72   2   59 
Suleyado 2003, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  7      7 
Suzuki Servicios Financieros, S.L.
 Spain  51.00% 51.00% FINANCE         
Swesant Merchant S.A.
 Switzerland  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  1      383 
Swesant, S.A.
 Switzerland  100.00%   100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  163   60    
Symbios Capital, B.V. (l)
 Netherlands  100.00%   100.00%   VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANY  22      23 
Talorcan plc
 United Kingdom  100.00%   100.00%   FINANCE  3      2 
Taxagest Sociedade Gestora de Participaçoes Sociais, S.A.
 Portugal  99.85% 100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  47   4    
Taylor Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%   100.00%   ELECTRICITY         
Teatinos Siglo XXI, S.A.
 Chile 50.00% 50.00% 100.00%   HOLDING COMPANY  291   150   404 
Teylada, S.A.
 Spain 11.11% 88.89% 100.00%   SECURITIES INVESTMENT         
The HSH AIV 4 Trust (m)
 United States  69.75%  HOLDING COMPANY         
The Inscape Investment Fund (Jersey) Limited
 Jersey  100.00%   100.00%   FINANCE         
The National & Provincial Building Society Pension Fund Trustees Limited
 United Kingdom  (b)  ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY         

 

F-215


Table of Contents

                       
            Millions of Euros (a) 
    % of Ownership Held by the             Amount of 
    Bank % of Voting   Capital and  Profit (Loss)  Ownership 
Company Location Direct Indirect Rights (k) Line of Business Reserves  for the Year  Interest 
The WF Company Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%  100.00%  ADVISORY SERVICES  1       
Títulos de Renta Fija, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%   100.00%  SECURITIES INVESTMENT         
Tornquist Asesores de Seguros , S.A.
 Argentina  99.93% 99.99% ADVISORY SERVICES         
Totta & Açores Finance Ireland, Limited
 Ireland  99.71% 100.00%  FINANCE  1   1   1 
Totta & Açores Inc. Newark
 United States  99.71% 100.00%  BANKING  1      1 
Totta (Ireland), PLC
 Ireland  99.71% 100.00%  FINANCE  354   82   341 
Totta Crédito Especializado, Instituiçao Financeira de Crédito, S.A. (IFIC)
 Portugal  99.83% 100.00%  LEASING  116   17   42 
Totta Urbe — Empresa de Administraçâo e Construçôes, S.A.
 Portugal  99.71% 100.00%  PROPERTY  105      148 
UNIFIN S.p.A.
 Italy  70.00% 70.00% FINANCE  13   5   44 
Universia Brasil, S.A.
 Brazil  100.00%  100.00%  INTERNET  3   (2)  1 
Universia Chile, S.A.
 Chile  92.82% 92.82% INTERNET  2   (1)  1 
Universia Colombia, S.A.
 Colombia  99.88% 99.89% INTERNET  1   (1)   
Universia Holding, S.L.
 Spain 99.87%   0.13% 100.00%  HOLDING COMPANY  25   (13)  13 
Universia México, S.A. De C.V.
 Mexico  100.00%  100.00%  INTERNET  1   (1)   
Universia Perú, S.A.
 Peru  100.00%  100.00%  INTERNET  1   (1)  1 
Universia Puerto Rico, Inc.
 Puerto Rico  100.00%  100.00%  INTERNET  1   (1)   
Valores Santander Casa de Bolsa, C.A.
 Venezuela  90.00% 90.00% SECURITIES COMPANY  9   2   8 
Vargas Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%  100.00%  ELECTRICITY         
Vendcare Finance Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%  100.00%  LEASING         
Vesubio Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%  100.00%  ELECTRICITY         
Virtual Payments, S.L.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00%  TECHNOLOGY        1 
Vista Capital de Expansión, S.A. SGECR
 Spain  50.00% 50.00% VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANY     1    
Vista Desarrollo, S.A. SCR
 Spain 100.00%   100.00%  VENTURE CAPITAL COMPANY  182   64   133 
W.N.P.H. Gestao e Investimentos Sociedade Unipessoal, S.A.
 Portugal  100.00%  100.00%  SECURITIES INVESTMENT  32   1    
Wallcesa, S.A.
 Spain 100.00%   100.00%  SECURITIES INVESTMENT  11   15   11 
Wex Point España, S.L.
 Spain  88.42% 100.00%  SERVICES  8      2 
Whitefoord & Foden Limited
 United Kingdom  100.00%  100.00%  ADVISORY SERVICES         
Whitewick Limited
 Jersey  100.00%  100.00%  HOLDING COMPANY         
WIM Servicios Corporativos, S.A. de C.V.
 Mexico  100.00%  100.00%  TEMPORARY EMPLOYMENT AGENCY         
Wirtanen Instalación Fotovoltáica, S.L.
 Spain  100.00%  100.00%  ELECTRICITY         
(a) Amount per books of each company at December 31, 2006. The amount of the ownership interest (net of allowance) is the figure per the books of each holding company on the basis of the Group’s percentage of ownership, disregarding amortization of goodwill on consolidation. The data on foreign companies were translated to euros at the year-end exchange rates.
(b) Company over which effective control is exercised.
(c) Data from the latest approved financial statements at December 31, 2005.
(d) Data from the latest approved financial statements at March 31, 2006.
(e) Data from the latest approved financial statements at June 30, 2006.
(f) Data from the latest approved financial statements at September 30, 2006.
(g) Data from the latest approved financial statements at April 30, 2006.
(h) Data from the latest approved financial statements at March 10, 2006.
(i) Data from the latest approved financial statements at August 31, 2006.
(j) Data uniform with 2006 calendar year.
(k) Pursuant to Article 3 of Royal Decree 1815/1991, of December 20, approving the rules for the preparation of consolidated financial statements, in order to determine voting rights, the voting rights relating to subsidiaries or to other parties acting in their own name but on behalf of Group companies were added to the voting rights directly held by the Parent. Accordingly, the number of votes corresponding to the Parent in relation to companies over which it exercises indirect control is the number corresponding to each subsidiary holding a direct ownership interest in such companies.
(l) Company in liquidation at December 31, 2006.
(m) Company newly incorporated in 2006 for which no approved financial statements were furnished.
(1) The preference share and security issuer companies are detailed in Exhibit III, together with other relevant information.

 

F-216


Table of Contents

Exhibit II
Listed companies in which the Santander Group has ownership interests of more than 3% (g), Associates of the Santander Group and joint ventures
                       
    % of Ownership Held % of   Millions of Euros (a) 
    by the Bank Voting       Capital and  Profit (Loss) 
Company Location Direct Indirect Rights (f) Line of Business Assets  Reserves  for the Year 
ABS Line Multimedia, S.L.
 Spain  47.50% 47.50% INTERNET         
AC Camerfirma, S.A.
 Spain  19.06% 21.56% TECHNOLOGY  1   1    
Accordfin España, E.F.C., S.A.
 Spain  49.00% 49.00% FINANCE  329   16   5 
Administrador Financiero de Transantiago
 Chile  15.35% 20.00% PAYMENT SYSTEMS  94   9   (1)
Advent España, S.A.
 Spain  22.08% 25.00% FINANCE         
Affirmative Insurance Holdings Inc. (b)
 United States    5.46%  INSURANCE  461   154   16 
AGM Contacta, S.L.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% TELECOMMUNICATIONS  13   17   2 
Aguas de Fuensanta, S.A.
 Spain  37.19% 47.34% FOOD  31   9    
Alcaidesa Golf, S.L.
 Spain  44.17% 44.17% SPORTS OPERATIONS  7   7   (1)
Alcaidesa Inmobiliaria, S.A.
 Spain  44.17% 44.17% PROPERTY  109   67   2 
Alcaidesa Servicios, S.A.
 Spain  44.17% 44.17% SERVICES  1   1    
Allfunds Bank, S.A.
 Spain  50.00% 50.00% BANKING  91   39   16 
Anekis, S.A.
 Spain 24.75% 24.75% 49.51% ADVERTISING  2   2    
Arena Communications Network, S.L. (b)
 Spain 20.00%  20.00% ADVERTISING  18       
Asajanet Servicios Agropecuarios, S.L.
 Spain 30.00%  30.00% INTERNET  1   1    
Attijari Factoring Maroc, S.A. (b)
 Morocco  25.00% 25.00% FACTORING  26   3    
Attijari International Bank Société Anonymé (b)
 Morocco 50.00%  50.00% BANKING  54   4    
Attijariwafa Bank Société Anonyme (b)
 Morocco  14.55% 14.55% BANKING  10,845   1,022   112 
Banco BPI, S.A. (consolidated) (b)
 Portugal    5.85%   5.87% BANKING  30,159   1,237   251 
Banco Internacional da Guiné-Bissau, S.A. (d)
 Guinea-Bissau  48.86% 49.00% BANKING  12   (30)  (1)
Base Central — Rede Serviços Imobiliarios, S.A.
 Portugal  49.80% 49.80% PROPERTY  1   2   (1)
Benim — Sociedade Imobiliária, S.A. (b)
 Portugal  24.93% 25.00% PROPERTY  12   8    
Bolsas y Mercados Españoles, Sociedad Holding de Mercados y Sistemas Financieros, S.A. (consolidated) (b)
 Spain   1.30%   5.57%   7.29% FINANCIAL SERVICES  3,215   360   94 
Cantabria Capital, SGECR, S.A.
 Spain 50.00%  50.00% VENTURE CAPITAL MANAGEMENT         
Carnes Estelles, S.A.
 Spain  18.93% 21.41% FOOD  28   8    
Cartera del Norte, S.A.
 Spain  31.91% 36.09% FINANCE  1   1    
Centradia Group, Ltd. (b)
 United Kingdom 30.45%  30.45% ADVISORY SERVICES     1    
Centro de Compensación Automatizado, S.A.
 Chile  25.32% 33.00% PAYMENT SYSTEMS  1   1    
Centro para el Desarrollo, Investigación y Aplicación de Nuevas Tecnologías, S.A.
 Spain  43.33% 49.00% TECHNOLOGY  1   1    
Companhia Energética de São Paulo
 Brazil    9.04%   9.22% ENERGY  6,926   2,582   (70)
Compañía Concesionaria del Túnel de Soller, S.A.
 Spain  28.91% 32.70% CONSTRUCTION  66   17    
Compañía Española de Petróleos, S.A. (consolidated) (b)
 Spain 27.92%   2.07% 29.99% OIL REFINING  8,475   3,692   829 
Comprarcasa Servicios Inmobiliarios, S.A.
 Spain  47.50% 47.50% PROPERTY  1   2    
Consorcio Credicard, C.A.
 Venezuela  32.80% 33.33% CARDS  45   10   7 
Consorcio Mexicano de Aseguradores de Crédito, S.A.
 Spain 40.25%  40.25% CREDIT INSURANCE  4   4    
Consultores de Recursos de Marketing, S.L.
 Spain 0.01% 22.57% 22.58% MARKET RESEARCH  8   3    
Corporación Suiche 7B, C.A.
 Venezuela  31.75% 32.26% CARDS  5   3   1 
Cuzco Motor, S.A.
 Spain  24.50% 24.50% AUTOMOTIVE  6   5   1 
Dispega, S.L.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE         
Ensafeca Holding Empresarial, S.L.
 Spain  31.82% 31.82% HOLDING COMPANY  23   23    
Espais Promocat, S.L.
 Spain  44.17% 50.00% PROPERTY  28   2    
Estrella Servi-Rent, S.A.
 Spain  49.00% 49.00% AUTOMOTIVE         
FC2Egestión, S.L.
 Spain  50.00% 50.00% ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT         
Fer Automoción, S.L.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE  1   1    
Fertota, S.A.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE  1   1    
Ferwagen, S.L.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE  2   2    
Fidelización de Consumidores, S.A.
 Spain  39.60% 39.60% HOLDING COMPANY         
Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 11
 Spain  (h)  SECURITIZATION         
Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 14
 Spain  (h)  SECURITIZATION         
Fondo de Titulización de Activos UCI 15
 Spain  (h)  SECURITIZATION         
Fondo de Titulización Hipotecaria UCI 10
 Spain  (h)  SECURITIZATION         
Fondo de Titulización Hipotecaria UCI 12
 Spain  (h)  SECURITIZATION         
Fondo de Titulización Hipotecaria UCI 16
 Spain  (h)  SECURITIZATION         
Forision Zweite Vermögensverwaltung S.à.r.l (i)
 Luxembourg  24.12%  HOLDING COMPANY         
Grupo Alimentario de Exclusivas, S.A.
 Spain  35.78% 40.46% FOOD  4       
Grupo Fernández Alvariño, S.L.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE  6   6    
Grupo Ferrovial, S.A. (b)
 Spain   2.09%   1.02%   3.25% CONSTRUCTION  21,412   2,637   388 
Grupo Financiero Galicia, S.A. (consolidated) (b)
 Argentina    6.67%   6.67% BANKING  7,139   423   30 
Grupo Konecta Maroc S.A.R.L. à associé unique
 Morocco  44.25% 44.25% TELEMARKETING         
Grupo Conecta Net, S.L.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% HOLDING COMPANY  13   3   -1 
Habitat Elpi, S.L.
 Spain  44.17% 50.00% PROPERTY  4   4    
Hipoteca Internet, S.L.
 Spain  50.00% 50.00% SERVICES         
HLC — Centrais de Cogeraçao, S.A. (c)
 Portugal  24.45% 24.49% ELECTRICITY  2   -2   -2 
Hyunfer Automoción, S.L.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE         
Iberian Peninsula Proyect, S.L.
 Spain  24.50% 24.50% AUTOMOTIVE  11   11    
Imperial Holding, SCA (i)
 Luxembourg  34.87% 34.87% HOLDING COMPANY         
Inmobiliaria Sitio de Baldeazores, S.A.
 Spain  44.17% 50.00% PROPERTY  13   2    
Intereuropa Bank, R.T. (consolidated) (b)
 Hungary    9.99%   9.99% BANKING  962   53   10 
Kassadesing 2005, S.L.
 Spain  44.17% 50.00% PROPERTY  29   8    
Konecta Activos Inmobiliarios, S.L.
 Spain  45.62% 45.62% PROPERTY         
Konecta Advertising, S.L.
 Spain  22.57% 22.57% ADVERTISING         
Konecta BTO Contactcenter, S.A.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% MARKETING  3   3    

 

F-217


Table of Contents

                       
    % of Ownership Held % of   Millions of Euros (a) 
    by the Bank Voting       Capital and  Profit (Loss) 
Company Location Direct Indirect Rights (f) Line of Business Assets  Reserves  for the Year 
Konecta Canarias, S.A.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% MARKETING  5   2   3 
Konecta Centro Especial de Empleo Madrid, S.L.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% TELEMARKETING         
Konecta Centro Especial de Empleo Sevilla, S.L.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% TELEMARKETING         
Konecta Centro Especial de Empleo, S.A.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% MARKET RESEARCH  3   1   2 
Konecta Chile, S.A.
 Chile  44.25% 44.25% SERVICES         
Konecta Field Marketing, S.A.U.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% HOLDING COMPANY  1       
Konecta Legal and Collections, S.A.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% TEMPORARY EMPLOYMENT AGENCY         
Konecta Portugal, Lda.
 Portugal  44.25% 44.25% MARKETING         
Konecta Selección, S.L.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% SERVICES         
Konecta Servicios Administrativos y Tecnológicos, S.L.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% EVENT ORGANIZATION         
Konecta Servicios de Empleo ETT, S.A.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% TEMPORARY EMPLOYMENT AGENCY  1       
Konecta Servicios Integrales de Marketing, S.L.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% HOLDING COMPANY         
Konecta Telegestión, S.L.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% TELEMARKETING  1   1    
Konectanet Andalucia, S.L.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% SERVICES         
Konectanet Comercialización, S.L.
 Spain  44.22% 44.22% MARKETING         
Layna Auto, S.L.
 Spain  49.00% 49.00% AUTOMOTIVE  5   5    
Layna Inversiones Galicia, S.L.
 Spain  49.00% 49.00% HOLDING COMPANY  10   8    
Layna Inversiones, S.L.
 Spain  49.00% 49.00% HOLDING COMPANY  39   38   1 
Layna Patrimonial, S.L.
 Spain  49.00% 49.00% PROPERTY  7   6    
Maxamcorp Holding, S.L.
 Spain  22.62% 22.62% HOLDING COMPANY  152   133   20 
Medimobiliario Ediçoes Period. e Multimedia, S.A
 Portugal  29.38% 29.38% PROPERTY         
Norchem Holdings é Negocios, S.A.
 Brazil  21.31% 21.75% HOLDING COMPANY  78   20   6 
Norchem Participaçoes e Consultoría, S.A.
 Brazil  48.99% 50.00% CONSULTING  19   13   2 
Omega Financial Services GmbH
 Germany  50.00% 50.00% HOLDING COMPANY  1      1 
Operadora de Activos Alfa, S.A. de C.V.
 Mexico  49.80% 49.80% FINANCE  3   2   1 
Operadora de Activos Beta, S.A. de C.V.
 Mexico  49.99% 49.99% FINANCE  3   2   1 
Oportunity Center, S.L.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% SERVICES         
Petroquímica União, S.A. (consolidated) (b)
 Brazil  4.95% 2.02% CHEMICALS  560   234   29 
Plus Auto Rent, S.L.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE         
Premiun Fer, S.A.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE         
Prodesur Mediterráneo, S.L.
 Spain  44.17% 50.00% PROPERTY  27   11    
Programa Multi Sponsor PMS, S.A. (b)
 Spain 24.75% 24.75% 49.51% ADVERTISING  4   4    
Promofon, S.A.U.
 Spain  22.57% 22.57% MARKET RESEARCH  6   6    
PSA Finance PLC
 United Kingdom  50.00% 50.00% LEASING  16   12   6 
Puntoform, S.L.
 Spain  44.25% 44.25% TRAINING         
Q’Auto, S.A.
 Spain  24.50% 24.50% AUTOMOTIVE  3   3    
Quer Motor, S.A.
 Spain  24.50% 24.50% AUTOMOTIVE  2   2    
Querauto, S.A.
 Spain  24.50% 24.50% AUTOMOTIVE  1   1    
Querdiler, S.L.
 Spain  24.50% 24.50% AUTOMOTIVE         
Quiero Televisión, S.A.
 Spain  31.82% 31.82% TELECOMMUNICATIONS  9   205   -198 
Quisqueya 12, Inc.
 Puerto Rico  50.00% 50.00% PROPERTY  1   3    
R. Benet, S.A.
 Spain  49.00% 49.00% AUTOMOTIVE  8   7    
Recambios Quer, S.L.
 Spain  24.50% 24.50% AUTOMOTIVE         
Redbanc, S.A.
 Chile  25.32% 33.00% CARDS  10   4   1 
Reicomsa, S.A.
 Spain  24.50% 24.50% AUTOMOTIVE  2   2    
Reintegra, S.A.
 Spain  45.00% 45.00% HOLDING COMPANY  2   2    
Salvador Fernández de Automoción, S.L.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE  2   1    
San Paolo IMI, S.p.A. (consolidated) (b)
 Italy  3.63% 3.63% BANKING  211,157   11,500   1,983 
Sertea, S.A.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE         
Servicio Pan Americano de Protección, S.A. de C.V.
 Mexico  15.12% 20.19% SECURITIES COMPANY  149   86   3 
Servicios Financieros Enlace S.A. de C.V.
 El Salvador 21.48%  21.48% FINANCE  2   1    
Shinsei Bank, Ltd. (consolidated) (e)
 Japan 0.12% 4.69% 4.82% BANKING  67,711   6,154   547 
Sociedad Interbancaria de Depósitos de Valores, S.A.
 Chile  22.25% 29.00% SECURITIES DEPOSITORY INSTITUTION  2   1    
Sociedad Operadora de la Cámara de Compensación de Pagos de Alto Valor, S.A.
 Chile  13.97% 18.20% SERVICES  6   4   1 
Sovereign Bancorp, Inc. (consolidated) (b)
 United States 24.83%  24.83% BANKING  53,979   4,352   573 
Técnicas de Reparación Rafer, S.L.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE         
The HSH Coinvest (Cayman) Trust-B (i)
 Cayman Islands  24.20%  HOLDING COMPANY         
Tramitación Externa, S.A.
 Spain  25.00% 25.00% FINANCE     1    
Transbank, S.A.
 Chile  25.32% 33.00% CARDS  156   6   1 
Transolver Finance EFC, S.A.
 Spain  50.00% 50.00% LEASING  215   27   2 
Turyocio Viajes y Fidelización, S.A.
 Spain  32.21% 32.21% TRAVEL  1       
U.C.I., S.A.
 Spain 50.00%  50.00% MORTGAGE LOANS  103   111   1 
UCI Servicios Inmobiliarios y Profesionales, S.L.
 Spain  50.00% 50.00% FINANCE         
UFI Servizi S.r.l.
 Italy  16.22% 23.17% SERVICES         
Unión de Créditos Inmobiliarios, S.A., EFC
 Spain  50.00% 50.00% FINANCE  2,011   138   48 
Via Comercial de Automóviles, S.L.
 Spain  33.17% 33.17% AUTOMOTIVE         
(a) 
Amounts per the books of each company generally at December 31, 2005, unless otherwise stated, since the financial statements have not yet been authorized for issue. The data on foreign companies were translated to euros at the year-end exchange rates.
 
(b) 
Data from the latest approved financial statements at December 31, 2004.
 
(c) 
Data from the latest approved financial statements at December 31, 2003.
 
(d) 
Company in liquidation at December 31, 2005.
 
(e) 
Data from the latest approved financial statements at March 31, 2005.
 
(f) 
Pursuant to Article 3 of Royal Decree 1815/1991, of December 20, approving the rules for the preparation of consolidated financial statements, in order to determine voting rights, the voting rights relating to subsidiaries or to other parties acting in their own name but on behalf of certain Group companies were added to the voting rights directly held by the Parent. Accordingly, the number of votes corresponding to the Parent in relation to companies over which it exercises indirect control, is the number corresponding to each subsidiary holding a direct ownership interest in such companies.
 
(g) 
Excluding the Group companies listed in Exhibit I.

 

F-218


Table of Contents

Exhibit III
Preference share and security issuer subsidiaries of the Santander Group
                                 
          Millions of Euros (a) 
                  Profit           
    % of Ownership           (Loss)      Other  Amount of 
    Held by the Bank           for the  Preference  Profit  Ownership 
Company Location Direct Indirect Line of Business Capital  Reserves  Year  Dividends  (Loss)  Interest 
Abbey National Capital Trust I
 United States  (b) FINANCE                  
Banesto Holdings, Ltd.
 Guernsey  88.42% SECURITIES INVESTMENT     51   6   6       
Banesto Preferentes, S.A.
 Spain  88.42% FINANCE        4   4       
Pinto Totta International Finance, Limited
 Cayman Islands  49.86% FINANCE        15   15       
Santander Finance Capital, S.A. (Sole-shareholder company)
 Spain 100.00%  FINANCE        90   90       
Santander Finance Preferred, S.A. (Sole-shareholder company)
 Spain 100.00%  FINANCE        32   32       
Totta & Açores Financing, Limited
 Cayman Islands  99.71% FINANCE        20   20       
(a) Amounts per the books of each company at December 31, 2006, translated to euros (in the case of foreign companies) at the year-end exchange rates.
(b) Company over which effective control is exercised.

 

F-219


Table of Contents

Exhibit IV
Notifications of acquisitions and disposals of investments in 2006
(Article 86 of the Consolidated Companies Law and Article 53 of Securities Market Law 24/1998)
On January 10, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that COMERCIAL ESPAÑOLA DE VALORES, S.A. had been absorbed by CANTABRA DE INVERSIONES, S.A. As a result of this transaction, the absorbed company’s equity interest in CARTERA MOBILIARIA, SICAV, S.A. (9.669%) was now owned by CANTABRA DE INVERSIONES, S.A., the absorbing company. The total indirect holding of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. in CARTERA MOBILIARIA, SICAV, S.A., however, remained unchanged (30.2768%).
On July 21, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that it had acquired, at Group level, an ownership interest of 8.420% of the share capital of BOLSAS Y MERCADOS ESPAÑOLES, S.A.
On August 9, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that it had transferred, at Group level, 12.509% of its ownership interest in the share capital of COMPAÑÍA ESPAÑOLA DE PETRÓLEOS, S.A. (CEPSA).
On September 29, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that it had acquired, at Group level, an ownership interest of 5.254% in the share capital of ENDESA, S.A.
On October 25, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that it had acquired, at Group level, an ownership interest of 5.066% in the share capital of REPSOL YPF, S.A.
On October 30, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that it had acquired, at Group level, an ownership interest of 10.220% in the share capital of URBAS PROYECTOS URBANISTICOS, S.A.
On October 30, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that it had transferred shares representing 0.291% of the share capital of URBAS PROYECTOS URBANISTICOS, S.A., after which its ownership interest, at Group level, in the share capital of this company stood at 9.849%.
On November 3, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that it had transferred shares representing 0.328% of the share capital of REPSOL YPF, S.A., after which its ownership interest, at Group level, in the share capital of this company stood at 4.766%.
On November 13, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which, in response to the CNMV’s request for Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. to update the information on its holding in CEPSA, S.A., stated that at October 31, 2006 its ownership interest, at Group level, in the share capital of CEPSA, S.A. was 30.554%.
On November 13, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that it had transferred shares representing 5.613% of the share capital of URBAS PROYECTOS URBANISTICOS, S.A., thus reducing its ownership interest, at Group level, in the share capital of this company to 4.236%.
On November 16, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that it had transferred shares representing 9.632% of the share capital social of ENDESA, S.A., thus reducing its ownership interest, at Group level, in the share capital of this company to 0.241%.
On December 12, 2006, the CNMV registered two notifications from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that it had transferred 0.507% and 5.000%, respectively, of its holding in ANTENA 3 DE TV, S.A. As a result, its ownership interest, at Group level, in the share capital of ANTENA 3 DE TV, S.A. was reduced to 0.036%.
On December 26, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that it had transferred shares representing 53.796% of the share capital of INMOBILIARIA URBIS, S.A., as a result of which the Bank no longer held an ownership interest in this company.
On December 28, 2006, the CNMV registered a notification from Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. which stated that as a result of the merger by absorption of Riyal, S.L. and the sole-shareholder companies Lodares Inversiones, S.L., Somaen-Dos, S.L., Gessinest Consulting, S.A. and Carvasa Inversiones, S.L. (the absorbed companies) into Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A. (the absorbing company), the Group’s indirect holding in CEPSA (20.721%) became a direct ownership interest.

 

F-220


Table of Contents

Exhibit V
Other information on the share capital of the Group’s banks
Following is certain information on the share capital of the Group’s banks.
1. 
Banco Santander Banespa, S.A. (Banespa)
 a) 
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
   
The Santander Group holds 65,398,684,315 ordinary shares and 55,259,160,963 preference shares through its subsidiaries Grupo Empresarial Santander, S.L. and Santander Seguros, S.A. The shares composing the share capital of Banespa have no par value.
 
   
The preference shares have no voting rights and are not convertible into ordinary shares. However, they have the following advantages:
 1. 
Their dividends are 10% higher than those on ordinary shares.
 
 2. 
Priority in the distribution of dividends.
 
 3. 
Participation in capital increases on the same terms as ordinary shares.
 
 4. 
Priority in the reimbursement of capital in the event of the dissolution of the company.
   
There is no unpaid capital.
 
 b) 
Capital increases in progress
 
   
No approved capital increases are in progress.
 
 c) 
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
   
The company is authorized to increase share capital, subject to approval by the Board of Directors but without the need to amend the bylaws, up to a limit of 250,000,000,000 shares (125,000,000,000 ordinary shares and 125,000,000,000 preference shares). At present the share capital consists of 123,156,120,640 shares (65,892,964,409 ordinary shares and 57,263,156,231 preference shares).
 
 d) 
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights
 
   
There are no rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights.
 
 e) 
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
   
The only restriction on the availability of Banespa’s reserves relates to the legal reserve (restricted reserves), which can only be used to offset losses or increase capital.
 
 f) 
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
   
Not applicable.
 
 g) 
Listed equity instruments
 
   
All the shares are listed on the São Paulo Stock Exchange (Bovespa).

 

F-221


Table of Contents

2. 
Banco Español de Crédito, S.A. (Banesto)
 a) 
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
   
The Parent and its subsidiaries hold 614,009,291 fully subscribed and paid ordinary shares of 0.79 par value each, all of which have the same voting and dividend rights.
 
 b) 
Capital increases in progress
 
   
No approved capital increases are in progress.
 
 c) 
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
   
Not applicable.
 
 d) 
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights
 
   
At December 31, 2006, no shares with these characteristics had been issued.
 
 e) 
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
   
The legal reserve can be used to increase capital provided that the remaining reserve balance does not fall below 10% of the increased share capital amount (10% of any net profit companies may make each year must be transferred to the legal reserve until the balance of this reserve reaches at least 20% of the share capital). Pursuant to the Spanish Companies Law, a restricted reserve has been recorded for an amount equal to the carrying amount of the Banesto shares owned by subsidiaries.
 
   
The revaluation reserve recorded pursuant to Royal Decree-Law 7/1996, of June 7, can be used to increase capital.
 
 f) 
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
   
Not applicable.
 
 g) 
Listed equity instruments
 
   
All the shares are listed on the Spanish Stock Exchanges.
3. 
Banco Santander Totta, S.A. (Totta)
 a) 
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
   
The Group holds 574,356,881 ordinary shares through Santander Totta, SGPS and 14,593,315 ordinary shares through Taxagest Sociedade Gestora de Participaçoes Sociais, S.A., all of which have a par value of 1 each, are fully subscribed and paid and have the same voting and dividend rights.
 
 b) 
Capital increases in progress
 
   
No approved capital increases are in progress.
 
 c) 
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
   
Not applicable.
 
 d) 
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights
 
   
At December 31, 2006, no shares with these characteristics had been issued.

 

F-222


Table of Contents

 e) 
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
   
Under Article 296 of the Companies’ Code, the legal and merger reserves can only be used to offset losses or to increase capital.
 
   
Fixed asset revaluation reserves are regulated by Decree-Law 31/1998, which provides for the offset of losses or capital increases for the amounts at which the underlying asset is depreciated, amortized or sold.
 
 f) 
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
   
Not applicable.
 
 g) 
Listed equity instruments
 
   
Totta’s shares are not listed.
4. 
Banco Santander Chile
 a) 
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
   
The Group holds 66,822,519,695 ordinary shares through Santander Chile Holding, S.A., 78,108,391,607 ordinary shares through Teatinos Siglo XXI, S.A. and 16,577 ordinary shares through Santander Inversiones Limitada (Chile), all of which have no par value, are fully subscribed and paid and have the same voting and dividend rights.
 
 b) 
Capital increases in progress
 
   
No approved capital increases are in progress.
 
 c) 
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
   
At December 31, 2004, the bylaw-stipulated share capital amounted to CLP 719,974,175,412, which, following the index-linked adjustment at December 31, 2006, amounted to CLP 761,853,230,061. However, each year the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting must approve the balance sheet at December 31, of the previous year and, therefore, approve the share capital amount.
 
 d) 
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights
 
   
At December 31, 2006, no shares with these characteristics had been issued.
 
 e) 
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
   
Remittances to foreign investors in relation to investments made under the Decree-Law 600 Statute of Foreign Investment, of 1974, and the amendments thereto, require the prior authorization of the Foreign Investment Committee.
 
 f) 
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
   
Not applicable.
 
 g) 
Listed equity instruments
 
   
All the shares are listed on the Chilean Stock Exchange and, through American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

F-223


Table of Contents

5. 
Banco Santander, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander
 a) 
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
   
The Santander Group holds 50,783,217,691 series “F” ordinary shares and 9,786,609,109 series “B” ordinary shares through Grupo Financiero Santander Serfín, S.A. de C.V. The shares of these two series have identical par values, are fully subscribed and paid and have the same voting and dividend rights.
 
 b) 
Capital increases in progress
 
   
No approved capital increases are in progress.
 
 c) 
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
   
Not applicable.
 
 d) 
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights
 
   
At December 31, 2006, the entity had issued USD 300 million of unsecured preferred subordinated debentures (300,000 debentures), subscribed by Bank of America and the Bank, which are voluntarily convertible into series “B” shares. These debentures are not registered in the National Securities Register and, therefore, they cannot be subject to a public offering.
 
 e) 
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
   
The institution is subject to a legal requirement that at least 10% of net profit for the year be transferred to a capital reserve fund until the balance of the fund reaches the paid-in share capital amount. The capital reserve fund can only be distributed to shareholders as dividends in the form of shares.
 
 f) 
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
   
Not applicable.
 
 g) 
Listed equity instruments
 
   
The company does not have any equity instruments listed on the stock market.
6. 
Abbey
 a) 
Number of equity instruments held by the Group
 
   
The Group holds 1,485,893,636 fully subscribed and paid ordinary shares with a par value of GBP 0.10 each, all of which have the same voting and dividend rights.
 
 b) 
Capital increases in progress
 
   
No approved capital increases are in progress.
 
 c) 
Capital authorized by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting
 
   
The company is authorized to increase share capital, subject to approval by the Board of Directors, up to a limit of GBP 175,000,000 (1,750,000,000 ordinary shares), GBP 1,000,000,000 of sterling preference shares (1,000,000,000 shares), USD 10,080,000 of US dollar preference shares (1,008,000,000 shares) and 10,000,000 of euro preference shares (1,000,000,000 shares).
 
 d) 
Rights on founder’s shares, “rights” bonds, convertible debentures and similar securities or rights

 

F-224


Table of Contents

   
Abbey has issued GBP 200 million of debentures (10.0625% subordinated debentures convertible into equity) exchangeable for sterling preference shares with a par value of GBP 1 each, at Abbey’s discretion. The exchange can be made at any time, provided the holders are given between 30 and 60 days’ notice.
 
 e) 
Specific circumstances that restrict the availability of reserves
 
   
Not applicable.
 
 f) 
Non-Group entities which hold, directly or through subsidiaries, 10% or more of equity
 
   
Not applicable.

 

F-225


Table of Contents

Exhibit VI
List of Bonds and Debentures outstanding as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
                               
                Outstanding amount in     
  Euro thousand    million  Annual  
Issuer 2006  2005  2004  Currency 2006  2005  2004  Interest rate Maturity Date
Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.-
                              
Debentures-October 1993
  117,798   117,798   117,798  Euro          8.75% October 2008
Debentures- November 1993
  173,973   180,304   180,304  Euro          8.25% December 2008
Debentures- March 1994
  47,091   60,251   60,251  Euro          7.63% September 2009
Territorial Bonds- July 2003
  1,992,320   2,000,000   2,000,000  Euro          4.00% July 2013
Territorial Bonds- December 2003
        1,000,000  Euro          Floating June 2005
Territorial Bonds- February 2004
     1,500,000   1,500,000  Euro          Floating February 2006
Territorial Bonds- March 2004
  1,000,000   1,000,000   1,000,000  Euro          Floating March 2009
Territorial Bonds- April 2004
  999,760   1,000,000   1,000,000  Euro          Floating April 2007
Mortgage backed securities- October 2002
  2,964,749   3,000,000   3,000,000  Euro          4.00% October 2007
Mortgage backed securities- March 2003
     1,500,000   1,500,000  Euro          2.75% March 2006
Mortgage backed securities- September 2003
  1,976,300   2,000,000   2,000,000  Euro          4.00% September 2010
Mortgage backed securities- December 2003
  1,497,600   1,500,000   1,500,000  Euro          3.75% December 2008
Mortgage backed securities- March 2004
  498,140   500,000   500,000  Euro          3.25% March 2009
Mortgage backed securities- July 2004
  1,484,235   1,500,000   1,500,000  Euro          4.50% July 2016
Mortgage backed securities — February 2005
  1,978,028   2,000,000     Euro          3.25% February 2012
Mortgage backed securities — April 2005
  987,860   1,000,000     Euro          4.00% April 2020
Mortgage backed securities — September 2005
  1,480,800   1,500,000     Euro          2.50% January 2011
Mortgage backed securities — September 2005
  2,467,825   2,500,000     Euro          3.13% September 2015
Mortgage backed securities — February 2006
  2,990,940        Euro          3.50% February 2014
Mortgage backed securities — February 2006
  1,485,045        Euro          3.88% February 2026
Mortgage backed securities — September 2006
  1,492,830        Euro          3.750% September 2011
Mortgage backed securities — September 2006
  1,498,170        Euro          4.125% January 2017
Securitisation bonds — 2004
  3,260,484   1,568,566   1,575,651  Euro          Floating From 2037 to 2042
Securitisation bonds — 2005
  1,280,577   1,104,277     Euro          Floating November 2038
Securitisation bonds — 2006
  4,373,740        Euro          From 3.87% to 8.75% From 2035 to 2050
Own securities held and paid-in surplus
  (96,841)  (395,815)    Euro           September 2015
 
                              
Santander Central Hispano International Ltd.
                              
 
                              
January 1998
        10,325  Euro          Floating January 2005
Issued December 1998
  206,583   206,584   206,508  Euro          Floating April 2008
Issued in June 1998
  18,076   18,076   18,072  Euro          Floating January 2013
Issued in April 1998
  153,388   153,388   153,390  Euro          Floating February 2008
Issued in December 1998
  255,646   255,646   255,647  Euro          5% August 2007
Issued in April 1998
        255,647  Euro          5% February 2008
Issued in February 1998
  181,512   181,512   181,512  Euro          2% February 2008
From December 1997 to March 1998
  396,368   701,266   1,006,164  Euro          Floating From October 2007 to February 2007
Issued February 1998
  304,898        Euro          2% February 2008
Issued in February 2002
  31,700   31,700   31,700  Euro          Floating January 2007
Issued in February 2002
        500,000  Euro          Floating February 2005
Issued from April 1998 to May 1998
  31,116   32,152   32,407  Swiss Francs  50   50   50  3% From April 2008 to May 2008

 

F-226


Table of Contents

                               
                Outstanding amount in     
  Euro thousand    million  Annual  
Issuer 2006  2005  2004  Currency 2006  2005  2004  Interest rate Maturity Date
Issued June 2000
        367,080  U.S. Dollar        500  Floating June 2005
Issued June 2002
        58,733  U.S. Dollar        80  Floating June 2005
April 2000
        322,234  Japanese Yens        45,000  1.42% April 2005
March 1994
     335,611   326,215  Pounds Sterling     230   230  7.9% March 2019
 
                              
Banesto Group
                              
Euro
  14,000   25,000   25,000  Euro          4.545% August 2007
Euro
  4,284,535   163,100   7,200  Euro          Floating From February 2007 to June 2036
Euro
  260,593   104,000   118,635  Euro          From 4% to 6% From February 2007 to August 2011
Euro
        2,000,000  Euro          Floating October 2005
Euro
  1,000,000   1,000,000   1,000,000  Euro          Floating June 2009
Euro
     2,000,000   2,000,000  Euro          Floating October 2006
Euro
  1,041,100   1,000,000     Euro          Floating From June 2009 to February 2010
Euro
  1,250,000   1,250,000     Euro          2.2% October 2007
Euro
  1,500,000   1,500,000     Euro          2.25% October 2008
Issued 2006
  39,826        Japanese Yens  6,250        Floating From November 2008 to February 2011
Issued 2006
  18,669        Swiss Francs  30        Floating From May 2009 to September 2016
Issued 2006
  74,460        Sterling Pounds  50        Floating February 2009
Issued 2006
  105,847        U.S. Dollar  139.4        Floating From May 2010 to December 2016
Issued 2006
  7,593        U.S. Dollar  10        6% June 2011
Mortgage backed securities 2002
  1,000,000   1,000,000   1,000,000  Euro          5.75% March 2017
Mortgage backed securities 2003
  1,500,000   1,500,000   1,500,000  Euro          4% May 2010
Mortgage backed securities 2004
  2,000,000   2,000,000   2,000,000  Euro          3.75% February 2011
Mortgage backed securities 2004
  1,750,000   1,750,000   1,750,000  Euro          4.25% September 2014
Mortgage backed securities 2005
  4,000,000   4,000,000     Euro          From 2.75% to 3.5% From September 2012 to January 2015
Mortgage backed securities 2006
  3,000,000        Euro          From 2.5% to 4.25% From July 2013 to January 2016
Securitisation bonds
  951,321        Euro          Floating December 2025
 
                              
Banco Santander Chile
                              
Bonds
  127,133   176,228   166,028  Chilean Pesos  89,672   143,511   126,134  From 7.46% to 7.76% Various maturities
Bonds
        1,295,918  Chilean Pesos     616,423   984,523  6.35% Various maturities
Mortgage backed securities
  732,207   1,018,767     Chilean Pesos  536,249   734,688     From 6% to 6.26% Various maturities
Bonds September 2004
  13,245        Chilean Pesos  9,309        From 6.34% to 6.36% Various maturities
Bonds December 2004
  305,251   317,758     Chilean Pesos  213,772   232,019   205,684  Floating December 2009
Bonds November 2005
  204,787   182,803     Chilean Pesos  146,691   107,354     3% March 2010
Bonds May / August 2006
  145,349        Chilean Pesos  102,317        From 3.75% to 4.57% Various maturities
Bonds December 2004
        293,132  U.S. Dollar        399  Floating December 2009
 
                              
Banco Santander Puerto Rico-
                              
Debentures- February 2004
  22,779   26,096   22,025  U.S. Dollar  30   31   30  3% January 2010
Debentures- May 2004
     5,934   4,722  U.S. Dollar     7   6.4  Floating May 2011
Debentures- May 2005
  7,594   8,476     U.S. Dollar  10   10     Floating May 2012
Debentures- Dec 2006
  5,776        U.S. Dollar  7        2.5% January 2007
 
                              
Banco Santander de Negocios Portugal S.A.
                              
Debentures- 1997
        799  Euro          Floating September 2005
 
                              

 

F-227


Table of Contents

                               
                Outstanding amount in     
  Euro thousand    million  Annual  
Issuer 2006  2005  2004  Currency 2006  2005  2004  Interest rate Maturity Date
Banco Río de la Plata S.A.-
                              
Global Program 2000
        20,091  U.S. Dollar        27.37  Floating August 2010
Global Program 2001
        15,302  U.S. Dollar        20.84  Floating August 2005
Debentures —2003
  68,236   104,393   168,851  U.S. Dollar  142   131   230  From 4% to 6% December 2009
Global Program 2004
        115,911  U.S. Dollar        157.88  2.26% June 2005
Global Program 2004
     5,146   7,645  U.S. Dollar     6   10.41  4% May 2006
 
                              
Banco Santander Totta, S.A.
                              
Debentures- from June 1998 to October 1998
  6,584   6,562   6,568  Euro          3.71% July 2008
Debentures 1999
  3,219   3,261   3,610  Euro          Floating February 2009
Debentures 2002
     21,665   314,450  Euro          Floating January 2006
Debentures 2003
  404,694   574,880   613,316  Euro          Floating From January 2007 to December 2008
Debentures 2004
  389,395   477,258   487,348  Euro          Floating From November 2007 to September 2012
Debentures 2004
  34,054   9,649   9,854  Euro          0.7% From June 2008 February 2012
Debentures 2005
  727,847   735,846     Euro          Floating From March 2007 to January 2013
Debentures 2006
  2,639,051        Euro          Floating From May 2008 to June 2012
Debentures 2006
  29,981        Euro          From 0.001% to 0.5% From January 2007 to December 2011
Debentures 2006
  1,138,952        U.S. Dollar  1,500        5.35% July 2011
 
                              
Totta Crédito Especializado, Instituiçao Financeira de Crédito, S.A. (IFIC)
                              
Debentures 1997 and 1998
        9,976  Euro          Floating From July 2004 to October 2005
 
                              
Banco Santander Banespa S.A.
                              
Eurobonds 1997
        32,910  U.S. Dollar        45  9.34% March 2005
Eurobonds 1997
        255,690  Euro          8.26% November 2005
Eurobonds 2004
        109,520  U.S. Dollar        149  4.504% July 2005
Eurobonds 2005
  167,696   166,051     U.S. Dollar  456   456     From 3% to 17.309% From April 2008 to August 2015
Eurobonds 2005
  41,588   44,817     U.S. Dollar  55   53     5% July 2008
Eurobonds 2006
  8,744        U.S. Dollar  12        10% June 2007
Eurobonds 2006
  119,547        U.S. Dollar  157        Floating From May 2009 to August 2024
Eurobonds 2006
          Brazilian Real          6% August 2024
Debentures 2004
     85,285   73,416  U.S. Dollar     101   100  4.054% July 2006
Debentures 2005
     57,180     U.S. Dollar     67     1.02% From January to February 2006
Bonds 2006
  125,344        U.S. Dollar  165        Floating Various maturities
Mortage backed securities
  51,733        Brazilian Real  145        Floating From January 2007 to May 2008
 
                              
Banco Santander Colombia S.A.
                              
Debentures 2005
  38,496   42,419     Colombian pesos  104   114     Floating February 2012
 
                              
Santander Consumer Bank S.p.A.
                              
Debentures
     172,500   169,598  Euro          Floating January to July 2006
Debentures
     6,000   12,000  Euro          10.1 April 2006
Securitisation Bonds (Golden Bar Program)
  1,184,114   813,553   916,036  Euro          Floating From October 2020 to November 2022
 
                              
Santander BanCorp
                              
Debentures
        8,810  U.S. Dollar        12  2% March 2005
Debentures June 2004
     63,575   46,024  U.S. Dollar     75   63  6.3% June 2032
Debentures October 2005
     42,384     U.S. Dollar     50     6.1% June 2032
 
                              

 

F-228


Table of Contents

                               
                Outstanding amount in     
  Euro thousand    million  Annual  
Issuer 2006  2005  2004  Currency 2006  2005  2004  Interest rate Maturity Date
Santander Consumer Bank Aktiengesellschaft
                              
Bonds
     6,109   141,000  Euro          3-4% From March to September 06
Securitisation bonds
  1,002,114   1,667,978     Euro          Floating June 2010
Issued 2006
  1,768,788        Euro          Floating From July 2013 to March 2014
 
                              
Santander International Debt, S.A.
                              
Senior Debt 2004
  1,500,000   3,500,000   3,500,000  Euro          Floating December 2007
Senior Debt 2004
     42,384   36,708  U.S. Dollar     50   50  Floating December 2006
Senior Debt 2004
  372,301   364,804   354,585  Pounds Sterling  250   250   250  Floating December 2007
Senior Debt 2005
  8,052,305   8,995,000     Euro          Floating From February 2008 to September 2035
Senior Debt 2005
  893,521   955,786     Pounds Sterling  600   655     Floating From September 2007 to June 2009
Senior Debt 2005
  196,322   218,579     Canadian Dollar  300   300     Floating September 2010
Senior Debt 2006
  9,919,000        Euro          Floating From April 2007 to October 2029
Senior Debt 2006
  1,162,404        Pounds Sterling  750        Floating From February 2009 to July 2011
Senior Debt 2006
  68,864        Mexican Pesos  1,000        Floating January 2007
Senior Debt 2006
  121,489        U.S. Dollar  160        Floating From October 2009 to August 2011
Senior Debt 2006
  25,468        Czech Crowm  700        Floating February 2010
Senior Debt 2006
  89,212        Japanese Yens  14,000        Floating From February 2008 to December 2016
Senior Debt 2006
  60,694        Norwegian Kroners  500        Floating July 2016
Senior Debt 2006
  261,763        Canadian Dollar  400        Floating November 2009
 
                              
Brasil Foreign Diversified Payment Right Finance Company
                              
Medium Term Notes
  303,721   341,138     U.S. Dollar  400   402     5.5% September 2011
 
                              
Santander US Debt, S.A.U.
                              
Senior Debt 2005
  4,542,458   5,086,039     U.S. Dollar  5,500   6,000     Floating From October 2007 to October 2008
Senior Debt 2006
  3,785,383        U.S. Dollar  5,000        Floating November 2009
 
                              
Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.
                              
Mortgage backed securities
  1,193,952        Euro          2.54% March 2016
 
                              
Abbey National plc
                              
 
                              
Securitization Bonds (Holmes Funding)
                              
Swiss Francs
     699,300   679,711  Swiss Francs     1,150   1,150  From 4.92% to 4.82% October 2009
Issued 2006
  2,329,114        Pounds Sterling  1,564        Floating July 2040
Issued 2005
  1,489,203   1,459,215     Pounds Sterling  1,000   1,000     Floating From January 2016 to January 2021
2000-2004
  372,301   364,804   354,585  Pounds Sterling  250   250   250  5.41% July 2013
2000-2004
  3,392,435   5,533,197   5,555,493  Pounds Sterling  2,293   3,917   3,917  Floating From July 2010 to July 2040
Issued 2006
  6,717,724        U.S. Dollar  8,439        Floating Various maturities
2000-2005
  5,155,086   8,330,586   9,872,015  U.S. Dollar  5,922   9,412   11,262  Floating Various maturities
Issued 2006
  1,957,659        Euro          Floating From July 2021 to July 2040
Issued 2005
  754,326   739,136     Euro     740     Floating January 2021
Issued 2000 to 2004
     1,262,221   1,226,863  Euro     1,400   1,400  From 4.82% to 4.87% From July 2008 to October 2008
Issued 2000 to 2004
  3,532,849   4,434,450   4,310,231  Euro     4,753   4,753  Floating From October 2008 to July 2040
 
                              
Securitization Bonds (Hipototta)
                              
Hipototta Nº1 plc
  224,694        Euro          Floating From January 2007 to September 2048
Hipototta Nº4 plc
  2,345,112        Euro          Floating From January 2007 to September 2048

 

F-229


Table of Contents

                               
                Outstanding amount in     
  Euro thousand    million  Annual  
Issuer 2006  2005  2004  Currency 2006  2005  2004  Interest rate Maturity Date
 
                              
Securitization Bonds (Marylebond)
                              
Sythetic Collateralised Debt Obligation
  101,875        Euro          Floating November 2011
 
                              
Bonds
                              
Issued 2006
  17,970        Australian Dollar  30        6.47% December 2008
Issued 2004
  29,950        Australian Dollar  50        Floating January 2009
Issued 2006
  196,218        Canadian Dollar  300        Floating June 2008
Issued 2004-2005
  376,084   768,029   472,100  Canadian Dollar  575   1,050   775  Floating From June 2007 to August 2007
Issued 2004
  8,503   9,826   35,331  Canadian Dollar  13   13   58  4% January 2009
2000-2004
     13,545   35,863  Swiss Francs     21   55  Floating November 2007
2005
     52,068     Swiss Francs     80     Floating Febrary 2007
Issued from 1998 to 2004
        521,097  Swiss Francs        804  From 2.25% to 2.38% From April 2005 to December 2009
Issued 2006
  18,915        Hong Kong Dollar  194        Floating From June 2008 to January 2010
Issued 2006
  430,177        Hong Kong Dollar  4,412        4.13% - 5.33% From November 2007 to August 2016
Issued 2005
  351,494   395,881     Hong Kong Dollar  3,605   860     0.1% - 5.042% Various maturities
Issued 2005
  56,551   94,630     Hong Kong Dollar  580   3,593     Floating From January 2007 to May 2010
Issued 1998-2004
  40,951   128,916   110,501  Hong Kong Dollar  420   1,170   1,170  Floating From January 2008 to October 2011
Issued 1998-2004
  196,661   263,592   336,494  Hong Kong Dollar  2,017   2,358   3,562  0.1% - 6.643% Various maturities
Issued 2002
     127,780   121,411  Norwegian Kroners     1,000   1,000  6.52% September 2012
Issued 1999
  49,427   51,558   44,920  Singapore Dollar  100   100   100  5.00% October 2009
Issued 2005
  53,374   58,123     New Zealand Dollar  100   100     Floating November 2007
Issued 2004
     31,449   28,614  Argentinean Pesos     50   50  Floating January 2009
1995-2001
     91,303   114,572  Yens     12,593   16,000  0% - 3.79% From April 2007 to September 2013
1995-2001
  97,210   125,060   169,710  Yens  16,250   17,133   23,700  Floating From October 2007 to December 2031
2002
     140,595   157,536  Yens     19,000   22,000  0.20% December 2006
2002
  33,148   30,521   53,706  Yens  5,200   4,140   7,500  Floating From September 2015 to September 2032
2003
  36,332   58,054   330,827  Yens  5,200   7,976   46,200  Floating From April 2013 to September 2033
2004
  3,186   3,621   3,580  Yens     502   500  Floating July 2034
2005
  5,100   5,768     Yens  800   800     0.010% April 2008
2006
  147,253        Yens  23,100        Floating From January 2008 to November 2011
2006
  135,779        Yens  21,300        From 0.64% to 2.15% From November 2009 to August 2016
Issued from 1995 to 2001
     346,525   172,770  U.S. Dollar     408   235  Floating December 2007
Issued from 1995 to 2001
  69,053   34,260   58,907  U.S. Dollar  91   40   80  From 0% - 4.9% From April 2007 to November 2007
2002
  11,372   12,372   18,354  U.S. Dollar  15   14   25  Floating May 2012
2002
     20,927   32,791  U.S. Dollar     24   45  From 0% - 2% June 2007
2003
  178,361   207,959   308,433  U.S. Dollar  235   244   420  Floating From October 2007 to November 2013
2003
  62,256   223,091   267,833  U.S. Dollar  82   263   365  From 0% - 3.5% From May 2007 to September 2008
2004
  705,499   2,442,807   2,046,633  U.S. Dollar  181   2,860   2,788  Floating December 2014
2004
  11,372   224,050   213,663  U.S. Dollar  15   263   291  3.250% October 2007
2005
  1,898,965   2,233,209     U.S. Dollar  2,505   2,601     Floating May 2020
2005
  122,063   666,627     U.S. Dollar  161   784     From 3.74% - 4.16% June 2010
2006
  2,610,002        U.S. Dollar  3,283        Floating From January 2007 to January 2017
2006
  483,368        U.S. Dollar  638        From 1 % - 5.5% From January 2007 to December 2014
1993-2001
  1,400,611   1,191,871   1,441,753  Pounds Sterling  169   862   1,017  From 0.01% - 5.37% From November 2007 to June 2038
1993-2001
  19,360   61,970   194,801  Pounds Sterling  13   42   137  Floating From July 2007 to December 2007

 

F-230


Table of Contents

                               
                Outstanding amount in     
  Euro thousand    million  Annual  
Issuer 2006  2005  2004  Currency 2006  2005  2004  Interest rate Maturity Date
2002
  192,450   107,573   3,622  Pounds Sterling  300   74   3  From 0% - 4.07% From March 2006 to June 2012
2002
  40,119   48,417   46,763  Pounds Sterling  27   33   33  Floating From February 2007 to June 2007
2003
     174,329   1,312,862  Pounds Sterling     119   926  Floating From July 2006 to December 2009
2003
  134,981   1,122,027   115,268  Pounds Sterling  91   769   81  From 0.1% - 9.13% From April 2007 to November 2009
2004
  541,626   563,679   128,927  Pounds Sterling  64   386   91  4.62% - 9.13% From March 2007 to November 2010
2004
     240,749   962,629  Pounds Sterling     165   679  Floating From January 2006 to November 2010
2005
  258,302   4,766,767     Pounds Sterling  173   3,267     From 4.41% - 4.75% From June 2007 To November 2007
2005
  1,936,550   1,942,491     Pounds Sterling  700   1,331     Floating From January 2007 To November 2015
2006
  4,986,821        Pounds Sterling  3,349        From 0.1% - 5.53% From January 2007 to December 2012
2006
  1,620,897        Pounds Sterling  688        Floating From October 2007 to September 2011
1996-2001
  817,766   1,624,070   1,481,166  Euro          From 0% to 6.75% From January 2007 to February 2038
1995-2001
  499,622   1,203,053   1,168,427  Euro          Floating From January 2007 to November 2041
2002
  166,353   127,759   183,670  Euro          Floating From May 2007 to February 2042
2002
  121,275   81,128   168,420  Euro          From 0% to 6.52% From March 2006 to September 2012
2003
  1,026,734   1,764,313   2,658,095  Euro          Floating From May 2008 to March 2013
2003
     96,198   172,800  Euro          From 0% to 2.45% From January 2006 to March 2013
2004
     29,944   59,880  Euro          From 0% To 2% From March 2005 to June 2007
2004
  1,012,805   1,836,746   1,904,714  Euro          Floating From January 2007 to May 2009
2005
  2,049,248   2,102,464     Euro          From 1.3% - 3.375% From February 2007 to June 2015
2005
  320,117   328,598     Euro          Floating From March 2007 to December 2015
2006
  1,594,806        Euro          From 0.10% to 4.41% From February 2007 to April 2021
2006
  1,649,242        Euro          Floating From January 2008 to September 2014
 
                              
AN Structured Issues Limited
                              
Issued 2002
  10,000        Euro          Floating July 2007
Issued 2001-2004
  12,744        Yens  2,000        Floating From July 2031 to July 2034
 
                              
Abbey National Funding plc
                              
Issued 2002
  1,816        Pounds Sterling  1        0.01% August 2008
 
                              
ANDSH Limited
                              
Issued 1989
  2,414        Pounds Sterling  2        Floating December 2008
 
                              
Securitization Bonds
                              
F.T.H. UCI 10
  168,099        Euro          3.71% December 2014
F.T.H. UCI 11
  234,708        Euro          3.00% February 2015
F.T.H. UCI 12
  292,890        Euro          3.67% December 2017
F.T.H. UCI 14
  553,836        Euro          3.70% March 2019
F.T.H. UCI 15
  584,494        Euro          3.68% March 2020
F.T.H. UCI 16
  863,242        Euro          3.700% June 2016
F.T.A. Santander Consumer Spain Auto 06
  1,350,000        Euro          Floating October 2016
Altair Finance p.l.c.
  13,124        Euro          Floating August 2014
 
                              
Grupo Drive
  1,894,777        U.S. Dollar  2,495        5.05% April 2014
 
                              
Total Validation Adjustments
  88,736   1,777,945   590,307                   
TOTAL
  168,661,356   123,566,864   83,020,964                   

 

F-231


Table of Contents

Exhibit VII
List of Subordinated Debt outstanding as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 (includes preferred securities).
                       
                Outstanding     
                Amount in     
  Euro thousand    Currency     
Issuer 2006  2005  2004  Currency (Million)  Annual Interest Rate Maturity Date
Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.:
                      
May 1991
  298,890   298,890   298,895  Euro    Floating (1) May 2011
April 1995
        51,122  Euro    Floating April 2005
June 1995
  60,101   60,101   60,101  Euro    12.70% December 2010
December 1995
  75,286   75,286   80,235  Euro    10.75% December 2010
March 1997
  60,101   60,101   60,101  Euro    7.38% December 2012
June 1997
  60,101   60,101   60,101  Euro    7.65% December 2015
 
                      
Santander Central Hispano Issuances, Ltd.:
                      
April 1994
  28,121   28,121   28,121  Euro    Floating April 2009
June 1998
  151,162   153,388   153,390  Euro    5.25% June 2008
July 1999
  490,510   500,000   500,000  Euro    5% July 2009
March 2000
  439,840   500,000   500,000  Euro    6% July 2010
March 2001
  500,000   500,000   500,000  Euro    Floating March 2011
March 2001
  453,542   500,000   500,000  Euro    6% March 2011
September 2001
     500,000   500,000  Euro    From fixed to floating (3) & (25) September 2011
April 2002
  350,000   350,000   350,000  Euro    Floating April 2012
April 2002
  643,750   650,000   650,000  Euro    From fixed to floating (4) April 2012
April 1990
        146,832  U.S. Dollar    Floating (2) Perpetual
July 1990
        293,664  U.S. Dollar    Floating (2) Perpetual
October 1990
        67,543  U.S. Dollar    Floating (2) Perpetual
April 1995
        220,248  U.S. Dollar    7.88% April 2005
May 1995
        110,124  U.S. Dollar    7.75% May 2005
June 1995
        73,416  U.S. Dollar    7.50% June 2005
July 1995
        146,832  U.S. Dollar    6.80% July 2005
August 1995
        110,124  U.S. Dollar    Floating August 2005
November 1995
  151,860   169,535   146,832  U.S. Dollar  200  7% November 2015
February 1996
     169,535   146,832  U.S. Dollar    6.50% February 2006
February 1996
  227,790   254,302   220,248  U.S. Dollar  300  6% February 2011
April 1996
     211,918   183,540  U.S. Dollar    7% April 2006
May 1996
     169,535   146,832  U.S. Dollar    7.25% May 2006
July 1996
     190,726   165,186  U.S. Dollar    7.70% July 2006
October 1996
     127,151   110,124  U.S. Dollar    Floating October 2006
February 1997
  113,895   127,151   110,124  U.S. Dollar  150  Floating February 2007
November 1999
  474,563   529,796   458,850  U.S. Dollar  625  8% November 2009
September 2000
  759,301   847,673   734,160  U.S. Dollar  1,000  7% September 2010
May 2002
  37,965   42,384   36,708  U.S. Dollar  50  Floating May 2012
May 2002
  37,965   42,384   36,708  U.S. Dollar  50  Floating May 2012
June 2000
  74,250   76,421   67,380  Singapore Dollar  150  5% June 2010
November 2000
  297,841   291,836   283,663  Pounds sterling    6% November 2010
 
                      
Santander Consumer Bank Aktiengelsellschaft:
                      
Sundry issues
  78,875   86,989   115,548  Euro    From 2.83% to 9.5% From August 2006 to January 2016
 
                      
Banco Santander Chile: (merged with B. Santiago)
                      
October 1996
     51,706   42,153  Chilean pesos    Floating October 2016
January 1992 — October 1999
  44,136   5,379   6,674  Chilean pesos  30,908  7.5% — 7.75% Various maturities
May 1996
  25,248   31,073   25,585  Chilean pesos  17,682  7.12% December 2015
September 1996
  19,571   23,761   19,333  Chilean pesos  13,706  6.88% March 2016
September 1996
  24,556   29,466   23,608  Chilean pesos  17,196  6.90% March 2011
August 2006
  130,979        Chilean pesos  91,726  4.4% — 4.5% September 2026
November 1998
        147,380  U.S. Dollar    6.50% November 2005
July 1997
  59,255   66,353   57,293  U.S. Dollar  78  8.47% July 2007
January 2003
  168,535   189,217   163,777  U.S. Dollar  222  8.64% July 2012

F-232


Table of Contents

                       
                Outstanding     
                Amount in     
  Euro thousand    Currency     
Issuer 2006  2005  2004  Currency (Million)  Annual Interest Rate Maturity Date
December 2004
  227,790   255,076   221,070  U.S. Dollar  300  5.67% December 2014
 
                      
Totta-Credito Especializado, IFIC, S.A (formerly McLeasing Sdad. Loc.Fin).:
                      
June 1997
  4,988   4,988   4,988  Euro    Floating June 2007
 
                      
Banco Santander Banespa, S.A.:
                      
September 2005
  380,184   419,603     U.S. Dollar  500  8.70% Perpetual
2006
  994,560        Brazilian Real  2,797  Floating From July 2016 to September 2016
 
                      
Banco Santander Totta, S.A.:
                      
February 2001
     19,924   27,627  Euro    Floating (31) Perpetual
May 1995
        41,151  Euro    Floating May 2005
July 1996
     74,820   74,820  Euro    Floating July 2006
September 1987
        3,596  Euro    Floating (5) September 2007
April 2001
     16,337   16,312  Euro    5% (26) April 2009
December 2000
     13,868   13,797  Euro    Floating (31) Perpetual
November 1997
  27,764   28,881   28,290  Euro    Floating Perpetual
December 1997
  9,497   13,321   12,721  Euro    Floating Perpetual
December 1998
        12,791  Euro    Floating (6) December 2008
December 1999
        22,122  Euro    Floating (7) November 2009
February 2001
     9,961   1,243  Euro    Floating Perpetual
April 2001
     19,402   19,402  Euro    5% (26) April 2009
May 2001
  9,466   9,484   9,498  Euro    Floating May 2007
December 2002
  15,050   15,025   15,050  Euro    Floating December 2008
December 2005
  300,000   300,000     Euro    3.942% December 2015
 
                      
Banesto Group:
                      
October 1990
        132,883  U.S. Dollar    Floating (8) Perpetual
March 1997
  113,895   127,151   110,125  U.S. Dollar  150  7.5% March 2007
September 2003
  500,000   500,000   500,000  Euro    Floating September 2013
March 2004
  500,000   500,000   500,000  Euro    From fixed to floating (9) March 2016
 
                      
Santander Central Hispano Financial Services Ltd.:
                      
February 1990
        146,832  U.S. Dollar    Floating (10) Perpetual
June 2001
  297,841   291,836   283,665  Pounds Sterling  200  From fixed to floating (11) Perpetual
 
                      
Santander Issuances, S.A.:
                      
September 2004
  500,000   500,000   500,000  Euro    From fixed to floating (12) September 2019
September 2004
  500,000   500,000   500,000  Euro    Floating (13) September 2014
March 2006 — July 2006
  1,550,000        Euro    Floating March 2016 — July 2017
May 2006
  500,000        Euro    4.25% (27) May 2018
May 2006
  297,841        Pounds Sterling  200  5.375% (28) May 2016
July 2006
  446,761        Pounds Sterling  300  5.375% (29) July 2017
June 2006
  607,441        U.S. Dollar  800  5.8% — 5.9% June 2016
June 2006
  379,651        U.S. Dollar  500  Floating June 2016
 
                      
Banco Santander, S.A., Institución de Banca Múltiple, Grupo Financiero Santander:
                      
November 2004
  28,777   21,199   18,311  U.S. Dollar    Floating (15) November 2014
February 2005
  28,659   42,068     U.S. Dollar    Floating March 2015
 
                      
Santander Perpetual, S.A. Unipersonal:
                      
December 2004
  750,000   750,000   750,000  Euro    From fixed to floating (14) Perpetual
 
                      
Abbey Group:
                      
December 1991
  223,380   218,882   211,483  Pounds Sterling  150  11.5% April 2017
June 1992
     145,921   142,193  Pounds Sterling    10.75% December 2006
February 1993
  223,380   218,882   211,949  Pounds Sterling  150  10.125% April 2023

F-233


Table of Contents

                       
                Outstanding     
                Amount in     
  Euro thousand    Currency     
Issuer 2006  2005  2004  Currency (Million)  Annual Interest Rate Maturity Date
October 1999
  223,380   218,882   210,854  Pounds Sterling  150  6.5% October 2030
September 2000
  483,991   474,245   456,202  Pounds Sterling  325  7.5% Perpetual
September 2000
  632,911   620,166   603,402  Pounds Sterling  425  7.5% Perpetual
September 2000
  260,611   255,363   245,565  Pounds Sterling  175  7.380% Perpetual
September 2000
  409,531   401,284   395,254  Pounds Sterling  275  7.13% Perpetual
October 1995
  297,841   291,843   283,451  Pounds Sterling  200  10.063% Perpetual
April 2005
  297,841   291,843     Pounds Sterling  200  From fixed to floating (22) April 2015
July 2001 (20)
     291,843   283,667  Pounds Sterling    7.25% Perpetual
May 1997 (20)
     182,397   177,292  Pounds Sterling    8.75% Perpetual
September 1994
  95,584   108,142   107,494  Japanese Yens  15,000  5.56% Perpetual
February 1995
  31,861   36,047   35,831  Japanese Yens  5,000  5.5% Perpetual
December 1996
  31,861   36,047   35,831  Japanese Yens  5,000  From fixed to floating (17) Perpetual
October 1995
        550,566  U.S. Dollar    6.69% October 2005
October 1996
     423,882   366,586  U.S. Dollar    7.35% (30) Perpetual
June 1998
  379,651   423,882   365,877  U.S. Dollar  500  6.7% Perpetual
October 1999
  759,301   847,765   726,808  U.S. Dollar    7.95% October 2029
August 2001
     339,106   290,205  U.S. Dollar    7.25% (30) Perpetual
May 2002
  37,965   42,388   36,578  U.S. Dollar  50  Floating May 2012
May 2002
  37,965   42,388   36,576  U.S. Dollar  50  Floating May 2012
April 2005
  500,000   501,014     Euro  500  Floating (21) April 2015
December 1998
  511,292   512,328   509,986  Euro    5% January 2009
February 1999
  500,000   501,014   498,982  Euro    4.63% February 2011
April 1999 (18)
        99,440  Euro    5.75% Perpetual
June 2002
  500,000   501,014   499,373  Euro    Floating June 2012
September 2000
  400,000   400,811   397,961  Euro    From fixed to floating (19) Perpetual
 
                      
Santander Consumer Finance, S.A.:
                      
September 2006
  499,540        Euro    Floating September 2016
 
                      
Santander Factoring y Confirming, S.A., E.F.C.:
                      
June 1999 — December 2005
  50,040        Euro    Floating (32) Various maturities
 
                      
Santander BanCorp:
                      
October 2004 — October 2005
  94,913        U.S. Dollar  254  From 5% to 6% June 2032
 
                      
Total Valuation adjustments
  795,258   1,260,086   1,523,069           
Subtotal subordinated debt
  23,586,251   21,990,688   22,178,156           
 
                      
Preferred securities
                      
 
                      
Banesto Group:
                      
Banesto Preferentes S.A. December 2003
  131,144   131,144   131,144  Euro    Floating Perpetual
Banesto S.A. November 2004
  200,000   200,000   200,000  Euro    5.5% Perpetual
Banesto S.A. October 2004
  125,000   125,000   125,000  Euro    From fixed to floating (23) Perpetual
 
                      
Santander Finance Capital S.A.:
                      
October 2003
  450,000   450,000   450,000  Euro    Floating Perpetual
February 2004
  400,000   400,000   400,000  Euro    Floating Perpetual
July 2004
  750,000   750,000   750,000  Euro    Floating Perpetual
September 2004
  680,000   680,000   680,000  Euro    Floating Perpetual
April 2005
  1,000,000   952,744     Euro    From fixed to floating (24) Perpetual
 
                      
Santander Finance Preferred S.A. Unipersonal:
                      
March 2004
  144,267   161,058   139,491  U.S. Dollar    6.41% Perpetual
November 2006
  379,651        U.S. Dollar  500  6.8% Perpetual
September 2004
  300,000   300,000   300,000  Euro    Floating Perpetual
October 2004
  200,000   200,000   200,000  Euro    5.75% Perpetual
 
                      
Abbey Group
                      

F-234


Table of Contents

                       
                Outstanding     
                Amount in     
  Euro thousand    Currency     
Issuer 2006  2005  2004  Currency (Million)  Annual Interest Rate Maturity Date
February 2000
  759,302   847,673   734,160  U.S. Dollar  1,000  9.000% Perpetual
August 2002
  379,651   423,837   367,080  U.S. Dollar  500  7.38% Perpetual
February 2001
  446,760   437,764   425,502  Pounds Sterling  300  7.04% Perpetual
August 2002
  260,038   255,363   248,209  Pounds Sterling  175  6.98% Perpetual
 
                      
Santander PR Capital Trust I:
                      
February 2006
  94,913        Euro    6.75% July 2036
 
                      
Total valuation adjustments
  135,844   458,185   141,430       
Subtotal preferred securities
  6,836,570   6,772,768   5,292,016           
 
                      
TOTAL SUBORDINATED DEBT
  30,422,821   28,763,456   27,470,172           
These are subordinated issues and, therefore, for debt seniority purposes they are junior to all general creditors of the issuers. The issues of Santander Central Hispano Financial Services, Ltd., Santander Issuances, S.A., Santander Perpetual S.A. Unipersonal, Santander Finance Capital S.A.U. and Santander Finance Preferred S.A.U. are guaranteed by the Bank on a subordinated basis or are secured by restricted deposits at the Bank.
(1) Interest on the May 1991 issue of the Bank is revised annually, being tied to MIBOR less two percentage points, with a maximum of 14% per annum and a minimum of 10%. These securities are redeemable at par in 2011, but the holders can redeem them early at 6, 12 and 18 years from the issue date.
(2) The 1990 issues of SCH Issuances, Ltd. have been redeemed during March and April 2005 at the Bank’s option, after obtaining authorization from the Bank of Spain.
(3) This issuance has a fixed interest rate for the first 5 years of 5.250% and from September 2006 it is Euribor 3M plus 1.22%.
(4) This issuance has a fixed interest rate for the first 5 years of 5.750% and from April 2007 it is Euribor 3M plus 1.24%.
(5) This issuance has been cancelled in June 2005.
(6) This issuance has been cancelled in October 2005.
(7) This issuance has been cancelled in June 2005.
(8) The perpetual issuance of Banesto Group has been redeemed in February 2005.
(9) This issue has a fixed interest rate of 4% for the first seven years, and from March 2011, the interest rate is Euribor 3M plus 0.95%.
(10) The February 1990 issue of SCH Financial Services, Ltd. has been redeemed in February 2005 at the Bank’s option, after obtaining authorization from the Bank of Spain.
(11) This issuance has a fixed interest rate of 7.25% until December 2011, and from this date the interest is Libor 3M plus 285 b.p.
(12) This issue has a fixed rate of 4.5% until September 2014, and from this date, the interest is Euribor 3M plus 0.86%.
(13) This issue has a floating rate of Euribor 3M plus 0.25% for the first five years, and from this date, the interest is Euribor 3M plus 0.75%.
(14) This issue has a fixed rate of 4.375% for the first ten years, and from December 2014, the interest is Euribor 3M plus 1.6%.
(15) This issue has a floating rate of Libor 6M plus 1.1% for the first five years, and from this date, the interest is Libor 6M plus 2.2%.
(16) This issue can be exchangeable, at the option of Abbey, for fully paid 10 3/4 per cent non-cumulative sterling preference shares of 1 sterling pound nominal value each of Abbey National, at the rate of one new sterling preference share for every 1 sterling pound principal amount of the issue.
(17) This issue has a fixed rate of 4% until December 2016, and from this date, it is Libor 3M plus 1.5%.
(18) This issuance has been cancelled in April 2005.
(19) This issue has a fixed rate of 7.125% until September 2010, and from this date, the interest is Euribor 3M plus 2.3%.
(20) These issuances have been included as a consequence of the application of the EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004, since they have been issued by Abbey’s Group insurance companies.
(21) The rate of this issue is Libor 3M plus 0.25% until April 2010 (call date). From that date, it is Libor 3M plus 0.75%.
(22) This issue has a fixed rate of 5.25% until the call date (April 2010). Then it is Euribor 3M plus 0.75%.
(23) This issuance had a fixed rate of 6% until October 2005. Now it is Euribor CMS 10 plus 0.125%.
(24) This issue has a fixed rate of 3% until April 2006. From this date, the rate is Euribor 3M plus 0.10%.

F-235


Table of Contents

(25) This issuance has been cancelled in September 2006.
(26) This issuance has been cancelled in April 2006.
(27) This issue has a fixed rate of 4.25% until May 2013. From this date, the rate is Euribor 3M plus 0.82%.
(28) This issue has a fixed rate of 5.375% until May 2011. From this date, the rate is Euribor 3M plus 0.69%.
(29) This issue has a fixed rate of 5.375% for the first five years, and from June 2011, the interest rate is Libor 3M Euribor 3M plus 0.86%.
(30) This issuance has been cancelled in October 2006.
(31) These issuances have been purchased by Santander’s Group.
(32) In previous years, issuances between Santander Factoring & Confirming and Santander’s Group were net, so the result of them was zero.

 

F-236


Table of Contents

Exhibit VIII
                         
  Year end December 31, 
  2006  2005  2004 
  Including  Excluding  Including  Excluding  Including  Excluding 
  interest on  interest on  interest on  interest on  interest on  interest on 
EU-IFRS(*) deposits  deposits  deposits  deposits  deposits  deposits 
FIXED CHARGES:
                        
Fixed charges
  24,021,502   10,910,914   22,111,792   8,463,140   9,622,038   4,191,211 
 
                        
EARNINGS:
                        
Income from continuing operations before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary items
  8,711,558   8,711,558   7,349,807   7,349,807   4,051,646   4,051,646 
Distributed earnings from associated companies
  (262,315)  (262,315)  (437,978)  (437,978)  (272,632)  (272,632)
Fixed charges
  24,021,502   10,910,914   22,111,792   8,463,140   9,622,038   4,191,211 
 
                  
Total earnings for ratio calculation
  32,470,745   19,360,157   29,023,621   15,374,969   13,401,052   7,970,225 
 
                        
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
  1.35   1.77   1.31   1.82   1.39   1.90 
                                         
  Year end December 31, 
  2006  2005  2004  2003  2002 
  Including  Excluding  Including  Excluding  Including  Excluding  Including  Excluding  Including  Excluding 
  interest on  interest on  interest on  interest on  interest on  interest on  interest on  interest on  interest on  interest on 
U.S. GAAP: deposits  deposits  deposits  deposits  deposits  deposits  deposits  deposits  deposits  deposits 
FIXED CHARGES:
                                        
Fixed charges
  23,931,995   10,821,407   22,037,681   8,389,029   9,514,554   3,962,511   9,136,028   3,505,885   13,228,644   4,766,787 
Preferred dividends
  89,507   89,507   74,111   74,111   2,869   2,869   311,317   311,317   400,665   400,665 
 
                              
Total fixed charges + preferred dividends
  24,021,502   10,910,914   22,111,792   8,463,140   9,517,423   3,965,380   9,447,345   3,817,202   13,629,309   5,167,452 
 
                                        
EARNINGS:
                                        
Income from continuing operations before taxes, minority interest and extraordinary items
  8,680,892   9,617,568   7,571,852   7,571,852   3,809,934   3,809,934   3,140,200   3,140,200   3,106,740   3,106,740 
Distributed earnings from associated companies
  (262,315)  (262,315)  (437,978)  (437,978)  (174,889)  (174,889)  (380,922)  (380,922)  (189,020)  (189,020)
Fixed charges
  23,931,995   10,821,407   22,037,681   8,389,029   9,514,554   3,962,511   9,136,028   3,505,885   13,228,644   4,766,787 
 
                              
Total earnings for ratio calculation
  32,350,572   19,239,984   29,171,555   15,522,903   13,149,599   7,597,556   11,895,306   6,265,163   16,146,364   7,684,507 
 
                                        
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
  1.35   1.78   1.32   1.85   1.38   1.92   1.30   1.79   1.22   1.61 
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends
  1.35   1.76   1.32   1.83   1.38   1.92   1.26   1.64   1.18   1.49 
 
   
(*) 
The EU-IFRS required to be applied under Bank of Spain’s Circular 4/2004

 

F-237


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
   
Exhibit  
Number Description
 
  
1.1
 By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., as amended.
 
  
1.2
 By-laws (Estatutos) of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., as amended (English translation).
 
  
4.1*
 Consortium and Shareholders’ Agreement, dated May 28, 2007 among The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A., Fortis N.V., Fortis SA/NV and RFS Holdings B.V.
 
  
8.1
 List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference as Exhibits I, II and III of our Financial Pages filed with this Form 20-F).
 
  
12.1
 Section 302 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer
 
  
12.2
 Section 302 Certification by the Chief Financial Officer
 
  
12.3
 Section 302 Certification by the Chief Accounting Officer
 
  
13.1
 Section 906 Certification by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Accounting Officer
 
  
15.1
 Consent of Deloitte, S.L.
We will furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon request, copies of any unfiled instruments that define the rights of holders of long-term debt of Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.
 
* 
Pursuant to a request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the confidential portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.